Table of Contents

As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on September 22, 2010
Registration No. 333-168686
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-11
FOR REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES
 
 
 
 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in governing instruments)
 
 
 
 
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
(605) 361-9566
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Daniel P. Hansen
President and Chief Executive Officer
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
(605) 361-9566
(Name and address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
David C. Wright, Esq.
Edward W. Elmore, Jr., Esq.
Hunton & Williams LLP
Riverfront Plaza, East Tower
951 E. Byrd Street
Richmond, Virginia 23219-4074
Tel: (804) 788-8200
Fax: (804) 788-8218
  James E. Showen, Esq.
Kevin L. Vold, Esq.
Hogan Lovells US LLP
Columbia Square
555 13 th
Street NW
Washington, DC 20004
Tel: (202) 637-5600
Fax: (202) 637-5910
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:   o
 
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  þ Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion
 
PROSPECTUS
 
(SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES LOGO)
 
Shares of Common Stock
 
 
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. is selling all of the common stock offered by this prospectus. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $      and $      per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “INN.”
 
 
We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for federal income tax purposes. The common stock offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on ownership and transfer that are intended to, among other purposes, assist us in qualifying and maintaining our qualification as a REIT. Our charter generally limits beneficial and constructive ownership to no more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”
 
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18 of this prospectus for a description of various risks you should consider in evaluating an investment in the shares.
 
 
                 
    Per Share   Total
 
Public offering price
  $             $          
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    
 
 
The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to           additional shares of common stock from us on the same terms set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
Baird
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2010.


 

 
Table of Contents
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    18  
    40  
    41  
    42  
    43  
    45  
    48  
    51  
    67  
    68  
    71  
    91  
    93  
    111  
    114  
    115  
    117  
    121  
    123  
    128  
    133  
    158  
    159  
    163  
    163  
    163  
    F-1  
  EX-3.1
  EX-3.3
  EX-4.1
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.2(a)
  EX-10.2(b)
  EX-10.5
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.7
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.9
  EX-10.10
  EX-10.11
  EX-10.12
  EX-10.13
  EX-10.14
  EX-10.15
  EX-10.16
  EX-10.17
  EX-10.18
  EX-10.19
  EX-10.20
  EX-10.21
  EX-10.22
  EX-10.23
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
  EX-23.2
  EX-23.3
  EX-99.1
  EX-99.2
  EX-99.3
  EX-99.4
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is current as of the date such information is presented. Our business, financial condition and results of operations and prospectus may have changed since those dates.
 
Through and including          , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus) federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
This prospectus contains registered trademarks that are the exclusive property of their respective owners, which are companies other than us, including Marriott International, Inc., Hilton Worldwide, InterContinental Hotels Group, Hyatt Hotels Corp. and Resorts, Choice Hotels International, Inc. and Starwood Hotels and Resorts Worldwide, Inc. None of the owners of the trademarks appearing in this prospectus, their parents, subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, members, managers, stockholders, owners, agents or employees, which we refer to collectively as the “trademark


i


Table of Contents

owners,” is an issuer or underwriter of the shares being offered hereby, plays (or will play) any role in the offer or sale of our shares or has any responsibility for the creation or contents of this prospectus. In addition, none of the trademark owners has or will have any liability or responsibility whatsoever arising out of or related to the sale or offer of the shares being offered hereby, including any liability or responsibility for any financial statements, projections or other financial information or other information contained in this prospectus or otherwise disseminated in connection with the offer or sale of the shares offered by this prospectus. You must understand that, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, your sole recourse for any alleged or actual impropriety relating to the offer and sale of the common stock and the operation of our business will be against us (and/or, as may be applicable, the seller of such shares) and in no event may you seek to impose liability arising from or related to such activity, directly or indirectly, upon any of the trademark owners.
 
We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, including data from publicly available information and industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on industry surveys and the preparers’ experience in the industry and there can be no assurance that any of the projections will be achieved. We believe that the surveys and market research others have performed are reliable, but we have not independently verified this information.


ii


Table of Contents

 
Summary
 
The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding our company and an investment in our common stock, including the information under the caption “Risk Factors” and the historical and pro forma financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, references in this prospectus to our “predecessor” refer to Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Summit Group of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC, or Summit of Scottsdale. Unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us,” “our company” and “the company” refer to Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, including Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “operating partnership” and Summit Hotel TRS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which we refer to in this prospectus as “Summit TRS.” We refer to Summit TRS and the wholly owned subsidiaries of Summit TRS that will lease our hotels from our operating partnership as our “TRS lessees.”
 
In addition, unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, the information set forth in this prospectus assumes that: (i) the formation transactions described elsewhere in this prospectus have been completed; (ii) the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised; (iii) the common stock to be sold in the offering is sold at $      per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus; and (iv) the value of each unit of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership, which we refer to as an “OP unit,” issued in the formation transactions is equivalent to the initial public offering price of one share of our common stock.
 
Overview
 
We are a self-managed hotel investment company that was recently organized to continue and expand the existing hotel investment business of our predecessor, Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a leading U.S. hotel owner. We will focus exclusively on acquiring and owning premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry. Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our initial portfolio will consist of 65 hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in 19 states. Our initial portfolio consists of what we consider both “seasoned” and “unseasoned” hotels that are located in markets in which we have extensive experience and that exhibit multiple demand generators, such as business and corporate headquarters, retail centers, airports and tourist attractions. Based on total number of rooms, 48% of our portfolio is positioned in the top 50 metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs, and 68% is located within the top 100 MSAs.
 
Entities controlled by our Executive Chairman, Kerry W. Boekelheide, have been in the business of acquiring, developing, financing, operating and selling hotels since 1991, have acquired a total of 93 hotels in transactions having an aggregate value of approximately $606.8 million, and have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of a total of 27 hotels in transactions having an aggregate value of approximately $104.6 million.
 
The majority of our hotels operate under premium franchise brands owned by Marriott International, Inc. (Courtyard by Marriott, Residence Inn, SpringHill Suites, Fairfield Inn and TownePlace Suites), Hilton Worldwide (Hampton Inn, Hampton Inn & Suites and Hilton Garden Inn), InterContinental Hotels Group (Holiday Inn Express and Staybridge Suites) and Hyatt Hotels and Resorts (Hyatt Place).
 
Since January 1, 2007, we have made approximately $305.4 million of capital investment through strategic acquisitions and upgrades and improvements to our hotels to be well-positioned for improving general lodging fundamentals. Further, we expect to use up to approximately $10.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to make additional capital improvements to hotels in our portfolio. We believe the U.S. economy has begun to recover from the recent economic recession and, as a result, lodging industry fundamentals will strengthen over the near-term. As a result, we believe our portfolio is well-positioned for significant internal growth in hotel operating revenues in this environment based on our mix of seasoned hotels and unseasoned hotels.
 
We intend to identify and acquire undermanaged and underperforming hotels and use our expertise to renovate, rebrand and reposition the hotels to improve cash flows and long-term value. We believe we will be able to source a significant volume of acquisition opportunities, particularly due to the relative size of our target lodging industry segments, lack of available debt financing in the capital markets and the weakness experienced since mid-2008 in the lodging industry. We also believe that,


1


Table of Contents

while other public REITs and well-capitalized institutional owners seek to acquire assets that fit our investment criteria, we will be the only publicly traded REIT focused solely on these segments on a national basis.
 
We were organized as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 2010 and intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes beginning with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We will conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership, Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership. See “Structure of Our Company.”
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
High-Quality Portfolio of Hotels.  Our initial portfolio is composed of 65 hotels located in 19 states and that have an average age of 10.3 years. No single hotel accounted for more than 3.6% of our predecessor’s hotel operating revenues for the 12-month period ended June 30, 2010. We believe all of our hotels are located in markets where there will be limited growth in lodging supply over the next several years. Additionally, in many of our markets, we own two or more hotels in close proximity to each other, which we believe allows our hotel managers to maintain rate integrity and maximize occupancy by referring travelers to our other hotels. Franchise areas of protection, which prohibit the opening of hotels with the same brand as one of our hotels within certain proximities of our hotels, provide barriers to entry in suburban markets where many of our hotels are located.
 
Seasoned Portfolio and Significant Upside Potential.  Our initial portfolio is composed of 46 seasoned hotels with established track records and strong positions within their markets. We classify our other 19 hotels, which were either built after January 1, 2007 or experienced a brand conversion since January 1, 2008, as unseasoned. We believe that the market penetration of our unseasoned hotels is significantly less than that of our seasoned hotels due to the dramatic economic slowdown over the past two years that delayed these hotels from achieving anticipated growth rates and revenues. However, most of our unseasoned hotels are newer, larger and are located in larger markets than our seasoned hotels and operate under premium brands. As a result, we believe our unseasoned hotels can experience significant growth in RevPAR and profitability as the economy and industry fundamentals improve.
 
Experienced Executive Management Team With a Proven Track Record.  Our management team, led by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, has extensive experience acquiring, developing, owning, operating, renovating, rebranding and financing hotel properties. Through this experience, our management team has developed strong execution capabilities as well as an extensive network of industry, corporate and institutional relationships, including relationships with the leading lodging franchisors in our targeted markets. We believe these relationships will provide insight and access to attractive investment opportunities and allow us to react to local market conditions by seeking the optimal franchise brand for the market in which each of our hotels is located.
 
Aggressive Asset Management and Experienced Asset Management Team.  We will maintain a dedicated asset management team led by our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Aniszewski, to analyze our portfolio as a whole and oversee our independent hotel managers. Our asset management team has managed hotel assets in every industry segment through multiple hotel business cycles. Our entire asset management team has worked together at The Summit Group, Inc., or The Summit Group, the manager of our predecessor and its hotels, for the last 10 years, which provides us expertise, operational stability and in-depth knowledge of our portfolio. We will work proactively with our hotel managers to continue to drive operational performance by identifying and implementing strategies to optimize hotel profitability through revenue management strategies, budgeting, analyzing cost structure, market positioning, evaluating and making capital improvements and continually reviewing and refining our overall business strategy. Among other techniques, we initially will employ three full-time asset managers who will assist our hotel management companies to structure room rate plans and develop occupancy strategies to achieve optimum revenues.
 
Strategic Focus on Largest Segments of Lodging Industry.  We believe we will be the only publicly traded REIT that focuses exclusively on upscale hotels and midscale without food and beverage hotels on a national basis. By number of rooms, 81% of our hotels operate under brands owned by Marriott, Hilton, Intercontinental or Hyatt, which are generally regarded as the premium global franchises in our segments. We believe that business and leisure travelers prefer the consistent service and quality associated with these nationally recognized premium brands, and that brand serves as a significant driver of demand for hotel rooms. As reported by Smith Travel Research in 2010, of the approximately 29,735 branded hotels in the United States, 13,066 hotels, or 43.9%, are within our target segments (upscale: 3,536 hotels; midscale without food and beverage: 9,530 hotels). The size of this market represents a potential acquisition pool


2


Table of Contents

significantly larger than the upper upscale (1,669 hotels, or 5.6%, of total branded hotels) or luxury (341 hotels, or 1.2%, of total branded hotels) segments. We believe the fragmented ownership of premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments, the size of the segments, our longstanding relationships with franchisors, the lack of well-capitalized competitors and our extensive experience and expertise provide us a distinct competitive advantage and a significant opportunity to profitably grow our company.
 
Growth-Oriented Capital Structure.  Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect to employ a prudent leverage structure that will provide us the ability to make strategic acquisitions as industry fundamentals and the lending environment improves. Upon completion of this offering and application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we will have approximately $     million in outstanding indebtedness and       hotels unencumbered by indebtedness, including       hotels with            rooms operating under premium brands owned by Marriott, Hilton, Intercontinental or Hyatt available to secure future loans. We believe our capital structure positions us well to capitalize on what we expect to be significant acquisition opportunities.
 
Summary Risk Factors
 
An investment in our common stock involves various risks. You should carefully consider the matters discussed in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18 of this prospectus before you decide whether to invest in our common stock. Some of the risks include the following:
 
  §    Our business strategy depends significantly on achieving revenue and net income growth from anticipated increases in demand for hotel rooms—any delay or a weaker than anticipated economic recovery will adversely affect our future results of operations and our growth prospects.
 
  §    Our unseasoned hotels have limited operating history and may not achieve the operating performance we anticipate, and as a result, our overall returns may not improve as we expect or may decline.
 
  §    We have no operating history as a publicly traded REIT and may not be successful in operating as a publicly traded REIT, which may adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
  §    Our success depends on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed.
 
  §    We may be unable to complete acquisitions that would grow our business, and even if they are completed, we may fail to successfully integrate and operate such acquired hotels.
 
  §    Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, the management of all of the hotels in our portfolio will be concentrated in one hotel management company,          , and termination of our hotel management agreement with that company may cause us to pay substantial termination fees or experience significant disruptions at our hotels.
 
  §    Funds spent to maintain franchisor operating standards, the loss of a franchise license or a decline in the value of a franchise brand may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
 
  §    We will rely on external sources of capital to fund future capital needs, and if we encounter difficulty in obtaining such capital we may not be able to make future acquisitions necessary to grow our business or meet maturing obligations.
 
  §    We have a significant amount of debt, and our organizational documents have no limitation on the amount of additional indebtedness that we may incur in the future. As a result, we may become highly leveraged in the future, which could adversely affect our financial condition.
 
  §    The agreements governing our indebtedness place restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, reducing operational flexibility and creating default risks.
 
  §    We may not be able to obtain a credit facility.
 
  §    Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and other members of our management team exercised significant influence with respect to the terms of the formation transactions, including transactions in which they determined the compensation they would receive.


3


Table of Contents

 
  §    Competition from other upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels in the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
  §    Our operating results and ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected by the markets in which we operate and risks inherent to the ownership of hotels.
 
  §    Illiquidity of real estate investments could significantly impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of hotels in which we may invest or to adjust our portfolio in response to changes in economic and other conditions, and, therefore, may harm our financial condition.
 
  §    We may change the distribution policy with respect to our common stock in the future.
 
  §    The cash available for distribution may not be sufficient to make distributions at expected levels, and we cannot assure you of our ability to make distributions in the future. We may use borrowed funds or funds from other sources to make distributions, which may adversely impact our operations.
 
  §    We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make distributions to our stockholders, if necessary to permit us to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT and eliminate federal income and excise taxes that otherwise would be imposed on us, which would, among other things, reduce our cash available for investing.
 
  §    If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution.
 
  §    Failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain qualified as a REIT, would cause us to be taxed as a regular corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our Growth Strategies and Investment Criteria
 
Our strategy focuses on maximizing the cash flow of our portfolio through focused asset management and targeted capital investment. Our primary objective is to enhance stockholder value over time by generating strong risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. We believe we can create long-term value by pursuing the following strategies.
 
Internal Growth from Strengthening Lodging Industry Fundamentals.  We believe our hotels will experience significant revenue growth as lodging industry fundamentals recover from the economic recession which caused industry-wide RevPAR to suffer a combined 18.4% decline in 2008 and 2009, according to Smith Travel Research. Industry conditions have shown improvement during the first eight months of 2010, with RevPAR growth across all segments of 4.0% as compared to the same period of 2009, according to Smith Travel Research. Colliers PKF Hospitality Research forecasts significant compound annual growth in RevPAR from 2010 to 2014 of 7.0% for the upscale segment and 8.5% for the midscale without food and beverage segment, the best forecast for any segment in the industry.
 
Disciplined Acquisition of Hotels.  We intend to grow through acquisitions of existing hotels using a disciplined and targeted approach while maintaining a prudent leverage structure. We employ a proactive and continuous assessment of our hotels, markets and brands in order to quickly and efficiently upgrade our hotels as market conditions warrant. We intend to target upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels that meet one or more of the following acquisition criteria:
 
  §    have potential for strong risk-adjusted returns located in the Top 50 MSAs, with a secondary focus on the next 100 markets;
 
  §    operate under leading franchise brands, which include but are not limited to Marriott, Hilton, InterContinental and Hyatt;
 
  §    are located in close proximity to multiple demand generators, including businesses and corporate headquarters, retail centers, airports, medical facilities, tourist attractions and convention centers, with a diverse source of potential guests, including corporate, government and leisure travelers;
 
  §    are located in markets exhibiting barriers to entry due to franchise areas of protection or other factors;
 
  §    can be acquired at a discount to replacement cost; and
 
  §    provide an opportunity to add value through improved operating efficiencies, repositioning, renovation or rebranding.
 
Selective Hotel Development.  We believe there will be attractive opportunities to partner on a selective basis with experienced hotel developers to acquire, upon completion, newly constructed hotels that meet our investment criteria.
 
Strategic Hotel Sales.  Our strategy is to acquire and own hotels. However, consistent with our strategy of maximizing the cash flow of our portfolio and our return on invested capital, we periodically review hotels to determine if any significant


4


Table of Contents

changes to area markets or our hotels have occurred or are anticipated to occur that would warrant the sale of a particular hotel.
 
Our Industry and Market Opportunity
 
We focus on hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the lodging industry.
 
We believe that our focus on these segments provides us the opportunity to achieve stronger risk-adjusted returns across multiple lodging cycles than if we owned hotels in other segments of the lodging industry for several reasons, including:
 
  •  RevPAR Growth.  Colliers PKF Hospitality Research forecasts that our market segments will experience the largest amount of RevPAR growth of any segment in the industry.
 
  •  Consistently Strong and Growing Demand.  Over the last twenty years, our market segments have demonstrated the strongest compounded growth in demand of all segments of the lodging industry, and strong demand growth is expected to continue.
 
  •  More Stable Cash Flow Potential.  Our hotels can be operated with fewer employees than full-service hotels that offer more expansive food and beverage options, which we believe enables us to generate more consistent cash flows with less volatility resulting from reductions in RevPAR and less dependence on group travel.
 
  •  Broad Customer Base.  Our target brands deliver consistently high-quality hotel accommodations with value-oriented pricing that we believe appeals to a wider range of customers, including both business and leisure travelers, than more expensive full-service hotels. We believe that our hotels are particularly popular with frequent business travelers who seek to stay in hotels operating under Marriott, Hilton, Hyatt or InterContinental brands, which offer strong loyalty rewards program points that can be redeemed for family travel.
 
  •  Enhanced Diversification.  Premium select-service assets generally cost significantly less, on a per-key basis, than hotels in the midscale with food and beverage, upper upscale and luxury segments of the industry. As a result, we can diversify our ownership into a larger number of hotels than we could acquire in other segments.
 
Lodging Industry Fundamentals.  Beginning in August 2008, the U.S. lodging industry experienced 19 consecutive months of RevPAR declines, as measured against the same month in the prior year, driven by a combination of deterioration in room-night demand and increasing supply. Although the lodging industry has historically lagged broader economic recoveries, economic fundamentals are beginning to improve from the recent declines resulting from the recessionary environment. In June 2010, the U.S. unemployment rate continued to show improvement from its high in late 2009. After continuing declines for almost two years prior, June 2010 marked the U.S. lodging industry’s fourth consecutive month of positive year-over-year RevPAR growth with an 8.0% increase.
 
According to Smith Travel Research, RevPAR increased 4.3% and 2.2% in our target upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments, respectively, for the first eight months of 2010 as compared to the same period of 2009, and we expect RevPAR growth to continue as the U.S. economy continues to strengthen. Colliers PKF Hospitality Research currently projects RevPAR growth of upscale hotels to be 4.2% in 2011, 11.1% in 2012 and 9.5% in 2013 and RevPAR growth of midscale without food and beverage hotels to be 5.9% in 2011, 12.2% in 2012 and 10.9% in 2013, among the highest in any industry segment. We expect that our hotels, and particularly our unseasoned hotels, will realize significant RevPAR gains as the economy and lodging industry improve.
 
Demand Overview.  Room-night demand in the U.S. lodging industry is directly correlated to macroeconomic trends. Key drivers of demand include growth in gross domestic product, or GDP, corporate profits, capital investments and employment. Following periods of recession, recovery in room-night demand for lodging historically has lagged improvements in the overall economy.
 
Supply Overview.  Growth in lodging supply typically lags growth in room-night demand. Key drivers of lodging supply include the availability and cost of capital, construction costs, local real estate market conditions and availability and pricing of existing properties. As a result of scarcity of financing, the severe recession and declining operating fundamentals during 2008 and 2009, many planned hotel developments have been cancelled or postponed, and the number of rooms under construction and in planning has declined significantly. According to Lodging Econometrics, during the second quarter of 2010, approximately 68,000 new hotel rooms were under construction in the U.S., as compared to approximately 242,000 rooms under construction in the second quarter of 2008, a decline of 72%. New hotel construction is expected to remain below historical averages through 2014 according to Colliers PKF Hospitality Research.


5


Table of Contents

 
Attractive Transaction Landscape.  We believe that the significant decline in lodging fundamentals and cash flows has created a difficult environment for hotel owners lacking ready access to financing or suffering from reduced cash flows due to declining industry fundamentals since 2008. As a result, we believe that the significant number of hotel properties experiencing substantial declines in operating cash flow, coupled with tight credit markets, near-term debt maturities and, in some instances, covenant defaults relating to outstanding indebtedness, will present attractive investment opportunities to acquire hotel properties at prices significantly below replacement cost, with substantial appreciation potential as the U.S. economy recovers from the current recession.
 
Our Formation Transactions
 
Historically, the 65 hotels in our initial portfolio were owned or controlled by our predecessor and were managed by The Summit Group, which is wholly owned and controlled by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide. We will engage in the transactions described below, which we refer to as our formation transactions, in order to consolidate the business of our predecessor into a publicly traded REIT.
 
  §    We will sell           shares of our common stock in this offering.
 
  §    We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units. We will continue to be the sole general partner of our operating partnership and will own an approximate     % (     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) partnership interest in our operating partnership upon completion of the formation transactions and this offering.
 
  §    Our predecessor will merge with and into our operating partnership, which will be the survivor of the merger. Pursuant to the merger, our predecessor’s members, including two of our executive officers and their affiliates as described below, will receive an aggregate of 9,993,992 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. The total number of OP units to be issued to our predecessor’s members in the merger reflects our predecessor’s 100% ownership of 63 of our initial hotels prior to the merger and its ownership of a 49% Class A membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale, the owner of two Scottsdale, Arizona hotels prior to the merger. Of the 9,993,992 OP units to be issued in the merger, (1) our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, will receive an aggregate of 1,517,879 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $     based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus and (2) our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Craig J. Aniszewski, will receive an aggregate of 4,105 OP units having an aggregate value of $     based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. The merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining all required third-party consents and approvals and completion of this offering. In addition to the OP units issued in the merger, our operating partnership will issue 106,800 OP units pursuant to the Summit of Scottsdale transaction described below.
 
  §    The Summit Group will contribute its 36% Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale to our operating partnership in exchange for 74,829 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $     based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. An unaffiliated third-party investor will contribute its 15% Class C membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale to our operating partnership in exchange for 31,179 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $ based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. The contributions of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale are subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining all required third-party consents and approvals and completion of this offering.
 
Our predecessor’s 49% Class A membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale will be acquired through the merger described above. Our predecessor owns a 49% Class A membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale, which our operating partnership will acquire in the merger. As a result of these contributions and the merger, our operating partnership will assume approximately $13.8 million of existing mortgage debt secured by the Courtyard by Marriott and the SpringHill Suites by Marriott, both located in Scottsdale, Arizona, or the Scottsdale hotels, and will become the sole owner of the two Scottsdale hotels.
 
  §    Upon completion of the merger and the contributions described above, our operating partnership will become the sole owner of our 65 initial hotels and will enter into new lease agreements with our TRS lessees with respect to the 65 hotels in our initial portfolio.


6


Table of Contents

 
  §    The Summit Group will assign all of the hotel management agreements pursuant to which it managed the hotels owned by our predecessor to           for consideration payable to the Summit Group of          , and our          TRS lessees will enter into hotel management agreements with           pursuant to which our initial hotels will be operated.
 
  §    Our operating partnership intends to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows: (1) approximately $      million to repay or extinguish existing indebtedness that we will assume following completion of the formation transactions, including estimated costs related to debt repayment totaling approximately $      million; (2) approximately $10.0 million to fund capital improvements at our initial hotels; and (3) the balance for general corporate and working capital purposes, including possible future acquisitions of hotels.


7


Table of Contents

 
Our Structure
 
The following diagram depicts our ownership structure immediately following completion of this offering and the formation transactions:
 
(CHART)
 
Material Benefits to Related Parties
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, certain of our executive officers and directors will receive, either directly or indirectly, the financial and other benefits summarized below. For a more detailed discussion of these benefits see “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”


8


Table of Contents

Formation Transactions.  In connection with the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide, our Executive Chairman, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, which is wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Boekelheide, and Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, will receive the following benefits:
 
     
Name
 
Benefits Received
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide,
Executive Chairman and Director
  In the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide and The Summit Group will receive an aggregate of 1,200,993 OP units, including: (1) 17,000 OP units to be issued to a revocable trust, the trustee and sole beneficiary of which is Mr. Boekelheide, in exchange for the trust’s Class A membership interests in our predecessor; (2) 1,109,164 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group in the merger; and (3) 74,829 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group in exchange for its 36% Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale. These OP units will represent approximately     % of our combined common stock and OP units outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions and have an aggregate value of $     million based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
    In addition, entities affiliated with Mr. Boekelheide other than The Summit Group will receive an aggregate of 316,886 OP units. Mr. Boekelheide will share voting and investment power over these OP units with individuals who are not affiliated with us. These OP units will represent approximately     % of our combined common stock and OP units outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions and have a combined aggregate value of $     million based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
    In consideration for assigning to them the existing hotel management agreements with our predecessor, The Summit Group will receive a cash payment from     in the amount of $          .
Craig J. Aniszewski,
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
  In the merger, Mr. Aniszewski will receive an aggregate of 4,105 OP units in exchange for his Class B membership interests in our predecessor. These OP units represent approximately     % of our combined common stock and OP units outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions and have an aggregate value of $     based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
In addition to the OP units and other material benefits described above to be received in connection with the formation transactions, our executive officers will also benefit from the following:
 
  §    employment agreements that will provide for salary, bonus and other benefits, including severance benefits in the event of a termination of employment in certain circumstances (see “Management—Employment Agreements”);
 
  §    options to purchase an aggregate of        shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price of the shares in this offering that will be granted to our executive officers upon completion of this offering pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (see “Management—Executive Compensation”);
 
  §    agreements providing for indemnification by us for certain liabilities and expenses incurred as a result of actions brought, or threatened to be brought, against them as an officer and/or director of our company (see “Management—Indemnification Agreements” and “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws”); and
 
  §    redemption and registration rights under our operating partnership’s partnership agreement with respect to OP units to be issued in the formation transactions (see “Description of the Partnership Agreement”).
 
Furthermore, in connection with the formation transactions, our operating partnership will offer to enter into tax protection agreements with a limited number of the members of our predecessor, including The Summit Group and Mr. Aniszewski. See “Formation Transactions—Tax Protection Agreements.”


9


Table of Contents

 
Our Financing Strategy
 
We expect to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend to limit the sum of the outstanding principal amount of our consolidated net indebtedness to not more than 5.5x of our earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, for the 12-month period preceding the incurrence of such debt. Over time, we intend to finance our long-term growth with common and preferred equity issuances and debt financing having staggered maturities. Our debt may include mortgage debt secured by hotels and unsecured debt.
 
Following completion of this offering, we anticipate entering into a credit facility to fund future acquisitions, as well as for property redevelopments, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. We may not succeed in obtaining a credit facility on favorable terms or at all. We cannot predict the size of the credit facility if we are able to obtain one.
 
When purchasing hotel properties, we may issue OP units as full or partial consideration to sellers who may desire to take advantage of tax deferral on the sale of a hotel or participate in the potential appreciation in value of our common stock.
 
Conflicts of Interest
 
Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, there will be conflicts of interest between the holders of OP units, including certain of our executive officers and directors, and our stockholders with respect to certain transactions. In addition to their ownership of OP units, these executive officers and directors may have conflicting duties because, in their capacities as our executive officers and directors, they have a duty to us and our stockholders, while at the same time, in our capacity as general partner of our operating partnership, they have a fiduciary duty to the limited partners. Conflicts may arise when the interests of our stockholders and the limited partners of the operating partnership diverge, particularly in circumstances in which there may be an adverse tax consequence to the limited partners. For example, the sale of any of the hotels in our portfolio or the repayment of indebtedness may have different tax consequences to holders of OP units as compared to our stockholders. The amended and restated limited partnership agreement of the operating partnership contains a provision that in the event of a conflict of interest between our stockholders and the limited partners of our operating partnership, we will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners of our operating partnership, and, if we, in our sole discretion as general partner of the operating partnership, determine that a conflict cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to our stockholders and the limited partners of our operating partnership, the conflict will be resolved in favor of our stockholders. Our board of directors has adopted a policy that any transaction involving our company in which a director has an interest must be approved by a majority of the disinterested directors.
 
Both we and our predecessor have sought to structure the formation transactions so as to minimize potential conflicts of interest, including by appointing a special committee of our predecessor’s independent managers to review the terms of the proposed merger of our predecessor into our operating partnership. However, we did not conduct arm’s-length negotiations with our predecessor’s members or the members of Summit of Scottsdale with respect to the terms of the formation transactions, including the merger. Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, have substantial, pre-existing ownership interests in our predecessor and Summit of Scottsdale. In addition, Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, has a pre-existing ownership interest in our predecessor. Both Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski sat on the board of managers of our predecessor that approved the terms of the formation transactions. In the course of structuring the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski had the ability to influence the type and level of benefits they will receive from us. Although our predecessor’s special committee received a fairness opinion from an independent third-party financial advisor that is not one of the underwriters of this offering with respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the merger consideration to the former members of our predecessor, assuming that the value of the OP units issued as the merger consideration was between $140 million and $160 million, we did not obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the fairness of the merger consideration to us and we did not obtain recent third-party appraisals for all of the hotels to be acquired by us in the formation transactions. As a result, the consideration to be paid by us to the members of our predecessor in the merger and the acquisition of the 49% ownership interest in the two Scottsdale hotels may exceed the fair market value of the hotels and other assets being acquired by us in the formation transactions.
 
Our Tax Status
 
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. Our qualification as a REIT will depend upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Internal Revenue Code, as


10


Table of Contents

amended, or the Code, relating to, among other things, the sources of our gross income, the composition and values of our assets, our distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of our shares of capital stock. We believe that we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code and that our intended manner of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and continuing thereafter.
 
In order for the income from our hotel operations to constitute “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests required for REIT qualification, we cannot directly operate any of our hotel properties. Instead, we must lease our hotel properties. Accordingly, we will lease each of our hotel properties to one of our TRS lessees, which will be wholly owned by our operating partnership. Our TRS lessees will pay rent to us that can qualify as “rents from real property,” provided that the TRS lessees engage “eligible independent contractors” to manage our hotels. A TRS is a corporate subsidiary of a REIT that jointly elects with the REIT to be treated as a TRS of the REIT and that pays federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income. We expect that all of the hotels in our portfolio will be leased to one of our TRS lessees, which will be able to pay us rent out of the revenue of the hotels. Our TRS lessees will engage           to manage the hotels in our initial portfolio. We believe           will qualify as an eligible independent contractor.
 
As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our REIT taxable income that we distribute currently to our stockholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that they distribute each year at least 90% of their taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year and do not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, our income for that year will be taxed at regular corporate rates, and we will be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. Even if we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may still be subject to state and local taxes on our income and assets and to federal income and excise taxes on our undistributed income. Additionally, any income earned by our TRS lessees will be fully subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax.
 
Distribution Policy
 
To qualify as a REIT, we must distribute annually to our stockholders an amount at least equal to 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain. We will be subject to income tax on our taxable income that is not distributed and to an excise tax to the extent that certain percentages of our taxable income are not distributed by specified dates. See “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.” Income as computed for purposes of the foregoing tax rules will not necessarily correspond to our income as determined for financial reporting purposes. Our cash available for distribution may be less than the amount required to meet the distribution requirements for REITs under the Code, and we may be required to borrow money, sell assets or issue capital stock to satisfy the distribution requirements. Additionally, we may pay future distributions from the proceeds from this offering or other securities offerings.
 
We intend to make regular quarterly cash distributions to our stockholders, as more fully described below. We plan to pay a pro rata dividend with respect to the period commencing on completion of this offering and ending          , based on a rate of $      per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $      per share, or an estimated initial annual dividend rate of approximately     % based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. We do not intend to reduce the expected dividend per share if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised.
 
The timing and frequency of distributions will be authorized by our board of directors and declared by us based upon a variety of factors deemed relevant by our directors, including restrictions under applicable law and our loan agreements, capital requirements of our company and the REIT requirements of the Code. Distributions to stockholders generally will be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary income, although a portion of such distributions may be designated by us as long-term capital gain or may constitute a return of capital. We will furnish annually to each of our stockholders a statement setting forth distributions paid during the preceding year and their federal income tax status. For a discussion of the federal income tax treatment of our distributions, see “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
Restrictions on Ownership of Our Capital Stock
 
In order to assist us in qualifying as a REIT, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, restricts the amount of shares of our capital stock that a person may beneficially or constructively own. Our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions,


11


Table of Contents

no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Our charter also prohibits any person from:
 
  §    beneficially owning shares of our capital stock to the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of the taxable year);
 
  §    transferring shares of our capital stock to the extent that such transfer would result in shares of our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code);
 
  §    beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own ten percent or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of our real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code; or
 
  §    beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such beneficial or constructive ownership or transfer would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel management companies failing to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” under the REIT rules.
 
Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from certain of these limits and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for such person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of directors such representations, covenants and undertakings as our board of directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to lose our status as a REIT.
 
Our Corporate Information
 
We were formed as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 2010 and intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. Our corporate offices are located at 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105. Our telephone number is (605) 361-9566. Our website is www.shpreit.com . The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.


12


Table of Contents

The Offering
 
Common stock offered by us            shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the formation transactions            shares (1)
 
Common stock and OP units to be outstanding after this offering and the formation transactions            shares and           OP units (2)
 
Use of proceeds We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering           of approximately $      million, or approximately $      million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of this offering. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows: (1) approximately $      million to repay or extinguish existing indebtedness that we will assume upon completion of the formation transactions, including estimated related costs totaling approximately $      million; (2) approximately $10.0 million to fund capital improvements at our hotels; and (3) the balance for general corporate and working capital purposes, including possible future hotel acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
 
Ownership and transfer restrictions In order to assist us in qualifying as a REIT, our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our common stock and places certain other restrictions on ownership of our stock.
 
Proposed NYSE symbol “INN”
 
(1) Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we have a total of 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding. We sold these shares to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, in connection with our formation and initial capitalization for total consideration of $1,000. At the closing of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Boekelheide for $1,000. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after the repurchase of these shares and the closing of this offering includes: (i)           shares of common stock to be sold in this offering and (ii) an aggregate of           shares of common stock to be issued to our independent director nominees pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering excludes: (i) up to          shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option; (ii) an aggregate of           shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that we will grant to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Hansen, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Stuart J. Becker, and our Vice President of Acquisitions, Ryan A. Bertucci, pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering; (iii) additional shares of common stock available for future issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan; and (iv) up to 10,100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued by our operating partnership in the formation transactions.
(2) Includes all of the shares of common stock identified in the third sentence of footnote (1) above, and 10,100,000 OP units to be issued in the formation transactions to our predecessor’s former members and the former Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale in exchange for their membership interests in those entities. Pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of our operating partnership, limited partners, other than us, will have redemption rights which will enable them to cause our operating partnership to redeem their OP units in exchange for cash or, at our operating partnership’s option, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of OP units may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events described under “Description of the Partnership Agreement—Redemption Rights.”


13


Table of Contents

Summary Pro Forma Financial Information
 
You should read the following summary pro forma financial and operating data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and our predecessor’s consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The following unaudited summary pro forma financial information is presented to reflect:
 
  §    the initial public offering of           shares of our common stock in this offering at $      per share, the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, for approximately $260.2 million of estimated net proceeds, after the deduction of the underwriting discount and the payment by us of approximately $3.6 million of expenses related to this offering and the formation transactions;
 
  §    the merger of our predecessor with and into our operating partnership, with our predecessor as the acquirer for accounting purposes, and the issuance by our operating partnership of an aggregate of 9,993,992 OP units to the Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C members of our predecessor in exchange for their membership interests in our predecessor;
 
  §    the contribution to our operating partnership of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale held by The Summit Group and an unaffiliated third-party investor in exchange for an aggregate of 106,008 OP units;
 
  §    the contribution of the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units that represent an approximate     % partnership interest in our operating partnership, including the sole general partnership interest;
 
  §    the repayment or extinguishment of approximately $225.2 million of outstanding indebtedness and the payment of estimated costs and expenses of approximately $3.8 million in connection with the retirement of this indebtedness; and
 
  §    the grant upon completion of this offering of an aggregate of 5,000 shares of our common stock to our independent director nominees and options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of our common stock to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Following completion of the merger, the historical consolidated financial statements of our predecessor will become our historical consolidated financial statements, and our assets and liabilities will be recorded at their respective historical carrying values as of the date of completion of the merger.
 
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data appearing below assumes that each of these transactions occurred on June 30, 2010. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations and other operating data assume that each of these transactions occurred on January 1, 2009.
 
In the opinion of our management, all material adjustments to reflect the effects of the preceding transactions have been made. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on June 30, 2010, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position. The unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations and other operating data are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what our actual results of operations would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on January 1, 2009, nor do they purport to represent our future results of operations.


14


Table of Contents

 
The following table presents summary unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 (dollars in thousands):
 
         
    Pro Forma
 
    as of June 30, 2010  
    (unaudited)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 34,287  
Property and equipment, net
  $ 460,632  
Total assets
  $ 534,274  
Mortgages and notes payable
  $ 199,440  
Total liabilities
  $ 211,417  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 256,005  
Noncontrolling interest
  $ 66,852  
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 534,274  
 
The following table presents summary unaudited pro forma statement of operations and other data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 (dollars in thousands, except per share data):
 
                 
    Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
    Six Months Ended
  Year Ended
    June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009
    (unaudited)   (unaudited)
 
Statement of Operations Data:
               
Revenue
               
Room revenues
  $ 65,939     $ 118,960  
Other hotel operations revenues
    1,273       2,240  
                 
Total Revenue
    67,212       121,200  
                 
Expenses (1)
               
Hotel operating expenses:
               
Rooms
    20,048       36,720  
Other direct
    8,287       18,048  
Other indirect
    18,303       33,238  
Other
    302       681  
                 
Total hotel operating expenses
    46,940       88,687  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,346       23,088  
Corporate general and administrative:
               
Salaries and other compensation
    1,683       3,564  
Equity-based compensation
           
Other
    916       1,633  
Hotel property acquisition costs
    56       1,389  
Loss on impairment of assets
          7,506  
                 
Total expenses
    62,941       125,867  
                 
Income (loss) from operations
    4,271       (4,667 )
                 
Other Income (expense):
               
Interest income
    24       50  
Interest expense
    (5,199 )     (9,052 )
Loss on disposal of assets
    (40 )     (4 )
                 
Total other expense
    (5,215 )     (9,006 )
                 
Loss from continuing operations
    (944 )     (13,673 )
Net loss before income taxes
    (944 )     (13,673 )
Income tax expense
    (450 )     (840 )
                 
Net loss
  $ (1,394 )   $ (14,513 )


15


Table of Contents

                 
    Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
    Six Months Ended
  Year Ended
    June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009
    (unaudited)   (unaudited)
 
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
               
Net loss attributable to common shareholders
               
Pro forma net income (loss) per common share:
               
Basic
               
Diluted
               
Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding:
               
Basic
               
Diluted
               
Other Data:
               
FFO (2)
  $ 11,952     $ 8,575  
EBITDA (3)
  $ 17,577     $ 18,417  
 
(1) Historically, our predecessor segregated its operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) from its other operating expenses, such as depreciation and amortization and impairment losses. Following completion of this offering, we intend to reclassify our operating expenses into categories of hotel operating expenses (room expenses, other direct expenses, other indirect expenses and other expenses) and reclassify our predecessor’s historical items of hotel operating expense to increase the comparability of our hotel operating expenses and our hotel operating results with other publicly traded hospitality REITs. Accordingly, historical balances included in our predecessor’s:
  §    direct hotel operations expense related to (1) wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast will be reclassified to rooms expense in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expense in our consolidated statements of operations;
  §    other hotel operating expenses related to (1) utilities and telephone will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) real and personal property taxes, insurance and cable will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations;
  §    general, selling and administrative expenses related to (1) office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (2) credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expenses, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (3) hotel development and startup costs will be reclassified to hotel property acquisition costs in our consolidated statements of operations and (4) ground rent and other miscellaneous expenses will be reclassified to other expenses in our consolidated statements of operations; and
  §    repairs and maintenance will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
On a pro forma basis, the reclassification reduces total hotel operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) by $56,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, which were reclassified to hotel operating costs. The reclassification does not impact amounts reported by our predecessor as total expenses (total hotel operating expenses, depreciation and amortization and loss on impairment of assets), income from operations, total other income, income (loss) from continuing operations, income (loss) from discontinued operations, net income (loss) before income taxes or net income (loss). See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.
(2) As defined by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT, funds from operations, or FFO, represents net income or loss (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of property, plus real estate depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs). We present FFO because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our operational performance and believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of REITs, many of which present FFO when reporting their results. FFO is intended to exclude GAAP historical cost depreciation and amortization of real estate and related assets, which assumes that the value of real estate assets diminishes ratably over time. Historically, however, real estate values have risen or fallen with market conditions. Because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization unique to real estate, gains and losses from property dispositions and extraordinary items, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, reflects the impact to operations from trends in occupancy rates, room rates, operating costs, development activities and interest costs, providing perspective not immediately apparent from net income. We will compute FFO in accordance with standards established by the Board of Governors of NAREIT in its March 1995 White Paper (as amended in November 1999 and April 2002), which may differ from the methodology for calculating FFO utilized by other equity REITs and, accordingly, may not be comparable to such other REITs. Further, FFO does not represent amounts available for management’s discretionary use because of needed capital replacement or expansion, debt service obligations, or other commitments and uncertainties. FFO should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) (computed in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of our liquidity, nor is it indicative of funds available to fund our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends or make distributions.
We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of FFO may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies, since not all companies calculate this non-GAAP measure in the same manner. FFO should not be considered as an alternative measure of our net income (loss) or operating performance. FFO may include funds that may not be available for our discretionary use due to functional requirements to conserve funds for capital expenditures and property acquisitions and other commitments and uncertainties. Although we believe that FFO can enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations, this non-GAAP financial measure is not necessarily a better indicator of any trend as compared to a comparable GAAP measure such as net income (loss). Below, we include a quantitative

16


Table of Contents

reconciliation of pro forma FFO to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is pro forma net income (loss) (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
    Six Months Ended
  Year Ended
    June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009
 
Net loss
  $ (1,394 )   $ (14,513 )
Depreciation and amortization
    13,346       23,088  
                 
FFO
  $ 11,952     $ 8,575  
                 
 
(3) EBITDA represents net income or loss, excluding: (i) interest, (ii) income tax expense and (iii) depreciation and amortization. We believe EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it provides investors with an indication of our ability to incur and service debt, to satisfy general operating expenses, to make capital expenditures and to fund other cash needs or reinvest cash into our business. We also believe it helps investors meaningfully evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of our asset base (primarily depreciation and amortization) from our operating results. Our management also uses EBITDA as one measure in determining the value of acquisitions and dispositions.
We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies, since not all companies calculate this non-GAAP measure in the same manner. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative measure of our net income (loss) or operating performance. EBITDA may include funds that may not be available for our discretionary use due to functional requirements to conserve funds for capital expenditures and property acquisitions and other commitments and uncertainties. Although we believe that EBITDA can enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations, this non-GAAP financial measure is not necessarily a better indicator of any trend as compared to a comparable GAAP measure such as net income (loss). Below, we include a quantitative reconciliation of pro forma EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is pro forma net income (loss) (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
    Six Months Ended
  Year Ended
    June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009
 
Net loss
  $ (1,394 )   $ (14,513 )
Interest income
    (24 )     (50 )
Interest expense
    5,199       9,052  
Income tax expense
    450       840  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,346       23,088  
                 
EBITDA
  $ 17,577     $ 18,417  
                 


17


Table of Contents

 
Risk Factors
 
An investment in our common stock involves risks. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, which address the material risks concerning our business and an investment in our common stock, together with the other information contained in this prospectus. If any of the risks discussed in this prospectus were to occur, our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operation and our ability to service our debt and make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected, the market price per share of our common stock could decline significantly and you could lose all or a part of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our business strategy depends significantly on achieving revenue and net income growth from anticipated increases in demand for hotel rooms—any delay or a weaker than anticipated economic recovery will adversely affect our future results of operations and our growth prospects.
 
Our hotel properties experienced declining operating performance across various U.S. markets during the recent economic recession. Our business strategy depends significantly on achieving revenue and net income growth from anticipated improvement in demand for hotel rooms as part of a future economic recovery. We, however, cannot provide any assurances that demand for hotel rooms will increase from current levels. If demand does not increase in the near future, or if demand weakens further, our operating results and growth prospects could be adversely affected. In particular, we already have reduced our operating expenses significantly in response to the recent economic recession and our ability to reduce operating expenses further to improve our operating performance is limited. As a result, any delay or a weaker than anticipated economic recovery will adversely affect our future results of operations and our growth prospects.
 
Our unseasoned hotels have limited, if any, operating history and may not achieve the operating performance we anticipate, and as a result, our overall returns may not improve as we expect or may decline.
 
Our unseasoned hotels have experienced extended stabilization periods as a result of the significant decline in general economic conditions. Consequently, many of these hotels continue to generate negative cash flow beyond our original expectations for them. Significant increases in anticipated hotel room supply or decreases in hotel room demand in the markets where any one or more of our unseasoned hotels are located could cause the operating performance of those hotels to be below our original plans for them. If macroeconomic conditions or conditions specific to their markets do not improve significantly or our anticipated improved results for these hotels do not otherwise materialize, our overall returns may not improve as we expect or may decline.
 
We have no operating history as a publicly traded REIT and may not be successful in operating as a publicly traded REIT, which may adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
We have no operating history as a publicly traded REIT. The REIT rules and regulations are highly technical and complex. We cannot assure you that our management team’s past experience will be sufficient to successfully operate our company as a publicly traded REIT, implement appropriate operating and investment policies and comply with Code or Treasury Regulations that are applicable to us. Failure to comply with the income, asset, and other requirements imposed by the REIT rules and regulations could prevent us from qualifying as a REIT, and could force us to pay unexpected taxes and penalties which may adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our success depends on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed.
 
We depend on the efforts and expertise of our management team to manage our day-to-day operations and strategic business direction. The loss of services from any of the members of our management team, particularly our Executive Chairman, Kerry W. Boekelheide, and our President and Chief Executive Officer, Daniel P. Hansen, and our inability to find suitable replacements on a timely basis could have an adverse effect on our operations.


18


Table of Contents

 
We may be unable to complete acquisitions that would grow our business.
 
Our growth strategy includes the disciplined acquisition of hotels as opportunities arise. Our ability to acquire hotels on satisfactory terms or at all is subject to the following significant risks:
 
  §    we may be unable to acquire or may be forced to acquire at significantly higher prices desired hotels because of competition from other real estate investors with more capital, including other real estate operating companies, REITs and investment funds;
 
  §    we may be unable to obtain the necessary debt or equity financing to consummate an acquisition or, if obtainable, financing may not be on satisfactory terms;
 
  §    agreements for the acquisition of hotels are typically subject to customary conditions to closing, including satisfactory completion of due diligence investigations, and we may spend significant time and money on potential acquisitions that we do not consummate;
 
If we cannot complete hotel acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, the market price per share of our common stock and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected.
 
We may fail to successfully integrate and operate newly acquired hotels.
 
Our ability to successfully integrate and operate newly acquired hotels is subject to the following risks:
 
  §    we may not possess the same level of familiarity with the market dynamics and market conditions of any new markets that we may enter, which could result in us paying too much for hotels in new markets;
 
  §    market conditions may result in lower than expected occupancy rates and lower than expected room rates;
 
  §    we may acquire hotels without any recourse, or with only limited recourse, for liabilities, whether known or unknown, such as clean-up of environmental contamination, claims by tenants, vendors or other persons against the former owners of the hotels and claims for indemnification by general partners, directors, officers and others indemnified by the former owners of the hotels.
 
  §    we may need to spend more than budgeted amounts to make necessary improvements or renovations to our newly acquired hotels; and
 
  §    we may be unable to quickly and efficiently integrate new acquisitions, particularly acquisitions of portfolios of hotels, into our existing operations.
 
If we cannot operate acquired hotels to meet our goals or expectations, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, the market price per share of our common stock and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected.
 
We may not succeed in managing our growth, in which case our financial results could be adversely affected.
 
Our ability to grow our business depends upon our management team’s business contacts and their ability to successfully hire, train, supervise and manage additional personnel. We may not be able to hire and train sufficient personnel or develop management, information and operating systems suitable for our expected growth. If we are unable to manage any future growth effectively, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, the management of all of the hotels in our initial portfolio will be concentrated in one hotel management company.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, all of the hotels in our initial portfolio will be operated by          . This significant concentration of credit and operational risk in one hotel management company makes us more vulnerable economically than if we entered into hotel management agreements with several hotel management companies. Any adverse developments in          ’s business and affairs, financial strength or ability to operate our hotels efficiently and effectively could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We cannot assure you that           will have sufficient assets, income and access to financing and insurance coverage to enable it to satisfy its obligations to us or effectively and efficiently operate our initial hotel properties. The failure or inability of          to satisfy its obligations to us or effectively and efficiently operate our initial hotel properties would materially reduce our revenues and net income, which could in turn reduce the amount of our distributable cash and cause the market price per share of our common stock to decline.


19


Table of Contents

Termination of our hotel management agreement with           may cause us to pay substantial termination fees or to experience significant disruptions at the affected hotels.
 
If we replace           as the hotel manager of any of our hotels, we may be required to pay a substantial termination fee and we may experience significant disruptions at the affected hotel. If we experience disruptions at the affected hotel, our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to service debt and make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Restrictive covenants in hotel management and franchise agreements could preclude us from taking actions with respect to the sale or refinancing of a hotel that would otherwise be in our best interest.
 
Hotel management and franchise agreements typically contain restrictive covenants that do not provide us with flexibility to sell or refinance a hotel without the consent of a manager or franchisor. For example, the terms of some of these agreements may restrict our ability to sell a hotel unless the purchaser is not a competitor of the hotel management company, assumes the related agreement and meets specified other conditions. We could be forced to pay consent or possibly termination fees to hotel managers or franchisors under these agreements. As a result of these types of restrictive covenants, we may be precluded from taking actions that would otherwise be in our best interest or could cause us to incur substantial expense.
 
We may not be able to cause our hotel management companies to operate any of our hotels in a manner satisfactory to us, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to service debt and make distributions to our stockholders.
 
To qualify as a REIT, we cannot operate our hotels. We will lease our hotels to our TRS lessees, which, in turn, will enter into hotel management agreements with hotel management companies, such as          , that qualify as “eligible independent contractors” to operate our hotels. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to service debt and make distributions to stockholders are dependent on the ability of           and any other hotel management companies that we may retain in the future to operate our hotels successfully. Any failure by our hotel management companies to provide quality services and amenities or maintain a quality brand name and reputation could have a negative impact on their ability to operate our hotels and could have a material and adverse affect our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to service debt and make distributions to our stockholders.
 
We cannot and will not control the hotel management companies that operate and are responsible for maintenance and other day-to-day management of our hotels, including, but not limited to, the implementation of significant operating decisions. We cannot assure you that our hotel management companies will manage our properties in a manner that is consistent with their obligations under the management agreement or our obligations under our hotel franchise agreements, that our hotel management companies will not be negligent in their performance or engage in other criminal or fraudulent activity, or that they will not otherwise default on their management obligations to us. If any of the foregoing occurs, our relationships with the franchisors may be damaged and we may then be in breach of the franchise agreements, and we could incur liabilities resulting from loss or injury to our property or to persons at our properties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition, as well as our ability to pay dividends to stockholders.
 
Even if we believe a hotel is being operated inefficiently or in a manner that does not result in satisfactory operating results, we will have limited ability to require the hotel management company to change its method of operation. We generally will attempt to resolve issues with our hotel management companies through discussions and negotiations. However, if we are unable to reach satisfactory results through discussions and negotiations, we may choose to litigate the dispute or submit the matter to third-party dispute resolution or arbitration. We would only be able to seek redress if a hotel management company violates the terms of the applicable hotel management agreement, and then only to the extent of the remedies provided for under the terms of the hotel management agreement. Our hotel managers or their affiliates manage, and in some cases own, have invested in, or provided credit support or operating guarantees to hotels that compete with our hotels, all of which may result in conflicts of interest. As a result, our hotel managers may in the future make decisions regarding competing lodging facilities that are not or would not be in our best interest.
 
Funds spent to maintain franchisor operating standards, the loss of a franchise license or a decline in the value of a franchise brand may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
 
Our hotels operate under franchise agreements, and the maintenance of franchise licenses for our hotels is subject to our franchisors’ operating standards and other terms and conditions. We expect that franchisors will periodically inspect


20


Table of Contents

our hotels to ensure that we, our TRS lessees and our hotel management companies maintain our franchisors’ standards. Failure by us, our TRS lessees or any of our hotel management companies to maintain these standards or other terms and conditions could result in a franchise license being canceled. If a franchise license terminates due to our failure to make required improvements or to otherwise comply with its terms, we could also be liable to the franchisor for a termination payment, which varies by franchisor and by hotel. As a condition of our continued holding of a franchise license, a franchisor could also require us to make capital improvements to our hotels, even if we do not believe the improvements are necessary or desirable or would result in an acceptable return on our investment. Nonetheless, we may risk losing a franchise license if we do not make franchisor-required capital improvements.
 
If a franchisor terminated a franchise license, we could try either to obtain a suitable replacement franchise or to operate the hotel without a franchise license. The loss of a franchise license could materially and adversely affect the operations or the underlying value of the hotel because of the loss of associated name recognition, marketing support and centralized reservation systems provided by the franchisor. A loss of a franchise license for one or more hotels, particularly if our hotels become concentrated in a limited number of franchise brands in the future, could materially and adversely affect our revenues. This loss of revenues could, therefore, also adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and ability to service debt and make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Negative publicity related to one of the franchise brands or the general decline of a brand also may adversely affect the underlying value of our hotels or result in a reduction in business.
 
We will rely on external sources of capital to fund future capital needs, and if we encounter difficulty in obtaining such capital we may not be able to make future acquisitions necessary to grow our business or meet maturing obligations.
 
In order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, we will be required, among other things, to distribute each year to our stockholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain. Because of this distribution requirement, we may not be able to fund, from cash retained from operations, all of our future capital needs, including capital needed to make investments and to satisfy or refinance maturing obligations.
 
We expect to rely on external sources of capital, including debt and equity financing, to fund future capital needs. Part of our strategy involves the use of additional debt financing to supplement our equity capital. Our ability to effectively implement and accomplish our business strategy will be affected by our ability to obtain and utilize additional leverage in sufficient amounts and on favorable terms. However, the recent U.S. and global economic slowdown has resulted in a capital environment characterized by limited availability of both debt and equity financing, increasing costs, stringent credit terms and significant volatility. If we are unable to obtain needed capital on satisfactory terms or at all, we may not be able to make the investments needed to expand our business, or to meet our obligations and commitments as they mature. Our access to capital will depend upon a number of factors over which we have little or no control, including general market conditions, the market’s perception of our current and potential future earnings and cash distributions and the market price of the shares of our common stock. We may not be in a position to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities for growth if we are unable to access the capital markets on a timely basis on favorable terms.
 
We have a significant amount of debt, and our organizational documents have no limitation on the amount of additional indebtedness that we may incur in the future. As a result, we may become highly leveraged in the future, which could adversely affect our financial condition.
 
As of     , 2010, after giving pro forma effect to this offering and the formation transactions, we would have had total outstanding indebtedness of approximately $           million, all of which would have been secured indebtedness. In the future, we may incur additional indebtedness to finance future hotel acquisitions and development activities and other corporate purposes. In addition, there are no restrictions in our charter or bylaws that limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness that we may incur nor restrict the form in which our indebtedness will be incurred (including recourse or non-recourse debt or cross-collateralized debt).
 
A substantial level of indebtedness could have adverse consequences for our business, results of operations and financial condition because it could, among other things:
 
  §    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our cash flow available to fund working capital, capital


21


Table of Contents

  expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including to pay dividends on our common stock as currently contemplated or necessary to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT;
 
  §    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry;
 
  §    limit our ability to borrow additional funds or refinance indebtedness on favorable terms or at all to expand our business or ease liquidity constraints; and
 
  §    place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to competitors that have less indebtedness.
 
The agreements governing our indebtedness place restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, reducing operational flexibility and creating default risks.
 
The agreements governing our indebtedness that will remain outstanding following completion of this offering and the formation transactions contain covenants that place restrictions on us and our subsidiaries. These covenants may restrict, among other activities, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to:
 
  §    merge, consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of our or our subsidiaries’ assets;
 
  §    sell, transfer, pledge or encumber our stock or the ownership interests of our subsidiaries;
 
  §    incur additional debt or issue preferred stock;
 
  §    enter into, terminate or modify leases and hotel management and franchise agreements at our hotels;
 
  §    make certain expenditures, including capital expenditures;
 
  §    pay dividends on or repurchase our capital stock; and
 
  §    enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
 
These covenants could impair our ability to grow our business, take advantage of attractive business opportunities or successfully compete. Our ability to comply with financial and other covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. A breach of any of these covenants or covenants under any other agreements governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under any of our debt agreements, the lenders could elect to declare all outstanding debt under such agreements to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay or refinance the accelerated debt, the lenders could proceed against any assets pledged to secure that debt, including foreclosing on or requiring the sale of our hotels, and the proceeds from the sale of these hotels may not be sufficient to repay such debt in full.
 
Mortgage debt obligations expose us to the possibility of foreclosure, which could result in the loss of our investment in any hotel subject to mortgage debt.
 
Incurring mortgage and other secured debt obligations increases our risk of property losses because defaults on secured indebtedness may result in foreclosure actions initiated by lenders and ultimately our loss of the hotels securing any loans for which we are in default. Certain debt we intend to assume in the formation transactions is cross-defaulted. In the future, we may incur additional debt that is cross-defaulted. If we are in default under a cross-defaulted mortgage loan, we could lose multiple hotels to foreclosure. For tax purposes, a foreclosure of any of our hotels would be treated as a sale of the hotel for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the hotel, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds, which could hinder our ability to meet the REIT distribution requirements imposed by the Code. As we execute our business plan, we may assume or incur new mortgage indebtedness on the hotels in our portfolio or hotels that we acquire in the future. Any default under any one of our mortgage debt obligations may increase the risk of our default on our other indebtedness.
 
An increase in interest rates would increase our interest costs on our variable rate debt and could adversely impact our ability to refinance existing debt or sell assets.
 
An increase in interest rates would increase our interest payments and reduce our cash flow available for other corporate purposes, including capital improvements to our hotels or acquisitions of additional hotels. In addition, rising interest rates could limit our ability to refinance existing debt when it matures and increase interest costs on any debt that is refinanced. Further, an increase in interest rates could increase the cost of financing, thereby decreasing the amount third parties are willing to pay for our hotels, which would limit our ability to dispose of hotels when necessary or desired.


22


Table of Contents

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Qualitative and Quantitative Effects of Market Risk.”
 
Although we have not entered into any hedging arrangements, we may, from time to time, enter into agreements such as interest rate swaps, caps, floors and other interest rate hedging contracts. However, these agreements reduce, but do not eliminate, the impact of rising interest rates, and they also expose us to the risk that other parties to the agreements will not perform or that the agreements will be unenforceable.
 
We may not be able to obtain a credit facility.
 
We intend to enter into a credit facility following completion of this offering. We may not succeed in obtaining a credit facility on favorable terms or at all. We cannot predict the size or terms of the credit facility if we are able to obtain it. Our failure to obtain a credit facility could adversely affect our ability to grow our business and meet our obligations as they come due.
 
Joint venture investments could be adversely affected by a lack of sole decision-making authority with respect to such investments.
 
In the future we may enter into strategic joint ventures with unaffiliated investors to acquire, develop, improve or dispose of hotels, thereby reducing the amount of capital required by us to make investments and diversifying our capital sources for growth. We may not have sole decision-making authority with respect to such investments, which may:
 
  §    prevent us from taking actions that are opposed by our joint venture partners;
 
  §    create impasses on major decisions, such as acquisitions or sales;
 
  §    prevent us from selling our interests in the joint venture without the consent of our joint venture partners; or
 
  §    subject us to liability for the actions of our joint venture partners.
 
Joint venture investments could subject us to risks related to the financial condition of joint venture partners.
 
If a joint venture partner becomes bankrupt or otherwise defaults on its obligations under a joint venture agreement, we and any other remaining joint venture partners would generally remain liable for the joint venture liabilities. Furthermore, if a joint venture partner becomes bankrupt or otherwise defaults on its obligations under a joint venture agreement, we may be unable to continue the joint venture other than by purchasing such joint venture partner’s interests or the underlying assets at a premium to the market price. If any of the above risks are realized, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders.
 
We may have disputes with joint venture partners.
 
Disputes between us and our joint venture partners may result in litigation or arbitration which could increase our expenses and prevent our officers and directors from focusing their time and effort on our business and could result in subjecting the hotels owned by the applicable joint venture to additional risks.
 
Risks Related to the Lodging Industry
 
Recent economic conditions may continue to adversely affect the lodging industry.
 
The performance of the lodging industry has historically been closely linked to the performance of the general economy and, specifically, growth in U.S. gross domestic product, or GDP. The lodging industry is also sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels. Declines in corporate budgets and consumer demand due to adverse general economic conditions, risks affecting or reducing travel patterns, lower consumer confidence or adverse political conditions can lower the revenues and profitability of our assets and therefore the net operating profits of our investments. The recent economic downturn has led to a significant decline in demand for products and services provided by the lodging industry.
 
We anticipate that any recovery of demand for lodging services will lag an improvement in economic conditions. We cannot predict how severe or prolonged the global economic downturn will be or how severe or prolonged the downturn in the lodging industry will be. A further extended period of economic weakness could have an adverse impact on our revenues and negatively affect our profitability.


23


Table of Contents

Competition from other upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels in the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
The lodging industry is highly competitive. Our hotels compete with other hotels for guests in each market in which our hotels operate based on a number of factors, including location, convenience, brand affiliation, room rates, range of services and guest amenities or accommodations offered and quality of customer service. Competition will often be specific to the individual markets in which our hotels are located and includes competition from existing and new hotels. Our competitors may have an operating model that enables them to offer rooms at lower rates than we can, which, particularly in the current economic recession, could result in our competitors increasing their occupancy at our expense. Competition could adversely affect our occupancy, average daily rates, or ADRs, and RevPAR, and may require us to provide additional amenities or make capital improvements that we otherwise would not have to make, which could reduce our profitability and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
 
Our investment opportunities and growth prospects may be affected by competition for investment opportunities.
 
We compete for investment opportunities with other entities, some of which have substantially greater financial resources than we do. This competition may generally limit the number of suitable investment opportunities offered to us, which may limit our ability to grow. This competition may also increase the bargaining power of the owners of assets seeking to sell to us, making it more difficult for us to acquire new hotels on attractive terms or at all.
 
Our operating results and ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected by the markets in which we operate.
 
Our hotels will be subject to various operating risks within the markets in which we will operate. These risks include:
 
  §    over-building of hotels in our markets, which could adversely affect occupancy and revenues at the hotels we acquire;
 
  §    adverse effects of international, national, regional and local economic and market conditions; and
 
  §    changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance with laws and regulations, fiscal policies and ordinances.
 
Our operating results and ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected by the risks inherent to the ownership of hotels.
 
Hotels have different economic characteristics than many other real estate assets. A typical office property owner, for example, has long-term leases with third-party tenants, which provide a relatively stable long-term stream of revenue. By contrast, our hotels will be subject to various operating risks common to the lodging industry, many of which are beyond our control, including the following:
 
  §    dependence on business and commercial travelers and tourism;
 
  §    increases in energy costs and other expenses affecting travel, which may affect travel patterns and reduce the number of business and commercial travelers and tourists;
 
  §    increases in operating costs due to inflation and other factors that may not be offset by increased room rates;
 
  §    events beyond our control, such as terrorist attacks, travel related health concerns including pandemics and epidemics such as H1N1 influenza (swine flu), avian bird flu and severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, imposition of taxes or surcharges by regulatory authorities, travel-related accidents and unusual weather patterns, including natural disasters such as hurricanes and environmental disasters such as the oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico;
 
  §    potential increases in labor costs at our hotels, including as a result of unionization of the labor force; and
 
  §    adverse effects of a downturn in the lodging industry.
 
We will have significant ongoing needs to make capital expenditures in our hotels, which will require us to devote funds to these purposes and could pose related risks that might impair our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our hotels will have an ongoing need for renovations and other capital improvements, including replacements, from time to time, of furniture, fixtures and equipment. Our franchisors also require periodic capital improvements as a condition


24


Table of Contents

of keeping the franchise licenses. In addition, lenders may require that we set aside annual amounts for capital improvements to our assets. These capital improvements and replacements may give rise to the following risks:
 
  §    possible environmental problems;
 
  §    construction cost overruns and delays;
 
  §    a possible shortage of available cash to fund capital improvements and replacements and, the related possibility that financing for these capital improvements may not be available to us on affordable terms;
 
  §    these capital improvements and replacements may not prove to be accretive to FFO; and
 
  §    uncertainties as to market demand or a loss of market demand after capital improvements and replacements have begun.
 
If any of the above risks were to be realized, it could materially, adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders.
 
Hotel development is subject to timing, budgeting and other risks. To the extent we develop hotels or acquire hotels that are under development, these risks may adversely affect our operating results and liquidity position.
 
We may develop hotels or acquire hotels that are under development from time to time as suitable opportunities arise, taking into consideration general economic conditions. Hotel development involves a number of risks, including the following:
 
  §    possible environmental problems;
 
  §    construction delays or cost overruns that may increase project costs;
 
  §    receipt of zoning, occupancy and other required governmental permits and authorizations;
 
  §    development costs incurred for projects that are not pursued to completion;
 
  §    acts of God such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods or fires that could adversely impact a project;
 
  §    inability to raise capital; and
 
  §    governmental restrictions on the nature or size of a project.
 
To the extent we develop hotels or acquire hotels under development, we cannot assure you that any development project will be completed on time or within budget. Our inability to complete a project on time or within budget may adversely affect our projected operating results and our liquidity position.
 
The increasing use of Internet travel intermediaries by consumers may adversely affect our profitability.
 
Our hotel rooms are likely to be booked through Internet travel intermediaries, including, but not limited to, Travelocity.com, Expedia.com and Priceline.com. As these Internet bookings increase, these intermediaries may be able to obtain higher commissions, reduced room rates or other significant contract concessions from us and our management companies. Moreover, some of these Internet travel intermediaries are attempting to offer hotel rooms as a commodity, by increasing the importance of price and general indicators of quality (such as “three-star downtown hotel”) at the expense of brand identification. These agencies hope that consumers will eventually develop brand loyalties to their reservations system rather than to the brands under which our hotels are franchised. If the amount of sales made through Internet intermediaries increases significantly, room revenues may flatten or decrease and our profitability may be adversely affected.
 
Uninsured and underinsured losses could adversely affect our operating results.
 
We intend to maintain comprehensive insurance on our hotels, including liability, fire and extended coverage, of the type and amount we believe are customarily obtained for or by owners of hotels similar to our hotels. Various types of catastrophic losses, like earthquakes and floods, may not be insurable or may not be economically insurable. In the event of a substantial loss, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover the full current market value or replacement cost of our lost investment. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could lose all or a portion of the capital we have invested in a hotel, as well as the anticipated future revenue from the hotel. In that event, we might nevertheless remain obligated for any mortgage debt or other financial obligations related to the asset. Inflation, changes in building codes and ordinances, environmental considerations and other factors might also keep us from using insurance proceeds to replace or renovate an asset after it has been damaged or destroyed. Under those circumstances,


25


Table of Contents

the insurance proceeds we receive might be inadequate to restore our economic position on the damaged or destroyed hotels.
 
Risks Related to the Real Estate Industry and Real Estate-Related Investments
 
Illiquidity of real estate investments could significantly impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of hotels in which we may invest or to adjust our portfolio in response to changes in economic and other conditions, and, therefore, may harm our financial condition.
 
In the future, we may decide to sell hotels. Real estate investments are relatively illiquid. Our ability to promptly sell one or more hotels in our portfolio in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions may be limited. We cannot predict whether we will be able to sell any hotels for the price or on the terms set by us, or whether any price or other terms offered by a prospective purchaser would be acceptable to us. We also cannot predict the length of time needed to find a willing purchaser and to close the sale of an asset. The real estate market is affected by many factors that are beyond our control, including:
 
  §    adverse changes in international, national, regional and local economic and market conditions;
 
  §    changes in interest rates and in the availability, cost and terms of debt financing;
 
  §    changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance with laws and regulations, fiscal policies and ordinances;
 
  §    the ongoing need for capital improvements, particularly in older structures, that may require us to expend funds to correct defects or to make improvements before an asset can be sold;
 
  §    changes in operating expenses; and
 
  §    civil unrest, acts of God, including earthquakes, floods and other natural disasters, which may result in uninsured losses, and acts of war or terrorism, including the consequences of the terrorist acts such as those that occurred on September 11, 2001.
 
Increases in our property taxes would adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our hotels are subject to real and personal property taxes. These taxes may increase as tax rates change and as our hotels are assessed or reassessed by taxing authorities. If property taxes increase, our operating results and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders could be adversely affected.
 
We could incur significant costs related to government regulation and litigation over environmental matters.
 
Our hotels and development parcels are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws that impose liability for contamination. Under these laws, governmental entities have the authority to require us, as the current owner of the property, to perform or pay for the clean up of contamination (including hazardous substances, waste or petroleum products) at, on, under or emanating from the property and to pay for natural resource damages arising from contamination. These laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator or other responsible party knew of, or caused the contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. Because these laws also impose liability on persons who owned a property at the time it became contaminated, we could incur cleanup costs or other environmental liabilities even after we sell properties. Contamination at, on, under or emanating from our properties also may expose us to liability to private parties for costs of remediation, personal injury and/or property damage. In addition, environmental liens may be created on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address contamination. If contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures. Moreover, environmental contamination can affect the value of a property and, therefore, an owner’s ability to borrow funds using the property as collateral or to sell the property on favorable terms or at all. Furthermore, persons who sent waste to a waste disposal facility, such as a landfill or an incinerator, may be liable for costs associated with cleanup of that facility.
 
In addition, our hotels are subject to various federal, state and local environmental, health and safety requirements that address a wide variety of issues, including, but not limited to, storage tanks, air emissions from emergency generators, storm water and wastewater discharges, protection of natural resources, asbestos, lead-based paint, mold and mildew, and waste management. Some of our hotels routinely handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes as part of their operations, which are subject to regulation (for example, swimming pool chemicals or biological waste). Our hotels


26


Table of Contents

incur costs to comply with these environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and could be subject to fines and penalties for non-compliance with applicable laws.
 
Certain hotels we currently own or those we acquire in the future contain, may contain, or may have contained, asbestos-containing material, or ACM. Environmental, health and safety laws require that ACM be properly managed and maintained, and include requirements to undertake special precautions, such as removal or abatement, if ACM would be disturbed during maintenance, renovation, or demolition of a building. These laws regarding ACM may impose fines and penalties on building owners, employers and operators for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third-party liability.
 
Our properties may contain or develop harmful mold, which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and costs of remediating the problem.
 
When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to material liability from third parties if property damage or personal injury occurs.
 
Compliance with the laws, regulations and covenants that are applicable to our hotels, including permit, license and zoning requirements, may adversely affect our ability to make future acquisitions or renovations, result in significant costs or delays and adversely affect our growth strategy.
 
Our hotels are subject to various covenants and local laws and regulatory requirements, including permitting and licensing requirements. Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers may restrict our use of our hotels and may require us to obtain approval from local officials or community standards organizations at any time with respect to our hotels, including prior to acquiring a hotel or when undertaking any renovations of any of our hotels. Among other things, these restrictions may relate to fire and safety, seismic, asbestos-cleanup or hazardous material abatement requirements. We cannot assure you that existing regulatory policies will not adversely affect us or the timing or cost of any future acquisitions or renovations, or that additional regulations will not be adopted that would increase such delays or result in additional costs. Our growth strategy may be materially and adversely affected by our ability to obtain permits, licenses and zoning approvals. Our failure to obtain such permits, licenses and zoning approvals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, federal and state laws and regulations, including laws such as the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA, impose further restrictions on our operations. Under the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Some of our hotels may currently be in non-compliance with the ADA. If one or more of the hotels in our portfolio is not in compliance with the ADA or any other regulatory requirements, we may be required to incur additional costs to bring the hotel into compliance and we might incur damages or governmental fines. In addition, existing requirements may change and future requirements may require us to make significant unanticipated expenditures that would adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, the market price per share of our common stock and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
If we default on ground leases for land on which four of our hotels are located, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Four of the 65 hotels in our initial portfolio are subject to ground leases. If we default under the terms of these ground leases and are unable to cure the default in a timely manner, we may be liable for damages and could lose our leasehold interest in the applicable property and interest in the hotel on the applicable property. If any of the events of default were to occur and are not timely cured, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, the market price per share of our common stock and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected.


27


Table of Contents

Risks Related to The Formation Transactions and Conflicts of Interest
 
Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and other members of our management team exercised significant influence with respect to the terms of the formation transactions, including transactions in which they determined the compensation they would receive.
 
The number of OP units issuable by our operating partnership in the formation transactions was determined by our management team based on its valuation of our predecessor and the hotels owned by Summit of Scottsdale. In each case, the assumed value per OP unit is equal to the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range of our common stock shown on the cover of this prospectus. Our management team determined the value of our predecessor and the Scottsdale hotels by considering various valuation factors and methodologies, including an analysis of available third-party valuations on some of the hotels, market sales comparables, market capitalization rates and general market conditions for similar hotel companies and publicly traded lodging REITs. The numbers of OP units issuable in the formation transactions are fixed. As a result, if the initial public offering price for our common stock is higher or lower than the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, the value of the OP units to be issued in the formation transactions will increase or decrease accordingly.
 
Both we and our predecessor have sought to structure the formation transactions so as to minimize potential conflicts of interest, including by appointing a special committee of our predecessor’s independent managers to review the terms of the proposed merger of our predecessor into our operating partnership. However, we did not conduct arm’s-length negotiations with our predecessor’s members or the members of Summit of Scottsdale with respect to the terms of the formation transactions, including the merger. Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, have substantial, pre-existing ownership interests in our predecessor and Summit of Scottsdale. In addition, Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, has a pre-existing ownership interest in our predecessor. Both Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski sat on the board of managers of our predecessor that approved the terms of the formation transactions. In the course of structuring the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski had the ability to influence the type and level of benefits they will receive from us. In addition, although our predecessor’s special committee received a fairness opinion from an independent third-party financial advisor that is not one of the underwriters of this offering with respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the merger consideration to the former members of our predecessor, assuming that the value of the OP units issued as the merger consideration was between $140 million and $160 million, we did not obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the fairness of the merger consideration to us and we did not obtain recent third-party appraisals for all of the hotels to be acquired by us in the formation transactions. As a result, the consideration to be paid by us to the members of our predecessor in the merger and the acquisition of the 49% ownership interest in the two Scottsdale hotels may exceed the fair market value of the hotels and other assets being acquired by us in the formation transactions.
 
The value of the aggregate consideration to be issued in the formation transactions is based on the initial public offering price of our common stock, which will be determined in consultation with the underwriters and does not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value or the fair market value of the hotels to be acquired by us in the formation transactions. As a result, the consideration being paid by us in exchange for the hotels in our initial portfolio may exceed the aggregate fair market value of those assets.
 
We are assuming liabilities in connection with the formation transactions, including unknown liabilities, which, if significant, could adversely affect our business.
 
As part of the formation transactions, we will assume existing liabilities of our predecessor and its affiliates, including, but not limited to, liabilities in connection with our hotels, some of which may be unknown or unquantifiable at the time this offering is completed. Unknown liabilities might include liabilities for cleanup or remediation of undisclosed environmental conditions, claims of hotel guests, vendors or other persons dealing with our predecessor, The Summit Group, and their affiliates prior to this offering, tax liabilities, employment-related issues and accrued but unpaid liabilities whether incurred in the ordinary course of business or otherwise. If the magnitude of such unknown liabilities is high, they could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, the market price per share of our common stock and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to make distributions to our stockholders.


28


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates may be able to exercise significant influence over us and our affairs and any matter presented to our stockholders, and their interests may differ from the interests of the other limited partners of our operating partnership, including us, and our stockholders.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, will hold an aggregate of more than 1.5 million OP units in our operating partnership, which if redeemed for shares of our common stock in accordance with our operating partnership’s agreement, would represent approximately     % of our outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering on a fully diluted basis.
 
As a result, Mr. Boekelheide and his affiliates may be able to exercise significant influence over us and our operating partnership and any matter presented to our stockholders and the limited partners of our operating partnership for their consideration and approval. The interests of Mr. Boekelheide and his affiliates may differ from or conflict with the interests of our stockholders and the other limited partners of our operating partnership.
 
Tax consequences to holders of OP units upon a sale or refinancing of our hotels may cause the interests of holders of OP units, including certain of our executive officers and directors, to differ from the interests of our other stockholders.
 
As a result of the unrealized built-in gain that may be attributable to one or more of our hotels, holders of OP units, including certain of our executive officers and directors, may experience more onerous tax consequences than holders of our common stock upon the sale or refinancing of these hotels, including disproportionately greater allocations of items of taxable income and gain upon the occurrence of such an event. The tax protection agreements that we will offer to enter into with certain former members of our predecessor, including our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Craig J. Aniszewski, and The Summit Group, which is wholly owned by our Executive Chairman, Kerry W. Boekelheide, will not provide protection from those more onerous tax consequences. A holder of OP units that receives a disproportionately greater allocation of taxable income and gain will not receive a correspondingly greater distribution of cash proceeds with which to pay the income taxes on such income. Accordingly, they may have different objectives regarding the appropriate pricing, timing and other material terms of any sale or refinancing of such hotels and could exercise their influence over our affairs by attempting to delay, defer or prevent a transaction that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.
 
Our tax protection agreements may require us to maintain certain debt levels that otherwise would not be required to operate our business, which may impair our ability to generate cash available for distribution and otherwise not be in your best interests.
 
Our operating partnership will offer to enter into tax protection agreements with a limited number of the members of our predecessor, including The Summit Group and Mr. Aniszewski, to protect those members from recognizing taxable gain in connection with the formation transactions. Under the tax protection agreements, our operating partnership will provide those former members of our predecessor with the opportunity to guarantee debt or enter into a deficit restoration obligation, both of which are intended to prevent the former members of our predecessor from recognizing a taxable deemed cash distribution. If our operating partnership fails to make those opportunities available, it will be required to deliver to each such former member a cash payment intended to approximate the former member’s tax liability resulting from its failure to make such opportunities available to them. These obligations may require us to maintain more or different indebtedness than would otherwise have been required for our business, which could result in higher interest expense than we would prefer to incur, reducing cash available for distribution to shareholders.
 
Our fiduciary duties as the general partner of our operating partnership could create conflicts of interest.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we, as the sole general partner of our operating partnership, will have fiduciary duties to our operating partnership’s limited partners, the discharge of which may conflict with the interests of our stockholders. The limited partners of our operating partnership have agreed that, in the event of a conflict between the duties owed by our directors to our company and the duties that we owe, in our capacity as the sole general partner of our operating partnership, to the limited partners, our directors are under no obligation to give priority to the interests of the limited partners. In addition, those persons holding OP units will have the right to vote on certain amendments to the limited partnership agreement (which require approval by a majority in interest of the limited partners, including us) and individually to approve certain amendments that would adversely affect their rights, as well as the right to


29


Table of Contents

vote on mergers and consolidations of the general partner or us in certain limited circumstances. These voting rights may be exercised in a manner that conflicts with the interests of our stockholders. For example, we cannot adversely affect the limited partners’ rights to receive distributions, as set forth in the limited partnership agreement, without their consent, even though modifying such rights might be in the best interest of our stockholders generally.
 
Certain key members of our senior management team will continue to be involved in other businesses, which may interfere with their ability to devote time and attention to our business and affairs.
 
We will rely on our senior management team, including Mr. Boekelheide, for the day-to-day operations of our business. Following completion of this offering, Mr. Boekelheide and other key members of our senior management team, including Messrs. Hansen and Aniszewski, will continue to serve as executive officers of The Summit Group. The Summit Group will continue to manage one hotel that is not owned by us, a Comfort Suites located in Tucson, Arizona. Our employment agreement with Mr. Boekelheide requires him to devote a substantial portion of his business time and attention to our business and our employment agreements with our other executive officers require our executives to devote substantially all of their business time and attention to our business. In addition, Mr. Boekelheide, as well as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Becker, and our Vice President of Acquisitions, Mr. Bertucci, will continue to serve as officers of Summit Green Tiger Investments, LLC, or Summit Green Tiger. Summit Green Tiger co-manages two private investment funds, which own a total of six multi-family properties. We will not compete with these funds for investment opportunities. These outside business interests may reduce the amount of time that Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci are able to devote to our business. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Outside Business Interests.”
 
Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure
 
Provisions of our charter may limit the ability of a third party to acquire control of us by authorizing our board of directors to issue additional securities.
 
Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of our shares or the number of shares of any class or series that we have the authority to issue and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock, and set the preferences, rights and other terms of the classified or reclassified shares. As a result, our board of directors may authorize the issuance of additional shares or establish a series of common or preferred stock that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company, including transactions at a premium over the market price of our shares, even if stockholders believe that a change in control is in their interest. These provisions, along with the restrictions on ownership and transfer contained in our charter and certain provisions of Maryland law described below, could discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of us, which could adversely affect the market price of our securities. See “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”
 
Provisions of Maryland law may limit the ability of a third party to acquire control of us by requiring our board of directors or stockholders to approve proposals to acquire our company or effect a change in control.
 
Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL, applicable to Maryland corporations may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change in control under circumstances that otherwise could provide our common stockholders with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of such shares, including:
 
  §    “business combination” provisions that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations between us and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate or associate of us who, at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding stock) or an affiliate of any interested stockholder for five years after the most recent date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, and thereafter imposes two super-majority stockholder voting requirements on these combinations, unless, among other conditions, our common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined in the MGCL, for their stock and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares; and
 
  §    “control share” provisions that provide that our “control shares” (defined as voting shares of stock which, when aggregated with all other shares of stock controlled by the stockholder, entitle the stockholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing directors) acquired in a “control share acquisition” (defined as


30


Table of Contents

  the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of issued and outstanding “control shares”) have no voting rights except to the extent approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares owned by the acquirer, by our officers or by our employees who are also directors of our company.
 
By resolution of our board of directors, we have opted out of the business combination provisions of the MGCL and provided that any business combination between us and any other person is exempt from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, provided that the business combination is first approved by our board of directors (including a majority of directors who are not affiliates or associates of such persons). In addition, pursuant to a provision in our bylaws, we have opted out of the control share provisions of the MGCL. However, our board of directors may by resolution elect to opt in to the business combination provisions of the MGCL and we may, by amendment to our bylaws, opt in to the control share provisions of the MGCL in the future.
 
Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to take action against our directors and officers are limited, which could limit your recourse in the event of actions not in your best interests.
 
Under Maryland law, generally, a director will not be liable if he or she performs his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in our best interests and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. In addition, our charter limits the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:
 
  §    actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or
 
  §    active and deliberate dishonesty by the director or officer that was established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action adjudicated.
 
Our charter authorizes us to indemnify our directors and officers for actions taken by them in those capacities to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. Our bylaws require us to indemnify each director and officer, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service to us. In addition, we may be obligated to advance the defense costs incurred by our directors and officers. As a result, we and our stockholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist absent the current provisions in our charter and bylaws or that might exist with other companies.
 
Our charter contains provisions that make removal of our directors difficult, which could make it difficult for our stockholders to effect changes to our management.
 
Our charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and then only by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. Our charter also provides that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum. These requirements prevent stockholders from removing directors except for cause and with a substantial affirmative vote and from replacing directors with their own nominees and may prevent a change in control of our company that is in the best interests of our stockholders.
 
The ability of our board of directors to change our major policies without the consent of stockholders may not be in your interest.
 
Our board of directors determines our major policies, including policies and guidelines relating to our acquisitions, leverage, financing, growth, operations and distributions to stockholders. Our board may amend or revise these and other policies and guidelines from time to time without the vote or consent of our stockholders. Accordingly, our stockholders will have limited control over changes in our policies and those changes could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
The ability of our board of directors to revoke our REIT qualification without shareholder approval may cause adverse consequences to our shareholders.
 
Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without the approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT. If we cease to be a REIT, we would become subject to federal income tax on our taxable income and would no longer be required to distribute most of our taxable income to our stockholders, which may have adverse consequences on the total return to our stockholders.


31


Table of Contents

We are a holding company with no direct operations. As a result, we will rely on funds received from our operating partnership to pay liabilities and dividends, our stockholders’ claims will be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our operating partnership and our stockholders will not have any voting rights with respect to our operating partnership activities, including the issuance of additional OP units.
 
We are a holding company and will conduct all of our operations through our operating partnership. We do not have, apart from our ownership of our operating partnership, any independent operations. As a result, we will rely on distributions from our operating partnership to pay any dividends we might declare on shares of our common stock. We will also rely on distributions from our operating partnership to meet any of our obligations, including tax liability on taxable income allocated to us from our operating partnership (which might make distributions to us that do not equal to the tax on such allocated taxable income).
 
In addition, because we are a holding company, stockholders’ claims will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations (whether or not for borrowed money) of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Therefore, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, claims of our stockholders will be satisfied only after all of our and our operating partnership’s and its subsidiaries’ liabilities and obligations have been paid in full.
 
After giving effect to this offering, we will own approximately     % of the partnership interests in our operating partnership, or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. In addition, our operating partnership may issue additional OP units in the future. Such issuances could reduce our ownership percentage in our operating partnership. Because our common stockholders will not directly own any OP units, they will not have any voting rights with respect to any such issuances or other partnership level activities of our operating partnership.
 
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and this Offering
 
There is currently no market for our common stock and a market for our common stock may not develop, which could adversely affect the liquidity and price of our common stock.
 
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that a regular trading market for the common stock offered hereby will develop or, if developed, that any such market will be sustained. In the absence of a public trading market, an investor may be unable to liquidate an investment in our common stock. The initial public offering price has been determined by us and the underwriters. We cannot assure you that the price at which the common stock will sell in the public market after the closing of the offering will not be lower than the price at which it is sold by the underwriters.
 
The NYSE or another nationally recognized exchange may not continue to list our securities, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.
 
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “INN.” If we are approved for listing on the NYSE, in order to remain listed we will be required to meet the continued listing requirements of the NYSE or, in the alternative, any other nationally recognized exchange to which we apply. We may be unable to satisfy those listing requirements, and there is no guarantee our securities will remain listed on a nationally recognized exchange. If our securities are delisted from the NYSE or another nationally recognized exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:
 
  §    a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
 
  §    reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;
 
  §    a determination that our common stock is “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for the common stock;
 
  §    a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
 
  §    a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
 
The cash available for distribution may not be sufficient to make distributions at expected levels, and we cannot assure you of our ability to make distributions in the future. We may use borrowed funds or funds from other sources to make distributions, which may adversely impact our operations.
 
We intend to make distributions to our common stockholders and holders of OP units. Distributions declared by us will be authorized by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available for distribution and will


32


Table of Contents

depend upon a number of factors, including restrictions under applicable law and the capital requirements of our company. All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, the requirements for qualification as a REIT and other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We may be required to fund distributions from working capital, borrowings under the credit facility we anticipate obtaining following completion of this offering, proceeds of this offering or a sale of assets to the extent distributions exceed earnings or cash flows from operations. Funding distributions from working capital would restrict our operations. If we borrow from the credit facility we anticipate obtaining following completion of this offering in order to pay distributions, we would be more limited in our ability to execute our strategy of using that credit facility to fund acquisitions. Finally, selling assets may require us to dispose of assets at a time or in a manner that is not consistent with our disposition strategy. If we borrow to fund distributions, our leverage ratios and future interest costs would increase, thereby reducing our earnings and cash available for distribution from what they otherwise would have been. We may not be able to make distributions in the future. In addition, some of our distributions may be considered a return of capital for income tax purposes. If we decide to make distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distributions would generally be considered a return of capital for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the holder’s adjusted tax basis in their shares. A return of capital is not taxable, but it has the effect of reducing the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its investment. If distributions exceed the adjusted tax basis of a holder’s shares, they will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock.
 
We may change the distribution policy for our common stock in the future.
 
The decision to declare and make distributions on our common stock in the future, as well as the timing, amount and composition of any such future distributions, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, funds from operations, liquidity, financial condition, capital requirements or contractual prohibitions, the annual distribution requirements under the REIT provisions of the Code, state law and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. While the statements under “Distribution Policy” reflect our current intentions, the actual distribution payable will be determined by our board of directors based upon the circumstances at the time of declaration and the actual distribution payable may vary from such expected amounts. Any change in our distribution policy could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
 
We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make distributions to our stockholders, if necessary to permit us to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT and eliminate federal income and excise taxes that otherwise would be imposed on us, which would, among other things, reduce our cash available for investing.
 
We may fund our distributions to our stockholders, if necessary to permit us to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT and eliminate federal income and excise taxes that otherwise would be imposed on us, out of the net proceeds of this offering, which would reduce the amount of cash we have available for investing and other purposes. The use of the net proceeds to fund distributions could be dilutive to our financial results. In addition, funding distributions from the net proceeds may constitute a return of capital to our investors, which would have the effect of reducing each stockholder’s basis in its shares of our common stock.
 
The market price of our common stock may be volatile due to numerous circumstances beyond our control.
 
The trading prices of equity securities issued by REITs and other real estate companies historically have been affected by changes in market interest rates. One of the factors that may influence the price of our common stock is the annual yield from distributions on our common stock as compared to yields on other financial instruments. An increase in market interest rates, or a decrease in our distributions to stockholders, may lead prospective purchasers of our common stock to demand a higher annual yield, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.
 
Other factors that could affect the market price of our common stock include the following:
 
  §    actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;
 
  §    changes in market valuations of companies in the lodging industry;
 
  §    changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;
 
  §    fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes;
 
  §    our issuances of common stock or other securities in the future;
 
  §    the inclusion of our common stock in equity indices, which could induce additional purchases;


33


Table of Contents

 
  §    the addition or departure of key personnel;
 
  §    announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances; and
 
  §    unforeseen events beyond our control, such as terrorist attacks, travel related health concerns including pandemics and epidemics such as H1N1 influenza (swine flu), avian bird flu and SARS, political instability, regional hostilities, increases in fuel prices, imposition of taxes or surcharges by regulatory authorities and travel-related accidents and unusual weather patterns, including natural disasters such as hurricanes.
 
The market’s perception of our growth potential and our current and potential future cash distributions, whether from operations, sales or refinancings, as well as the real estate market value of the underlying assets, may cause our common stock to trade at prices that differ from our net asset value per share. If we retain operating cash flow for investment purposes, working capital reserves or other purposes, these retained funds, while increasing the value of our underlying assets, may not correspondingly increase the market price of our common stock. Our failure to meet the market’s expectations with regard to future earnings and distributions likely would adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrades our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, the price of our common stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company, we could lose attention in the market, which in turn could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
 
The offering price per share of common stock offered under this prospectus may not accurately reflect the value of your investment.
 
Prior to this offering there has been no market for our common stock. The offering price of the common stock offered by this prospectus was negotiated between us and the representatives. Factors considered in determining the prices of our common stock include:
 
  §    the history of, and prospects for, us and the industry in which we compete;
 
  §    an assessment of our management;
 
  §    the prospects for our future earnings;
 
  §    the prevailing conditions of the applicable United States securities market at the time of this offering;
 
  §    market valuations of publicly traded companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us; and
 
  §    other factors as were deemed relevant.
 
The offering price may not accurately reflect the value of the common stock and may not be realized upon any subsequent disposition of the shares.
 
If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution.
 
We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be higher than the book value per share of our outstanding common stock following completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution. This means that the investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering will likely pay a price per share that exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. See “Dilution.”
 
The number of shares of our common stock available for future sale could adversely affect the market price per share of our common stock, and future sales by us of shares of our common stock or issuances by our operating partnership of OP units may be dilutive to existing stockholders.
 
Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or upon exchange of OP units or exercise of any equity awards, or the perception that such sales might occur could adversely affect the market price per share of our common stock. The exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, the exchange of OP units for common stock, the vesting of any equity-based awards granted to certain directors, executive officers and other employees under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the issuance of our common stock or OP units in connection with hotel, portfolio or business acquisitions and other issuances of our common stock or OP units could have an adverse effect on the market price of the shares of our common stock.
 
Holders of OP units, which are redeemable for cash or, at our operating partnership’s option, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, have registration rights with respect to a substantial amount of our common stock. These


34


Table of Contents

registration rights, which require us to prepare, file and have declared effective a resale registration statement permitting the public resale of any shares issued upon redemption of OP units, could result in a significant amount of sales of our common stock in a short period of time or the perception that a substantial amount of sales may occur, either or both of which could depress the market price per share of our common stock. The existence of these OP units, as well as additional OP units that may be issued in the future, and shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and any related resales may adversely affect the market price per share of our common stock and the terms upon which we may be able to obtain additional capital through the sale of equity securities. In addition, future sales by us of shares of our common stock may be dilutive to existing stockholders.
 
Future borrowings, offerings of debt securities, which would be senior to our common stock upon liquidation, and/or issuances of equity securities (including OP units), which may be dilutive to our existing stockholders and be senior to our common stock for purposes of dividend distributions or upon liquidation, may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
In the future we may borrow money from lenders, offer debt securities and/or issue equity securities, including OP units or preferred shares that may be senior to our common stock for purposes of dividend distributions or upon liquidation. We are also in discussions to obtain commitments from a lending syndicate for a credit facility that we anticipate will be in place at or following completion of this offering. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and our preferred shares and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive distributions of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against us borrowing money in the future or offering senior debt or equity securities. Therefore, additional common share issuances, directly or through convertible or exchangeable securities (including OP units), warrants or options, will dilute the holdings of our existing common stockholders and such issuances or the perception of such issuances may reduce the market price of our common stock. In addition, our preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions and a preference on dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay a dividend or make another distribution to the holders of our common stock. Because our decision to borrow money or issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest in us.
 
The consolidated financial statements of our predecessor and our unaudited pro forma financial statements may not be indicative of our future results or an investment in our common stock.
 
The consolidated financial statements of our predecessor and our unaudited pro forma financial statements that are included in this prospectus do not necessarily reflect what our results of operations, financial position or cash flows would have been had we been an independent entity during the periods presented. Furthermore, this financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations, financial position or cash flows will be in the future. It is impossible for us to accurately estimate all adjustments reflecting all the significant changes that will occur in our cost structure, funding and operations as a result of our being a publicly traded REIT. For additional information, see “Selected Financial Data” and the consolidated financial statements of our predecessor and our unaudited pro forma financial statements, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Risks Related to Our Status as a REIT
 
Failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain qualified as a REIT, would cause us to be taxed as a regular corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for distributions to our stockholders.
 
We believe that our organization and proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. However, we cannot assure you that we will qualify and remain qualified as a REIT. In connection with this offering, we will receive an opinion from Hunton & Williams LLP that, commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010, we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws and our proposed method of operations will enable us to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws for our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and subsequent taxable years. Investors should be aware that Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion is based upon customary assumptions, will be conditioned upon certain representations made by us as to factual matters, including representations regarding the nature of our assets


35


Table of Contents

and the conduct of our business, is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, or any court, and speaks as of the date issued. In addition, Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion will be based on existing federal income tax law governing qualification as a REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual operating results, certain qualification tests set forth in the federal tax laws. Hunton & Williams LLP will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operations for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements.
 
If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will face serious tax consequences that will substantially reduce the funds available for distributions to our stockholders because:
 
  §    we would not be allowed a deduction for dividends paid to stockholders in computing our taxable income and would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates;
 
  §    we could be subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax and possibly increased state and local taxes; and
 
  §    unless we are entitled to relief under certain federal income tax laws, we could not re-elect REIT status until the fifth calendar year after the year in which we failed to qualify as a REIT.
 
In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, we will no longer be required to make distributions. As a result of all these factors, our failure to qualify as a REIT could impair our ability to expand our business and raise capital, and it would adversely affect the value of our common stock. See “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a discussion of material federal income tax consequences relating to us and our common stock.
 
Even if we qualify as a REIT, we may face other tax liabilities that reduce our cash flows.
 
Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain federal, state and local taxes on our income and assets, including taxes on any undistributed income, tax on income from some activities conducted as a result of a foreclosure, and state or local income, property and transfer taxes. In addition, our TRSs will be subject to regular corporate federal, state and local taxes. Any of these taxes would decrease cash available for distributions to stockholders.
 
Failure to make required distributions would subject us to federal corporate income tax.
 
We intend to operate in a manner so as to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. In order to qualify as a REIT, we generally are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain, each year to our stockholders. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution requirement, but distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, we will be subject to federal corporate income tax on our undistributed taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that we pay out to our stockholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under the Code.
 
REIT distribution requirements could adversely affect our liquidity and may force us to borrow funds or sell assets during unfavorable market conditions.
 
In order to satisfy our qualification as a REIT and to meet the REIT distribution requirements, we may need to borrow funds on a short-term basis or sell assets, even if the then-prevailing market conditions are not favorable for these borrowings or sales. Our cash flows from operations may be insufficient to fund required distributions as a result of differences in timing between the actual receipt of income and the recognition of income for federal income tax purposes, or the effect of non-deductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves or required debt service or amortization payments. For example, we may be required to accrue income from mortgage loans and other types of debt instruments that we may acquire before we receive any payments of interest or principal on such assets. We may also acquire distressed debt investments that are subsequently modified or foreclosed upon, which could result in significant taxable income without any corresponding cash payment. See “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.” The insufficiency of our cash flows to cover our distribution requirements could have an adverse impact on our ability to raise short- and long-term debt or sell equity securities in order to fund distributions required to maintain our qualification as a REIT. Also, although the IRS has issued Revenue Procedure 2010-12 sanctioning certain issuances of taxable stock dividends by REITs under certain circumstances for taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2011, no assurance can be given that the IRS will extend this treatment or that we will otherwise be able to pay taxable stock dividends to meet our REIT distribution requirements.


36


Table of Contents

The formation of our TRSs and TRS lessees increases our overall tax liability.
 
Summit TRS and any other of our domestic TRSs will be subject to federal, state and local income tax on their taxable income, which will consist of the revenues from the hotels leased by our TRS lessees, net of the operating expenses for such hotels and rent payments to us. Accordingly, although our ownership of our TRS lessees will allow us to participate in the operating income from our hotels in addition to receiving rent, that operating income will be fully subject to income tax. The after-tax net income of our TRS lessees is available for distribution to us. If we have any non-U.S. TRSs, then they may be subject to tax in jurisdictions where they operate.
 
Our TRS lessee structure subjects us to the risk of increased hotel operating expenses that could adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to stockholders.
 
Our leases with our TRS lessees will require our TRS lessees to pay us rent based in part on revenues from our hotels. Our operating risks include decreases in hotel revenues and increases in hotel operating expenses, including but not limited to the increases in wage and benefit costs, repair and maintenance expenses, energy costs, property taxes, insurance costs and other operating expenses, which would adversely affect our TRS lessees’ ability to pay us rent due under the leases.
 
Increases in these operating expenses can have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common shares and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our ownership of our TRSs will be subject to limitations and our transactions with our TRSs will cause us to be subject to a 100% penalty tax on certain income or deductions if those transactions are not conducted on arm’s-length terms.
 
Overall, no more than 25% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRSs. In addition, the Code limits the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. The Code also imposes a 100% excise tax on certain transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis. The 100% tax would apply, for example, to the extent that we were found to have charged our TRS lessees rent in excess of an arm’s-length rent. Furthermore, we will monitor the value of our respective investments in our TRSs for the purpose of ensuring compliance with TRS ownership limitations and will structure our transactions with our TRSs on terms that we believe are arm’s-length to avoid incurring the 100% excise tax described above. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to comply with the 25% TRS limitation or to avoid application of the 100% excise tax.
 
If the leases of our hotels to the TRS lessees are not respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes, we will fail to qualify as a REIT.
 
To qualify as a REIT, we must annually satisfy two gross income tests, under which specified percentages of our gross income must be derived from certain sources, such as “rents from real property.” Rents paid to our operating partnership by TRS lessees pursuant to the leases of our hotels will constitute substantially all of our gross income. In order for such rent to qualify as “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests, the leases must be respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes and not be treated as service contracts, financing arrangements, joint ventures or some other type of arrangement. If our leases are not respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes, we will fail to qualify as a REIT.
 
If our operating partnership is treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we will cease to qualify as a REIT.
 
Although Hunton & Williams LLP, our tax counsel, is of the opinion that our operating partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not successfully challenge that position. If the IRS were to successfully contend that our operating partnership should be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, we would fail to meet the 75% gross income test and certain of the asset tests applicable to REITs and, unless we qualified for certain statutory relief provisions, we would cease to qualify as a REIT. Also, our operating partnership would become subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax, which would reduce significantly the amount of cash available for debt service and for distribution to us.


37


Table of Contents

If          or any other hotel management companies that we may engage in the future do not qualify as “eligible independent contractors,” or if our hotels are not “qualified lodging facilities,” we will fail to qualify as a REIT.
 
Rent paid by a lessee that is a “related party tenant” of ours will not be qualifying income for purposes of the two gross income tests applicable to REITs. An exception is provided, however, for leases of “qualified lodging facilities” to a TRS so long as the hotels are managed by an “eligible independent contractor” and certain other requirements are satisfied. We expect to lease all or substantially all of our hotels to TRS lessees and to engage            and, in the future, other hotel management companies that are intended to qualify as “eligible independent contractors.” Among other requirements, in order to qualify as an eligible independent contractor, the hotel manager must not own, directly or through its stockholders, more than 35% of our outstanding shares, and no person or group of persons can own more than 35% of our outstanding shares and the shares (or ownership interest) of the hotel manager, taking into account certain ownership attribution rules. The ownership attribution rules that apply for purposes of these 35% thresholds are complex, and monitoring actual and constructive ownership of our shares by our hotel managers and their owners may not be practical. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that these ownership levels will not be exceeded.
 
In addition, for a hotel management company to qualify as an eligible independent contractor, such company or a related person must be actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified lodging facilities” (as defined below) for one or more persons not related to the REIT or its TRSs at each time that such company enters into a hotel management contract with a TRS or its TRS lessee. As of the date hereof, we believe           operates qualified lodging facilities for certain persons who are not related to us or our TRS. However, no assurances can be provided that           or any other hotel managers that we may engage in the future will in fact comply with this requirement. Failure to comply with this requirement would require us to find other managers for future contracts, and, if we hired a management company without knowledge of the failure, it could jeopardize our status as a REIT.
 
Finally, each property with respect to which our TRS lessees pay rent must be a “qualified lodging facility.” A “qualified lodging facility” is a hotel, motel or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a transient basis, including customary amenities and facilities, provided that no wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. As of the date hereof, we believe that the properties that will be leased to our TRS lessees will be qualified lodging facilities. Although we intend to monitor future acquisitions and improvements of properties, REIT provisions of the Code provide only limited guidance for making determinations under the requirements for qualified lodging facilities, and there can be no assurance that these requirements will be satisfied.
 
We may be subject to adverse legislative or regulatory tax changes that could reduce the market price of our common stock.
 
At any time, the federal income tax laws governing REITs or the administrative interpretations of those laws may be amended. We cannot predict when or if any new federal income tax law, regulation, or administrative interpretation, or any amendment to any existing federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation, will be adopted, promulgated or become effective and any such law, regulation, or interpretation may take effect retroactively. We and our stockholders could be adversely affected by any such change in, or any new, federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation.
 
You may be restricted from acquiring or transferring certain amounts of our common stock.
 
The stock ownership restrictions of the Code for REITs and the 9.8% stock ownership limit in our charter may inhibit market activity in our capital stock and restrict our business combination opportunities.
 
In order to qualify as a REIT for each taxable year after 2010, five or fewer individuals, as defined in the Code, may not own, beneficially or constructively, more than 50% in value of our issued and outstanding stock at any time during the last half of a taxable year. Attribution rules in the Code determine if any individual or entity beneficially or constructively owns our capital stock under this requirement. Additionally, at least 100 persons must beneficially own our capital stock during at least 335 days of a taxable year for each taxable year after 2010. To help insure that we meet these tests, our charter restricts the acquisition and ownership of shares of our capital stock.
 
Our charter, with certain exceptions, authorizes our directors to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to preserve our qualification as a REIT. Unless exempted by our board of directors, our charter prohibits any person from beneficially or constructively owning more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Our board of directors may not grant an exemption from these restrictions to any proposed transferee whose ownership in excess of 9.8% of the value of our outstanding shares


38


Table of Contents

would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. These restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply, however, if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT.
 
Under recently issued IRS guidance, we may pay taxable dividends of our common stock and cash, in which case stockholders may sell shares of our common stock to pay tax on such dividends, placing downward pressure on the market price of our common stock.
 
Under recently issued IRS guidance, we may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash and common stock at the election of each stockholder. Under Revenue Procedure 2010-12, up to 90% of any such taxable dividend paid with respect to our 2010 and 2011 taxable years could be payable in shares of our common stock. Taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for federal income tax purposes. As a result, stockholders may be required to pay income tax with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the common stock that it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our common stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to certain non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold federal income tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in common stock. If we utilize Revenue Procedure 2010-12 and a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our common stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock. We do not currently intend to utilize Revenue Procedure 2010-12.


39


Table of Contents

 
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
We make forward-looking statements in this prospectus that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, cash flow and plans and objectives. When we use the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “continue,” “intend,” “should,” “may” or similar expressions, we intend to identify forward-looking statements. Statements regarding the following subjects, among others, may be forward-looking:
 
  §    use of the proceeds of this offering;
 
  §    the state of the U.S. economy generally or in specific geographic regions in which we operate, and the effect of general economic conditions on the lodging industry in particular;
 
  §    market trends in our industry, interest rates, real estate values and the capital markets;
 
  §    our business and investment strategy and, particularly, our ability to identify and complete hotel acquisitions;
 
  §    our projected operating results;
 
  §    actions and initiatives of the U.S. government and changes to U.S. government policies and the execution and impact of these actions, initiatives and policies;
 
  §    our ability to manage our relationships with           and other management companies, as well as franchisors;
 
  §    our ability to obtain and maintain financing arrangements;
 
  §    changes in the value of our properties;
 
  §    impact of and changes in governmental regulations, tax law and rates, accounting guidance and similar matters;
 
  §    our ability to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code;
 
  §    availability of qualified personnel;
 
  §    estimates relating to our ability to make distributions to our stockholders in the future;
 
  §    general volatility of the market price of our common stock; and
 
  §    degree and nature of our competition.
 
The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance, taking into account all information currently available to us. Forward-looking statements are not predictions of future events. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. Some of these factors are described in this prospectus under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Our Business and Properties.” If a change occurs, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. New risks and uncertainties arise over time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. Except as required by law, we are not obligated to, and do not intend to, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.


40


Table of Contents

 
Use of Proceeds
 
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale by us of           shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $      million, or $      million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately $      million. A $0.50 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share would increase (decrease) net proceeds to us from this offering by $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover of this prospectus remains the same. Any additional proceeds to us resulting from an increase in the public offering price or the number of shares offered pursuant to this prospectus will be used by us as described below. We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows: (1) approximately $      million to repay or extinguish existing indebtedness that we will assume upon completion of the formation transactions, including the payment of accrued interest and exit fees related to our repayment of the Fortress Credit Corp. indebtedness described below and the payment of an extinguishment premium and other transaction costs related to the extinguishment of the Lehman Brothers Bank indebtedness described below; (2) approximately $10.0 million to fund capital improvements at our hotels; and (3) the balance for general corporate and working capital purposes, including possible future hotel acquisitions.
 
Pending the use of the net proceeds, we intend to invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing, short-term investment-grade securities, money-market accounts or other investments that are consistent with our intention to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT.
 
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we expect to use the additional net proceeds to us, which will be approximately $      million in the aggregate, for general working capital purposes, including potential future acquisitions.
 
The following table sets forth information, as of June 30, 2010, with respect to the indebtedness that we intend to repay in full with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering:
 
                     
    Outstanding Principal
           
    Balance as of
           
Indebtedness to be Repaid
  June 30, 2010     Interest Rate (1)   Maturity Date  
 
Fortress Credit Corp. 
  $ 85,419,143 (2)   30-day LIBOR + 8.75% (3)     March 5, 2011  
Lehman Brothers Bank
    77,913,380 (4)   5.40%     January 11, 2012  
Marshall & Ilsley Bank
    21,420,178     30-day LIBOR + 3.90%     December 31, 2010  
First National Bank of Omaha
    20,400,000     90-day LIBOR + 4.00% (5)     July 31, 2011  
First National Bank of Omaha
    20,002,943 (6)   90-day LIBOR + 4.00% (5)     July 31, 2011 (6)
                     
Total
  $ 225,155,644 (7)            
                     
 
(1) As of June 30, 2010, the 30-day LIBOR rate was 0.35% and the 90-day LIBOR rate was 0.53%.
(2) We will be required to pay an exit fee equal to 1.0% of the outstanding principal balance of the Fortress Credit Corp. indebtedness being repaid. We estimate that the exit fee will be approximately $          . After December 31, 2010, the exit fee increases to 1.5% of the outstanding principal balance. From September 8, 2009 to September 20, 2010, we borrowed an aggregate of approximately $3.8 million of this indebtedness from Fortress to pay accrued interest under the Fortress loans.
(3) Interest is paid monthly at the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 5.75%, and additional interest accrues at the annual rate of 30-day LIBOR plus 3.00% and is deferred until the maturity date. As a result, the outstanding principal balance will increase prior to the date of repayment.
(4) We will be required to pay a extinguishment premium and other transaction costs in an amount estimated to be approximately $2.9 million in connection with the extinguishment of the Lehman Brothers Bank indebtedness.
(5) Subject to a minimum interest rate of 5.5%.
(6) On December 31, 2009, we borrowed approximately $12.9 million of this indebtedness from First National Bank of Omaha to fund construction costs of our Aloft hotel in Jacksonville, Florida. Our predecessor has received conditional approval from First National Bank of Omaha to extend the maturity date of the commitment secured by the Aloft hotel from June 8, 2011 to July 31, 2011.
(7) Excludes approximately $      million of prepayment and related fees as described in footnotes (2) and (4) above to be paid with the net proceeds of this offering.


41


Table of Contents

 
Capitalization
 
The following table presents:
 
  §    our predecessor’s historical capitalization as of June 30, 2010; and
 
  §    our capitalization as of June 30, 2010 on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the formation transactions, including this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” as if each of them had occurred on June 30, 2010.
 
You should read the following capitalization table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the more detailed information contained in our predecessor’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
    As of June 30, 2010
    Historical
   
    Summit Hotel
  Pro Forma
    Properties, LLC
  Summit Hotel
    (Our Predecessor)   Properties, Inc. (1)
        (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
 
Mortgages and notes payable, including current portion
  $ 424,596     $  
                 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, historical; 500,000,000 shares authorized,           shares issued and outstanding, pro forma
             
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, historical; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma
           
Additional paid-in capital
             
Members’ equity
    76,759        
Noncontrolling interest of our predecessor’s consolidated subsidiaries
    (1,624 )      
Noncontrolling interest in our operating partnership
             
                 
Total members’ equity/stockholders’ equity
    75,135          
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 499,731     $        
                 
 
(1) Includes: (i)          shares of common stock to be sold in this offering; and (ii) an aggregate of           shares of common stock to be issued to our independent director nominees pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering. Excludes: (i) up to shares of common stock issuable by us upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option; (ii) an aggregate of           shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that we will grant to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering; (iii) additional shares of common stock available for future issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan; and (iv) up to 10,100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued by our operating partnership in the formation transactions.


42


Table of Contents

 
Dilution
 
At June 30, 2010, our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the formation transactions, but before this offering, was approximately $      million, or $      per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our pro forma net tangible book value (tangible assets less liabilities) by the pro forma total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of the formation transactions, assuming all the OP units to be issued in the formation transactions are redeemed for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.
 
After giving effect to the sale by us of           shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price per share shown on the cover of this prospectus, the deduction of the underwriting discount and the payment of the estimated expenses of this offering and the formation transactions, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 would have been $      million, or $      per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share of $      per share to the members of our predecessor and the Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale receiving OP units in the formation transactions and an immediate dilution of $      per share to new investors in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
         
Assumed initial public offering price per share
  $    
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2010, after giving effect to the formation transactions, but before this offering (1)
       
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
  $  
         
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the formation transactions, this offering (2)
       
         
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors (3)
  $             
         
 
(1) Represents pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010, after giving effect to the formation transactions, but before this offering, of approximately $      million, divided by the sum of (i) 10,100,000 shares of our common stock, which assumes the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued in the formation transactions to the members of our predecessor and the Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale are redeemed for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, and (ii) 1,000 shares of common stock purchased by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, in connection with our initial capitalization for $1,000, all of which will be repurchased for $1,000 prior to completion of this offering.
(2) Represents pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010, after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the deduction of the underwriting discount and the payment of estimated expenses related to this offering and the formation transactions, of approximately $      million, divided by the sum of (i)            shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, (ii) 10,100,000 shares of our common stock, which assumes the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued in the formation transactions to the members of our predecessor and the Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale are redeemed for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, and (iii) an aggregate of           shares of our common stock to be granted to our non-employee directors upon completion of this offering pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The pro forma total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after the formation transactions and this offering excludes: (i) up to           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and (ii) an aggregate of           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options to be granted to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering.
(3) Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after the formation transactions and this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by a new investor for a share of our common stock.
 
The table below summarizes, as of June 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the formation transactions and this offering, the differences between:
 
  §    the number of OP units to be received by our predecessor’s members and the Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale, or the continuing investors, in the formation transactions and the number of shares of common stock to be received by the new investors purchasing shares in this offering; and
 
  §    the total consideration paid and the average price per OP unit paid by the continuing investors (based on the net tangible book value of the assets being acquired by our operating partnership in the formation transactions) and the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the new investors purchasing shares in this offering.
 


43


Table of Contents

                                         
                Net Tangible
       
                Book Value of
    Average
 
    OP Units/ Shares Issued     Contribution/Cash     Price per
 
    Number     Percentage (1)     Amount     Percentage     Share/OP Unit  
 
Continuing investors
               (2)                           (3)                            
New investors
                            (4)                
                                         
Total
                                       
                                         
 
 
(1) Represents the percentage of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transaction and assumes all of the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued to the continuing investors in the formation transactions are redeemed for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.
(2) Includes: (i) 10,100,000 shares of common stock, assuming all of the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued to the continuing investors in the formation transactions are redeemed for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis and (ii) an aggregate of      shares of common stock to be issued to our independent director nominees upon completion of this offering pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Excludes      shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options to be granted to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion this offering.
(3) Represents pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 of the assets being acquired by our operating partnership in the formation transactions.
(4) Represents the aggregate offering price of the shares offered hereby.

44


Table of Contents

 
Distribution Policy
 
We intend to make regular quarterly cash distributions to our stockholders, as more fully described below. To qualify as a REIT, we must distribute annually to our stockholders an amount at least equal to 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain. We will be subject to income tax on our taxable income that is not distributed and to an excise tax to the extent that certain percentages of our taxable income are not distributed by specified dates. See “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.” Income as computed for purposes of the foregoing tax rules will not necessarily correspond to our income as determined for financial reporting purposes.
 
The amount, timing and frequency of distributions will be authorized by our board of directors based upon a variety of factors, including:
 
  §    actual results of operations;
 
  §    our level of retained cash flows;
 
  §    the timing of the investment of the net proceeds of this offering;
 
  §    any debt service requirements;
 
  §    capital expenditure requirements for our properties;
 
  §    our taxable income;
 
  §    the annual distribution requirements under the REIT provisions of the Code; and
 
  §    other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
 
Distributions to stockholders generally will be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary income, although a portion of such distributions may be designated by us as long-term capital gain or may constitute a return of capital. We will furnish annually to each of our stockholders a statement setting forth distributions paid during the preceding year and their federal income tax status. For a discussion of the federal income tax treatment of our distributions, see “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
We intend to make regular quarterly cash distributions to our stockholders beginning with a pro rata distribution with respect to the period commencing on the date of completion of this offering and ending          , based on a rate of $      per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would equal $      per share, or an annual distribution rate of approximately     % based on an assumed initial public offering price at the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We estimate that our initial annual distribution rate will represent approximately     % of estimated cash available for distribution for the 12-month period ending          . This initial distribution rate is based upon an estimate of cash available for distribution after this offering and completion of the formation transactions, which is calculated based on adjustments to our pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2009 as described below. We have estimated cash available for distribution for the sole purpose of determining our initial distribution amount.
 
Our estimate of cash available for distribution does not include the effect of any changes in our working capital resulting from changes in our working capital accounts. Our estimate also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for investing activities, such as acquisitions, other than a provision for recurring capital expenditures. It also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for financing activities. Any acquisitions or other investing activities and financing activities may have a material effect on our estimate of cash available for distribution. Because we have made the assumptions set forth above in estimating cash available for distribution, we do not intend this estimate to be a projection or forecast of our actual results of operations or our liquidity, and have estimated cash available for distribution for the sole purpose of determining the amount of our initial annual distribution rate. Our estimate of cash available for distribution should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities (computed in accordance with GAAP) or as an indicator of our liquidity or our ability to make distributions. In addition, the methodology upon which we made the adjustments described below is not necessarily intended to be a basis for determining future distributions.
 
Distributions made by us will be authorized and determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available therefor and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including maintaining our status as a REIT, restrictions under applicable law and our loan agreements and other factors described below. We believe that our estimate of cash available for distribution constitutes a reasonable basis for setting the initial distribution rate as most of


45


Table of Contents

the hotel properties in our initial portfolio have been in operation for a significant period of time. However, we cannot assure you that the estimate will prove accurate, and actual distributions may therefore be significantly different from the expected distributions. Actual results of operations, economic conditions or other factors may differ materially from the assumptions used in the estimate. Our actual results of operations will be affected by a number of factors, including the revenue received from our hotels, performance of our property manager, our operating expenses, interest expense (including the effect of variable rate debt), and unanticipated capital expenditures. We may, from time to time, be required, or elect, to borrow funds under our anticipated credit facility or otherwise, sell assets or issue capital stock to pay distributions. Additionally, we may pay future distributions from the proceeds from this offering or other securities offerings.
 
We anticipate that, at least initially, our distributions will exceed our then-current and then-accumulated earnings and profits as determined for federal income tax purposes due to the write-off of prepayment fees that we expect to pay in respect of the debt we will be retiring from the net proceeds of this offering and non-cash expenses, primarily depreciation and amortization charges that we expect to incur. Therefore, a portion of these distributions may represent a return of capital for federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a stockholder under current federal income tax law to the extent those distributions do not exceed the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her common stock. Instead, these distributions will reduce the adjusted tax basis of the common stock. In that case, the gain (or loss) recognized on the sale of that common stock or upon our liquidation will be increased (or decreased) accordingly. To the extent those distributions exceed a stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her common stock, they will be treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of the stock. We expect to pay our first distribution in  , which will include a payment with respect to the period commencing on the date of completion of this offering and ending           . We expect that     % of our estimated initial distribution will represent a return of capital for the tax period ending           . The percentage of our stockholder distributions (if any) that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits may vary substantially from year to year. For a more complete discussion of the tax treatment of distributions to holders of our common stock, see “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
We currently expect to maintain our initial distribution rate for the 12-month period following completion of this offering and the formation transactions unless actual results of operations, economic conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumptions used in our estimate. We cannot assure you that our estimated distribution will be made or sustained or that our board of directors will not change our distribution policy in the future. Any distributions we pay in the future will depend upon our actual results of operations, economic conditions, capital expenditure requirements, debt service requirements, including limits on distributions that may be contained in our financing agreements, including those of our anticipated revolving credit facility, from time to time, and other factors that could cause actual distributions to differ materially from our current expectations. Our actual results of operations will be affected by a number of factors, including the revenue we receive from our properties, our operating expenses, interest expense and unanticipated expenditures. For more information regarding risk factors that could materially adversely affect our actual results of operations, please see “Risk Factors.” To the extent that our cash available for distribution is less than the amount required to be distributed under the REIT provisions of the Code, we may consider various funding sources to cover any shortfall, including borrowing under our credit facility, selling certain of our assets or using a portion of the net proceeds we receive in this offering or future offerings. In addition, our charter allows us to issue preferred stock that could have a preference over our common stock as to distributions. We currently have no intention to issue any preferred stock, but if we do, the distribution preference on the preferred stock could limit our ability to make distributions to the holders of our common stock. We also may elect to pay all or a portion of any distribution in the form of a taxable distribution of our common stock or distribution of debt securities.
 
The following table sets forth calculations relating to the intended initial distribution based on our pro forma financial data, and we cannot assure you that the intended initial distribution will be made or sustained. The calculations are being made solely for the purpose of illustrating the initial distribution and are not necessarily intended to be a basis for determining future distributions. The calculations include the following material assumptions:
 
  §    income and cash flows from operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 will be substantially the same for the twelve months ending December 31, 2010, with the exception of increases in contractual ground rent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010;
 
  §    cash flows used in investing activities will be the contractually committed and planned amounts for the twelve months ending June 30, 2011; and


46


Table of Contents

 
  §    cash flows used in financing activities will be the contractually committed amounts for the twelve months ending June 30, 2011.
 
These calculations do not assume any changes to our operations or any acquisitions or dispositions, which would affect our operating results and cash flows, or changes in our outstanding common stock. We cannot assure you that our actual results will be as indicated in the calculations below. All dollar amounts, other than per-share amounts, are in thousands.
 
         
Pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2009
  $             
Less: Pro forma net income for the six months ended June 30, 2009
       
Add: Pro forma net income for the six months ended June 30, 2010
       
Pro forma net income for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010
       
Add: Pro forma depreciation and amortization for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010
       
Add: Pro forma non-cash straight line ground rent expense for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010 (1)
       
Add: Pro forma amortization of deferred financing costs for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010 (2)
       
Add: Pro forma loss on impairment of assets (3)
       
Add: Pro forma loss (gain) on disposal of assets (4)
       
Add: Pro forma hotel property acquisition costs (5)
       
Less: Pro forma increase in contractual ground rent expense for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010 (6)
       
Less: Pro forma non-cash amortization of stock and option awards for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010 (7)
       
         
Estimated cash flows from operating activities for the twelve months ending June 30, 2011
       
Estimated cash flows used in investing activities—required capital expenditure reserve contributions (8)
       
Estimated cash flows used in financing activities—scheduled principal payments on debt payable (9)
       
         
Estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending June 30, 2011
  $    
Our share of cash available for distribution
       
Noncontrolling interests’ share of cash available for distribution
       
         
Total estimated initial annual distribution
  $  
         
Estimated initial annual distribution per share (10)
  $    
Payout ratio based on cash available for distribution
      %
         
 
(1) Represents non-cash item recorded as an operating expense.
(2) Represents non-cash item recorded as interest expense.
(3) Represents non-cash item recorded as loss on impairment of assets.
(4) Represents non-cash item recorded on the disposal of assets.
(5) Represents hotel property acquisition costs funded with loan or equity proceeds.
(6) Represents estimated higher ground rent expense pursuant to existing ground lease agreement.
(7) Represents non-cash compensation recorded as an administrative and general corporate expense.
(8) Estimated amount based on the amount of reserves required pursuant to management, franchise and loan agreements, which range from     % to     % of the revenues of each hotel.
(9) Estimated amount based on pro forma indebtedness to be outstanding following completion of this offering.
(10) Represents the aggregate amount of the estimated intended annual distribution divided by the shares of common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. The number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of this offering excludes shares of common stock that may be issued by us upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option or upon exercise of options or redemption of OP units.


47


Table of Contents

 
Selected Financial and Operating Data
 
You should read the following selected historical and pro forma financial and operating data together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and our predecessor’s consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
We have not presented historical financial information for Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of 1,000 shares of common stock to our Executive Chairman in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company and because we believe that a presentation of the results of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. would not be meaningful.
 
We consider Summit Hotel Properties, LLC our predecessor for accounting purposes. Our predecessor’s historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and our predecessor’s historical consolidated statements of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from our predecessor’s historical audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our predecessor’s historical consolidated balance sheet information as of June 30, 2010 and our predecessor’s historical consolidated statements of operations information for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from the historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements, respectively, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, the unaudited interim financial information includes the adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the unaudited interim financial information. Our predecessor’s historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and our predecessor’s historical consolidated statements of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from our predecessor’s historical audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Our selected unaudited pro forma balance sheet data and statements of operation and other operating data is presented to reflect: (1) the sale of           shares of our common stock in this offering at $      per share, the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, for approximately $260.2 million of estimated net proceeds, after the deduction of the underwriting discount and the payment by us of approximately $3.6 million of expenses related to this offering and the formation transactions; (2) the contribution to our operating partnership of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale held by The Summit Group and an unaffiliated third-party investor in exchange for an aggregate of 106,008 OP units; (3) the merger of our predecessor with and into our operating partnership, with our predecessor as the acquirer for accounting purposes, and the issuance by our operating partnership of an aggregate of 9,993,992 OP units to the Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C members of our predecessor in exchange for their membership interests in our predecessor; (4) the contribution of the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units that represent an approximate     % partnership interest in our operating partnership, including the sole general partnership interest; (5) the repayment or extinguishment of approximately $225.2 million of outstanding indebtedness and the payment of estimated costs and expenses of approximately $3.8 million in connection with the retirement of this indebtedness; and (6) the grant upon completion of this offering of an aggregate of 5,000 shares of common stock to our independent directors and options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering.
 
Following completion of the merger, the historical consolidated financial statements of our predecessor will become our historical consolidated financial statements, and our assets and liabilities will be recorded at their respective historical carrying values as of the date of completion of the merger.
 
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data appearing below assumes that each of these transactions occurred on June 30, 2010. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations and other operating data assume that each of these transactions occurred on January 1, 2009.
 
In the opinion of our management, all material adjustments to reflect the effects of the preceding transactions have been made. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on June 30, 2010, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position. The unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations data and operating data are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what


48


Table of Contents

our actual results of operations would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on January 1, 2009, nor does it purport to represent our future results of operations.
 
                                                                         
    Pro Forma*     Historical     Pro Forma*     Historical  
    Six
                   
    Months
          Year
       
    Ended
    Six Months Ended
    Ended
       
    June 30,     June 30,     December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2010     2009     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (unaudited)           (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (restated)                          
    (dollars in thousands, except statistical data)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                                       
Revenue
                                                                       
Room revenues
  $ 65,939     $ 65,939     $ 59,476     $ 118,960     $ 118,960     $ 132,797     $ 112,044     $ 99,009     $ 71,025  
Other hotel operations revenues
    1,273       1,273       1,118       2,240       2,240       2,310       1,845       1,653       1,301  
                                                                         
Total revenue
    67,212       67,212       60,594       121,200       121,200       135,107       113,889       100,662       72,326  
                                                                         
Expenses
                                                                       
Direct hotel operations
          23,026       20,473             42,071       42,381       35,021       31,036       22,143  
Other hotel operating expenses
          9,177       8,151             16,987       15,186       11,980       10,589       7,982  
General, selling and administrative
          12,097       11,971             24,017       25,993       22,009       18,038       12,786  
Repairs and maintenance
          2,074       3,638             6,152       8,009       10,405       8,157       3,741  
Rooms
    20,048                   36,720                                
Other direct
    8,287                   18,048                                
Other indirect
    18,303                   33,238                                
Other
    302                   681                                
                                                                         
Total hotel operating expenses
    46,940       46,374       44,233       88,687                                
Depreciation and amortization
    13,346       13,522       11,383       23,088       23,971       22,307       16,136       13,649       9,891  
Corporate general and administrative:
                                                                       
Salaries and other compensation
    1,683                   3,564                                
Equity-based compensation
                                                     
Other
    916                   1,633                                
Hotel property acquisition costs
    56                   1,389                                
Loss on impairment of assets
                      7,506       7,506                          
                                                                         
Total expenses
    62,941       59,896       55,616       125,867       120,704       113,876       95,551       81,469       56,543  
                                                                         
Income from operations
    4,271       7,316       4,978       (4,667 )     496       21,231       18,338       19,193       15,783  
                                                                         
Other Income (expense):
                                                                       
Interest income
    24       24       18       50       50       195       446       605       278  
Interest expense
    (5,199 )     (12,701 )     (8,338 )     (9,052 )     (18,321 )     (17,025 )     (14,214 )     (11,135 )     (7,934 )
Loss on disposal of assets
    (40 )     (40 )     25       (4 )     (4 )     (390 )     (652 )     (749 )     (155 )
                                                                         
Total other expense
    (5,215 )     (12,717 )     (8,295 )     (9,006 )     (18,275 )     (17,220 )     (14,420 )     (11,279 )     (7,811 )
                                                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (944 )     (5,401 )     (3,317 )     (13,673 )     (17,779 )     4,011       3,918       7,914       7,972  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
                1,801             1,465       10,278       11,587       2,728       (3,118 )
                                                                         
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    (944 )     (5,401 )     (1,516 )     (13,673 )     (16,314 )     14,289       15,505       10,642       4,854  
Income tax expense
    (450 )     (228 )           (840 )           (826 )     (715 )     (539 )     (827 )
                                                                         
Net income (loss)
    (1,394 )     (5,629 )     (1,516 )     (14,513 )     (16,314 )     13,463       14,790       10,103       4,027  
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
                (186 )                 384       778       661       352  
Net income (loss) attributable to Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
  $     $ (5,629 )   $ (1,330 )   $     $ (16,314 )   $ 13,079     $ 14,012     $ 9,442     $ 3,675  
                                                                         
Balance Sheet Data (as of period end):
                                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 34,287     $ 11,326                     $ 8,239     $ 18,153     $ 7,776     $ 7,999     $ 7,340  
Property and equipment, net
  $ 460,632     $ 460,632                     $ 482,767     $ 461,894     $ 426,494     $ 331,707     $ 288,486  
Other assets
    32,478       32,873                                                          
Total assets
  $ 534,274     $ 511,708                     $ 518,246     $ 494,755     $ 447,990     $ 355,959     $ 317,278  
Mortgages and notes payable
  $ 199,440     $ 424,596                     $ 426,182     $ 390,094     $ 336,659     $ 237,074     $ 196,162  
Total liabilities
  $ 211,417     $ 436,573                     $ 436,947     $ 406,994     $ 352,298     $ 249,248     $ 207,009  
Members’/stockholders’ equity
  $ 256,005     $ 76,759                     $ 82,923     $ 89,385     $ 97,395     $ 108,222     $ 111,472  
Noncontrolling interest
  $ 66,852     $ (1,624 )                   $ (1,624 )   $ (1,624 )   $ (1,703 )   $ (1,511 )   $ (1,203 )
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 534,274     $ 511,708                     $ 518,246     $ 494,755     $ 447,990     $ 355,959     $ 317,278  
Other Data (unaudited):
                                                                       
FFO (1)
  $ 11,952     $ 7,893     $ 9,960     $ 8,575     $ 6,514     $ 27,886     $ 23,297     $ 25,511     $ 17,023  
EBITDA (2)
  $ 17,577     $ 20,798     $ 18,280     $ 18,417     $ 26,082     $ 54,147     $ 48,160     $ 37,820     $ 25,506  
Statistical Data (unaudited):
                                                                       
Average room count
            6,533       5,877               6,079       5,725       5,647       5,426       4,570  
Ending number of hotels
            65       61               65       62       64       60       60  
Occupancy
            63.9 %     63.6 %             61.9 %     66.2 %     66.9 %     69.7 %     68.9 %
ADR
          $ 87.26     $ 89.07             $ 87.40     $ 100.95     $ 96.20     $ 88.57     $ 80.62  
RevPAR
          $ 55.76     $ 56.62             $ 54.12     $ 66.78     $ 64.37     $ 61.77     $ 55.53  


49


Table of Contents

* Historically, our predecessor segregated its operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) from its other operating expenses, such as depreciation and amortization and impairment losses. Following completion of this offering, we intend to reclassify our operating expenses into categories of hotel operating expenses (room expenses, other direct expenses, other indirect expenses and other expenses) and reclassify our predecessor’s historical items of hotel operating expense to increase the comparability of our hotel operating expenses and our hotel operating results with other publicly traded hospitality REITs. Accordingly, historical balances included in our predecessor’s:
  §    direct hotel operations expense related to (1) wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast will be reclassified to rooms expense in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expense in our consolidated statements of operations;
  §    other hotel operating expenses related to (1) utilities and telephone will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) real and personal property taxes, insurance and cable will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations;
  §    general, selling and administrative expenses related to (1) office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (2) credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expenses, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (3) hotel development and startup costs will be reclassified to hotel property acquisition costs in our consolidated statements of operations and (4) ground rent and other miscellaneous expenses will be reclassified to other expenses in our consolidated statements of operations; and
  §    repairs and maintenance will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
On a pro forma basis, the reclassification reduces total hotel operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) by $56,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, which were reclassified to hotel operating costs. The reclassification does not impact amounts reported by our predecessor as total expenses (total hotel operating expenses, depreciation and amortization and loss on impairment of assets), income from operations, total other income, income (loss) from continuing operations, income (loss) from discontinued operations, net income (loss) before income taxes or net income (loss). See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.
(1) Below, we include a quantitative reconciliation of historical FFO to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income (loss) (dollars in thousands):
 
                                                                         
    Pro Forma     Historical     Pro Forma     Historical  
    Six Months
                                                 
    Ended
                Year Ended
                               
    June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,     December 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2010     2009     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
                            (restated)                          
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,394 )   $ (5,629 )   $ (1,516 )   $ (14,513 )   $ (16,314 )   $ 13,463     $ 14,790     $ 10,103     $ 4,027  
(Gain) on disposition of assets
                            (1,297 )     (8,605 )     (10,380 )     (1,240 )      
Depreciation and amortization
    13,346       13,522       11,476       23,088       24,125       23,028       18,887       16,648       12,996  
                                                                         
FFO
  $ 11,952     $ 7,893     $ 9,960     $ 8,575     $ 6,514     $ 27,886     $ 23,297     $ 25,511     $ 17,023  
                                                                         
 
(2) Below, we include a quantitative reconciliation of EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income (loss).
 
                                                                         
    Pro Forma     Historical     Pro Forma     Historical  
    Six
    Six
                                     
    Months
    Months
    Year
                               
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
                               
    June 30,     June 30,     December 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2010     2009     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
                            (restated)                          
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,394 )   $ (5,629 )   $ (1,516 )   $ (14,513 )   $ (16,314 )   $ 13,463     $ 14,790     $ 10,103     $ 4,027  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,346       13,522       11,476       23,088       24,125       23,028       18,887       16,648       12,996  
Interest expense
    5,199       12,701       8,338       9,052       18,321       17,025       14,214       11,135       7,934  
Interest income
    (24 )     (24 )     (18 )     (50 )     (50 )     (195 )     (446 )     (605 )     (278 )
Income taxes
    450       228             840             826       715       539       827  
                                                                         
EBITDA
  $ 17,577     $ 20,798     $ 18,280     $ 18,417     $ 26,082     $ 54,147     $ 48,160     $ 37,820     $ 25,506  
                                                                         


50


Table of Contents

 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Financial and Operating Data,” our predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, our predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited), and related notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Where appropriate, the following discussion includes analysis of the effects of the formation transactions and this offering. These effects are reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are a self-managed hotel investment company that was incorporated in June 2010 to continue our predecessor’s business of acquiring and owning limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry. As a newly formed company with no business activity to date, we have no operating history and only nominal assets. We will commence operations upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions described in this prospectus. Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our initial portfolio will consist of 65 upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in 19 states. Our initial hotels, with the exception of one independent hotel, will be operated under nationally recognized brands, including the Marriott, Hilton, InterContinental Hotels and Hyatt families of brands.
 
Substantially all of our assets will be held by, and all of our operations will be conducted through, our operating partnership, Summit Hotel OP, LP. Our operating partnership is a recently formed Delaware limited partnership. We are the sole general partner of our operating partnership. Through the merger of our predecessor with and into our operating partnership, our operating partnership will succeed to the business and assets of our predecessor. Although our operating partnership will be the surviving entity in the merger, our predecessor is considered our predecessor for accounting purposes and the discussion herein is based on our accounting predecessor’s historical operating results. Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will own an approximate     % (          % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) partnership interest in our operating partnership, including general and limited partnership interests. The other limited partners of our operating partnership, the former members of our predecessor and The Summit Group, the former Class B member of Summit of Scottsdale and the former Class C member of Summit of Scottsdale, will own the remaining 35% limited partnership interest in our operating partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we will have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the management and control of our operating partnership, including the ability to cause our operating partnership to enter into certain major transactions including acquisitions, dispositions and refinancings, make distributions to partners and to cause changes in our operating partnership’s business activities.
 
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes beginning with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. To qualify as a REIT, we cannot operate or manage our hotels. Instead, we will lease our hotels to our TRS lessees, which will be wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by our operating partnership. Our TRS lessees will engage one or more third-party hotel management companies to operate and manage our hotels pursuant to hotel management agreements. In connection with completion of this offering, our TRS lessees will enter into hotel management agreements with          , pursuant to which our initial hotels will be operated by          . Our TRS lessees may also employ other hotel managers in the future. We expect           will qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” for federal income tax purposes. We will have no ownership or economic interest in any of the hotel management companies engaged by our TRS lessees. Our TRS lessees will be disregarded as separate from Summit TRS for federal income tax purposes and their operations will be consolidated into our financial statements for accounting purposes. Summit TRS will be taxed as a “C” corporation, and, unlike our predecessor, Summit TRS’s and our TRS lessees’ income will be subject to federal, state and local income tax, which will reduce our funds from operations and the cash otherwise available for distribution to our stockholders.
 
Our revenue is derived from hotel operations and consists of room revenues and other hotel operations revenues. As a result of our focus on limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry, substantially all of our revenue is room revenue generated from sales of hotel


51


Table of Contents

rooms. We also generate other hotel operations revenues, which consists of ancillary revenue related to meeting rooms, entertainment and other guest services provided at our hotels.
 
Our hotel operating expenses consist primarily of expenses incurred in the day-to-day operation of our hotels. Many of our expenses are fixed, such as essential hotel staff, real estate taxes, insurance, depreciation and certain types of franchise fees, and these expenses do not decrease even if the revenues at our hotels decrease. Our hotel operating expenses consist of room expenses, other direct expenses, other indirect expenses and other expenses. Room expenses include wages, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast. Other direct expenses include office supplies, utilities, telephone, advertising and bad debts. Other indirect expenses include real and personal property taxes, insurance, travel agent and credit card commissions, management expenses and franchise fees. Other expenses include ground rent and other items of miscellaneous expense.
 
Historically, our predecessor segregated its operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) from its other operating expenses, such as depreciation and amortization and impairment losses. Following completion of this offering, we intend to reclassify our operating expenses into categories of hotel operating expenses (room expenses, other direct expenses, other indirect expenses and other expenses) to increase the comparability of our hotel operating expenses and our hotel operating results with other publicly traded hospitality REITs. Accordingly, historical balances included in our predecessor’s:
 
  §    direct hotel operations expense related to (1) wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast will be reclassified to rooms expense in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expense in our consolidated statements of operations;
 
  §    other hotel operating expenses related to (1) utilities and telephone will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) real and personal property taxes, insurance and cable will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations;
 
  §    general, selling and administrative expenses related to (1) office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (2) credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expenses, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (3) hotel development and startup costs will be reclassified to hotel property acquisition costs in our consolidated statements of operations and (4) ground rent and other miscellaneous expenses will be reclassified to other expenses in our consolidated statements of operations; and
 
  §    repairs and maintenance will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
On a pro forma basis, the reclassification reduces total hotel operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) by $56,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, which were reclassified to hotel property acquisition costs. The reclassification does not impact amounts reported by our predecessor as total expenses (total hotel operating expenses, depreciation and amortization and loss on impairment of assets), income from operations, total other income, income (loss) from continuing operations, income (loss) from discontinued operations, net income (loss) before income taxes or net income (loss). See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.
 
Reflecting the changes in the management agreements effective upon transfer of the management agreements for our initial 65 hotels from The Summit Group to          , on a pro forma basis, management expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have increased from $3.3 million to $3.6 million. Also, we expect that our accounting expenses, on a pro forma basis, would have increased from $589,000 to $1.1 million. Additionally, we expect that our management expenses and accounting expenses, on a pro forma basis, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 would have increased from $1.6 million to $2.0 million and $329,000 to $546,000, respectively. We increased the corporate general and administrative expenses in our pro forma financial statements compared to our predecessor’s historical financial statements by $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This adjustment is due to expenses we will incur related to changes in our management structure,


52


Table of Contents

including compensating our executives and other employees directly rather than indirectly through profits distributed by our predecessor to The Summit Group.
 
Industry Trends and Outlook
 
In mid-2008, U.S. lodging demand started to decline as a result of the economic recession which caused industry-wide RevPAR to decline for the year, as reported by Smith Travel Research. Throughout 2009, the decrease in lodging demand accelerated, with RevPAR down 16.7% for the year according to Smith Travel Research. In the first quarter of 2010, we saw trends of improved fundamentals in the U.S. lodging industry with demand for rooms showing signs of stabilization, and even growth in many of the major markets, as general economic indicators have begun to experience positive improvement. With supply of available rooms expected to rise at a significantly slower pace over the next several years than during 2006-2008 and demand for rooms expected to increase as the U.S. economy rebounds, we expect meaningful growth in RevPAR to start in 2011 and to continue for several years thereafter.
 
While we believe the trends in room demand and supply growth will result in improvement in lodging industry fundamentals, we can provide no assurances that the U.S. economy will strengthen at projected levels and within the expected time periods. If the economy does not improve or if any improvements do not continue for any number of reasons, including, among others, an economic slowdown and other events outside of our control, such as terrorism, lodging industry fundamentals may not improve as expected. In the past, similar events have adversely affected the lodging industry and if these events recur, they may adversely affect the lodging industry in the future.
 
Key Operating Metrics
 
We use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the financial condition and operating performance of our business. These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as other financial information that is not prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, we use other information that may not be financial in nature, including statistical information and comparative data. We use this information to measure the performance of individual hotels, groups of hotels and/or our business as a whole. We periodically compare historical information to our internal budgets as well as industry-wide information. These key indicators include:
 
  §    Occupancy percentage;
 
  §    Average Daily Rate (or ADR); and
 
  §    Room Revenue per Available Room (or RevPAR).
 
Occupancy, ADR and RevPAR are commonly used measures within the hotel industry to evaluate operating performance. RevPAR, which is calculated as the product of ADR and occupancy percentage, is an important statistic for monitoring operating performance at the individual hotel level and across our business as a whole. We evaluate individual hotel RevPAR performance on an absolute basis with comparisons to budget and prior periods, as well as on a company-wide and regional basis. ADR and RevPAR include only room revenue. Room revenue depends on demand, as measured by occupancy percentage, pricing, as measured by ADR, and our available supply of hotel rooms. Our ADR, occupancy percentage and RevPAR performance may be impacted by macroeconomic factors such as regional and local employment growth, personal income and corporate earnings, office vacancy rates and business relocation decisions, airport and other business and leisure travel, new hotel construction and the pricing strategies of competitors. In addition, our ADR, occupancy percentage and RevPAR performance is dependent on the continued success of our franchisors and their brands.
 
In addition to occupancy, ADR and RevPAR, we use FFO and EBITDA, non-GAAP financial measures, to assess our financial condition and operating performance. These measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance in accordance with GAAP. FFO and EBITDA are supplemental financial measures and are not defined by GAAP. FFO and EBITDA, as calculated by us, may not be comparable to FFO and EBITDA reported by other companies that do not define FFO and EBITDA exactly as we define those terms. FFO and EBITDA do not represent cash generated from operating activities determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to operating income or net income determined in accordance with GAAP, as indicators of performance or as alternatives to cash flows from operating activities as indicators of liquidity.


53


Table of Contents

See “Summary Pro Forma Financial Information” and “Selected Financial and Operating Data” for further discussion of our use of FFO and EBITDA and reconciliations of those non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measure, net income (loss).
 
Our Portfolio
 
Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our initial portfolio will consist of 65 upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in 19 states. Our initial hotels, with the exception of one independent hotel, will be operated under nationally recognized brands as shown below:
 
                 
Franchisor/Brand
  No. of Hotels   No. of Rooms
 
Marriott
               
Courtyard by Marriott
    6       715  
Residence Inn
    4       411  
Fairfield Inn
    9       787  
Fairfield Inn & Suites
    1       80  
SpringHill Suites
    7       671  
TownePlace Suites
    1       90  
                 
      28       2,754  
                 
Hilton
               
Hampton Inn
    8       821  
Hampton Inn & Suites
    3       390  
Hilton Garden Inn
    1       120  
                 
      12       1,331  
                 
InterContinental
               
Holiday Inn Express
    2       182  
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
    4       365  
Staybridge Suites
    1       92  
                 
      7       639  
                 
Hyatt
               
Hyatt Place
    4       556  
Choice
               
Cambria Suites
    4       485  
Comfort Inn
    3       201  
Comfort Inn & Suites
    1       111  
Comfort Suites
    3       199  
                 
      11       996  
                 
Starwood
               
Aloft
    1       136  
Carlson
               
Country Inn & Suites
    1       64  
Independent
               
Aspen Hotel & Suites
    1       57  
                 
Total
    65       6,533  
                 
 
Our initial portfolio consists of what we consider “seasoned” and “unseasoned” hotels. We view 46 of our hotels as seasoned based on their construction date. We consider 19 of our hotels to be unseasoned. Our unseasoned hotels were


54


Table of Contents

either built after January 1, 2007 or experienced a brand conversion since January 1, 2008. We believe our unseasoned hotels are in the early stages of stabilizing since their construction or brand conversion occurred during a dramatic economic slowdown. Most of our unseasoned hotels are newer, larger and are located in larger markets than those of our seasoned hotels and operate under premium franchise brands. As a result, we believe our unseasoned hotels are particularly well-positioned to generate RevPAR growth for our portfolio as economic conditions improve.
 
Our unseasoned hotels that experienced a brand conversion have undergone approximately $12.3 million of renovations and other capital improvements since January 1, 2008.
 
The following table sets forth various statistical and operating information related to our seasoned hotel portfolio (dollars in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR):
 
                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
 
Number of hotels at end of period
    46       46       46       45       45  
Average number of rooms
    4,179       4,174       4,173       4,093       4,012  
Undepreciated (gross) book value at end of period
  $ 284,235     $ 283,678     $ 283,985     $ 276,148     $ 268,974  
Revenues
  $ 43,708     $ 45,471     $ 87,542     $ 105,542     $ 103,871  
Occupancy
    65.1 %     66.3 %     64.8 %     69.5 %     70.0 %
ADR
  $ 87.70     $ 89.49     $ 87.42     $ 100.29     $ 99.78  
RevPAR
  $ 57.08     $ 59.31     $ 56.63     $ 69.70     $ 69.80  
 
The following table sets forth various statistical and operating information related to our unseasoned hotel portfolio (dollars in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR):
 
                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
 
Number of hotels at end of period
    19       14       19       14       11  
Average number of rooms
    2,360       1,620       2,360       1,324       625  
Undepreciated (gross) book value at end of period
  $ 266,021     $ 169,892     $ 265,333     $ 163,232     $ 125,529  
Revenues
  $ 23,504     $ 15,123     $ 33,658     $ 29,565     $ 10,018  
Occupancy
    61.8 %     56.5 %     55.3 %     55.3 %     49.2 %
ADR
  $ 86.44     $ 88.56     $ 87.58     $ 107.37     $ 87.58  
RevPAR
  $ 53.43     $ 50.01     $ 48.47     $ 59.33     $ 43.09  
 
Results of Operations of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
We have not presented historical financial information for Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., because it has not had any corporate activity since its formation other than the issuance of 1,000 shares of common stock to our Executive Chairman in connection with its formation and initial capitalization and activity in connection with this offering and the formation transactions and, as a result, we believe that a discussion of the results of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. would not be meaningful. We have set forth below a discussion of the consolidated historical results of operations and financial position of our predecessor, Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, which is merging with and into our operating partnership upon completion of this offering. Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our predecessor’s historical consolidated financial statements will become our consolidated financial statements as our predecessor will be considered the acquirer in the merger for accounting purposes.


55


Table of Contents

Results of Operations of Our Predecessor
 
Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
 
Income from Continuing Operations.  Income from continuing operations increased by $2.3 million, or 46%, to $7.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $5.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to the increased revenue from six new hotels opened late in 2009.
 
Revenues.  The following table sets forth key operating metrics for our total portfolio, our seasoned hotel portfolio, our unseasoned hotel portfolio and our same-store portfolio for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR):
 
                                                                                 
    Six Months Ended June 30, 2010     Six Months Ended June 30, 2009  
    Total
    Total
                      Total
    Total
                   
    Revenues     Expenses     Occupancy     ADR     RevPAR     Revenues     Expenses     Occupancy     ADR     RevPAR  
 
Total (65 and 61 hotels, respectively) (1)
  $ 67,212     $ 59,896       63.9 %   $ 87.26     $ 55.76     $ 61,561     $ 55,616       63.6 %   $ 89.07     $ 56.62  
Seasoned (46 hotels) (2)
  $ 43,708     $ 34,499       65.1 %   $ 87.70     $ 57.08     $ 45,471     $ 37,277       66.3 %   $ 89.49     $ 59.31  
Unseasoned (19 and 14 hotels, respectively) (2)
  $ 23,504     $ 25,397       61.8 %   $ 86.44     $ 53.43     $ 15,123     $ 18,339       56.5 %   $ 88.56     $ 50.01  
Same-store (60 hotels) (3)
  $ 61,053     $ 52,198       64.7 %   $ 88.00     $ 56.89     $ 60,594     $ 54,965       63.5 %   $ 89.26     $ 56.71  
 
(1) Includes revenues from discontinued operations.
(2) Excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
(3) Includes seasoned and unseasoned hotels that were owned during both periods presented for the full periods presented, but excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
 
On a total portfolio basis, revenues increased by $5.6 million, or 9.1%, from $61.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 to $67.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the opening of six new hotels during the third and fourth quarters of 2009. As a result, we do not believe that a comparison of our total portfolio revenue for the periods presented is meaningful.
 
Seasoned hotel revenues decreased by $1.8 million, or 4.1%, to $43.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $45.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease in seasoned hotel revenue was primarily caused by a 3.8% decrease in seasoned hotel RevPAR. Seasoned hotel RevPAR decreased to $57.08 for the six months ended June 2010 from $59.31 for the prior period as a result of adverse economic conditions, which caused lower occupancy and also caused us to lower room rates at our hotels in order to remain competitive in our markets.
 
Unseasoned hotel revenues increased by $8.4 million, or 55.6%, to $23.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $15.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in unseasoned hotel revenue was primarily due to revenues from the six new hotels opened during the third and fourth quarters of 2009.
 
In order to compare operating results of our total portfolio on a period-to-period basis, we also view our results on a same-store basis. Our same-store hotels include seasoned and unseasoned hotels that were owned throughout the comparable periods, but exclude hotels that were classified to discontinued operations during either period. We believe our same-store analysis enhances our understanding of our results by eliminating the effects of purchases and sales of hotels during comparable periods and focusing on the operating results of our core hotels. On a same-store basis, revenues increased by $0.4 million, or 0.6%, to $61.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $60.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.
 
Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses from continuing operations, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $2.2 million, or 5.0%, to $46.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $44.2 million for the prior period as a result of operating expenses for the six new hotels opened in the third and fourth quarters of 2009. Of this increase, direct hotel operations expense increased by 12.2% to $23.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $20.5 million for the prior period. The increased operating expenses were in direct relationship to the $5.6 million dollar increase in revenues from the six new hotels opened during the third and fourth quarters of 2009. Hotel renovations during early 2009 caused repairs and maintenance for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 to be $1.6 million higher than repairs and maintenance in the first half of 2010.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Total depreciation and amortization expense from continuing operations increased by $2.1 million, or 18.4%, from $11.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 to $13.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. This increase was primarily due to the six new hotels opened during the third and fourth quarters of 2009.


56


Table of Contents

 
The following table details our hotel expenses for our seasoned hotel portfolio, our unseasoned hotel portfolio and our same-store portfolio for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009 (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Six Months Ended
  Six Months Ended
    June 30, 2010   June 30, 2009
 
Seasoned Hotel Expenses (46 hotels):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 14,579     $ 14,847  
Other hotel operating expenses
    5,552       5,516  
General, selling and administrative
    7,733       8,158  
Repairs and maintenance
    1,379       2,404  
Depreciation and amortization
    5,256       6,352  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 34,499     $ 37,277  
                 
Unseasoned Hotel Expenses (19 and 14 hotels, respectively):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 8,447     $ 5,626  
Other hotel operating expenses
    3,625       2,635  
General, selling and administrative
    4,364       3,813  
Repairs and maintenance
    695       1,234  
Depreciation and amortization
    8,266       5,031  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 25,397     $ 18,339  
                 
Same-Store Portfolio Expenses (60 hotels):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 20,756     $ 20,615  
Other hotel operating expenses
    8,284       8,152  
General, selling and administrative
    10,914       11,177  
Repairs and maintenance
    1,930       3,638  
Depreciation and amortization
    10,314       11,383  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 52,198     $ 54,965  
                 
 
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2009 to the Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Income from Continuing Operations.  Income from continuing operations decreased by $20.7 million, or 98%, to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily the result of a $13.9 million decrease in revenues as well as an impairment loss of $7.5 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Revenues.  The following table sets forth key operating metrics for our total portfolio, our seasoned portfolio, our unseasoned portfolio and our same-store portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR):
 
                                                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2009   Year Ended December 31, 2008
    Total
  Total
              Total
  Total
           
    Revenues   Expenses   Occupancy   ADR   RevPAR   Revenues   Expenses   Occupancy   ADR   RevPAR
 
Total (65 and 62 hotels, respectively) (1)
  $ 122,333     $ 120,704       61.9 %   $ 87.40     $ 54.12     $ 141,933     $ 113,876       66.2 %   $ 100.95     $ 66.78  
Seasoned (46 and 45 hotels, respectively) (2)
  $ 87,542     $ 73,553       64.8 %   $ 87.42     $ 56.63     $ 105,542     $ 79,540       69.5 %   $ 100.29     $ 69.70  
Unseasoned (19 and 14 hotels, respectively) (2)
  $ 33,657     $ 47,151       55.3 %   $ 87.58     $ 48.47     $ 29,565     $ 34,336       55.3 %   $ 107.37     $ 59.33  
Same-store (57 hotels) (3)
  $ 112,129     $ 99,020       63.7 %   $ 88.13     $ 56.13     $ 134,934     $ 110,898       66.3 %   $ 101.82     $ 67.47  
 
 
(1) Includes revenues from discontinued operations.
(2) Excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
(3) Includes seasoned and unseasoned hotels that were owned during both periods presented for the full periods presented, but excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
 
Total revenues decreased by $19.6 million, or 13.8%, to $122.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $141.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to continuing unfavorable economic


57


Table of Contents

conditions affecting our markets and included a $5.7 million decrease in revenues as a result of the sale of seven hotels (discontinued operations) during 2008 and 2009 offset by increases in revenues from nine new hotels opened during 2008 and 2009.
 
Seasoned hotel revenues decreased by $18.0 million, or 17.1%, to $87.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $105.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in seasoned hotel revenue was primarily caused by a 18.8% decrease in seasoned hotel RevPAR. Seasoned hotel RevPAR decreased to $56.63 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $69.70 for the prior year as a result of adverse economic conditions, which caused lower occupancy and also caused us to lower room rates at our hotels in order to remain competitive in our markets.
 
Unseasoned hotel revenues increased by $4.1 million, or 13.8%, to $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $29.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in unseasoned hotel revenue was primarily due to revenues from nine new hotels opened during 2008 and 2009.
 
On a same-store basis, revenues decreased by $22.8 million, or 16.9%, to $112.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $134.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in same-store revenue was primarily caused by a 16.8% decrease in same-store RevPAR. Same-store RevPAR decreased to $56.13 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $67.47 for the prior period as a result of adverse economic conditions, which caused lower occupancy and also caused us to lower room rates at our hotels in order to remain competitive in our markets.
 
Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses from continuing operations, excluding depreciation and amortization and impairment losses, decreased $2.3 million, or 2.5%, to $89.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $91.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Repairs and maintenance expenses decreased $1.8 million, or 23.2%, to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to fewer renovations being performed during 2009 than in 2008 at our hotels. The decrease in total expenses of 2.6% was not as significant as the decrease in total revenues of 13.8% due to the increased operating expenses related to opening of new hotels. Typically, operating profit margin is not significant for newly opened hotels until they become established in the market.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  On a total portfolio basis, depreciation and amortization expense from continuing operations increased by $1.7 million, or 7.6%, to $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the nine hotels opened in 2008 and 2009.
 
Impairment Losses.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, our predecessor determined that six parcels of undeveloped land were impaired due to the fact that their aggregate historical carrying value exceeded their aggregate fair value. As a result, our predecessor recorded a $6.3 million non-cash impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our predecessor also determined that the Courtyard by Marriott located in Memphis, Tennessee was impaired due to the fact that its historical carrying value was higher than the hotel’s fair value. This determination was made based on recent economic distress on this particular hotel and market. Accordingly, our predecessor recorded a $1.2 million non-cash impairment charge in 2009. Our predecessor did not record any impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The following table details our hotel expenses for our seasoned portfolio, our unseasoned portfolio and our same-store portfolio for years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended
  Year Ended
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
 
Seasoned Hotel Expenses (46 and 45 hotels, respectively):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 29,272     $ 32,182  
Other hotel operating expenses
    11,205       11,002  
General, selling and administrative
    15,870       19,091  
Repairs and maintenance
    4,083       4,342  
Depreciation and amortization
    11,950       12,923  
Loss on impairment of assets
    1,173        
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 73,553     $ 79,540  
                 


58


Table of Contents

                 
    Year Ended
  Year Ended
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
 
Unseasoned Hotel Expenses (19 and 14 hotels, respectively):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 12,799     $ 10,199  
Other hotel operating expenses
    5,782       4,184  
General, selling and administrative
    8,147       6,902  
Repairs and maintenance
    2,069       3,667  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,021       9,384  
Loss on impairment of assets
    6,333        
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 47,151     $ 34,336  
                 
Same-Store Portfolio Expenses (57 hotels):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 37,867     $ 42,136  
Other hotel operating expenses
    15,359       15,132  
General, selling and administrative
    20,414       24,328  
Repairs and maintenance
    4,849       7,970  
Depreciation and amortization
    19,358       21,332  
Loss on impairment of assets
    1,173        
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 99,020     $ 110,898  
                 
 
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2008 to the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Income from Continuing Operations.  Our predecessor’s income from operations increased by $2.9 million, or 15.8%, to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to a 5% increase in ADR from $96.20 for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $100.95 for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Revenues.  The following table sets forth key operating metrics for our total portfolio, our seasoned portfolio, our unseasoned portfolio and our same-store portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007 (dollars in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR):
 
                                                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2008   Year Ended December 31, 2007
    Total
  Total
              Total
  Total
           
    Revenues   Expenses   Occupancy   ADR   RevPAR   Revenues   Expenses   Occupancy   ADR   RevPAR
 
Total (62 and 64 hotels, respectively) (1)
  $ 141,933     $ 113,876       66.2 %   $ 100.95     $ 66.78     $ 134,748     $ 95,551       66.9 %   $ 96.20     $ 64.37  
Seasoned (45 hotels) (2)
  $ 105,542     $ 79,540       69.5 %   $ 100.29     $ 69.70     $ 103,871     $ 80,049       70.0 %   $ 99.78     $ 69.80  
Unseasoned (14 and 11 hotels, respectively) (2)
  $ 29,565     $ 34,336       55.3 %   $ 107.37     $ 59.33     $ 10,018     $ 15,502       49.2 %   $ 87.58     $ 43.09  
Same-store (47 hotels) (3)
  $ 107,840     $ 81,889       68.7 %   $ 100.69     $ 69.20     $ 107,819     $ 86,105       69.8 %   $ 99.08     $ 69.18  
 
(1) Includes revenues from discontinued operations.
(2) Excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
(3) Includes seasoned and unseasoned hotels that were owned during both periods presented for the full periods presented, but excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
 
Total revenues increased by $7.2 million, or 5.3%, to $141.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $134.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, reflecting the addition of 13 new hotels opened in 2007 and 2008 which more than offset the decline in revenues from the sale of 11 hotels in 2007 and 2008. The increase also reflected a 5% increase in ADR from $96.20 in 2007 to $100.95 in 2008 and the addition of 13 new hotels in 2007 and 2008.
 
Seasoned hotel revenues increased by $1.7 million, or 1.6%, to $105.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $103.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in seasoned hotel revenue was primarily caused by a 0.5% increase in seasoned hotel ADR. Seasoned hotel ADR increased to $100.29 for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $99.78 for the prior period.

59


Table of Contents

Unseasoned hotel revenues increased by $19.5 million, or 195%, to $29.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in unseasoned hotel revenue was primarily due to 13 new hotels opened during 2007 and 2008.
 
On a same-store basis, revenues remained steady at $107.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses from continuing operations, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased $12.2 million, or 15.4%, to $91.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $79.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to increased franchise fees and direct hotel operations expense, including room expenses. Direct hotel operations expense increased by $7.4 million, or 21.1%, to $42.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $35.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to 13 additional hotels opened in 2007 and 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our predecessor made $8.0 million of capital improvements compared to $10.4 million in the prior year. Total expenses, excluding depreciation and repairs and maintenance, remained relatively flat as a percentage of revenue at 61.8% for 2008 and 60.6% for 2007.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expense from continuing operations increased by $6.2 million, or 38.2%, to $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in depreciation and amortization was primarily due to 13 new hotels opened in 2007 and 2008.
 
The following table details our hotel expenses for our seasoned portfolio, our unseasoned portfolio [and our same store portfolio] for years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended
  Year Ended
    December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
 
Seasoned Hotel Expenses (45 hotels):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 32,182     $ 30,655  
Other hotel operating expenses
    11,002       10,159  
General, selling and administrative
    19,091       18,389  
Repairs and maintenance
    4,342       7,978  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,923       12,868  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 79,540     $ 80,049  
                 
Unseasoned Hotel Expenses (14 and 11 hotels, respectively):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 10,199     $ 4,366  
Other hotel operating expenses
    4,184       1,821  
General, selling and administrative
    6,902       3,620  
Repairs and maintenance
    3,667       2,427  
Depreciation and amortization
    9,384       3,268  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 34,336     $ 15,502  
                 


60


Table of Contents

                 
    Year Ended
  Year Ended
    December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
 
Same-Store Portfolio Expenses (47 hotels):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 33,066     $ 32,120  
Other hotel operating expenses
    11,327       10,701  
General, selling and administrative
    19,597       19,059  
Repairs and maintenance
    4,654       9,814  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,245       14,411  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 81,889     $ 86,105  
                 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our short-term liquidity requirements will consist primarily of operating expenses and other expenditures directly associated with our hotel properties, including recurring maintenance and capital expenditures necessary to maintain our hotel properties in accordance with brand standards, capital expenditures to improve our hotel properties, interest expense and scheduled principal payments on outstanding indebtedness and distributions to our stockholders.
 
In connection with the formation transactions, our predecessor has entered into a merger agreement with our operating partnership that requires our predecessor to, among other things, pay accrued and unpaid priority returns on its Class A and Class A-1 membership interests through August 31, 2010 and through the closing date of this offering, subject to certain limitations. Payment of these returns will reduce our predecessor’s available cash upon completion of this offering.
 
We expect to satisfy these short-term liquidity requirements through working capital, cash provided by operations and short-term borrowings under a credit facility that we intend to enter into following completion of this offering. After giving effect to the formation transactions and the use of proceeds of this offering, we believe that our working capital and cash provided by operations will be sufficient to meet our ongoing short-term liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months.
 
Our long-term liquidity requirements consist primarily of the costs of acquiring additional hotel properties, renovations, and other non-recurring capital expenditures that need to be made periodically with respect to our hotel properties and scheduled debt payments. We will seek to satisfy these long-term liquidity requirements through various sources of capital, including working capital, cash provided by operations, long-term hotel mortgage indebtedness and other borrowings, including borrowings under a credit facility that we intend to enter into following completion of this offering. In addition, we may seek to raise capital through public or private offerings of our equity or debt securities. However, certain factors may have a material adverse effect on our ability to access these capital sources, including our degree of leverage, the value of our unencumbered hotel properties and borrowing restrictions imposed by lenders. We will continue to analyze which source of capital is most advantageous to us at any particular point in time, but financing may not be consistently available to us on terms that are attractive, or at all.
 
We have not yet obtained required consents from lenders with respect to approximately $      million of outstanding indebtedness on certain properties in our portfolio that we anticipate will be assumed by our operating partnership as a result of, and will remain outstanding following completion of, the formation transactions. If we are unable to obtain these required lender consents, we may have to repay all or a portion of this indebtedness with proceeds of this offering in order to complete the formation transactions, which would reduce funds available for general corporate and working capital purposes, including possible future acquisitions.
 
To satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT, we must meet a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that we distribute annually at least 90% of our REIT taxable income to our stockholders, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain. Therefore, once the total net proceeds of this offering have been invested, we will need to raise additional capital in order to grow our business and invest in additional hotel properties. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to borrow funds or raise additional equity capital on terms acceptable to us, if at all. We anticipate that any debt we incur in the future will include restrictions (including lockbox and cash management provisions) that under certain circumstances will limit or prohibit our operating partnership and its subsidiaries from making distributions or paying dividends, repaying loans or transferring assets. For additional information regarding our distribution policies and requirements, see “Distribution Policy.”

61


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Indebtedness
 
Upon completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we will have approximately $   million in outstanding indebtedness and      hotels unencumbered by mortgage debt, including      hotels with      rooms operating under brands owned by Marriott, Hilton, InterContinental or Hyatt, available as collateral for potential future loans. We intend to enter into a credit facility to fund future acquisitions, as well as for property redevelopments and working capital requirements. We may not succeed in obtaining a credit facility on favorable terms or at all and we cannot predict the size or terms of the credit facility if we are able to obtain it. Our failure to obtain a credit facility could adversely affect our ability to grow our business and meet our obligations as they come due.
 
On a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2010, after application of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we expect to have approximately $199.4 million of outstanding mortgage indebtedness. The following table sets forth on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2010, our pro forma mortgage debt obligations that will remain outstanding following the application of the net proceeds from this offering:
 
                                 
        Outstanding
           
        Principal
  Interest Rate
       
        Balance as of
  as of
  Amortization
  Maturity
Lender
  Collateral   June 30, 2010  
June 30, 2010 (1)
  (years)   Date
 
Bank of the Cascades (2)
  Residence Inn, Portland, OR   $ 12,623,347     Prime rate, subject to
a floor of 6.00%
    25       09/30/11  
ING Investment Management (3)
  Fairfield Inn & Suites, Germantown, TN Residence Inn, Germantown, TN Holiday Inn Express, Boise, ID Courtyard by Marriott, Memphis, TN Hampton Inn & Suites, El Paso, TX Hampton Inn, Ft. Smith, AR     29,503,380     5.60%     20       07/01/25  
MetaBank
  Cambria Suites, Boise, ID
SpringHill Suites, Lithia Springs, GA
    7,394,601     Prime rate, subject to
a floor of 5.00%
    20       03/01/12  
Chambers Bank
  Aspen Hotel & Suites, Ft. Smith, AR     1,635,562     6.50%     20       06/24/12  
Bank of the Ozarks (4)
  Hyatt Place, Portland, OR     6,444,447     90-day LIBOR +
4.00%, subject to a
floor of 6.75%
    25       06/29/12  
ING Investment Management (5)(11)
  Hilton Garden Inn, Ft. Collins, CO     8,011,330     6.34%     20       07/01/12  
ING Investment Management (5)(12)
  Comfort Inn, Ft. Smith, AR
Holiday Inn Express, Sandy, UT
Fairfield Inn, Lewisville, TX
Hampton Inn, Denver, CO
Holiday Inn Express, Vernon Hills, IL
Hampton Inn, Fort Wayne, IN
Courtyard by Marriott, Missoula, MT
Comfort Inn, Missoula, MT
    29,877,346     6.10%     20       07/01/12  
BNC National Bank (14)
  Hampton Inn & Suites, Ft. Worth, TX     5,816,226     5.01%     20       11/01/13  
First National Bank of Omaha (6)
  Courtyard by Marriott, Germantown, TN Courtyard by Marriott, Jackson, MS Hyatt Place, Atlanta, GA     24,475,345     90-day LIBOR +
4.00%, subject to a
floor of 5.25%
    20       07/01/13  
ING Investment Management (7)(13)
  Residence Inn, Jackson, MS     6,325,705     6.61%     20       11/01/28  
General Electric Capital Corp. (8)(15)
  Cambria Suites, San Antonio, TX     11,345,055     90-day LIBOR
+ 2.55%
    25       04/01/14  
National Western Life Insurance (9)
  Courtyard by Marriott, Scottsdale, AZ SpringHill Suites, Scottsdale, AZ     13,835,711     8.00%     17       01/01/15  
BNC National Bank (14)
  Holiday Inn Express & Suites,
  Twin Falls, ID
    5,814,136     Prime rate – 0.25%     20       04/01/16  
Compass Bank
  Courtyard by Marriott, Flagstaff, AZ     16,225,346     Prime rate -- 0.25%,
subject to a
floor of 4.50%
    20       05/17/18  
General Electric Capital Corp. (15)
  SpringHill Suites, Denver, CO     8,903,246     90-day LIBOR + 1.75%     20       04/01/18  
General Electric Capital Corp. (10)(15)
  Cambria Suites, Baton Rouge, LA     11,209,795     90-day LIBOR + 1.80%     25       03/01/19  
                                 
Total
      $ 199,440,578                      
                                 
 
(1) As of June 30, 2010, the Prime rate was 3.25% and the 90-day LIBOR rate was 0.53%.


62


Table of Contents

(2) The maturity date may be extended to September 30, 2012, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.
(3) The lender has the right to call the loan, which is secured by multiple hotel properties, at January 1, 2012, January 1, 2017 and January 1, 2022. At January 1, 2012, the loan begins to amortize according to a 19.5 year amortization schedule. If this loan is repaid prior to maturity, there is a prepayment penalty equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the principal being repaid and the (ii) the yield maintenance premium. There is no prepayment penalty if the loan is prepaid 60 days prior to any call date.
(4) The maturity date may be extended to June 20, 2014 based on the exercise of two, one-year extension options, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. If this loan is repaid prior to June 29, 2011, there is a prepayment penalty equal to 1% of the principal being repaid.
(5) If this loan is repaid prior to maturity, there is a prepayment penalty equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the principal being repaid and the (ii) the yield maintenance premium.
(6) Evidenced by three promissory notes, the loan secured by the Hyatt Place located in Atlanta, Georgia has a maturity date of February 1, 2014. The three promissory notes are cross-defaulted and cross-collateralized.
(7) The lender has the right to call the loan at November 1, 2013, 2018 and 2023. If this loan is repaid prior to maturity, there is a prepayment penalty equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the principal being repaid and the (ii) the yield maintenance premium. There is no prepayment penalty if the loan is prepaid 60 days prior to any call date.
(8) If this loan is repaid prior to April 1, 2011, there is a prepayment penalty equal to 0.75% of the principal being repaid. After this date, there is no prepayment penalty. A portion of the loan can be prepaid without penalty at any time to bring the loan-to-value ratio to no less than 65%.
(9) On December 8, 2009, we entered into two cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted mortgage loans with National Western Life Insurance in the amounts of $8,650,000 and $5,350,000 to refinance the JP Morgan debt on the two Scottsdale, AZ hotels. Prior to February 1, 2011, these loans cannot be prepaid. If these loans are prepaid, there is a prepayment penalty ranging from 5% to 1% of the principal being prepaid. A one-time, ten-year extension of the maturity date is permitted, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.
(10) If this loan is repaid prior to February 27, 2011, there is a prepayment penalty equal to 0.75% of the principal being repaid. After this date, there is no prepayment penalty. A portion of the loan can be prepaid without penalty at any time to bring the loan-to-value ratio to no less than 65%.
(11) This loan is cross-collateralized with the ING Investment Management loan secured by the following hotel properties: Comfort Inn, Ft. Smith, AR; Holiday Inn Express, Sandy, UT; Fairfield Inn, Lewisville, TX; Hampton Inn, Denver, CO; Holiday Inn Express, Vernon Hills, IL; Hampton Inn, Fort Wayne, IN; Courtyard by Marriott, Missoula, MT; Comfort Inn, Missoula, MT.
(12) This loan is secured by multiple hotel properties.
(13) This loan is cross-collateralized with the ING Investment Management loan secured by the following hotel properties: Fairfield Inn & Suites, Germantown, TN; Residence Inn, Germantown, TN; Holiday Inn Express, Boise, ID; Courtyard by Marriott, Memphis, TN; Hampton Inn & Suites, El Paso, TX; Hampton Inn, Ft. Smith, AR.
(14) The two BNC loans are cross-defaulted.
(15) The three General Electric Capital Corp. loans are cross-defaulted.
 
The yield maintenance premium under each of the ING Investment Management loans described in the table above is calculated as follows: (A) if the entire amount of the loan is being prepaid, the yield maintenance premium is equal to the sum of (i) the present value of the scheduled monthly installments from the date of prepayment to the maturity date, and (ii) the present value of the amount of principal and interest due on the maturity date (assuming all scheduled monthly installments due prior to the maturity date were made when due), less (iii) the outstanding principal balance as of the date of prepayment; and (B) if only a portion of the loan is being prepaid, the yield maintenance premium is equal to the sum of (i) the present value of the scheduled monthly installments on the pro rata portion of the loan being prepaid, or the release price, from the date of prepayment to the maturity date, and (ii) the present value of the pro rata amount of principal and interest due on the release price due on the maturity date (assuming all scheduled monthly installments due prior to the maturity date were made when due), less (iii) the outstanding amortized principal allocation, as defined in the loan agreement, as of the date of prepayment.
 
We believe that we will have adequate liquidity to meet requirements for scheduled maturities. However, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to refinance our indebtedness as it becomes due and, if refinanced, whether such refinancing will be available on favorable terms.
 
Capital Expenditures and Reserve Funds
 
We have budgeted approximately $30.0 million for capital improvements to be made to the hotels in our initial portfolio in 2011. Of this amount, approximately $10.0 million is expected to be funded from the net proceeds of this offering, with the remaining approximately $20.0 million expected to be funded from operating cash flows or from other potential sources of capital, including our anticipated credit facility.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.


63


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
 
The following table outlines the timing of payment requirements related to our long-term debt obligations and other contractual obligations as of June 30, 2010 (dollars in millions).
 
                                         
    Payments Due By Periods
        Less than
  One to Three
  Four to Five
  More than
    Total   One Year   Years   Years   Five Years
 
Long-term debt obligations (1)
  $ 432.4     $ 138.8     $ 236.4     $ 20.7     $ 36.5  
Operating lease obligations
    8.2       0.2       0.5       0.5       7.0  
                                         
Total
  $ 440.6     $ 139.0     $ 236.90     $ 21.2     $ 43.5  
                                         
 
(1) The amounts shown include amortization of principal on our fixed-rate and variable-rate obligations, debt maturities on our fixed-rate and variable-rate obligations and estimated interest payments of our fixed-rate obligations. Interest payments have been included based on the weighted-average interest rate.
 
The following table outlines the timing of payment requirements related to our long-term debt obligations and other contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009 on a pro forma basis, after application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” (dollars in millions).
 
                                         
    Pro Forma
    Payments Due By Periods
        Less than
  One to Three
  Four to Five
  More than
    Total   One Year   Years   Years   Five Years
 
Long-term debt obligations (1)
  $ 227.1     $ 9.2     $ 140.2     $ 35.6     $ 42.1  
Operating lease obligations
    8.2       0.2       0.5       0.5       7.0  
                                         
Total
  $ 235.3     $ 9.4     $ 140.7     $ 36.1     $ 49.1  
                                         
 
(1) The amounts shown include amortization of principal on our fixed-rate and variable-rate obligations, debt maturities on our fixed-rate and variable-rate obligations and estimated interest payments of our fixed-rate obligations. Interest payments have been included based on the weighted-average interest rate.
 
Qualitative and Quantitative Effects of Market Risk
 
Market risk includes risks that arise from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market sensitive instruments. In pursuing our business strategies, the primary market risk to which we are currently exposed, and to which we expect to be exposed in the future, is interest rate risk. Our primary interest rate exposures are to the 30-day LIBOR rate, the 90-day LIBOR rate and the Prime rate. We primarily use fixed interest rate financing to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. We do not use any hedge or other instruments to manage interest rate risk.
 
As of June 30, 2010, approximately 47.6% of our pro forma debt carried fixed interest rates and 52.4% carried variable interest rates. As of June 30, 2010, our fixed interest rate pro forma debt totaled $95.0 million. Our variable interest rate pro forma debt totaled $104.4 million as of June 30, 2010. Assuming no increase in the amount of our variable rate pro forma debt, if the interest rates on our variable rate pro forma debt were to increase by 1.0%, our cash flow would decrease by approximately $1.0 million per year.
 
Inflation
 
Operators of hotels, in general, possess the ability to adjust room rates daily to reflect the effects of inflation. However, competitive pressures may limit the ability of our management companies to raise room rates.
 
Seasonality
 
Due to our portfolio’s geographic diversification, our revenues do not experience significant seasonality. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our predecessor received 24.2% of its total revenues in the first quarter, 25.8% in the second quarter, 26.6% in the third quarter and 23.4% in the fourth quarter. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our predecessor received 24.0% of its total revenues in the first quarter, 26.3% in the second quarter, 28.1% in the third quarter and 21.6% in the fourth quarter.


64


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. While we do not believe the reported amounts would be materially different, application of these policies involves the exercise of judgment and the use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. We evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to the impairment of long-lived assets, on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. All of our predecessor’s significant accounting policies are disclosed in the notes to its consolidated financial statements. The following represent certain critical accounting policies that will require our management to exercise their business judgment or make significant estimates:
 
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation.  Our consolidated financial statements will include our accounts, the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries or subsidiaries for which we have a controlling interest, the accounts of variable interest entities in which we are the primary beneficiary, and the accounts of other subsidiaries over which we have a controlling interest. All material inter-company transactions, balances and profits will be eliminated in consolidation. The determination of whether we are the primary beneficiary is based on a combination of qualitative and quantitative factors which require management in some cases to estimate future cash flows or likely courses of action.
 
Hotels—Acquisitions.  Upon acquisition, we allocate the purchase price based on the fair value of the acquired land, building, furniture, fixtures and equipment, goodwill, other assets and assumed liabilities. We determine the acquisition-date fair values of all assets and assumed liabilities using methods similar to those used by independent appraisers, for example, using a discounted cash flow analysis, and that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. Changes in estimates and judgments related to the allocation of the purchase price could result in adjustments to real estate or intangible assets, which can impact depreciation and/or amortization expense and our results of operations.
 
Depreciation and Amortization of Hotels.  Hotels are carried at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of 27 to 40 years for buildings and two to 15 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. We are required to make subjective assessments as to the useful lives and classification of our properties for purposes of determining the amount of depreciation expense to reflect each year with respect to the assets. While management believes its estimates are reasonable, a change in the estimated useful lives could affect the results of operations.
 
Impairment of Hotels.  We monitor events and changes in circumstances for indicators that the carrying value of a hotel and related assets may be impaired. Factors that could trigger an impairment analysis include, among others: (1) significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results, (2) significant changes in the manner of use of a hotel or the strategy of our overall business, (3) a significant increase in competition, (4) a significant adverse change in legal factors or regulations or (5) significant negative industry or economic trends. When such factors are identified, we will prepare an estimate of the undiscounted future cash flows, without interest charges, of the specific hotel and determine if the investment in such hotel is recoverable based on the undiscounted future cash flows. If impairment is indicated, an adjustment is made to the carrying value of the hotel to reflect the hotel at fair value. These assessments may impact the results of our operations.
 
Revenue Recognition.  Revenue is recognized when rooms are occupied and services have been rendered. These revenue sources are affected by conditions impacting the travel and hospitality industry as well as competition from other hotels and businesses in similar markets.
 
Stock-Based Compensation.   We have adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which provides for the grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights and other stock-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing. Equity-based compensation will be recognized as an expense in the financial statements over the vesting period and measured at the fair value of the award on the date of grant. The amount of the expense may be subject to adjustment in future periods depending on the specific characteristics of the equity-based award and the application of accounting guidance.


65


Table of Contents

Income Taxes.  We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT under the Code and intend to operate as such beginning with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. To qualify as a REIT, we must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute annually to our stockholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding net capital gains, which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with GAAP. As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax (other than taxes paid by our TRSs) to the extent we currently distribute 100% of our REIT taxable income to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to federal income tax on our taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification is lost unless we satisfy certain relief provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect our net income and net cash available for distribution to stockholders. However, we intend to be organized and operate in such a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT.
 
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities.  We will account for federal and state income taxes with respect to our TRSs using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statements’ carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and respective tax bases and operating losses and tax-credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. In the event that these assumptions change, the deferred taxes may change.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an update (ASU No. 2010-06) to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , to improve disclosure requirements regarding transfers, classes of assets and liabilities, and inputs and valuation techniques. This update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. Our predecessor adopted this ASC update on January 1, 2010, and it had no material impact on our predecessor’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2010, the FASB issued an update (ASU No. 2010-09) to ASC 855, Subsequent Events , by removing the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose the date through which that filer had evaluated subsequent events. Our predecessor has adopted this change and therefore has removed the related disclosure from the “Basis of Presentation.”
 
Certain provisions of ASU No. 2010-06 to ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , related to separate line items for all purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of financial instruments valued using Level 3 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. We do not believe that this adoption will have a material impact on our financial statements or disclosures.


66


Table of Contents

 
Structure of Our Company
 
We were formed as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 2010. We will conduct our business through an umbrella partnership structure, in which our hotel properties are owned by our operating partnership, Summit Hotel OP, LP, and limited partnerships, limited liability companies or other subsidiaries of our operating partnership. Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. is the sole general partner of our operating partnership. As the sole general partner of our operating partnership, we have the exclusive power to manage and conduct our operating partnership’s business, subject to the limitations described in the partnership agreement. We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for additional OP units.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions and the contribution of the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership, we will own an approximate     % (     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) partnership interest in our operating partnership, including general and limited partnership interests. The remaining interests in our operating partnership will be owned by limited partners, including certain of our executive officers, directors and their affiliates, who received OP units in the formation transactions.
 
Beginning one year after completion of the formation transactions, limited partners (other than us) may, subject to certain restrictions, elect to redeem their OP units for a per-OP unit cash amount based on the then-current market price of our common stock or, at our operating partnership’s option, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustments for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and similar events. Holders of OP units generally will receive distributions per OP unit equivalent to the per share distributions we make to holders of our common stock. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement.”
 
In order for the income from our hotel operations to constitute “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests applicable to a REIT, we cannot directly or indirectly operate any of our hotels. Instead, we must lease our hotels. Accordingly, we will lease each of our initial hotel properties to our TRS lessees, which will be wholly owned by our operating partnership. Our TRS lessees will pay rents to us that will be treated as “rents from real property,” provided that the hotel management companies engaged by our TRS lessees to manage our hotels are “eligible independent contractors” and certain other requirements are met. Concurrently with completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our TRS lessees will engage           to manage our hotels pursuant to management agreements.


67


Table of Contents

 
Formation Transactions
 
Overview
 
Historically, the 65 hotels in our portfolio were owned by our predecessor and were operated by The Summit Group, which is wholly owned and controlled by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide. In connection with completion of this offering, we will engage in the transactions described below, which we refer to as our formation transactions, in order to consolidate the business and properties of our predecessor into a publicly traded REIT with improved access to capital and increased flexibility to execute our growth strategy. The formation transactions are subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining required third-party consents and approvals and the closing of this offering.
 
The significant elements of the formation transactions include:
 
  §    the formation of our company, our operating partnership and Summit TRS;
 
  §    the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering;
 
  §    the contribution of the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units;
 
  §    the merger of our predecessor with and into our operating partnership, with our predecessor’s members receiving OP units;
 
  §    the contribution of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units and our assumption of mortgage debt secured by the two Scottsdale hotels owned by Summit of Scottsdale;
 
  §    the lease of the 65 hotels in our portfolio to our TRS lessees; and
 
  §    assignment by The Summit Group of all of the hotel management agreements pursuant to which it managed the hotels owned by our predecessor to           for consideration consisting of          , and the entry into new hotel management agreements with          , an independent hotel management company, pursuant to which           will operate the 65 hotels in our portfolio.
 
Formation of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., Our Operating Partnership and Summit TRS
 
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. was incorporated on June 30, 2010 under the laws of the State of Maryland. We intend to elect and qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. Our operating partnership, Summit Hotel OP, LP, was organized as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 30, 2010. Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. is our operating partnership’s sole general partner.
 
We incorporated Summit Hotel TRS, Inc. on August 11, 2010 under the laws of the State of Delaware. Summit TRS, the parent company of our TRS lessees, is wholly owned by our operating partnership. We will lease all of our initial hotel properties to our TRS lessees. Summit TRS is taxed as a regular corporation and its income therefore will be subject to federal, state and local income tax. We may form additional TRSs in the future in order to engage in certain activities that otherwise might jeopardize our qualification as a REIT. Any income earned by our TRSs will not be included for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement discussed under “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations—Annual Distribution Requirements,” unless that income is actually distributed to us. For a further discussion of TRSs, see “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company.”
 
Merger of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC into Our Operating Partnership
 
Currently, our predecessor owns or controls 65 hotels, including the two Scottsdale hotels currently held by Summit of Scottsdale. In connection with completion of this offering, our predecessor will merge with and into our operating partnership, with our operating partnership continuing as the surviving entity. Pursuant to the merger, the members of our predecessor, including certain of our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, will receive OP units in exchange for their membership interests in our predecessor. The aggregate merger consideration will consist of 9,993,992 OP units (having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus). Upon completion of the merger, our operating partnership will become the owner


68


Table of Contents

of the 63 hotels currently held by our predecessor and the two Scottsdale hotels and assume approximately $   million of indebtedness, approximately $   million of which we expect to repay with the net proceeds of this offering. In the merger, (1) our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, will receive an aggregate of 1,517,819 OP units for membership interests in our predecessor having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus and (2) our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Aniszewski, will receive an aggregate of 4,105 OP units for membership interests in our predecessor having an aggregate value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. The merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining all required third-party consents and approvals and completion of this offering.
 
Contribution of Class B and Class C Membership Interests in Summit of Scottsdale
 
In connection with completion of this offering, The Summit Group will contribute its 36% Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale to our operating partnership in exchange for 74,829 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. An unaffiliated third-party investor will contribute its 15% Class C membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale to our operating partnership in exchange for 31,179 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. The contributions of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale are subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining all required third-party consents and approvals and completion of this offering. Our predecessor owns a 49% Class A membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale, which our operating partnership is acquiring in the merger. As a result of these contributions and the merger described above, our operating partnership will assume approximately $13.8 million of existing mortgage debt secured by the two Scottsdale hotels and will become the sole owner of those hotels.
 
Lease of the Hotels in Our Portfolio to Our TRS Lessees
 
In order for the income from our hotel operations to constitute “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests required for REIT qualification, we cannot directly or indirectly operate any of our hotels. Instead, we must lease our hotels. Accordingly, in connection with completion of this offering, we will enter into lease agreements pursuant to which we will lease the 65 hotels in our portfolio to our TRS lessees, which will be wholly owned by our operating partnership. Our TRS lessees will pay rent to us that we intend to treat as “rents from real property,” provided that           and any other hotel management companies engaged by our TRS lessees qualifies as an “eligible independent contractor” and certain other requirements are met. See “Our Hotel Management Agreements.”
 
Hotel Management Agreements
 
Prior to this offering and completion of the formation transactions, the hotels owned by our predecessor, including the two Scottsdale, Arizona hotels owned by Summit of Scottsdale, were managed by The Summit Group. In connection with completion of this offering, these hotel management agreements will be terminated and our TRS lessees will enter into new hotel management agreements with          , pursuant to which           will operate and manage the 65 hotels in our portfolio on the anticipated terms described below. In consideration for terminating the existing hotel management agreements with our predecessor, The Summit Group, the current hotel management company, which is wholly owned by Mr. Boekelheide, will receive a total cash payment from           in the amount of $     . See “Our Hotel Management Agreements.”
 
Tax Protection Agreements
 
Our operating partnership will offer to enter into tax protection agreements with a limited number of the members of our predecessor, including The Summit Group and Mr. Aniszewski. Under the Code, any reduction in a partner’s share of partnership liabilities that exceeds the partner’s adjusted tax basis in the partnership would result in taxable gain to the partner. The tax protection agreements are intended to protect those members of our predecessor from recognizing such a taxable gain as a result of a reduction in their share of liabilities of our operating partnership as compared to their share of liabilities of our predecessor that is attributable to our repayment of liabilities with the proceeds of this offering. The tax protection agreements will provide that our operating partnership will offer those members the opportunity to guarantee


69


Table of Contents

debt, or, alternatively, to enter into a deficit restoration obligation in a manner intended to provide an allocation of our operating partnership’s liabilities to those members for federal income tax purposes. We anticipate that those members will guarantee approximately $9 million of our operating partnership’s liabilities, including approximately $8 million of our operating partnership’s liabilities that will be guaranteed by The Summit Group. If our operating partnership fails to offer those members the opportunity to guarantee debt or to enter into a deficit restoration obligation, our operating partnership will be required to deliver to each member who was not offered the opportunity to guarantee debt or enter into a deficit restoration obligation a cash payment intended to approximately compensate for the tax liability resulting from our operating partnership’s failure to make these opportunities available. The tax protection agreements will apply to a particular member of our predecessor until the earlier of (i) the date the member (or its successor) has disposed of 100% of the OP units received in the formation transactions or (ii) ten years from the anniversary of the closing of this offering. The tax protection agreements are expected to benefit those members by assisting them in continuing to defer federal income taxes that would otherwise be recognized in connection with the formation transactions. The tax protection agreements do not obligate our operating partnership to provide new opportunities or indemnities to those members if a future reduction of the liabilities of our operating partnership after the repayment of operating partnership liabilities with the proceeds of this offering causes those members to recognize a taxable deemed cash distribution.
 
Valuation of Interests Being Acquired in the Formation Transactions
 
The number of OP units issuable by our operating partnership in the formation transactions was determined by our management team based on its valuation of our predecessor and the hotels owned by Summit of Scottsdale. In each case, the assumed value per OP unit is equal to the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range of our common stock shown on the cover of this prospectus. Our management team determined the value of our predecessor and the Scottsdale hotels by considering various valuation factors and methodologies, including an analysis of available third-party valuations on some of the hotels, market sales comparables, market capitalization rates and general market conditions for similar hotel companies and publicly traded REITs. The numbers of OP units issuable in the formation transactions are fixed. As a result, if the initial public offering price for our common stock is higher or lower than the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, the value of the OP units to be issued in the formation transactions will increase or decrease accordingly.
 
Both we and our predecessor have sought to structure the formation transactions so as to minimize potential conflicts of interest, including by appointing a special committee of our predecessor’s independent managers to review the terms of the proposed merger of our predecessor into our operating partnership. However, we did not conduct arm’s-length negotiations with our predecessor’s members or the members of Summit of Scottsdale with respect to the terms of the formation transactions, including the merger. Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, have substantial, pre-existing ownership interests in our predecessor and Summit of Scottsdale. In addition, Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, has a pre-existing ownership interest in our predecessor. Both Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski sat on the board of managers of our predecessor that approved the terms of the formation transactions. In the course of structuring the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski had the ability to influence the type and level of benefits they will receive from us. Although our predecessor’s special committee received a fairness opinion from an independent third-party financial advisor that is not one of the underwriters of this offering with respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the merger consideration to the former members of our predecessor, assuming that the value of the OP units issued as the merger consideration was between $140 million and $160 million, we did not obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the fairness of the merger consideration to us and we did not obtain recent third-party appraisals for all of the hotels to be acquired by us in the formation transactions. As a result, the consideration to be paid by us to the members of our predecessor in the merger and the acquisition of the 49% ownership interest in the two Scottsdale hotels may exceed the fair market value of the hotels and other assets being acquired by us in the formation transactions.


70


Table of Contents

 
Our Business and Properties
 
Overview
 
We are a self-managed hotel investment company that was recently organized to continue and expand the existing hotel investment business of our predecessor, Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a leading U.S. hotel owner. We will focus exclusively on acquiring, owning, renovating, repositioning and aggressively asset-managing and selling premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry. Our strategy focuses on maximizing the cash flow of our portfolio through focused asset management, targeted capital investment and opportunistic acquisitions. Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our initial portfolio will consist of 65 hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in 19 states. Our initial portfolio consists of what we consider both “seasoned” and “unseasoned” hotels that are located in markets in which we have extensive experience and that exhibit multiple demand generators, such as business and corporate headquarters, retail centers, airports and tourist attractions. Based on total number of rooms, 48% of our portfolio is positioned in the top 50 MSAs and 68% is located within the top 100 MSAs.
 
Entities controlled by our Executive Chairman, Kerry W. Boekelheide, have been in the business of acquiring, developing, financing, operating and selling hotels since 1991, have acquired a total of 93 hotels in transactions having an aggregate value of approximately $606.8 million, and have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of a total of 27 hotels in transactions having an aggregate value of approximately $104.6 million.
 
The majority of our hotels operate under premium franchise brands owned by Marriott International, Inc. (Courtyard by Marriott, Residence Inn, SpringHill Suites, Fairfield Inn and TownePlace Suites), Hilton Worldwide (Hampton Inn, Hampton Inn & Suites and Hilton Garden Inn), InterContinental Hotels Group (Holiday Inn Express and Staybridge Suites) and Hyatt Hotels and Resorts (Hyatt Place). Our franchise mix, by total number of rooms, consists of Marriott (2,754 rooms, or 42%), Hilton Worldwide (1,331 rooms, or 20%), InterContinental Hotels Group (639 rooms, or 10%), Hyatt Hotels Corporation (556 rooms, or 9%) and others (1,253 rooms, or 19%). Smith Travel Research classifies 28 of our hotels within the “upscale” segment and 36 of our hotels within the “midscale without food and beverage” segment. We classify our one independent hotel as midscale without food and beverage.
 
We view 46 of our hotels as seasoned based on their construction date. We consider 19 of our hotels to be unseasoned. Our unseasoned hotels were either built after January 1, 2007 or experienced a brand conversion since January 1, 2008. We believe our unseasoned hotels are in the early stages of stabilizing since their construction or brand conversion occurred during a dramatic economic slowdown. Most of our unseasoned hotels are newer , larger and are located in larger markets than those of our seasoned portfolio and operate under leading premium franchise brands. As a result, we believe our unseasoned hotels are particularly well-positioned to generate RevPAR growth for our portfolio as economic conditions improve. The tables under “—Our Portfolio” below provide information regarding our initial portfolio according to our classification of seasoned and unseasoned.
 
We believe the U.S. economy has begun to recover from the recent economic recession and, as a result, lodging industry fundamentals will strengthen over the near-term. Since January 1, 2007, we have made approximately $305.4 million of capital investments through strategic acquisitions and upgrades and improvements to our hotels to be well-positioned for improving general lodging fundamentals. Further, we expect to use up to approximately $10.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to make additional capital improvements to hotels in our portfolio. As a result, we believe our portfolio is well-positioned for significant internal growth in hotel operating revenues in this environment based on our mix of seasoned hotels and unseasoned hotels.
 
We intend to generate external growth through disciplined acquisitions of hotels. We believe we will be able to source a significant volume of acquisition opportunities through our management team’s extensive network of industry, corporate and institutional relationships, particularly due to the relative size of our lodging segments, lack of available debt financing in the capital markets and the weakness experienced since mid-2008 in the lodging industry. Similarly, we believe some hotel owners will be unable or unwilling to make capital improvements required by franchisors and will ultimately sell their hotels. The total number of hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotel segments, taken together, is more than six times larger than the total number of hotels in the luxury and upper upscale segments, providing a broad potential acquisition pool. We also believe that while other public REITs and well-capitalized institutional owners seek to acquire assets that fit our investment criteria, we will be the only publicly traded REIT focused solely on these segments


71


Table of Contents

on a national basis. A key aspect of our strategy is to identify and acquire undermanaged and underperforming hotels and use our expertise to renovate, rebrand and reposition the hotels to improve cash flows and long-term value. Going forward, we plan to focus on acquiring premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the lodging industry in both urban and suburban markets.
 
We were organized as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 2010 and intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes beginning with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We will conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership, Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership. See “Structure of Our Company.”
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
  §    High-Quality Portfolio of Hotels.  Our initial portfolio is composed of 65 hotels with characteristics that we believe will provide a solid platform on which to deliver strong risk-adjusted returns to our stockholders. Our hotels are located in 19 states and have an average age of 10.3 years. No single hotel accounted for more than 3.6% of our predecessor’s hotel operating revenues for the 12-month period ended June 30, 2010, which we believe positions our portfolio to experience more consistent risk-adjusted returns and lower volatility compared to owners with properties more highly concentrated in particular geographic regions. We believe all of our hotels are located in markets where there will be limited growth in lodging supply over the next several years. Additionally, in many of our markets, we own two or more hotels in close proximity to each other, which we believe allows our hotel managers to maintain rate integrity and maximize occupancy by referring travelers to our other hotels. Similarly, franchise areas of protection, which prohibit the opening of hotels with the same brand as one of our hotels within certain proximities of our hotels, provide barriers to entry in suburban markets where many of our hotels are located.
 
  §    Seasoned Portfolio and Significant Upside Potential.  Our initial portfolio is composed of 46 seasoned hotels with established track records and strong positions within their markets. We classify our other 19 hotels, which were either built after January 1, 2007 or experienced a brand conversion since January 1, 2008, as unseasoned. We believe that the market penetration of our unseasoned hotels is significantly less than that of our seasoned hotels due to the dramatic economic slowdown over the past two years that delayed these hotels from achieving anticipated growth rates and revenues. However, most of our unseasoned hotels are newer, larger and are located in larger markets than our seasoned hotels and operate under premium brands. As a result, we believe our unseasoned hotels can experience significant growth in RevPAR and profitability as the economy and industry fundamentals improve.
 
  §    Experienced Executive Management Team With a Proven Track Record.  Our management team, led by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, has extensive experience acquiring, developing, owning, operating, renovating, rebranding and financing hotel properties. Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Hansen, and our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Aniszewski, have extensive experience in the hotel business and have worked together as a team for the last seven years. Through this experience, our management team has developed strong execution capabilities as well as an extensive network of industry, corporate and institutional relationships, including relationships with the leading lodging franchisors in our targeted markets. We believe these relationships will provide insight and access to attractive investment opportunities and allow us to react to local market conditions by seeking the optimal franchise brand for the market in which each of our hotels is located.
 
  §    Aggressive Asset Management and Experienced Asset Management Team.  We will maintain a dedicated asset management team led by our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Aniszewski, to analyze our portfolio as a whole and oversee our independent hotel managers. Our asset management team has managed hotel assets in every industry segment through multiple hotel business cycles. Our entire asset management team has worked together at The Summit Group for the last 10 years, providing us expertise, operational stability and in-depth knowledge of our portfolio. Although we will not manage our hotels directly following this offering, we intend to structure our hotel management agreements to allow us to closely monitor the performance of our hotels. We will work proactively with our hotel managers to continue to drive operational performance by identifying and implementing strategies to optimize hotel profitability through revenue management strategies, budgeting, analyzing cost structure, market positioning, evaluating and making capital


72


Table of Contents

  improvements and continually reviewing and refining our overall business strategy. We believe that by working with our hotel managers to implement sophisticated revenue management techniques we have the opportunity to enhance revenue performance for our hotels. Among other techniques, we initially will employ three full-time asset managers who will assist our hotel management companies to structure room rate plans and develop occupancy strategies to achieve optimum revenues.
 
  §    Strategic Focus on Largest Segments of Lodging Industry.  We believe we will be the only publicly traded REIT that focuses exclusively on upscale hotels and midscale without food and beverage hotels on a national basis. According to Smith Travel Research, representative brands in these segments include Courtyard by Marriott, Hilton Garden Inn, Hyatt Place, Homewood Suites, Residence Inn, SpringHill Suites, Staybridge Suites, Fairfield Inn, Hampton Inn, Hampton Inn & Suites, Holiday Inn Express and TownePlace Suites. By number of rooms, 81% of our hotels operate under brands owned by Marriott, Hilton, Intercontinental or Hyatt. These brands are generally regarded as the premium global franchises in our segments. We believe that business and leisure travelers prefer the consistent service and quality associated with these nationally recognized premium brands, and that brand serves as a significant driver of demand for hotel rooms. As reported by Smith Travel Research in 2010, of the approximately 29,735 branded hotels in the United States, 13,066 hotels, or 43.9%, are within our target segments (upscale: 3,536 hotels; midscale without food and beverage: 9,530 hotels). The size of this market represents a potential acquisition pool significantly larger than the upper upscale (1,669 hotels, or 5.6%, of total branded hotels) or luxury (341 hotels, or 1.2%, of total branded hotels) segments. We believe the fragmented ownership of premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments, the size of the segments, our longstanding relationships with franchisors, the lack of well-capitalized competitors and our extensive experience and expertise provide us a distinct competitive advantage and a significant opportunity to profitably grow our company.
 
 
  §    Growth-Oriented Capital Structure.  Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect to employ a prudent leverage structure that will provide us the ability to make strategic acquisitions as industry fundamentals and the lending environment improves. Upon completion of this offering and application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we will have approximately $     million in outstanding indebtedness and      hotels unencumbered by indebtedness, including      hotels with      rooms operating under premium brands owned by Marriott, Hilton, Intercontinental or Hyatt available to secure future loans. We believe our capital structure positions us well to capitalize on what we expect to be significant acquisition opportunities.


73


Table of Contents

Our Portfolio
 
Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will own 65 hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in 19 states. Our hotels operate under leading brands owned by Marriott International, Inc., Hilton Worldwide, InterContinental Hotels Group and Hyatt Hotels and Resorts. Except as described in the footnotes to the following table, we will own our hotels in fee simple. All financial and room information is for the 12-month period ended June 30, 2010. The following table provides certain operating information for each of the 65 hotels comprising our initial portfolio:
 
                                                 
        Year of
                             
        Opening
          Twelve Months Ended
     
        or Brand
    Number of
    June 30, 2010      
Franchise/Brand
  Location   Conversion     Rooms     Occupancy (1)     ADR (2)     RevPAR (3)     Segment
 
Marriott
                                               
Courtyard by Marriott*
  Flagstaff, AZ     2009       164       52.3 %   $ 83.48     $ 43.69     Upscale
Courtyard by Marriott
  Germantown, TN     2005       93       66.4       92.98       61.71     Upscale
Courtyard by Marriott
  Jackson, MS     2005       117       67.2       93.69       62.94     Upscale
Courtyard by Marriott
  Memphis, TN     2005       96       64.3       72.67       46.71     Upscale
Courtyard by Marriott
  Missoula, MT     2005       92       62.5       101.98       63.71     Upscale
Courtyard by Marriott
  Scottsdale, AZ     2003       153       60.5       97.91       59.22     Upscale
Fairfield Inn
  Baton Rouge, LA     2004       79       59.3       82.08       48.65     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Bellevue, WA     1997       144       59.7       100.50       60.01     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Boise, ID     1995       63       58.2       69.76       40.59     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Denver, CO     1997       161       68.6       84.73       58.13     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Emporia, KS     1994       57       63.1       76.11       48.02     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Lakewood, CO     1995       63       55.1       74.62       41.14     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Lewisville, TX     2000       71       64.7       85.35       55.19     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Salina, KS     1994       63       47.5       76.30       36.25     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Spokane, WA     1995       86       66.4       69.77       46.36     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn & Suites
  Germantown, TN     2005       80       68.5       105.10       72.03     Midscale w/o F&B
Residence Inn
  Fort Wayne, IN     2006       109       66.6       94.36       62.84     Upscale
Residence Inn
  Germantown, TN     2005       78       64.0       96.58       61.84     Upscale
Residence Inn* (4)
  Portland, OR     2009       124       64.4       95.46       61.52     Upscale
Residence Inn*
  Ridgeland, MS     2007       100       77.5       96.78       75.03     Upscale
SpringHill Suites
  Baton Rouge, LA     2004       78       56.7       88.29       50.07     Upscale
SpringHill Suites*
  Denver, CO     2007       124       63.9       93.81       59.95     Upscale
SpringHill Suites*
  Flagstaff, AZ     2008       112       59.3       82.63       49.03     Upscale
SpringHill Suites
  Lithia Springs, GA     2004       78       50.9       76.86       39.14     Upscale
SpringHill Suites
  Little Rock, AR     2004       78       61.5       90.66       55.77     Upscale
SpringHill Suites
  Nashville, TN     2004       78       67.0       96.38       64.60     Upscale
SpringHill Suites
  Scottsdale, AZ     2003       123       56.3       91.08       51.29     Upscale
TownePlace Suites
  Baton Rouge, LA     2004       90       70.9       76.94       54.57     Midscale w/o F&B
                                                 
Subtotal/Weighted Average
    2,754       62.3 %   $ 88.59     $ 55.40      
                                     


74


Table of Contents

                                                 
        Year of
                             
        Opening
          Twelve Months Ended
     
        or Brand
    Number of
    June 30, 2010      
Franchise/Brand
  Location   Conversion     Rooms     Occupancy (1)     ADR (2)     RevPAR (3)     Segment
 
Hilton
                                               
Hampton Inn
  Denver, CO     2003       149       44.4 %   $ 83.33     $ 37.04     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Fort Collins, CO     1996       75       58.6       82.00       48.01     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn (4)
  Fort Smith, AR     2005       178       59.9       97.20       58.27     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Fort Wayne, IN     2006       119       61.6       89.00       54.86     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Medford, OR     2001       75       68.8       100.53       69.19     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Twin Falls, ID     2004       75       62.0       81.53       50.52     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Provo, UT     1996       87       72.4       84.77       61.38     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Boise, ID     1995       63       65.6       85.79       56.27     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn & Suites*
  Bloomington, MN     2007       146       73.2       110.72       81.06     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn & Suites
  El Paso, TX     2005       139       84.2       108.00       90.97     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn & Suites*
  Fort Worth, TX     2007       105       67.1       111.07       74.51     Midscale w/o F&B
Hilton Garden Inn*
  Fort Collins, CO     2007       120       48.1       90.16       43.36     Upscale
                                                 
Subtotal/Weighted Average
    1,331       63.5 %   $ 95.08     $ 61.15      
                                     
InterContinental
                                               
Holiday Inn Express
  Boise, ID     2005       63       69.5 %   $ 77.85     $ 54.11     Midscale w/o F&B
Holiday Inn Express*
  Vernon Hills, IL     2008       119       51.6       80.30       41.47     Midscale w/o F&B
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Emporia, KS     2000       58       77.5       86.75       67.21     Midscale w/o F&B
Holiday Inn Express & Suites*
  Las Colinas, TX     2007       128       40.6       76.98       31.26     Midscale w/o F&B
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Sandy, UT     1998       88       70.9       87.58       62.09     Midscale w/o F&B
Holiday Inn Express & Suites*
  Twin Falls, ID     2009       91       55.2       86.11       47.51     Midscale w/o F&B
Staybridge Suites
  Jackson, MS     2007       92       66.1       85.34       56.40     Midscale w/o F&B
                                                 
Subtotal/Weighted Average
    639       58.8 %   $ 82.53     $ 48.86      
                                     
Hyatt
                                               
Hyatt Place
  Atlanta, GA     2006       150       82.6 %   $ 71.51     $ 59.07     Upscale
Hyatt Place*
  Fort Myers, FL     2009       148       35.3       77.70       27.41     Upscale
Hyatt Place*
  Las Colinas, TX     2007       122       58.8       86.66       50.95     Upscale
Hyatt Place *(4)
  Portland, OR     2009       136       49.3       82.89       40.87     Upscale
                                                 
Subtotal/Weighted Average
    556       56.6 %   $ 79.27     $ 44.41      
                                     
Choice
                                               
Cambria Suites*
  Baton Rouge, LA     2008       127       64.4 %   $ 83.28     $ 53.64     Upscale
Cambria Suites*
  Bloomington, MN     2007       113       67.4       82.31       55.48     Upscale
Cambria Suites*
  Boise, ID     2007       119       62.5       71.29       44.59     Upscale
Cambria Suites*
  San Antonio, TX     2008       126       62.9       78.06       49.08     Upscale
Comfort Inn(4)
  Fort Smith, AR     1995       89       56.0       70.96       39.71     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Inn
  Missoula, MT     1996       52       64.1       86.00       55.11     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Inn
  Salina, KS     1992       60       63.1       69.38       43.77     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Inn & Suites
  Twin Falls, ID     1992       111       64.9       68.60       44.50     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Suites
  Charleston, WV     2001       67       73.0       93.51       68.29     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Suites
  Fort Worth, TX     1999       70       47.4       84.95       40.23     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Suites
  Lakewood, CO     1995       62       64.5       81.38       52.46     Midscale w/o F&B
                                                 
Subtotal/Weighted Average
    996       62.9 %   $ 78.33     $ 49.38      
                                     

75


Table of Contents

                                                 
        Year of
                             
        Opening
          Twelve Months Ended
     
        or Brand
    Number of
    June 30, 2010      
Franchise/Brand
  Location   Conversion     Rooms     Occupancy (1)     ADR (2)     RevPAR (3)     Segment
 
Starwood
                                               
Aloft*
  Jacksonville. FL     2009       136       47.6 %   $ 65.06     $ 31.00     Upscale
Carlson
                                               
Country Inn & Suites
  Charleston, WV     2001       64       74.3       96.13       71.41     Midscale w/o F&B
Independent
                                               
Aspen Hotel & Suites
  Fort Smith, AR     2003       57       51.5       64.69       33.33     Midscale w/o F&B
                                                 
Total/Weighted Average
    6,533       61.5 %   $ 86.34     $ 53.53      
                                     
 
Unseasoned hotel.
(1) Occupancy represents the percentage of available rooms that were sold during a specified period of time and is calculated by dividing the number of rooms sold by the total number of rooms available, expressed as a percentage.
(2) ADR represents the average rate paid for rooms sold, calculated by dividing room revenue (i.e., excluding food and beverage revenues or other hotel operations revenues such as telephone, parking and other guest services) by rooms sold.
(3) RevPAR is the product of ADR and average daily occupancy. RevPAR does not include food and beverage revenues or other hotel operations revenues such as telephone, parking and other guest services.
(4) These hotels are subject to ground leases. See “Our Hotel Operating Agreements—Ground Lease Agreements.”
 
RevPAR Penetration Index
 
We assess the market share of each of our hotels by analyzing the RevPAR penetration index of each hotel and changes in this number for each hotel over time. A hotel’s RevPAR penetration index is its RevPAR divided by the weighted-average RevPAR of the hotels that our management has determined to be in that hotel’s competitive set. A RevPAR penetration index of 100 would indicate that a hotel’s RevPAR, and hence its market share is, on average, the same as its competitors’. A RevPAR penetration index exceeding 100 would indicate that a hotel maintains a RevPAR premium in relation to its competitive set, while a RevPAR penetration index below 100 would be an indicator that a hotel is underperforming as compared to its competitive set.
 
One critical component of the RevPAR penetration index calculation, which Smith Travel Research performs based on data that it collects from us and from other hotel owners, is the hotel’s competitive set. We determine the competitive set of each of our hotels and submit the relevant hotels to Smith Travel Research for purposes of calculating each hotel’s RevPAR penetration index. Smith Travel Research established the following guidelines for determining competitive sets:
 
  §    the competitive set must include a minimum of three hotels (other than our hotel) that have provided data to Smith Travel Research for any of the three months preceding a report, or participating hotels;
 
  §    no single company (other than us) can exceed 60% of the total room supply of the participating hotels of the competitive set;
 
  §    no single hotel (excluding our hotel) or brand can represent more than 40% of the total room supply of the competitive set; and
 
  §    the competitive set must include at least two brands other than the brand of our hotel.
 
We determine our competitive sets in accordance with these Smith Travel Research guidelines. Within these guidelines, the factors that we consider in determining a hotel’s competitive set include hotel segment and geographic proximity based on franchise area of protection. For example, for an upscale property in a suburban market, we generally would submit to Smith Travel Research for that hotel’s competitive set each upscale property within a five-mile radius of our hotel. Our methodology for determining a hotel’s competitive set may differ materially from that used by other owners or managers.
 
The following tables set forth the RevPAR penetration index for each of the hotels in our seasoned and unseasoned portfolios for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2010.

76


Table of Contents

 
RevPAR Penetration Index—Seasoned Portfolio
For the Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2010
 
             
        RevPAR
Hotel
  Location   Penetration Index
 
Marriott
           
Courtyard by Marriott
  Germantown, TN     106.0 %
Courtyard by Marriott
  Jackson, MS     110.3  
Courtyard by Marriott
  Memphis, TN     97.4  
Courtyard by Marriott
  Missoula, MT     115.8  
Courtyard by Marriott
  Scottsdale, AZ     122.8  
Fairfield Inn
  Baton Rouge, LA     129.6  
Fairfield Inn
  Bellevue, WA     118.1  
Fairfield Inn
  Boise, ID     141.7  
Fairfield Inn
  Denver, CO     114.0  
Fairfield Inn
  Emporia, KS     125.1  
Fairfield Inn
  Lakewood, CO     111.1  
Fairfield Inn
  Lewisville, TX     123.9  
Fairfield Inn
  Salina, KS     87.4  
Fairfield Inn
  Spokane, WA     120.5  
Fairfield Inn & Suites
  Germantown, TN     132.2  
Residence Inn
  Fort Wayne, IN     111.7  
Residence Inn
  Germantown, TN     109.0  
SpringHill Suites
  Baton Rouge, LA     91.1  
SpringHill Suites
  Lithia Springs, GA     97.0  
SpringHill Suites
  Little Rock, AR     102.0  
SpringHill Suites
  Nashville, TN     133.3  
SpringHill Suites
  Scottsdale, AZ     111.4  
TownePlace Suites
  Baton Rouge, LA     159.7  
Hilton
           
Hampton Inn
  Denver, CO     80.1  
Hampton Inn
  Fort Collins, CO     119.5  
Hampton Inn
  Fort Smith, AR     137.1  
Hampton Inn
  Fort Wayne, IN     109.8  
Hampton Inn
  Medford, OR     125.2  
Hampton Inn
  Twin Falls, ID     136.3  
Hampton Inn
  Provo, UT     120.9  
Hampton Inn
  Boise, ID     125.6  
Hampton Inn & Suites
  El Paso, TX     139.2  
InterContinental
           
Holiday Inn Express
  Boise, ID     147.4  
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Emporia, KS     187.7  
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Sandy, UT     134.8  
Staybridge
  Jackson, MS     115.5  


77


Table of Contents

             
        RevPAR
Hotel
  Location   Penetration Index
 
Hyatt
           
Hyatt Place
  Atlanta, GA     103.3  
Choice
           
Comfort Inn
  Fort Smith, AR     89.5 %
Comfort Inn
  Missoula, MT     135.6  
Comfort Inn
  Salina, KS     152.8  
Comfort Inn & Suites
  Twin Falls, ID     130.1  
Comfort Suites
  Charleston, WV     107.8  
Comfort Suites
  Fort Worth, TX     98.6  
Comfort Suites
  Lakewood, CO     125.0  
Carlson
           
Country Inn & Suites
  Charleston, WV     112.4  
Independent
           
Aspen Hotel & Suites
  Fort Smith, AR     79.9  
Weighted average (based on number of rooms)
    118.1 %

78


Table of Contents

 
RevPAR Penetration Index—Unseasoned Portfolio
For the Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2010
 
             
        RevPAR
Hotel
  Location   Penetration Index
 
Marriott
           
Courtyard by Marriott
  Flagstaff, AZ     69.7 %
Residence Inn
  Portland, OR     102.3  
Residence Inn
  Ridgeland, MS     122.5  
SpringHill Suites
  Denver, CO     90.0  
SpringHill Suites
  Flagstaff, AZ     80.3  
Hilton
           
Hampton Inn & Suites
  Bloomington, MN     116.6  
Hampton Inn & Suites
  Fort Worth, TX     115.2  
Hilton Garden Inn
  Fort Collins, CO     90.8  
InterContinental
           
Holiday Inn Express
  Vernon Hills, IL     88.6  
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Las Colinas, TX     66.7  
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Twin Falls, ID     127.9  
Hyatt
           
Hyatt Place
  Fort Myers, FL     56.7  
Hyatt Place
  Las Colinas, TX     88.7  
Hyatt Place
  Portland, OR     64.8  
Choice
           
Cambria Suites
  Baton Rouge, LA     85.7  
Cambria Suites
  Bloomington, MN     80.4  
Cambria Suites
  Boise, ID     94.4  
Cambria Suites
  San Antonio, TX     77.5  
Starwood
           
Aloft
  Jacksonville, FL     56.6  
Weighted average (based on number of rooms)
    86.4 %
 
In addition to these hotel properties, our predecessor owns the following parcels of vacant land that we believe are suitable for the development of new hotels, the possible expansion of existing hotels or the development of restaurants in proximity to certain of our predecessor’s hotels:
 
             
Location
  Potential Use   Acres  
 
Flagstaff, Arizona
  Development of one restaurant pad     2.0  
Ft. Myers, Florida
  Development of one or two restaurant pads     3.1  
Boise, Idaho
  Development of one hotel     3.1  
Boise, Idaho
  Possible expansion of existing hotel     2.3  
Boise, Idaho
  Possible expansion of existing hotel     1.0  
San Antonio, Texas
  Development of two restaurant pads     3.0  
 
We have no current intention of developing new hotels or restaurants or expanding any of our existing hotels at these parcels. We may in the future sell these parcels when market conditions warrant. In addition to the parcels described


79


Table of Contents

above, our predecessor owns the following parcels of vacant land, which our predecessor has entered into a contract to sell to an unaffiliated hotel developer for an aggregate purchase price of $30.4 million:
 
             
Location
  Potential Use   Acres
 
Jacksonville, Florida
  One hotel     3.3  
Twin Falls, Idaho
  One hotel     2.5  
Missoula, Montana
  One hotel     2.2  
El Paso, Texas
  Two hotels     5.0  
Houston, Texas
  One hotel     2.8  
San Antonio, Texas
  One hotel     2.6  
San Antonio, Texas
  Two hotels     6.0  
Spokane, Washington
  Two hotels     4.6  
 
The purchaser intends to develop 11 new hotels located at these parcels. As a condition to closing, our predecessor will contribute approximately $15.0 million of the purchase price to a joint venture formed with the purchaser to hold title to the parcels and the hotels, if any are developed. In exchange for its contribution, our predecessor will receive a 10% ownership interest in the joint venture. We will acquire this ownership interest in the merger, which will permit us to receive 10% of the available cash generated by any hotels developed by the purchaser at these parcels. Although our predecessor expects to complete this transaction prior to completion of this offering, closing of this transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including lender consents. We cannot assure you that our predecessor will complete this transaction. If completed, the purchaser may not develop any hotels and we may not earn any income from the 10% ownership interest in the joint venture. We expect to form one or more TRSs to hold all or a portion of the 10% ownership interest in the joint venture.
 
Our Growth Strategies and Investment Criteria
 
Our primary objective is to enhance stockholder value over time by generating strong risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. We believe we can create long-term value by pursuing the following strategies.
 
  §    Internal Growth from Strengthening Lodging Industry Fundamentals.  We believe our hotels will experience significant revenue growth as lodging industry fundamentals recover from the economic recession which caused industry-wide RevPAR to suffer a combined 18.4% decline in 2008 and 2009, according to Smith Travel Research. Industry conditions have shown improvement during the eight months of 2010, with RevPAR growth across all segments of 4.0% as compared to the same period of 2009, according to Smith Travel Research. Colliers PKF Hospitality Research forecasts significant compound annual growth in RevPAR from 2010 to 2014 of 7.0% for the upscale segment and 8.5% for the midscale without food and beverage segment, the best forecast for any segment in the industry. We believe both our seasoned and unseasoned hotels will benefit from these improving fundamentals. In particular, we expect our unseasoned hotels to contribute significantly to cash flow as the hotels continue to stabilize. In addition, we believe the significant recent capital investments in our hotels will position our hotels to outperform their competitors during this recovery period.
 
  §    Disciplined Acquisition of Hotels.  We intend to grow through acquisitions of existing hotels using a disciplined and targeted approach while maintaining a prudent capital structure. Our expectation is that the current lodging cycle will present us with many favorable acquisition opportunities, as hotel owners seek to exit distressed investments or minimize refinancing risks through hotel sales. We also believe that franchisors may be interested in focusing their capital on hotel management as opposed to ownership, which could enable us to leverage our relationships with our brand partners to acquire hotels directly from them in off-market transactions. In this favorable acquisition environment, we will actively screen investment opportunities changing business demand dynamics, consumer habits and the landscape of city development. In addition, we employ a proactive and continuous assessment of our hotels, markets and brands in order to quickly and efficiently upgrade our hotels as market conditions warrant. We intend to target upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels that meet one or more of the following acquisition criteria including:
 
  –   have potential for strong risk-adjusted returns located in the Top 50 MSAs, with a secondary focus on the next 100 markets;


80


Table of Contents

 
  –   operate under leading franchise brands, which may include but are not limited to Marriott, Hilton, InterContinental and Hyatt;
 
  –   are located in close proximity to multiple demand generators, including businesses and corporate headquarters, retail centers, airports, medical facilities, tourist attractions, and convention centers, with a diverse source of potential guests, including corporate, government and leisure travelers;
 
  –   are located in markets exhibiting barriers to entry due to strong franchise areas of protection or other factors;
 
  –   can be acquired at a discount to replacement cost; and
 
  –   provide an opportunity to add value through operating efficiencies, repositioning, renovating or rebranding.
 
  §    Selective Hotel Development.  We believe there will be attractive opportunities to partner on a selective basis with experienced hotel developers to acquire upon completion newly constructed hotels that meet our investment criteria. In reviewing these opportunities, we target markets exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics:
 
  –   no suitable and appropriately priced existing hotel in the market that is available for purchase;
 
  –   demonstrated demand in the market for upscale hotels or midscale without food and beverage hotels;
 
  –   barriers to entry of additional new hotels from franchise areas of protection;
 
  –   availability of a high-quality franchise appropriate for the market; and
 
  –   availability of a high-quality franchise near one of our existing hotels that could otherwise compete with us.
 
  §    Strategic Hotel Sales.  Our strategy is to acquire and own hotels. However, consistent with our strategy of maximizing the cash flow of our portfolio and our return an invested capital, we periodically review our hotels to determine if any significant changes to area markets or our hotels have occurred or are anticipated to occur that would warrant the sale of a particular hotel. We also consistently evaluate the best way to optimize our portfolio and return on invested capital. The factors we use in evaluating whether to sell a hotel include, among others:
 
  –   quality of brand;
 
  –   new hotel supply;
 
  –   age of the hotel;
 
  –   cost of renovation;
 
  –   major infrastructure expansion;
 
  –   changes to major area employers;
 
  –   changes to hotel demand generators;
 
  –   ability to profitably invest the proceeds of a sale; and
 
  –   tax consequences of a sale.
 
In addition, we may sell older hotels in markets where we own a single hotel, or where we own only one hotel franchised with a particular franchisor.
 
Our Financing Strategy
 
We expect to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend to limit the sum of the outstanding principal amount of our consolidated net indebtedness to not more than 5.5x of our EBITDA for the 12-month period preceding the incurrence of such debt. Over time, we intend to finance our long-term growth with common and preferred equity issuances and debt financing having staggered maturities. Our debt may include mortgage debt secured by hotels and unsecured debt.
 
Over time, as market conditions permit, we intend to finance our growth with issuances of common equity, preferred equity and secured and unsecured debt having staggered maturities. Following completion of this offering, we anticipate


81


Table of Contents

entering into a credit facility to fund future acquisitions, as well as for property redevelopments and working capital requirements. We may not succeed in obtaining a credit facility on favorable terms or at all. We cannot predict the size or terms of the credit facility if we are able to obtain one.
 
When purchasing hotel properties, we may issue OP units as full or partial consideration to sellers who may desire to take advantage of tax deferral on the sale of a hotel or participate in the potential appreciation in value of our common stock.
 
Our Industry and Market Opportunity
 
Following the global economic recession in recent years, the U.S. economy is showing signs of stabilization, and lodging industry experts are projecting a strong recovery in fundamentals over the next several years.
 
Focus on Premium Brands and Segments
 
We focus on hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the lodging industry. Within these segments, we target hotels operating under premium franchise brands such as Courtyard by Marriott, Hilton Garden Inn, Hyatt Place, Homewood Suites, Residence Inn, SpringHill Suites, Staybridge Suites, Fairfield Inn, Hampton Inn, Hampton Inn and Suites, Holiday Inn Express and TownePlace Suites.
 
We believe that focusing our ownership on hotels operating under these premium brands provides us the opportunity to achieve stronger risk-adjusted returns across multiple lodging cycles than if we owned hotels in other segments of the lodging industry for several reasons, including:
 
  •  RevPAR Growth. Colliers PKF Hospitality Research forecasts that our market segments will experience the largest amount of RevPAR growth of any segment in the industry, as shown in the following chart.
 
(BAR CHART)
 
  •  Consistently Strong and Growing Demand. As shown in the chart below, over the last twenty years, our market segments have demonstrated the strongest compounded growth in demand of all segments of the lodging industry, and strong demand growth is expected to continue.
 


82


Table of Contents

(BAR CHART)
 
  •  More Stable Cash Flow Potential. Our hotels can be operated with fewer employees than full-service hotels that offer more expansive food and beverage options, which we believe enables us to generate more consistent cash flows with less volatility resulting from reductions in RevPAR and less dependence on group travel.
 
  •  Broad Customer Base. Our target brands deliver consistently high-quality hotel accommodations with value-oriented pricing that we believe appeals to a wider range of customers, including both business and leisure travelers, than more expensive full-service hotels. We believe that our hotels are particularly popular with frequent business travelers who seek to stay in hotels operating under Marriott, Hilton, Hyatt or InterContinental brands, which offer strong loyalty rewards program points that can be redeemed for family travel.
 
  •  Enhanced Diversification. Premium-branded limited-service and select-service assets generally cost significantly less, on a per-key basis, than hotels in the midscale with food and beverage, upper upscale and luxury segments of the industry. As a result, we can diversify our ownership into a larger number of hotels than we could in other segments.
 
Lodging Industry Fundamentals
 
Beginning in August 2008, the U.S. lodging industry experienced 19 consecutive months of RevPAR declines, as measured against the same month in the prior year, driven by a combination of deterioration in room-night demand and increasing supply. According to Smith Travel Research, hotel room-night demand decreased 2.3% and 6.0% in 2008 and 2009, respectively, marking the greatest decline in the past 22 years. Conversely, room supply growth of 2.5% and 3.0% in 2008 and 2009, respectively, exceeded the historical average of 2.2%, as construction initiated prior to the economic downturn was completed. For the year ended December 31, 2009, average annual hotel occupancy in the United States was 54.7%, representing the lowest annual level in the past 22 years and well below the industry average of 62.2% for that period. Deteriorating demand and increasing supply led to a combined 18.4% decline in RevPAR in 2008 and 2009.
 
Although the lodging industry has historically lagged broader economic recoveries, economic fundamentals are beginning to improve from the recent declines resulting from the recessionary environment. In June 2010, the U.S. unemployment rate continued to show improvement from its high in late 2009. After continuing declines for almost two years prior, June 2010 marked the U.S. lodging industry’s fourth consecutive month of positive year-over-year RevPAR growth with an 8.0% increase.
 
We believe that, until lodging industry fundamentals and credit terms return to more attractive levels, proposed new hotel development will not generate the returns necessary to justify the construction of new hotels. According to Smith Travel Research, RevPAR increased 4.3% and 2.2% in our target upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments, respectively, for the first eight months of 2010 as compared to the same period of 2009, and we expect RevPAR growth to continue as the U.S. economy continues to strengthen. Colliers PKF Hospitality Research currently projects RevPAR growth of upscale hotels to be 4.2% in 2011, 11.1% in 2012 and 9.5% in 2013 and RevPAR growth of midscale without food and beverage hotels to be 5.9% in 2011, 12.2% in 2012 and 10.9% in 2013, among the highest in any industry segment. We expect that our hotels, and particularly our unseasoned hotels, will realize significant RevPAR gains as the economy and lodging industry improve.

83


Table of Contents

Demand Overview
 
Room-night demand in the U.S. lodging industry is directly correlated to macroeconomic trends. Key drivers of demand include growth in GDP, corporate profits, capital investments and employment. Following periods of recession, recovery in room-night demand for lodging historically has lagged improvements in the overall economy.
 
According to the International Monetary Fund, or the IMF, U.S. GDP increased 0.4% in 2008 and decreased 2.4% in 2009 during which periods room-night demand declined 2.3% and 6.0% respectively, as measured by Smith Travel Research. The IMF is forecasting GDP growth of 3.3% and 2.9% in 2010 and 2011 respectively, and Colliers PKF Hospitality Research expects that room-night demand will grow at similar rates over those years as the U.S. economy improves. The following chart illustrates the correlation between U.S. GDP and demand for hotel rooms.
 
(CHART)
 
With expected growth in room-night demand and limited new supply, occupancy is projected to increase from industry lows experienced in 2009.
 


84


Table of Contents

(CHART)
 
Supply Overview
 
Growth in lodging supply typically lags growth in room-night demand. Key drivers of lodging supply in a given market include the availability and cost of capital, construction costs, local real estate market conditions and availability and pricing of existing properties. Given the decline in room-night demand and inefficiencies in the financing market nationally, new hotel construction is expected to remain below historical averages through 2014 according to Colliers PKF Hospitality Research. The charts appearing below outline the relationship between supply and demand of hotel rooms in the upscale and midscale without food and leverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry over the last 22 years.
 
As a result of scarcity of financing, severe recession and declining operating fundamentals during 2008 and 2009, many planned hotel developments have been cancelled or postponed, and the number of rooms under construction and in planning has declined significantly. According to Lodging Econometrics, during the second quarter of 2010, approximately 68,000 new hotel rooms were under construction in the U.S., as compared to approximately 242,000 rooms under construction in the second quarter of 2008, a decline of 72%. Accordingly, Colliers PKF Hospitality Research has projected room supply to increase 1.1% in 2011, increase 0.8% in 2012 and increase 1.2% and 2.3% in 2013 and 2014, respectively. The projected 1.5% average annual growth in supply from 2010 to 2014 is significantly below the 2.2% annual average from 1988 to 2009. We believe this below-average projected supply growth is due to scarcity of financing for hotel properties and operating fundamentals that do not generate adequate returns relative to the cost of new hotel construction. The lodging industry is influenced significantly by the cyclical relationship between the supply of and demand for hotels and, as a result, we believe minimal new room supply growth will create an environment favorable for sustainable

85


Table of Contents

increases in hotel occupancy, ADR and RevPAR. The following charts shows annual historical and projected change in RevPAR, room demand and room supply:
 
(CHART)
 
(CHART)
 
Attractive Transaction Landscape
 
We believe that the significant decline in lodging fundamentals and subsequent declines in of cash flows has created a difficult environment for undercapitalized hotel owners. Hotel-related CMBS delinquency rates have steadily increased since January 2009 as many hotel owners have been unable to fund debt service payments. As of June 30, 2010,


86


Table of Contents

approximately 13.4% of all hotel-related CMBS was delinquent compared to just 1.5% delinquent as of January 2009. The following chart shows hotel delinquency rates and amounts from January 2009 to June 2010.
 
 
Without sufficient cash flow, many hotel owners may be unable to fund the capital improvements required to maintain their properties’ brand standards. Additionally, hotel owners could face additional future financing issues arising from existing debt obligations and, according to Bloomberg, upcoming maturities with approximately $28.4 billion of hotel-related commercial mortgage-backed securities, or CMBS, are scheduled to mature through 2013 and a significant number of additional maturities are expected between 2015 and 2017. The following chart shows future maturities of hotel-related CMBS.
 
(CHART)


87


Table of Contents

 
We believe traditional lending sources, such as banks, insurance companies and pension funds, have adopted more conservative lending policies and have materially reduced lending exposure to hotels as a result of the recent recessionary environment. We also believe that the significant number of hotel properties experiencing substantial declines in operating cash flow, coupled with tight credit markets, near-term debt maturities and, in some instances, covenant defaults relating to outstanding indebtedness, will present attractive investment opportunities in the lodging industry. Accordingly, we believe our conservative balance sheet upon completion of this offering will allow us to take advantage of opportunities to acquire hotel properties at prices significantly below replacement cost, with substantial appreciation potential as the U.S. economy recovers from the current recession.
 
Regulation
 
Our properties are subject to various covenants, laws, ordinances and regulations, including regulations relating to accessibility, fire and safety requirements. We believe each of our initial hotels has the necessary permits and approvals to operate its business.
 
Americans with Disabilities Act
 
Our properties must comply with Title III of the ADA to the extent that they are “public accommodations” as defined by the ADA. Under the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. The ADA may require removal of structural barriers to access by persons with disabilities in certain public areas of our properties where removal is readily achievable. Although we believe the properties in our portfolio substantially comply with present requirements of the ADA, we have not conducted a comprehensive audit or investigation of all of our properties to determine our compliance, and we are aware that some particular properties may currently be in non-compliance with the ADA. Noncompliance with the ADA could result in the incurrence of additional costs to attain compliance. The obligation to make readily achievable accommodations is an ongoing one, and we will continue to assess our properties and to make alterations as appropriate in this respect.
 
Environmental Matters
 
Our hotels and development parcels are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws that impose liability for contamination. Under these laws, governmental entities have the authority to require us, as the current owner of property, to perform or pay for the clean up of contamination (including hazardous substances, waste, or petroleum products) at, on, under or emanating from the property and to pay for natural resource damages arising from contamination. These laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator or other responsible party knew of, or caused the contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. Because these laws also impose liability on persons who owned a property at the time it became contaminated, we could incur cleanup costs or other environmental liabilities even after we sell properties. Contamination at, on, under or emanating from our properties also may expose us to liability to private parties for costs of remediation, personal injury and/or property damage. In addition, environmental liens may be created on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address contamination. If contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures. Moreover, environmental contamination can affect the value of a property and, therefore, an owner’s ability to borrow funds using the property as collateral or to sell the property on favorable terms or at all. Furthermore, persons who sent waste to a waste disposal facility, such as a landfill or an incinerator, may be liable for costs associated with cleanup of that facility.
 
Some of our properties may have contained historic uses which involved the use and/or storage of hazardous chemicals and petroleum products (for example, storage tanks, gas stations, dry cleaning operations) which, if released, could have impacted our properties. In addition, some of our properties may be near or adjacent to other properties that have contained or currently contain storage tanks containing petroleum products or conducted or currently conduct operations which utilize other hazardous or toxic substances. Releases from these adjacent or surrounding properties could impact our properties and we may be liable for any associated cleanup.
 
Independent environmental consultants conducted Phase I environmental site assessments on all of our properties prior to acquisition and we intend to conduct Phase I environmental site assessments on properties we acquire in the


88


Table of Contents

future. Phase I site assessments are intended to discover and evaluate information regarding the environmental condition of the surveyed properties and surrounding properties. These assessments do not generally include soil sampling, lsubsurface investigations, comprehensive asbestos surveys or mold investigations. In some cases, the Phase I environmental site assessments were conducted by another entity (i.e., a lender) and we may not have the authority to rely on such reports. Except for our Bloomington, Minnesota hotels, and our Cambria Suites hotel located in San Antonio, Texas, none of the Phase I environmental site assessments of the hotel properties in our initial portfolio revealed any past or present environmental condition that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or results of operations. Soil and groundwater contamination at the site of our Bloomington, Minnesota hotels was voluntarily remediated by our predecessor to the satisfaction of the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. A material liability could arise in the future if the contamination at the site of the Bloomington, Minnesota hotels impacted third parties or an adjacent property if the Minnesota agency requires further clean-up or if our predecessor’s clean-up does not satisfy the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Low levels of soil contamination and high levels of groundwater contamination were also identified at our Cambria Suites hotel located in San Antonio, Texas. The property was sampled on two occasions, after which our environmental consultant recommended no further action unless the contaminated soil was disturbed. A material liability could arise in the future if the contamination impacts an adjacent property or if we are required to remediate it. In addition, the Phase I environmental site assessments may also have failed to reveal all environmental conditions, liabilities or compliance concerns. The Phase I environmental site assessments were completed at various times within the past seven and one-half years and material environmental conditions, liabilities or compliance concerns may have arisen after the review was completed or may arise in the future; and future laws, ordinances or regulations may impose material additional environmental liability.
 
In addition, our hotels are subject to various federal, state, and local environmental, health and safety regulatory requirements that address a wide variety of issues, including, but not limited to, storage tanks, air emissions from emergency generators, storm water and wastewater discharges, protection of natural resources, asbestos, lead-based paint, mold and mildew, and waste management. Some of our hotels routinely handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes as part of their operations, which are subject to regulation (for example, swimming pool chemicals or biological waste). Our hotels incur costs to comply with these environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and could be subject to fines and penalties for non-compliance with applicable laws. However, we are aware of no past or present environmental liability for non-compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or results of operations.
 
Certain hotels we currently own or those we acquire in the future contain, may contain, or may have contained, ACM. Environmental, health and safety laws require that ACM be properly managed and maintained, and include requirements to undertake special precautions, such as removal or abatement, if ACM would be disturbed during maintenance, renovation, or demolition of a building. These laws regarding ACM may impose fines and penalties on building owners, employers and operators for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third-party liability.
 
When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. For example, a large-scale remediation took place at the Amerisuites Los Colinas/Hidden Ranch hotel in 2002 and we expended roughly $500,000 to complete the renovation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to material liability from third parties if property damage or personal injury occurs. We are not presently aware of any indoor air quality issues at our properties that would result in a material adverse effect on our business, assets or results of operations.
 
Insurance
 
We carry comprehensive liability, fire, earthquake, flood, extended coverage and business income loss insurance covering our initial hotel pursuant to several insurance policies. We also carry terrorism insurance covering all of the initial hotel properties. We believe the policy specifications and insured limits are appropriate and adequate given the relative risk


89


Table of Contents

of loss, the cost of the coverage and industry practice; however, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover our losses. We do not carry insurance for certain losses, including, but not limited to, losses caused by riots, war, acts of God or government action, neglect, criminal activity or nuclear hazard. If destroyed, we may not be able to rebuild certain of our properties due to current zoning and land use regulations. In addition, our title insurance policies may not insure for the current aggregate market value of our portfolio, and we do not intend to increase our title insurance coverage as the market value of our portfolio increases.
 
Competition
 
We face competition for investments in hotel properties from institutional pension funds, private equity investors, REITs, hotel companies and others who are engaged in hotel acquisitions and investments. Some of these entities have substantially greater financial and operational resources than we have. This competition may increase the bargaining power of property owners seeking to sell, reduce the number of suitable investment opportunities available to us and increase the cost of acquiring our targeted hotel properties.
 
The lodging industry is highly competitive. Our hotels will compete with other hotels for guests in their respective markets based on a number of factors, including location, convenience, brand affiliation, room rates, range of services and guest amenities or accommodations offered and quality of customer service. Competition will often be specific to the individual markets in which our hotels are located and includes competition from existing and new hotels. Competition could adversely affect our occupancy rates and RevPAR, and may require us to provide additional amenities or make capital improvements that we otherwise would not have to make, which may reduce our profitability.
 
Employees
 
Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have approximately 20 employees. We do not expect any of our employees to be covered by a collective bargaining agreement.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are involved from time to time in litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business; however, except as described below, we are not involved in any material litigation nor, to our knowledge, is any material litigation threatened against us.
 
Peter J. Poulos, a former employee of our predecessor, filed a complaint against our predecessor, Mr. Boekelheide and others with the U.S. Department of Labor/Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA. The administrative file was opened on April 6, 2009. The complaint alleges that, as a result of one circumstance of a payment being applied to incorrect accounts, our predecessor engaged in a scheme to perpetuate fraud and that the employee’s subsequent termination was retaliatory and in violation of the Corporate and Criminal Fraud Accountability Act of 2002, or the CCFA. The only relief sought under the complaint is an administrative finding that our predecessor violated the CCFA. Our predecessor vehemently denies these allegations and is vigorously defending the claim. OSHA has completed its investigation and our predecessor is awaiting its findings. On August 24, 2010, OSHA determined that there was no reasonable cause to believe that our predecessor violated the CCFA and the complaint was dismissed. On August 30, 2010, Mr. Poulos objected to the findings and requested a formal hearing in the matter. A scheduling conference to establish timeframes for the hearing is expected to take place prior to October 1, 2010.
 
On May 12, 2009, Mr. Poulos filed a complaint in the United States District Court, Southern District of South Dakota against our predecessor, Mr. Boekelheide and Trent Peterson, our Vice President of Asset Management—Eastern United States. The complaint is based upon the same set of circumstances as in the OSHA complaint described above. The relief sought includes damages, including front and back pay, compensatory damages, punitive damages and other relief, in excess of $10.0 million. Our predecessor vehemently denies these allegations and is vigorously defending the claim. On July 10, 2009, Mr. Boekelheide was dismissed from the lawsuit. Discovery is proceeding in this case. A pre-trial conference and motions hearing was held on August 6, 2010. On September 10, 2010, the Court granted summary judgment in favor of our predecessor and dismissed five of the six claims asserted by Mr. Poulos. The Court denied summary judgment on the claim asserting wrongful termination for whistleblowing. A trial date has not been scheduled.


90


Table of Contents

 
Our Hotel Operating Agreements
 
TRS Leases
 
In order for us to qualify as a REIT, none of our company, the operating partnership or any subsidiary can operate our hotels. Subsidiaries of our operating partnership, as lessors, lease our hotels to our TRS lessees, which will enter into hotel management agreements with          . The leases for our hotel properties are between two related parties controlled by us.
 
Ground Lease Agreements
 
Four of our hotels are subject to ground lease agreements that cover all of the land underlying the respective hotel property.
 
  §    The Comfort Inn located in Fort Smith, Arkansas is subject to a ground lease with an initial lease termination date of August 31, 2022. The initial lease term may be extended for an additional 30 years. Annual ground rent currently is $44,088 per year. Annual ground rent is adjusted every fifth year with adjustments based on the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers. The next scheduled ground rent adjustment is January 1, 2015.
 
  §    The Hampton Inn located in Fort Smith, Arkansas is subject to a ground lease with an initial lease termination date of May 31, 2030 with 11, five-year renewal options. Annual ground rent currently is $145,987 per year. Annual ground rent is adjusted on June 1st of each year, with adjustments based on increases in RevPAR calculated in accordance with the terms of the ground lease.
 
  §    The Residence Inn located in Portland, Oregon is subject to a ground lease with an initial lease termination date of June 30, 2084 with one option to extend for an additional 14 years. Ground rent for the initial lease term was prepaid in full at the time we acquired the leasehold interest. If the option to extend is exercised, monthly ground rent will be charged based on a formula established in the ground lease.
 
  §    The Hyatt Place located in Portland, Oregon is subject to a ground lease with a lease termination date of June 30, 2084 with one option to extend for an additional 14 years. Ground rent for the initial lease term was prepaid in full at the time we acquired the leasehold interest. If the option to extend is exercised, monthly ground rent will be charged based on a formula established in the ground lease.
 
These ground leases generally require us to make rental payments and payments for our share of charges, costs, expenses, assessments and liabilities, including real property taxes and utilities. Furthermore, these ground leases generally require us to obtain and maintain insurance covering the subject property.
 
Franchise Agreements
 
We will assume or enter into new franchise agreements with Marriott, Hilton, InterContinental, Hyatt, Choice, Starwood and Carlson for our hotels upon completion of this offering. All of our hotels, except for our one independent hotel, currently operate under franchise agreements with these franchisors. We believe that the public’s perception of the quality associated with a brand-name hotel is an important feature in its attractiveness to guests. Franchisors provide a variety of benefits to franchisees, including centralized reservation systems, national advertising, marketing programs and publicity designed to increase brand awareness, training of personnel and maintenance of operational quality at hotels across the brand system.
 
The franchise agreements will require our TRS lessees, as franchisees, to pay franchise fees ranging between 2% and 6% of each hotel’s gross revenues. In addition, some of our franchise agreements will require our TRS lessees to pay marketing fees of up to 4% of each hotel’s gross revenues. These agreements generally will specify management, operational, record-keeping, accounting, reporting and marketing standards and procedures with which our TRS lessees, as the franchisees, must comply. The franchise agreements will obligate our TRS lessees to comply with the franchisors’ standards and requirements, including training of operational personnel, safety, maintaining specified insurance, the types of services and products ancillary to guest room services that may be provided by the TRS lessee, display of signage and the type, quality and age of furniture, fixtures and equipment included in guest rooms, lobbies and other common areas.


91


Table of Contents

Some of the agreements may require that we deposit a set percentage, generally not more than 5% of the gross revenues of the hotels, into a reserve fund for capital expenditures.
 
We will be required to obtain the written consent of a hotel’s franchisor to sell a hotel or we may be required to pay franchise termination fees. The franchise agreements generally will also provide for termination at the applicable franchisor’s option upon the occurrence of certain events, including failure to pay royalties and fees or to perform other obligations under the franchise license, bankruptcy and abandonment of the franchise or a change in control or proposed sale of a franchised property. The TRS lessee that is the franchisee will be responsible for making all payments under the applicable franchise agreement to the franchisor. We anticipate the obligations under each of the franchise agreements will be guaranteed by us, our operating partnership or one of our subsidiaries; however, the franchisors will determine the appropriate guarantors.
 
Hotel Management Agreements
 
In order to qualify as a REIT, we cannot directly or indirectly operate any of our hotels. We will lease our hotels to subsidiaries of our TRS, TRS lessees, which will in turn engage property managers to manage our hotels.           will be the property manager for all 65 of the hotels in our initial portfolio.
 
Our TRS lessees will enter into hotel management agreements for each of the hotels in our initial portfolio with          , as our hotel manager. These hotel management agreements will become effective upon the closing of this offering.


92


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
Directors and Executive Officers
 
Our board of directors is responsible for directing the management of our business and affairs. Our stockholders will elect our entire board of directors annually. Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect to have seven directors on our board, five of whom will be independent under NYSE listing standards. We currently have two directors, our Executive Chairman, Kerry W. Boekelheide, and our President and Chief Executive Officer, Daniel P. Hansen, neither of whom is independent under NYSE listing standards. Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we do not expect that there will be any familial relationships between any of our directors and executive officers.
 
The following table provides certain information regarding our initial directors, our executive officers and our director nominees:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide
    56     Executive Chairman of the Board and Director
Daniel P. Hansen
    41     President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
Craig J. Aniszewski
    47     Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Stuart J. Becker
    48     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Ryan A. Bertucci
    37     Vice President of Acquisitions
Christopher R. Eng
    39     Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Bjorn R. L. Hanson
    59     Independent Director*
David S. Kay
    43     Independent Director*
Thomas W. Storey
    54     Independent Director*
Wayne W. Wielgus
    56     Independent Director*
            Independent Director*
 
Has agreed to become a director upon completion of this offering.
 
Biographies of Our Directors and Executive Officers
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide, Executive Chairman of the Board and Director
 
Mr. Boekelheide will serve as our Executive Chairman of the Board and as a member of our board of directors. He has served as the Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of managers of our predecessor since its formation in 2004. Mr. Boekelheide has served as the Chairman and sole director of The Summit Group since 1991. The Summit Group, with its affiliates, developed and acquired 54 hotels from 1991 through 2004. Prior to forming The Summit Group, Mr. Boekelheide was President and a shareholder of Super 8 Management, Inc., which was responsible for the management of over 100 Super 8 Motels located across the United States and Canada, and held numerous other positions in various companies that developed, owned and operated Super 8 Motels in the United States and Canada. Mr. Boekelheide graduated with a B.S. degree in business from Northern State University.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Mr. Boekelheide brings leadership and extensive experience and knowledge of our company and industry to the board. As the founder and president of our predecessor, Mr. Boekelheide has the most long-term and valuable hands-on knowledge of the issues, opportunities and challenges facing us and our business. In addition, Mr. Boekelheide brings his broad strategic vision for our company to the board.
 
Daniel P. Hansen, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
Mr. Hansen will serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Hansen joined The Summit Group in October of 2003 as Vice President of Investor Relations. His responsibilities included leading the capital raising efforts for our predecessor’s private placements of its equity securities and assisting in acquisition due diligence. In 2005, he was appointed to our predecessor’s board of managers and was promoted to


93


Table of Contents

Executive Vice President, in which capacity he was part of the team that acquired over $140 million of hotel properties and led the development of over $240 million of hotel assets. He was appointed President of The Summit Group and Chief Financial Officer of our predecessor in 2008. His primary responsibilities included the development and execution of growth strategies for both companies, raising equity capital and hotel development and acquisition. Prior to joining The Summit Group, Mr. Hansen spent 11 years with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, or Merrill Lynch, in various leadership positions, culminating as a Vice President and Regional Sales Manager for Merrill Lynch in the Texas Mid-South Region, which included Texas, Louisiana, Arkansas and Oklahoma. Mr. Hansen graduated from South Dakota State University with a B.A. in economics.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Mr. Hansen’s service as our President and Chief Executive Officer provides a critical link between management and the board, enabling the board to perform its oversight function with the benefits of management’s perspectives on the business. Mr. Hansen also provides us with extensive experience in the hospitality industry as well as a capital markets background that will assist our board in analyzing capital raising opportunities and issues.
 
Craig J. Aniszewski, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
 
Mr. Aniszewski will serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Aniszewski joined The Summit Group in January 1997 as Vice President of Operations and Development. He became the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of The Summit Group in 2007 and has been a member of the board of managers of our predecessor since 2004. Mr. Aniszewski will continue to serve as an officer of The Summit Group upon completion of this offering. Mr. Aniszewski joined The Summit Group following 13 years with Marriott International, Inc., or Marriott, where he held sales and operations positions in full-service convention and resort hotels. During his career with Marriott, he also worked in the select-service sector, holding positions including the Director of Sales and General Manager for Residence Inn- and Courtyard- branded hotels located in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Pennsylvania, Maryland and North Carolina. Mr. Aniszewski graduated from the University of Dayton with a B.S. degree in criminal justice and minors in business and psychology.
 
Stuart J. Becker, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Mr. Becker will serve as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Mr. Becker joined Summit Green Tiger, an affiliate of The Summit Group, in 2007 as an Executive Vice President and Secretary where he focused on acquisitions, capital allocation, debt placement and strategic analysis. Prior to joining Summit Green Tiger, Mr. Becker served as a principal of McCarthy Group, Inc., or McCarthy Group, and its subsidiary, McCarthy Capital, Inc. from 2005 to 2007. McCarthy Group is a private equity company headquartered in Omaha, Nebraska, which focuses on diversified investments in growth companies. Mr. Becker was responsible for managing deal flow, acquisitions, underwriting and investment oversight. From 1984 until 2005, Mr. Becker was involved in finance and corporate banking for several regional and national banking firms, including First Interstate, First Bank (predecessor to US Bank) and most recently, First National Bank of Omaha, from 1997 to 2005, where he was Vice President for corporate banking, regional credit and syndications. Mr. Becker earned a B.S. degree in business management from the University of South Dakota and an M.B.A. from the University of Nebraska at Omaha.
 
Ryan A. Bertucci, Vice President of Acquisitions
 
Mr. Bertucci will serve as our Vice President of Acquisitions. Mr. Bertucci joined Summit Green Tiger, an affiliate of The Summit Group, in 2007 as an Executive Vice President and Treasurer. In addition, Mr. Bertucci led the capital-raising efforts for Summit Capital Partners, LLC, or Summit Capital, an SEC registered securities broker dealer affiliated with The Summit Group. Prior to joining Summit Green Tiger and Summit Capital, Mr. Bertucci worked for First National Nebraska, Inc. From 2004 to 2007, he served as Vice President with First National Investment Banking, or FNIB, an affiliate of First National Nebraska, Inc. While with FNIB, Mr. Bertucci was responsible for starting and building the firm’s alternative investment platform. Prior to his service at FNIB, Mr. Bertucci spent three years with First National Bank of Omaha as a corporate loan officer. Mr. Bertucci earned a B.S. degree in business administration with an emphasis in both finance and marketing from the University of Nebraska at Kearney.


94


Table of Contents

Christopher R. Eng, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
Mr. Eng will serve as our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Eng was appointed Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of The Summit Group and our predecessor in 2004. Mr. Eng was responsible for The Summit Group’s legal affairs and for guiding its corporate compliance, focusing on real estate acquisitions and dispositions, franchise licensing, corporate insurance coverage, corporate governance and securities industry regulatory compliance. Prior to joining The Summit Group, Mr. Eng was an Assistant Vice President and Trust Officer for The First National Bank in Sioux Falls. Mr. Eng earned his B.A. degree from Augustana College and his J.D. degree from the University of Denver College of Law.
 
Bjorn R. L. Hanson, Independent Director
 
Dr. Hanson has agreed to serve on our board of directors effective upon completion of this offering. Dr. Hanson has worked in the hospitality industry for more than 35 years and has been involved in consulting, research and investment banking in the lodging sector. He joined the New York University School of Continuing Professional Studies in June 2008 as a clinical professor teaching in the school’s graduate and undergraduate hospitality and tourism programs and directing applied research projects. In 2010, he was appointed as the divisional dean of that school’s Preston Robert Tisch Center for Hospitality, Tourism, and Sports Management. Before joining the Tisch Center, Dr. Hanson was a partner with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its predecessor, Coopers & Lybrand LLP, which he joined in 1989. Dr. Hanson founded the hospitality, sports, convention and leisure practice and held various positions at PricewaterhouseCoopers and Coopers & Lybrand, including National Industry Chairman for the Hospitality Industries, National Service Line Director for Hospitality Consulting, National Industry Chairman for Real Estate, Real Estate Service Line Director and National Director of Appraisal Services. Additionally, he served on the U.S. leadership committee and global financial advisory services management committee of PricewaterhouseCoopers. Dr. Hanson was also managing director with two Wall Street firms, Kidder, Peabody & Co. and PaineWebber Inc., for which he led banking and research departments for lodging and gaming. Dr. Hanson received a B.S. from Cornell University School of Hotel Administration, an M.B.A. from Fordham University and a Ph.D. from New York University.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Dr. Hanson brings a wide range of experience in consulting, research and investment banking in the lodging sector to our board. Further, he brings an academic perspective on the hospitality and tourism industries, which enhances our board’s ability to analyze macroeconomic issues and trends relevant to our business. Finally, Dr. Hanson’s leadership roles in market trend analysis, economic analysis and financial analysis specific to our industry provide our board with additional depth in analyzing financial reporting issues faced by companies similar to ours.
 
David S. Kay, Independent Director
 
Mr. Kay has agreed to serve on our board of directors effective upon completion of this offering. Mr. Kay has worked in finance, accounting and business planning and strategy for more than 20 years and has been involved with REITs for over 13 years, which we believe qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors. He is the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Capital Automotive Real Estate Services, Inc., whose predecessor, Capital Automotive REIT, he co-founded in 1997 and took public in 1998. Mr. Kay served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer for Capital Automotive until it was taken private in a nearly $4 billion privatization transaction in 2005. Prior to founding Capital Automotive, Mr. Kay worked at the public accounting firm of Arthur Andersen LLP in Washington, D.C. for approximately ten years. While at Arthur Andersen, Mr. Kay provided consulting services to clients regarding mergers and acquisitions, business planning and strategy and equity financing. He has experience with capital formation projects, roll-up transactions and initial public offerings for companies in various industries. Mr. Kay is a member of James Madison University’s College of Business Executive Advisory Council and is a certified public accountant. Mr. Kay received a B.B.A., with a concentration in accounting, from James Madison University.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Mr. Kay was chosen to join our board specifically to serve our audit committee as its audit committee financial expert. We targeted a director with financial and auditing experience specific to the REIT industry. Mr. Kay worked in auditing for Arthur Andersen for ten years and is the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Capital Automotive Real Estate Services, Inc., whose predecessor, Capital Automotive REIT, was a publicly traded REIT. Mr. Kay


95


Table of Contents

also gained experienced with the issues facing new, publicly traded REITs at Capital Automotive. These experiences position Mr. Kay to serve on our audit committee and full board.
 
Thomas W. Storey, Independent Director
 
Mr. Storey has agreed to serve on our board of directors effective upon completion of this offering. Mr. Storey has worked in the hospitality industry for more than 25 years. He is Executive Vice President Business Strategy for Fairmont Raffles Hotels International (FRHI), a leading global hotel company with over 100 hotels worldwide under the Fairmont, Raffles and Swissôtel brands, that Mr. Storey joined in 1999. Having helped launch FRHI as a publicly traded company and its subsequent privatization, Mr. Storey is responsible for strategic planning and helping to identify new opportunities for FRHI that capitalize on improving business fundamentals. Mr. Storey has held a series of progressive leadership positions with FRHI, including Executive Vice President, Development and Executive Vice President Business Development & Strategy, as well as President of Fairmont Hotels and Resorts. Mr. Storey has been a member of various hospitality industry organizations, including the American Hotel & Lodging Association, the Travel Industry Association of America, and Professional Conference and Meeting Planners. Mr. Storey received a B.A. in economics from Bates College and an M.B.A. from the Johnson School at Cornell University.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Mr. Storey provides our board with strategic vision to position our company as lodging industry fundamentals begin to strengthen after the economic recession. As Executive Vice President Business Strategy of Fairmont Raffles Hotels International, Mr. Storey has been instrumental in helping lead that company through various lodging cycles. We expect Mr. Storey’s experience in analyzing and reacting to changing conditions in the hospitality industry will serve our board as our company grows. We also expect Mr. Storey’s operations experience as President of Fairmont Hotels and Resorts to help him provide valuable insights to our board. Mr. Storey also possesses particular expertise in business travel, an important aspect of our business.
 
Wayne W. Wielgus, Independent Director
 
Mr. Wielgus has agreed to serve on our board of directors effective upon completion of this offering. Mr. Wielgus has worked in the hospitality industry for more than 30 years. In August 2009, Mr. Wielgus founded International Advisor Group LLC, which advises several companies in the hospitality industry. Before founding International Advisor Group, he served as Senior Vice President of Marketing of Celebrity and Azamara Cruises, two of Royal Caribbean Cruises Ltd.’s brands, from March 2008 until August 2009, where he was responsible for the two brands’ overall marketing efforts, including brand strategy and development, advertising, web marketing and research. Mr. Wielgus served as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Choice Hotels International, Inc. from September 2004 until July 2007, after serving as that company’s Senior Vice President, Marketing from September 2000 to September 2004. Prior to joining Choice Hotels, Mr. Wielgus held various positions with Best Western International, Inc., Trusthouse Forte PLC, InterContinental Hotels Corporation and Ramada Worldwide Inc. Mr. Wielgus received a B.S. in Marketing from Fairfield University and an M.B.A. from Memphis University.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Mr. Wielgus contributes significant leadership experience in marketing, brand strategy and promotions. His service as Senior Vice President of Marketing of Celebrity and Amazara Cruises provides valuable business, leadership and management experience, including expertise leading marketing strategy and initiatives for a company in the tourism industry, which is a significant part of our business. Mr. Wielgus also gained similar experience specific to the hospitality industry in his role as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Choice Hotels International, Inc., one of the primary franchisors of our hotels. Thus, Mr. Wielgus also brings to our board insights from the perspective of hotel franchisors, which we expect to enhance our ability to maximize our brand strategy and franchisor relationships. He currently acts as an outside consultant to companies in the hospitality industry, which gives him a keen understanding of some of the issues our company will face.
 
Other Key Employees
 
JoLynn M. Sorum, Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
 
Ms. Sorum will serve as our Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. Ms. Sorum has been the Controller for The Summit Group since 1998 and for our predecessor since its inception in 2004. Ms. Sorum is responsible


96


Table of Contents

for accounting, SEC reporting and internal control practices for The Summit Group and our predecessor. Prior to joining The Summit Group, she worked for First Premier Bank as a Finance Officer for three years and for Western Bank as an Internal Auditor for seven years. Ms. Sorum is a Certified Public Accountant and currently serves on the board of directors of the South Dakota CPA Society. Ms. Sorum earned a B.S. degree in accounting from Huron University.
 
David W. Heinen, Vice President of Asset Management – Western United States
 
Mr. Heinen will serve as our Vice President of Asset Management – Western United States. Mr. Heinen joined The Summit Group in 2000 and was promoted to Director of Operations for the Western United States in 2005. Prior to joining The Summit Group, from 1985 to 2000, Mr. Heinen held direct hotel management positions with Red Lion Hotels and Radisson Hotels. Mr. Heinen has over 20 years of direct hotel experience that includes all facets of full-service and select-service hotels. Mr. Heinen graduated from Spokane Falls College/Eastern Washington University with a B.S. degree in business.
 
Trent A. Peterson, Vice President of Asset Management – Eastern United States
 
Mr. Peterson will serve as our Vice President of Asset Management – Eastern United States. Mr. Peterson joined The Summit Group in 1999 as a Regional Manager and was promoted to Director of Operations for the Eastern United States in 2005. Prior to joining The Summit Group, from 1991 to 1999, he held direct hotel management positions with both Fairfield Inn and Residence Inn by Marriott- and Best Western-branded hotels. Mr. Peterson is a graduate of Moorhead State University with a B.S. degree in hotel and restaurant management.
 
Our Promoter
 
We consider our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, to be our promoter, in that he has taken initiative in funding and organizing our company. Mr. Boekelheide is the only person we consider to be a promoter of our company.
 
Our Board of Directors
 
Director Qualifications and Skills
 
Our directors were chosen based on their experience, qualifications and skills. We first identified nominees for the board through professional contacts and other resources. We then assessed each nominee’s integrity and accountability, judgment, maturity, willingness to commit the time and energy needed to satisfy the requirements of board and committee membership, balance with other commitments, financial literacy and independence from us. We relied on information provided by the nominees in their biographies and responses to questionnaires, as well as independent third-party sources.
 
Board Leadership Structure, Corporate Governance and Risk Oversight
 
We place a high premium on good corporate governance. We have a majority-independent board of directors whose members will be elected annually. We do not have a stockholder rights plan. In addition, we have opted out of certain state anti-takeover provisions.
 
Our board of directors has the primary responsibility for overseeing risk management of our company, and our management intends to provide it with a regular report highlighting risk assessments and recommendations. Our audit committee will focus on oversight of financial risks relating to us; our compensation committee will focus primarily on risks relating to remuneration of our officers and employees; and our nominating and corporate governance committee will focus on reputational and corporate governance risks relating to our company. In addition, the audit committee and board of directors intend to regularly hold discussions with our executive and other officers regarding the risks that may affect our company.
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors will establish three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of these committees, the principal functions of which are briefly described below, will consist solely of independent directors under the NYSE’s definition of independence and its transition


97


Table of Contents

rules for newly listed public companies. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees to facilitate the management of our company.
 
Audit Committee.  The audit committee will help ensure the integrity of our financial statements, the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors and the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors. The audit committee will select, assist and meet with the independent auditors, oversee each annual audit and quarterly review, establish and maintain our internal audit controls and prepare the audit committee report required by the federal securities laws to be included in our annual proxy statement. Each member of our audit committee will be independent pursuant to the listing standards of the NYSE. In addition, each member of our audit committee will be “financially literate” as required by the NYSE, and at least one member of our audit committee will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as required by the SEC. We anticipate that           will be the chair of our audit committee and be designated as our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined by the SEC, and          and           will also serve as members of this committee.
 
Compensation Committee.  The compensation committee will review and approve the compensation and benefits of our executive officers, administer and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding our compensation and long-term incentive plans and produce an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement. Each member of our compensation committee will be independent pursuant to the listing standards of the NYSE. In addition, each member of our compensation committee will be a non-employee director as set forth in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act. We anticipate that           will be the chair of our compensation committee and           and           will also serve as members of this committee.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  The nominating and corporate governance committee will develop and recommend to our board of directors a set of corporate governance principles, a code of business conduct and ethics and policies with respect to conflicts of interest, monitor our compliance with corporate governance requirements of state and federal law and the rules and regulations of the NYSE, develop and recommend to our board of directors criteria for prospective members of our board of directors, conduct candidate searches and interviews, oversee and evaluate our board of directors and management, evaluate from time to time the appropriate size and composition of our board of directors, recommend, as appropriate, increases, decreases and changes in the composition of our board of directors and formally propose the slate of nominees for election as directors at each annual meeting of our stockholders. Our stockholders will elect our entire board of directors annually. Each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be independent pursuant to the listing standards of the NYSE. We anticipate that           will be the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee and           and          will also serve as members of this committee.
 
Compensation of Directors
 
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish a compensation program for our non-employee directors. Pursuant to this compensation program, we will pay the following fees to our non-employee directors:
 
  §    an annual cash retainer of $50,000;
 
  §    an initial grant of           shares of our common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering;
 
  §    on the date of each director’s reelection to our board of directors beginning on the date of our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders, an annual grant of shares of our common stock having a value of $15,000 based on the market price of our common stock on the date of grant;
 
  §    an additional annual cash retainer of $12,500 to the chair of our audit committee;
 
  §    an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000 to the chair of our compensation committee; and
 
  §    an additional annual cash retainer of $7,500 to the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee.
 
We will also reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with performance of their duties as directors, including, without limitation, travel expenses in connection with their attendance at in-person board and committee meetings. Directors who are our employees will not receive compensation for their services as directors.


98


Table of Contents

 
Commencing in 2011, in connection with each annual meeting of stockholders, each of our non-employee directors will receive $15,000 payable in the form of common stock (based upon the volume-weighted average closing market price of our common stock on the NYSE for the ten trading days preceding the date of grant).
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our board of directors will establish a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:
 
  §    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
 
  §    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;
 
  §    compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;
 
  §    prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and
 
  §    accountability for adherence to the code.
 
Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our executive officers or directors must be approved by a majority of our independent directors, and any such waiver shall be promptly disclosed as required by law or NYSE regulations.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
No member of the compensation committee will be a current or former officer or employee of our company or any of our subsidiaries. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any company that will have one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors.
 
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitations on Liability
 
For information concerning limitations on liability and indemnification applicable to our directors and executive officers, see “—Indemnification Agreements” and “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
We believe the primary goal of executive compensation is to align the interests of our senior management team with those of our stockholders in a way that allows us to attract and retain the best executive talent. Our board of directors has not yet formed our compensation committee. Accordingly, our compensation committee has not adopted compensation policies with respect to, among other things, setting base salaries, awarding bonuses or making future grants of equity awards to our executive officers. We expect that the compensation committee, once formed, will design a compensation program that rewards, among other things, favorable stockholder returns, share appreciation, the company’s competitive position within its segment of the real estate industry and each member of our senior management team’s long-term career contributions to the company. Compensation incentives designed to further these goals may take the form of annual cash compensation and equity awards, as well as long-term cash and equity incentives measured by performance targets to be established by our compensation committee. We will pay base salaries and annual bonuses and expect to make grants of awards under our equity incentive plan to our executive officers, effective upon completion of this offering, in accordance with their employment agreements. Awards under our equity incentive plan will be granted to recognize such individuals’ efforts on our behalf in connection with our formation and this offering and to provide a retention element to their compensation.
 
Compensation of Named Executive Officers
 
We intend to enter into employment agreements with our named executive officers, which will become effective upon completion the consummation of this offering. We expect such employment agreements will provide for salary, bonus and other benefits, including severance upon a termination of employment under certain circumstances. See “—Employment Agreements.” Because we were only recently organized, meaningful individual compensation information is not available for prior periods.


99


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth the annualized base salary and other compensation that would have been paid in 2010 to our Executive Chairman, our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and the two other most highly compensated members of our senior management team, whom we refer to collectively as our “named executive officers,” had these employment agreements been in effect for all of 2010.
 
The anticipated 2010 compensation for each of our named executive officers listed in the table below was determined through negotiation of their individual employment agreements. These employment agreements were not approved by our compensation committee or any of our independent director nominees. We expect to disclose actual 2010 compensation for our named executive officers in 2011, to the extent required by applicable SEC disclosure rules.
 
                                         
                      Option
       
Name and Principal Position
  Year     Base Salary (1)     Bonus (2)     Awards (3)(4)     Total  
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide
    2010     $ 380,000     $     $       $    
Executive Chairman of the Board
                                       
Daniel P. Hansen
    2010       350,000                        
President and Chief Executive Officer
                                       
Craig J. Aniszewski
    2010       300,000                        
Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer
                                       
Stuart J. Becker
    2010       250,000                        
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
                                       
Ryan A. Bertucci
    2010       220,000                        
Vice President of Acquisitions
                                       
 
(1) Full-year amount. Each executive will receive a pro rata portion of his base salary for the period from the date of completion of this offering through December 31, 2010.
(2) We will not pay annual bonuses to these executives for 2010.
Under their employment agreements, Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen and Aniszewski will receive annual bonuses for 2011 equal to $380,000, $350,000 and $225,000, respectively, if the 2011 hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the 65 properties in our initial portfolio is at least $55 million. Beginning in 2012, Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen and Aniszewski will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus to the extent that individual and corporate goals to be established by our compensation committee are achieved. Our compensation committee will determine the actual amount of the cash bonus payable in 2012 and subsequent years. For 2012 and subsequent years, each of Messrs. Boekelheide and Hansen has the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 100% of his annual base salary and Mr. Aniszewski has the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 75% of his annual base salary.
Under their employment agreements, Messrs. Becker and Bertucci will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus for 2011 and subsequent years to the extent that individual and corporate goals to be established by our compensation committee are achieved. Our compensation committee will determine the actual amount of the cash bonus payable in 2011 and subsequent years. Each of Messrs. Becker and Bertucci has the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary for 2011 and subsequent years.
(3) Reflects option awards to be made to Mr. Boekelheide (     shares), Mr. Hansen (     shares), Mr. Aniszewski (     shares), Mr. Becker (     shares) and Mr. Bertucci (     shares). These options will be granted pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering, will have an exercise price of $      per share, which is the initial public offering price, and will vest ratably on the first five anniversaries of the date of grant unless otherwise accelerated under certain circumstances. The compensation committee of our board of directors may make additional equity awards to our named executive officers in the future.
(4) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards referred to in note (3) above computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The compensation reported in the table above is not necessarily an indication of actual compensation that will be received by the named executive officers. For more information on the valuation of these option awards and the assumptions used in arriving at the amounts disclosed, please see the footnotes to our pro forma financial statements beginning on page F-2 of this prospectus.
 
IPO Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will grant options to purchase an aggregate of      shares of our common stock to our named executive officers. We will grant options to acquire      shares to Mr. Boekelheide,      shares to Mr. Hansen,      shares to Mr. Aniszewski,      shares to Mr. Becker and      shares to Mr. Bertucci. These options will be granted pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the shares sold in this offering and will vest ratably on the first five anniversaries of the date of grant.


100


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide and Daniel P. Hansen.  Effective upon completion of this offering, we will enter into employment agreements with Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen, each of which will have an initial term of three years and will renew for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by written notice delivered at least 30 days before the end of the then-current term. The employment agreements provide for an annual base salary to Mr. Boekelheide of $380,000 and to Mr. Hansen of $350,000, subject to increase in the discretion of our board of directors or its compensation committee.
 
Under their employment agreements, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen are eligible to earn an annual cash bonus for 2011 and subsequent years (but no bonus will be payable for 2010). For 2011, Mr. Boekelheide will receive an annual bonus of $380,000 and Mr. Hansen will receive an annual bonus of $350,000 if the 2011 hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the 65 properties in our initial portfolio is at least $55 million. Assuming no purchases of additional hotels, or sales of hotels in our initial portfolio, we will calculate this measure by subtracting total hotel operating expenses from total revenues, each as reported in accordance with GAAP. For the year ended December 31, 2009, total revenues were $121.2 million and total hotel operating expenses were $88.7 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total revenues were $67.2 million and total hotel operating expenses were $46.4 million. In determining whether the $55 million target is met for 2011, we will exclude revenues or operating expenses of hotels acquired following completion of this offering and prior to December 31, 2011. If we sell one or more of the 65 hotels in our initial portfolio following completion of this offering and before December 31, 2011, we will reduce the $55 million target number in a manner that our compensation committee determines is equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold asset or assets for all, or the remaining portion, of 2011, as applicable, in assessing whether the hotels in our initial portfolio generated hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization that met the target. Beginning in 2012, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 100% of annual base salary, to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the compensation committee are achieved.
 
The employment agreements entitle Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen to customary fringe benefits, including vacation and health benefits, and the right to participate in any other benefits or plans in which other executive-level employees participate. Each employment agreement also provides that if Mr. Boekelheide or Mr. Hansen loses the supplemental health benefit provided to him by The Summit Group, we will establish, if permitted by applicable law, a medical reimbursement plan providing the same level of supplemental health benefits.
 
Each employment agreement provides for certain payments in the event that the employment of Mr. Boekelheide or Mr. Hansen ends upon termination by us for “cause,” a resignation without “good reason” (as defined below), death or disability or any reason other than a termination by us without “cause” or resignation with “good reason.” Each agreement defines “cause” as (1) a failure to perform a material duty or a material breach of an obligation set forth in the employment agreement or a breach of a material and written policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (2) a breach of the executive’s fiduciary duties, (3) conduct that demonstrably and materially injures us monetarily or otherwise or (4) a conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving our assets, and that in each case is not cured, to our board of directors’ reasonable satisfaction, within 30 days after written notice. In any such event, the employment agreements provide for the payment to Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen of any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of any of our employee benefit plans.
 
Each employment agreement provides for certain severance payments in the event that the employment of Mr. Boekelheide or Mr. Hansen is terminated by us without “cause” or the executive resigns for “good reason.” Each agreement defines “good reason” as (1) our material breach of the terms of the employment agreement or a direction from our board of directors that the executive act or refrain from acting in a manner that is unlawful or contrary to a material and written policy, (2) a material diminution in the executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities without his consent or our preventing him from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities without his consent, (3) a material reduction in the executive’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity or (4) a requirement that the executive relocate more than 50 miles from the current location of his principal office without his consent, in each case provided that Mr. Boekelheide or Mr. Hansen has given written notice to our board of directors within 30 days after he knows of the circumstances constituting “good reason,” the circumstances constituting “good reason” are not cured within 30 days of such notice and the executive resigns within 30 days after the expiration of the cure period. In any such event, the executive is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of our employee benefit plans and, if the


101


Table of Contents

executive executes a general release of claims, any outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the executive’s employment had not terminated. Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen shall also be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to three times his base salary in effect at the time of termination, an amount equal to three times the greater of (i) the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination and (ii) the executive’s annual base salary, a prorated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination, an amount equal to three times the annual premium or cost paid by us for health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents in effect on the termination date and an amount equal to three times the annual premium or cost paid by us for disability and life insurance coverage for the executive in effect on the termination date.
 
Each employment agreement includes covenants that prohibit Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen from disclosing confidential information about us except in connection with our business and affairs. Each employment agreement also provides that, during employment and for the one-year period following termination of employment, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen, subject to certain exceptions, will not compete with us by working with, or making a material investment in, an entity that owns or proposes to own 25 or more hotels in the upscale or midscale without food and beverage hotel segments, solicit any of our employees to leave employment or interfere with our relationship with any of our customers or clients. The restrictive covenants that prohibit or restrict Mr. Boekelheide or Mr. Hansen from being employed by, or providing services to, a competitor of our company following the termination of employment with us do not apply after a termination without cause or after the executive resigns with good reason as defined in the agreement.
 
Craig J. Aniszewski and Stuart J. Becker.  Effective upon completion of this offering, we will enter into employment agreements with Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker, each of which will have an initial term of three years and will renew for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by written notice delivered at least 30 days before the end of the then-current term. The employment agreements provide for annual base salaries to each of Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker of $300,000 and $250,000, respectively, subject to increase in the discretion of our board of directors or its compensation committee. The employment agreements entitle each of Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker to fringe benefits substantially similar to those afforded to Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen, as described above (except that the employment agreement with Mr. Becker does not provide for the establishment of a medical reimbursement plan that provides supplemental health benefits).
 
Under their employment agreements, Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker are eligible to earn an annual cash bonus for 2011 and subsequent years (but no bonus will be payable for 2010). Mr. Aniszewski will receive an annual bonus of $225,000 for 2011 if the same 2011 performance objective described above for Messrs. Boekelheide and Hansen is achieved. For 2012 and subsequent years Mr. Aniszewski will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 75% of annual base salary, to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the compensation committee are achieved. For 2011 and subsequent years, Mr. Becker will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus, of up to 50% of annual base salary, to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the compensation committee are achieved.
 
Each employment agreement provides for certain payments in the event the employment of Mr. Aniszewski or Mr. Becker ends upon termination by us for “cause,” a resignation without “good reason,” death or disability or any reason other than a termination by us without “cause” or resignation with “good reason.” The definitions of “cause” and “good reason” in the employment agreements with Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker are the same as those in the employment agreements with Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen, as described above (except that a requirement that Mr. Becker relocate to Sioux Falls, South Dakota will not constitute “good reason”). In any such event, the employment agreements with Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker provide for the payment of any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of any of our employee benefit plans.
 
Each employment agreement provides for certain severance payments in the event the employment of Mr. Aniszewski or Mr. Becker is terminated by us without “cause” or the executive resigns for “good reason.” In any such event, the executive would be entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of our employee benefit plans and, if the executive executes a general release of claims, any outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if employment had not terminated. Each of Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker shall also be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to one and one-half times his base salary at the time of termination, an amount equal to one and one-half times the greater of (i) the


102


Table of Contents

highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination or (ii) 75% of annual base salary (in the case of Mr. Aniszewski) or 50% of annual base salary (in the case of Mr. Becker), a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination, an amount equal to one and one-half times the annual premium or cost paid by us for health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents in effect on the termination date and an amount equal to one and one-half times the annual premium or cost paid by us for disability and life insurance coverage for the executive in effect on the termination date.
 
The employment agreements with Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker provide for higher severance payments in the event of termination by us without “cause” no more than ninety days before a change in control or on or after a change in control or upon resignation for “good reason” on or after a change in control. The definition of “change in control” under the employment agreements with Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker is the same as the definition of “change in control” under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In any such event, each of Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of our employee benefit plans and, if the executive executes a general release of claims, all outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the executive’s employment had not terminated. Each executive shall also be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to two times his base salary at the time of termination, an amount equal to two times the greater of (i) the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination or (ii) 75% of annual base salary (in the case of Mr. Aniszewski) or 50% of annual base salary (in the case of Mr. Becker), a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination, an amount equal to two times the annual premium or cost paid by us for health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents in effect on the termination date and an amount equal to two times the annual premium or cost paid by us for disability and life insurance coverage for the executive in effect on the termination date.
 
Each employment agreement includes covenants that prohibit Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker from disclosing confidential information about us except in connection with our business and affairs. Each employment agreement also provides that, during employment and for the one-year period following termination of employment, Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker will not compete with us by working with, or making a material investment in, an entity that owns or proposes to own 25 or more hotels in the upscale or midscale without food and beverage hotel segments, solicit any of our employees to leave employment or interfere with our relationship with any of our customers or clients. The restrictive covenants that prohibit or restrict Mr. Aniszewski or Mr. Becker from being employed by, or providing services to, a competitor of our company following the termination of employment with us do not apply after a termination without cause or after the executive resigns with good reason as defined in the agreement.
 
Ryan A. Bertucci.  Effective upon completion of this offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci which will have an initial term of one year and will renew for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by written notice delivered at least 30 days before the end of the then-current term. Mr. Bertucci’s employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $220,000, subject to increase in the discretion of our board of directors or its compensation committee. The employment agreement entitles Mr. Bertucci to fringe benefits substantially similar to those afforded to the other executives, as described above (except that the employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci does not provide for the establishment of a medical reimbursement plan that provides supplemental health benefits).
 
Under his employment agreement, Mr. Bertucci is eligible to earn annual cash bonuses to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. The individual and corporate goals established by the Committee will provide Mr. Bertucci the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of annual base salary, to the extent such goals are achieved.
 
Mr. Bertucci’s employment agreement provides for certain payments in the event his employment ends upon termination by us for “cause,” a resignation without “good reason,” death or disability or any reason other than a termination by us without “cause” or resignation with “good reason.” The definitions of “cause” and “good reason” in the employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci are the same as those in the employment agreements with the other executives, as described above. In any such event, the employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci provides for the payment of any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of any of our employee benefit plans.


103


Table of Contents

 
Mr. Bertucci’s employment agreement provides for certain severance payments in the event his employment is terminated by us without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason.” In any such event, he would be entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of our employee benefit plans and, if he executes a general release of claims, any outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if employment had not terminated. Mr. Bertucci shall also be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to one times his base salary at the time of termination, an amount equal to one times the greater of (i) the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination or (ii) 50% of his annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination, an amount equal to one times the annual premium or cost paid by us for health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents in effect on the termination date and an amount equal to one times the annual premium or cost paid by us for disability and life insurance coverage for the executive in effect on the termination date.
 
The employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci provides for higher severance payments in the event of termination by us without “cause” no more than ninety days before a change in control or on or after a change in control or upon resignation for “good reason” on or after a change in control. The definition of “change in control” under the employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci is the same as the definition of “change in control” under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In any such event, Mr. Bertucci is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of our employee benefit plans and, if he executes a general release of claims, all outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the executive’s employment had not terminated. Mr. Bertucci shall also be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to two times his base salary at the time of termination, an amount equal to two times the greater of (i) the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination or (ii) 50% of his annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination, an amount equal to two times the annual premium or cost paid by us for health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents in effect on the termination date and an amount equal to two times the annual premium or cost paid by us for disability and life insurance coverage for the executive in effect on the termination date.
 
Mr. Bertucci’s employment agreement includes covenants that prohibit him from disclosing confidential information about us except in connection with our business and affairs. The employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci also provides that, during his employment and for the one-year period following the termination of his employment, he will not compete with us by working with or making a material investment in an entity that owns or proposes to own 25 or more hotels in the upscale or midscale without food and beverage hotel segments solicit any of our employees solicit any of our employees to leave employment or interfere with our relationship with any of our customers or clients. The restrictive covenants that prohibit or restrict him from being employed by, or providing services to, a competitor of our company following the termination of his employment with us do not apply after a termination without cause or after the executive resigns with good reason as defined in the agreement.
 
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
 
The following table and accompanying footnotes reflect the estimated potential amounts payable to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci under their employment agreements and our compensation and benefit plans and arrangements in the event the executive’s employment is terminated under various scenarios, including involuntary termination without cause, voluntary termination, involuntary termination with cause, voluntary resignation with good reason, involuntary or good reason termination in connection with a change in control and termination due to death and disability. The amounts shown below are estimates of the amounts that would be paid to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci upon termination of their employment assuming that such termination was effective upon completion of this offering. Actual amounts payable will depend upon compensation levels at the time of termination, the amount of future equity awards and other factors, and will likely be greater than amounts shown in this table.
 


104


Table of Contents

                                         
        Payment in
  Acceleration
       
        Lieu of
  and
       
        Medical/Welfare
  Continuation
       
    Cash
  Benefits
  of
      Total
    Severance
  (present
  Equity
  Excise Tax
  Termination
    Payment   value) (5)   Awards (6)   Gross-Up (7)   Benefits
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide (1)(2)
                                       
Involuntary termination without cause (3)
                                       
Voluntary termination or involuntary termination with cause
                                       
Change in control (no termination)
                                       
Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control (4)
                                       
Death or disability
                                       
Daniel P. Hansen (1)(2)
                                       
Involuntary termination without cause (3)
                                       
Voluntary termination or involuntary termination with cause
                                       
Change in control (no termination)
                                       
Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control (4)
                                       
Death or disability
                                       
Craig J. Aniszewski (1)(2)
                                       
Involuntary termination without cause (3)
                                       
Voluntary termination or involuntary termination with cause
                                       
Change in control (no termination)
                                       
Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control (4)
                                       
Death or disability
                                       
Stuart J. Becker (1)(2)
                                       
Involuntary termination without cause (3)
                                       
Voluntary termination or involuntary termination with cause
                                       
Change in control (no termination)
                                       
Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control (4)
                                       
Death or disability
                                       
Ryan A. Bertucci (1)(2)
                                       
Involuntary termination without cause (3)
                                       
Voluntary termination or involuntary termination with cause
                                       
Change in control (no termination)
                                       
Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control (4)
                                       
Death or disability
                                       
 
(1) The amounts shown in the table do not include accrued salary, earned but unpaid bonuses, accrued but unused vacation pay or the distribution of benefits from any tax-qualified retirement or 401(k) plan. Those amounts are payable to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci upon any termination of employment, including an involuntary termination with cause and a resignation without good reason.
(2) A termination of employment due to death or disability entitles Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci to benefits under our life insurance and disability insurance plans. In addition, outstanding options immediately vest upon a termination of employment due to death or disability.
(3) Amounts calculated in accordance with provisions of the applicable employment agreement as disclosed in “—Employment Agreements.”

105


Table of Contents

(4) Amounts calculated in accordance with provisions of the applicable employment agreement as disclosed in “—Employment Agreements.”
(5) The amounts shown in this column are estimates of the annual premiums to be paid by us for health care, life and disability insurance and other benefits expected to be provided to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci.
(6) The amounts shown in this column represent the value, on the specified termination event, of the options that are expected to be granted to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci upon completion of this offering. The values were computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and reflect (i) the number of shares for which the options are exercisable following the specified termination event (which is zero shares in the cases of voluntary termination and involuntary termination with cause and all of the option shares in other cases), (ii) the option exercise price, (iii) the period in which the option may be exercised following the specified termination event (which is one year in the case of death or disability and the remainder of the ten-year option term in the other cases in which the option may be exercised) and (iv) the assumed volatility of our common stock during the period in which the option remains exercisable. For more information on the value of these option awards and the assumptions used in arriving at the amounts disclosed, please see the footnotes to our pro forma financial statements beginning on page F-2 of this prospectus.
Amounts reflecting accelerated vesting of equity awards in the rows “Change in control (no termination)” and “Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control” will be paid upon only one of the specified triggering events (not both) and will not be duplicated in the event that the executive incurs a qualifying termination following a change in control event that has previously resulted in acceleration.
(7) The employment agreements with Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci do not provide an indemnification or gross-up payment for the parachute payment excise tax under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The employment agreements instead provide that the severance and any other payments or benefits that are treated as parachute payments under the Code will be reduced to the maximum amount that can be paid without an excise tax liability. The parachute payments will not be reduced, however, if the executive will receive greater after-tax benefits by receiving the total or unreduced benefits (after taking into account any excise tax liability payable by the executive).
 
Severance Agreements
 
Effective upon completion of this offering, we will enter into severance agreements with Mr. Eng, our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, and Ms. Sorum, our Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer, that will provide for payments to these officers under various termination scenarios, each of which will have an initial term of three years and renew for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated in accordance with its terms. The form of severance agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
Indemnification Agreements
 
Upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from their service to us.


106


Table of Contents

2010 Equity Incentive Plan
 
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have adopted, and our sole stockholder will have approved, an equity incentive plan, or the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, to attract and retain independent directors, executive officers and other key employees and service providers, including officers and employees of our affiliates. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase shares of common stock, stock awards, stock appreciation rights, performance units, incentive awards and other equity-based awards.
 
Administration of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors, except that the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards made to directors who are not employees. This summary uses the term “administrator” to refer to the compensation committee or our board of directors, as applicable. The administrator will approve all terms of awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The administrator will also approve who will receive grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the number of shares of common stock subject to each grant.
 
Eligibility
 
All of our employees and employees of our subsidiaries and affiliates, and employees of our operating partnership, are eligible to receive grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, our independent directors and individuals who perform services for us and our subsidiaries and affiliates, including individuals who perform services for our operating partnership, may receive grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Share Authorization
 
The number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will equal the lesser of: (1)           shares; and (2) 8.5% of the total number of shares sold in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to an exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). In connection with stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and certain other events, our board will make adjustments that it deems appropriate in the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the terms of outstanding awards. If any options or stock appreciation rights terminate, expire or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised or paid or if any stock awards, performance units or other equity-based awards are forfeited, the shares of common stock subject to such awards will again be available for purposes of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares of common stock tendered or withheld to satisfy the exercise price or for tax withholding are not available for future grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. No awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan were outstanding prior to completion of this offering. The initial grants described below will become effective upon completion of this offering.
 
Options
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options (under Section 422 of the Code) and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options. The exercise price of each option will be determined by the administrator, provided that the price cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date on which the option is granted (or 110% of the shares’ fair market value on the grant date in the case of an incentive stock option granted to an individual who is a “ten percent stockholder” under Sections 422 and 424 of the Code). The exercise price for any option is generally payable (i) in cash, (ii) by certified check, (iii) by the surrender of shares of common stock (or attestation of ownership of shares of common stock) with an aggregate fair market value on the date on which the option is exercised, equal to the exercise price, or (iv) by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures established by the Federal Reserve Board. The term of an option cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a “ten percent stockholder”). Upon completion of this offering, we will grant options to purchase an aggregate of           shares of common stock to our executive officers pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. These options will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the shares sold in this offering and will vest ratably on the first five anniversaries of the date of grant unless otherwise accelerated.


107


Table of Contents

Stock Awards
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the grant of stock awards. A stock award is an award of shares of common stock that may be subject to restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the administrator determines in its sole discretion on the date of grant. The restrictions, if any, may lapse over a specified period of time or through the satisfaction of conditions, in installments or otherwise, as the administrator may determine. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable award agreement, a participant who receives a stock award will have all of the rights of a stockholder as to those shares, including, without limitation, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends or distributions on the shares. During the period, if any, when stock awards are non-transferable or forfeitable, (i) a participant is prohibited from selling, transferring, pledging, exchanging, hypothecating or otherwise disposing of his or her stock award shares, (ii) the company will retain custody of the certificates and (iii) a participant must deliver a stock power to the company for each stock award. Upon completion of this offering, we will grant an aggregate of           shares of common stock to our non-employee directors pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. These stock awards will be vested and transferable as of the date of grant.
 
Stock Appreciation Rights
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of stock appreciation right. A stock appreciation right provides the recipient with the right to receive, upon exercise of the stock appreciation right, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of the two. The amount that the recipient will receive upon exercise of the stock appreciation right generally will equal the excess of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of exercise over the shares’ fair market value on the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights will become exercisable in accordance with terms determined by the compensation committee. Stock appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with an option grant or as independent grants. The term of a stock appreciation right cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant or five years in the case of a stock appreciation right granted in tandem with an incentive stock option awarded to a “ten percent stockholder.”
 
Performance Units
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also authorizes the grant of performance units. Performance units represent the participant’s right to receive an amount, based on the value of a specified number of shares of common stock, if performance goals established by the administrator are met. The administrator will determine the applicable performance period, the performance goals and such other conditions that apply to the performance unit. Performance goals may relate to our financial performance or the financial performance of our operating partnership, the participant’s performance or such other criteria determined by the administrator. If the performance goals are met, performance units will be paid in cash, shares of common stock or a combination thereof.
 
Incentive Awards
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also authorizes our compensation committee to make incentive awards. An incentive award entitles the participant to receive a payment if certain requirements are met. Our compensation committee will establish the requirements that must be met before an incentive award is earned and the requirements may be stated with reference to one or more performance measures or criteria prescribed by the compensation committee. A performance goal or objective may be expressed on an absolute basis or relative to the performance of one or more similarly situated companies or a published index and may be adjusted for unusual or non-recurring events, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles. An incentive award that is earned will be settled in a single payment which may be in cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock.
 
Other Equity-Based Awards; LTIP Units
 
The administrator may grant other types of stock-based awards as other equity-based awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including long-term incentive plan, or LTIP, units. Other equity-based awards are payable in cash, shares of common stock or other equity, or a combination thereof, as determined by the administrator. The terms and conditions of other equity-based awards are determined by the administrator.


108


Table of Contents

LTIP units are a special class of partnership interest in our operating partnership. Each LTIP unit awarded will be deemed equivalent to an award of one share of common stock under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, reducing the plan’s share authorization for other awards on a one-for-one basis. We will not receive a tax deduction for the value of any LTIP units granted to our employees. The vesting period for any LTIP units, if any, will be determined at the time of issuance. LTIP units, whether or not vested, will receive the same quarterly per unit distributions as OP units, which distributions will generally equal per share distributions on our shares of common stock. This treatment with respect to quarterly distributions is similar to the expected treatment of our stock awards, which will generally receive full dividends whether vested or not. Initially, LTIP units will not have full parity with OP units with respect to liquidating distributions. Under the terms of the LTIP units, our operating partnership will revalue its assets upon the occurrence of certain specified events, and any increase in our operating partnership’s valuation from the time of grant until such event will be allocated first to the holders of LTIP units to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of OP unit holders. Upon equalization of the capital accounts of the holders of LTIP units with the other holders of OP units, the LTIP units will achieve full parity with OP units for all purposes, including with respect to liquidating distributions. If such parity is reached, vested LTIP units may be converted into an equal number of OP units at any time, and thereafter enjoy all the rights of OP units, including redemption/exchange rights. However, there are circumstances under which such parity would not be reached. Until and unless such parity is reached, the value that a holder of LTIP units will realize for a given number of vested LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of our shares of common stock.
 
We have no current plans to issue any LTIP units.
 
Dividend Equivalents
 
The administrator may grant dividend equivalents in connection with the grant of performance units and other equity-based awards. Dividend equivalents may be paid currently or accrued as contingent cash obligations (in which case they may be deemed to have been invested in shares of common stock) and may be payable in cash, shares of common stock or other property dividends declared or shares of common stock. The administrator will determine the terms of any dividend equivalents.
 
Change in Control
 
If we experience a change in control, the administrator may, at its discretion, provide that all outstanding options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance units, incentive awards or other equity-based awards that are not exercised prior to the change in control will be assumed by the surviving entity, or will be replaced by a comparable substitute award of the same type as the original award and that has substantially equal value granted by the surviving entity. The administrator may also provide that all outstanding options and stock appreciation rights will be fully exercisable on the change in control, restrictions and conditions on outstanding stock awards will lapse upon the change in control and performance units, incentive awards or other equity-based awards will become earned in their entirety. The administrator may also provide that participants must surrender their outstanding options and stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance units, incentive awards and other equity-based awards in exchange for a payment, in cash or shares of our common stock or other securities or consideration received by stockholders in the change in control transaction, equal to (i) the entire amount that can be earned under an incentive award, (ii) the value received by stockholders in the change in control transaction for each share subject to a stock award, performance unit or other equity-based award or (iii) in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, the amount by which that transaction value exceeds the exercise price.
 
In summary, a change in control under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan occurs if:
 
  §    a person, entity or affiliated group (with certain exceptions) acquires, in a transaction or series of transactions, more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities;
 
  §    we merge into another entity unless the holders of our voting securities immediately prior to the merger have more than 50% of the combined voting power of the securities in the merged entity or its parent;
 
  §    we sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets to any entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power and common stock of which is owned by our shareholders after the sale or disposition; or


109


Table of Contents

 
  §    during any period of two consecutive years individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute our board of directors together with any new directors (other than individuals who become directors in connection with certain transactions or election contests) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of our board of directors.
 
The Code has special rules that apply to “parachute payments,” i.e., compensation or benefits the payment of which is contingent upon a change in control. If certain individuals receive parachute payments in excess of a safe harbor amount prescribed by the Code, the payor is denied a federal income tax deduction for a portion of the payments and the recipient must pay a 20% excise tax, in addition to income tax, on a portion of the payments.
 
If we experience a change in control, benefits provided under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan could be treated as parachute payments. In that event, the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides that the plan benefits, and all other parachute payments provided under other plans and agreements, will be reduced to the safe harbor amount, i.e., the maximum amount that may be paid without excise tax liability or loss of deduction, if the reduction allows the recipient to receive greater after-tax benefits. The benefits under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and other plans and agreements will not be reduced, however, if the recipient will receive greater after-tax benefits (taking into account the 20% excise tax payable by the recipient) by receiving the total benefits. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also provides that these provisions do not apply to a participant who has an agreement with us providing that the individual is entitled to indemnification from us for the 20% excise tax.
 
Amendment; Termination
 
Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at any time, provided that no amendment may adversely impair the rights of participants under outstanding awards. Our stockholders must approve any amendment if such approval is required under applicable law or stock exchange requirements. Our stockholders also must approve any amendment that materially increases the benefits accruing to participants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, materially increases the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (other than on account of stock dividends, stock splits, or other changes in capitalization as described above) or materially modifies the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Unless terminated sooner by our board of directors or extended with stockholder approval, the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
401(k) Plan
 
We may establish and maintain a retirement savings plan under section 401(k) of the Code to cover our eligible employees. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. We may match employees’ annual contributions, within prescribed limits.


110


Table of Contents

 
Investment Policies and Policies With Respect to Certain Activities
 
The following is a discussion of our investment policies and our policies with respect to certain other activities, including financing matters and conflicts of interest. These policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors, without stockholder approval. Any change to any of these policies by our board of directors, however, would be made only after a thorough review and analysis of that change, in light of then-existing business and other circumstances, and then only if, in the exercise of its business judgment, our board of directors believes that it is advisable to do so in our and our stockholders’ best interests. We intend to disclose any changes in our investment policies in periodic reports that we file or furnish under the Exchange Act. We cannot assure you that our investment objectives will be attained.
 
Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate
 
We intend to conduct substantially all of our investment activities through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Our primary objective is to enhance stockholder value over time by generating strong risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. We plan to invest principally in hotels located in the United States. We target upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels that meet specific acquisition criteria and to a lesser extent smaller full-service hotels that may fall into the upper upscale or midscale with food and beverage segments. We also may selectively invest in loans secured by these types of hotels or ownership interests in entities owning these types of hotels to the extent the investment provides us with a clear path to acquiring the underlying real estate, and subject to the limitations imposed by reason of our qualification as a REIT. For a discussion of our hotels and our acquisition and other strategic objectives, see “Our Business and Properties.”
 
We intend to engage in future investment activities in a manner that is consistent with the requirements applicable to REITs for federal income tax purposes. We primarily expect to pursue our investment objectives through the ownership by our operating partnership of hotels, but we may also make equity investments in other entities, including joint ventures that own hotels. Our management team will identify and negotiate acquisition and other investment opportunities, subject to the approval by our board of directors. For information concerning the investing experience of these individuals, please see the section entitled “Management.”
 
We may enter into joint ventures from time to time, if we determine that doing so would be the most cost-effective and efficient means of raising capital. Equity investments may be subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness or such financing or indebtedness may be incurred in connection with acquiring investments. Any such financing or indebtedness will have priority over our equity interest in such property. Investments are also subject to our policy not to be treated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act.
 
We do not have a specific policy to acquire assets primarily for capital gain or primarily for income. From time to time, we may make investments that support our objectives but do not provide current cash flow. We believe investments that do not generate current cash flow may be, in certain instances, consistent with achieving sustainable long-term growth for our stockholders.
 
We do not have any specific policy as to the amount or percentage of our assets which will be invested in any specific asset, other than the tax rules applicable to REITs. Additionally, no limits have been set on the concentration of investments in any one geographic location, hotel type or franchise brand. We currently anticipate that our real estate investments will continue to be concentrated in upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels. We anticipate that our real estate investments will continue to be diversified in terms of geographic market.
 
Investments in Real Estate Mortgages
 
While we will emphasize equity real estate investments in hotels, we may selectively acquire loans secured by hotel properties or entities that own hotel properties to the extent that those investments are consistent with our qualification as a REIT and provide us with a clear path to acquiring the underlying real estate. We do not intend to originate any secured or unsecured real estate loans or purchase any debt securities as a stand-alone, long-term investment, but, in limited circumstances, we may from time to time provide a short-term loan to a hotel owner as a means of securing an acquisition opportunity. The mortgages in which we may invest may be first-lien mortgages or subordinate mortgages secured by


111


Table of Contents

hotels. The subordinated mezzanine loans in which we may invest may include mezzanine loans secured by a pledge of ownership interests in an entity owning a hotel or group of hotels. Investments in real estate mortgages and subordinated real estate loans are subject to the risk that one or more borrowers may default and that the collateral securing mortgages may not be sufficient or, in the case of subordinated mezzanine loans, available to enable us, to recover our full investment.
 
Investments in Securities or Interests in Entities Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Investments in Other Securities
 
Subject to the gross income and asset requirements required to qualify as a REIT, we may invest in securities of entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other issuers, including for the purpose of exercising control over such entities. We do not currently have any policy limiting the types of entities in which we may invest or the proportion of assets to be so invested, whether through acquisition of an entity’s common stock, limited liability or partnership interests, interests in another REIT or entry into a joint venture. However, other than in the formation transactions, we do not presently intend to invest in these types of securities.
 
Purchase and Sale of Investments
 
We expect to invest in hotels primarily for generation of current income and long-term capital appreciation. Although we do not currently intend to sell any hotels, we may deliberately and strategically dispose of assets in the future and redeploy funds into new acquisitions and development opportunities that align with our strategic objectives. If market conditions are favorable, we may also engage in development opportunities by developing the land within our portfolio or acquiring land for development.
 
Lending Policies
 
We do not have a policy limiting our ability to make loans to other persons, although our ability to do so may be limited by applicable law, such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Subject to tax rules applicable to REITs, we may make loans to unaffiliated third parties. For example, we may consider offering purchase money financing in connection with the disposition of assets in instances where the provision of that financing would increase the value to be received by us for the asset sold. We do not expect to engage in any significant lending in the future. We may choose to guarantee debt of certain joint ventures with third parties. Consideration for those guarantees may include, but is not limited to, fees, long-term management contracts, options to acquire additional ownership interests and promoted equity positions. Our board of directors may, in the future, adopt a formal lending policy without notice to or consent of our stockholders.
 
Issuance of Additional Securities
 
If our board of directors determines that obtaining additional capital would be advantageous to us, we may, without stockholder approval, issue debt or equity securities, including causing our operating partnership to issue additional OP units, retain earnings (subject to the REIT distribution requirements for federal income tax purposes) or pursue a combination of these methods. As long as our operating partnership is in existence, the proceeds of all equity capital raised by us will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for additional OP units, which will dilute the ownership interests of the other limited partners.
 
We may offer shares of our common stock, OP units, or other debt or equity securities in exchange for cash, real estate assets or other investment targets, and to repurchase or otherwise re-acquire shares of our common stock, OP units or other debt or equity securities. We may issue preferred stock from time to time, in one or more classes or series, as authorized by our board of directors without the need for stockholder approval. We have not adopted a specific policy governing the issuance of senior securities at this time. Summit Capital, which is owned and managed by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, may engage in the distribution and sale of securities of other issuers in private placements exempt from registration requirements under the Securities Act.


112


Table of Contents

Repurchase of Our Securities
 
We may repurchase shares of our common stock or OP units from time to time. In addition, certain holders of OP units have the right, beginning 12 months after completion of the formation transactions, to require us to redeem their OP units in exchange for cash or, at our option, shares of common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Redemption/Exchange Rights.”
 
Reporting Policies
 
We intend to make available to our stockholders audited annual financial statements and annual reports. Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, pursuant to which we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.
 
Policies with Respect to Certain Transactions
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will adopt a written policy for the review and approval of related person transactions requiring disclosure under Rule 404(a) of Regulation S-K, which will include our directors, officers, major stockholders and affiliates, including certain of their family members. For a discussion of our Related Person Transaction Policy, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Under our bylaws, our directors and officers may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to our company.


113


Table of Contents

 
Principal Stockholders
 
Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we have a total of 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding. We sold these shares to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide in connection with our formation and initial capitalization for total consideration of $1,000. At the closing of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Boekelheide for $1,000.
 
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock and shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of OP units (without giving effect to the 12 month restriction on redemption applicable to OP units) immediately following completion of this offering and the formation transactions by (1) each of the executive officers named in the table appearing under the caption “Management—Summary Compensation Table,” (2) each of our directors and independent director nominees, (3) all of our executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group and (4) each holder of five percent or more of our shares of common stock.
 
The SEC has defined “beneficial ownership” of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. In computing the number of shares and OP units beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options or other rights held by that person that are exercisable as of          , 2010 or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of common stock and OP units shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the notes to the table. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is c/o Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105.
 
                         
    Number of Shares
          Percentage of All
 
    and OP Units
    Percentage of All
    Shares and OP Units
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Beneficially Owned     Shares (1)     Beneficially Owned (2)  
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide (3)
    1,517,879              
Daniel P. Hansen (4)
                 
Craig J. Aniszewski (5)
    4,105       *     *
Stuart J. Becker (4)
                 
Ryan A. Bertucci (4)
                 
Bjorn R. L. Hanson
    (6 )     *     *
David S. Kay
    (6 )     *     *
Thomas W. Storey
    (6 )     *     *
Wayne W. Wielgus
    (6 )     *     *
All directors, independent director nominees and executive officers as a group (     persons)
                       
 
Represents less than 1%
(1) Assumes           shares of our common stock are outstanding immediately following this offering. In addition, amounts for individuals assume that all OP units held by the person are redeemed for shares of our common stock, and amounts for all executive officers, directors and independent director nominees as a group assume all OP units held by them are exchanged for shares of our common stock. The total number of shares of common stock outstanding used in calculating this percentage assumes that none of the OP units held by other persons are exchanged for shares of our common stock.
(2) Assumes a total of           shares of our common stock and 10,100,000 OP units, which OP units may redeemed for cash or, at our election, shares of our common stock as described in “Description of the Partnership Agreement,” are outstanding immediately following this offering.
(3) Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Boekelheide will not beneficially own any shares of our common stock, except in the form of OP units. Includes (i) 17,000 OP units to be issued to a revocable trust, the trustee and sole beneficiary of which is Mr. Boekelheide, in exchange for the trust’s membership interests in our predecessor; (ii) 1,109,164 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group in the merger in exchange for its membership interests in our predecessor; (iii) 74,829 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group in exchange for its Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale; and (iv) an aggregate of 316,886 OP units to be issued to entities affiliated with Mr. Boekelheide other than The Summit Group, over which Mr. Boekelheide will share voting and investment power with individuals who are not affiliated with us. Excludes options to purchase           shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, none of which has vested.
(4) Does not reflect options to be granted to Messrs. Hansen, Becker and Bertucci to purchase an aggregate of           shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, none of which has vested.
(5) Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Aniszewski will not beneficially own any shares of our common stock, except in the form of OP units. Includes 4,105 OP units to be issued to Mr. Aniszewski in exchange for his Class B membership interests in our predecessor. Excludes options to purchase        shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, none of which has vested.
(6) We will grant        shares of common stock to each initial independent director upon completion of this offering.


114


Table of Contents

 
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
 
Formation Transactions
 
On June 30, 2010, in connection with the initial capitalization of our company, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, for total cash consideration of $1,000. The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Boekelheide for $1,000.
 
Some of our executive officers and directors have material interests in the formation transactions. Prior to completion of the formation transactions, these executive officers and directors have ownership interests in our predecessor. In addition, Mr. Boekelheide, through The Summit Group, holds a 36% Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale. As part of the formation transactions, we will acquire these ownership interests by issuing OP units to the former members of those companies, including some of our executive officers and directors. The aggregate number and value of the OP units to be issued to our executive officers and directors in connection with the formation transactions is as follows:
 
  §    Mr. Boekelheide, our Executive Chairman, will receive an aggregate of 1,200,993 OP units, including: (1) 17,000 OP units to be issued to a revocable trust, the trustee and sole beneficiary of which is Mr. Boekelheide, in exchange for the trust’s Class A membership interests in our predecessor pursuant to the merger; (2) 1,109,164 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group pursuant to the merger; and (3) 74,829 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group in exchange for its 36% Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale. These OP units represent approximately     % of our common stock and OP units outstanding on a fully diluted basis and have a combined aggregate value of $      million based on the anticipated mid-point of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
  §    Entities affiliated with Mr. Boekelheide, other than The Summit Group, will receive an aggregate of 316,886 OP units. Mr. Boekelheide will share voting and investment power over these OP units with individuals who are not affiliated with us. These OP units will represent approximately     % of our common stock and OP units outstanding on a fully diluted basis and have a combined aggregate value of $      million based on the anticipated mid-point of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
  §    Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, will receive an aggregate of 4,105 OP units in exchange for his Class B membership interest in our predecessor pursuant to the merger. These OP units represent approximately     % of our common stock and OP units outstanding on a fully diluted basis and have a combined aggregate value of $      million based on the anticipated mid-point of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
In addition to the OP units to be received in connection with the formation transactions, our executive officers will also benefit from the following:
 
  §    employment agreements that will provide for salary, bonus and other benefits, including severance benefits in the event of a termination of employment in certain circumstances (see “Management—Employment Agreements”);
 
  §    options to purchase an aggregate of           shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price of the shares in this offering that will be granted to our executive officers upon completion of this offering pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (see “Management—IPO Grants of Plan-Based Awards”);
 
  §    agreements providing for indemnification by us for certain liabilities and expenses incurred as a result of actions brought, or threatened to be brought, against them as an officer and/or director of our company (see “Management—Indemnification Agreements” and “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws”); and
 
  §    redemption and registration rights under our operating partnership’s partnership agreement with respect to OP units to be issued in the formation transactions (see “Description of the Partnership Agreement”).
 
Furthermore, in connection with the formation transactions, our operating partnership will offer to enter into tax protection agreements with a limited number of the members of our predecessor, including The Summit Group and Mr. Aniszewski. See “Formation Transactions—Tax Protection Agreements.”


115


Table of Contents

Cash Payment by           to The Summit Group
 
In consideration for assigning to them the existing hotel management agreements with our predecessor, The Summit Group will receive a total cash payment from           in the amount of $          .
 
Related Party Transactions Between Our Predecessor and Its Affiliates Prior to the Formation Transactions
 
Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, is the sole owner of The Summit Group. Prior to completion of the formation transactions, The Summit Group held a 43.5% total ownership interest in our predecessor and it acted as our predecessor’s company manager. In addition, The Summit Group had the right to appoint six of the seven members of our predecessor’s board of managers. Prior to completion of the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide served as an executive officer and member of the board of managers of our predecessor. As a result, The Summit Group exercised substantial influence and control over our predecessor and its business and affairs.
 
Since January 1, 2009 and through June 30, 2010, our predecessor reimbursed a total of $6.8 million of expenses incurred by The Summit Group in connection with the management of our predecessor and the management of our predecessor’s hotels. In addition, as of June 30, 2010, our predecessor had accounts payable to The Summit Group in the amount of approximately $373,000 relating to reimbursement of development expenses for acquired properties and certain management expenses.
 
Summit Capital, a registered broker-dealer, provided placement agent services to our predecessor in connection with private offerings of our predecessor’s securities. Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, is the sole owner and President of Summit Capital. Since January 1, 2009, our predecessor paid Summit Capital approximately $571,000 in commissions and fees related to placements of our predecessor’s securities.
 
From time to time in the past, our predecessor has selectively used an aircraft owned by an entity owned by Mr. Boekelheide, and we may use the aircraft going forward. Our predecessor historically paid the actual cost of such aircraft (fuel, pilot fees and an allocable share of maintenance and depreciation) and we expect to use the aircraft selectively on substantially the same terms.
 
Outside Business Interests
 
Following completion of this offering, Mr. Boekelheide and other key members of our senior management team, including Messrs. Hansen and Aniszewski, will continue to serve as executive officers of The Summit Group. The Summit Group will continue to manage one hotel that is not owned by us, a Comfort Suites located in Tucson, Arizona. Our employment agreement with Mr. Boekelheide requires him to devote a substantial portion of his business time and attention to our business and our employment agreements with our other executive officers require our executives to devote substantially all of their business time and attention to our business. In addition, Mr. Boekelheide, as well as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Becker, and our Vice President of Acquisitions, Mr. Bertucci, will continue to serve as officers of Summit Green Tiger. Summit Green Tiger co-manages two private investment funds, which own a total of six multi-family properties. We will not compete with these funds for investment opportunities. We expect a limited amount of time will be dedicated to these funds as they are closed and the co-manager oversees the day-to-day operations and investments of these funds. These outside business interests may reduce the amount of time that Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci are able to devote to our business. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Outside Business Interests.”
 
Review and Approval of Future Transactions with Related Persons
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will adopt a written policy for the review and approval of related person transactions requiring disclosure under Rule 404(a) of Regulation S-K. We expect this policy to provide that our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving or disapproving all interested transactions, meaning any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which (1) the amount involved may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, (2) our company or one of our subsidiaries will be a participant and (3) a related person has a direct or indirect material interest. A related person will be defined as an executive officer, director or nominee for election as director, or a greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, or an immediate family member of the foregoing. The policy may deem certain interested transactions to be pre-approved.


116


Table of Contents

 
Description of Capital Stock
 
The following is a summary of the material terms of our capital stock and certain terms of our charter and bylaws as we expect they will be at the time of completion of this offering and the formation transactions.
 
General
 
We are authorized to issue 600,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Our charter authorizes our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board and without any action on the part of our stockholders, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of authorized shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval. As of the date of this prospectus, we had 1,000 outstanding shares of common stock held by one record holder, Mr. Boekelheide, and no outstanding shares of preferred stock. Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not liable for a corporation’s debts or obligations.
 
Common Stock
 
Subject to the preferential rights, if any, of holders of any other class or series of stock and to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of our common stock:
 
  §    have the right to receive ratably any distributions from funds legally available therefor, when, as and if authorized by our board of directors; and
 
  §    are entitled to share ratably in the assets of our company legally available for distribution to the holders of our common stock in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs.
 
There are generally no redemption, sinking fund, conversion, preemptive or appraisal rights with respect to our common stock.
 
Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of stock, each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors and, except as may be provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of such shares will possess the exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our directors, and directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock can elect all of the directors then standing for election, and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.
 
Power to Reclassify and Issue Stock
 
Our board of directors may classify any unissued shares of preferred stock, and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock or any previously classified but unissued shares of preferred stock into other classes or series of stock, including one or more classes or series of stock that have priority over our common stock with respect to voting rights or distributions or upon liquidation, and authorize us to issue the newly classified shares. Prior to the issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by the MGCL and our charter to set, subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series. These actions can be taken without stockholder approval, unless stockholder approval is required by applicable law, the terms of any other class or series of our stock or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our stock may be then listed or quoted. Our charter authorizes our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock into other classes or series of classes of stock and to establish the number of shares in each class or series and to set the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series.


117


Table of Contents

Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Stock and Issue Additional Shares of Our Common and Preferred Stock
 
Our charter authorizes our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of authorized shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval. We believe that the power of our board of directors to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to cause us to issue such shares of stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as the additional shares of stock, will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law, the terms of any other class or series of stock or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of directors does not intend to do so, it could authorize us to issue a class or series that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for our stockholders or otherwise be in their best interests.
 
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer
 
In order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our shares of stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of capital stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made).
 
Because our board of directors believes it is at present essential for us to qualify as a REIT, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, contains restrictions on the number of our shares of stock that a person may own. Our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock, or the Ownership Limit.
 
Our charter also prohibits any person from:
 
  §    beneficially owning shares of our capital stock to the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of the taxable year);
 
  §    transferring shares of our capital stock to the extent that such transfer would result in our shares of capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code);
 
  §    beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own ten percent or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of our real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code; or
 
  §    beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such beneficial or constructive ownership or transfer would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel management companies failing to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” under the REIT rules.
 
Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from certain of the limits described in the paragraph above and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for that person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of directors any representations, covenants and undertakings that our board of directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to lose our status as a REIT. Our board of directors may not grant an exemption to any person if that exemption would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. Our board of directors may require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel, in


118


Table of Contents

either case in form and substance satisfactory to our board of directors, in its sole discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT.
 
Any attempted transfer of shares of our capital stock which, if effective, would violate any of the restrictions described above will result in the number of shares of our capital stock causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) to be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries, except that any transfer that results in the violation of the restriction relating to shares of our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons will be void ab initio . In either case, the proposed transferee will not acquire any rights in those shares. The automatic transfer will be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the purported transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the trust. Shares held in the trust will be issued and outstanding shares. The proposed transferee will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in the trust, will have no rights to dividends or other distributions and will have no rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the trust. The trustee of the trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares held in the trust. These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to our discovery that shares have been transferred to the trust will be paid by the recipient to the trustee upon demand. Any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the charitable beneficiary. Subject to Maryland law, the trustee will have the authority (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by the proposed transferee prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust and (ii) to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.
 
Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of our stock have been transferred to the trust, the trustee will sell the shares to a person designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the above ownership and transfer limitations. Upon the sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee and to the charitable beneficiary as follows. The proposed transferee will receive the lesser of (i) the price paid by the proposed transferee for the shares or, if the proposed transferee did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other similar transaction), the market price (as defined in our charter) of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the trust and (ii) the price received by the trustee (net of any commission and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares. The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the proposed transferee by the amount of dividends or other distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the proposed transferee will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiary. If, prior to our discovery that our shares of our stock have been transferred to the trust, the shares are sold by the proposed transferee, then (i) the shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and (ii) to the extent that the proposed transferee received an amount for the shares that exceeds the amount he or she was entitled to receive, the excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.
 
In addition, shares of our stock held in the trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in the transfer to the trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the market price at the time of the devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date we, or our designee, accept the offer, which we may reduce by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee.
 
If a transfer to a charitable trust, as described above, would be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of a restriction, the transfer that would have resulted in a violation will be void ab initio , and the proposed transferee shall acquire no rights in those shares.
 
Any certificate representing shares of our capital stock, and any notices delivered in lieu of certificates with respect to the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, will bear a legend referring to the restrictions described above.
 
Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our capital stock that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, or any person who would have owned shares of our capital stock that resulted in a transfer of shares to a charitable trust, is required to give


119


Table of Contents

written notice immediately to us, or in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, to give at least 15 days’ prior written notice, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of the transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.
 
Every owner of more than 5% (or any lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) in number or value of the outstanding shares of our capital stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, is required to give us written notice, stating his or her name and address, the number of shares of each class and series of shares of our capital stock that he or she beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each of these owners must provide us with additional information that we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of his or her beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, each stockholder will upon demand be required to provide us with information that we may request in good faith in order to determine our status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine our compliance.
 
These ownership limitations could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our shares of common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.
 
Stock Exchange Listing
 
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “INN.”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our shares of common stock is          .


120


Table of Contents

 
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
 
General
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect to have outstanding        shares of our common stock (           shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). In addition, an additional           shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and upon redemption of OP units.
 
Of these shares,          shares sold in this offering (           shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations on ownership set forth in our charter, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any shares granted under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan plus any shares purchased by affiliates in this offering and the shares of our common stock owned by our affiliates upon redemption of OP units will be “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not an affiliate of ours and has not been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the restricted securities proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell his or her securities without registration and without complying with the manner of sale, current public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. In addition, under Rule 144, once we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose securities are aggregated) who is not an affiliate of ours and has not been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, may sell his or her securities without registration after only a six-month holding period, subject only to the continued availability of current public information about us. Any sales by affiliates under Rule 144, even after the applicable holding periods described above, are subject to requirements and or limitations with respect to volume, manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.
 
Redemption Rights and Registration Rights
 
In connection with the formation transactions, our operating partnership will issue an aggregate of 10,100,000 OP units to the former members of our predecessor and the former Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale. These OP units will be outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions. Beginning on or after the date which is 12 months after completion of the formation transactions, the limited partners of our operating partnership (other than us) have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their OP units for cash or, at our election, shares of our common stock, based upon the market price of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, subject to the ownership limits set forth in our charter. Limited partners of our operating partnership (other than us) will have registration rights with respect to these shares. These redemption and registration rights may result in 10,100,000 shares of our common stock becoming immediately saleable on the open market on or about the first anniversary of completion of this offering. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement—Registration Rights” for more information.
 
Equity Grants and Incentive Plan
 
We intend to adopt the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.  Key employees, directors and consultants are eligible to be granted stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, phantom shares, dividend equivalent rights and other equity-based awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. We intend to reserve the lesser of (1)           shares of our common stock and (2) 8.5% of the total number of shares of our common stock sold in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option) for issuance pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, subject


121


Table of Contents

to certain adjustments as set forth in the plan. Approximately 5% of these shares will be issued to our executive officers in the form of option awards and to our non-employee directors in the form of stock awards upon completion of this offering.
 
We anticipate that we will file a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan prior to completion of this offering. Shares of our common stock covered by this registration statement, including shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options or restricted shares of our common stock will be eligible for transfer or resale without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by affiliates.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
For a description of the lock-up agreement that our officers and directors and certain shareholders have agreed to enter into with Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, see “Underwriting.”


122


Table of Contents

 
Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws
 
Our Board of Directors
 
Our charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors of our company may be established, increased or decreased by our board of directors, but may not be less than the minimum number required under the MGCL, which is one, or more than fifteen. Our charter provides that, at such time as we become eligible to elect to be subject to Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL (which we expect will be upon completion of this offering) and subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock, any vacancy may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.
 
Pursuant to our charter, each member of our board of directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors, and directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors.
 
Removal of Directors
 
Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and only by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, may preclude stockholders from removing incumbent directors except for cause and by a substantial affirmative vote and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.
 
Business Combinations
 
Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder (i.e., any person (other than the corporation or any subsidiary) who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock, or an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding stock of the corporation after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock) or an affiliate of an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Thereafter, any such business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of such corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least (1) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and (2) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder, unless, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. The board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by it.
 
As permitted by the MGCL, our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting any business combination between us and any other person from the provisions of this statute, provided that the business combination is first approved by our board of directors (including a majority of directors who are not affiliates or associates of such persons). However, our board of directors may repeal or modify this resolution at any time in the future, in which case the applicable provisions of this statute will become applicable to business combinations between us and interested stockholders.


123


Table of Contents

Control Share Acquisitions
 
The MGCL provides that “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, excluding votes cast by (1) the person who makes or proposes to make a control share acquisition, (2) an officer of the corporation or (3) an employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power: (1) one-tenth or more but less than one-third, (2) one-third or more but less than a majority or (3) a majority or more of all voting power. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.
 
A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses), may compel the board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.
 
If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.
 
The control share acquisition statute does not apply to, among other things, (1) shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (2) acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.
 
Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any acquisition by any person of shares of our stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future by our board of directors.
 
Subtitle 8
 
Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions of the MGCL which provide, respectively, that:
 
  §    the corporation’s board of directors will be divided into three classes;
 
  §    the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes cast in the election of directors generally is required to remove a director;
 
  §    the number of directors may be fixed only by vote of the directors;
 
  §    a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and that directors elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; and
 
  §    the request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting is required for stockholders to require the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.
 
Without our having elected to be subject to Subtitle 8, our charter and bylaws already (1) require the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of


124


Table of Contents

directors to remove a director from our board of directors, (2) vest in our board of directors the exclusive power to fix the number of directors, by vote of a majority of the entire board and (3) require, unless called by our chairman, our president and chief executive officer or a majority of our board of directors, the request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting to call a special meeting. Our charter provides that, at such time as we become eligible to make the election provided for under Subtitle 8 (which we expect will be upon completion of this offering), vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, and directors elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred. Our board of directors is not currently classified. In the future, our board of directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to classify our board of directors or elect to be subject to any of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.
 
Meetings of Stockholders
 
Pursuant to our bylaws, an annual meeting of our stockholders for the purpose of the election of directors and the transaction of any business will be held on a date and at the time and place set by our board of directors. Each of our directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies under Maryland law. In addition, our chairman, our president and chief executive officer or a majority of our directors may call a special meeting of our stockholders. Subject to the provisions of our bylaws, a special meeting of our stockholders to act on any matter that may properly be considered by our stockholders will also be called by our secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting on such matter, accompanied by the information required by our bylaws. Our secretary will inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including our proxy materials), and the requesting stockholder must pay such estimated cost before our secretary may prepare and mail the notice of the special meeting.
 
Amendments to Our Charter and Bylaws
 
Except for certain amendments related to the removal of directors and the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock (which must be declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast not less than two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter), our charter generally may be amended only if the amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board, and without any action by our stockholders, may also amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series we are authorized to issue.
 
Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws.
 
Extraordinary Transactions
 
Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. As permitted by the MGCL, our charter provides that any of these actions may be approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Many of our operating assets will be held our subsidiaries, and these subsidiaries may be able to merger or sell all or substantially all of their assets without the approval of our stockholders.
 
Appraisal Rights
 
Our charter provides that our stockholders generally will not be entitled to exercise statutory appraisal rights.


125


Table of Contents

Dissolution
 
Our dissolution must be declared advisable by a majority of our entire board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
 
Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business
 
Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by our stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (3) by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting on the election of the individual so nominated or such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and its affiliates and the nominee or business proposal, as applicable.
 
With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (1) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (2) provided that the special meeting has been properly called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting on the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and its affiliates and the nominee.
 
Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws
 
Our charter and bylaws and Maryland law contain provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a change in control or other transaction that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders, including:
 
  §    supermajority vote and cause requirements for removal of directors;
 
  §    requirement that stockholders holding at least a majority of our outstanding common stock must act together to make a written request before our stockholders can require us to call a special meeting of stockholders;
 
  §    provisions that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the remaining directors for the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred;
 
  §    the power of our board to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of shares of any class or series of stock;
 
  §    the power of our board of directors to cause us to issue additional shares of stock of any class or series and to fix the terms of one or more classes or series of stock without stockholder approval;
 
  §    the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock; and
 
  §    advance notice requirements for director nominations and stockholder proposals.
 
Likewise, if the resolution opting out of the business combination provisions of the MGCL was repealed or the provision in the bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were rescinded, these provisions of the MGCL could have similar anti-takeover effects.
 
Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability and Indemnification
 
The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (1) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (2) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.


126


Table of Contents

The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:
 
  §    the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
 
  §    the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or
 
  §    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.
 
However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon its receipt of:
 
  §    a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and
 
  §    a written undertaking by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer did not meet the standard of conduct.
 
Our charter authorizes us, and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of such a proceeding to:
 
  §    any present or former director or officer of our company who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or
 
  §    any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, REIT, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.
 
Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served our predecessor in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or our predecessor.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that would provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
REIT Qualification
 
Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.


127


Table of Contents

 
Description of the Partnership Agreement
 
The following summarizes the material terms of the agreement of limited partnership of our operating partnership, a copy of which is an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
Management
 
We are the sole general partner of our operating partnership, a Delaware limited partnership. We will conduct substantially all of our operations and make substantially all of our investments through our operating partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we will have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the management and control of our operating partnership, including the ability to cause our operating partnership to enter into certain major transactions including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings and selection of lessees, make distributions to partners and to cause changes in our operating partnership’s business activities.
 
Transferability of Interests
 
We may not voluntarily withdraw from our operating partnership or transfer or assign our interest in our operating partnership or engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets in a transaction that results in a change in control of our company unless:
 
  §    we receive the consent of limited partners holding more than 50% of the partnership interests of the limited partners (other than those held by our company or its subsidiaries);
 
  §    as a result of such transaction, all limited partners (other than our company or its subsidiaries) will receive, or have the right to receive, for each partnership unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value to the product of the conversion factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the transaction to a holder of one of our shares of common stock, provided that if, in connection with the transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock, each holder of partnership units (other than those held by our company or its subsidiaries) shall be given the option to exchange its partnership units for the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that a limited partner would have received had it (A) exercised its redemption right (described below) and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the offer common stock received upon exercise of the redemption right immediately prior to the expiration of the offer; or
 
  §    we are the surviving entity in the transaction and either (A) our stockholders do not receive cash, securities or other property in the transaction or (B) all limited partners (other than our company or our subsidiaries) receive for each partnership unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value to less than the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property received in the transaction by our stockholders.
 
We also may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity, other than partnership units held by us, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the partnership as a capital contribution in exchange for partnership units with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the survivor in good faith and (ii) the survivor expressly agrees to assume all of our obligations under the partnership agreement and the partnership agreement shall be amended after any such merger or consolidation so as to arrive at a new method of calculating the amounts payable upon exercise of the redemption right that approximates the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible.
 
We also may (i) transfer all or any portion of our general partnership interest to (A) a wholly owned subsidiary or (B) a parent company, and following such transfer may withdraw as the general partner, and (ii) engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange or OTC interdealer quotation system on which our common stock is listed.


128


Table of Contents

Capital Contribution
 
We will contribute, directly, to our operating partnership substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering as our initial capital contribution in exchange for an approximate 60% (or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) partnership interest in our operating partnership. The partnership agreement provides that if our operating partnership requires additional funds at any time in excess of funds available to our operating partnership from borrowing or capital contributions, we may borrow such funds from a financial institution or other lender and lend such funds to our operating partnership on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to our borrowing of such funds. Under the partnership agreement, we are obligated to contribute the net proceeds of any future offering of shares as additional capital to our operating partnership. If we contribute additional capital to our operating partnership, we will receive additional partnership units and our percentage interest will be increased on a proportionate basis based upon the amount of such additional capital contributions and the value of our operating partnership at the time of such contributions. Conversely, the percentage interests of the limited partners will be decreased on a proportionate basis in the event of additional capital contributions by us. In addition, if we contribute additional capital to our operating partnership, we will revalue the property of our operating partnership to its fair market value (as determined by us) and the capital accounts of the partners will be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the capital accounts previously) would be allocated among the partners under the terms of the partnership agreement if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (as determined by us) on the date of the revaluation. Our operating partnership may issue preferred partnership interests, in connection with acquisitions of property or otherwise, which could have priority over common partnership interests with respect to distributions from our operating partnership, including the partnership interests we own as the general partner.
 
Redemption Rights
 
Pursuant to the partnership agreement, limited partners, other than us, will receive redemption rights, which will enable them to cause our operating partnership to redeem their limited partnership interests in exchange for cash or, at our operating partnership’s option, shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis. Redemptions will generally occur only on the first day of each calendar quarter. Limited partners must submit an irrevocable notice to our operating partnership of the intention to be redeemed no less than 60 days prior to the redemption date, and each limited partner must submit for redemption at least 1,000 OP units or, if such limited partner holds less than 1,000 OP units, all the OP units owned by such limited partner. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of limited partnership interests held by limited partners may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events such as share dividends, share subdivisions or combinations. We expect to fund any cash redemptions out of available cash or borrowings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a limited partner will not be entitled to exercise its redemption rights if the delivery of common stock to the redeeming limited partner would:
 
  §    result in any person owning, directly or indirectly, shares of common stock in excess of the share ownership limit in our charter;
 
  §    result in our being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution);
 
  §    result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code;
 
  §    cause us to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of ours, our operating partnership’s or a subsidiary partnership’s real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code;
 
  §    cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel management company failing to qualify as an eligible independent contractor under the Code; or
 
  §    cause the acquisition of common stock by such redeeming limited partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of common stock for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act.
 
We may, in our sole and absolute discretion, waive any of these restrictions.
 
The partnership agreement will require that our operating partnership be operated in a manner that enables us to satisfy the requirements for being classified as a REIT, to avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code (other than any federal income tax liability associated with our retained capital gains) and to ensure that the


129


Table of Contents

partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.
 
Partnership Expenses
 
In addition to the administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by our operating partnership, our operating partnership generally will pay all of our administrative costs and expenses, including:
 
  §    all expenses relating to our continuity of existence and our subsidiaries’ operations;
 
  §    all expenses relating to offerings and registration of securities;
 
  §    all expenses associated with any repurchase by us of any securities;
 
  §    all expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any of our periodic or other reports and communications under federal, state or local laws or regulations;
 
  §    all expenses associated with our compliance with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body;
 
  §    all administrative costs and expenses, including salaries and other payments to directors, officers or employees;
 
  §    all expenses associated with any 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing compensation to our employees;
 
  §    all expenses incurred by us relating to any issuance or redemption of partnership interests; and
 
  §    all of our other operating or administrative costs incurred in the ordinary course of business on behalf of our operating partnership.
 
These expenses, however, do not include any of our administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred that are attributable to hotel properties that are owned by us directly rather than by our operating partnership or its subsidiaries.
 
Fiduciary Responsibilities
 
Our directors and officers have duties under applicable Maryland law to manage us in a manner consistent with the best interests of our stockholders. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our operating partnership, have fiduciary duties to manage our operating partnership in a manner beneficial to our operating partnership and its partners. Our duties, as general partner to our operating partnership and its limited partners, therefore, may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our stockholders. The partnership agreement provides that in the event of a conflict between the interests of our stockholders on the one hand and the limited partners of the operating partnership on the other hand, as general partner we will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners; provided, however, that so long as we own a controlling interest in the operating partnership, any such conflict that we, in our sole and absolute discretion, determine cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners shall be resolved in favor of our stockholders and we shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the limited partners in connection with such decisions.
 
Distributions
 
The partnership agreement will provide that our operating partnership will distribute cash from operations (including net sale or refinancing proceeds, but excluding net proceeds from the sale of our operating partnership’s property in connection with the liquidation of our operating partnership) at such time and in such amounts as determined by us in our sole discretion, to us and the limited partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in our operating partnership.
 
Upon liquidation of our operating partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the partnership, including any partner loans, any remaining assets of the partnership will be distributed to us and the limited partners with positive capital accounts in accordance with their respective positive capital account balances.


130


Table of Contents

LTIP Units
 
LTIP units are a class of partnership units in our operating partnership and, if issued, will receive the same quarterly per-unit profit distributions as the other outstanding units in our operating partnership. We have no current plan to issue any LTIP units. LTIP units, if issued, will not have full parity with other outstanding units with respect to liquidating distributions. Generally, under the terms of the LTIP units, if issued, our operating partnership will revalue its assets upon the occurrence of certain specified events, and any increase in valuation from the last revaluation of our operating partnership assets until such event will be allocated first to the LTIP unit holders to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of holders of our other outstanding partnership units. Upon equalization of the capital accounts of the LTIP unit holders with the capital accounts of the other holders of our OP units, the LTIP units will achieve full parity with our other OP units for all purposes, including with respect to liquidating distributions. If such parity is reached, vested LTIP units may be converted into an equal number of OP units at any time, and thereafter enjoy all the rights of such units, including redemption rights. However, there are circumstances under which such parity would not be reached. Until and unless such parity is reached, the value for a given number of vested LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of shares of our common stock.
 
Allocations
 
Profits and losses of the partnership (including depreciation and amortization deductions) for each fiscal year generally will be allocated to us and the other limited partners in accordance with the respective percentage interests in the partnership. All of the foregoing allocations are subject to compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent Treasury regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code permit, we, as the general partner, shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by our operating partnership for allocating items with respect to (i) the difference between our proportionate share of our predecessor’s adjusted tax basis in excess of our portfolio and the proceeds of the offering that we will contribute to our operating partnership in exchange for partnership interests and (ii) contributed property acquired for limited partnership interests for which fair market value differs from the adjusted tax basis at the time of contribution. Any such election shall be binding on all partners. Upon the occurrence of certain specified events, our operating partnership will revalue its assets and any net increase in valuation will be allocated first to the LTIP units to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of the holders of the other outstanding units in our operating partnership.
 
Registration Rights
 
We have granted those persons with a direct or indirect interest in the property entities who will receive OP units in the formation transactions certain registration rights with respect to the shares of our common stock that may be issued to them in connection with the exercise of the redemption rights under the partnership agreement.
 
Immediately following the date on which we become eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities and subject to certain further conditions as set forth in our operating partnership’s partnership agreement, we are obligated to file a shelf registration statement covering the issuance or resale of common stock received by limited partners upon redemption of their limited partnership interests. In furtherance of such registration rights, we have also agreed as follows:
 
  §    to use our reasonable best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective;
 
  §    to furnish to limited partners redeeming their limited partnership interests for our shares of common stock prospectuses, supplements, amendments, and such other documents reasonably requested by them;
 
  §    to register or qualify such shares under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as the limited partners reasonably request;
 
  §    to list shares of our common stock issued pursuant to the exercise of redemption rights on any securities exchange or national market system upon which our shares of common stock are then listed; and
 
  §    to indemnify limited partners exercising redemption rights against all losses caused by any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus or caused by any omission to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements therein not


131


Table of Contents

  misleading, except insofar as such losses are caused by any untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished to us by such limited partners.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, we are not required to file more than two registration statements in any 12-month period and, as a condition to our obligations with respect to the registration rights of limited partners, each limited partner will agree:
 
  §    that no limited partner will offer or sell shares of our common stock that are issued upon redemption of their limited partnership interests until such shares have been included in an effective registration statement;
 
  §    that, if we determine in good faith that registration of shares for resale would require the disclosure of important information that we have a business purpose for preserving as confidential, the registration rights of each limited partner will be suspended until we notify such limited partners that suspension of their registration rights is no longer necessary (so long as we that do not suspend their rights for more than 180 days in any 12-month period);
 
  §    that if we propose an underwritten public offering, each limited partner will agree not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of our shares during the period commencing on the tenth day prior to the expected effective date of a registration statement filed with respect to the public offering or commencement date of a proposed offering and ending on the date specified by the managing underwriter for such offering; and
 
  §    to indemnify us and each of our officers, directors and controlling persons against all losses caused by any untrue statement or omission contained in (or omitted from) any registration statement based upon information furnished to us by such limited partner.
 
Subject to certain exceptions, our operating partnership will pay all expenses in connection with the exercise of registration rights under our operating partnership’s partnership agreement.
 
Term
 
Our operating partnership will continue indefinitely or until sooner dissolved upon:
 
  §    the bankruptcy, dissolution, removal or withdrawal of the general partner (unless the limited partners elect to continue the partnership);
 
  §    the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the partnership;
 
  §    the redemption of all partnership units (other than those held by us, if any) unless we decide to continue the partnership by the admission of one or more general partners; or
 
  §    an election by us in our capacity as the general partner.
 
Tax Matters
 
Our partnership agreement will provide that we, as the sole general partner of our operating partnership, will be the tax matters partner of our operating partnership and, as such, will have authority to handle tax audits and to make tax elections under the Code on behalf of our operating partnership.


132


Table of Contents

 
Material Federal Income Tax Considerations
 
This section summarizes the material federal income tax considerations that you, as a stockholder, may consider relevant in connection with the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares. Hunton & Williams LLP has acted as our counsel, has reviewed this summary, and is of the opinion that the discussion contained herein is accurate in all material respects. Because this section is a summary, it does not address all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular stockholders in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances, or to certain types of stockholders that are subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws, such as:
 
  §    insurance companies;
 
  §    tax-exempt organizations (except to the limited extent discussed in “—Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders” below);
 
  §    financial institutions or broker-dealers;
 
  §    non-U.S. individuals and foreign corporations (except to the limited extent discussed in “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders” below);
 
  §    U.S. expatriates;
 
  §    persons who mark-to-market our common stock;
 
  §    subchapter S corporations;
 
  §    U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;
 
  §    regulated investment companies and REITs;
 
  §    trusts and estates;
 
  §    holders who receive our common stock through the exercise of employee share options or otherwise as compensation;
 
  §    persons holding our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment;
 
  §    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code; and
 
  §    persons holding our common stock through a partnership or similar pass-through entity.
 
This summary assumes that stockholders hold stock as capital assets for federal income tax purposes, which generally means property held for investment.
 
The statements in this section are not intended to be, and should not be construed as, tax advice. The statements in this section are based on the Code, current, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, the legislative history of the Code, current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS, and court decisions. The reference to IRS interpretations and practices includes the IRS practices and policies endorsed in private letter rulings, which are not binding on the IRS except with respect to the taxpayer that receives the ruling. In each case, these sources are relied upon as they exist on the date of this discussion. Future legislation, Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations and court decisions could change current law or adversely affect existing interpretations of current law on which the information in this section is based. Any such change could apply retroactively. We have not received any rulings from the IRS concerning our qualification as a REIT. Accordingly, even if there is no change in the applicable law, no assurance can be provided that the statements made in the following discussion, which do not bind the IRS or the courts, will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if so challenged.
 
WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND SALE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND OF OUR ELECTION TO BE TAXED AS A REIT. SPECIFICALLY, YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, SALE AND ELECTION, AND REGARDING POTENTIAL CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.


133


Table of Contents

Taxation of Our Company
 
We have in effect an election to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Code, but intend to revoke our S election prior to the closing of this offering. We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We believe that, commencing with such short taxable year, we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws, and we intend to continue to operate in such a manner, but no assurances can be given that we will operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. This section discusses the laws governing the federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its stockholders. These laws are highly technical and complex.
 
In connection with this offering, Hunton & Williams LLP is rendering an opinion that, commencing with our short taxable year ending on December 31, 2010, we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws, and our proposed method of operations will enable us to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws for our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and subsequent taxable years. Investors should be aware that Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion is based upon customary assumptions, will be conditioned upon certain representations made by us as to factual matters, including representations regarding the nature of our assets and the conduct of our business, is not binding upon the IRS, or any court, and speaks as of the date issued. In addition, Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion will be based on existing federal income tax law governing qualification as a REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual operating results, certain qualification tests set forth in the federal tax laws. Those qualification tests involve the percentage of income that we earn from specified sources, the percentage of our assets that falls within specified categories, the diversity of our stock ownership, and the percentage of our earnings that we distribute. Hunton & Williams LLP will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operations for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements. Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion does not foreclose the possibility that we may have to use one or more of the REIT savings provisions described below, which would require us to pay an excise or penalty tax (which could be material) in order for us to maintain our REIT qualification. For a discussion of the tax consequences of our failure to qualify as a REIT, see “—Failure to Qualify.”
 
If we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the taxable income that we distribute to our stockholders. The benefit of that tax treatment is that it avoids the “double taxation,” or taxation at both the corporate and stockholder levels, that generally results from owning stock in a corporation. However, we will be subject to federal tax in the following circumstances:
 
  §    We will pay federal income tax on any taxable income, including undistributed net capital gain, that we do not distribute to stockholders during, or within a specified time period after, the calendar year in which the income is earned.
 
  §    We may be subject to the “alternative minimum tax” on any items of tax preference including any deductions of net operating losses.
 
  §    We will pay income tax at the highest corporate rate on:
 
  –   net income from the sale or other disposition of property acquired through foreclosure or after a default on a lease of the property (“foreclosure property”) that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, and
 
  –   other non-qualifying income from foreclosure property.
 
  §    We will pay a 100% tax on net income from sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.
 
  §    If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below under “—Gross Income Tests,” and nonetheless continue to qualify as a REIT because we meet other requirements, we will pay a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, in either case, multiplied by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.


134


Table of Contents

 
  §    If we fail to distribute during a calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for the year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income required to be distributed from earlier periods, we will pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the amount we actually distributed.
 
  §    We may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net long-term capital gain. In that case, a U.S. stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain (to the extent that we made a timely designation of such gain to the stockholders) and would receive a credit or refund for its proportionate share of the tax we paid.
 
  §    We will be subject to a 100% excise tax on transactions with a TRS that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.
 
  §    In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests, other than a de minimis failure of the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test, as described below under “—Asset Tests,” as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we file a description of each asset that caused such failure with the IRS, and we dispose of such assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure, we will pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest federal income tax rate then applicable to U.S. corporations (currently 35%) on the net income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.
 
  §    In the event we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests, and such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.
 
  §    If we acquire any asset from a C corporation, or a corporation that generally is subject to full corporate-level tax, in a merger or other transaction in which we acquire a basis in the asset that is determined by reference either to the C corporation’s basis in the asset or to another asset, we will pay tax at the highest regular corporate rate applicable if we recognize gain on the sale or disposition of the asset during the 10-year period after we acquire the asset provided no election is made for the transaction to be taxable on a current basis. The amount of gain on which we will pay tax is the lesser of:
 
  –   the amount of gain that we recognize at the time of the sale or disposition, and
 
  –   the amount of gain that we would have recognized if we had sold the asset at the time we acquired it.
 
  §    We may be required to pay monetary penalties to the IRS in certain circumstances, including if we fail to meet record-keeping requirements intended to monitor our compliance with rules relating to the composition of a REIT’s stockholders, as described below in “—Recordkeeping Requirements.”
 
  §    The earnings of our lower-tier entities that are subchapter C corporations, including TRSs, will be subject to federal corporate income tax.
 
In addition, notwithstanding our qualification as a REIT, we may also have to pay certain state and local income taxes, because not all states and localities treat REITs in the same manner that they are treated for federal income tax purposes. Moreover, as further described below, TRSs will be subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax on their taxable income.
 
Requirements for Qualification
 
A REIT is a corporation, trust, or association that meets each of the following requirements:
 
  1.   It is managed by one or more directors or trustees.
 
  2.   Its beneficial ownership is evidenced by transferable shares, or by transferable certificates of beneficial interest.
 
  3.   It would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for the REIT provisions of the federal income tax laws.
 
  4.   It is neither a financial institution nor an insurance company subject to special provisions of the federal income tax laws.


135


Table of Contents

 
  5.   At least 100 persons are beneficial owners of its shares or ownership certificates.
 
  6.   Not more than 50% in value of its outstanding shares or ownership certificates is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals, which the Code defines to include certain entities, during the last half of any taxable year.
 
  7.   It elects to be a REIT, or has made such election for a previous taxable year, and satisfies all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be met to elect and maintain REIT status.
 
  8.   It meets certain other qualification tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of its distributions to stockholders.
 
  9.   It uses a calendar year for federal income tax purposes and complies with the recordkeeping requirements of the federal income tax laws.
 
We must meet requirements 1 through 4, 7, 8 and 9 during our entire taxable year and must meet requirement 5 during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Requirements 5 and 6 will apply to us beginning with our 2011 taxable year. If we comply with all the requirements for ascertaining the ownership of our outstanding stock in a taxable year and have no reason to know that we violated requirement 6, we will be deemed to have satisfied requirement 6 for that taxable year. For purposes of determining share ownership under requirement 6, an “individual” generally includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefits plan, a private foundation, or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes. An “individual,” however, generally does not include a trust that is a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust under the Code, and beneficiaries of such a trust will be treated as holding our stock in proportion to their actuarial interests in the trust for purposes of requirement 6.
 
Our charter provides restrictions regarding the transfer and ownership of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” We believe that we will issue sufficient common stock with sufficient diversity of ownership to allow us to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 above. The restrictions in our charter are intended (among other things) to assist us in continuing to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 described above. These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy such stock ownership requirements. If we fail to satisfy these stock ownership requirements, our qualification as a REIT may terminate.
 
Qualified REIT Subsidiaries.  A corporation that is a “qualified REIT subsidiary” is not treated as a corporation separate from its parent REIT. All assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of a “qualified REIT subsidiary” are treated as assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of the REIT. A “qualified REIT subsidiary” is a corporation, other than a TRS, all of the stock of which is owned by the REIT. Thus, in applying the requirements described herein, any “qualified REIT subsidiary” that we own will be ignored, and all assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of such subsidiary will be treated as our assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit.
 
Other Disregarded Entities and Partnerships.  An unincorporated domestic entity, such as a partnership or limited liability company that has a single owner, generally is not treated as an entity separate from its parent for federal income tax purposes. An unincorporated domestic entity with two or more owners is generally treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership that has other partners, the REIT is treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership and as earning its allocable share of the gross income of the partnership for purposes of the applicable REIT qualification tests. Our proportionate share for purposes of the 10% value test (see “—Asset Tests”) will be based on our proportionate interest in the equity interests and certain debt securities issued by the partnership. For all of the other asset and income tests, our proportionate share will be based on our proportionate interest in the capital interests in the partnership. Our proportionate share of the assets, liabilities, and items of income of any partnership, joint venture, or limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes in which we acquire an equity interest, directly or indirectly, will be treated as our assets and gross income for purposes of applying the various REIT qualification requirements.
 
Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.  A REIT may own up to 100% of the capital stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a fully taxable corporation that may earn income that would not be qualifying income if earned directly by the parent REIT. The subsidiary and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation of which a TRS directly or


136


Table of Contents

indirectly owns more than 35% of the voting power or value of the stock will automatically be treated as a TRS. However, an entity will not qualify as a TRS if it directly or indirectly operates or manages a lodging or health care facility or, generally, provides to another person under a franchise, license, or otherwise, rights to any brand name under which any lodging facility or health care facility is operated, unless such rights are provided to an “eligible independent contractor” (as defined below under “—Gross Income Tests—Rents from Real Property”) to operate or manage a lodging facility or health care facility and such lodging facility or health care facility is either owned by the TRS or leased to the TRS by its parent REIT. Additionally, a TRS that employs individuals working at a qualified lodging facility located outside the United States will not be considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility as long as an “eligible independent contractor” is responsible for the daily supervision and direction of such individuals on behalf of the TRS pursuant to a management agreement or similar service contract.
 
We are not treated as holding the assets of a TRS or as receiving any income that the subsidiary earns. Rather, the stock issued by a TRS to us is an asset in our hands, and we treat the distributions paid to us from such taxable subsidiary, if any, as dividend income. This treatment can affect our compliance with the gross income and asset tests. Because we do not include the assets and income of TRSs in determining our compliance with the REIT requirements, we may use such entities to undertake indirectly activities that the REIT rules might otherwise preclude us from doing directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. Overall, no more than 25% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRSs.
 
A TRS will pay income tax at regular corporate rates on any income that it earns. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. Further, the rules impose a 100% excise tax on transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT or the REIT’s tenants that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis. We have formed Summit TRS, whose wholly owned subsidiaries will be the lessees of our hotel properties. We expect to form one or more TRSs to own all or a portion of our 10% ownership interest in the joint venture that will own and develop 11 parcels of undeveloped land.
 
Gross Income Tests
 
We must satisfy two gross income tests annually to maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, at least 75% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of defined types of income that we derive, directly or indirectly, from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property or qualified temporary investment income. Qualifying income for purposes of that 75% gross income test generally includes:
 
  §    rents from real property;
 
  §    interest on debt secured by mortgages on real property, or on interests in real property;
 
  §    dividends or other distributions on, and gain from the sale of, shares in other REITs;
 
  §    gain from the sale of real estate assets; and
 
  §    income derived from the temporary investment in stock and debt investments purchased with the proceeds from the issuance of our stock or a public offering of our debt with a maturity date of at least five years and that we receive during the one-year period beginning on the date on which we received such new capital.
 
Second, in general, at least 95% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test (except for income derived from the temporary investment of new capital), other types of interest and dividends, gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, or any combination of these. Gross income from our sale of property that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business is excluded from both the numerator and the denominator in both gross income tests. In addition, income and gain from “hedging transactions” that we enter into to hedge indebtedness incurred or to be incurred to acquire or carry real estate assets and that are clearly and timely identified as such will be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. In addition, certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. See “—Foreign Currency Gain” below. The following paragraphs discuss the specific application of the gross income tests to us.


137


Table of Contents

Rents from Real Property.  Rent that we receive from our real property will qualify as “rents from real property,” which is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests, only if the following conditions are met:
 
  §    First, the rent must not be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person, but may be based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.
 
  §    Second, neither we nor a direct or indirect owner of 10% or more of our stock may own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of a tenant from whom we receive rent, other than a TRS. If the tenant is a TRS and the property is a “qualified lodging facility,” such TRS may not directly or indirectly operate or manage such property. Instead, the property must be operated on behalf of the TRS by a person who qualifies as an “independent contractor” and who is, or is related to a person who is, actively engaged in the trade or business of operating lodging facilities for any person unrelated to us and the TRS.
 
  §    Third, if the rent attributable to personal property leased in connection with a lease of real property is 15% or less of the total rent received under the lease, then the rent attributable to personal property will qualify as rents from real property. However, if the 15% threshold is exceeded, the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as rents from real property.
 
  §    Fourth, we generally must not operate or manage our real property or furnish or render services to our tenants, other than certain customary services provided to tenants through an “independent contractor” who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive revenue. Furthermore, we may own up to 100% of the stock of a TRS which may provide customary and noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rental income for the related properties. We need not provide services through an “independent contractor” or a TRS, but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of services not described in the prior sentence to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor or a TRS, as long as our income from the services (valued at not less than 150% of our direct cost of performing such services) does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property.
 
Our TRS lessees will lease from our operating partnership and its subsidiaries the land (or leasehold interest), buildings, improvements, furnishings and equipment comprising our hotel properties. In order for the rent paid under the leases to constitute “rents from real property,” the leases must be respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes and not treated as service contracts, joint ventures or some other type of arrangement. The determination of whether our leases are true leases depends on an analysis of all the surrounding facts and circumstances. In making such a determination, courts have considered a variety of factors, including the following:
 
  §    the intent of the parties;
 
  §    the form of the agreement;
 
  §    the degree of control over the property that is retained by the property owner (for example, whether the lessee has substantial control over the operation of the property or whether the lessee was required simply to use its best efforts to perform its obligations under the agreement); and
 
  §    the extent to which the property owner retains the risk of loss with respect to the property (for example, whether the lessee bears the risk of increases in operating expenses or the risk of damage to the property) or the potential for economic gain with respect to the property.
 
In addition, the federal income tax law provides that a contract that purports to be a service contract or a partnership agreement is treated instead as a lease of property if the contract is properly treated as such, taking into account all relevant factors. Since the determination of whether a service contract should be treated as a lease is inherently factual, the presence or absence of any single factor may not be dispositive in every case.
 
We currently intend to structure our leases so that they qualify as true leases for federal income tax purposes. For example, with respect to each lease, we generally expect that:
 
  §    our operating partnership and the lessee will intend for their relationship to be that of a lessor and lessee, and such relationship will be documented by a lease agreement;


138


Table of Contents

 
  §    the lessee will have the right to exclusive possession and use and quiet enjoyment of the hotels covered by the lease during the term of the lease;
 
  §    the lessee will bear the cost of, and will be responsible for, day-to-day maintenance and repair of the hotels other than the cost of certain capital expenditures, and will dictate through hotel managers that are eligible independent contractors, who will work for the lessee during the terms of the lease, and generally will dictate how the hotels will be operated and maintained;
 
  §    the lessee will bear all of the costs and expenses of operating the hotels, including the cost of any inventory used in their operation, during the term of the lease, other than real estate and personal property taxes and the cost of certain furniture, fixtures and equipment, and certain capital expenditures;
 
  §    the lessee will benefit from any savings and will bear the burdens of any increases in the costs of operating the hotels during the term of the lease;
 
  §    in the event of damage or destruction to a hotel, the lessee will be at economic risk because it will bear the economic burden of the loss in income from operation of the hotels subject to the right, in certain circumstances, to terminate the lease if the lessor does not restore the hotel to its prior condition;
 
  §    the lessee will generally indemnify the lessor against all liabilities imposed on the lessor during the term of the lease by reason of (A) injury to persons or damage to property occurring at the hotels or (B) the lessee’s use, management, maintenance or repair of the hotels;
 
  §    the lessee will be obligated to pay, at a minimum, substantial base rent for the period of use of the hotels under the lease;
 
  §    the lessee will stand to incur substantial losses or reap substantial gains depending on how successfully it, through the hotel managers, who work for the lessees during the terms of the leases, operates the hotels;
 
  §    we expect that each lease that we enter into, at the time we enter into it (or at any time that any such lease is subsequently renewed or extended) will enable the tenant to derive a meaningful profit, after expenses and taking into account the risks associated with the lease, from the operation of the hotels during the term of its leases; and
 
  §    upon termination of each lease, the applicable hotel will be expected to have a substantial remaining useful life and substantial remaining fair market value.
 
Investors should be aware that there are no controlling Treasury regulations, published rulings or judicial decisions involving leases with terms substantially the same as our leases that discuss whether such leases constitute true leases for federal income tax purposes. If our leases are characterized as service contracts or partnership agreements, rather than as true leases, or disregarded for tax purposes, part or all of the payments that our operating partnership and its subsidiaries receive from the TRS lessees would not be considered rent or may not otherwise satisfy the various requirements for qualification as “rents from real property.” In that case, we would not be able to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test and, as a result, would lose our REIT status unless we qualify for relief, as described below under “—Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests.”
 
As described above, in order for the rent that we receive to constitute “rents from real property,” several other requirements must be satisfied. One requirement is that percentage rent must not be based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. Percentage rent, however, will qualify as “rents from real property” if it is based on percentages of receipts or sales and the percentages:
 
  §    are fixed at the time the percentage leases are entered into;
 
  §    are not renegotiated during the term of the percentage leases in a manner that has the effect of basing percentage rent on income or profits; and
 
  §    conform with normal business practice.


139


Table of Contents

 
More generally, percentage rent will not qualify as “rents from real property” if, considering the leases and all the surrounding circumstances, the arrangement does not conform with normal business practice, but is in reality used as a means of basing the percentage rent on income or profits.
 
Second, we must not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the stock or the assets or net profits of any lessee (a “related party tenant”), other than a TRS. The constructive ownership rules generally provide that, if 10% or more in value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by or for any person, we are considered as owning the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such person. We anticipate that all of our hotels will be leased to TRSs. In addition, our charter prohibits transfers of our stock that would cause us to own actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in any non-TRS lessee. Based on the foregoing, we should never own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of any lessee other than a TRS. However, because the constructive ownership rules are broad and it is not possible to monitor continually direct and indirect transfers of our stock, no absolute assurance can be given that such transfers or other events of which we have no knowledge will not cause us to own constructively 10% or more of a lessee (or a subtenant, in which case only rent attributable to the subtenant is disqualified) other than a TRS at some future date.
 
As described above, we may own up to 100% of the capital stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a fully taxable corporation that generally may engage in any business, including the provision of customary or noncustomary services to tenants of its parent REIT, except that a TRS may not directly or indirectly operate or manage any lodging facilities or health care facilities or provide rights to any brand name under which any lodging or health care facility is operated, unless such rights are provided to an “eligible independent contractor” to operate or manage a lodging or health care facility if such rights are held by the TRS as a franchisee, licensee, or in a similar capacity and such hotel is either owned by the TRS or leased to the TRS by its parent REIT. A TRS will not be considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility solely because the TRS directly or indirectly possesses a license, permit, or similar instrument enabling it to do so. Additionally, a TRS that employs individuals working at a qualified lodging facility outside the United States will not be considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility located outside of the United States, as long as an “eligible independent contractor” is responsible for the daily supervision and direction of such individuals on behalf of the TRS pursuant to a management agreement or similar service contract. However, rent that we receive from a TRS with respect to any property will qualify as “rents from real property” as long as the property is a “qualified lodging facility” and such property is operated on behalf of the TRS by a person from whom we derive no income who is adequately compensated, who does not, directly or through its stockholders, own more than 35% of our stock, taking into account certain ownership attribution rules, and who is, or is related to a person who is, actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified lodging facilities” for any person unrelated to us and the TRS lessee (an “eligible independent contractor”). A “qualified lodging facility” is a hotel, motel, or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a transient basis, unless wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. A “qualified lodging facility” includes customary amenities and facilities operated as part of, or associated with, the lodging facility as long as such amenities and facilities are customary for other properties of a comparable size and class owned by other unrelated owners.
 
Our TRS lessees will lease our hotel properties, which we believe will constitute qualified lodging facilities. Our TRS lessees will engage            to operate our initial hotels on behalf of the TRS lessees. We believe that           will qualify as an “eligible independent contractor.” Our TRS lessees may engage other hotel managers in the future. Our TRS lessees will only engage hotel managers that qualify as “eligible independent contractors.”
 
Third, the rent attributable to the personal property leased in connection with the lease of a hotel must not be greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease. The rent attributable to the personal property contained in a hotel is the amount that bears the same ratio to total rent for the taxable year as the average of the fair market values of the personal property at the beginning and at the end of the taxable year bears to the average of the aggregate fair market values of both the real and personal property contained in the hotel at the beginning and at the end of such taxable year (the “personal property ratio”). To comply with this limitation, a TRS lessee may acquire furnishings, equipment and other personal property. With respect to each hotel in which the TRS lessee does not own the personal property, we believe either that the personal property ratio will be less than 15% or that any rent attributable to excess personal property, when taken together with all of our other nonqualifying income, will not jeopardize our ability to qualify as a REIT. There can be no assurance, however, that the IRS would not challenge our calculation of a personal property ratio, or that a court would


140


Table of Contents

not uphold such assertion. If such a challenge were successfully asserted, we could fail to satisfy the 75% or 95% gross income test and thus potentially lose our REIT qualification.
 
Fourth, we generally cannot furnish or render services to the tenants of our hotels, or manage or operate our properties, other than through an independent contractor who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive or receive any income. Furthermore, our TRSs may provide customary and noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rental income from such properties. However, we need not provide services through an “independent contractor” or TRS but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of “noncustomary” services to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor or a TRS, as long as our income from the services does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property. We will not perform any services other than customary ones for our lessees, unless such services are provided through independent contractors or TRSs or would not otherwise jeopardize our tax status as a REIT.
 
If a portion of the rent that we receive from a hotel does not qualify as “rents from real property” because the rent attributable to personal property exceeds 15% of the total rent for a taxable year, the portion of the rent that is attributable to personal property will not be qualifying income for purposes of either the 75% or 95% gross income test. Thus, if such rent attributable to personal property, plus any other income that is nonqualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, during a taxable year exceeds 5% of our gross income during the year, we would lose our REIT qualification. If, however, the rent from a particular hotel does not qualify as “rents from real property” because either (1) the percentage rent is considered based on the income or profits of the related lessee, (2) the lessee either is a related party tenant or fails to qualify for the exception to the related party tenant rule for qualifying TRSs or (3) we furnish noncustomary services to the tenants of the hotel, or manage or operate the hotel, other than through a qualifying independent contractor or a TRS, none of the rent from that hotel would qualify as “rents from real property.” In that case, we might lose our REIT qualification because we might be unable to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test. In addition to the rent, the lessees will be required to pay certain additional charges. To the extent that such additional charges represent either (1) reimbursements of amounts that we are obligated to pay to third parties, such as a lessee’s proportionate share of a property’s operational or capital expenses, or (2) penalties for nonpayment or late payment of such amounts, such charges should qualify as “rents from real property.” However, to the extent that such charges do not qualify as “rents from real property,” they instead may be treated as interest that qualifies for the 95% gross income test, but not the 75% gross income test, or they may be treated as nonqualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests. We intend to structure our leases in a manner that will enable us to satisfy the REIT gross income tests.
 
Interest.  The term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of such amount depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, interest generally includes the following:
 
  §    an amount that is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales; and
 
  §    an amount that is based on the income or profits of a debtor, as long as the debtor derives substantially all of its income from the real property securing the debt from leasing substantially all of its interest in the property, and only to the extent that the amounts received by the debtor would be qualifying “rents from real property” if received directly by a REIT.
 
If a loan contains a provision that entitles a REIT to a percentage of the borrower’s gain upon the sale of the real property securing the loan or a percentage of the appreciation in the property’s value as of a specific date, income attributable to that loan provision will be treated as gain from the sale of the property securing the loan, which generally is qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.
 
We may selectively invest in mortgage debt when we believe our investment will allow us to acquire control of the related real estate. Interest on debt secured by a mortgage on real property or on interests in real property, including, for this purpose, discount points, prepayment penalties, loan assumption fees, and late payment charges that are not compensation for services, generally is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. However, if a loan is secured by real property and other property and the highest principal amount of a loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property securing the loan as of the date the REIT agreed to acquire the loan,


141


Table of Contents

then a portion of the interest income from such loan will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, but will be qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. The portion of the interest income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test will be equal to the portion of the principal amount of the loan that is not secured by real property—that is, the amount by which the loan exceeds the value of the real estate that is security for the loan.
 
We may also selectively invest in mezzanine loans, which are loans secured by equity interests in an entity that directly or indirectly owns real property, rather than by a direct mortgage of the real property. IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-65 provides a safe harbor pursuant to which a mezzanine loan, if it meets each of the requirements contained in the Revenue Procedure, will be treated by the IRS as a real estate asset for purposes of the REIT asset tests described below, and interest derived from it will be treated as qualifying mortgage interest for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Although the Revenue Procedure provides a safe harbor on which taxpayers may rely, it does not prescribe rules of substantive tax law. Moreover, we anticipate that the mezzanine loans we will acquire typically will not meet all of the requirements for reliance on this safe harbor. We intend to invest in mezzanine loans in a manner that will enable us to continue to satisfy the gross income and asset tests.
 
Dividends.  Our share of any dividends received from any corporation (including any TRS, but excluding any REIT) in which we own an equity interest will qualify for purposes of the 95% gross income test but not for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Our share of any dividends received from any other REIT in which we own an equity interest, if any, will be qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.
 
Prohibited Transactions.  A REIT will incur a 100% tax on the net income (including foreign currency gain) derived from any sale or other disposition of property, other than foreclosure property, that the REIT holds primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business. We believe that none of our assets will be held primarily for sale to customers and that a sale of any of our assets will not be in the ordinary course of our business. Whether a REIT holds an asset “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business” depends, however, on the facts and circumstances in effect from time to time, including those related to a particular asset. A safe harbor to the characterization of the sale of property by a REIT as a prohibited transaction and the 100% prohibited transaction tax is available if the following requirements are met:
 
  §    the REIT has held the property for not less than two years;
 
  §    the aggregate expenditures made by the REIT, or any partner of the REIT, during the two-year period preceding the date of the sale that are includable in the basis of the property do not exceed 30% of the selling price of the property;
 
  §    either (1) during the year in question, the REIT did not make more than seven sales of property other than foreclosure property or sales to which Section 1033 of the Code applies, (2) the aggregate adjusted bases of all such properties sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate bases of all of the assets of the REIT at the beginning of the year or (3) the aggregate fair market value of all such properties sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate fair market value of all of the assets of the REIT at the beginning of the year;
 
  §    in the case of property not acquired through foreclosure or lease termination, the REIT has held the property for at least two years for the production of rental income; and
 
  §    if the REIT has made more than seven sales of non-foreclosure property during the taxable year, substantially all of the marketing and development expenditures with respect to the property were made through an independent contractor from whom the REIT derives no income.
 
We will attempt to comply with the terms of safe-harbor provision in the federal income tax laws prescribing when an asset sale will not be characterized as a prohibited transaction. We cannot assure you, however, that we can comply with the safe-harbor provision or that we will avoid owning property that may be characterized as property that we hold “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business.” The 100% tax will not apply to gains from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other taxable corporation, although such income will be taxed to the corporation at regular corporate income tax rates. To reduce the risk of incurring a prohibited transaction tax, we expect to


142


Table of Contents

own through one or more TRSs all or a portion of our 10% ownership interest in the joint venture that will own and develop 11 parcels of undeveloped land.
 
Foreclosure Property.  We will be subject to tax at the maximum corporate rate on any income from foreclosure property, which includes certain foreign currency gains and related deductions, other than income that otherwise would be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, less expenses directly connected with the production of that income. However, gross income from foreclosure property will qualify under the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Foreclosure property is any real property, including interests in real property, and any personal property incident to such real property:
 
  §    that is acquired by a REIT as the result of the REIT having bid on such property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced such property to ownership or possession by agreement or process of law, after there was a default or default was imminent on a lease of such property or on indebtedness that such property secured;
 
  §    for which the related loan was acquired by the REIT at a time when the default was not imminent or anticipated; and
 
  §    for which the REIT makes a proper election to treat the property as foreclosure property.
 
A REIT will not be considered to have foreclosed on a property where the REIT takes control of the property as a mortgagee-in-possession and cannot receive any profit or sustain any loss except as a creditor of the mortgagor. Property generally ceases to be foreclosure property at the end of the third taxable year following the taxable year in which the REIT acquired the property, or longer if an extension is granted by the Secretary of the Treasury. However, this grace period terminates and foreclosure property ceases to be foreclosure property on the first day:
 
  §    on which a lease is entered into for the property that, by its terms, will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test, or any amount is received or accrued, directly or indirectly, pursuant to a lease entered into on or after such day that will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test;
 
  §    on which any construction takes place on the property, other than completion of a building or any other improvement, where more than 10% of the construction was completed before default became imminent; or
 
  §    which is more than 90 days after the day on which the REIT acquired the property and the property is used in a trade or business which is conducted by the REIT, other than through an independent contractor from whom the REIT itself does not derive or receive any income.
 
Hedging Transactions.  From time to time, we or our operating partnership may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase such items, and futures and forward contracts. Income and gain from “hedging transactions” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests. A “hedging transaction” means either (1) any transaction entered into in the normal course of our or our operating partnership’s trade or business primarily to manage the risk of interest rate changes, price changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to acquire or carry real estate assets and (2) any transaction entered into primarily to manage the risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test (or any property which generates such income or gain). We are required to clearly identify any such hedging transaction before the close of the day on which it was acquired or entered into and to satisfy other identification requirements. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our qualification as a REIT.
 
Foreign Currency Gain.  Certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. “Real estate foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Real estate foreign exchange gain generally includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property and certain foreign currency gain attributable to certain “qualified business units” of a REIT. “Passive foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. Passive foreign exchange gain generally includes real estate foreign exchange gain as


143


Table of Contents

described above, and also includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test and foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations. These exclusions for real estate foreign exchange gain and passive foreign exchange gain do not apply to any certain foreign currency gain derived from dealing, or engaging in substantial and regular trading, in securities. Such gain is treated as nonqualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests.
 
Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests.  We will have gross income from various sources, including the sources described in the preceding paragraphs, that fails to constitute qualifying income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. Taking into account our anticipated sources of non-qualifying income, however, we expect that our aggregate gross income will satisfy the 75% and 95% gross income tests applicable to REITs for each taxable year commencing with our first taxable year as a REIT. If we fail to satisfy one or both of the gross income tests for any taxable year, we nevertheless may qualify as a REIT for that year if we qualify for relief under certain provisions of the federal income tax laws. Those relief provisions are available if:
 
  §    our failure to meet those tests is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect; and
 
  §    following such failure for any taxable year, we file a schedule of the sources of our income in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury.
 
We cannot predict, however, whether in all circumstances we would qualify for the relief provisions. In addition, as discussed above in “—Taxation of Our Company,” even if the relief provisions apply, we would incur a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test multiplied, in either case, by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.
 
Asset Tests
 
To qualify as a REIT, we also must satisfy the following asset tests at the end of each quarter of each taxable year.
 
First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must consist of:
 
  §    cash or cash items, including certain receivables and, in certain circumstances, foreign currencies;
 
  §    government securities;
 
  §    interests in real property, including leaseholds and options to acquire real property and leaseholds;
 
  §    interests in mortgage loans secured by real property;
 
  §    stock in other REITs; and
 
  §    investments in stock or debt instruments during the one-year period following our receipt of new capital that we raise through equity offerings or public offerings of debt with at least a five-year term.
 
Second, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, the value of our interest in any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, or the 5% asset test.
 
Third, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, we may not own more than 10% of the voting power or value of any one issuer’s outstanding securities, or the 10% vote or value test.
 
Fourth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of one or more TRSs.
 
Fifth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of TRSs and other non-TRS taxable subsidiaries and other assets that are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test, or the 25% securities test.
 
For purposes of the 5% asset test and the 10% vote or value test, the term “securities” does not include stock in another REIT, equity or debt securities of a qualified REIT subsidiary or TRS, mortgage loans that constitute real estate


144


Table of Contents

assets, or equity interests in a partnership. The term “securities,” however, generally includes debt securities issued by a partnership or another REIT, except that for purposes of the 10% value test, the term “securities” does not include:
 
  §    “Straight debt” securities, which is defined as a written unconditional promise to pay on demand or on a specified date a sum certain in money if (i) the debt is not convertible, directly or indirectly, into equity, and (ii) the interest rate and interest payment dates are not contingent on profits, the borrower’s discretion, or similar factors. “Straight debt” securities do not include any securities issued by a partnership or a corporation in which we or any controlled TRS (i.e., a TRS in which we own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting power or value of the stock) hold non-“straight debt” securities that have an aggregate value of more than 1% of the issuer’s outstanding securities. However, “straight debt” securities include debt subject to the following contingencies:
 
  –   a contingency relating to the time of payment of interest or principal, as long as either (i) there is no change to the effective yield of the debt obligation, other than a change to the annual yield that does not exceed the greater of 0.25% or 5% of the annual yield, or (ii) neither the aggregate issue price nor the aggregate face amount of the issuer’s debt obligations held by us exceeds $1.0 million and no more than 12 months of unaccrued interest on the debt obligations can be required to be prepaid; and
 
  –   a contingency relating to the time or amount of payment upon a default or prepayment of a debt obligation, as long as the contingency is consistent with customary commercial practice;
 
  §    Any loan to an individual or an estate;
 
  §    Any “section 467 rental agreement,” other than an agreement with a related party tenant;
 
  §    Any obligation to pay “rents from real property”;
 
  §    Certain securities issued by governmental entities;
 
  §    Any security issued by a REIT;
 
  §    Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes in which we are a partner to the extent of our proportionate interest in the equity and debt securities of the partnership; and
 
  §    Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes not described in the preceding bullet points if at least 75% of the partnership’s gross income, excluding income from prohibited transactions, is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test described above in “—Gross Income Tests.”
 
For purposes of the 10% value test, our proportionate share of the assets of a partnership is our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership, without regard to the securities described in the last two bullet points above.
 
As described above, we may selectively invest from time to time in mortgage debt and mezzanine loans. Mortgage loans will generally qualify as real estate assets for purposes of the 75% asset test to the extent that they are secured by real property. However, if a loan is secured by real property and other property and the highest principal amount of a loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property securing the loan as of the date we agreed to acquire the loan, then a portion of such loan likely will not be a qualifying real estate asset. Although the law on the matter is not entirely clear, it appears that the nonqualifying portion of the mortgage loan will be equal to the portion of the highest principal amount of the loan outstanding during the taxable year that exceeds the fair market value of the associated real property that is security for that loan.
 
Although we expect that our investments in mezzanine loans will generally be treated as real estate assets, we anticipate that the mezzanine loans in which we invest will not meet all the requirements of the safe harbor in IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-65. Thus, no assurance can be provided that the IRS will not challenge our treatment of mezzanine loans as real estate assets. We intend to invest in mezzanine loans in a manner that will enable us to continue to satisfy the asset and gross income test requirements.


145


Table of Contents

We will monitor the status of our assets for purposes of the various asset tests and will manage our portfolio in order to comply at all times with such tests. If we fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, we will not lose our REIT qualification if:
 
  §    we satisfied the asset tests at the end of the preceding calendar quarter; and
 
  §    the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset test requirements arose from changes in the market values of our assets and was not wholly or partly caused by the acquisition of one or more non-qualifying assets.
 
If we did not satisfy the condition described in the second item, above, we still could avoid disqualification by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which it arose.
 
In the event that we violate the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test described above, we will not lose our REIT qualification if (1) the failure is de minimis (up to the lesser of 1% of our assets or $10.0 million) and (2) we dispose of assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure. In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests (other than de minimis failures described in the preceding sentence), as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will not lose our REIT qualification if we (1) dispose of the assets causing the failure or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify the failure, (2) we file a description of each asset causing the failure with the IRS and (3) pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.
 
We believe that the assets that we will hold will satisfy the foregoing asset test requirements. However, we will not obtain independent appraisals to support our conclusions as to the value of our assets and securities, or the real estate collateral for the mortgage or mezzanine loans that support our investments. Moreover, the values of some assets may not be susceptible to a precise determination. As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our ownership of securities and other assets violates one or more of the asset tests applicable to REITs.
 
Distribution Requirements
 
Each taxable year, we must distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends and deemed distributions of retained capital gain, to our stockholders in an aggregate amount at least equal to:
 
  §    the sum of
 
  –   90% of our “REIT taxable income,” computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain or loss; and
 
  –   90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property, minus
 
  §    the excess of the sum of certain items of non-cash income over 5% of our “REIT taxable income.”
 
We must pay such distributions in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if either (a) we declare the distribution before we timely file our federal income tax return for the year and pay the distribution on or before the first regular dividend payment date after such declaration or (b) we declare the distribution in October, November or December of the taxable year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified day in any such month, and we actually pay the dividend before the end of January of the following year. The distributions under clause (a) are taxable to the stockholders in the year in which paid, and the distributions in clause (b) are treated as paid on December 31st of the prior taxable year. In both instances, these distributions relate to our prior taxable year for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement.
 
We will pay federal income tax on taxable income, including net capital gain, that we do not distribute to stockholders. Furthermore, if we fail to distribute during a calendar year, or by the end of January following the calendar year in the case of distributions with declaration and record dates falling in the last three months of the calendar year, at least the sum of:
 
  §    85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year,
 
  §    95% of our REIT capital gain income for such year, and
 
  §    any undistributed taxable income from prior periods,


146


Table of Contents

 
we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the amounts we actually distribute.
 
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain we receive in a taxable year. If we so elect, we will be treated as having distributed any such retained amount for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax described above. We intend to make timely distributions sufficient to satisfy the annual distribution requirements and to avoid corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax.
 
It is possible that, from time to time, we may experience timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses and the inclusion of that income and deduction of such expenses in arriving at our REIT taxable income. For example, we may not deduct recognized capital losses from our “REIT taxable income.” Further, it is possible that, from time to time, we may be allocated a share of net capital gain attributable to the sale of depreciated property that exceeds our allocable share of cash attributable to that sale. As a result of the foregoing, we may have less cash than is necessary to distribute taxable income sufficient to avoid corporate income tax and the excise tax imposed on certain undistributed income or even to meet the 90% distribution requirement. In such a situation, we may need to borrow funds or, if possible, pay taxable dividends of our stock or debt securities.
 
Pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-12, the IRS has indicated that it will treat distributions from publicly traded REITs that are paid partly in cash and partly in stock as dividends that would satisfy the REIT annual distribution requirements and qualify for the dividends paid deduction for federal income tax purposes. In order to qualify for such treatment, IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-12 requires that at least 10% of the total distribution be payable in cash and that each stockholder have a right to elect to receive its entire distribution in cash. If too many stockholders elect to receive cash, each stockholder electing to receive cash must receive a proportionate share of the cash to be distributed (although no stockholder electing to receive cash may receive less than 10% of such stockholder’s distribution in cash). IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-12 applies to distributions declared on or before December 31, 2012 with respect to taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2011. We have no current intention of paying dividends in stock.
 
Under certain circumstances, we may be able to correct a failure to meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our stockholders in a later year. We may include such deficiency dividends in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Although we may be able to avoid income tax on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction we take for deficiency dividends.
 
Recordkeeping Requirements
 
We must maintain certain records in order to qualify as a REIT. In addition, to avoid a monetary penalty, we must request on an annual basis information from our stockholders designed to disclose the actual ownership of our outstanding stock. We intend to comply with these requirements.
 
Failure to Qualify
 
If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests (for which the cure provisions are described above), we could avoid disqualification if our failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect and we pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure. In addition, there are relief provisions for a failure of the gross income tests and asset tests, as described in “—Gross Income Tests” and “—Asset Tests.”
 
If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and no relief provision applies, we would be subject to federal income tax and any applicable alternative minimum tax on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. In calculating our taxable income in a year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT, we would not be able to deduct amounts paid out to stockholders. In fact, we would not be required to distribute any amounts to stockholders in that year. In such event, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, all distributions to stockholders would be taxable as dividend income. Subject to certain limitations, corporate stockholders might be eligible for the dividends received deduction and stockholders taxed at individual rates may be eligible for the reduced federal income tax rate of 15% through 2010 on such dividends. Unless we qualified for relief under specific statutory provisions, we also would be disqualified from


147


Table of Contents

taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. We cannot predict whether in all circumstances we would qualify for such statutory relief.
 
Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders
 
As used herein, the term “U.S. stockholder” means a holder of shares of our common stock that for federal income tax purposes is:
 
  §    a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  §    a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any of its states or the District of Columbia;
 
  §    an estate whose income is subject to federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  §    any trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
If a partnership, entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by the partnership.
 
As long as we qualify as a REIT, a taxable U.S. stockholder must generally take into account as ordinary income distributions made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits that we do not designate as capital gain dividends or retained long-term capital gain. A U.S. stockholder will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations. In addition, dividends paid to a U.S. stockholder generally will not qualify for the 15% tax rate for “qualified dividend income.” The maximum tax rate for qualified dividend income received by U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates is 15% through 2010. The maximum tax rate on qualified dividend income is lower than the maximum tax rate on ordinary income, which is currently 35%. Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends paid to U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates by domestic C corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations. Because we are not generally subject to federal income tax on the portion of our REIT taxable income distributed to our stockholders (see “—Taxation of Our Company” above), our dividends generally will not be eligible for the 15% rate on qualified dividend income. As a result, our ordinary REIT dividends will be taxed at the higher tax rate applicable to ordinary income. However, the 15% tax rate for qualified dividend income will apply to our ordinary REIT dividends (i) attributable to dividends received by us from non-REIT corporations, such as our TRS lessees, and (ii) to the extent attributable to income upon which we have paid corporate income tax (e.g., to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our taxable income). In general, to qualify for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, a U.S. stockholder must hold our common stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the date on which our common stock becomes ex-dividend.
 
A U.S. stockholder generally will take into account as long-term capital gain any distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends without regard to the period for which the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock. We generally will designate our capital gain dividends as either 15% or 25% rate distributions. See “—Capital Gains and Losses.” A corporate U.S. stockholder, however, may be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income.
 
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain that we receive in a taxable year. In that case, to the extent that we designate such amount in a timely notice to such stockholder, a U.S. stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain. The U.S. stockholder would receive a credit for its proportionate share of the tax we paid. The U.S. stockholder would increase the basis in its common stock by the amount of its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain, minus its share of the tax we paid.
 
A U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of the U.S. stockholder’s common stock. Instead, the distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of such shares of common stock. A U.S. stockholder will recognize a distribution in excess of


148


Table of Contents

both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in his or her common stock as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the common stock has been held for one year or less, assuming the common stock is a capital asset in the hands of the U.S. stockholder. In addition, if we declare a distribution in October, November, or December of any year that is payable to a U.S. stockholder of record on a specified date in any such month, such distribution shall be treated as both paid by us and received by the U.S. stockholder on December 31 of such year, provided that we actually pay the distribution during January of the following calendar year.
 
Stockholders may not include in their individual income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses. Instead, these losses are generally carried over by us for potential offset against our future income. Taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common stock will not be treated as passive activity income and, therefore, stockholders generally will not be able to apply any “passive activity losses,” such as losses from certain types of limited partnerships in which the stockholder is a limited partner, against such income. In addition, taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common stock generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest limitations. We will notify stockholders after the close of our taxable year as to the portions of the distributions attributable to that year that constitute ordinary income, return of capital and capital gain.
 
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. stockholders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax. The Medicare tax will apply to, among other things, dividends and other income derived from certain trades or business and net gains from the sale or other disposition of property subject to certain exceptions. Our dividends generally will be subject to the Medicare tax.
 
Taxation of U.S. Stockholders on the Disposition of Common Stock
 
A U.S. stockholder who is not a dealer in securities must generally treat any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of our common stock as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock for more than one year and otherwise as short-term capital gain or loss. In general, a U.S. stockholder will realize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the sum of the fair market value of any property and the amount of cash received in such disposition and the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis. A stockholder’s adjusted tax basis generally will equal the U.S. stockholder’s acquisition cost, increased by the excess of net capital gains deemed distributed to the U.S. stockholder (discussed above) less tax deemed paid on such gains and reduced by any returns of capital. However, a U.S. stockholder must treat any loss upon a sale or exchange of common stock held by such stockholder for six months or less as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends and any other actual or deemed distributions from us that such U.S. stockholder treats as long-term capital gain. All or a portion of any loss that a U.S. stockholder realizes upon a taxable disposition of our common stock may be disallowed if the U.S. stockholder purchases other common stock within 30 days before or after the disposition.
 
Capital Gains and Losses
 
A taxpayer generally must hold a capital asset for more than one year for gain or loss derived from its sale or exchange to be treated as long-term capital gain or loss. The highest marginal individual income tax rate currently is 35% (which rate, absent additional congressional action, will apply until December 31, 2010). The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain applicable to taxpayers taxed at individual rates is 15% for sales and exchanges of assets held for more than one year occurring through December 31, 2010. The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain from the sale or exchange of “Section 1250 property,” or depreciable real property, is 25%, which applies to the lesser of the total amount of the gain or the accumulated depreciation on the Section 1250 property. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. stockholders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on net gains from the sale or other disposition of property, such as our common stock, subject to certain exceptions.
 
With respect to distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends and any retained capital gain that we are deemed to distribute, we generally may designate whether such a distribution is taxable to our stockholders taxed at individual rates at a 15% or 25% rate. Thus, the tax rate differential between capital gain and ordinary income for those taxpayers may be significant. In addition, the characterization of income as capital gain or ordinary income may affect the deductibility of capital losses. A non-corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses not offset by capital gains against its ordinary income only up to a maximum annual amount of $3,000. A non-corporate taxpayer may carry forward unused


149


Table of Contents

capital losses indefinitely. A corporate taxpayer must pay tax on its net capital gain at ordinary corporate rates. A corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses only to the extent of capital gains, with unused losses being carried back three years and forward five years.
 
Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders
 
Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from federal income taxation. However, they are subject to taxation on their unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI. Although many investments in real estate generate UBTI, the IRS has issued a ruling that dividend distributions from a REIT to an exempt employee pension trust do not constitute UBTI so long as the exempt employee pension trust does not otherwise use the shares of the REIT in an unrelated trade or business of the pension trust. Based on that ruling, amounts that we distribute to tax-exempt stockholders generally should not constitute UBTI. However, if a tax-exempt stockholder were to finance its acquisition of common stock with debt, a portion of the income that it receives from us would constitute UBTI pursuant to the “debt-financed property” rules. Moreover, social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts and qualified group legal services plans that are exempt from taxation under special provisions of the federal income tax laws are subject to different UBTI rules, which generally will require them to characterize distributions that they receive from us as UBTI. Finally, in certain circumstances, a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust that owns more than 10% of our stock must treat a percentage of the dividends that it receives from us as UBTI. Such percentage is equal to the gross income we derive from an unrelated trade or business, determined as if we were a pension trust, divided by our total gross income for the year in which we pay the dividends. That rule applies to a pension trust holding more than 10% of our stock only if:
 
  §    the percentage of our dividends that the tax-exempt trust must treat as UBTI is at least 5%;
 
  §    we qualify as a REIT by reason of the modification of the rule requiring that no more than 50% of our stock be owned by five or fewer individuals that allows the beneficiaries of the pension trust to be treated as holding our stock in proportion to their actuarial interests in the pension trust; and
 
  §    either:
 
  –   one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our stock; or
 
  –   a group of pension trusts individually holding more than 10% of the value of our stock collectively owns more than 50% of the value of our stock.
 
Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders
 
The term “non-U.S. stockholder” means a holder of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder or a partnership (or entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes). The rules governing federal income taxation of nonresident alien individuals, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, and other foreign stockholders are complex. This section is only a summary of such rules. We urge non-U.S. stockholders to consult their own tax advisors to determine the impact of federal, state, and local income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and sale of our common stock, including any reporting requirements.
 
A non-U.S. stockholder that receives a distribution that is not attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a “United States real property interest,” or USRPI, as defined below, and that we do not designate as a capital gain dividend or retained capital gain will recognize ordinary income to the extent that we pay such distribution out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. A withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the distribution ordinarily will apply to such distribution unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates the tax. However, if a distribution is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (conducted through a U.S. permanent establishment, where applicable), the non-U.S. stockholder generally will be subject to federal income tax on the distribution at graduated rates, in the same manner as U.S. stockholders are taxed with respect to such distribution, and a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax with respect to that distribution. Except with respect to certain distributions attributable to the sale of USRPIs described below, we plan to


150


Table of Contents

withhold U.S. income tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any such distribution paid to a non-U.S. stockholder unless either:
 
  §    a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8BEN evidencing eligibility for that reduced rate with us; or
 
  §    the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8ECI with us claiming that the distribution is effectively connected income.
 
A non-U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the excess portion of such distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of its common stock. Instead, the excess portion of such distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of that common stock. A non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to tax on a distribution that exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the adjusted basis of its common stock, if the non-U.S. stockholder otherwise would be subject to tax on gain from the sale or disposition of its common stock, as described below. Because we generally cannot determine at the time we make a distribution whether the distribution will exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we normally will withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would withhold on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. stockholder may claim a refund of amounts that we withhold if we later determine that a distribution in fact exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. We must withhold 10% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Consequently, although we intend to withhold at a rate of 30% on the entire amount of any distribution, to the extent that we do not do so, we will withhold at a rate of 10% on any portion of a distribution not subject to withholding at a rate of 30%.
 
For payments made after December 31, 2012, non-U.S. stockholders will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on our distributions and gain from the sale of our common stock, if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. ownership are not satisfied. If payment of withholding taxes is required, non-U.S. stockholders that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding taxes with respect to such distributions and proceeds will be required to seek a refund from the IRS to obtain the benefit or such exemption or reduction.
 
For any year in which we qualify as a REIT, a non-U.S. stockholder will incur tax on distributions that are attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a USRPI under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Act of 1980, or FIRPTA. A USRPI includes certain interests in real property and stock in certain corporations at least 50% of whose assets consist of USRPIs. Under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. stockholder is taxed on distributions attributable to gain from sales of USRPIs as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. business of the non-U.S. stockholder. A non-U.S. stockholder thus would be taxed on such a distribution at the normal capital gains rates applicable to U.S. stockholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of a nonresident alien individual. A non-U.S. corporate stockholder not entitled to treaty relief or exemption also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax on such a distribution. We would be required to withhold 35% of any distribution that we could designate as a capital gain dividend. A non-U.S. stockholder may receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount we withhold.
 
However, if our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States, capital gain distributions on our common stock that are attributable to our sale of real property will be treated as ordinary dividends rather than as gain from the sale of a USRPI, as long as the non-U.S. stockholder did not own more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution. As a result, non-U.S. stockholders generally will be subject to withholding tax on such capital gain distributions in the same manner as they are subject to withholding tax on ordinary dividends. We anticipate that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States following this offering. If our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States or the non-U.S. stockholder owned more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution, capital gain distributions that are attributable to our sale of real property would be subject to tax under FIRPTA, as described in the preceding paragraph. Moreover, if a non-U.S. stockholder disposes of our common stock during the 30-day period preceding the ex-dividend date of a dividend, and such non-U.S. stockholder (or a person related to such non-U.S. stockholder) acquires or enters into a contract or option to acquire our common stock within 61 days of the first day of the 30-day period described above, and any portion of such dividend payment would, but for the disposition, be treated as a USRPI capital gain to such non-U.S. stockholder, then such non-U.S. stockholder shall be treated as having USRPI capital gain in an amount that, but for the disposition, would have been treated as USRPI capital gain.


151


Table of Contents

Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that amounts we designate as retained capital gains in respect of the common stock held by U.S. stockholders generally should be treated with respect to non-U.S. stockholders in the same manner as actual distributions by us of capital gain dividends. Under this approach, a non-U.S. stockholder would be able to offset as a credit against its federal income tax liability resulting from its proportionate share of the tax paid by us on such retained capital gains, and to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent of the non-U.S. stockholder’s proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeds its actual federal income tax liability, provided that the non-U.S. stockholder furnishes required information to the IRS on a timely basis.
 
Non-U.S. stockholders could incur tax under FIRPTA with respect to gain realized upon a disposition of our common stock if we are a United States real property holding corporation during a specified testing period. If at least 50% of a REIT’s assets are USRPIs, then the REIT will be a United States real property holding corporation. We anticipate that we will be a United States real property holding corporation based on our investment strategy. However, if we are a United States real property holding corporation, a non-U.S. stockholder generally would not incur tax under FIRPTA on gain from the sale of our common stock if we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A domestically controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT in which, at all times during a specified testing period, less than 50% in value of its stock is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders. We cannot assure you that this test will be met. If our common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, an additional exception to the tax under FIRPTA will be available with respect to our common stock, even if we do not qualify as a domestically controlled qualified investment entity at the time the non-U.S. stockholder sells our common stock. Under that exception, the gain from such a sale by such a non-U.S. stockholder will not be subject to tax under FIRPTA if:
 
  §    our common stock is treated as being regularly traded under applicable Treasury regulations on an established securities market; and
 
  §    the non-U.S. stockholder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of our common stock at all times during a specified testing period.
 
As noted above, we anticipate that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market following this offering.
 
If the gain on the sale of our common stock were taxed under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. stockholder would be taxed on that gain in the same manner as U.S. stockholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals. Furthermore, a non-U.S. stockholder generally will incur tax on gain not subject to FIRPTA if:
 
  §    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. stockholders with respect to such gain; or
 
  §    the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a “tax home” in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will incur a 30% tax on his or her capital gains.
 
Information Reporting Requirements and Withholding
 
We will report to our stockholders and to the IRS the amount of distributions we pay during each calendar year, and the amount of tax we withhold, if any. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% with respect to distributions unless the holder:
 
  §    is a corporation (for payments made prior to January 1, 2011) or qualifies for certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact; or
 
  §    provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.
 
A stockholder who does not provide us with its correct taxpayer identification number also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the stockholder’s income tax liability. U.S. stockholders that hold our common stock through foreign accounts or intermediaries will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends and proceeds of sale of our common stock paid after December 31,


152


Table of Contents

2012 if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts are not satisfied. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any stockholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status to us.
 
Backup withholding will generally not apply to payments of dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. stockholder provided that the non-U.S. stockholder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Payments of the net proceeds from a disposition or a redemption effected outside the U.S. by a non-U.S. stockholder made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the U.S. unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. stockholder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established. Payment of the net proceeds from a disposition by a non-U.S. stockholder of common stock made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. stockholder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the stockholder’s federal income tax liability if certain required information is furnished to the IRS. Stockholders are urged consult their own tax advisors regarding application of backup withholding to them and the availability of, and procedure for obtaining an exemption from, backup withholding.
 
Other Tax Consequences
 
Tax Aspects of Our Investments in Our Operating Partnership and Subsidiary Partnerships
 
Substantially all of our investments are owned indirectly through our operating partnership, which will own the hotel properties either directly or through certain subsidiaries. The following discussion summarizes certain federal income tax considerations applicable to our direct or indirect investments in our operating partnership and any subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies that we form or acquire (each individually a “Partnership” and, collectively, the “Partnerships”). The discussion does not cover state or local tax laws or any federal tax laws other than income tax laws.
 
Classification as Partnerships.  We will be entitled to include in our income our distributive share of each Partnership’s income and to deduct our distributive share of each Partnership’s losses only if such Partnership is classified for federal income tax purposes as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member) rather than as a corporation or an association taxable as a corporation. An unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members will be classified as a partnership, rather than as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes if it:
 
  §    is treated as a partnership under the Treasury regulations relating to entity classification (the “check-the-box regulations”); and
 
  §    is not a “publicly traded” partnership.
 
Under the check-the-box regulations, an unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members may elect to be classified either as an association taxable as a corporation or as a partnership. If such an entity fails to make an election, it generally will be treated as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member) for federal income tax purposes. Each Partnership intends to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and no Partnership will elect to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation under the check-the-box regulations.
 
Although Hunton & Williams LLP is of the opinion that our operating partnership will be treated as a partnership, and not an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes. Investors should be aware, however, that advice of counsel is not binding upon the IRS, or any court. Therefore, no assurances can be given that our operating partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. A publicly traded partnership is a partnership whose interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a


153


Table of Contents

secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. There is a risk that the right of a holder of OP units to redeem the units for our common stock could cause the OP units to be considered readily tradable on the substantial equivalent of a secondary market. A publicly traded partnership will not, however, be treated as a corporation for any taxable year if, for each taxable year beginning after December 31, 1987 in which it was classified as a publicly traded partnership, 90% or more of the partnership’s gross income for such year consists of certain passive-type income, including real property rents, gains from the sale or other disposition of real property, interest, and dividends (the “90% passive income exception”). Treasury regulations (the “PTP regulations”) provide limited safe harbors from the definition of a publicly traded partnership. Pursuant to one of those safe harbors (the “private placement exception”), interests in a partnership will not be treated as readily tradable on a secondary market or a substantial equivalent thereof if (1) all interests in the partnership were issued in a transaction or transactions that were not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (2) the partnership does not have more than 100 partners at any time during the partnership’s taxable years. Pursuant to another safe harbor (the “limited trading exception”), interests in a partnership will not be treated as readily traded on a secondary market or a substantial equivalent thereof if the sum of the percentage interests in the partnership capital or profits transferred during the taxable year of the partnership does not exceed two percent of the total interests in the partnership capital or profits, excluding certain “private transfers” and transfers made under certain redemption or repurchase agreements.
 
For tax purposes, our operating partnership will be treated as a continuation of our predecessor. We believe our predecessor has qualified for the limited trading exception in each of its prior taxable years, but has not qualified for the 90% passive income exception because its income primarily arose from the active business of operating hotels. During its 2010 taxable year, we anticipate that our operating partnership will qualify for the limited trading exception unless the IRS successfully contends that the payment of certain accrued and unpaid priority distributions on our predecessor’s Class A and Class A-1 membership interests in connection with the formation transactions is recharacterized as a “disguised sale” for federal income tax purposes. Although we have been advised by counsel that the payment of the accrued and unpaid priority returns in connection with the formation transactions should not be a “disguised sale,” no assurance can be given that the IRS will not successfully challenge that position, in which case we would not satisfy the limited trading exceptions. If treated as a publicly traded partnership, our operating partnership will not qualify for the 90% passive income exception during its 2010 taxable year because of the active hotel business income our predecessor earned in 2010 prior to the closing of this offering. However, during our operating partnership’s 2010 taxable year, no OP unit holder will be eligible to redeem OP units for cash or, at our election, our common stock. See “—Shares Eligible For Future Sale—Redemption/Exchange Rights .” Accordingly, even if our operating partnership does not qualify for the limited trading exception, we believe that our operating partnership will not be treated as a publicly traded partnership during its 2010 taxable year because interests in our operating partnership will not be readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. Because we believe that our predecessor has not been classified as a publicly traded partnership in prior taxable years and our operating partnership will not be classified as a publicly traded partnership during its 2010 taxable year, we believe that the 90% passive income exception will be available to prevent our operating partnership from being taxed as a corporation should it be classified as a publicly traded partnership in taxable years after 2010. For taxable years after 2010, we believe that our operating partnership will have sufficient qualifying rental income to satisfy the 90% passive income exception and may qualify for the limited trading exception in certain years. We expect that any other Partnership that we form in the future will qualify for the private placement exception
 
We have not requested, and do not intend to request, a ruling from the IRS that our operating partnership will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If for any reason our operating partnership were taxable as a corporation, rather than as a partnership, for federal income tax purposes, most, if not all, of the tax consequences described herein would be inapplicable. In particular, we would not qualify as a REIT unless we qualified for certain relief provisions, because the value of our ownership interest in our operating partnership would exceed 5% of our assets and we would be considered to hold more than 10% of the voting securities (and more than 10% of the value of the outstanding securities) of another corporation. See “—Gross Income Tests” and “—Asset Tests.” In addition, any change in our operating partnership’s status for tax purposes might be treated as a taxable event, in which case we might incur tax liability without any related cash distribution. See “—Distribution Requirements.” Further, items of income and deduction of our operating partnership would not pass through to its partners, and its partners would be treated as stockholders for tax purposes. Consequently, our operating partnership would be required to pay income tax at corporate rates on its net income, and distributions to its partners would constitute dividends that would not be deductible in computing our operating partnership’s taxable income.


154


Table of Contents

Income Taxation of Partnerships and their Partners
 
Partners, Not the Partnerships, Subject to Tax.  A partnership is not a taxable entity for federal income tax purposes. Rather, we are required to take into account our allocable share of each Partnership’s income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits for any taxable year of such Partnership ending within or with our taxable year, without regard to whether we have received or will receive any distribution from such Partnership.
 
Partnership Allocations.  Although a partnership agreement generally will determine the allocation of income and losses among partners, such allocations will be disregarded for tax purposes if they do not comply with the provisions of the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations. If an allocation is not recognized for federal income tax purposes, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners’ interests in the partnership, which will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item. Each Partnership’s allocations of taxable income, gain, and loss are intended to comply with the requirements of the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations.
 
Tax Allocations With Respect to Our Properties.  Income, gain, loss, and deduction attributable to appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership must be allocated in a manner such that the contributing partner is charged with, or benefits from, respectively, the unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution. When cash is contributed to a partnership in exchange for a partnership interest, such as our contribution of the proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership for OP units, similar rules apply to ensure that the existing partners in the partnership are charged with, or benefit from, respectively, the unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated with the partnership’s existing properties at the time of the cash contribution. In the case of a contribution of property, the amount of the unrealized gain or unrealized loss (“built-in gain” or “built-in loss”) is generally equal to the difference between the fair market value of the contributed property at the time of contribution and the adjusted tax basis of such property at the time of contribution (a “book-tax difference”). In the case of a contribution of cash, a book-tax difference may be created because the fair market value of the properties of the partnership on the date of the cash contribution may be higher or lower than the partnership’s adjusted tax basis in those properties. Any property purchased for cash initially will have an adjusted tax basis equal to its fair market value, resulting in no book-tax difference.
 
The contribution of the cash proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership is expected to create a book-tax difference. Furthermore, our operating partnership may admit partners in the future in exchange for a contribution of appreciated or depreciated property, resulting in book-tax differences and our operating partnership will succeed to the book-tax differences with respect to properties contributed to our predecessor. Allocations with respect to book-tax differences are solely for federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the partners. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued regulations requiring partnerships to use a “reasonable method” for allocating items with respect to which there is a book-tax difference and outlining several reasonable allocation methods. Under certain available methods, our operating partnership’s existing tax basis in our initial properties at the time we contribute the cash proceeds of this offering and the carryover basis in the hands of our operating partnership of properties contributed in the future (1) could cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if all our properties were to have a tax basis equal to their fair market value at the time of the contribution of cash or property and (2) in the event of a sale of such properties, could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in excess of the economic or book gain allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the existing or contributing partners, as the case may be. An allocation described in (2) above might cause us to recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which might adversely affect our ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements and may result in a greater portion of our distributions being taxed as dividends. We intend to use the “traditional” method for the book-tax difference caused by the contribution of the cash proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership. We expect that book-tax difference will be approximately $     . We have not yet decided what method will be used to account for book-tax differences for properties that may be acquired by our operating partnership in the future.
 
Basis in Partnership Interest.  Our adjusted tax basis in our partnership interest in our operating partnership generally is equal to:
 
  §    the amount of cash and the basis of any other property contributed by us to our operating partnership;
 
  §    increased by our allocable share of our operating partnership’s income and our allocable share of indebtedness of our operating partnership; and


155


Table of Contents

 
  §    reduced, but not below zero, by our allocable share of our operating partnership’s loss and the amount of cash distributed to us, and by constructive distributions resulting from a reduction in our share of indebtedness of our operating partnership.
 
If the allocation of our distributive share of our operating partnership’s loss would reduce the adjusted tax basis of our partnership interest below zero, the recognition of such loss will be deferred until such time as the recognition of such loss would not reduce our adjusted tax basis below zero. To the extent that our operating partnership’s distributions, or any decrease in our share of the indebtedness of our operating partnership, which is considered a constructive cash distribution to the partners, reduce our adjusted tax basis below zero, such distributions will constitute taxable income to us. Such distributions and constructive distributions normally will be characterized as long-term capital gain.
 
Depreciation Deductions Available to Our Operating Partnership.  Our operating partnership’s tax basis in our initial properties will generally not be affected by the formation transactions and this offering. However, if the IRS successfully contends that the payment of certain accrued and unpaid priority returns on our predecessor’s Class A and Class A-1 membership interests in connection with the formation transactions is recharacterized as a “disguised sale” for federal income tax purposes, our basis in our operating partnership’s assets may be adjusted to account for the difference between the deemed purchase price of the interests we are treated as acquiring in the “disguised sale” and the proportionate share of our operating partnership’s basis in the assets that is attributable to such interests. Such adjustments will only impact tax allocations made to us. To the extent that our operating partnership acquires its hotels in exchange for cash, its initial basis in such hotels for federal income tax purposes generally was or will be equal to the purchase price paid by our operating partnership. Our operating partnership’s initial basis in hotels acquired in exchange for units in our operating partnership should be the same as the transferor’s basis in such hotels on the date of acquisition by our operating partnership. Although the law is not entirely clear, our operating partnership generally will depreciate such depreciable hotel property for federal income tax purposes over the same remaining useful lives and under the same methods used by the transferors. Our operating partnership’s tax depreciation deductions will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective interests in our operating partnership, except to the extent that our operating partnership is required under the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations to use a method for allocating tax depreciation deductions that are attributable either to (1) properties held by our operating partnership at the time we contribute the cash proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units (except to the extent of the portion of the properties attributable to membership interests in our predecessor that we are treated as acquiring with the cash proceeds of the offering) or (2) properties contributed to our operating partnership in the future in exchange for OP units. Those special allocations could result in our receiving a disproportionate share of such deductions.
 
Sale of a Partnership’s Property
 
Generally, any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of property held by the Partnership for more than one year will be long-term capital gain, except for any portion of such gain that is treated as depreciation or cost recovery recapture. Any gain or loss recognized by a Partnership on the disposition of contributed properties will be allocated first to the partners of the Partnership who contributed such properties to the extent of their built-in gain or loss on those properties for federal income tax purposes. The partners’ built-in gain or loss on such contributed properties will equal the difference between the partners’ proportionate share of the book value of those properties and the partners’ tax basis allocable to those properties at the time of the contribution, subject to certain adjustments. Any remaining gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of the contributed properties, and any gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of the other properties, will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in the Partnership.
 
Our share of any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of any property held by the Partnership as inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of the Partnership’s trade or business will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject to a 100% penalty tax. Such prohibited transaction income also may have an adverse effect upon our ability to satisfy the income tests for REIT status. See “—Gross Income Tests.” We do not presently intend to acquire or hold or to allow any Partnership to acquire or hold any property that represents inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our or such Partnership’s trade or business.


156


Table of Contents

Sunset of Reduced Tax Rate Provisions
 
Several of the tax considerations described herein are subject to a sunset provision. The sunset provisions generally provide that for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, certain provisions that are currently in the Code will revert back to a prior version of those provisions. These provisions include provisions related to the reduced maximum income tax rate for long-term capital gains of 15% (rather than 20%) for taxpayers taxed at individual rates, the application of the 15% tax rate to qualified dividend income, and certain other tax rate provisions described herein. The impact of this reversion is not discussed herein. Consequently, prospective stockholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect of sunset provisions on an investment in our common stock.
 
State, Local and Foreign Taxes
 
We and/or you may be subject to taxation by various states, localities and foreign jurisdictions, including those in which we or a stockholder transacts business, owns property or resides. The state, local and foreign tax treatment may differ from the federal income tax treatment described above. Consequently, you are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding the effect of state, local and foreign tax laws upon an investment in our common stock.


157


Table of Contents

 
ERISA Considerations
 
A fiduciary of a pension, profit sharing, retirement or other employee benefit plan, or plan, subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, should consider the fiduciary standards under ERISA in the context of the plan’s particular circumstances before authorizing an investment of a portion of that plan’s assets in the shares of common stock. Accordingly, the fiduciary should consider (i) whether the investment satisfies the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA, (ii) whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the plan as required by Section 404(a)(1)(D) of ERISA and (iii) whether the investment is prudent under ERISA. In addition to the imposition of general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, ERISA, and the corresponding provisions of the Code, prohibit a wide range of transactions involving the assets of the plan and persons who have certain specified relationships to the plan (“parties in interest” within the meaning of ERISA, “disqualified persons” within the meaning of the Code). Thus, a plan fiduciary considering an investment in our shares of common stock also should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of the shares might constitute or give rise to a direct or indirect prohibited transaction that is not subject to an exemption issued by the Department of Labor, or the DOL. Similar restrictions apply to many governmental and foreign plans which are not subject to ERISA. Thus, those considering investing in the shares on behalf of these plans should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of the shares might violate any similar restrictions.
 
The DOL has issued final regulations, or the DOL Regulations, as to what constitutes assets of an employee benefit plan under ERISA. Under the DOL Regulations, if a plan acquires an equity interest in an entity, which interest is neither a “publicly offered security” nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the 1940 Act, the plan’s assets would include, for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA, both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the entity’s underlying assets unless certain specified exceptions apply. The DOL Regulations define a publicly offered security as a security that is “widely held,” “freely transferable” and either part of a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, or sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (provided the securities are registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which the public offering occurred). The shares are being sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act and will be registered under the Exchange Act.
 
The DOL Regulations provide that a security is “widely held” only if it is part of a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be “widely held” because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer’s control. We expect our shares of common stock to be “widely held” upon completion of this offering.
 
The DOL Regulations provide that whether a security is “freely transferable” is a factual question to be determined on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances. The DOL Regulations further provide that when a security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, as is the case with this offering, certain restrictions ordinarily will not, alone or in combination, affect the finding that the securities are “freely transferable.” We believe that the restrictions imposed under our charter on the transfer of our shares are limited to the restrictions on transfer generally permitted under the DOL Regulations and are not likely to result in the failure of the shares of common stock to be “freely transferable.” The DOL Regulations only establish a presumption in favor of the finding of free transferability, and, therefore, no assurance can be given that the DOL will not reach a contrary conclusion.
 
Assuming that the shares of common stock will be “widely held” and “freely transferable,” we believe that our shares of common stock will be publicly offered securities for purposes of the DOL Regulations and that our assets will not be deemed to be “plan assets” of any plan that invests in our shares of common stock.
 
Each holder of our shares of common stock will be deemed to have represented and agreed that its purchase and holding of those shares of common stock (or any interest therein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.


158


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus in an underwritten initial public offering in which Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated is acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, acting as representative of the underwriters named below, with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the respective number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below:
 
         
    Number of
 
    Shares  
 
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
       
Total
                
         
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of our common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option we describe below. We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to           additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of our common stock. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
 
Our common stock is being offered by the underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the underwriters and the satisfaction of other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including:
 
  §    the representations and warranties made by us are true and agreements have been performed;
 
  §    there is no material adverse change in the financial markets or in our business; and
 
  §    we deliver customary closing documents.
 
The underwriters propose to offer shares of our common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price per share. After this offering, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representative has advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the shares of our common stock offered in this offering.
 
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount and commissions that we will pay to the underwriters and the proceeds we will receive before expenses. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.
 
                 
    No Exercise   Full Exercise
 
Underwriting discount per share
  $       $    
Total underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds to us (before expenses)
  $       $  
 
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, exclusive of underwriting discount and commissions, will be approximately $      , and are payable by us.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.


159


Table of Contents

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters, their affiliates, and persons who control the underwriters, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and if we are unable to provide this indemnification to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of these liabilities.
 
We have agreed, for a period of 180 days after the date of the prospectus, without the prior written consent of the representative, directly or indirectly, not to (i) to issue, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether such transaction described in clauses (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or (iv) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above. The restrictions contained in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (i) the shares offered pursuant to this prospectus, (ii) the grant of options to purchase shares of our common stock or other equity grants pursuant to our equity incentive plans (or the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 to register shares of our common stock issuable under such plans) or (iii) the issuance of shares of our common stock upon exercise of an option outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement of which the representatives have been advised in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
Each of our directors and executive officers and certain shareholders have entered into lock-up letters with the representative pursuant to which they have agreed, for a period of 180 days after the date of the prospectus, without the prior written consent of the representative, directly or indirectly, not to (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any such transaction described in clauses (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or (iv) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above. The restrictions contained in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (i) transactions relating to shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales, (ii) transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into shares of our common stock as a bona fide gift or (iii) transfers by will or intestate succession to such director, executive officer or shareholder’s family or to a trust, the beneficiaries of which are exclusively such director, executive officer or shareholder or members of such director, executive officer or shareholder’s family; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii), each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
We intend to apply to have our shares of common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “INN.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by the exchange.


160


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representative. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representative considered a number of factors including:
 
  §    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representative;
 
  §    our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
 
  §    an assessment of our management;
 
  §    our prospects for future earnings;
 
  §    the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
 
  §    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded shares of our common stock of generally comparable companies; and
 
  §    other factors deemed relevant by the representative and us.
 
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for shares of our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
 
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.
 
  §    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of our common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.
 
  §    Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of our common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of our common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  §    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  §    Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.
 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters without notice at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.


161


Table of Contents

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, including some of its affiliates, has performed and expects to continue to perform financial advisory and investment banking services for us in the ordinary course of its businesses, and may have received, and may continue to receive, compensation for such services.
 
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
 
This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom, (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to shares of our common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares of our common stock to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
  §    to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  §    to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  §    to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the book-running manager for any such offer; or
 
  §    in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to           shares of common stock, or the directed shares, for employees, directors and other persons associated with us, including former members of our predecessor, who have expressed an interest in purchasing shares in this offering. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the directed shares in the program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the directed shares.


162


Table of Contents

 
Experts
 
The consolidated balance sheet of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., as of July 12, 2010, and the consolidated financial statements of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC as of and for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 included in this prospectus, have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Such financial statements have been included in this prospectus in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and upon authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
The audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 included in this prospectus have been audited by Eide Bailly LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their report with respect thereto. In addition, Eide Bailly LLP also audited Summit Hotel Properties, LLC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 as indicated in their report with respect thereto. Both reports have been included in this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
 
The audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 included in this prospectus have been audited by Gordon, Hughes & Banks, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their report with respect thereto. This report has been included in this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
 
Legal Matters
 
Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Hunton & Williams LLP and for the underwriters by Hogan Lovells US LLP. Venable LLP will issue an opinion to us regarding certain matters of Maryland law, including the validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Hunton & Williams LLP and Hogan Lovells US LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law upon the opinion of Venable LLP.
 
Where You Can Find More Information
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-11, including exhibits and schedules filed with this registration statement, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to our shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and our shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract is an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the exhibit to which the reference relates. Copies of this registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to this registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will file periodic reports and proxy statements and will make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.
 
Our operating partnership has filed a registration statement on Form S-4 that contains a proxy statement/prospectus relating to the merger of our predecessor with and into our operating partnership. Copies of our operating partnership’s registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC. Copies of all or a portion of our operating partnership’s registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our operating partnership’s SEC filings, including its registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s website www.sec.gov.


163


Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
       
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information:
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
Historical Financial Statements:
       
    F-10  
    F-11  
    F-12  
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
       
    F-13  
    F-14  
    F-15  
    F-16  
    F-17  
    F-19  
    F-34  
    F-37  
    F-38  
    F-39  
    F-40  
    F-42  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 30, 2010
 
                                                 
                                  Pro Forma
 
    Summit Hotel
    Reclassification
    Reclassified
          Pro Forma
    Summit Hotel
 
    Properties, LLC (A)     Adjustments (B)     Subtotal     Offering (C)     Adjustments (D)     Properties, Inc.  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,326             $ 11,326     $ 260,200     $ (237,239 ) (1)(2)(6)   $ 34,287  
Restricted cash
    1,385     $ 616       2,001                       2,001  
Trade receivables
    4,417               4,417                       4,417  
Prepaid expenses and other
    1,075               1,075                       1,075  
Property and equipment, net
    460,632               460,632                       460,632  
Deferred charges and other assets, net
    4,972               4,972               (395 ) (3)     4,577  
Land held for sale
    23,242               23,242                       23,242  
Other assets
    4,043               4,043                       4,043  
Restricted cash
    616       (616 )                            
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 511,708             $ 511,708                     $ 534,274  
                                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’/STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 134,392     $ (134,392 )   $                     $  
Lines of credit
    20,003       (20,003 )                            
Accounts payable
    1,145               1,145                       1,145  
Related party accounts payable
    373               373                       373  
Accrued expenses
    10,459               10,459                       10,459  
Mortgages and notes payable
    270,201       154,395       424,596             $ (225,156 ) (1)     199,440  
                                                 
Total liabilities
    436,573               436,573                       211,417  
Members’/Stockholders’ Equity:
                                               
Members’ equity
    76,759               76,759               (76,759 ) (4)      
Stockholders’ equity
                      $ 260,200       (4,195 ) (1)(3)(5)(6)     256,005  
Noncontrolling interest
    (1,624 )             (1,624 )             68,476 (4)     66,852  
                                                 
Total members’/stockholders’ equity
    75,135               75,135                       322,857  
                                                 
Total liabilities and members’/stockholders’ equity
  $ 511,708             $ 511,708                     $ 534,274  
                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-2


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010
 
                                         
                            Pro Forma
 
    Summit Hotel
    Reclassification
    Reclassified
    Pro Forma
    Summit Hotel
 
    Properties, LLC (A)     Adjustments (B)     Subtotal     Adjustments     Properties, Inc.  
    (In thousands, except per-share data)  
 
REVENUE
                                       
Room revenues
  $ 65,939             $ 65,939             $ 65,939  
Other hotel operations revenues
    1,273               1,273               1,273  
                                         
Total revenues
    67,212               67,212               67,212  
EXPENSES
                                       
Hotel operating expenses:
                                       
Direct hotel operations
    23,026     $ (23,026 ) (1)                    
Other hotel operating expenses
    9,177       (9,177 ) (2)                    
General, selling and administrative
    12,097       (12,097 ) (3)                    
Repairs and maintenance
    2,074       (2,074 ) (4)                    
Rooms
          20,048 (1)     20,048               20,048  
Other direct
          8,287 (2)(3)(4)     8,287               8,287  
Other indirect
          17,681 (1)(2)(3)(5)     17,681     $ 622 (C)     18,303  
Other
          302 (3)     302               302  
                                         
Total hotel operating expenses
    46,374               46,318               46,940  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,522               13,522       (176 ) (D)     13,346  
Corporate general and administrative:
                                       
Salaries and other compensation
                        1,683 (E)     1,683  
Equity-based compensation
                        (F)        
Other
                        916 (E)     916  
Hotel property acquisition costs
          56 (5)     56               56  
Loss on impairment of assets
                                 
                                         
Total expenses
    59,896               59,896               62,941  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    7,316               7,316               4,271  
                                         
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    24               24               24  
Interest expense
    (12,701 )             (12,701 )     7,502 (G)     (5,199 )
Loss on disposal of assets
    (40 )             (40 )             (40 )
                                         
Total other expense
    (12,717 )             (12,717 )             (5,215 )
                                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (5,401 )             (5,401 )             (944 )
                                         
Net loss before income taxes
    (5,401 )             (5,401 )             (944 )
Income tax expense
    (228 )             (228 )     (222 ) (H)     (450 )
                                         
Net loss
  $ (5,629 )           $ (5,629 )           $ (1,394 )
                                         
Net loss allocated to noncontrolling interests
                                  $    
Net loss allocated to common shareholders
                                  $    
Pro forma earnings per share:
                                       
Basic
                                  $    
Diluted
                                  $    
Pro forma weighted-average number of shares:
                                       
Basic
                                       
Diluted
                                       
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
 
                                         
                            Pro Forma
 
    Summit Hotel
    Reclassification
    Reclassified
    Pro Forma
    Summit Hotel
 
    Properties, LLC (A)     Adjustments (B)     Subtotal     Adjustments     Properties, Inc.  
    (In thousands, except per-share data)  
 
REVENUE
                                       
Room revenues
  $ 118,960             $ 118,960             $ 118,960  
Other hotel operations revenues
    2,240               2,240               2,240  
                                         
Total revenues
    121,200               121,200               121,200  
EXPENSES
                                       
Hotel operating expenses:
                                       
Direct hotel operations
    42,071       (42,071 ) (1)                    
Other hotel operating expenses
    16,987       (16,987 ) (2)                    
General, selling and administrative
    24,017       (24,017 ) (3)                    
Repairs and maintenance
    6,152       (6,152 ) (4)                    
Rooms
          36,720 (1)     36,720               36,720  
Other direct
          18,048 (2)(3)(4)     18,048               18,048  
Other indirect
          32,389 (1)(2)(3)(5)     32,389       849 (C)     33,238  
Other
          681 (3)     681               681  
                                         
Total hotel operating expenses
    89,227               87,838               88,687  
Depreciation and amortization
    23,971               23,971       (883 ) (D)     23,088  
Corporate general and administrative:
                                       
Salaries and other compensation
                        3,564 (E)     3,564  
Equity-based compensation
                        (F)        
Other
                        1,633 (E)     1,633  
Hotel property acquisition costs
          1,389 (5)     1,389               1,389  
Loss on impairment of assets
    7,506               7,506               7,506  
                                         
Total expenses
    120,704               120,704               125,867  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    496               496               (4,667 )
                                         
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    50               50               50  
Interest expense
    (18,321 )             (18,321 )     9,269 (G)     (9,052 )
Loss on disposal of assets
    (4 )             (4 )             (4 )
                                         
Total other expense
    (18,275 )             (18,275 )             (9,006 )
                                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (17,779 )             (17,779 )             (13,673 )
Income from discontinued operations
    1,465               1,465       (1,465 ) (H)      
                                         
Net loss before income taxes
    (16,314 )             (16,314 )             (13,673 )
Income tax expense
                        (840 ) (I)     (840 )
                                         
Net loss
  $ (16,314 )           $ (16,314 )           $ (14,513 )
                                         
Net loss allocated to noncontrolling interest
                                  $    
Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders
                                  $    
Pro forma earnings per share:
                                       
Basic
                                  $    
Diluted
                                  $    
Pro forma weighted-average number of shares:
                                       
Basic
                                       
Diluted
                                       
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER-SHARE AND OP UNIT DATA)
 
1.   Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented to reflect:
 
(i) the initial public offering of           shares of common stock of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Company”) at $      per share, the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, with approximately $260,200 of net proceeds to the Company, after the payment of the underwriting discount but before the payment of offering-related costs and expenses;
 
(ii) the contribution to Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Operating Partnership”) of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit Group of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC (“Summit of Scottsdale”) held by The Summit Group, Inc. (“The Summit Group”) and an unaffiliated third-party investor in exchange for an aggregate of 106,008 units of limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership (“OP units”);
 
(iii) the merger of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Predecessor”) with and into the Operating Partnership, with the Predecessor as the acquiror for accounting purposes, and the issuance by the Operating Partnership of an aggregate of 9,993,992 OP units to the former Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C members of the Predecessor in exchange for their membership interests in the Predecessor;
 
(iv) the contribution of the net proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering to the Operating Partnership in exchange for OP units that represent an approximate     % partnership interest in the Operating Partnership, including the sole general partnership interest;
 
(v) the repayment of approximately $225,156 of outstanding indebtedness and the payment of estimated costs and expenses of approximately $3,800 recognized in connection with the retirement of this indebtedness; and
 
(vi) the payment of offering-related costs and expenses by the Company of approximately $3,620.
 
Following completion of the merger, the historical consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor will become the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company, and the assets and liabilities of the Company will be recorded at their respective historical carrying values as of the date of completion of the merger.
 
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet assumes each of these transactions occurred on June 30, 2010. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations and other operating data assumes each of these transactions occurred on January 1, 2009. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the actual financial position would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on June 30, 2010, nor does it purport to represent the future financial position of the Company. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on January 1, 2009, nor does it purport to represent the future results of operations of the Company. In the opinion of management of the Company, all material adjustments to reflect the effects of the preceding transactions have been made.
 
2.   Adjustments to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2010:
 
(A) Represents the Predecessor’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2010.
 
(B) Reflects the following adjustments to reclassify certain prior period amounts in the Predecessor’s historical balance sheet to the Company’s intended presentation:
 
  §    To reclassify restricted cash (current and noncurrent) into one account.
 
  §    To reclassify current maturities and notes payable into one account.


F-5


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
(C) Reflects the issuance of shares of common stock of the Company:
 
         
Sale of           shares of common stock at an initial public offering price of $     per share
  $ 283,000  
Underwriting discount
    (19,180 )
Legal, accounting and other offering-related costs
    (3,620 )
         
Net proceeds
  $ 260,200  
         
 
(D) (1) Reflects the retirement of outstanding indebtedness being repaid with net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering:
 
         
First National Bank of Omaha/Acquisition Line of Credit
  $ 20,003  
First National Bank of Omaha/Line of Credit Pool One
    20,400  
Lehman Brothers Bank
    77,914  
Marshall & Ilsley Bank
    21,420  
Fortress Credit Corp. 
    85,419  
         
Use of proceeds
  $ 225,156  
         
 
(2) Reflects the payment, immediately prior to the merger, of priority distributions in the amount of approximately $8,283 to the Predecessor’s Class A and Class A-1 members earned through August 31, 2010, pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between the Predecessor and the Operating Partnership.
 
(3) Reflects an adjustment to write off deferred financing costs of approximately $395 associated with the retirement of certain indebtedness being repaid with net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering. These expenditures will be a use of proceeds and are also included as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity.
 
(4) Reflects the reclassification of members’ equity of the Predecessor and the noncontrolling interests of the Predecessor into noncontrolling interests in the Operating Partnership attributable to the issuance of the 10,100,000 OP units being issued in the merger and the other formation transactions.
 
(5) Reflects the effects of the issuance of 5,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to non-employee directors upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering.
 
(6) Reflects prepayment penalties and other fees of approximately $3,800 related to the retirement of certain indebtedness being repaid with net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering.
 
3.   Adjustments to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010:
 
(A) Represents the Predecessor’s unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
(B) Reflects the following adjustments to reclassify certain prior period amounts in the Predecessor’s historical statement of operations to the Company’s intended presentation:
 
(1) To reclassify: (a) $20,048 of direct hotel operations expense (wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast) as rooms expense; and (b) $2,978 of direct hotel operations expense (franchise royalties) as other indirect expense.
 
(2) To reclassify (a) $4,070 of other hotel operating expense (utilities and telephone) as other direct expense; and (b) $5,107 of other hotel operating expense (property taxes, insurance and cable) as other indirect expense.


F-6


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(3) To reclassify (a) $2,143 of general, selling and administrative expense (office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense) as other direct expenses; (b) $9,652 of general, selling and administrative expense (credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expense, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees) as indirect expenses; and (c) $302 of general, selling and administrative expense (ground rent and other expense) as other expense.
 
(4) To reclassify $2,074 of repairs and maintenance expense as other direct expenses.
 
(5) To reclassify $56 of other indirect expense (hotel startup costs) as hotel property acquisition costs.
 
(C) Reflects the elimination of accounting and management expense historically paid to The Summit Group under hotel management agreements and an adjustment to other indirect expense to reflect contractual payments under new hotel management agreements to be entered into by the Company’s TRS lessees with           upon completion of the initial public offering.
 
         
Historical accounting expense reimbursement
  $ (329 )
Historical management expense reimbursement
    (1,611 )
         
Historical amounts paid to The Summit Group
    (1,940 )
Base management fee under new hotel management agreements
    2,016  
Accounting expense reimbursement under new hotel management agreements
    546  
Incentive management fee payable under new hotel management agreements
     
         
Amounts payable to          under new hotel management agreements
  $ 622  
         
 
(D) Reflects the elimination of $176 of deferred financing cost amortization expense related to indebtedness being repaid with net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering.
 
(E) Reflects the expected increase in general and administrative expenses as a result of becoming a publicly traded company. These expenses include, but are not limited to, incremental salaries, fees paid to our non-employee directors, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other compliance costs.
 
(F) Reflects $      of compensation expense associated with the grant of an aggregate of 5,000 shares of common stock to the Company’s non-employee directors upon completion of the initial public offering and $      of compensation expense associated with the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock to the company’s executive officers upon completion of the initial public offering. The Company intends to calculate the grant date fair value of the stock options to be granted to certain executive offers upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The stock options will vest ratably over a five-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant and will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the Company’s common stock. The assumptions used in the fair value determination of the stock options to be granted to certain executive officers are summarized as follows: (1) risk-free interest rate of  % based on the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate as of               , 2010; (2) expected volatility of  % based on an analysis of a peer group of comparable entities; (3) expected dividend yield of  %; and (4) weighted-average expected life of 10 years. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the stock options to be granted to certain executive officers is anticipated to be $     .
 
(G) Reflects a reduction of an aggregate of $7,502 in interest expense as a result of the repayment of indebtedness with net proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering.
 
(H) Reflects the adjustment to recognize income tax expense on the taxable income of Summit TRS, the Company’s taxable REIT subsidiary, assuming the Company had elected REIT status and the TRS leases were in place as of January 1, 2009.


F-7


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Adjustments to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2009:
 
(A) Represents the Predecessor’s audited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
(B) Reflects the following adjustments to reclassify certain prior period amounts in the Predecessor’s historical statement of operations to the Company’s intended presentation:
 
(1) To reclassify (a) $36,720 of direct hotel operations expense (wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast) as rooms expense; and (b) $5,351 of direct hotel operations expense (franchise royalties) as other indirect expense.
 
(2) To reclassify (a) $7,642 of other hotel operating expense (utilities and telephone) as other direct expense; and (b) $9,345 of other hotel operating expense (property taxes, insurance and cable) as other indirect expense.
 
(3) To reclassify (a) $4,254 of general, selling and administrative expense (office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense) as other direct expenses; (b) $19,082 of general, selling and administrative expense (credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expenses, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees) as other indirect expenses; and (c) $681 of general, selling and administrative expense (ground rent and other expense) as other expense.
 
(4) To reclassify $6,152 of repairs and maintenance expense as other direct expenses.
 
(5) To reclassify $1,389 of other indirect expense (hotel startup costs) as hotel property acquisition costs.
 
(C) Reflects the elimination of accounting and management expense historically paid to The Summit Group under hotel management agreements and an adjustment to other indirect expense to reflect contractual payments under new hotel management agreements to be entered into by the Company’s TRS lessees with           upon completion of the initial public offering.
 
         
Historical accounting expense reimbursement
  $ (589 )
Historical management expense reimbursement
    (3,290 )
         
Historical amounts paid to The Summit Group
    (3,879 )
Base management fee under new hotel management agreements
    3,636  
Accounting expense reimbursement under new hotel management agreements
    1,092  
Incentive management fee payable under new hotel management agreements
     
         
Amounts payable to          under new hotel management agreements
  $ 849  
         
 
(D) Reflects the elimination of $883 of deferred financing cost amortization expense related to indebtedness being repaid with net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering.
 
(E) Reflects the expected increase in general and administrative expenses as a result of becoming a publicly traded company. These expenses include, but are not limited to, incremental salaries, fees paid to our non-employee directors, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other compliance costs.
 
(F) Reflects $      of compensation expense associated with the grant of an aggregate of 5,000 shares of common stock to the Company’s non-employee directors upon completion of the initial public offering and $      of compensation expense associated with the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock to the company’s executive officers upon completion of the initial public offering. The Company intends to calculate the grant date fair value of the stock options to be granted to certain executive offers upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The stock options will vest ratably over a five-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant and will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the Company’s common stock. The assumptions used in the fair value determination


F-8


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
of the stock options to be granted to certain executive officers are summarized as follows: (1) risk-free interest rate of  % based on the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate as of               , 2010; (2) expected volatility of  % based on an analysis of a peer group of comparable entities; (3) expected dividend yield of  %; and (4) weighted-average expected life of 10 years. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the stock options to be granted to certain executive officers is anticipated to be $     .
 
(G) Reflects a reduction of an aggregate of $9,269 in interest expense as a result of the repayment of indebtedness with net proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering.
 
(H) To remove income from discontinued operations of $1,465 included in the Predecessor’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
(I) Reflects the adjustment to recognize income tax expense on the taxable income of Summit TRS, the Company’s taxable REIT subsidiary, assuming the Company had elected REIT status and the TRS leases were in place as of January 1, 2009.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
Stockholders and Board of Directors
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Company”) as of July 12, 2010. This consolidated financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this consolidated financial statement based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit of a balance sheet also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in that balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the consolidated balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. as of July 12, 2010 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Omaha, Nebraska
August 6, 2010


F-10


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
JULY 12, 2010
 
         
    (In thousands,
 
    except
 
    shares and
 
    par value)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and total assets
  $ 1  
         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Liabilities
  $  
         
Stockholders’ Equity
       
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
     
Additional paid in capital
    1  
Retained earnings
     
         
Total stockholders’ equity
    1  
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1  
         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated balance sheet.


F-11


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET
JULY 12, 2010
 
Note 1— Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Company”) is a self-advised hotel investment company that was recently organized as a Maryland corporation to own, through both general and limited partner interests, Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Operating Partnership”). The Operating Partnership’s initial portfolio will consist of 65 upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in small, mid-sized and suburban markets throughout the United States in 19 states. All of the hotels will be leased to the Operating Partnership’s wholly owned taxable REIT subsidiary, Summit Hotel TRS, Inc. (“TRS Lessee”), a Delaware corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries.
 
The Company intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-11 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to a proposed initial public offering of common stock (the “IPO”).
 
The Company has had no operations since its organization. Our formation transactions are designed to merge the business of the Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Predecessor”) into the Operating Partnership, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, and to facilitate our IPO.
 
Note 2— Income Taxes
 
We intend to elect and qualify as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, under Sections 856 and 859 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90% of their taxable income. In general, a REIT meeting those requirements will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent of the income it distributes. The Company may still be subject to state and local taxes on our income, property or net worth and to federal income tax on our undistributed income. Additionally, any income earned by TRS Lessee, a taxable C-corporation, will be fully subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT, without the benefit of certain statutory relief provisions, the Company will be subject to federal income tax on its taxable income at regular corporate rates.
 
Note 3— Offering Costs
 
In connection with this offering, affiliates of the Company have or will incur legal, accounting, and related costs, which will be reimbursed by the Company upon the consummation of this offering. Such costs will be deducted from the proceeds of this offering.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Managers
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
Sioux Falls, South Dakota:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Omaha, Nebraska
September 21, 2010


F-13


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 30, 2010
 
         
    2010  
 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,326,378  
Restricted cash
    1,385,341  
Trade receivables
    4,416,070  
Prepaid expenses and other
    1,075,001  
         
Total current assets
    18,202,790  
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
    460,632,473  
         
OTHER ASSETS
       
Deferred charges and other assets, net
    4,971,985  
Land held for sale
    23,242,004  
Other noncurrent assets
    4,043,232  
Restricted cash
    615,692  
         
Total other assets
    32,872,913  
         
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 511,708,176  
         
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
       
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 134,392,600  
Lines of credit
    20,002,943  
Accounts payable
    1,144,639  
Related party accounts payable
    373,260  
Accrued expenses
    10,459,194  
         
Total current liabilities
    166,372,636  
         
LONG-TERM DEBT, NET OF CURRENT PORTION
    270,200,679  
         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
       
MEMBERS’ EQUITY
       
Class A, 1,166.62 units issued and outstanding
    57,219,292  
Class A-1, 437.83 units issued and outstanding
    33,685,897  
Class B, 81.36 units issued and outstanding
    1,389,790  
Class C, 173.60 units issued and outstanding
    (15,535,655 )
         
Total Summit Hotel Properties, LLC members’ equity
    76,759,324  
Noncontrolling interest
    (1,624,463 )
         
Total members’ equity
    75,134,861  
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
  $ 511,708,176  
         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009 (UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    2010     2009  
          (Unaudited)  
 
REVENUES
               
Room revenues
  $ 65,938,663     $ 59,475,561  
Other hotel operations revenues
    1,273,783       1,118,314  
                 
      67,212,446       60,593,875  
                 
COSTS AND EXPENSES
               
Direct hotel operations
    23,026,426       20,472,632  
Other hotel operating expenses
    9,177,042       8,150,996  
General, selling and administrative
    12,097,062       11,970,928  
Repairs and maintenance
    2,074,168       3,637,602  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,521,822       11,383,720  
                 
      59,896,520       55,615,878  
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    7,315,926       4,977,997  
                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
               
Interest income
    23,559       18,419  
Interest (expense)
    (12,701,101 )     (8,337,655 )
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    (39,389 )     24,560  
                 
      (12,716,931 )     (8,294,676 )
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
    (5,401,005 )     (3,316,679 )
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
    -       1,800,544  
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (5,401,005 )     (1,516,135 )
STATE INCOME TAX (EXPENSE)
    (228,185 )      
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    (5,629,190 )     (1,516,135 )
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTEREST
    -       (185,912 )
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
  $ (5,629,190 )   $ (1,330,223 )
                 
BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER $100,000 CAPITAL UNIT
  $ (3,027.41 )   $ (792.13 )
                 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF UNITS OUTSTANDING FOR CALCULATION OF BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER CAPITAL UNIT (based on $100,000 investment)
    1,859.41       1,679.29  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-15


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010
 
 
                                                         
                                        Equity Attributable
 
    # of Capital
                                  to Noncontrolling
 
    Units     Class A     Class A-1     Class B     Class C     Total     Interest  
 
BALANCES, JANUARY 1, 2010
    1,859.41     $ 59,961,958     $ 34,244,056     $ 1,804,718     $ (13,086,957 )   $ 82,923,775     $ (1,624,463 )
Net income (loss)
          (2,348,948 )     (416,616 )     (414,928 )     (2,448,698 )     (5,629,190 )      
Distributions to members
          (393,718 )     (141,543 )                 (535,261 )      
                                                         
BALANCES, JUNE 30, 2010
    1,859.41     $ 57,219,292     $ 33,685,897     $ 1,389,790     $ (15,535,655 )   $ 76,759,324     $ (1,624,463 )
                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009 (UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    2010     2009  
          (Unaudited)  
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (5,629,190 )   $ (1,516,135 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    13,521,822       11,476,226  
Amortization of prepaid lease
    23,700        
Unsuccessful project costs
          815,209  
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    39,389       (1,619,446 )
Changes in current assets and liabilities:
               
Trade receivables
    (1,807,872 )     (1,205,207 )
Prepaid expenses and other
    341,479       1,140,728  
Accounts payable and related party accounts payable
    (64,614 )     (4,036,052 )
Accrued expenses
    1,277,181       (1,359,951 )
Restricted cash released (funded)
    369,712       (184,307 )
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    8,071,607       3,511,065  
                 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
               
Land and hotel acquisitions and construction in progress
    (604,232 )     (8,531,400 )
Purchases of other property & equipment
    (1,018,274 )     (6,376,188 )
Proceeds from asset dispositions, net of closing costs
    7,246       413,751  
Restricted cash released (funded)
    (284,502 )     601,069  
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    (1,899,762 )     (13,892,768 )
                 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
               
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    3,348,350        
Principal payments on long-term debt
    (3,479,721 )     (3,307,485 )
Financing fees on long-term debt
    (963,060 )     (467,492 )
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable and line of credit
          3,768,831  
Principal payments on notes payable and line of credit
    (1,455,000 )     (276,329 )
Proceeds from equity contributions
          9,516,002  
Distributions to members
    (535,261 )     (5,854,031 )
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    (3,084,692 )     3,379,496  
                 
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    3,087,153       (7,002,207 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    8,239,225       18,153,435  
                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS END OF PERIOD
  $ 11,326,378     $ 11,151,228  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009 (UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    2010     2009  
          (unaudited)  
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
               
Cash payments for interest, net of the amounts capitalized below
  $ 12,357,600     $ 8,347,799  
                 
Interest capitalized
  $     $ 1,827,091  
                 
Cash payments for state income taxes
  $ 51,386     $ 526,053  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
               
Construction in progress financed through related party accounts payable
  $     $ 740,101  
                 
Construction in progress financed through accounts payable
  $     $ 9,721,200  
                 
Construction in progress financed through issuance of debt
  $     $ 27,304,006  
                 
Issuance of long-term debt to refinance existing long-term debt
  $     $ 8,440,000  
                 
Conversion of debt to equity
  $     $ 2,449,150  
                 
Sale proceeds used to payoff long-term debt
  $     $ 3,510,214  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-18


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1— PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Nature of Business
 
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, “the Company”, (a South Dakota limited liability company) was organized January 8, 2004, and is engaged in the business of developing, owning and operating hotel properties.
 
The Company has agreements for the use of various trade names, trademarks and service marks which include Carlson Hospitality, Choice Hotels International, Hilton Hotel Corporation, Intercontinental Hotels Group, Hyatt Hotel Corporation and Marriott International. The Company also owns and operates one independent non-franchised hotel. As of June 30, 2010, the Company owned and managed 65 hotels, representing approximately 6,533 rooms located in 19 states. The Company’s hotel properties are located throughout various regions of the United States. Hotels operating in any given region are potentially susceptible to adverse economic and competitive conditions as well as unique trends associated with that particular region. The potential adverse affect of such conditions on the Company’s business, financial position, and results of its operations is mitigated due to the diversified locations of the Company’s properties. The Company has only one operating segment.
 
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
 
The Company is a 49% owner and the primary beneficiary of Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC (“Scottsdale”), which qualifies as a variable interest entity. Accordingly, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Scottsdale have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The entity was formed for the purpose of purchasing two hotel properties in Scottsdale, AZ and its activities primarily relate to owning and operating those two hotel properties. As of June 30, 2010 and for the six months then ended, Scottsdale had assets of $20,573,594, liabilities of $14,419,554, revenues of $3,595,093, and expenses of $2,918,698. Included in the consolidated assets are assets as of June 30, 2010 totaling $18,288,832 which represent collateral for obligations of Scottsdale. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is $6,154,040. Apart from that amount, creditors and the beneficial holders of Scottsdale have no recourse to the assets or general credit of the Company. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company is a Class A Member and receives a 10% priority distribution on its capital contribution before distributions to other classes. Class A members may also receive additional operating distributions based on their Sharing Ratio. These additional distributions are determined by the managing member and are based on excess cash from operations after normal operating expenses, loan payments, priority distributions, and reserves. Any income generated by the LLC is first allocated to Class A members up to the 10% priority return.
 
The Company has adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidation. Topic 810 requires a qualitative rather than a quantitative analysis to determine the primary beneficiary of a VIE for consolidation purposes. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the enterprise that has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and also has the obligation to absorb the losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The provisions of Topic 810 were effective January 1, 2010. Prior to January 1, 2010, the Company accounted for its ownership of Scottsdale under FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 , codified under Topic 810. Variable interest entities (“VIEs”) are required to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if they do not effectively disperse risks among the parties involved. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of its expected residual returns, or both, as a result of holding variable interests. In applying Topic 810, management has utilized available information and reasonable assumptions and estimates in evaluating whether an entity is a VIE and which party is the primary beneficiary. These assumptions and estimates are subjective and the use of different assumptions could result in different conclusions.


F-19


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Beginning on October 1, 2004, the Company considered its interest in Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC a VIE in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. As per the provisions of Topic 810, the Company’s interest in the VIE has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
The Company is the 100% owner of several special purpose entities which were established due to various lending requirements. These entities include Summit Hospitality I, LLC; Summit Hospitality II, LLC; Summit Hospitality III, LLC; Summit Hospitality IV, LLC; and Summit Hospitality V, LLC. All assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of these wholly-owned subsidiaries are reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
 
Interim Unaudited Financial Information
 
The accompanying interim unaudited financial information for the six months ended June 30, 2009 has been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. In the opinion of management, all adjustments and eliminations, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been included. The results of operation for such interim period is not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with current year presentation.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At times, cash on deposit may exceed the federally insured limit. The Company maintains its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. Due to the financial institution crisis and economic downturn that occurred in the second half of 2008, management has assessed the risks of each of the financial institutions where the Company has deposits in excess of insured limits and believes the risk of loss to still be minimal.
 
Receivables and Credit Policies
 
Trade receivables are uncollateralized customer obligations resulting from the rental of hotel rooms and the sales of food, beverage, catering and banquet services due under normal trade terms requiring payment upon receipt of the invoice. Trade receivables are stated at the amount billed to the customer and do not accrue interest. Customer account balances with invoices dated over 60 days old are considered delinquent. Payments of trade receivables are allocated to the specific invoices identified on the customer’s remittance advice or, if unspecified, are applied to the earliest unpaid invoices.
 
The Company reviews the collectability of receivables monthly. A provision for losses on receivables is determined on the basis of previous loss experience and current economic conditions. Since there were no material uncollectible receivables, no allowance for doubtful accounts was recorded as of June 30, 2010. The Company incurred bad debt expense of $19,596 for six months ended June 30, 2010.


F-20


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Property and Equipment
 
Buildings and major improvements are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over 27 to 40 years, the estimated useful lives of the assets. Hotel equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets of 2 to 15 years. The Company periodically re-evaluates fixed asset lives based on current assessments of remaining utilization that may result in changes in estimated useful lives. Such changes are accounted for prospectively and will increase or decrease depreciation expense. Depreciation expense from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 totaled $13,521,822. Expenditures that materially extend a property’s life are capitalized. These costs may include hotel refurbishment, renovation and remodeling expenditures. Normal maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred. When depreciable property is retired or disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in current operations.
 
Capitalized Development and Interest Costs
 
The Company capitalizes all hotel development costs and other direct overhead costs related to the purchase and construction of hotels. Additionally, the Company capitalizes the interest costs associated with constructing new hotels. Capitalized development, direct overhead and interest are depreciated over the estimated lives of the respective assets. Organization and start-up costs are expensed as incurred. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company capitalized interest of $0.
 
Assets Held for Sale
 
Properties are classified as other noncurrent assets when management determines that they are excess and intends to list them for sale. These assets are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell and consist of land and related improvements at June 30, 2010. Properties are classified as assets held for sale when they are under contract for sale, or otherwise probable that they will be sold within the next twelve months.
 
Long-Lived Assets and Impairment
 
The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC 360, Property Plant and Equipment , which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. FASB ASC 360 requires a long-lived asset to be sold to be classified as “held for sale” in the period in which certain criteria are met, including that the sale of the asset within one year is probable and recorded at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. FASB ASC 360 also requires that the results of operations of a component of an entity that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale be reported in discontinued operations if the operations and cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from the Company’s ongoing operations.
 
The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of its long-term assets in relation to historical results, current business conditions and trends to identify potential situations in which the carrying value of assets may not be recoverable. If such reviews indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable, the Company would estimate the undiscounted sum of the expected cash flows of such assets to determine if such sum is less than the carrying value of such assets to ascertain if an impairment exists. If an impairment exists, the Company would determine the fair value by using quoted market prices, if available for such assets, or if quoted market prices are not available, the Company would discount the expected future cash flows of such assets and adjust the carrying amount to fair value.
 
Deferred Charges
 
These assets are carried at cost and consist of deferred financing fees and initial franchise fees. Costs incurred in obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the term of the related debt, which approximates the interest method. Initial franchise fees are capitalized and amortized over the term of the franchise


F-21


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
agreement using the straight-line method. Amortization expense from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 totaled $819,261.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash consists of certain funds maintained in escrow for property taxes, insurance and certain capital expenditures. Funds may be disbursed from the account upon proof of expenditures and approval from the lenders.
 
Income Taxes
 
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC is a limited liability company and, as such, all federal taxable income of the limited liability company flows through and is taxable to the members of the Company. The Company has adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes , on January 1, 2009. The implementation of this standard had no impact on the financial statements. As of both the date of adoption and as of June 30, 2010, there were no unrecognized tax benefits.
 
The Company will recognize future accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense if incurred. The Company is no longer subject to Federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006.
 
The Company has elected to pay state income taxes at the Company level in all of the states in which it does business. The Company’s estimated state income tax expenses at current statutory rates were $228,185 for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
Members’ Capital Contributions and Profit and Loss Allocations
 
The Company is organized as a limited liability company and can issue to its members Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C units.
 
Approximate sharing ratios for the six months ended June 30, 2010 are as follows:
 
         
Class A
    42 %
Class A-1
    7  
Class B
    7  
Class C
    44  
         
      100 %
         
 
The limited liability company operating agreement provides that net profits are allocated to cover a 10% priority return to Class A members, 8% priority return to Class A-1 members, then the balance is allocated based on Sharing Ratios. Net losses are allocated to members based on Sharing Ratios.
 
These members receive an 8-10% priority return on their capital contributions before distributions to other classes. Class A and A-1 members may also receive additional operating distributions based on their Sharing Ratio. These additional distributions are determined by the managing member and are based on excess cash from operations after normal operating expenses, loan payments, priority distributions, and reserves. Class A and A-1 members have voting rights on creation of new classes of membership, amendments to the Articles of Organization, and dissolution of the Company. Class B members do not have voting rights and receive distributions in accordance with their Sharing Ratio after Class A and A-1 members have received their priority return. The Class C member is The Summit Group, Inc. (SGI), a related party. SGI has limited voting rights, in addition to the right to appoint members to the Board. SGI, however, has significant authority to manage the hotel properties and acts as the Company’s Manager. SGI receives distributions in accordance with its Sharing Ratio after Class A and A-1 members have received their priority return.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Costs paid for syndication are charged directly to equity against the proceeds raised. The Company’s operating agreement contains extensive restrictions on the transfer of membership interests. In addition, the transferability of membership interests is restricted by federal and state law. The membership interests may not be offered, sold, transferred, pledged, or hypothecated to any person without the consent of The Summit Group, Inc., a related party and 44% owner of the Company through its holding of 57.6% and 100% of the outstanding Class B and Class C units, respectively.
 
Earnings per Capital Unit
 
For purposes of calculating basic earnings per capital unit, capital units issued by the Company are considered outstanding on the effective date of issue and are based on a $100,000 capital unit.
 
Noncontrolling Interests
 
Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC has made distributions to noncontrolling members in excess of income allocations to those members. Their excess is reflected in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
The Company grants credit to qualified customers generally without collateral, in the form of accounts receivable. The Company believes its risk of loss is minimal due to its periodic evaluations of the credit worthiness of the customers.
 
Advertising and Marketing Costs
 
The Company expenses all advertising and marketing costs as they are incurred. Total costs for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were $4,769,629. Of this total cost, $397,812 represented general advertising expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $4,371,817 represented national media fees required by the hotel franchise agreements for the six months ended June 30, 2010. These costs are reported as components of general, selling and administrative costs in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
Sales Taxes
 
The Company has customers in states and municipalities in which those governmental units impose a sales tax on certain sales. The Company collects those sales taxes from its customers and remits the entire amount to the various governmental units. The Company’s accounting policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted from revenues.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s hotel revenues are derived from room rentals and other sources, such as charges to guests for long-distance telephone service, fax machine use, movie and vending commissions, meeting and banquet room revenue, restaurant and bar revenue, and parking and laundry services. The Company recognizes hotel revenue on a daily basis based on an agreed upon daily rate after the guest has stayed at one of its hotels for a day, used its lodging facilities and received related lodging services and amenities. The Company believes that the credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited, because approximately 90% of the Company’s revenue is related to credit card transactions, which are typically reimbursed within 2-3 days. Reserves for any uncollectible accounts, if material, are established for accounts that age beyond a predetermined acceptable period. The Company had not recorded any such reserves at June 30, 2010.
 
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (“SFAS No. 167”), codified under Topic 810. Topic 810 requires a qualitative rather than a quantitative analysis to determine the primary beneficiary of a VIE for consolidation purposes. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the enterprise that has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and also has the obligation to


F-23


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
absorb the losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The provisions of Topic 810 were effective January 1, 2010. The adoption of Topic 810 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an update (ASU No. 2010-06) to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , to improve disclosure requirements regarding transfers, classes of assets and liabilities, and inputs and valuation techniques. This update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. The Company adopted this ASC update on January 1, 2010, and it had no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
Future Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements
 
Certain provisions of ASU No. 2010-06 to ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , related to separate line items for all purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements of financial instruments valued using Level 3 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company does not believe that this adoption will have a material impact on the financial statements or disclosures.
 
Fair Value
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FASB ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under Topic 820 are described below:
 
Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
Level 2 — Inputs reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or the liability; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
 
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonable available.
 
Our estimates of the fair value of financial instruments as of June 30, 2010 were determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methods, including discounted cash flow analysis. Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data and develop estimated fair value. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methods may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
 
The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable, and debt obligations. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
 
At June 30, 2010, the Company’s long-term debt obligations consisted of fixed and variable rate debt that had a carrying value of $424,596,222 and a fair value, based on current market interest rates of $407,576,082. The Company has classified their long-term debt instruments as Level 2 in the hierarchy of FASB ASC 820 described above. The Company estimates the fair value of its fixed rate debt by discounting the future cash flows of each instrument at estimated market rates consistent with the maturity of the debt obligation with similar terms.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
NOTE 2— PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER
 
Prepaid expenses and other at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Prepaid insurance expense
  $ 499,452  
Other prepaid expenses
    575,549  
         
    $ 1,075,001  
         
 
NOTE 3— PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Land
  $ 73,411,913  
Hotel buildings and improvements
    391,431,377  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    88,059,171  
      552,902,461  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (92,269,988 )
         
    $ 460,632,473  
         
 
NOTE 4— ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
 
As a part of regular policy, the Company periodically reviews hotels based on established criteria such as age of hotel property, type of franchise associated with hotel property, and adverse economic and competitive conditions in the region surrounding the property.
 
The Company performed a comprehensive review of its investment strategy and of its existing hotel portfolio to identify properties which the Company believes are either non-core or no longer complement the business. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had no hotels held for sale. The Company has committed to sell eight parcels of land that were originally purchased for development and thus, those parcels of land are recorded as assets held for sale as of June 30, 2010.
 
Assets held for sale at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Land
  $ 23,242,004  
 
NOTE 5— OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS
 
Other noncurrent assets at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Prepaid land lease
  $ 3,611,895  
Seller financed notes receivable
    431,337  
         
    $ 4,043,232  
         
 
NOTE 6— ACQUISITIONS
 
The Company accounts for its acquisitions of hotels as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. The Company allocates the cost of the acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. To determine fair value of the various components acquired, the Company engages independent valuation consultants and other third-party real-estate appraisals as necessary. The Company allocates the purchase price of the acquired property based upon the relative fair values of the various components. The excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value will be assigned


F-25


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
to intangible assets if the intangible asset is separable and if it arises from a contractual or other legal right. Any remaining excess of the cost of acquisition over fair values assigned to separable assets is recognized as goodwill.
 
The Company’s strategy is to pursue the acquisition of additional hotels under the investment parameters established in the Company’s Operating Agreement. The Company has made no acquisitions during the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
NOTE 7— DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS
 
Deferred charges and other assets at June 30, 2010 are composed of the following:
 
         
Initial franchise fees
  $ 2,596,042  
Deferred financing costs
    9,167,063  
         
      11,763,105  
Less accumulated amortization
    (6,791,120 )
         
Total
  $ 4,971,985  
         
 
Future amortization expense is expected to be approximately:
 
         
2010
  $ 736,261  
2011
    1,174,959  
2012
    672,118  
2013
    357,098  
2014
    300,868  
Thereafter
    1,730,681  
         
    $ 4,971,985  
         
 
NOTE 8— RESTRICTED CASH
 
Restricted cash at June 30, 2010 is comprised of the following:
 
                                 
    Property
          FF&E
       
Financing Lender
  Taxes     Insurance     Reserves     Total  
 
Wells Fargo (Lehman)
  $ 330,339     $ 360,402     $ 615,692     $ 1,306,433  
National Western Life
    187,070                   187,070  
Bank of the Ozarks
    99,989                   99,989  
Capmark (ING)
    271,040                   271,040  
Capmark (ING)
    60,126                   60,126  
Capmark (ING)
    38,157                   38,157  
Capmark (ING)
    38,218                   38,218  
                                 
    $ 1,024,939     $ 360,402     $ 615,692     $ 2,001,033  
                                 
 
The Company has financing arrangements under which an agreed upon percentage of gross income is required to be deposited into a special reserve account for future replacements of furniture, fixtures and equipment. Some financing arrangements also include provisions that restricted cash must be maintained in escrow for property taxes and insurance. Funds may be disbursed from the account upon proof of expenditures and approval from the lender.


F-26


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
NOTE 9— ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
Accrued expenses at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Accrued sales and other taxes
  $ 5,521,919  
Accrued salaries and benefits
    1,561,734  
Accrued interest
    1,647,499  
Other accrued expenses
    1,728,042  
         
    $ 10,459,194  
         


F-27


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
NOTE 10— DEBT OBLIGATIONS
 
The Company’s debt obligations at June 30, 2010 are as follows:
 
                 
    Interest
  Maturity
  Amount
 
Payee
  Rate   Date   Outstanding  
 
Lehman Brothers Bank
  a) Fixed (5.4025)%   1/11/2012   $ 77,913,380  
ING Investment Management
  b) Fixed (5.60)%   1/1/2012     29,503,380  
    c) Fixed (6.10)%   7/1/2012     29,877,346  
    d) Fixed (6.61)%   11/1/2013     6,325,705  
    e) Fixed (6.34)%   7/1/2012     8,011,330  
              73,717,761  
National Western Life Insurance
  f) Fixed (8.0)%   1/1/2015     13,835,711  
Chambers Bank
  g) Fixed (6.5)%   6/24/2012     1,635,562  
Bank of the Ozarks
  h) Variable (6.75% at 06/30/10)   6/29/2012     6,444,447  
MetaBank
  i) Variable (5.0% at 06/30/10)   3/1/2012     7,394,601  
BNC National Bank
  j) Fixed (5.01)%   11/1/2013     5,816,226  
    k) Variable (3.0% at 06/30/10)   4/1/2016     5,814,136  
              11,630,362  
Marshall & Ilsley Bank
  l) Variable (4.25% at 06/30/10)   12/31/2010     9,895,727  
        12/31/2010     11,524,451  
              21,420,178  
General Electric Capital Corp. 
  m) Variable (2.29% at 06/30/10)   4/1/2018     8,903,246  
    n) Variable (2.34% at 06/30/10)   3/1/2019     11,209,795  
    o) Variable (3.09% at 06/30/10)   4/1/2014     11,345,055  
              31,458,096  
Fortress Credit Corp. 
  p) Variable (10.75% at 06/30/10)   3/5/2011     85,419,143  
First National Bank of Omaha
  q) Variable (5.5% at 06/30/10)   7/24/2010     20,400,000  
First National Bank of Omaha
  q) Fixed (5.25)%   7/1/2013     15,791,221  
First National Bank of Omaha
  q) Fixed (5.25)%   2/1/2014     8,684,124  
Bank of Cascades
  r) Variable (6.0% at 06/30/10)   9/30/2011     12,623,347  
Compass Bank
  s) Variable (4.5% at 06/30/10)   5/17/2018     16,225,346  
    Total long-term debt         404,593,279  
                 
    Less current portion         (134,392,600 )
                 
    Total long-term debt, net of current portion       $ 270,200,679  
                 
 
 
a) In 2004, the Company secured a permanent loan with Lehman Brothers Bank secured by 27 of our hotels in the amount of $88,000,000. The interest rate is fixed at 5.4% and the loan matures in January 2012. The monthly principal and interest payment is $535,285.
 
b) In 2005, the Company obtained a permanent loan with ING Investment Management secured by six of our hotels in the amount of $34,150,000. This loan carries an interest rate of 5.6% and matures in July 1, 2025, with options for the lender to call the note beginning in 2012 upon six months prior notice. Proceeds were used to refinance other short and long-term debt related to the secured hotels. The monthly principal and interest payment is $236,843.


F-28


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
c) In 2006, the Company obtained a permanent loan with ING Investment Management secured by nine of our hotels in the amount of $36,600,800. This loan carries an interest rate of 6.1% and matures in July 2012. Proceeds were used to refinance other short and long-term debt related to the secured hotels. The monthly principal and interest payment is $243,328.
 
d) On November 1, 2006, the Company entered into a loan with ING Investment Management. The loan was for construction of the Residence Inn in Jackson, MS. The loan for $6,600,000 has a fixed rate of 6.61% and a maturity date of November 1, 2028, with a call option on November 1, 2013. The monthly principal and interest payment is $49,621.
 
e) On December 22, 2006, the Company entered into a loan with ING Investment Management for the construction of the Hilton Garden Inn in Ft. Collins, CO. The loan was for $8,318,000 and has a fixed rate of 6.34% and matures on July 1, 2012. The monthly principal and interest is $61,236.
 
f) On December 8, 2009, the Company entered into two loans with National Western Life Insurance Company in the amounts of $8,650,000 and $5,350,000 to refinance the JP Morgan debt on the two Scottsdale, AZ hotels. The loans carry a fixed rate of 8.0% and mature on January 1, 2015. The monthly principal and interest payment is $125,756.
 
g) In 2003, the Company entered into a loan with Chambers Bank to purchase the Aspen Hotel in Ft. Smith, AR. The loan carries a fixed rate of 6.5% and matures on June 24, 2012. The monthly principal and interest payment is $15,644.
 
h) On June 29, 2009, the Company entered into a loan with Bank of the Ozarks in the amount of $10,816,000 to fund the hotel construction located in Portland, OR. The loan carries a variable interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 400 basis points with a floor of 6.75% and matures on June 29, 2012. The loan requires interest only payments monthly until 2011.
 
i) On March 10, 2009, the Company entered into a loan modification agreement with MetaBank in the amount of $7,450,000 on the Boise, ID Cambria Suites. The loan modification extended the maturity date to March 1, 2012. The loan has a variable interest rate of Prime, with a floor of 5%. The monthly principal and interest is $30,811.
 
j) On May 10, 2006, the Company entered into a loan with BNC National Bank in the amount of $7,120,000 to fund construction of the Hampton Inn in Ft. Worth, TX. The loan has a fixed rate of 5.01% and matures on November 1, 2013. The monthly principal and interest payment is $40,577.
 
k) On October 1, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with BNC National Bank in the amount of $6,460,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Holiday Inn Express located in Twin Falls, ID. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime minus 25 basis points and matures April 1, 2016. The loan requires interest only payments monthly.
 
l) On July 25, 2006, the Company secured two semi-permanent loans from M&I Bank to finance construction of the Cambria Suites and Hampton Inn in Bloomington, MN. The maximum principal available was $24,500,000. The variable interest rate loan is based on LIBOR plus 3.90%. The loans mature on December 31, 2010. The loan requires interest only payments monthly.
 
m) On April 30, 2007, the Company entered into a loan with General Electric Capital Corporation in the amount of $9,500,000 to fund the land acquisition on hotel construction located in Denver, CO. The loan carries a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 175 basis points and matures April 2018. The monthly principal and interest payment is $53,842.
 
n) On August 15, 2007, the Company entered into a loan with General Electric Capital Corporation in the amount of $11,300,000 to fund construction of the Cambria Suites in Baton Rouge, LA. The loan carries a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 180 basis points and matures in March 2019. The monthly principal and interest payment is $49,709.
 
o) On February 29, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with General Electric Capital Corporation in the amount of $11,400,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction located in San Antonio, TX. The loan carries a variable interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 255 basis points and matures in April, 2014. The monthly principal and interest payment is $54,639.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
p) On March 5, 2007, the Company closed on a loan with Fortress Credit Corporation to refinance the debt on several construction projects and provide equity for the acquisition, development and construction of additional real estate and hotel properties. The loan is in the amount of $99,700,000. The current balance on this note is $85,419,143 and carries a variable interest rate of 30-day LIBOR plus 875 basis points. The maturity date of the note is March 5, 2011. The recent extension was for a period of one year, with an option for an additional six month extension contingent on meeting certain requirements. The loan requires interest only payments monthly.
 
q) The Company has a credit pool agreement with the First National Bank of Omaha providing the Company with medium-term financing. The agreement allows for two-year interest only notes and five-year amortizing notes, for which the term of an individual note can extend beyond the term of the agreement. Interest on unpaid principal is payable monthly at a rate LIBOR plus 4.0% and a floor of between 5.25% and 5.50%. The three notes totaling $20,400,000 matured on July 24, 2010 and required interest only payments. The maturity date has been extended to July 31, 2011 pursuant to an amendment to the loan agreement. The two notes totaling $15,791,221 require monthly principal and interest payments of $105,865. The note for $8,684,124 requires a monthly principal and interest payment of $46,072.
 
r) On October 3, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with Bank of the Cascades in the amount of $13,270,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Residence Inn located in Portland, OR. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime, with a floor of 6%, and matures September 30, 2011. The loan requires interest only payments monthly.
 
s) On September 17, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with Compass Bank in the amount of $19,250,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Courtyard by Marriott located in Flagstaff, AZ. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime minus 25 basis points, with a floor of 4.5%, and matures May 17, 2018. The loan requires interest only payments monthly.
 
As of June 30, 2010, the Company has approximately $134,392,600 in long-term notes due in the next twelve months, of which $127,239,321 represents maturing debt and $7,153,279 represents other scheduled principal payments. We intend to pay scheduled principal payments with available cash flow from operations. In addition, we intend to repay each of the loans with proceeds from our initial public offering (Note 17); however, if the offering does not take place, we intend to either refinance or extend the terms of those debt instruments maturing in the next twelve months.
 
Maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five years are estimated as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 134,392,600  
2011
    139,340,300  
2012
    39,522,700  
2013
    48,129,200  
2014
    15,476,700  
Thereafter
    27,731,779  
         
    $ 404,593,279  
         
 
At June 30, 2010, the Company owned 65 hotel properties that were pledged as collateral on various credit agreements, as well as accounts receivable and intangible assets. Some of the credit agreements were also guaranteed by the affiliated members of the Company and certain affiliated entities. Significant covenants in the credit agreements require the Company to maintain minimum debt service coverage ratios. The weighted average interest rate for all borrowings was 5.78% at June 30, 2010.
 
NOTE 11— LINES OF CREDIT AND NOTES PAYABLE
 
The Company has a line-of-credit agreement with the First National Bank of Omaha providing the Company with short-term financing up to $20,002,943. Interest on unpaid principal is payable monthly at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 4.0%, with a floor of 5.5%. The amount of outstanding on this line-of-credit was $20,002,943 at June 30, 2010, which also


F-30


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
represents the maximum amount of borrowings during the year. This line-of-credit is secured by a mortgage on the specific hotels financed. The maturity date has been extended to July 31, 2011 for approximately $8.6 million pursuant to an amendment to the loan agreement. Approximately $11,358,000 of debt due to First National Bank of Omaha is due June 8, 2011, pursuant to an amendment to the loan agreement executed on August 15, 2010. We expect to execute an agreement with the lender which would allow an extension of the maturity date to July 31, 2011.
 
NOTE 12— MEMBERS’ EQUITY
 
The Company was formed on January 8, 2004. As specified in the Company’s Operating Agreement, the Company has four classes of membership capital units authorized: Class A, A-1, B and C.
 
NOTE 13— FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS
 
The Company operates hotels under franchise agreements with various hotel chains expiring through 2025. The franchise agreements are for 3-20 year terms. Under the franchise agreements, the Company pays royalties of 2.5% to 5.0% of room revenues and national advertising and media fees of 3% to 4% of total room revenues.
 
For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company incurred royalties of $2,978,386 and advertising and national media fees of $4,371,817.
 
The franchise agreements include restrictions on the transfer of the franchise licenses and the sale or lease of the hotel properties without prior written consent of the franchisor.
 
NOTE 14— BENEFIT PLANS
 
The Company has a qualified contributory retirement plan (the Plan), under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code which covers all full-time employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Voluntary contributions may be made to the Plan by employees. The Plan was changed to a Safe Harbor Plan effective for the 2008 calendar year. This Plan requires a mandatory employer contribution. The plan was converted back to a discretionary match during the fourth quarter 2009. Therefore, the employer contributions expense for 2009 was $116,020 and $0 for 2010.
 
NOTE 15— COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company leases land for two of its Ft. Smith properties under the terms of operating ground lease agreements expiring August 2022 and May 2030. The Company has options to renew the other leases for periods that range from 5-30 years. The Company has prepaid land leases on the Portland hotels with a remaining balance of $3,611,895 on June 30, 2010. This lease expires in June 2084. Total rent expense for these leases for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $118,737.
 
Approximate future minimum rental payments for noncancelable operating leases in excess of one year are as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 118,738  
2011
    241,855  
2012
    246,366  
2013
    251,012  
2014
    255,798  
Thereafter
    7,112,864  
         
    $ 8,226,633  
         
 
NOTE 16— RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Pursuant to several management agreements, The Summit Group, Inc. (a related party through common ownership and management control) provides management and accounting services for the Company. The agreements provide for the Company to reimburse The Summit Group, Inc. for its actual overhead costs and expenses relating to the managing of


F-31


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
the hotel properties. At no time will the reimbursed management expenses exceed 4.5% of annual gross revenues. At June 30, 2010, the Company had accounts payable of $322,240 to The Summit Group, Inc. The Company cannot remove The Summit Group, Inc. as its manager except for cause as specified in the agreements.
 
For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company paid reimbursed management expenses of $1,610,980 and reimbursed accounting services of $328,950. The Company also reimbursed maintenance and purchasing services of $103,522 for the six months ended June 30, 2010. These expenses are reflected within the general, selling and administrative section of the statement of operations.
 
As of June 30, 2010, the Company had accounts payable to The Summit Group, Inc. for $51,020 relating to reimbursement and development expenses for new hotel properties, respectively.
 
NOTE 17— SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
On August 9, 2010, Summit Hotel OP, LP filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) a Form S-4 seeking to register its securities and Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. filed with the SEC a Form S-11 seeking to register its securities. As described in these registration statements, upon receipt of proper approval from the Company’s Class A, Class A-1 and Class C members, and third parties whose approval may be required, the Company plans to merge with and into Summit Hotel OP, LP. Summit Hotel OP, LP will be the operating partnership for Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a hotel real estate investment trust (REIT). Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. intends to list its stock with the New York Stock Exchange. If these transactions are approved and completed as described in the registration statements, the successor company will have improved access to capital through the public trading markets.
 
NOTE 18— UNAUDITED INTERIM INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2009
 
Discontinued Operations
 
In accordance with FASB ASC 360, the Company classified its consolidated financial statement of operations for the six month period ended June 30, 2009 to present discontinued operations of the two consolidated hotel properties sold, or to be sold pursuant to the plan for hotel dispositions. This classification has no impact on the Company’s net income or the net income per capital unit. The Company’s St. Joseph, MO property was sold during the second quarter of 2009 for approximately $4,050,000. The Company’s Ellensburg, WA property was sold during the third quarter of 2009 for approximately $2,760,000. The operations for both properties are presented as discontinued.


F-32


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Condensed financial information of the results of operations for these hotel properties included in discontinued operations for the six month period ended June 30, 2009 is as follows:
 
         
REVENUES
  $ 967,042  
COSTS AND EXPENSES
       
Direct hotel operations
    297,811  
Other hotel operating expenses
    113,668  
General, selling and administrative
    189,402  
Repairs and maintenance
    32,948  
Depreciation and amortization
    92,506  
         
      726,335  
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    240,707  
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
       
Interest income
    116  
Interest (expense)
    (35,165 )
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    1,594,886  
         
      1,559,837  
         
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
  $ 1,800,544  
         
 
Note Obligations
 
On March 10, 2009, the Company entered into a loan modification agreement with MetaBank in the amount of $7,450,000 on the Boise, ID Cambria Suites. The loan modification extended the maturity date to April 1, 2012.
 
On June 29, 2009, the Company entered into a loan with Bank of the Ozarks in the amount of $10,816,000 to fund the hotel construction located in Portland, OR. The loan carries a variable interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 400 basis points, and matures on June 29, 2012.
 
Commitments/Agreements
 
The Company has entered into 5 construction contracts totaling approximately $59,600,000 with five contractors to develop hotel properties. The remaining commitment is estimated to be $13,000,000.


F-33


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Managers
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note 21 of the accompanying notes to the financial statements, the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 have been restated.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Summit Hotel Properties, LLC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 31, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  Eide Bailly LLP
 
Greenwood Village, Colorado
March 31, 2010 (except for Note 21
which is dated September 21, 2010)


F-34


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Managers
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
 
We have audited Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Summit Hotel Properties, LLC management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Summit Hotel Properties, LLC maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, and our report dated March 31, 2010 and September 21, 2010 as to Note 21, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
 
/s/  Eide Bailly LLP
 
Greenwood Village, Colorado
March 31, 2010


F-35


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Managers
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/  Gordon, Hughes & Banks, LLP
 
Greenwood Village, Colorado
March 21, 2008


F-36


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2009 AND 2008
 
                 
    2009
       
    (restated)     2008  
 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 8,239,225     $ 18,153,435  
Restricted cash
    1,755,053       1,679,027  
Trade receivables
    2,608,198       2,622,164  
Prepaid expenses and other
    1,416,480       2,170,955  
                 
Total current assets
    14,018,956       24,625,581  
                 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
    482,767,601       461,894,270  
                 
OTHER ASSETS
               
Deferred charges and other assets, net
    4,828,185       5,664,796  
Land held for sale
    12,226,320        
Other noncurrent assets
    4,074,179        
Restricted cash
    331,190       2,570,374  
                 
Total other assets
    21,459,874       8,235,170  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 518,246,431     $ 494,755,021  
                 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
               
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 134,370,900     $ 19,508,600  
Lines of credit
    21,457,943       12,288,500  
Notes payable
          7,469,865  
Accounts payable
    1,088,265       3,770,908  
Related party accounts payable
    494,248       3,173,179  
Accrued expenses
    9,182,013       9,956,372  
                 
Total current liabilities
    166,593,369       56,167,424  
                 
LONG-TERM DEBT, NET OF CURRENT PORTION
    270,353,750       350,826,837  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 15)
               
                 
MEMBERS’ EQUITY
               
Class A, 1,166.62 units issued and outstanding
    59,961,958       76,512,442  
Class A-1, 437.83 & 196.50 units issued and outstanding, respectively
    34,244,056       15,855,756  
Class B, 81.36 units issued and outstanding
    1,804,718       3,007,247  
Class C, 173.60 units issued and outstanding
    (13,086,957 )     (5,990,222 )
                 
Total Summit Hotel Properties, LLC members’ equity
    82,923,775       89,385,223  
Noncontrolling interest
    (1,624,463 )     (1,624,463 )
                 
Total equity
    81,299,312       87,760,760  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
  $ 518,246,431     $ 494,755,021  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-37


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
 
                         
    2009
             
    (restated)     2008     2007  
 
REVENUES
                       
Room revenues
  $ 118,959,822     $ 132,796,698     $ 112,043,997  
Other hotel operations revenues
    2,239,914       2,310,764       1,845,333  
                         
      121,199,736       135,107,462       113,889,330  
                         
COSTS AND EXPENSES
                       
Direct hotel operations
    42,070,893       42,380,950       35,021,263  
Other hotel operating expenses
    16,986,818       15,186,138       11,980,423  
General, selling and administrative
    24,017,471       25,993,091       22,008,912  
Repairs and maintenance
    6,151,474       8,008,854       10,404,860  
Depreciation and amortization
    23,971,118       22,307,426       16,135,758  
Loss on impairment of assets
    7,505,836              
                         
      120,703,610       113,876,459       95,551,216  
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    496,126       21,231,003       18,338,114  
                         
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
                       
Interest income
    49,805       194,687       446,219  
Interest (expense)
    (18,320,736 )     (17,025,180 )     (14,214,151 )
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    (4,335 )     (389,820 )     (651,948 )
                         
      (18,275,266 )     (17,220,313 )     (14,419,880 )
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
    (17,779,140 )     4,010,690       3,918,234  
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
    1,464,808       10,278,595       11,587,145  
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (16,314,332 )     14,289,285       15,505,379  
STATE INCOME TAX (EXPENSE)
          (826,300 )     (715,187 )
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    (16,314,332 )     13,462,985       14,790,192  
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTEREST
          384,269       777,762  
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
  $ (16,314,332 )   $ 13,078,716     $ 14,012,430  
                         
BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER $100,000 CAPITAL UNIT
  $ (9,391.54 )   $ 8,411.67     $ 9,012.19  
                         
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE NUMBER OF UNITS OUTSTANDING FOR CALCULATION OF BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER CAPITAL UNIT (based on $100,000 investment)
    1,737.13       1,554.83       1,554.83  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-38


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
 
                                                         
                                        Equity
 
    # of
                                  Attributable to
 
    Capital
                                  Noncontrolling
 
    Units     Class A     Class A-1     Class B     Class C     Total     Interest  
 
BALANCES, JANUARY 1, 2007
    1,554.83     $ 88,253,669     $ 11,035,274     $ 4,972,353     $ 3,961,011     $ 108,222,307     $ (1,511,494 )
Net Income (Loss)
          11,214,409       1,165,504       259,939       1,372,578       14,012,430       777,762  
Distributions to members
          (16,575,137 )     (1,528,017 )     (1,124,079 )     (5,612,615 )     (24,839,848 )     (969,000 )
                                                         
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2007
    1,554.83     $ 82,892,941     $ 10,672,761     $ 4,108,213     $ (279,026 )   $ 97,394,889     $ (1,702,732 )
Class A-1 units issued in private placement
    63.25               5,614,466                       5,614,466          
Net Income (Loss)
          10,785,507       1,136,502       184,178       972,529       13,078,716       384,269  
Distributions to members
          (17,166,006 )     (1,567,973 )     (1,285,144 )     (6,683,725 )     (26,702,848 )     (306,000 )
                                                         
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2008
    1,618.08     $ 76,512,442     $ 15,855,756     $ 3,007,247     $ (5,990,222 )   $ 89,385,223     $ (1,624,463 )
Class A-1 units issued in private placement
    241.33               22,123,951                       22,123,951          
Net Income (Loss) (restated)
          (6,807,644 )     (1,207,424 )     (1,202,529 )     (7,096,735 )     (16,314,332 )      
Distributions to members
          (9,742,840 )     (2,528,227 )                 (12,271,067 )      
                                                         
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2009 (restated)
    1,859.41     $ 59,961,958     $ 34,244,056     $ 1,804,178     $ (13,086,957 )   $ 82,923,775     $ (1,624,463 )
                                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-39


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
 
                         
    2009
             
    (restated)     2008     2007  
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (16,314,332 )   $ 13,078,716     $ 14,012,430  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    24,125,066       23,027,566       18,887,126  
Amortization of prepaid lease
    118,501              
Unsuccessful project costs
    1,262,219              
Noncontrolling interests in operations of consolidated LLC
          384,269       777,762  
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    (1,297,488 )     (8,604,779 )     (10,379,556 )
Loss on impairment of assets
    7,505,836              
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Trade receivables
    13,966       570,544       (41,035 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    315,891       (307,109 )     (102,077 )
Accounts payable and related party accounts payable
    (5,847,835 )     (1,656,286 )     1,180,615  
Accrued expenses
    (774,359 )     316,909       1,601,614  
                         
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    9,107,465       26,809,830       25,936,879  
                         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Land and hotel acquisitions and construction in progress
    (14,810,896 )     (12,904,466 )     (3,841,941 )
Purchases of other property and equipment
    (6,613,397 )     (6,628,779 )     (9,465,898 )
Proceeds from asset dispositions, net of closing costs
    207,814       23,584,638       35,581,012  
Restricted cash released (funded)
    2,163,158       (585,271 )     164,348  
                         
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    (19,053,321 )     3,466,122       22,437,521  
                         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    223,518       4,837,000       8,853,669  
Principal payments on long-term debt
    (6,890,949 )     (20,909,992 )     (22,932,344 )
Financing fees on long-term debt
    (945,442 )     (942,405 )     (1,277,528 )
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable and line of credit
    4,860,000       18,510,867        
Principal payments on notes payable and line of credit
    (19,865 )           (7,432,397 )
Proceeds from equity contributions, net of commissions
    15,075,451       5,614,466        
Distributions to members
    (12,271,067 )     (26,702,848 )     (24,839,848 )
Distributions to noncontrolling interest
          (306,000 )     (969,000 )
                         
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    31,646       (19,898,912 )     (48,597,448 )
                         
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (9,914,210 )     10,377,040       (223,048 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
    18,153,435       7,776,395       7,999,443  
                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR
  $ 8,239,225     $ 18,153,435     $ 7,776,395  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Cash payments for interest, net of the amounts capitalized below
  $ 17,810,544     $ 17,833,598     $ 15,867,060  
                         
Interest capitalized
  $ 2,977,101     $ 3,829,267     $ 4,489,724  
                         


F-40


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)
 
                         
    2009
             
    (restated)     2008     2007  
 
Cash payments for state income taxes
  $ 728,514     $ 781,081     $ 356,187  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
                       
Acquisitions of hotel properties and land through issuance of debt
  $     $ 16,447,237     $ 42,341,906  
                         
Construction in progress financed through accounts payable
  $ 244,126     $     $  
                         
Construction in progress financed through related party accounts payable
  $ 242,135     $ 2,600,260     $ 690,629  
                         
Construction in progress financed through issuance of debt
  $ 51,098,872     $ 38,765,692     $ 78,752,652  
                         
Conversion of construction in progress to other assets
  $ 4,149,379     $        
                         
Issuance of long-term debt for short-term debt
  $ 7,450,000     $ 12,772,819        
                         
Issuance of long-term debt to refinance existing long-term debt
  $ 22,215,852     $ 11,073,070     $ 3,286,331  
                         
Equity contributions used to pay down debt
  $ 7,048,500     $     $  
                         
Financing costs funded through construction draws
  $     $ 1,651,886     $  
                         
Sale proceeds used to pay down long-term debt
  $ 6,134,285     $ 4,215,362     $  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-41


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
 
NOTE 1—PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Nature of Business
 
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, “The Company”, (a South Dakota limited liability company) was organized on January 8, 2004, and is engaged in the business of developing, owning and operating hotel properties.
 
The Company has agreements for the use of various trade names, trademarks and service marks which include Carlson Hospitality, Choice Hotels International, Hilton Hotel Corporation, InterContinental Hotels Group, Hyatt Hotel Corporation and Marriott International. The Company also owns and operates one independent non-franchised hotel. As of December 31, 2009, the Company owned and managed 65 hotels, representing approximately 6,533 rooms located in 19 states. As of December 31, 2008, the Company owned and managed 62 hotels, representing approximately 5,854 rooms located in 19 states. As of December 31, 2007, the Company owned and managed 64 hotels, representing approximately 5,863 rooms located in 19 states. The Company’s hotel properties are located throughout various regions of the United States. Hotels operating in any given region are potentially susceptible to adverse economic and competitive conditions as well as unique trends associated with that particular region. The potential adverse affect of such conditions on the Company’s business, financial position, and results of its operations is mitigated due to the diversified locations of the Company’s properties. The Company has only one operating segment.
 
Restatement
 
Certain December 31, 2009 amounts have been restated to correct an immaterial error (see Note 21).
 
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
 
The Company is a 49% owner and the primary beneficiary of Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC (“Scottsdale”), which qualifies as a variable interest entity. Accordingly, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Scottsdale have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The entity was formed for the purpose of purchasing two hotel properties in Scottsdale, AZ and its activities primarily relate to owning and operating those two hotel properties. As of December 31, 2009 and for the year then ended, Scottsdale had assets of $19,771,907, liabilities of $14,251,068, revenues of $5,848,427, and expenses of $5,825,455. As of December 31, 2008 and for the year then ended, Scottsdale had assets of $21,291,843, liabilities of $14,725,106, revenues of $8,871,475 and expenses of $7,049,137. As of December 31, 2007 and for the year then ended, Scottsdale had assets of $21,842,939, liabilities of $15,429,670, revenues of $10,062,022, and expenses of $7,468,129. Included in the consolidated assets are assets as of December 31, 2009 totaling $18,533,866 which represent collateral for obligations of Scottsdale. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is $5,520,839. Apart from that amount, creditors and the beneficial holders of Scottsdale have no recourse to the assets or general credit of the Company. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company is a Class A Member and receives a 10% priority distribution on their capital contribution before distributions to other classes. Class A members may also receive additional operating distributions based on their Sharing Ratio. These additional distributions are determined by the managing member and are based on excess cash from operations after normal operating expenses, loan payments, priority distributions, and reserves. Any income generated by the LLC is first allocated to Class A members up to the 10% priority return.
 
The Company has adopted FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidation . Under Topic 810, variable interest entities (“VIEs”) are required to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if they do not effectively disperse risks among the parties involved. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of its expected residual returns, or both, as a result of holding variable interests. In applying Topic 810, management has utilized available information and reasonable assumptions and estimates in evaluating whether an entity is a VIE and which party is the primary beneficiary. These assumptions and estimates are subjective and the use of different assumptions could result in different conclusions.


F-42


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Beginning on October 1, 2004, the Company considered its interest in Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC, a VIE in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. As per the provisions of Topic 810, the Company’s interest in the VIE has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
The Company is the 100% owner of several special purpose entities which were established due to various lending requirements. These entities include Summit Hospitality I, LLC; Summit Hospitality II, LLC; Summit Hospitality III, LLC; Summit Hospitality IV, LLC; and Summit Hospitality V, LLC. All assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of these wholly owned subsidiaries are reflected on the financial statements.
 
The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through March 29, 2010, the date the financial statements were issued.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At times, cash on deposit may exceed the federally insured limit. The Company maintains its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. Due to the financial institution crisis and economic downturn that occurred in the second half of 2008, management has assessed the risks of each of the financial institutions where the Company has deposits in excess of insured limits and believes the risk of loss to still be minimal.
 
Receivables and Credit Policies
 
Trade receivables are uncollateralized customer obligations resulting from the rental of hotel rooms and the sales of food, beverage, catering and banquet services due under normal trade terms requiring payment upon receipt of the invoice. Trade receivables are stated at the amount billed to the customer and do not accrue interest. Customer account balances with invoices dated over 60 days old are considered delinquent. Payments of trade receivables are allocated to the specific invoices identified on the customer’s remittance advice or, if unspecified, are applied to the earliest unpaid invoices.
 
The Company reviews the collectability of the receivables monthly. A provision for losses on receivables is determined on the basis of previous loss experience and current economic conditions. There were no material uncollectible receivables and no allowance for doubtful accounts recorded as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company incurred bad debt expense of $88,125, $172,481, and $94,155 for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Buildings and major improvements are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over 27 to 40 years, the estimated useful lives of the assets. Hotel equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets of 2 to 15 years. Development costs and other overhead costs are allocated to building and equipment on a prorated basis. The Company periodically re-evaluates fixed asset lives based on current assessments of remaining utilization that may result in changes in estimated useful lives. Such changes are accounted for prospectively and will increase or decrease depreciation expense. Depreciation expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaled $21,748,782 and $20,085,238, respectively. Expenditures that materially extend a property’s life are capitalized. These costs may include hotel refurbishment, renovation and remodeling expenditures. Normal maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred. When depreciable property is retired or disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in current operations.


F-43


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Capitalized Development and Interest Costs
 
The Company capitalizes all hotel development costs and other direct overhead costs related to the purchase and construction of hotels. Additionally, the Company capitalizes the interest costs associated with constructing new hotels. Capitalized development, direct overhead and interest are depreciated over the estimated lives of the respective assets. Organization and start-up costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company capitalized interest of $2,977,101, $3,829,267, and $4,489,724, respectively.
 
Assets Held for Sale
 
Properties are classified as other noncurrent assets when management determines that they are excess and intends to list them for sale. These assets are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell and consist of land only at December 31, 2009. Excess properties are classified as assets held for sale in current assets when they are under contract for sale, or otherwise probable that they will be sold within the next twelve months. There are no assets that fit this classification at December 31, 2009.
 
Long-Lived Assets and Impairment
 
The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC 360, Property Plant and Equipment , which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. FASB ASC 360 requires a long-lived asset to be sold to be classified as “held for sale” in the period in which certain criteria are met, including that the sale of the asset within one year is probable. FASB ASC 360 also requires that the results of operations of a component of an entity that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale be reported in discontinued operations if the operations and cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from the Company’s ongoing operations.
 
The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of its long-term assets in relation to historical results, current business conditions and trends to identify potential situations in which the carrying value of assets may not be recoverable. If such reviews indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable, the Company would estimate the undiscounted sum of the expected cash flows of such assets to determine if such sum is less than the carrying value of such assets to ascertain if an impairment exists. If an impairment exists, the Company would determine the fair value by using quoted market prices, if available for such assets, or if quoted market prices are not available, the Company would discount the expected future cash flows of such assets.
 
During 2009, the Company has determined that six land parcels were deemed to be impaired and written down to their fair market value. The Company has also determined that the Courtyard hotel in Memphis, TN was deemed to be impaired and written down to its fair market value. Carrying value of the assets exceeded fair value by $7,505,836, with fair value being determined by reference to the estimated quoted market prices of such assets as defined in Level 3 Inputs as discussed under Fair Value and in Note 4. An impairment loss of that amount has been charged to operations in 2009 (see Note 21).
 
Deferred Charges
 
These assets are carried at cost and consist of deferred financing fees and initial franchise fees. Costs incurred in obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the term of the related debt, which approximates the interest method. Initial franchise fees are capitalized and amortized over the term of the franchise agreement using the straight line method. Amortization expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaled $2,222,336 and $2,439,178, respectively.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash consists of certain funds maintained in escrow for property taxes, insurance and certain capital expenditures. Funds may be disbursed from the account upon proof of expenditures and approval from the lenders. See also Note 8.


F-44


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Income Taxes
 
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC is a limited liability company and, as such, all federal taxable income of the limited liability company flows through and is taxable to the members of the Company. The Company has adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes , on January 1, 2009. The implementation of this standard had no impact on the financial statements. As of both the date of adoption, and as of December 31, 2009, the unrecognized tax benefit accrual was zero.
 
The Company will recognize future accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense if incurred. The Company is no longer subject to Federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006.
 
The Company has elected to pay state income taxes at the Company level in all of the states in which it does business. The Company’s estimated state income tax expenses at current statutory rates were $0, $826,300, and $715,187, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Members’ Capital Contributions and Profit and Loss Allocations
 
The Company is organized as a limited liability company and can issue to its members Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C units.
 
Approximate sharing ratios are as follows:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Class A
    42 %     45 %     46 %
Class A-1
    7       4       3  
Class B
    7       8       8  
Class C
    44       43       43  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
The limited liability company operating agreement provides that net profits are allocated to cover a 10% priority return to Class A members, 8% priority return to Class A-1 members, then the balance is allocated based on ownership of common membership units. Net losses are allocated to members based on ownership of common membership units.
 
Only Class A and A-1 members contribute capital. These members receive an 8-10% priority return on their capital contributions before distributions to other classes. Class A and A-1 members may also receive additional operating distributions based on their Sharing Ratio. These additional distributions are determined by the managing member and are based on excess cash from operations after normal operating expenses, loan payments, priority distributions, and reserves. Class A and A-1 members have voting rights on creation of new classes of membership, amendments to the Articles of Organization, and dissolution of the company. Class A and A-1 memberships are sold in units of $100,000 each. Class B members do not have voting rights and receive distributions in accordance with their Sharing Ratio after Class A and A-1 members have received their priority return. The Class C member is The Summit Group, Inc. (SGI), a related party. SGI has limited voting rights, in addition to the right to appoint members to the Board. SGI, however, has significant authority to manage the hotel properties and acts as the Company’s Manager. SGI receives distributions in accordance with its Sharing Ratio after Class A and A-1 members have received their priority return.
 
Costs paid for syndication are charged directly to equity against the proceeds raised. The Company’s operating agreement contains extensive restrictions on the transfer of membership interests. In addition, the transferability of membership interests is restricted by federal and state law. The membership interests may not be offered, sold, transferred, pledged, or hypothecated to any person without the consent of The Summit Group, Inc., a related party and 44% owner of the Company through its holding of 100% of the outstanding Class C units.


F-45


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Earnings per Capital Unit
 
For purposes of calculating basic earnings per capital unit, capital units issued by the Company are considered outstanding on the effective date of issue and are based on a $100,000 capital unit.
 
Noncontrolling Interests
 
Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC has made distributions to noncontrolling members in excess of income allocations to those members. Their excess is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
The Company grants credit to qualified customers generally without collateral, in the form of accounts receivable. The Company believes its risk of loss is minimal due to its periodic evaluations of the credit worthiness of the customers.
 
Advertising and Marketing Costs
 
The Company expenses all advertising and marketing costs as they are incurred. Total costs for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $9,015,388, $9,588,243 and $8,647,625, respectively. Of this total cost, $880,534, $846,971 and $669,491, represented general advertising expense for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $8,134,854, $8,741,272 and $7,978,134, represented national media fees required by the hotel franchise agreements for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These costs are reported as components of general, selling and administrative costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
Sales Taxes
 
The Company has customers in states and municipalities in which those governmental units impose a sales tax on certain sales. The Company collects those sales taxes from its customers and remits the entire amount to the various governmental units. The Company’s accounting policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted from revenue and cost of revenue.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s hotel revenues are derived from room rentals and other sources, such as charges to guests for long-distance telephone service, fax machine use, movie and vending commissions, meeting and banquet room revenue, restaurant and bar revenue, and parking and laundry services. The Company recognizes hotel revenue on a daily basis based on an agreed upon daily rate after the guest has stayed at one of its hotels for a day, used its lodging facilities and received related lodging services and amenities. The Company believes that the credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited, because approximately 90% of the Company’s revenue is related to credit card transactions, which are typically reimbursed within 2-3 days. Reserves for any uncollectible accounts, if material, are established for accounts that age beyond a predetermined acceptable period. The Company had not recorded any such reserves at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Adopted Accounting Standards
 
The Company follows accounting standards set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, commonly referred to as the “FASB.” The FASB sets generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) that we follow to ensure we consistently report our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , which establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, sometimes referred to as the Codification or ASC, as the sole source of authoritative GAAP. The FASB finalized the Codification effective for periods ending on or after September 1, 2009. Prior FASB standards are no longer being issued by the FASB. Pursuant to the provisions of FASB ASC 105, the Company has updated references to GAAP in its financial statements


F-46


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
issued for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Codification will have no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as it is for disclosure purposes only.
 
In January 2009, the Company adopted FASB ASC 810, Consolidation , which changes the accounting and reporting standards of noncontrolling interests (previously called minority interest) in consolidated financial statements. ASC 810 requires that equity attributable to noncontrolling interests be recognized in equity separate from that of the Company’s and that consolidated net income now includes the results of operations attributable to its noncontrolling interests. A reconciliation of noncontrolling interests from the beginning of the reporting period to the end is required either in the notes to the financial statements or as part of the consolidated statement of changes in equity, if presented. Further, this provision requires a separate schedule that shows the effects of any changes in the Company’s ownership interest in its subsidiaries on the Company’s equity. The effects on our consolidated financial statements include the reclassification of previously classified minority interest as noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary with no effect on net income or loss.
 
In January 2009, the Company adopted FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations, which includes the primary requirements as follows: (i) Upon initially obtaining control, the acquiring entity in a business combination must recognize 100% of the fair values of the acquired assets, including goodwill, and assumed liabilities, with only limited exceptions even if the acquirer has not acquired 100% of its target. As a consequence, the current step acquisition model will be eliminated. (ii) Contingent consideration arrangements will be fair valued at the acquisition date and included on that basis in the purchase price consideration. The concept of recognizing contingent consideration at a later date when the amount of that consideration is determinable beyond a reasonable doubt, will no longer be applicable. (iii) All transaction costs will be expensed as incurred. This ASC is effective for business combinations in which the acquisition date is on or after the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this ASC did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In January 2009, the Company adopted FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging , which is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This ASC has had no impact on the consolidated financial statements as the Company does not have derivative instruments or hedging activities.
 
Future Adoption of Accounting Standards
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued an update to ASC 810, Consolidations , and changed the consolidation guidance applicable to a variable interest entity. Among other things, it requires a qualitative analysis to be performed in determining whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. FASB ASC 810 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after November 15, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that ASC 810 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Fair Value
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements , which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FASB ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under Topic 820 are described below:
 
Level 1— Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
Level 2— Inputs reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the


F-47


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
asset or the liability; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
 
Level 3— Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonable available.
 
Our estimates of the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methods. Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data and develop estimated fair value. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methods may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
 
The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable, and debt obligations. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s long-term debt obligations consisted of fixed and variable rate debt that had a carrying value of $404,724,650 and $370,335,437, respectively, and a fair value, based on current market interest rates of $384,856,147 and $403,573,174, respectively. The Company has classified their long-term debt instruments as Level 2 in the hierarchy of FASB ASC 820 described above.
 
FASB issued an update to ASC 820 which the Company adopted effective January 1, 2009. This update requires that non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities be disclosed at fair value in the financial statements if these items occur regularly, such as in determining impairment loss or the value of assets held for sale as described below.
 
The following tables summarize the changes in fair value of our Level 3 non-financial assets for the year ended December 31, 2009 (See Note 4):
 
         
Fair Value Measurement of Non-Financial Assets Using Level 3 Inputs
     
 
Beginning balance at January 1, 2009
  $ 24,574,383  
Add current year additions
    37,415  
Less depreciation
    (379,642 )
Less impairment
    (7,505,836 )
         
Ending balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 16,726,320  
         
Impairment for 2009 included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized losses
  $ (7,505,836 )
 
The December 31, 2009 ending balance of $16,726,320 is composed of land held for sale with a fair value of $12,226,320 and the Memphis, TN Courtyard with a fair value of $4,500,000.
 
NOTE 2—PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER
 
Prepaid expenses and other at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Prepaid insurance expense
  $ 781,144     $ 743,491  
Other prepaid expense
    635,336       1,427,464  
                 
    $ 1,416,480     $ 2,170,955  
                 


F-48


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 3—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009
       
    (restated)     2008  
 
Land
  $ 75,272,012     $ 90,014,168  
Hotel buildings and improvements
    390,909,814       321,115,322  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    87,642,374       64,738,527  
Construction in progress
    8,551,354       45,387,313  
                 
      562,375,554       521,255,330  
Less accumulated depreciation
    79,607,953       59,361,060  
                 
    $ 482,767,601     $ 461,894,270  
                 
 
The construction in progress asset accounts consist of 5 hotels under development which the Company anticipates will be constructed in 2011 and 2012. During 2007, the Company purchased land in Houston, TX for $1,864,000, San Antonio, TX for $10,420,000, Portland, OR for $3,650,000, El Paso, TX for $2,614,000 and Ft. Myers, FL for $3,307,500. Construction has been completed on one hotel in San Antonio, one in Ft. Myers, and two hotels in Portland. During 2008, the Company purchased land in Twin Falls, ID for $2,212,000, Spokane, WA for $1,730,000, and Missoula, MT for $1,379,000. Construction on one of the Twin Falls sites has been completed.
 
NOTE 4—ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
 
As a part of regular policy, the Company periodically reviews hotels based on established criteria such as age of hotel property, type of franchise associated with hotel property, and adverse economic and competitive conditions in the region surrounding the property.
 
During 2009, the Company completed a comprehensive review of its investment strategy and of its existing portfolio to identify properties which the Company believes are either non-core or no longer complement the business as required by FASB ASC 360. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no hotels that met the Company’s criteria of held for sale classification. The Company has committed to sell six parcels of land that were originally purchased for development and thus, their net book value, as defined in Level 3 Inputs, is recorded as assets held for sale as of December 31, 2009.
 
Assets held for sale at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009   2008
 
Land
  $ 12,226,320     $  
                 
 
NOTE 5—OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS
 
Other noncurrent assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Prepaid land lease
  $ 3,635,595     $  
Seller financed notes receivable
    438,584     $  
                 
    $ 4,074,179     $  
                 


F-49


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 6—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
The Company has reclassified its consolidated financial statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and its consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, as a result of implementing FASB ASC 360 to reflect discontinued operations of eleven consolidated hotel properties sold or to be sold during these periods pursuant to the plan for hotel dispositions. This reclassification has no impact on the Company’s net income or the net income per share. During 2007, the Company sold six hotel properties located in Coeur D’Alene, ID; Pueblo, CO; Lincoln, NE; Fenton, MO; and Detroit, MI for approximately $36,095,000 with net proceeds of $35,581,000. During 2008, the Company sold three hotel properties located in Lewiston, ID; Jackson, MS; and Overland Park, KS and two hotel properties located in Kennewick, WA for approximately $28,575,000 with net proceeds of $27,775,000. During 2009, the Company sold two hotel properties located in Ellensburg, WA and St. Joseph, MO for approximately $6,810,000 with net proceeds of $6,342,000.
 
Condensed financial information of the results of operations for these hotel properties included in discontinued operations are as follows:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
REVENUES
  $ 1,133,690     $ 6,825,908     $ 20,859,130  
COSTS AND EXPENSES
                       
Direct hotel operations
    348,065       2,210,724       7,484,861  
Other hotel operating expenses
    135,122       813,490       2,746,811  
General, selling and administrative
    258,495       1,058,716       4,088,156  
Repairs and maintenance
    36,091       199,290       1,096,351  
Depreciation and amortization
    153,948       720,140       2,751,368  
                         
      931,721       5,002,360       18,167,547  
                         
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    201,969       1,823,548       2,691,583  
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
                       
Interest income
    116       16,790       (22,818 )
Interest (expense)
    (39,100 )     (556,342 )     (2,113,124 )
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    1,301,823       8,994,599       11,031,504  
                         
      1,262,839       8,455,047       8,895,562  
                         
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
  $ 1,464,808     $ 10,278,595     $ 11,587,145  
                         
 
NOTE 7—ACQUISITIONS
 
The Company applies the principles of FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations , in accounting for its acquisitions. The Company determines the cost of the acquired property based upon the fair value of assets distributed as consideration and the fair value of liabilities incurred. The cost of the acquired entity includes all direct costs of the business combination whereas indirect and general expenses are expensed as incurred. The Company allocates the cost of the acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair market values at the date of acquisition. To determine fair value of the various components acquired, the Company engages independent valuation consultants and other third-party real-estate appraisals as necessary. The Company allocates the cost of the acquired property based upon the relative fair values of the various components contained in the appraisals. In certain cases, the cost of the property acquired may be less than the fair value contained in the appraisals. In these cases, the Company reduces the fair values based upon the relative value of the components of the acquisition. The excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value will be assigned to intangible assets if the intangible asset is separable and if it arises from a contractual or other legal right. Any remaining excess of the cost of acquisition over fair values assigned to separable assets is recognized as goodwill. Further, many of the Company’s hotel acquisitions to date have been


F-50


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
aggregated in accordance with Topic 805 and has resulted in an aggregated purchase price allocation. Since its inception, the Company’s acquisitions and subsequent purchase price allocations have resulted in no goodwill.
 
The Company’s strategy is to pursue the acquisition of additional hotels under the investment parameters established in the Company’s Operating Agreement. In accordance with this strategy, the Company has made the following acquisitions.
 
On October 30, 2008, the Company purchased a hotel property in Flagstaff, AZ for approximately $10,750,000. Essentially all of the assets purchased were allocated to property and equipment.
 
The following table illustrates the allocation of the respective purchase prices for each of the aggregated property purchases discussed above during 2009 and 2008:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Current assets
  $     $  
Property and equipment
          10,750,000  
Intangible assets
           
                 
Total assets acquired
          10,750,000  
                 
Current liabilities
           
Long-term debt
           
Total liabilities assumed
           
                 
Net assets acquired
  $       10,750,000  
                 
 
NOTE 8—DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS
 
Deferred charges and other assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Initial franchise fees
  $ 2,596,042     $ 2,270,544  
Deferred financing costs
    8,204,003       7,415,091  
                 
      10,800,045       9,685,635  
Less accumulated amortization
    5,971,860       4,020,839  
                 
Total
  $ 4,828,185     $ 5,664,796  
                 
 
Future amortization expense is expected to be approximately:
 
         
2010
  $ 1,542,341  
2011
    1,174,959  
2012
    672,118  
2013
    357,098  
2014
    300,868  
Thereafter
    780,801  
         
    $ 4,828,185  
         


F-51


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 9—RESTRICTED CASH
 
                                         
    Property
          FF&E
             
Financing Lender
  Taxes     Insurance     Reserves     2009     2008  
 
Wells Fargo (Scottsdale)
  $     $     $     $     $ 1,556,520  
Wells Fargo (Lehman)
    641,402       625,694       331,190       1,598,286       1,954,937  
National Western Life
    31,178                   31,178        
Capmark (ING)
    128,504                   128,504       195,166  
Capmark (ING)
    145,061                   145,061       501,778  
Capmark (ING)
    83,473                   83,473       31,485  
Capmark (ING)
    99,741                   99,741       9,515  
                                         
    $ 1,129,359     $ 625,694     $ 331,190     $ 2,086,243     $ 4,249,401  
                                         
 
The Company has financing arrangements under which an agreed upon percentage of gross income is required to be deposited into a special reserve account for future replacements of furniture, fixtures and equipment. Some financing arrangements also include provisions that restricted cash must be maintained in escrow for property taxes and insurance. Funds may be disbursed from the account upon proof of expenditures and approval from the lender.
 
NOTE 10—ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
Accrued expenses at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Accrued sales and other taxes
  $ 5,238,690     $ 5,910,209  
Accrued salaries and benefits
    1,400,729       1,838,615  
Accrued interest
    1,303,999       1,109,577  
Other accrued expenses
    1,238,595       1,097,971  
                 
    $ 9,182,013     $ 9,956,372  
                 


F-52


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 11—DEBT OBLIGATIONS
 
The Company’s debt obligations at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 
                                     
          Interest
  Maturity
             
Payee
       
Rate
  Date     2009     2008  
 
Lehman Brothers Bank
          Fixed (5.4025)%     1/11/2012     $ 78,980,016     $ 81,016,607  
                                     
ING Investment Management
          Fixed (5.60)%     1/1/2012       30,088,766       31,211,603  
            Fixed (6.10)%     7/1/2012       30,416,427       31,445,191  
            Fixed (6.61)%     11/1/2013       6,412,683       6,578,270  
            Fixed (6.34)%     7/1/2012       8,122,717       8,319,000  
                                     
                          75,040,593       77,554,064  
                                     
National Western Life Insurance
    (i )   Fixed (8.0)%     1/1/2015       14,000,000        
                                     
Chambers Bank
          Fixed (6.5)%     6/24/2010       1,669,020       1,742,534  
                                     
JP Morgan
          Fixed (7.5)%     11/11/2024             14,180,289  
                                     
Bank of the Ozarks
    (h )   Variable (6.75% at 12/31/09)     6/29/2012       5,794,427        
                                     
MetaBank
    (g )   Variable (5.0% at 12/31/09)     4/1/2012       7,450,000        
                                     
BNC National Bank
          Fixed (5.01)%     11/1/2013       5,910,962       6,092,607  
                                     
      (f )   Variable (3.0% at 12/31/09     4/1/2016       5,755,882       2,041,373  
                                     
            and 3.0% at 12/31/08)             11,666,844       8,133,980  
                                     
M&I Bank
          Variable (4.13% at 12/31/09     12/31/2010       9,895,727       9,895,727  
                                     
            and 6.8% at 12/31/08)     12/31/2010       11,524,451       11,524,451  
                                     
                          21,420,178       21,420,178  
                                     
General Electric Capital Corp. 
          Fixed (3.36%)     12/1/2017       9,122,315       9,396,990  
            Variable (2.05% at 12/31/09                        
            and 3.6% at 12/31/08)     3/1/2019       11,300,000       9,557,647  
      (c )   Variable (3.0% at 12/31/09     4/1/2014       11,400,000       9,887,995  
                                     
            and 4.4% at 12/31/08)             31,822,315       28,842,632  
                                     
Fortress Credit Corp. 
    (b )   Variable (5.98% at 12/31/09     3/5/2010       83,524,828       74,899,566  
                                     
            and 6.63% at 12/31/08)                        
First National Bank of Omaha
    (a )   Variable (5.5% at 12/31/09     7/1/2010       20,400,000       24,400,000  
                                     
            and 3.03% at 12/31/08)                        
First National Bank of Omaha
    (a )   Fixed (5.25)%     7/1/2013       16,081,630       16,889,585  
                                     
First National Bank of Omaha
    (a )   Fixed (6.62)%     4/1/2012             2,971,977  
                                     
First National Bank of Omaha
          Fixed (5.25)%     2/1/2014       8,771,867       13,462,622  
                                     
Bank of Cascades
    (d )   Variable (6.0% at 12/31/09     9/30/2011       12,445,888       1,862,974  
                                     
            and 6.0% at 12/31/08)                        
Compass Bank
    (e )   Variable (4.5% at 12/31/09     5/17/2018       15,657,044       2,958,429  
                                     
            and 3.0% at 12/31/08)                        
Total long-term debt
    404,724,650       370,335,437  
Less current portion
    (134,370,900 )     (19,508,600 )
                 
Total long-term debt, net of current portion
  $ 270,353,750     $ 350,826,837  
                 
 
 
(a) The Company has a credit pool agreement with the First National Bank of Omaha providing the Company with medium-term financing up to $35,000,000 on a revolving basis through June 2010. The agreement allows for two-year


F-53


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
interest only notes and five-year amortizing notes, for which the term of an individual note can extend beyond the term of the agreement. Interest on unpaid principal is payable monthly at a rate LIBOR plus 4.0% and a floor of between 5.25% and 5.50%. The amount of credit available on this agreement to the Company was $0 at December 31, 2009.
 
(b) On March 5, 2007, the Company closed on a loan with Fortress Credit Corporation to refinance the debt on several construction projects and provide equity for the acquisition, development and construction of additional real estate and hotel properties. The loan is in the amount of $99,700,000. The current balance on this note is $83,524,828 and carries a variable interest rate of 30-day LIBOR plus 575 basis points. The maturity date of the note is March 5, 2010. The amount of credit available on this loan was $16,175,172 at December 31, 2009.
 
(c) On February 29, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with General Electric Capital Corporation in the amount of $11,400,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction located in San Antonio, TX. The loan carries a variable interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 225 basis points and matures in May 2014. The current balance is approximately $11,400,000.
 
(d) On October 3, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with Bank of the Cascades in the amount of $13,270,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Residence Inn located in Portland, OR. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime, with a floor of 6%, and matures September 30, 2011. The current balance is approximately $12,445,888. The amount of credit available on this loan was approximately $824,000 at December 31, 2009.
 
(e) On September 17, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with Compass Bank in the amount of $19,250,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Courtyard by Marriott located in Flagstaff, AZ. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime minus 25 basis points and matures May 17, 2018. The current balance is approximately $15,657,044. The amount of credit available on this loan was approximately $3,593,000 at December 31, 2009.
 
(f) On October 1, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with BNC National Bank in the amount of $6,460,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Holiday Inn Express located in Twin Falls, ID. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime minus 25 basis points and matures April 1, 2016. The current balance is approximately $5,755,882. The amount of credit available on this loan was approximately $704,000 at December 31, 2009.
 
(g) On March 10, 2009, the Company entered into a loan modification agreement with MetaBank in the amount of $7,450,000 on the Boise, ID Cambria Suites. The loan modification extended the maturity date to April 1, 2012.
 
(h) On June 29, 2009, the Company entered into a loan with Bank of the Ozarks in the amount of $10,816,000 to fund the hotel construction located in Portland, OR. The loan carries a variable interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 400 basis points with a floor of 6.75% and matures on June 29, 2012. The current balance is approximately $5,794,427. The amount of credit available on this loan was approximately $4,778,000 at December 31, 2009.
 
(i) On December 9, 2009, the Company entered into two loans with National Western Life Insurance Company in the amounts of $8,650,000 and $5,350,000 to refinance the JP Morgan debt on the two Scottsdale, AZ hotels. The loans carry a fixed rate of 8.0% and mature on January 1, 2015. The current balance on the two notes is $14,000,000.
 
Maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five years are estimated as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 134,370,900  
2011
    19,601,500  
2012
    147,401,500  
2013
    36,369,600  
2014
    28,574,200  
Thereafter
    38,406,950  
         
    $ 404,724,650  
         
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company owned 64 and 62 properties, respectively, that were pledged as collateral on various credit agreements, as well as accounts receivable and intangible assets. Some of the credit agreements were also guaranteed by the affiliated members of the Company and certain affiliated entities. Significant


F-54


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
covenants in the credit agreements require the Company to maintain minimum debt service coverage ratios. The weighted-average interest rate for all borrowings was 5.40% and 5.01% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
NOTE 12—LINES OF CREDIT AND NOTES PAYABLE
 
The Company has a line-of-credit agreement with the First National Bank of Omaha providing the Company with short-term financing up to $28,200,000 on a revolving basis. Interest on unpaid principal is payable monthly at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 4.0%, with a floor of 5.5%. The amount of outstanding on this line-of-credit was $21,457,943 and $12,288,500 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which also represents the maximum amount of borrowings during the year. This line-of-credit is secured by a mortgage on the specific hotels financed.
 
NOTE 13—MEMBERS’ EQUITY
 
The Company was formed on January 8, 2004. As specified in the Company’s Operating Agreement, the Company has four classes of membership capital units authorized: Class A, A-1, B and C.
 
On October 21, 2008, the Company issued a “Confidential Private Placement Memorandum” (PPM) for the purpose of acquiring additional investors. The PPM offered up to $100,000,000 of Class A-1 membership units. For the period ended December 31, 2008, the Company issued 63.25 units in connection with this offering. The Company received proceeds of the offering (net of expenses) of $5,614,466. For the period ended December 31, 2009, the company issued 241.33 units in connection with this offering. The Company received proceeds of the offering (net of expenses) of $22,123,951. The offering closed on October 20, 2009.
 
NOTE 14—FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS
 
The Company operates hotels under franchise agreements with various hotel chains expiring through 2025. The franchise agreements are for 3-20 year terms. Under the franchise agreements, the Company pays royalties of 2.5% to 5.0% of room revenues and national advertising and media fees of 3% to 4% of total room revenues.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company incurred royalties of $5,402,948, $6,172,495 and $5,852,019, respectively, and advertising and national media fees of $8,134,854, $8,741,272 and $7,978,134, respectively.
 
The franchise agreements include restrictions on the transfer of the franchise licenses and the sale or lease of the hotel properties without prior written consent of the franchisor.
 
NOTE 15—BENEFIT PLANS
 
The Company has a qualified contributory retirement plan (the Plan), under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code which covers all full-time employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Voluntary contributions may be made to the Plan by employees. Discretionary matching Company contributions of $69,385 and $68,543 were made in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Plan was changed to a Safe Harbor Plan effective for the 2008 calendar year. This Plan requires a mandatory employer contribution. Therefore, the Company accrued $137,135 for employer contributions for the 2008 calendar year. The plan was converted back to a discretionary match during the fourth quarter 2009. Therefore, the employer contributions expense for the first three quarters of 2009 was $116,020.
 
NOTE 16—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company leases land for two of its Ft. Smith properties under the terms of operating ground lease agreements expiring August 2022 and May 2030. The lease on the Ellensburg property was transferred with the sale of that hotel in 2009. The Company has options to renew the other leases for periods that range from 5-30 years. The Company has a prepaid land lease on the Portland hotels with a remaining balance of $3,635,595 on December 31, 2009. This lease


F-55


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
expires in June 2084. Total rent expense for these leases for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $321,916, $235,549 and $248,246, respectively.
 
Approximate future minimum rental payments for noncancelable operating leases in excess of one year are as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 237,475  
2011
    241,855  
2012
    246,366  
2013
    251,012  
2014
    255,798  
Thereafter
    6,994,127  
         
    $ 8,226,633  
         
 
NOTE 17—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Pursuant to a management agreement, The Summit Group, Inc. (a related party through common ownership and management control) provides management and accounting services for the Company. The agreement provides for the Company to reimburse The Summit Group, Inc. for its actual overhead costs and expenses relating to the managing of the hotel properties. At no time will the reimbursed management expenses exceed 4.5% of annual gross revenues. For the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company paid reimbursed management expenses of $2,894,078, $4,186,593 and $4,122,048, respectively, and reimbursed accounting services of $589,012, $626,685 and $637,448, respectively. The Company also reimbursed for maintenance and purchasing services of $530,457, $641,526 and $691,174, for the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had accounts payable of $252,113 and $572,919, respectively, to The Summit Group, Inc. The Company cannot remove The Summit Group, Inc. as its manager except for cause as specified in the agreement.
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had accounts payable to The Summit Group, Inc. for $242,135 and $2,600,260 relating to reimbursement and development expenses for 5 and 17 new hotel properties, respectively. The Company reimbursed The Summit Group, Inc. for development expenses in the amount of $1,300,000 and $1,995,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
In 2008, the Company issued a private placement memorandum (PPM) for the purpose of acquiring additional investors. Summit Capital Partners, LLC (SCP), a related party through common ownership and management control, brokered securities related to the PPM for the company. For the year ended December 31, 2008, capital contributions of $6,325,000 (cash proceeds received net of expenses equaled $5,614,466) was raised with the assistance of SCP. Commission expense paid to SCP for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $206,625. For the year ended December 31, 2009, capital contributions of $24,133,000 (cash proceeds received net of expenses equaled $22,123,951) was raised with the assistance of SCP. Commission expense paid to SCP for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $570,600.
 
NOTE 18—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
The Company and Fortress Credit Corp (“Fortress”) have agreed to the material terms of an extension of the Company’s loan with Fortress (“Fortress Loan”). In March 2007 the Company entered into the Fortress Loan, in the amount of $99.7 million and with a maturity date of March 5, 2010. To permit the parties to finalize the definitive documentation for the extension, Fortress has agreed to forbear from declaring a default or otherwise enforcing its rights under the Fortress Loan until April 5, 2010. The extension is anticipated to be for a period of one year, with an option for an additional six month extension contingent on meeting certain requirements.


F-56


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 19—SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
Selected consolidated quarterly financial data (in thousands, except per unit amounts) for 2009, 2008 and 2007 is summarized below. The sum of the quarterly earnings (loss) per unit amounts may not equal the annual earnings per unit amounts due primarily to changes in the number of common units and common unit equivalents outstanding from quarter to quarter. The matters which affect the comparability of our quarterly results include seasonality.
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    3/31   6/30   9/30   12/31   12/31
 
2009 (restated):
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 29,301     $ 31,293     $ 32,211     $ 28,395     $ 121,200  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interests
    (1,698 )     (1,619 )     (6,914 )     (7,548 )     (17,779 )
Less minority interests in operations of consolidated partnerships
    (123 )     (63 )     393       (207 )      
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    (1,575 )     (1,556 )     (7,307 )     (7,341 )     (17,779 )
Discontinued operations
    104       1,697       (336 )           1,465  
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    (1,471 )     141       (7,643 )     (7,341 )     (16,314 )
Less state income tax
                (20 )     20        
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,471 )   $ 141     $ (7,623 )     (7,361 )   $ (16,314 )
Net income (loss) per unit:
  $ (893.99 )   $ 82.31     $ (4,422.24 )     (4,157.62 )   $ (9,391.54 )
                                         
2008:
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 32,381     $ 35,556     $ 38,018     $ 29,152     $ 135,107  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interests
    459       2,688       5,337       (4,473 )     4,011  
Less minority interests in operations of consolidated partnerships
    244       73       (158 )     225       384  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    215       2,615       5,495       (4,698 )     3,627  
Discontinued operations
    290       1,751       8,048       189       10,278  
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    505       4,366       13,543       (4,509 )     13,905  
Less state income tax
          309       895       (378 )     826  
Net income (loss)
  $ 505     $ 4,057     $ 12,648       (4,131 )   $ 13,079  
Net income (loss) per unit:
  $ 324.79     $ 2,609.29     $ 8,134.65       (2,656.88 )   $ 8,411.67  
                                         
2007:
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 25,855     $ 29,105     $ 30,590       28,339     $ 113,889  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interests
    2,624       875       2,919       (2,500 )     3,918  
Less minority interests in operations of consolidated partnerships
    333       219       (107 )     333       778  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    2,291       656       3,026       (2,833 )     3,140  
Discontinued operations
    6       3,561       2,076       5,944       11,587  
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    2,297       4,217       5,102       3,111       14,727  
Less state income tax
    72       411       298       (66 )     715  
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,225     $ 3,806     $ 4,804       3,177     $ 14,012  
Net income (loss) per unit:
  $ 1,431.02     $ 2,447.86     $ 3,089.73       2,043.31     $ 9,012.19  


F-57


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 20—PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
The following condensed pro forma financial information is presented as if the acquisitions discussed in Note 6 had been consummated as of the beginning of the period presented but is not necessarily indicative of what actual results of operations of the Company would have been assuming the acquisitions had been consummated at that time nor does it purport to represent the results of operations for future periods.
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31:  
    2009
             
    (restated)     2008     2007  
 
Total revenue
  $ 121,199,736     $ 142,583,370     $ 136,638,460  
Net income before minority interests
    (16,466,961 )     12,984,433       14,040,192  
Minority interests in operations of consolidated partnerships
          384,269       777,762  
Net income
  $ (16,466,961 )   $ 12,600,164     $ 13,262,430  
Net income per unit:
  $ (9,479.41 )   $ 8,103.89     $ 8,529.83  
 
NOTE 21—CORRECTION OF AN IMMATERIAL ERROR
 
As disclosed in the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of the Company, for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1,173,100 to write down the carrying value of its Courtyard hotel in Memphis, TN to fair value. Management’s evaluation of impairment for this property as of December 31, 2009 indicated a potential impairment, however, management concluded at that time that the amount was not material to the 2009 financial statements. Subsequently, management concluded that the fair value at December 31, 2009 was not different from the fair value that was determined in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Therefore, management believes the impairment charge should have been recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The effect of the error was to understate Loss on Impairment of Assets for the year ended December 31, 2009 and to overstate Property and Equipment, net at December 31, 2009.
 
The following is a summary of the effects of the correction on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and the consolidated statement of operations, statement of cash flows, and statement of changes in members’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2009. This correction also affected sections of Notes 1, 3, 19 and 20.
 
                 
    December 31, 2009  
    As Previously
    As
 
    Reported     Restated  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet
               
Property and Equipment, net
  $ 483,940,701     $ 482,767,601  
Total Assets
  $ 519,419,531     $ 518,246,431  
                 
Class A, 1,166.62 units
  $ 60,451,469     $ 59,961,958  
Class A-1, 437.83 & 196.50 units
    34,330,877       34,244,056  
Class B, 81.36 units
    1,891,187       1,804,718  
Class C, 173.60 units
    (12,576,658 )     (13,086,957 )
                 
Total Summit Hotel Properties, LLC members’ equity
  $ 84,096,875     $ 82,923,775  
Total Equity
  $ 82,472,412     $ 81,299,312  
Total Liabilities and Members’ Equity
  $ 519,419,531     $ 518,246,431  
                 
Consolidated Statement of Operations
               
Loss on impairment of assets
  $ 6,332,836     $ 7,505,836  
Costs and expenses
    119,530,510       120,703,610  
Income from operations
    1,669,226       496,126  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (16,606,040 )     (17,779,140 )


F-58


Table of Contents

 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                 
    December 31, 2009  
    As Previously
    As
 
    Reported     Restated  
 
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    (15,141,232 )     (16,314,332 )
Net income (loss)
    (15,141,232 )     (16,314,332 )
Net loss attributable to Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
  $ (15,141,232 )   $ (16,314,332 )
                 
Basic and diluted loss per $100,000 capital unit
  $ (8,716.23 )   $ (9,391.54 )
                 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity
               
Net Income (Loss)
  $ (15,141,323 )   $ (16,314,332 )
Class A
    (6,318,133 )     (6,807,644 )
Class A-1
    (1,120,603 )     (1,207,424 )
Class B
    (1,116,060 )     (1,202,529 )
Class C
    (6,586,436 )     (7,096,735 )
Total SHP members’ equity
  $ 84,096,875     $ 82,923,775  
Class A
    60,451,469       59,961,958  
Class A-1
    34,330,877       34,244,056  
Class B
    1,891,187       1,804,718  
Class C
    (12,576,658 )     (13,086,957 )
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Net income (loss)
  $ (15,141,232 )   $ (16,314,332 )
Loss on impairment of assets
  $ 6,332,836     $ 7,505,836  

F-59


Table of Contents

 
 
(SUMMIT LOGO)
 
Shares of Common Stock
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
Baird
 
          , 2010
 


Table of Contents

PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 31.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses of the sale and distribution of the securities being registered, all of which are being borne by the Registrant.
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 23,205  
FINRA filing fee
    33,045  
NYSE listing fee
       
Printing and engraving fees
       
Legal fees and expenses
       
Accounting fees and expenses
       
Transfer agent and registrar fees
       
Director and officer liability insurance policy premium
       
Miscellaneous Expenses
       
         
Total
  $        
         
 
All expenses, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and FINRA filing fee, are estimated.
 
Item 32.    Sales to Special Parties.
 
On June 30, 2010, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Boekelheide for $1,000.
 
Item 33.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
On June 30, 2010, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Boekelheide for $1,000.
 
Item 34.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officer to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (1) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (2) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:
 
  •  the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
 
  •  the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or


II-1


Table of Contents

 
  •  in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.
 
However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon its receipt of:
 
  •  a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and
 
  •  a written undertaking by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer did not meet the standard of conduct.
 
Our charter authorizes us and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of such a proceeding to:
 
  •  any present or former director or officer of our company who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or
 
  •  any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, REIT, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.
 
Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served our predecessor in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or our predecessor.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officer that would provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officer or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Item 35.    Treatment of Proceeds from Stock Being Registered.
 
None.
 
Item 36.    Financial Statements and Exhibits.
 
(a)   Financial Statements.
 
See page F-1 for an index of the financial statements included in this Registration Statement on Form S-11.
 
(b)   Exhibits.
 
The list of exhibits following the signature page of this Registration Statement on Form S-11 is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 37.    Undertakings.
 
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.


II-2


Table of Contents

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers or controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance under Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota on the 20th day of September, 2010.
 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/   Kerry W. Boekelheide
Kerry W. Boekelheide,
Executive Chairman
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following person in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/   Kerry W. Boekelheide

Kerry W. Boekelheide
  Executive Chairman of the Board and Director   September 20, 2010
         
/s/   Daniel P. Hansen

Daniel P. Hansen
  President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   September 20, 2010
         
/s/   Stuart J. Becker

Stuart J. Becker
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)   September 20, 2010
         
/s/   JoLynn M. Sorum

JoLynn M. Sorum
  Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)   September 20, 2010


II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
  3 .2*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
  3 .3   Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP
  4 .1   Form of Common Stock Certificate
  5 .1*   Opinion of Venable LLP regarding the validity of the securities being registered
  8 .1*   Opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP regarding tax matters
  10 .1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 5, 2010, by and among Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and Summit Hotel OP, LP
  10 .2(a)   Contribution Agreement, dated August 5, 2010, by and between The Summit Group, Inc. and Summit Hotel OP, LP
  10 .2(b)   Contribution Agreement, dated August 5, 2010, by and between Summit Hotel OP, LP and Gary Tharaldson
  10 .3*   Form of Hotel Management Agreement
  10 .4*   Form of TRS Lease
  10 .5   Form of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .6   Form of Option Award Agreement
  10 .7   Form of Employment Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Kerry W. Boekelheide
  10 .8   Form of Employment Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Daniel P. Hansen
  10 .9   Form of Employment Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Craig J. Aniszewski
  10 .10   Form of Employment Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Stuart J. Becker
  10 .11   Form of Employment Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Ryan A. Bertucci
  10 .12   Form of Severance Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Christopher R. Eng
  10 .13   Form of Severance Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and JoLynn M. Sorum
  10 .14   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and each of its Executive Officers and Directors
  10 .15   Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company dated December 23, 2005
  10 .16   Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, dated June 15, 2006
  10 .17   First Modification of Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, dated April 24, 2007
  10 .18   Modification of Promissory Note and Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, dated November 28, 2007
  10 .19   Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation dated April 30, 2007 for a loan in the amount of $9,500,000
  10 .20   Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation dated August 15, 2007 for a loan in the amount of $11,300,000
  10 .21   Loan Modification Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation ($11,300,000 loan) dated December 2008
  10 .22   Loan Agreement between Summit Hospitality V, LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation dated February 29, 2008 for a loan in the amount of $11,400,000
  10 .23   Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and Compass Bank, dated September 17, 2008 for a loan in the amount of $19,250,000
  10 .24*   Form of Tax Protection Agreement
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of KPMG LLP
  23 .2   Consent of Eide Bailly LLP
  23 .3   Consent of Gordon, Hughes & Banks, LLP
  23 .4*   Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
  23 .5*   Consent of Hunton & Williams LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
  99 .1   Consent of Bjorn R. L. Hanson to being named as a director
  99 .2   Consent of David S. Kay to being named as a director
  99 .3   Consent of Thomas W. Storey to being named as a director
  99 .4   Consent of Wayne W. Wielgus to being named as a director
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 3.1
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
      FIRST : Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, desires to amend and restate its charter as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.
      SECOND : The provisions of the charter of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., which are now in effect and as amended hereby in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law, are as follows:
ARTICLE I
INCORPORATION
     Christopher R. Eng, whose address is c/o 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105, being at least 18 years of age, formed a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland on June 30, 2010.
ARTICLE II
NAME
          The name of the corporation is Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
     The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a REIT (as hereinafter defined) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the “Code”)) for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force. For purposes of the charter of the Corporation

 


 

(the “Charter”), “REIT” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
ARTICLE IV
PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN MARYLAND AND RESIDENT AGENT
     The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The name and address of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland are The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.
ARTICLE V
PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING
AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE
CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS
     Section 5.1 Number of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”). The number of directors of the Corporation initially shall be two, which number may be increased or decreased only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”), but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law, or any successor statute (the “MGCL”). The names of the directors who shall serve until their successors are duly elected and qualify are:
Kerry W. Boekelheide
Daniel P. Hansen

2


 

The directors may increase the number of directors and may fill any vacancy, whether resulting from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, on the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the Bylaws.
     The Corporation elects, at such time as it becomes eligible to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, that, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock (as defined in Section 6.1), any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.
     Section 5.2 Extraordinary Actions . Except as specifically provided in Section 5.8 (relating to removal of directors) and in the last sentence of Article VIII, notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
     Section 5.3 Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or

3


 

stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Charter or the Bylaws.
     Section 5.4 Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights . Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 6.4 or as may otherwise be provided by a contract approved by the Board of Directors, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL.
     Section 5.5 Indemnification . (a) The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification to, (i) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation or (ii) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, REIT, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in any of the foregoing capacities. The Corporation shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities

4


 

described in (i) or (ii) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation.
     (b) The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person described in the preceding paragraph against any liability which may be asserted against such person.
     (c) The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the maximum extent permitted by law, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
     Section 5.6 Determinations by Board . The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors consistent with the Charter, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other net profit, cash flow, funds from operations, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting

5


 

powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of stock of the Corporation; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or of any shares of stock of the Corporation; the number of shares of stock of any class or series of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors.
     Section 5.7 REIT Qualification . The Board of Directors, without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, shall have the authority to cause the Corporation to elect to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a REIT. Following such election, if the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to continue to be qualified as a REIT, the Board of Directors, without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may revoke or otherwise terminate the Corporation’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code. In addition, the Board of Directors, without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, shall have and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, without limitation, the power to determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock ownership and transfers set forth in Article VII of the Charter is no longer required in order for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT.
     Section 5.8 Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and then only by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the

6


 

votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular director, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.
     Section 5.9 Advisor Agreements . The Board of Directors may authorize the execution and performance by the Corporation of one or more agreements with any person, corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or other organization whereby, subject to the supervision and control of the Board of Directors, any such other person, corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or other organization shall render or make available to the Corporation managerial, investment, advisory and/or related services, office space and other services and facilities (including, if deemed advisable by the Board of Directors, the management or supervision of the investments of the Corporation) upon such terms and conditions as may be provided in such agreement or agreements (including, if deemed fair and equitable by the Board of Directors, the compensation payable thereunder by the Corporation).
ARTICLE VI
STOCK
     Section 6.1 Authorized Shares . The Corporation has authority to issue [600,000,000] shares of stock, consisting of [500,000,000] shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and [100,000,000] shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”). The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $[6,000,000]. If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of stock pursuant to Section 6.2, 6.3 or 6.4 of this Article VI, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares

7


 

of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, and without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.
     Section 6.2 Common Stock . Subject to the provisions of Article VII and except as may otherwise be specified in the Charter, each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time into one or more classes or series of stock.
     Section 6.3 Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any series from time to time, into one or more classes or series of stock.
     Section 6.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares . Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article VII and subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions (including, without limitation, restrictions on transferability), limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each

8


 

class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 6.4 may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary or other Charter document.
     Section 6.5 Charter and Bylaws . The rights of all stockholders and the terms of all stock are subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws.
ARTICLE VII
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES
     Section 7.1 Definitions . For the purpose of this Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
      Beneficial Ownership . The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Sections 856(h)(1)(B) and 856(h)(3)(A) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.
      Business Day . The term “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or a Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

9


 

      Capital Stock . The term “Capital Stock” shall mean all classes or series of stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, Common Stock and Preferred Stock.
      Charitable Beneficiary . The term “Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Charitable Trust as determined pursuant to Section 7.3.6, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.
      Charitable Trust . The term “Charitable Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 7.3.1.
      Constructive Ownership . The term “Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.
      Excepted Holder . The term “Excepted Holder” shall mean a Person for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by the Charter or by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.2.7.
      Excepted Holder Limit . The term “Excepted Holder Limit” shall mean, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Charter or by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.2.7 and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7.2.8, the percentage limit established for an Excepted Holder by the Charter or by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.2.7.

10


 

      Initial Date . The term “Initial Date” shall mean the date of issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the initial underwritten public offering of Common Stock or such other date as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion.
      Market Price . The term “Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding shares of Capital Stock, the Closing Price for such Capital Stock on such date. The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last reported sale price for such Capital Stock, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Capital Stock, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Capital Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the principal automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Capital Stock is not quoted by any such system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Capital Stock selected by the Board of Directors or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Capital Stock, the fair market value of the Capital Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
      NYSE . The term “NYSE” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.
      Person . The term “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or

11


 

501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity and also includes a “group” as that term is used for purposes of Rule 13d-5(b) or Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.
      Prohibited Owner . The term “Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer (or other event), any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 7.2.1, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in violation of the provisions of Section 7.2.1(a), and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the shares of Capital Stock that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.
      Restriction Termination Date . The term “Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Board of Directors determines pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Charter that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of shares of Capital Stock set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT.
      Stock Ownership Limit . The term “Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean nine and eight-tenths percent (9.8%) in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of Capital Stock of the Corporation excluding any outstanding shares of Capital Stock not treated as outstanding for federal income tax purposes, or such other percentage determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 7.2.8 of the Charter.

12


 

      TRS . The term “TRS” shall mean a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of the Corporation.
      Transfer . The term “Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire or change such Person’s percentage of Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, of Capital Stock or the right to vote or receive dividends on Capital Stock, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock or any interest in Capital Stock or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right, and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.
      Trustee . The term “Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and a Prohibited Owner, that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of the Charitable Trust.
     Section 7.2 Capital Stock .
          Section 7.2.1 Ownership Limitations . During the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date or as otherwise set forth below, and subject to Section 7.4:
               (a)  Basic Restrictions .

13


 

                    (i) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Stock Ownership Limit. No Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.
                    (ii) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership of Capital Stock would result in the Corporation being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year).
                    (iii) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock that, if effective, would result in the Capital Stock being Beneficially Owned by less than one hundred (100) Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Capital Stock.
                    (iv) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would cause the Corporation to Constructively Own ten percent (10%) or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of the Corporation’s real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code.
                    (v) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code,

14


 

including, but not limited to, as a result of any “eligible independent contractor” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the Code) that operates a “qualified lodging facility” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D)(i) of the Code) on behalf of a TRS failing to qualify as such.
               (b)  Transfer in Trust/Transfer Void Ab Initio . If any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock (or other event) occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v),
                    (i) then that number of shares of the Capital Stock the Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Charitable Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 7.3, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer (or other event), and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock; or
                    (ii) if the transfer to the Charitable Trust described in clause (i) of this Section 7.2.1(b) would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v), then the Transfer of that number of shares of Capital Stock that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) shall be void ab initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.
          Section 7.2.2 Remedies for Breach . If the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof or other designees if permitted by the MGCL shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 7.2.1 or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial or

15


 

Constructive Ownership of any shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1 (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or other designees if permitted by the MGCL shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares of Capital Stock, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided , however , that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of Section 7.2.1 shall automatically result in the transfer to the Charitable Trust described above, or, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
          Section 7.2.3 Notice of Restricted Transfer . Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Capital Stock that will or may violate Section 7.2.1(a) or any Person who would have owned shares of Capital Stock that resulted in a transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2.1(b) shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event or, in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation’s status as a REIT.
          Section 7.2.4 Owners Required To Provide Information . From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:
               (a) Every owner of more than five percent (5%) (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) in

16


 

number or value of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock, within thirty (30) days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating (i) the name and address of such owner, (ii) the number of shares of Capital Stock Beneficially Owned and (iii) a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such owner shall provide to the Corporation such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Stock Ownership Limit; and
               (b) Each Person who is a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of Capital Stock and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding Capital Stock for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request, in good faith, in order to determine the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and to ensure compliance with the Stock Ownership Limit.
          Section 7.2.5 Remedies Not Limited . Nothing contained in this Section 7.2 shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to, subject to Section 5.7 of the Charter, protect the Corporation and the interests of its stockholders in preserving the Corporation’s status as a REIT.
          Section 7.2.6 Ambiguity . In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Article VII, including any definition contained in Section 7.1 of this Article VII, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it at such time. In the event Section 7.2 or 7.3 requires an action by the Board of Directors and the Charter fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors shall have

17


 

the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3. Absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Directors (which the Board of Directors may make in its sole and absolute discretion), if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2) acquired Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1, such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the shares of Capital Stock which, but for such remedies, would have been actually owned by such Person, and second to shares of Capital Stock which, but for such remedies, would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such shares of Capital Stock based upon the relative number of the shares of Capital Stock held by each such Person.
          Section 7.2.7 Exceptions .
               (a) (i) The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the restrictions contained in Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if the Board of Directors obtains such representations, covenants and undertakings as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption and/or establishing or increasing the Excepted Holder Limit, as the case may be, will not cause the Corporation to lose its status as a REIT.
               (b) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 7.2.7(a), the Board of Directors may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine that granting the

18


 

exception will not cause the Corporation to lose its status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.
               (c) Subject to Section 7.2.1(a)(ii), an underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser that participates in a public offering, a private placement or other private offering of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) in excess of the Stock Ownership Limit, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering, private placement or immediate resale of such Capital Stock and provided that the restrictions contained in Section 7.2.1(a) will not be violated following the distribution by such underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser of such shares of Capital Stock.
          Section 7.2.8 Change in Stock Ownership Limit and Excepted Holder Limits . (a) The Board of Directors may from time to time increase or decrease the Stock Ownership Limit; provided , however , that a decreased Stock Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Person whose percentage ownership of Capital Stock is in excess of such decreased Stock Ownership Limit until such time as such Person’s percentage of Capital Stock equals or falls below the decreased Stock Ownership Limit, but until such time as such Person’s percentage of Capital Stock falls below such decreased Stock Ownership Limit, any further acquisition of Capital Stock will be in violation of the Stock Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Stock Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer individuals (taking into account all Excepted Holders) to Beneficially Own more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Capital Stock.

19


 

     (b) The Board of Directors may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder: (1) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that Excepted Holder. No Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the then Stock Ownership Limit.
          Section 7.2.9 Legend . Each certificate, if any, for shares of Capital Stock shall bear a legend summarizing the restrictions on transfer and ownership contained herein. Instead of a legend, the certificate, if any, may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a stockholder on request and without charge.
     Section 7.3 Transfer of Capital Stock in Trust .
          Section 7.3.1 Ownership in Trust . Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 7.2.1(b) that would result in a transfer of shares of Capital Stock to a Charitable Trust, such shares of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Trustee as trustee for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 7.2.1(b). The Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Section 7.3.6.
          Section 7.3.2 Status of Shares Held by the Trustee . Shares of Capital Stock held by the Trustee shall continue to be issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of

20


 

the Corporation. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the Capital Stock held by the Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Charitable Trust. The Prohibited Owner shall have no claim, cause of action, or any other recourse whatsoever against the purported transferor of such Capital Stock.
          Section 7.3.3 Dividend and Voting Rights . The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Capital Stock held in the Charitable Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid to a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid with respect to such shares of Capital Stock by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee. Any dividends or other distributions so paid over to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Charitable Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided , however , that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII,

21


 

until the Corporation has received notification that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred into a Charitable Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of stockholders.
          Section 7.3.4 Sale of Shares by Trustee . Within twenty (20) days of receiving notice from the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, the Trustee of the Charitable Trust shall sell the shares held in the Charitable Trust to a person, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 7.2.1(a). Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 7.3.4. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Charitable Trust ( e.g. , in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Charitable Trust and (2) the price per share received by the Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Charitable Trust. The Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions paid to the Prohibited Owner and owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 of this Article VII. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited

22


 

Owner, then (i) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Charitable Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 7.3.4, such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.
          Section 7.3.5 Purchase Right in Stock Transferred to the Trustee . Shares of Capital Stock transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Charitable Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Corporation may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions paid to the Prohibited Owner and owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 of this Article VII. The Corporation may pay the amount of such reduction to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the shares held in the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 7.3.4. Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and any dividends or other distributions held by the Trustee shall be paid to the Charitable Beneficiary.
          Section 7.3.6 Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries . By written notice to the Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Charitable Trust such that (i) the shares of Capital Stock held in the Charitable Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2.1(a)

23


 

in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under one of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code. Neither the failure of the Corporation to make such designation nor the failure of the Corporation to appoint the Trustee before the automatic transfer provided for in Section 7.2.1(b)(i) shall make such transfer ineffective, provided that the Corporation thereafter makes such designation and appointment.
     Section 7.4 NYSE Transactions . Nothing in this Article VII shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VII.
     Section 7.5 Enforcement . The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VII.
     Section 7.6 Non-Waiver . No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.
     Section 7.7 Severability . If any provision of this Article VII or any application of any such provision is determined to be invalid by any federal or state court having jurisdiction over the issues, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and other applications of such provisions shall be affected only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of such court.

24


 

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
     The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock. All rights and powers conferred by the Charter on stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation. Except as otherwise provided in the Charter and except for those amendments permitted to be made without stockholder approval under Maryland law or by specific provision in the Charter, any amendment to the Charter shall be valid only if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, any amendment to Section 5.8 and Article VII or to this sentence of the Charter shall be valid only if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
     To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

25


 

      THIRD : The amendment to and restatement of the Charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the sole stockholder of the Corporation as required by law.
      FOURTH : The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.
      FIFTH : The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent are as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.
      SIXTH : The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article V of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.
      SEVENTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement was 1,000 shares, consisting of 1,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value was $10.00.
      EIGHTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter is [600,000,000], consisting of [500,000,000] shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, and [100,000,000] shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $[6,000,000].
      NINTH : The undersigned Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges

26


 

that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

27


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chairman of the Board and attested to by its Secretary on this _____ day of ___________, 2010.
             
ATTEST:   SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
           
 
           
 
  By       (SEAL)
 
           
Christopher R. Eng
      Kerry W. Boekelheide    
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
      Chairman of the Board    

 

 
Exhibit 3.3
 
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
OF
 
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
(a Delaware limited partnership)
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
ARTICLE I
  DEFINED TERMS     1  
ARTICLE II
  FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP     7  
2.01
  Formation of the Partnership     7  
2.02
  Name     7  
2.03
  Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office     8  
2.04
  Term and Dissolution     8  
2.05
  Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership     8  
2.06
  Certificates Describing Partnership Units     8  
ARTICLE III
  BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP     9  
ARTICLE IV
  CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS     9  
4.01
  Capital Contributions     9  
4.02
  Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units     9  
4.03
  Additional Funding     11  
4.04
  LTIP Units     11  
4.05
  Conversion of LTIP Units     13  
4.06
  Capital Accounts     15  
4.07
  Percentage Interests     16  
4.08
  No Interest on Contributions     16  
4.09
  Return of Capital Contributions     16  
4.10
  No Third-Party Beneficiary     16  
ARTICLE V
  PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS     17  
5.01
  Allocation of Profit and Loss     17  
5.02
  Distribution of Cash     18  
5.03
  REIT Distribution Requirements     19  
5.04
  No Right to Distributions in Kind     19  
5.05
  Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions     19  
5.06
  Distributions Upon Liquidation     19  
5.07
  Substantial Economic Effect     19  
ARTICLE VI
  RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER     20  
6.01
  Management of the Partnership     20  
6.02
  Delegation of Authority     21  
6.03
  Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees     22  
6.04
  Liability of the General Partner     23  
6.05
  Partnership Obligations     23  
6.06
  Outside Activities     24  
6.07
  Employment or Retention of Affiliates     24  
6.08
  General Partner Activities     24  
6.09
  Title to Partnership Assets     24  
ARTICLE VII
  CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER     25  
7.01
  Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest     25  
7.02
  Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner     26  
7.03
  Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner     26  
7.04
  Removal of General Partner     27  


i


 

             
ARTICLE VIII
  RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS     28  
8.01
  Management of the Partnership     28  
8.02
  Power of Attorney     28  
8.03
  Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners     28  
8.04
  Common Unit Redemption Right     28  
8.05
  Registration     30  
ARTICLE IX
  TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS     33  
9.01
  Purchase for Investment     33  
9.02
  Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units     33  
9.03
  Admission of Substitute Limited Partner     34  
9.04
  Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units     35  
9.05
  Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner     35  
9.06
  Joint Ownership of Partnership Units     35  
ARTICLE X
  BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS     36  
10.01
  Books and Records     36  
10.02
  Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts     36  
10.03
  Fiscal and Taxable Year     36  
10.04
  Annual Tax Information and Report     36  
10.05
  Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments     36  
ARTICLE XI
  AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER     37  
11.01
  Amendment of Agreement     37  
11.02
  Merger of Partnership     37  
ARTICLE XII
  GENERAL PROVISIONS     38  
12.01
  Notices     38  
12.02
  Survival of Rights     38  
12.03
  Additional Documents     38  
12.04
  Severability     38  
12.05
  Entire Agreement     38  
12.06
  Pronouns and Plurals     38  
12.07
  Headings     38  
12.08
  Counterparts     38  
12.09
  Governing Law     38  

ii


 

EXHIBITS
 
EXHIBIT A—Partners, Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests
 
EXHIBIT B—Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right
 
EXHIBIT C-1—Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Entities)
 
EXHIBIT C-2—Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Individuals)
 
EXHIBIT D—Notice of Election by Partner to Convert LTIP Units into Common Units
 
EXHIBIT E—Notice of Election by Partnership to Force Conversion of LTIP Units into Common Units


iii


 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
RECITALS
 
Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to a Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware effective as of June 30, 2010 and an Agreement of Limited Partnership entered into as of June 28, 2010, by and between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “General Partner”), and Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Original Limited Partner”). This First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership is entered into this           day of          , 2010 among the General Partner and the Limited Partners set forth on Exhibit A hereto, for the purpose of amending and restating the Agreement of Limited Partnership.
 
AGREEMENT
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of mutual covenants between the parties hereto, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree to amend the Agreement of Limited Partnership to read in its entirety as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINED TERMS
 
The following defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified below:
 
“Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
“Additional Funds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03 hereof.
 
“Additional Securities” means any: (1) shares of capital stock of the General Partner now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the REIT Shares ( “Preferred Shares” ), (2) REIT Shares, (3) shares of capital stock of the General Partner now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are junior in rank to the REIT Shares ( “Junior Shares” ) and (4) (i) rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities having the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares, Preferred Shares or Junior Shares, or (ii) indebtedness issued by the General Partner that provides any of the rights described in clause (4)(i) of this definition (any such securities referred to in clause (4)(i) or (ii) of this definition, “New Securities” ).
 
“Adjustment Events” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(i) hereof.
 
“Administrative Expenses” means (i) all administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership, (ii) administrative costs and expenses of the General Partner, including any salaries or other payments to directors, officers or employees of the General Partner, and any accounting and legal expenses of the General Partner, which expenses, the Partners hereby agree are expenses of the Partnership and not the General Partner, and (iii) to the extent not included in clauses (i) or (ii) above, REIT Expenses; provided , however , that Administrative Expenses shall not include any administrative costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner that are attributable to Properties or interests in a Subsidiary that are owned by the General Partner other than through its ownership interest in the Partnership.
 
“Affiliate” means, (i) any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, (ii) any other Person that owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding capital stock, shares or equity interests of such Person, or (iii) any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager or trustee of such Person or any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or


1


 

indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, through the ownership of voting securities or partnership interests, contract or otherwise.
 
“Agreed Value” means the fair market value of a Partner’s non-cash Capital Contribution as of the date of contribution as agreed to by such Partner and the General Partner. The names and addresses of the Partners, number of Partnership Units issued to each Partner, and the Agreed Value of non-cash Capital Contributions as of the date of contribution is set forth on Exhibit A , as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
 
“Agreement” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Articles” means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the General Partner filed with the State Department and Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the General Partner.
 
“Capital Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06 hereof.
 
“Capital Account Limitation” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
 
“Capital Contribution” means the total amount of cash, cash equivalents, and the Agreed Value of any Property or other asset contributed or agreed to be contributed, as the context requires, to the Partnership by each Partner pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Any reference to the Capital Contribution of a Partner shall include the Capital Contribution made by a predecessor holder of the Partnership Interest of such Partner.
 
“Cash Amount” means an amount of cash per Common Unit equal to the Value of the REIT Shares Amount on the Specified Redemption Date.
 
“Certificate” means any instrument or document that is required under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business, to be signed and sworn to by the Partners of the Partnership (either by themselves or pursuant to the power-of-attorney granted to the General Partner in Section 8.02 hereof) and filed for recording in the appropriate public offices within the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction to perfect or maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership, to effect the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Partner of the Partnership, or to protect the limited liability of the Limited Partners as limited partners under the laws of the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction.
 
“Change of Control” means, as to the General Partner, the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of 80% or more of the assets of the General Partner, taken as a whole, to any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner; or (ii) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, share exchange, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting capital stock of the General Partner.
 
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as hereafter amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Code shall mean that provision in the Code at the date hereof and any successor provision of the Code.
 
“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
“Common Partnership Unit Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(ii) hereof.
 
“Common Redemption Amount” means either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as selected by the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof.
 
“Common Unit” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a Common Unit of the Partnership.


2


 

“Common Unit Economic Balance” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
 
“Common Unit Redemption Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
 
“Common Unit Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
 
“Constituent Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
 
“Conversion Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
 
“Conversion Factor” means a factor of 1.0, as adjusted as provided in this definition and in Section 6.08. The Conversion Factor will be adjusted in the event that the General Partner (i) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares, (ii) subdivides its outstanding REIT Shares or (iii) combines its outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares. In each of such events, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has occurred as of such time), and the denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on such date and, provided further , that in the event that an entity other than an Affiliate of the General Partner shall become General Partner pursuant to any merger, consolidation or combination of the General Partner with or into another entity (the “Successor Entity” ), the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by the number of shares of the Successor Entity into which one REIT Share is converted pursuant to such merger, consolidation or combination, determined as of the date of such merger, consolidation or combination. Any adjustment to the Conversion Factor shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event. If, however, the General Partner receives a Notice of Redemption after the record date, if any, but prior to the effective date of such event, the Conversion Factor shall be determined as if the General Partner had received the Notice of Redemption immediately prior to the record date for event.
 
“Conversion Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
 
“Conversion Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) hereof.
 
“Defaulting Limited Partner” means a Limited Partner that has failed to pay any amount owed to the Partnership under a Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership.
 
“Distributable Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(d) hereof.
 
“Economic Capital Account Balances” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
 
“Equity Incentive Plan” means any equity incentive or compensation plan hereafter adopted by the Partnership or the General Partner, including, without limitation, the General Partner’s [2010 Equity Incentive Plan].
 
“Event of Bankruptcy” as to any Person means (i) the filing of a petition for relief as to such Person as debtor or bankrupt under the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or similar provision of law of any jurisdiction (except if such petition is contested by such Person and has been dismissed within 90 days); (ii) the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person as finally determined by a court proceeding; (iii) the filing by such Person of a petition or application to accomplish the same or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee for such Person or a substantial part of his assets; or (iv) the commencement of any proceedings relating to such Person as a debtor under any other reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now in existence or hereinafter in effect, either by such Person or by another, provided that if such proceeding is commenced by another, such Person indicates his approval of such proceeding, consents thereto or acquiesces therein, or such proceeding is contested by such Person and has not been finally dismissed within 90 days.
 
“Excepted Holder Limit” has the meaning set forth in the Articles.
 
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
“Forced Conversion” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
 
“Forced Conversion Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.


3


 

“General Partner” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
 
“General Partner Loan” means a loan extended by the General Partner to a Defaulting Limited Partner in the form of a payment on a Partnership Loan by the General Partner to the Partnership on behalf of the Defaulting Limited Partner.
 
“General Partnership Interest” means the Partnership Interest held by the General Partner in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, which Partnership Interest is an interest as a general partner under the Act. The General Partnership Interest will be a number of Common Units held by the General Partner equal to one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of all outstanding Partnership Units. All other Partnership Units owned by the General Partner and any Partnership Units owned by any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the General Partner shall be considered to constitute a Limited Partnership Interest.
 
“Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(f) hereof.
 
“Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(f) hereof.
 
“Indemnitee” means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of its status as (A) the General Partner or (B) a director of the General Partner or an officer or employee of the Partnership, the General Partner or any Subsidiary thereof, and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.
 
“Independent Director” means a director of the General Partner who meets the NYSE requirements for an independent director as set forth from time to time.
 
“Junior Shares” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities.”
 
“Limited Partner” means any Person named as a Limited Partner on Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time, and any Person who becomes a Substitute Limited Partner or any additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.
 
“Limited Partnership Interest” means a Partnership Interest held by a Limited Partner at any particular time representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interest of all Limited Partners, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Limited Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and in the Act, together with the obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with all the provisions of this Agreement and of the Act. Limited Partnership Interests may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership Units.
 
“Liquidating Gains” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
 
“LTIP Unit” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as an LTIP Unit and which has the rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Section 4.04 hereof and elsewhere in this Agreement in respect of holders of LTIP Units, including both vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP Units. The allocation of LTIP Units among the Partners shall be set forth on Exhibit A as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
 
“LTIP Unitholder” means a Partner that holds LTIP Units.
 
“Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
 
“Majority in Interest” means Limited Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.
 
“New Securities” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities”.
 
“Notice of Redemption” means the Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.
 
“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.
 
“Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.


4


 

“Offering” means the underwritten initial public offering of REIT Shares.
 
“Original Limited Partner” means Kerry W. Boekelheide.
 
“Partner” means any General Partner or Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
 
“Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). A Partner’s share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5).
 
“Partnership” means Summit Hotel OP, LP, a limited partnership formed under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.
 
“Partnership Interest” means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by a Partner, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership Units.
 
“Partnership Loan” means a loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership pays over the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount to a taxing authority.
 
“Partnership Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(d). In accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(d), the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain is determined by first computing, for each Partnership nonrecourse liability, any gain the Partnership would realize if it disposed of the property subject to that liability for no consideration other than full satisfaction of the liability, and then aggregating the separately computed gains. A Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1).
 
“Partnership Record Date” means the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of cash pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof, which record date shall be the same as the record date established by the General Partner for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution.
 
“Partnership Unit” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued hereunder, and includes Common Units, LTIP Units and any other class or series of Partnership Units that may be established after the date hereof in accordance with the terms hereof. The number of Partnership Units outstanding and the Percentage Interests represented by such Partnership Units are set forth on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
 
“Partnership Unit Designation” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a)(i) hereof.
 
“Percentage Interest” means the percentage determined by dividing the number of Partnership Units of a Partner by the sum of the number of Partnership Units of all Partners.
 
“Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity.
 
“Preferred Shares” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities”.
 
“Profit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
 
“Property” means any property or other investment in which the Partnership, directly or indirectly, holds an ownership interest.
 
“Redeeming Limited Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
 
“Redemption Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a) hereof.
 
“Regulations” means the Federal Income Tax Regulations issued under the Code, as amended and as subsequently amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Regulations shall mean that provision of the Regulations on the date hereof and any successor provision of the Regulations.


5


 

“REIT” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
 
“REIT Expenses” means (i) costs and expenses relating to the formation and continuity of existence and operation of the General Partner and any Subsidiaries thereof (which Subsidiaries shall, for purposes hereof, be included within the definition of the General Partner), including taxes, fees and assessments associated therewith, any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to any director, officer or employee of the General Partner, (ii) costs and expenses relating to any public offering and registration, or private offering, of securities by the General Partner, and all statements, reports, fees and expenses incidental thereto, including, without limitation, underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to any such offering of securities, and any costs and expenses associated with any claims made by any holders of such securities or any underwriters or placement agents thereof, (iii) costs and expenses associated with any repurchase of any securities by the General Partner, (iv) costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any periodic or other reports and communications by the General Partner under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including filings with the Commission, (v) costs and expenses associated with compliance by the General Partner with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, including the Commission and any securities exchange, (vi) costs and expenses associated with any health, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing for compensation or benefits for the employees of the General Partner, (vii) costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner relating to any issuing or redemption of Partnership Interests and (viii) all other operating or administrative costs of the General Partner incurred in the ordinary course of its business on behalf of or related to the Partnership.
 
“REIT Shares” means shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the General Partner (or Successor Entity, as the case may be).
 
“REIT Shares Amount” means the number of REIT Shares equal to the product of (X) the number of Common Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Limited Partner, multiplied by (Y) the Conversion Factor as adjusted to and including the Specified Redemption Date; provided that in the event the General Partner issues to all holders of REIT Shares rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the holders of REIT Shares to subscribe for or purchase additional REIT Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the “ Rights ”), and such Rights have not expired at the Specified Redemption Date, then the REIT Shares Amount shall also include such Rights issuable to a holder of the REIT Shares Amount on the record date fixed for purposes of determining the holders of REIT Shares entitled to Rights.
 
“Restriction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(f) hereof.
 
“Rights” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” herein.
 
“Rule 144” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(c) hereof.
 
“S-3 Eligible Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a) hereof.
 
“Safe Harbor Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
 
“Safe Harbor Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
“Service” means the Internal Revenue Service.
 
“Stock Ownership Limit” has the meaning set forth in the Articles.
 
“Specified Redemption Date” means the first business day of the calendar quarter that is at least 60 calendar days after the receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.
 
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
 
“Subsidiary Partnership” means any partnership or limited liability company in which the General Partner, the Partnership, or a wholly owned subsidiary of the General Partner or the Partnership owns a partnership or limited liability company interest.


6


 

“Substitute Limited Partner” means any Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 9.03 hereof.
 
“Successor Entity” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Conversion Factor” herein.
 
“Survivor” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(d) hereof.
 
“Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth within Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code.
 
“Trading Day” means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
 
“Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
 
“Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a) hereof.
 
“TRS” means a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of the General Partner.
 
“Unvested LTIP Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
 
“Value” means, with respect to any security, the average of the daily market prices of such security for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date of such valuation. The market price for each such Trading Day shall be: (i) if the security is listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any other national securities exchange, the last reported sale price, regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, on such day, (ii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any other national securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or (iii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any national securities exchange and no such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than ten days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten days prior to the date in question, the value of the security shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate. In the event the security includes any additional rights (including any Rights), then the value of such rights shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.
 
“Vested LTIP Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
 
“Vesting Agreement” means each or any, as the context implies, agreement or instrument entered into by an LTIP Unitholder upon acceptance of an award of LTIP Units under an Equity Incentive Plan.
 
“Withheld Amount” means any amount required to be withheld by the Partnership to pay over to any taxing authority as a result of any allocation or distribution of income to a Partner.
 
ARTICLE II
 
FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP
 
2.01   Formation of the Partnership. The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.
 
2.02   Name. The Name of the Partnership shall be “Summit Hotel OP, LP” and the Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General


7


 

Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP,” “L.P.” or “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners; provided, however, failure to so notify the Partners shall not invalidate such change or the authority granted hereunder.
 
2.03   Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office. The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office is The Corporation Trust Company, a Delaware corporation. The principal office of the Partnership is located at 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate. Upon such a change of the principal office of the Partnership, the General Partner shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners; provided, however, failure to so notify the Partners shall not invalidate such change or the authority granted hereunder. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or desirable.
 
2.04 Term and Dissolution .
 
(a) The term of the Partnership shall continue in full force and effect until dissolved upon the first to occur of any of the following events:
 
(i) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a General Partner or the dissolution, death, removal or withdrawal of a General Partner unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof; provided that if a General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the dissolution of such General Partner as a result of the dissolution, death, withdrawal, removal or Event of Bankruptcy of a partner in such partnership shall not be an event of dissolution of the Partnership if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners, either alone or with additional partners, and such General Partner and such partners comply with any other applicable requirements of this Agreement;
 
(ii) the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership ( provided that if the Partnership receives an installment obligation as consideration for such sale or other disposition, the Partnership shall continue, unless sooner dissolved under the provisions of this Agreement, until such time as such installment obligations are paid in full);
 
(iii) the redemption of all Limited Partnership Interests (other than any Limited Partnership Interests held by the General Partner), unless the General Partner determines to continue the term of the Partnership by the admission of one or more additional Limited Partners; or
 
(iv) the dissolution of the Partnership upon election by the General Partner.
 
(b) Upon dissolution of the Partnership (unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof), the General Partner (or its trustee, receiver, successor or legal representative) shall amend or cancel the Certificate and liquidate the Partnership’s assets and apply and distribute the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 5.06 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liquidating General Partner may either (i) defer liquidation of, or withhold from distribution for a reasonable time, any assets of the Partnership (including those necessary to satisfy the Partnership’s debts and obligations), or (ii) distribute the assets to the Partners in kind.
 
2.05   Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership. The General Partner shall execute, acknowledge, record and file at the expense of the Partnership the Certificate and any and all amendments thereto and all requisite fictitious name statements and notices in such places and jurisdictions as may be necessary to cause the Partnership to be treated as a limited partnership under, and otherwise to comply with, the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business.
 
2.06   Certificates Describing Partnership Units. At the request of a Limited Partner, the General Partner, at its option, may issue a certificate summarizing the terms of such Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership, including the class or series and number of Partnership Units owned and the Percentage Interest represented by such Partnership Units


8


 

as of the date of such certificate. Any such certificate (i) shall be in form and substance as determined by the General Partner, (ii) shall not be negotiable and (iii) shall bear a legend to the following effect:
 
THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT NEGOTIABLE. THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE GOVERNED BY AND TRANSFERABLE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH (A) THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND (B) ANY APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS.
 
ARTICLE III
 
BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP
 
The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act, provided , however , that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit the General Partner at all times to qualify as a REIT, unless the General Partner otherwise ceases to, or the Board of Directors determines, pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Articles, that the General Partner shall no longer, qualify as a REIT, (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or the ownership of interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing and (iii) to do anything necessary or incidental to the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, and without limiting the General Partner’s right in its sole and absolute discretion to cease qualifying as a REIT, the Partners acknowledge that the General Partner intends to elect REIT status and the avoidance of income and excise taxes on the General Partner inures to the benefit of all the Partners and not solely to the General Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Limited Partners agree that the General Partner may terminate or revoke its status as a REIT under the Code at any time. The General Partner shall also be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS
 
4.01   Capital Contributions. The General Partner and each Limited Partner has made a capital contribution to the Partnership in exchange for the Partnership Units set forth opposite such Partner’s name on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately sales, exchanges or other Transfers, redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units or similar events having an effect on a Partner’s ownership of Partnership Units.
 
4.02   Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units . Except as provided in this Section 4.02 or in Section 4.03 hereof, the Partners shall have no right or obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership. The General Partner may contribute additional capital to the Partnership, from time to time, and receive additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, in respect thereof, in the manner contemplated in this Section 4.02.
 
(a)  Issuances of Additional Partnership Units.
 
(i)  General.   As of the effective date of this Agreement, the Partnership shall have authorized two classes of Partnership Units, entitled “Common Units” and “LTIP Units.” The General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue such additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, for any Partnership purpose at any time or from time to time to the Partners (including the General Partner) or to other Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, all without the approval of any Limited Partners. The General Partner’s determination that consideration is adequate shall be conclusive insofar as the adequacy of consideration relates to whether the Partnership Units are validly issued and fully paid. Any additional Partnership Units issued thereby may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to the then-outstanding Partnership Units held by the


9


 

Limited Partners, all as shall be determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of any Limited Partner, subject to Delaware law that cannot be preempted by the terms hereof and as set forth in a written document hereafter attached to and made an exhibit to this Agreement (each, a “Partnership Unit Designation”), including, without limitation, (i) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Units; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Units to share in Partnership distributions; and (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership Units upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; provided , however , that no additional Partnership Units shall be issued to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) unless:
 
(1)  (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, the General Partner, which REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02 and (B) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the cash consideration received by the General Partner from the issuance of such REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests in the General Partner;
 
(2)  (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, the General Partner pursuant to a taxable share dividend declared by the General Partner, which REIT Shares, capital stock or interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02, (B) if the General Partner allows the holders of its REIT Shares to elect whether to receive such dividend in REIT Shares or other capital stock of or, other interests in the General Partner or cash, the Partnership will give the Limited Partners (excluding the General Partner or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the General Partner) the same election to elect to receive (I) Partnership Units or cash or, (II) at the election of the General Partner, REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests in the General Partner or cash, and (C) if the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units pursuant to this Section 4.02(a)(i)(2), then an amount of income equal to the value of the Partnership Units received will be allocated to those holders of Common Units that elect to receive additional Partnership Units;
 
(3)  the additional Partnership Units are issued in exchange for property owned by the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) with a fair market value, as determined by the General Partner, in good faith, equal to the value of the Partnership Units; or
 
(4)  the additional Partnership Units are issued to all Partners in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
 
Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Units for less than fair market value, so long as the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the interests of the Partnership. Upon the issuance of any additional Partnership Units, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A as appropriate to reflect such issuance.
 
(ii)  Upon Issuance of Additional Securities.   The General Partner shall not issue any Additional Securities (other than REIT Shares issued in connection with an exchange pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or REIT Shares or other capital stock of or other interests in the General Partner issued in connection with a taxable stock dividend as described in Section 4.02(a)(i)(2) hereof) or Rights other than to all holders of REIT Shares, Preferred Shares, Junior Shares, or New Securities, as the case may be, unless (A) the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) Partnership Units or Rights having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of the Additional Securities, and (B) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes the proceeds from the


10


 

issuance of such Additional Securities and from any exercise of Rights contained in such Additional Securities to the Partnership; provided , however , that the General Partner is allowed to issue Additional Securities in connection with an acquisition of Property to be held directly by the General Partner, but if and only if, such direct acquisition and issuance of Additional Securities have been approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to issue Additional Securities for less than fair market value, and the General Partner is authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) corresponding Partnership Units, so long as (x) the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the General Partner and the Partnership and (y) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes all proceeds from such issuance to the Partnership, including without limitation, the issuance of REIT Shares and corresponding Partnership Units pursuant to a stock purchase plan providing for purchases of REIT Shares at a discount from fair market value or pursuant to stock awards, including stock options that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the REIT Shares, either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, and restricted or other stock awards approved by the Board of Directors. For example, in the event the General Partner issues REIT Shares for a cash purchase price and the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes all of the proceeds of such issuance to the Partnership as required hereunder, the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be issued a number of additional Partnership Units equal to the product of (A) the number of such REIT Shares issued by the General Partner, the proceeds of which were so contributed, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is 100%, and the denominator of which is the Conversion Factor in effect on the date of such contribution.
 
(b)  Certain Contributions of Proceeds of Issuance of REIT Shares.   In connection with any and all issuances of REIT Shares, the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall make Capital Contributions to the Partnership of the proceeds therefrom, provided that if the proceeds actually received and contributed by the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal to the sum of the net proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid by the General Partner, and the Partnership shall be deemed simultaneously to have reimbursed such discount, commissions, placement fees and expenses as an Administrative Expense for the benefit of the Partnership for purposes of Section 6.05(b).
 
(c)  Repurchases of General Partner Securities.   If the General Partner shall repurchase shares of any class or series of its capital stock, the purchase price thereof and all costs incurred in connection with such repurchase shall be reimbursed to the General Partner by the Partnership pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof and the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to redeem an equivalent number of Partnership Units of the appropriate class or series held by the General Partner, or by the General Partner in its capacity as a Limited Partner (which, in the case of REIT Shares, shall be a number equal to the quotient of the number of such REIT Shares divided by the Conversion Factor).
 
4.03   Additional Funding. If the General Partner determines that it is in the best interests of the Partnership to provide for additional Partnership funds ( “Additional Funds” ) for any Partnership purpose, the General Partner may (i) cause the Partnership to obtain such funds from outside borrowings, or (ii) elect to have the General Partner or any of its Affiliates provide such Additional Funds to the Partnership through loans or otherwise.
 
4.04   LTIP Units .
 
(a)  Issuance of LTIP Units.   Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the General Partner may from time to time issue LTIP Units to Persons who provide services to the Partnership or the General Partner, for such consideration as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate, and admit such Persons as Limited Partners. Subject to the following provisions of this Section 4.04 and the special provisions of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof, LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units, with all of the rights, privileges and obligations


11


 

attendant thereto. For purposes of computing the Partners’ Percentage Interests, holders of LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Unit holders and LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units. In particular, the Partnership shall maintain at all times a one-to-one correspondence between LTIP Units and Common Units for conversion, distribution and other purposes, including, without limitation, complying with the following procedures:
 
(i) If an Adjustment Event (as defined below) occurs, then the General Partner shall make a corresponding adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain a one-for-one conversion and economic equivalence ratio between Common Units and LTIP Units. The following shall be “Adjustment Events” : (A) the Partnership makes a distribution on all outstanding Common Units in Partnership Units, (B) the Partnership subdivides the outstanding Common Units into a greater number of units or combines the outstanding Common Units into a smaller number of units, or (C) the Partnership issues any Partnership Units in exchange for its outstanding Common Units by way of a reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Units. If more than one Adjustment Event occurs, the adjustment to the LTIP Units need be made only once using a single formula that takes into account each and every Adjustment Event as if all Adjustment Events occurred simultaneously. For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall not be Adjustment Events: (x) the issuance of Partnership Units in a financing, reorganization, acquisition or other similar business Common Unit Transaction, (y) the issuance of Partnership Units pursuant to any employee benefit or compensation plan or distribution reinvestment plan or (z) the issuance of any Partnership Units to the General Partner in respect of a capital contribution to the Partnership of proceeds from the sale of Additional Securities by the General Partner. If the Partnership takes an action affecting the Common Units other than actions specifically described above as “Adjustment Events” and in the opinion of the General Partner such action would require an adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain the one-to-one correspondence described above, the General Partner shall have the right to make such adjustment to the LTIP Units, to the extent permitted by law and by any Equity Incentive Plan and Vesting Agreement, in such manner and at such time as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may determine to be appropriate under the circumstances. If an adjustment is made to the LTIP Units, as herein provided, the Partnership shall promptly file in the books and records of the Partnership an officer’s certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, which certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment absent manifest error. Promptly after filing of such certificate, the Partnership shall deliver a notice to each LTIP Unitholder setting forth the adjustment to his or her LTIP Units and the effective date of such adjustment; provided, however, the failure to deliver such notice shall not invalidate the adjustment or the authority granted hereunder, and
 
(ii) The LTIP Unitholders shall, when, as and if authorized and declared by the General Partner out of assets legally available for that purpose, be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the distributions per Common Unit (the “Common Partnership Unit Distribution” ), paid to holders of Common Units on such Partnership Record Date established by the General Partner with respect to such distribution. So long as any LTIP Units are outstanding, no distributions (whether in cash or in kind) shall be authorized, declared or paid on Common Units, unless equal distributions have been or contemporaneously are authorized, declared and paid on the LTIP Units.
 
(b)  Priority.   Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04, the special provisions of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof and any Vesting Agreement, the LTIP Units shall rank pari passu with the Common Units as to the payment of regular and special periodic or other distributions and distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. As to the payment of distributions and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any class or series of Partnership Units which by its terms specifies that it shall rank junior to, on a parity with, or senior to the Common Units shall also rank junior to, or pari passu with, or senior to, as the case may be, the LTIP Units. Subject to the terms of any Vesting Agreement, an LTIP Unitholder shall be entitled to transfer his or her LTIP Units to the same extent, and subject to the same restrictions as holders of Common Units are entitled to transfer their Common Units pursuant to Article IX.
 
(c)  Special Provisions.   LTIP Units shall be subject to the following special provisions:
 
(i)  Vesting Agreements.   LTIP Units may, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, be issued subject to vesting, forfeiture and additional restrictions on transfer pursuant to the terms of a Vesting Agreement. The terms of any Vesting Agreement may be modified by the General Partner from time to time in its sole


12


 

discretion, subject to any restrictions on amendment imposed by the relevant Vesting Agreement or by the Equity Incentive Plan, if applicable. LTIP Units that have vested under the terms of a Vesting Agreement are referred to as “Vested LTIP Units” ; all other LTIP Units shall be treated as “Unvested LTIP Units.”
 
(ii)  Forfeiture.   Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, upon the occurrence of any event specified in a Vesting Agreement as resulting in either the right of the Partnership or the General Partner to repurchase LTIP Units at a specified purchase price or some other forfeiture of any LTIP Units, then if the Partnership or the General Partner exercises such right to repurchase or forfeiture in accordance with the applicable Vesting Agreement, the relevant LTIP Units shall immediately, and without any further action, be treated as cancelled and no longer outstanding for any purpose. Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, no consideration or other payment shall be due with respect to any LTIP Units that have been forfeited, other than any distributions declared with respect to a Partnership Record Date prior to the effective date of the forfeiture. In connection with any repurchase or forfeiture of LTIP Units, the balance of the portion of the Capital Account of the LTIP Unitholder that is attributable to all of his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which it exceeds the target balance contemplated by Section 5.01(g) hereof, calculated with respect to the LTIP Unitholder’s remaining LTIP Units, if any.
 
(iii)  Allocations.   LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to certain special allocations of gain under Section 5.01(g) hereof.
 
(iv)  Redemption.   The Common Unit Redemption Right provided to Limited Partners under Section 8.04 hereof shall not apply with respect to LTIP Units unless and until they are converted to Common Units as provided in clause (v) below and Section 4.05 hereof.
 
(v)  Conversion to Common Units.   Vested LTIP Units are eligible to be converted into Common Units in accordance with Section 4.05 hereof.
 
(d)  Voting.   LTIP Unitholders shall (a) have the same voting rights as the holders of Common Units, with all Vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP Units voting as a single class with the Common Units and having one vote per LTIP Unit; and (b) have the additional voting rights that are expressly set forth below. So long as any LTIP Units remain outstanding, the Partnership shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the LTIP Units (Vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP Units) outstanding at the time, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (voting separately as a class), amend, alter or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the provisions of this Agreement applicable to LTIP Units so as to materially and adversely affect (as determined in good faith by the General Partner) any right, privilege or voting power of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such, unless such amendment, alteration, or repeal affects equally, ratably and proportionately the rights, privileges and voting powers of the holders of Common Units; but subject, in any event, to the following provisions:
 
(i) With respect to any Common Unit Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof), so long as the LTIP Units are treated in accordance with Section 4.05(f) hereof, the consummation of such Common Unit Transaction shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such; and
 
(ii) Any creation or issuance of any Partnership Units or of any class or series of Partnership Interest including without limitation additional Common Units or LTIP Units, whether ranking senior to, junior to, or on a parity with the LTIP Units with respect to distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such.
 
The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required will be effected, all outstanding LTIP Units shall have been converted into Common Units.
 
4.05   Conversion of LTIP Units .
 
(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.05, an LTIP Unitholder shall have the right (the “Conversion Right” ), at such holder’s option, at any time to convert all or a portion of such holder’s Vested LTIP Units into Common Units; provided, however , that a holder may not exercise the Conversion Right for less than 1,000 Vested


13


 

LTIP Units or, if such holder holds less than 1,000 Vested LTIP Units, all of the Vested LTIP Units held by such holder. LTIP Unitholders shall not have the right to convert Unvested LTIP Units into Common Units until they become Vested LTIP Units; provided , however , that when an LTIP Unitholder is notified of the expected occurrence of an event that will cause such LTIP Unitholder’s Unvested LTIP Units to become Vested LTIP Units, such LTIP Unitholder may give the Partnership a Conversion Notice conditioned upon and effective as of the time of vesting and such Conversion Notice, unless subsequently revoked by the LTIP Unitholder, shall be accepted by the Partnership subject to such condition. The General Partner shall have the right at any time to cause a conversion of Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. In all cases, the conversion of any LTIP Units into Common Units shall be subject to the conditions and procedures set forth in this Section 4.05.
 
(b) A holder of Vested LTIP Units may convert such LTIP Units into an equal number of fully paid and non-assessable Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a holder of Vested LTIP Units convert a number of Vested LTIP Units that exceeds (x) the Economic Capital Account Balance of such Limited Partner, to the extent attributable to its ownership of LTIP Units, divided by (y) the Common Unit Economic Balance, in each case as determined as of the effective date of conversion (the “Capital Account Limitation” ).
 
In order to exercise the Conversion Right, an LTIP Unitholder shall deliver a notice (a “Conversion Notice” ) in the form attached as Exhibit D to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) not less than ten nor more than 60 days prior to a date (the “Conversion Date” ) specified in such Conversion Notice; provided , however , that if the General Partner has not given to the LTIP Unitholders notice of a proposed or upcoming Common Unit Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof) at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such Common Unit Transaction, then LTIP Unitholders shall have the right to deliver a Conversion Notice until the earlier of (x) the tenth day after such notice from the General Partner of a Common Unit Transaction or (y) the third Trading Day immediately preceding the effective date of such Common Unit Transaction. A Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01 hereof. Each LTIP Unitholder covenants and agrees with the Partnership that all Vested LTIP Units to be converted pursuant to this Section 4.05(b) shall be free and clear of all liens. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a holder of LTIP Units may deliver a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.04(a) hereof relating to those Common Units that will be issued to such holder upon conversion of such LTIP Units into Common Units in advance of the Conversion Date; provided , however , that the redemption of such Common Units by the Partnership shall in no event take place until after the Conversion Date. For clarity, it is noted that the objective of this paragraph is to put an LTIP Unitholder in a position where, if such holder so wishes, the Common Units into which such holder’s Vested LTIP Units will be converted can be tendered to the Partnership for redemption simultaneously with such conversion, with the further consequence that, if the General Partner elects to assume the Partnership’s redemption obligation with respect to such Common Units under Section 8.04(b) hereof by delivering to such holder the REIT Shares Amount, then such holder can have the REIT Shares Amount issued to such holder simultaneously with the conversion of such holder’s Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. The General Partner and LTIP Unitholder shall reasonably cooperate with each other to coordinate the timing of the events described in the foregoing sentence.
 
(c) The Partnership, at any time at the election of the General Partner, may cause any number of Vested LTIP Units held by an LTIP Unitholder to be converted (a “Forced Conversion” ) into an equal number of Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof; provided , however , that the Partnership may not cause Forced Conversion of any LTIP Units that would not at the time be eligible for conversion at the option of such LTIP Unitholder pursuant to Section 4.05(b) hereof. In order to exercise its right of Forced Conversion, the Partnership shall deliver a notice (a “Forced Conversion Notice” ) in the form attached as Exhibit E to the applicable LTIP Unitholder not less than ten nor more than 60 days prior to the Conversion Date specified in such Forced Conversion Notice. A Forced Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01 hereof and shall be revocable by the General Partner at any time prior to the Forced Conversion.
 
(d) A conversion of Vested LTIP Units for which the holder thereof has given a Conversion Notice or the Partnership has given a Forced Conversion Notice shall occur automatically after the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date without any action on the part of such LTIP Unitholder, as of which time such LTIP Unitholder shall be credited on the books and records of the Partnership with the issuance as of the opening of business on the next day of the number of Common Units issuable upon such conversion. After the conversion of LTIP Units as aforesaid, the Partnership shall deliver to such LTIP Unitholder, upon his or her written request, a


14


 

certificate of the General Partner certifying the number of Common Units and remaining LTIP Units, if any, held by such person immediately after such conversion. The Assignee of any Limited Partner pursuant to Article IX hereof may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 4.05 and such Limited Partner shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by the Assignee.
 
(e) For purposes of making future allocations under Section 5.01(g) hereof and applying the Capital Account Limitation, the portion of the Economic Capital Account Balance of the applicable LTIP Unitholder that is treated as attributable to his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced, as of the date of conversion, by the product of the number of LTIP Units converted and the Common Unit Economic Balance.
 
(f) If the Partnership or the General Partner shall be a party to any Common Unit Transaction (including without limitation a merger, consolidation, unit exchange, self tender offer for all or substantially all Common Units or other business combination or reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets, but excluding any Common Unit Transaction which constitutes an Adjustment Event) in each case as a result of which Common Units shall be exchanged for or converted into the right, or the holders of Common Units shall otherwise be entitled, to receive cash, securities or other property or any combination thereof (each of the foregoing being referred to herein as a “Common Unit Transaction” ), then the General Partner shall, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement, exercise immediately prior to the Common Unit Transaction its right to cause a Forced Conversion with respect to the maximum number of LTIP Units then eligible for conversion, taking into account any allocations that occur in connection with the Common Unit Transaction or that would occur in connection with the Common Unit Transaction if the assets of the Partnership were sold at the Common Unit Transaction price or, if applicable, at a value determined by the General Partner in good faith using the value attributed to the Partnership Units in the context of the Common Unit Transaction (in which case the Conversion Date shall be the effective date of the Common Unit Transaction).
 
In anticipation of such Forced Conversion and the consummation of the Common Unit Transaction, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each LTIP Unitholder to be afforded the right to receive in connection with such Common Unit Transaction in consideration for the Common Units into which such LTIP Unitholder’s Units will be converted the same kind and amount of cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) receivable upon the consummation of such Common Unit Transaction by a holder of the same number of Common Units, assuming such holder of Common Units is not a Person with which the Partnership consolidated or into which the Partnership merged or which merged into the Partnership or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may be (a “Constituent Person” ), or an affiliate of a Constituent Person. In the event that holders of Common Units have the opportunity to elect the form or type of consideration to be received upon consummation of the Common Unit Transaction, prior to such Common Unit Transaction the General Partner shall give prompt written notice to each LTIP Unitholder of such election, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to afford the LTIP Unitholders the right to elect, by written notice to the General Partner, the form or type of consideration to be received upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such holder into Common Units in connection with such Common Unit Transaction. If an LTIP Unitholder fails to make such an election, such holder (and any of its transferees) shall receive upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such LTIP Unitholder (or by any of such LTIP Unitholder’s transferees) the same kind and amount of consideration that a holder of a Common Unit would receive if such Common Unit holder failed to make such an election.
 
Subject to the rights of the Partnership and the General Partner under any Vesting Agreement and any Equity Incentive Plan, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the terms of any Common Unit Transaction to be consistent with the provisions of this Section 4.05(f) and to enter into an agreement with the successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be, for the benefit of any LTIP Unitholders whose LTIP Units will not be converted into Common Units in connection with the Common Unit Transaction that will (i) contain provisions enabling the holders of LTIP Units that remain outstanding after such Common Unit Transaction to convert their LTIP Units into securities as comparable as reasonably possible under the circumstances to the Common Units and (ii) preserve as far as reasonably possible under the circumstances the distribution, special allocation, conversion, and other rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the LTIP Unitholders.
 
4.06   Capital Accounts. A separate capital account (a “Capital Account” ) shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). If (i) a new or existing Partner acquires an additional Partnership Interest in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, (ii) the Partnership distributes


15


 

to a Partner more than a de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for a Partnership Interest, (iii) the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) or (iv) the Partnership grants a Partnership Interest (other than a de minimis Partnership Interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership to an existing Partner acting in a Partner capacity, or to a new Partner acting in a Partner capacity or in anticipation of being a Partner, the General Partner shall revalue the property of the Partnership to its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f); provided that the issuance of any LTIP Unit shall be deemed to require a revaluation pursuant to this Section 4.06. When the Partnership’s property is revalued by the General Partner, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g), which generally require such Capital Accounts to be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously) would be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) on the date of the revaluation.
 
4.07   Percentage Interests. If the number of outstanding Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units increases or decreases during a taxable year, each Partner’s Percentage Interest shall be adjusted by the General Partner effective as of the effective date of each such increase or decrease to a percentage equal to the number of Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units held by such Partner divided by the aggregate number of Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units, as applicable, outstanding after giving effect to such increase or decrease. If the Partners’ Percentage Interests are adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.07, the Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs shall be allocated between the part of the year ending on the day when the Partnership’s property is revalued by the General Partner and the part of the year beginning on the following day either (i) as if the taxable year had ended on the date of the adjustment or (ii) based on the number of days in each part. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs. The allocation of Profits and Losses for the earlier part of the year shall be based on the Percentage Interests before adjustment, and the allocation of Profits and Losses for the later part shall be based on the adjusted Percentage Interests.
 
4.08   No Interest on Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution.
 
4.09   Return of Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no obligation to return to any Partner or withdrawn Partner any part of such Partner’s Capital Contribution for so long as the Partnership continues in existence.
 
4.10   No Third-Party Beneficiary. No creditor or other third party having dealings with the Partnership shall have the right to enforce the right or obligation of any Partner to make Capital Contributions or loans or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement, except as provided in Section 6.03(h), shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. None of the rights or obligations of the Partners herein set forth to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership shall be deemed an asset of the Partnership for any purpose by any creditor or other third party, nor may such rights or obligations be sold, transferred or assigned by the Partnership or pledged or encumbered by the Partnership to secure any debt or other obligation of the Partnership or of any of the Partners. In addition, it is the intent of the parties hereto that no distribution to any Limited Partner shall be deemed a return of money or other property in violation of the Act. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Limited Partner is obligated to return such money or property, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Limited Partner and not of the General Partner. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a deficit Capital Account of a Partner shall not be deemed to be a liability of such Partner nor an asset or property of the Partnership.


16


 

ARTICLE V
 
PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS
 
5.01   Allocation of Profit and Loss .
 
(a)  Profit.   Profit of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
 
(b)  Loss.   Loss of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
 
(c)  Minimum Gain Chargeback.   Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, (i) any expense of the Partnership that is a “nonrecourse deduction” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1) shall be allocated in accordance with the Partners’ respective Percentage Interests, (ii) any expense of the Partnership that is a “partner nonrecourse deduction” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2) shall be allocated to the Partner that bears the “economic risk of loss” of such deduction in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1), (iii) if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(1) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(2),(3), (4) and (5), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j), and (iv) if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704(2)(g), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j). The manner in which it is reasonably expected that the deductions attributable to nonrecourse liabilities will be allocated for purposes of determining a Partner’s share of the nonrecourse liabilities of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) shall be in accordance with a Partner’s Percentage Interest.
 
(d)  Qualified Income Offset.   If a Partner receives in any taxable year an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in subparagraphs (4), (5) or (6) of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) that causes or increases a deficit balance in such Partner’s Capital Account that exceeds the sum of such Partner’s shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, as determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i), such Partner shall be allocated specially for such taxable year (and, if necessary, later taxable years) items of income and gain in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such deficit Capital Account balance as quickly as possible as provided in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d). After the occurrence of an allocation of income or gain to a Partner in accordance with this Section 5.01(d), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), items of expense or loss shall be allocated to such Partner in an amount necessary to offset the income or gain previously allocated to such Partner under this Section 5.01(d).
 
(e)  Capital Account Deficits.   Loss shall not be allocated to a Limited Partner to the extent that such allocation would cause a deficit in such Partner’s Capital Account (after reduction to reflect the items described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6)) to exceed the sum of such Partner’s shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Any Loss in excess of that limitation shall be allocated to the General Partner. After the occurrence of an allocation of Loss to the General Partner in accordance with this Section 5.01(e), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), Profit first shall be allocated to the General Partner in an amount necessary to offset the Loss previously allocated to the General Partner under this Section 5.01(e).
 
(f)  Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee.   If a Partner transfers any part or all of its Partnership Interest, the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss allocable among the Partners during such fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee Partner either (i) as if the Partnership’s fiscal year had ended on the date of the transfer or (ii) based on the number of days of such fiscal year that each was a Partner without regard to the results of Partnership activities in the respective portions of such fiscal year in which the transferor and the transferee were Partners. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss between the transferor and the transferee Partner.


17


 

(g)  Special Allocations Regarding LTIP Units.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.01(a) and (b) hereof, Liquidating Gains shall first be allocated to the LTIP Unitholders until their Economic Capital Account Balances, to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units, are equal to (i) the Common Unit Economic Balance, multiplied by (ii) the number of their LTIP Units. For this purpose, “Liquidating Gains” means net capital gains realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to net capital gain realized in connection with an adjustment to the value of Partnership assets under Section 704(b) of the Code. The “Economic Capital Account Balances” of the LTIP Unit holders will be equal to their Capital Account balances to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units. Similarly, the “Common Unit Economic Balance” shall mean (i) the Capital Account balance of the General Partner, plus the amount of the General Partner’s share of any Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to the General Partner’s ownership of Common Units and computed on a hypothetical basis after taking into account all allocations through the date on which any allocation is made under this Section 5.01(g), divided by (ii) the number of the General Partner’s Common Units. Any such allocations shall be made among the LTIP Unitholders in proportion to the amounts required to be allocated to each under this Section 5.01(g). The parties agree that the intent of this Section 5.01(g) is to make the Capital Account balance associated with each LTIP Unit to be economically equivalent to the Capital Account balance associated with the General Partner’s Common Units (on a per-Unit basis).
 
(h)  Definition of Profit and Loss.    “Profit” and “Loss” and any items of income, gain, expense or loss referred to in this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, as modified by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), except that Profit and Loss shall not include items of income, gain and expense that are specially allocated pursuant to Sections 5.01(c), (d)or (e) hereof. All allocations of income, Profit, gain, Loss and expense (and all items contained therein) for federal income tax purposes shall be identical to all allocations of such items set forth in this Section 5.01, except as otherwise required by Section 704(c) of the Code and Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4). With respect to properties acquired by the Partnership, the General Partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the Partnership for allocating items of income, gain and expense as required by Section 704(c) of the Code with respect to such properties, and such election shall be binding on all Partners.
 
5.02   Distribution of Cash .
 
(a) Subject to Sections 5.02(c), (d) and (e) hereof and to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation, the Partnership shall distribute cash at such times and in such amounts as are determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, to the Partners who are Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such quarter (or other distribution period) in proportion with their respective Common Units on the Partnership Record Date.
 
(b) In accordance with Section 4.04(a)(ii), the LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the Common Partnership Unit Distribution.
 
(c) If a new or existing Partner acquires additional Partnership Units in exchange for a Capital Contribution on any date other than a Partnership Record Date (other than Partnership Units acquired by the General Partner in connection with the issuance of additional REIT Shares or Additional Securities), the cash distribution attributable to such additional Partnership Units relating to the Partnership Record Date next following the issuance of such additional Partnership Units shall be reduced in the proportion to (i) the number of days that such additional Partnership Units are held by such Partner bears to (ii) the number of days between such Partnership Record Date and the immediately preceding Partnership Record Date.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to a Partner or assignee (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), either (i) if the actual amount to be distributed to the Partner (the “Distributable Amount” ) equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the entire Distributable Amount shall be treated as a distribution of cash to such Partner, or (ii) if the Distributable Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount shall be treated as a Partnership Loan from the Partnership to the


18


 

Partner on the day the Partnership pays over such amount to a taxing authority. A Partnership Loan shall be repaid upon the demand of the Partnership or, alternatively, through withholding by the Partnership with respect to subsequent distributions to the applicable Partner or assignee. In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amount owed to the Partnership with respect to the Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership on the Limited Partner, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such Defaulting Limited Partner. In such event, on the date of payment, the General Partner shall be deemed to have extended a General Partner Loan to the Defaulting Limited Partner in the amount of the payment made by the General Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership against the Defaulting Limited Partner as to that amount. Without limitation, the General Partner shall have the right to receive any distributions that otherwise would be made by the Partnership to the Defaulting Limited Partner until such time as the General Partner Loan has been paid in full, and any such distributions so received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been received by the Defaulting Limited Partner and immediately paid to the General Partner.
 
Any amounts treated as a Partnership Loan or a General Partner Loan pursuant to this Section 5.02(d) shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) 300 basis points above the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal , or (ii) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from the date the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, is deemed to extend the loan until such loan is repaid in full.
 
(e) In no event may a Partner receive a distribution of cash with respect to a Partnership Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a cash dividend or other distribution of cash as the holder of record of a REIT Share for which all or part of such Partnership Unit has been or will be redeemed.
 
5.03   REIT Distribution Requirements. The General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Partnership to distribute amounts sufficient to enable the General Partner to pay distributions to its stockholders that will allow the General Partner to (i) meet its distribution requirement for qualification as a REIT as set forth in Section 857 of the Code and (ii) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code, other than to the extent the General Partner elects to retain and pay income tax on its net capital gain.
 
5.04   No Right to Distributions in Kind. No Partner shall be entitled to demand property other than cash in connection with any distributions by the Partnership.
 
5.05   Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Article V, no Partner shall have the right to receive, and the General Partner shall not have the right to make, a distribution that includes a return of all or part of a Partner’s Capital Contributions, unless after giving effect to the return of a Capital Contribution, the sum of all Partnership liabilities, other than the liabilities to a Partner for the return of his Capital Contribution, does not exceed the fair market value of the Partnership’s assets.
 
5.06   Distributions Upon Liquidation .
 
(a) Upon liquidation of the Partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the Partnership, including any Partner loans, any remaining assets of the Partnership shall be distributed to all Partners with positive Capital Accounts in accordance with their respective positive Capital Account balances.
 
(b) For purposes of Section 5.06(a) hereof, the Capital Account of each Partner shall be determined after all adjustments made in accordance with Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof resulting from Partnership operations and from all sales and dispositions of all or any part of the Partnership’s assets.
 
(c) Any distributions pursuant to this Section 5.06 shall be made by the end of the Partnership’s taxable year in which the liquidation occurs (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of the liquidation). To the extent deemed advisable by the General Partner, appropriate arrangements (including the use of a liquidating trust) may be made to assure that adequate funds are available to pay any contingent debts or obligations.
 
5.07   Substantial Economic Effect. It is the intent of the Partners that the allocations of Profit and Loss under the Agreement have substantial economic effect (or be consistent with the Partners’ interests in the Partnership in the case of the allocation of losses attributable to nonrecourse debt) within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the Code as interpreted by the Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Article V and other relevant provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.


19


 

ARTICLE VI
 
RIGHTS , OBLIGATIONS AND
POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
6.01   Management of the Partnership .
 
(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the business of the Partnership for the purposes herein stated, and shall make all decisions affecting the business and assets of the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions specifically contained in this Agreement, the powers of the General Partner shall include, without limitation, the authority to take the following actions on behalf of the Partnership:
 
(i) to acquire, purchase, own, operate, lease and dispose of any real property and any other property or assets including, but not limited to, notes and mortgages that the General Partner determines are necessary or appropriate in the business of the Partnership;
 
(ii) to construct buildings and make other improvements on the properties owned or leased by the Partnership;
 
(iii) to authorize, issue, sell, redeem or otherwise purchase any Partnership Units or any securities (including secured and unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership, debt obligations of the Partnership convertible into any class or series of Partnership Units, or Rights relating to any class or series of Partnership Units) of the Partnership;
 
(iv) to borrow or lend money for the Partnership, issue or receive evidences of indebtedness in connection therewith, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such indebtedness, and secure indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;
 
(v) to pay, either directly or by reimbursement, all operating costs and general administrative expenses of the Partnership to third parties or to the General Partner or its Affiliates as set forth in this Agreement;
 
(vi) to guarantee or become a co-maker of indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the General Partner or the Partnership, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such guarantee or indebtedness, and secure such guarantee or indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;
 
(vii) to use assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, including, without limitation, payment, either directly or by reimbursement, of all operating costs and general and administrative expenses of the General Partner, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of either, to third parties or to the General Partner as set forth in this Agreement;
 
(viii) to lease all or any portion of any of the Partnership’s assets, whether or not the terms of such leases extend beyond the termination date of the Partnership and whether or not any portion of the Partnership’s assets so leased are to be occupied by the lessee, or, in turn, subleased in whole or in part to others, for such consideration and on such terms as the General Partner may determine and to further lease property from third parties, including ground leases;
 
(ix) to prosecute, defend, arbitrate or compromise any and all claims or liabilities in favor of or against the Partnership, on such terms and in such manner as the General Partner may determine, and similarly to prosecute, settle or defend litigation with respect to the Partners, the Partnership or the Partnership’s assets;
 
(x) to file applications, communicate and otherwise deal with any and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over, or in any way affecting, the Partnership’s assets or any other aspect of the Partnership’s business;
 
(xi) to make or revoke any election permitted or required of the Partnership by any taxing authority;


20


 

(xii) to maintain such insurance coverage for public liability, fire and casualty, and any and all other insurance for the protection of the Partnership, for the conservation of Partnership assets, or for any other purpose convenient or beneficial to the Partnership, in such amounts and such types, as it shall determine from time to time;
 
(xiii) to determine whether or not to apply any insurance proceeds for any property to the restoration of such property or to distribute the same;
 
(xiv) to establish one or more divisions of the Partnership, to hire and dismiss employees of the Partnership or any division of the Partnership, and to retain legal counsel, accountants, consultants, real estate brokers and such other persons as the General Partner may deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the Partnership business and to pay therefor such reasonable remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;
 
(xv) to retain other services of any kind or nature in connection with the Partnership business, and to pay therefor such remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;
 
(xvi) to negotiate and conclude agreements on behalf of the Partnership with respect to any of the rights, powers and authority conferred upon the General Partner;
 
(xvii) to maintain accurate accounting records and to file promptly all federal, state and local income tax returns on behalf of the Partnership;
 
(xviii) to distribute Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement;
 
(xix) to form or acquire an interest in, and contribute property to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity interest from time to time);
 
(xx) to establish Partnership reserves for working capital, capital expenditures, contingent liabilities or any other valid Partnership purpose;
 
(xxi) to merge, consolidate or combine the Partnership with or into another Person;
 
(xxii) to enter into and perform obligations under underwriting or other agreements in connection with issuances of securities by the Partnership or the General Partner or any affiliate thereof;
 
(xxiii) to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code or an “investment company” or a subsidiary of an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and
 
(xxiv) to take such other action, execute, acknowledge, swear to or deliver such other documents and instruments, and perform any and all other acts that the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation and conduct of the business and affairs of the Partnership (including, without limitation, all actions consistent with allowing the General Partner at all times to qualify as a REIT unless the General Partner voluntarily terminates or revokes its REIT status) and to possess and enjoy all of the rights and powers of a general partner as provided by the Act.
 
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent the duties of the General Partner require expenditures of funds to be paid to third parties, the General Partner shall not have any obligations hereunder except to the extent that Partnership funds are reasonably available to it for the performance of such duties, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or require the General Partner, in its capacity as such, to expend its individual funds for payment to third parties or to undertake any individual liability or obligation on behalf of the Partnership.
 
6.02   Delegation of Authority. The General Partner may delegate any or all of its powers, rights and obligations hereunder, and may appoint, employ, contract or otherwise deal with any Person for the transaction of the business of the


21


 

Partnership, which Person may, under supervision of the General Partner, perform any acts or services for the Partnership as the General Partner may approve.
 
6.03   Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees .
 
(a) The Partnership shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established that: (i) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 6.03(a). The termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section 6.03(a). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership.
 
(b) The Partnership shall reimburse an Indemnitee for reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in this Section 6.03 has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.
 
(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.03 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity.
 
(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance, as an expense of the Partnership, on behalf of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(e) For purposes of this Section 6.03, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of this Section 6.03; and actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.
 
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.
 
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.03 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
 
(h) The provisions of this Section 6.03 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.


22


 

(i) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.03 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the indemnification of an Indemnitee by the Partnership under this Section 6.03 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.
 
6.04   Liability of the General Partner .
 
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner, nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership or any Partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission if any such party acted in good faith. The General Partner shall not be in breach of any duty that the General Partner may owe to the Limited Partners or the Partnership or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity provided the General Partner, acting in good faith, abides by the terms of this Agreement.
 
(b) The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of the Partnership, the Limited Partners and the General Partner’s stockholders collectively, that the General Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or the tax consequences of some, but not all, of the Limited Partners) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions. In the event of a conflict between the interests of the stockholders of the General Partner on the one hand and the Limited Partners on the other, the General Partner shall endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of the General Partner or the Limited Partners; provided , however , that for so long as the General Partner owns a controlling interest in the Partnership, any such conflict that the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of the General Partner or the Limited Partners shall be resolved in favor of the stockholders of the General Partner. The General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the Limited Partners in connection with such decisions.
 
(c) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 6.01 hereof, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it under this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to prevent the General Partner from incurring any taxes under Section 857, Section 4981 or any other provision of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.
 
(e) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.04 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner’s or any of its officers’, directors’, agents’ or employees’ liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 6.04 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.
 
6.05   Partnership Obligations .
 
(a) Except as provided in this Section 6.05 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles V and VI hereof regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.
 
(b) All Administrative Expenses shall be obligations of the Partnership, and the General Partner shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Partnership for any expenditure (including Administrative Expenses) incurred by it on behalf of the Partnership that shall be made other than out of the funds of the Partnership. All reimbursements hereunder


23


 

shall be characterized for federal income tax purposes as expenses of the Partnership incurred on its behalf, and not as expenses of the General Partner.
 
6.06   Outside Activities. Subject to Section 6.08 hereof, the Articles and any agreements entered into by the General Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or a Subsidiary, any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or stockholder of the General Partner, the General Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities substantially similar or identical to those of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the Limited Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business ventures, interest or activities. None of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any such business ventures, interests or activities, and the General Partner shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures, interests and activities to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, could be taken by such Person.
 
6.07   Employment or Retention of Affiliates .
 
(a) Any Affiliate of the General Partner may be employed or retained by the Partnership and may otherwise deal with the Partnership (whether as a buyer, lessor, lessee, manager, furnisher of goods or services, broker, agent, lender or otherwise) and may receive from the Partnership any compensation, price or other payment therefor that the General Partner determines to be fair and reasonable.
 
(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.
 
(c) The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the General Partner deems are consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.
 
6.08   General Partner Activities. The General Partner agrees that, generally, all business activities of the General Partner, including activities pertaining to the acquisition, development, ownership of or investment in hotel properties or other property, shall be conducted through the Partnership or one or more Subsidiaries of the Partnership; provided , however , that the General Partner may make direct acquisitions or undertake business activities if such acquisitions or activities are made in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities by the General Partner or the business activity has been approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. If, at any time, the General Partner acquires material assets (other than Partnership Units or other assets on behalf of the Partnership) without transferring such assets to the Partnership, the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” may be adjusted, as reasonably determined by the General Partner, to reflect only the fair market value of a REIT Share attributable to the General Partner’s Partnership Units and other assets held on behalf of the Partnership.
 
6.09   Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that the General Partner shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.


24


 

ARTICLE VII
 
CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER
 
7.01   Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest .
 
(a) The General Partner shall not transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership Interests, and the General Partner shall not withdraw as General Partner, except as provided in or in connection with a transaction contemplated by Sections 7.01(c), (d) or (e) hereof.
 
(b) The General Partner agrees that its General Partnership Interest will at all times be in the aggregate at least 0.1%.
 
(c) Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01(d) or (e) hereof, the General Partner shall not engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or into another Person or sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than in connection with a change in the General Partner’s state of incorporation or organizational form), in each case which results in a Change of Control of the General Partner (a “Transaction” ), unless at least one of the following conditions is met:
 
(i) the consent of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner) is obtained;
 
(ii) as a result of such Transaction, all Limited Partners (other than the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner, and, in the case of LTIP Unitholders, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement) will receive, or have the right to receive, for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the Transaction to a holder of one REIT Share in consideration of one REIT Share, provided that if, in connection with such Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer ( “Offer” ) shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding REIT Shares, each holder of Partnership Units (other than the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be given the option to exchange its Partnership Units for an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that such Limited Partner would have received had it (A) exercised its Common Unit Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the Offer the REIT Shares received upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right immediately prior to the expiration of the Offer; or
 
(iii) the General Partner is the surviving entity in the Transaction and either (A) the holders of REIT Shares do not receive cash, securities or other property in the Transaction or (B) all Limited Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner, and, in the case of LTIP Unitholders, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement) receive for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) received in the Transaction by any holder of REIT Shares.
 
(d) Notwithstanding Section 7.01(c) hereof, the General Partner may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity (the “Survivor” ), other than Partnership Units held by the General Partner, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units, or for economically equivalent partnership interests issued by a Subsidiary Partnership established at the direction of the Board of Directors, with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the Survivor in good faith and (ii) the Survivor expressly agrees to assume all obligations of the General Partner hereunder. Upon such contribution and assumption, the Survivor shall have the right and duty to amend this Agreement as set forth in this Section 7.01(d). The Survivor shall in good faith arrive at a new method for the calculation of the Cash Amount, the REIT Shares Amount and Conversion Factor for a Partnership Unit after any such merger or consolidation so as


25


 

to approximate the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible. Such calculation shall take into account, among other things, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property that was receivable upon such merger or consolidation by a holder of REIT Shares or options, warrants or other rights relating thereto, and which a holder of Partnership Units could have acquired had such Partnership Units been exchanged immediately prior to such merger or consolidation. Such amendment to this Agreement shall provide for adjustment to such method of calculation, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for with respect to the Conversion Factor. The Survivor also shall in good faith modify the definition of REIT Shares and make such amendments to Section 8.04 hereof so as to approximate the existing rights and obligations set forth in Section 8.04 hereof as closely as reasonably possible. The above provisions of this Section 7.01(d) shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations permitted hereunder.
 
In respect of any transaction described in the preceding paragraph, the General Partner is required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to structure such transaction to avoid causing the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary) to recognize a gain for federal income tax purposes by virtue of the occurrence of or their participation in such transaction, provided such efforts are consistent with and subject in all respects to the exercise of the Board of Directors’ fiduciary duties to the stockholders of the General Partner under applicable law.
 
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII,
 
(i) The General Partner may transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership Interest to (A) any wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or (B) the owner of all of the ownership interests of the General Partner, and following a transfer of all of its General Partnership Interest, may withdraw as General Partner; and
 
(ii) the General Partner may engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter interdealer quotation system on which the REIT Shares are listed or traded.
 
7.02   Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner. A Person shall be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner of the Partnership only if the following terms and conditions are satisfied:
 
(a) the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof and such other documents or instruments as may be required or appropriate in order to effect the admission of such Person as a General Partner, and a certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a General Partner shall have been filed for recordation and all other actions required by Section 2.05 hereof in connection with such admission shall have been performed;
 
(b) if the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is a corporation or a partnership, it shall have provided the Partnership with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of such Person’s authority to become a General Partner and to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; and
 
(c) counsel for the Partnership shall have rendered an opinion (relying on such opinions from other counsel as may be necessary) that the admission of the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is in conformity with the Act, that none of the actions taken in connection with the admission of such Person as a substitute or additional General Partner will cause (i) the Partnership to be classified other than as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or (ii) the loss of any Limited Partner’s limited liability.
 
7.03   Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner .
 
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Partnership shall be dissolved and terminated unless the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof. The merger of the General Partner with or into any entity that is admitted as a substitute or successor General Partner pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof shall not be deemed to be the withdrawal, dissolution or removal of the General Partner.


26


 

(b) Following the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Limited Partners, within 90 days after such occurrence, may elect to continue the business of the Partnership for the balance of the term specified in Section 2.04 hereof by selecting, subject to Section 7.02 hereof and any other provisions of this Agreement, a substitute General Partner by consent of a Majority in Interest. If the Limited Partners elect to continue the business of the Partnership and admit a substitute General Partner, the relationship with the Partners and of any Person who has acquired an interest of a Partner in the Partnership shall be governed by this Agreement.
 
7.04   Removal of General Partner .
 
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to, or the dissolution of, the General Partner, the General Partner shall be deemed to be removed automatically; provided , however , that if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy [as to or removal] of a partner in such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners. The Limited Partners may not remove the General Partner, with or without cause.
 
(b) If the General Partner has been removed pursuant to this Section 7.04 and the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03 hereof, the General Partner shall promptly transfer and assign its General Partnership Interest in the Partnership to the substitute General Partner approved by a Majority in Interest in accordance with Section 7.03(b) hereof and otherwise be admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.02 hereof. At the time of assignment, the removed General Partner shall be entitled to receive from the substitute General Partner the fair market value of the General Partnership Interest of such removed General Partner. Such fair market value shall be determined by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) within ten days following the removal of the General Partner. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon an appraiser, the removed General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) each shall select an appraiser. Each such appraiser shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest within 30 days of the General Partner’s removal, and the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two appraisals; provided , however , that if the higher appraisal exceeds the lower appraisal by more than 20% of the amount of the lower appraisal, the two appraisers, no later than 40 days after the removal of the General Partner, shall select a third appraiser who shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest no later than 60 days after the removal of the General Partner. In such case, the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two appraisals closest in value.
 
(c) The General Partnership Interest of a removed General Partner, during the time after default until transfer under Section 7.04(b) hereof, shall be converted to that of a special Limited Partner; provided , however , such removed General Partner shall not have any rights to participate in the management and affairs of the Partnership, and shall not be entitled to any portion of the income, expense, profit, gain or loss allocations or cash distributions allocable or payable, as the case may be, to the Limited Partners. Instead, such removed General Partner shall receive and be entitled only to retain distributions or allocations of such items that it would have been entitled to receive in its capacity as General Partner, until the transfer is effective pursuant to Section 7.04(b) hereof.
 
(d) All Partners shall have given and hereby do give such consents, shall take such actions and shall execute such documents as shall be legally necessary and sufficient to effect all the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.04.


27


 

ARTICLE VIII
 
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS
 
8.01   Management of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall not participate in the management or control of Partnership business nor shall they transact any business for the Partnership, nor shall they have the power to sign for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. The Limited Partners covenant and agree not to hold themselves out in a manner that could reasonably be considered in contravention of the terms hereof by any third party.
 
8.02   Power of Attorney. Each Limited Partner by entry into this Agreement through execution, execution by power of attorney or other consent, hereby irrevocably appoints the General Partner its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, who may act for each Limited Partner and in its name, place and stead, and for its use and benefit, to sign, acknowledge, swear to, deliver, file or record, at the appropriate public offices, any and all documents, certificates and instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and all amendments or restatements thereof) as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the General Partner to carry out fully the provisions of this Agreement and the Act in accordance with their terms, which power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive the death, dissolution or legal incapacity of the Limited Partner, or the transfer by the Limited Partner of any part or all of its Partnership Interest.
 
8.03   Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall be liable for any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations of the Partnership. A Limited Partner shall be liable to the Partnership only to make payments of its Capital Contribution, if any, as and when due hereunder. After its Capital Contribution is fully paid, no Limited Partner shall, except as otherwise required by the Act, be required to make any further Capital Contributions or other payments or lend any funds to the Partnership.
 
8.04   Common Unit Redemption Right .
 
(a) Subject to Sections 8.04(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) hereof and the provisions of any agreements between the Partnership and one or more Limited Partners with respect to Common Units (including any LTIP Units that are converted into Common Units) held by them, each Limited Partner (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner, shall have the right (the “Common Unit Redemption Right” ) to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date all or a portion of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner at a redemption price equal to and in the form of the Common Redemption Amount to be paid by the Partnership, provided that (i) such Common Units shall have been outstanding for at least one year (or such lesser time as determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion), and (ii) subject to any restriction agreed to in writing between the Redeeming Limited Partner and the General Partner. The Common Unit Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Exercise of Redemption Right in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) by the Limited Partner who is exercising the Common Unit Redemption Right (the “Redeeming Limited Partner” ) and such notice shall be irrevocable unless otherwise agreed upon by the General Partner. In such event, the Partnership shall deliver the Cash Amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership shall not be obligated to satisfy such Common Unit Redemption Right if the General Partner elects to purchase the Common Units subject to the Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof. No Limited Partner may deliver more than two Notices of Redemption during each calendar year unless otherwise agreed upon by the General Partner. A Limited Partner may not exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units, all of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner. The Redeeming Limited Partner shall have no right, with respect to any Common Units so redeemed, to receive any distribution paid with respect to Common Units if the record date for such distribution is on or after the Specified Redemption Date.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.04(a) hereof, if a Limited Partner exercises the Common Unit Redemption Right by delivering to the Partnership a Notice of Redemption, then the Partnership may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to cause the General Partner to purchase directly and acquire some or all of, and in such event the General Partner agrees to purchase and acquire, such Common Units by paying to the Redeeming Limited Partner either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as elected by the General Partner (in its sole and


28


 

absolute discretion) on the Specified Redemption Date, whereupon the General Partner shall acquire the Common Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Limited Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Common Units.
 
In the event the General Partner purchases Common Units with respect to the exercise of a Common Unit Redemption Right, the Partnership shall have no obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner with respect to such Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of such Common Unit Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Limited Partner, the Partnership and the General Partner shall treat the transaction between the General Partner and the Redeeming Limited Partner for federal income tax purposes as a sale of the Redeeming Limited Partner’s Common Units to the General Partner. Each Redeeming Limited Partner agrees to execute such documents as the General Partner may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of REIT Shares upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right.
 
Each Redeeming Limited Partner covenants and agrees that all Common Units subject to a Notice of Redemption will be delivered to the Partnership or the General Partner free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances whatsoever and should any such liens, claims or encumbrances exist or arise with respect to such Common Units, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall be under any obligation to acquire such Common Units.
 
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.04(a) and 8.04(b) hereof, a Limited Partner shall not be entitled to exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right if the delivery of REIT Shares to such Limited Partner on the Specified Redemption Date by the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof (regardless of whether or not the General Partner would in fact purchase the Common Units pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof) would (i) result in such Limited Partner or any other Person (as defined in the Articles) owning, directly or indirectly, REIT Shares in excess of the Stock Ownership Limit or any Excepted Holder Limit (each as defined in Articles) and calculated in accordance therewith, except as provided in the Articles, (ii) result in REIT Shares being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution), (iii) result in the General Partner being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code, (iv) cause the General Partner to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of the General Partner’s, the Partnership’s or a Subsidiary Partnership’s real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, (v) otherwise cause the General Partner to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any “eligible independent contractor” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the Code) that operates a “qualified lodging facility” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code) on behalf of a TRS failing to qualify as such, or (vi) cause the acquisition of REIT Shares by such Limited Partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of REIT Shares or Common Units for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may waive the restriction on redemption set forth in this Section 8.04(c).
 
(d) Any Cash Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04 shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided , however , that the General Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 90 days to the extent required for the General Partner to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued to provide financing to be used to make such payment of the Cash Amount and may also delay such Specified Redemption Date to the extent necessary to effect compliance with applicable requirements of the law. Any REIT Share Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04 shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided , however , that the General Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 180 days to the extent required for the General Partner to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued and may also delay such Specified Redemption Date to the extent necessary to effect compliance with applicable requirements of the law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the closing of the acquisition of redeemed Common Units hereunder to occur as quickly as reasonably possible.
 
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state, local or foreign law that apply upon a Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right. If a Redeeming Limited Partner believes that it is exempt from such withholding upon the exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right, such


29


 

Partner must furnish the General Partner with a FIRPTA Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and any similar forms or certificates required to avoid or reduce the withholding under federal, state, local or foreign law or such other form as the General Partner may reasonably request. If the Partnership or the General Partner is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount upon a Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right and if the Common Redemption Amount equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the Withheld Amount shall be treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units. If, however, the Common Redemption Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the Redeeming Limited Partner shall not receive any portion of the Common Redemption Amount, the Common Redemption Amount shall be treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units, and the Partner shall contribute the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Common Redemption Amount to the Partnership before the Partnership is required to pay over such excess to a taxing authority.
 
(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may place appropriate restrictions on the ability of the Limited Partners to exercise their Common Unit Redemption Rights as and if deemed necessary or reasonable to ensure that the Partnership does not constitute a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code. If and when the General Partner determines that imposing such restrictions is necessary, the General Partner shall give prompt written notice thereof (a “Restriction Notice” ) to each of the Limited Partners, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of an opinion of counsel to the Partnership that states that, in the opinion of such counsel, restrictions are necessary or reasonable in order to avoid the Partnership being treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.
 
8.05   Registration. Subject to the terms of any agreement between the General Partner and a Limited Partner with respect to Common Units held by such Limited Partner:
 
(a)  Shelf Registration of the REIT Shares.   Following the date on which the General Partner becomes eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities under the Securities Act (the “S-3 Eligible Date” ) the General Partner shall file with the Commission a shelf registration statement under Rule 415 of the Securities Act (a “Registration Statement” ), or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, covering (i) the issuance of REIT Shares issuable upon redemption of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner as of the date of this Agreement ( “Redemption Shares” ) and/or (ii) the resale by the holder of the Redemption Shares; provided , however , that the General Partner shall be required to file only two such registrations in any 12-month period. In connection therewith, the General Partner will:
 
(1) use commercially reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared effective;
 
(2) register or qualify the Redemption Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as required by law, and do such other reasonable acts and things as may be required of it to enable such holders to consummate the sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions of the Redemption Shares; provided , however , that the General Partner shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or consent to a general or unlimited service or process in any jurisdictions in which it would not otherwise be required to be qualified or so consent or (ii) qualify as a dealer in securities; and
 
(3) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission in connection with a Registration Statement.
 
The General Partner further agrees to supplement or make amendments to each Registration Statement, if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form utilized by the General Partner or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for such Registration Statement. Each Limited Partner agrees to furnish to the General Partner, upon request, such information with respect to the Limited Partner as may be required to complete and file the Registration Statement.


30


 

In connection with and as a condition to the General Partner’s obligations with respect to the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 8.05, each Limited Partner agrees with the General Partner that:
 
(w) it will provide in a timely manner to the General Partner such information with respect to the Limited Partner as reasonably required to complete the Registration Statement or as otherwise required to comply with applicable securities laws and regulations;
 
(x) it will not offer or sell its Redemption Shares until (A) such Redemption Shares have been included in a Registration Statement and (B) it has received notice that the Registration Statement covering such Redemption Shares, or any post-effective amendment thereto, has been declared effective by the Commission, such notice to have been satisfied by the posting by the Commission on www.sec.gov of a notice of effectiveness;
 
(y) if the General Partner determines in its good faith judgment, after consultation with counsel, that the use of the Registration Statement, including any pre- or post-effective amendment thereto, or the use of any prospectus contained in such Registration Statement would require the disclosure of important information that the General Partner has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or the disclosure of which, in the judgment of the General Partner, would impede the General Partner’s ability to consummate a significant transaction, upon written notice of such determination by the General Partner (which notice shall be deemed sufficient if given through the issuance of a press release or filing with the Commission and, if such notice is not publicly distributed, the Limited Partner agrees to keep the subject information confidential and acknowledges that such information may constitute material non-public information subject to the applicable restrictions under securities laws), the rights of each Limited Partner to offer, sell or distribute its Redemption Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement or prospectus or to require the General Partner to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Redemption Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement (including any action contemplated by this Section 8.05) will be suspended until the date upon which the General Partner notifies such Limited Partner in writing (which notice shall be deemed sufficient if given through the issuance of a press release or filing with the Commission and, if such notice is not publicly distributed, the Limited Partner agrees to keep the subject information confidential and acknowledges that such information may constitute material non-public information subject to the applicable restrictions under securities laws) that suspension of such rights for the grounds set forth in this paragraph is no longer necessary; provided , however , that the General Partner may not suspend such rights for an aggregate period of more than 180 days in any 12-month period; and
 
(z) in the case of the registration of any underwritten equity offering proposed by the General Partner (other than any registration by the General Partner on Form S-8, or a successor or substantially similar form, of an employee stock option, stock purchase or compensation plan or of securities issued or issuable pursuant to any such plan, each Limited Partner will agree, if requested in writing by the managing underwriter or underwriters administering such offering, not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of any REIT Shares or Redemption Shares (or any option or right to acquire REIT Shares or Redemption Shares) during the period commencing on the tenth day prior to the expected effective date (which date shall be stated in such notice) of the registration statement covering such underwritten primary equity offering or, if such offering shall be a “take-down” from an effective shelf registration statement, the tenth day prior to the expected commencement date (which date shall be stated in such notice) of such offering, and ending on the date specified by such managing underwriter in such written request to the Limited Partners; provided , however , that no Limited Partner shall be required to agree not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of its Redemption Shares for a period of time that is longer than the greater of 90 days or the period of time for which any senior executive of the General Partner is required so to agree in connection with such offering. Nothing in this paragraph shall be read to limit the ability of any Limited Partner to redeem its Common Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
(b)  Listing on Securities Exchange.   If the General Partner lists or maintains the listing of REIT Shares on any securities exchange or national market system, it shall, at its expense and as necessary to permit the registration and sale of the Redemption Shares hereunder, list thereon, maintain and, when necessary, increase such listing to include such Redemption Shares.
 
(c)  Registration Not Required.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner shall not be required to file or maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to Redemption Shares after the first date upon which, in the opinion of counsel to the General Partner, all of the Redemption Shares covered thereby could be sold


31


 

by the holders thereof either (i) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereto (“Rule 144”) without limitation as to amount or manner of sale or (ii) pursuant to Rule 144 in one transaction in accordance with the volume limitations contained in Rule 144(e).
 
(d)  Allocation of Expenses.   The Partnership shall pay all expenses in connection with the Registration Statement, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to filing with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., (ii) registration fees, (iii) printing expenses, (iv) accounting and legal fees and expenses, except to the extent holders of Redemption Shares elect to engage accountants or attorneys in addition to the accountants and attorneys engaged by the General Partner or the Partnership, which fees and expenses for such accountants or attorneys shall be for the account of the holders of the Redemption Shares, (v) accounting expenses incident to or required by any such registration or qualification and (vi) expenses of complying with the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdictions in connection with such registration or qualification; provided , however , neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall be liable for (A) any discounts or commissions to any underwriter or broker attributable to the sale of Redemption Shares, or (B) any fees or expenses incurred by holders of Redemption Shares in connection with such registration that, according to the written instructions of any regulatory authority, the Partnership or the General Partner is not permitted to pay.
 
(e)  Indemnification.
 
(i) In connection with the Registration Statement, the General Partner and the Partnership agree to indemnify each holder of Redemption Shares and each Person who controls any such holder of Redemption Shares within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the General Partner shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or caused by any omission or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by any untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission, or alleged omission based upon information furnished to the General Partner by the Limited Partner of the holder for use therein. The General Partner and each officer, director and controlling person of the General Partner and the Partnership shall be indemnified by each Limited Partner or holder of Redemption Shares covered by the Registration Statement for all such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement or any omission, or alleged omission, based upon information furnished to the General Partner by the Limited Partner or the holder for use therein.
 
(ii) Promptly upon receipt by a party indemnified under this Section 8.05(e) of notice of the commencement of any action against such indemnified party in respect of which indemnity or reimbursement may be sought against any indemnifying party under this Section 8.05(e), such indemnified party shall notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action, but the failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8.05(e) unless such failure shall materially adversely affect the defense of such action. In case notice of commencement of any such action shall be given to the indemnifying party as above provided, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. The indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel (other than reasonable costs of investigation) shall be paid by the indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the indemnifying party fails to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) have been advised by such counsel that representation of such indemnified party and the indemnifying party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct (in which case the indemnified party shall have the right to separate counsel and the indemnifying party shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel, provided that, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for more than one separate counsel). No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding entered into without its consent.


32


 

(f)  Contribution.
 
(i) If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 8.05(e) hereof are either unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the party that would otherwise be required to provide indemnification or the indemnifying party (in either case, for purposes of this Section 8.05(f), the “Indemnifying Party” ) in respect of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the party that would otherwise be entitled to indemnification or the indemnified party (in either case, for purposes of this Section 8.05(f), the “Indemnified Party” ) as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expense, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party.
 
(ii) The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8.05(f) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No person or entity determined to have committed a fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
(iii) The contribution provided for in this Section 8.05(f) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
9.01   Purchase for Investment .
 
(a) Each Limited Partner, by its signature below or by its subsequent admission to the Partnership, hereby represents and warrants to the General Partner and to the Partnership that the acquisition of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units is made for investment purposes only and not with a view to the resale or distribution of such Partnership Units.
 
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.02 hereof, each Limited Partner agrees that such Limited Partner will not sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units or any fraction thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise, to any Person who does not make the representations and warranties to the General Partner set forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof.
 
9.02   Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units .
 
(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.02(b) and (c) hereof, no Limited Partner may offer, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units, or any of such Limited Partner’s economic rights as a Limited Partner, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise (collectively, a “Transfer” ) without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be granted or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that the term Transfer does not include (a) any redemption of Common Units by the Partnership or the General Partner, or acquisition of Common Units by the General Partner or the Parent, pursuant to Section 8.04 or (b) any redemption of Partnership Units pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation. The General Partner may require, as a condition of any Transfer to which it consents, that the transferor assume all costs incurred by the Partnership in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, cost of legal counsel).


33


 

(b) No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted Transfer ( i.e. , a Transfer consented to as contemplated by clause (a) above or a Transfer pursuant to Section 9.05 hereof) of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units pursuant to this Article IX or pursuant to a redemption of all of such Limited Partner’s Common Units pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof. Upon the permitted Transfer or redemption of all of a Limited Partner’s Common Units, such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner.
 
(c) No Limited Partner may effect a Transfer of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, if, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such proposed Transfer would require the registration of the Partnership Units under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any applicable federal or state securities or blue sky law (including investment suitability standards).
 
(d) No Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, may be made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer would result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation (other than a qualified REIT subsidiary within the meaning of Section 856(i) of the Code), (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it would adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or subject the General Partner to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, (iii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such Transfer, along or in connection with other Transfers, could cause the OP Units to be treated as readily tradable on an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code, provided that the General Partner may presume that any proposed Transfer of OP Units during calendar year 2010 will cause the OP Units to be treated as readily tradable on a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” or (iv) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer is reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to fail to satisfy the 90% qualifying income test described in Section 7704(c) of the Code.
 
(e) Any purported Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Article IX shall be void ab initio and ineffectual and shall not be binding upon, or recognized by, the General Partner or the Partnership.
 
(f) Prior to the consummation of any Transfer under this Article IX, the transferor and/or the transferee shall deliver to the General Partner such opinions, certificates and other documents as the General Partner shall request in connection with such Transfer.
 
9.03 Admission of Substitute Limited Partner .
 
(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, an assignee of the Partnership Units of a Limited Partner (which shall be understood to include any purchaser, transferee, donee or other recipient of any disposition of such Partnership Units) shall be deemed admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, and upon the satisfactory completion of the following:
 
(i) The assignee shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart or an amendment thereof, including a revised Exhibit A , and such other documents or instruments as the General Partner may require in order to effect the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner.
 
(ii) To the extent required, an amended Certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner shall have been signed, acknowledged and filed in accordance with the Act.
 
(iii) The assignee shall have delivered a letter containing the representation set forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof and the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9.01(b) hereof.
 
(iv) If the assignee is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust, the assignee shall have provided the General Partner with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of the assignee’s authority to become a Limited Partner under the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
 
(v) The assignee shall have executed a power of attorney containing the terms and provisions set forth in Section 8.02 hereof.


34


 

(vi) The assignee shall have paid all legal fees and other expenses of the Partnership and the General Partner and filing and publication costs in connection with its substitution as a Limited Partner.
 
(vii) The assignee shall have obtained the prior written consent of the General Partner to its admission as a Substitute Limited Partner, which consent may be given or denied in the exercise of the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion.
 
(b) For the purpose of allocating Profits and Losses and distributing cash received by the Partnership, a Substitute Limited Partner shall be treated as having become, and appearing in the records of the Partnership as, a Partner upon the filing of the Certificate described in Section 9.03(a)(ii) hereof or, if no such filing is required, the later of the date specified in the transfer documents or the date on which the General Partner has received all necessary instruments of transfer and substitution.
 
(c) The General Partner and the Substitute Limited Partner shall cooperate with each other by preparing the documentation required by this Section 9.03 and making all official filings and publications. The Partnership shall take all such action as promptly as practicable after the satisfaction of the conditions in this Article IX to the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner of the Partnership.
 
9.04   Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units .
 
(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01 and 9.02 hereof, except as required by operation of law, the Partnership shall not be obligated for any purposes whatsoever to recognize the assignment by any Limited Partner of its Partnership Units until the Partnership has received notice thereof.
 
(b) Any Person who is the assignee of all or any portion of a Limited Partner’s Partnership Units, but does not become a Substitute Limited Partner and desires to make a further assignment of such Partnership Units, shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article IX to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of its Partnership Units.
 
9.05   Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner . The occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a Limited Partner, the death of a Limited Partner or a final adjudication that a Limited Partner is incompetent (which term shall include, but not be limited to, insanity) shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Partnership, and the business of the Partnership shall continue if an order for relief in a bankruptcy proceeding is entered against a Limited Partner, the trustee or receiver of his estate or, if such Limited Partner dies, such Limited Partner’s executor, administrator or trustee, or, if such Limited Partner is finally adjudicated incompetent, such Limited Partner’s committee, guardian or conservator, shall have the rights of such Limited Partner for the purpose of settling or managing such Limited Partner’s estate property and such power as the bankrupt, deceased or incompetent Limited Partner possessed to assign all or any part of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units and to join with the assignee in satisfying conditions precedent to the admission of the assignee as a Substitute Limited Partner.
 
9.06   Joint Ownership of Partnership Units. A Partnership Unit may be acquired by two individuals as joint tenants with right of survivorship, provided that such individuals either are married or are related and share the same home as tenants in common. The written consent or vote of both owners of any such jointly held Partnership Unit shall be required to constitute the action of the owners of such Partnership Unit; provided , however , that the written consent of only one joint owner will be required if the Partnership has been provided with evidence satisfactory to the counsel for the Partnership that the actions of a single joint owner can bind both owners under the applicable laws of the state of residence of such joint owners. Upon the death of one owner of a Partnership Unit held in a joint tenancy with a right of survivorship, the Partnership Unit shall become owned solely by the survivor as a Limited Partner and not as an assignee. The Partnership need not recognize the death of one of the owners of a jointly-held Partnership Unit until it shall have received certificated notice of such death. Upon notice to the General Partner from either owner, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership Unit to be divided into two equal Partnership Units, which shall thereafter be owned separately by each of the former owners.


35


 

ARTICLE X
 
BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS
 
10.01   Books and Records. At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the Partnership’s specified office true and complete books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including: (a) a current list of the full name and last known business address of each Partner, (b) a copy of the Certificate Limited Partnership and all certificates of amendment thereto, (c) copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, (d) copies of this Agreement and any financial statements of the Partnership for the three most recent years and (e) all documents and information required under the Act. Any Partner or its duly authorized representative, upon paying the costs of collection, duplication and mailing, shall be entitled to a copy of such records if reasonably requested.
 
10.02   Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts .
 
(a) All funds of the Partnership not otherwise invested shall be deposited in one or more accounts maintained in such banking or brokerage institutions as the General Partner shall determine, and withdrawals shall be made only on such signature or signatures as the General Partner may, from time to time, determine.
 
(b) All deposits and other funds not needed in the operation of the business of the Partnership may be invested by the General Partner. The funds of the Partnership shall not be commingled with the funds of any Person other than the General Partner except for such commingling as may necessarily result from an investment in those investment companies permitted by this Section 10.02(b).
 
10.03   Fiscal and Taxable Year. The fiscal and taxable year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year unless otherwise required by the Code.
 
10.04   Annual Tax Information and Report. Within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall furnish to each person who was a Limited Partner at any time during such year the tax information necessary to file such Limited Partner’s individual tax returns as shall be reasonably required by law.
 
10.05   Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments .
 
(a) The General Partner shall be the Tax Matters Partner of the Partnership. As Tax Matters Partner, the General Partner shall have the right and obligation to take all actions authorized and required, respectively, by the Code for the Tax Matters Partner. The General Partner shall have the right to retain professional assistance in respect of any audit of the Partnership by the Service and all out-of-pocket expenses and fees incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership as Tax Matters Partner shall constitute Partnership expenses. In the event the General Partner receives notice of a final Partnership adjustment under Section 6223(a)(2) of the Code, the General Partner shall either (i) file a court petition for judicial review of such final adjustment within the period provided under Section 6226(a) of the Code, a copy of which petition shall be mailed to all Limited Partners on the date such petition is filed, or (ii) mail a written notice to all Limited Partners, within such period, that describes the General Partner’s reasons for determining not to file such a petition.
 
(b) All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership under the Code or any applicable state or local tax law shall be made by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.
 
(c) In the event of a transfer of all or any part of the Partnership Interest of any Partner, the Partnership, at the option of the General Partner, may elect pursuant to Section 754 of the Code to adjust the basis of the Properties. Notwithstanding anything contained in Article V of this Agreement, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 754 shall affect only the successor in interest to the transferring Partner and in no event shall be taken into account in establishing, maintaining or computing Capital Accounts for the other Partners for any purpose under this Agreement. Each Partner will furnish the Partnership with all information necessary to give effect to such election.
 
(d) The Partners, intending to be legally bound, hereby authorize the Partnership to make an election (the “Safe Harbor Election” ) to have the “liquidation value” safe harbor provided in Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3(1) and the Proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-43, as such safe harbor may be modified when such proposed guidance is issued in final form or as amended by subsequently issued guidance (the “Safe Harbor” ), apply to any interest in the Partnership transferred to a service provider while the


36


 

Safe Harbor Election remains effective, to the extent such interest meets the Safe Harbor requirements (collectively, such interests are referred to as “Safe Harbor Interests” ). The Tax Matters Partner is authorized and directed to execute and file the Safe Harbor Election on behalf of the Partnership and the Partners. The Partnership and the Partners (including any person to whom an interest in the Partnership is transferred in connection with the performance of services) hereby agree to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor (including forfeiture allocations) with respect to all Safe Harbor Interests and to prepare and file all U.S. federal income tax returns reporting the tax consequences of the issuance and vesting of Safe Harbor Interests consistent with such final Safe Harbor guidance. The Partnership is also authorized to take such actions as are necessary to achieve, under the Safe Harbor, the effect that the election and compliance with all requirements of the Safe Harbor referred to above would be intended to achieve under Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3, including amending this Agreement.
 
(e) Each Limited Partner shall be required to provide such information as reasonably requested by the Partnership in order to determine whether such Limited Partner (i) owns, directly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code and Section 7704(d)(3) of the Code), five percent (5%) or more of the of the value of the Partnership or (ii) owns, directly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code and Section 7704(d)(3) of the Code), ten percent (10%) or more of (a) the stock, by voting power or value, of a tenant (other than a “taxable REIT subsidiary” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code) of the Partnership that is a corporation or (b) the assets or net profits of a tenant of the Partnership that is a noncorporate entity.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER
 
11.01   Amendment of Agreement.
 
The General Partner’s consent shall be required for any amendment to this Agreement. The General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may amend this Agreement in any respect; provided , however , that the following amendments shall require the consent of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner):
 
(a) any amendment affecting the operation of the Conversion Factor or the Common Unit Redemption Right (except as otherwise provided herein) in a manner that adversely affects the Limited Partners in any material respect;
 
(b) any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of the Limited Partners to receive the distributions payable to them hereunder, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof;
 
(c) any amendment that would alter the Partnership’s allocations of Profit and Loss to the Limited Partners, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof;
 
(d) any amendment that would impose on the Limited Partners any obligation to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership; or
 
(e) any amendment to this Article XI.
 
11.02   Merger of Partnership.
 
The General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may (i) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (ii) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership in a transaction pursuant to which the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner receives consideration as set forth in Section 7.01(c)(ii) hereof or the transaction complies with Sections 7.01(c)(iii) or 7.01(d) hereof and may amend this Agreement in connection with any such transaction consistent with the provisions of this Article XI; provided , however , that the consent of a Majority in Interest shall be required in the case of any other (a) merger or consolidation of the Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (b) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.


37


 

ARTICLE XII
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
12.01   Notices. All communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally, by email, by press release, by posting on the Web site of the General Partner, or upon deposit in the United States mail, registered, first-class postage prepaid return receipt requested, or via courier to the Partners at the addresses set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time; provided , however , that any Partner may specify a different address by notifying the General Partner in writing of such different address. Notices to the General Partner and the Partnership shall be delivered at or mailed to its principal office address set forth in Section 2.03 hereof. The General Partner and the Partnership may specify a different address by notifying the Limited Partners in writing of such different address.
 
12.02   Survival of Rights. Subject to the provisions hereof limiting transfers, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Partners and the Partnership and their permitted respective legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.
 
12.03   Additional Documents. Each Partner agrees to perform all further acts and execute, swear to, acknowledge and deliver all further documents that may be reasonable, necessary, appropriate or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement or the Act.
 
12.04   Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall be deemed to be severable from this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) and in any event such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder hereof. To the extent permitted under applicable law, the severed provision shall be interpreted or modified so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.
 
12.05   Entire Agreement. This Agreement and exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire Agreement of the Partners and supersede all prior written agreements and prior and contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof.
 
12.06   Pronouns and Plurals. When the context in which words are used in the Agreement indicates that such is the intent, words in the singular number shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the neuter or female gender as the context may require.
 
12.07   Headings. The Article headings or sections in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in construing the scope of this Agreement or any particular Article.
 
12.08   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by hand or by power of attorney in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties shall not have signed the same counterpart.
 
12.09   Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
 
[Signature page follows.]


38


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunder affixed their signatures to this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, all as of the           day of          , 2010.
 
 
GENERAL PARTNER:
 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
  By:  
Name:     
  Title: 
 
LIMITED PARTNERS:
 
  By:  
Daniel P. Hansen, not individually
but as attorney-in-fact for each of the
following Limited Partners:
 
 
 
 
 
 


39


 

EXHIBIT A
 
(As of          1          , 2010)
 
                                         
          Agreed Value
                   
    Cash
    of Capital
    Common
    LTIP
    Percentage
 
Partner
  Contribution(1)     Contribution(1)     Units     Units     Interest  
 
General Partner:
                                       
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. 
  $       $                            
[               ]
                                       
Limited Partners:
                                       
[               ]
  $       $                         %
    $       $                         %
    $       $                         %
    $       $                         %
TOTALS
  $       $                         %
                                         
 
 
(1) Does not account for offering expenses. Cash and Agreed Value of Cash are to be reduced by final amount of offering expenses and underwriting discount as determined by the accountants to the Company at a later date.


A-1


 

EXHIBIT B
 
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF REDEMPTION RIGHT
 
In accordance with Section 8.04 of the Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended (the “Agreement”) of Summit Hotel OP, LP, the undersigned hereby irrevocably (i) presents for redemption           Common Units in Summit Hotel OP, LP in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Common Unit Redemption Right referred to in Section 8.04 thereof, (ii) surrenders such Common Units and all right, title and interest therein and (iii) directs that the Cash Amount or REIT Shares Amount (as defined in the Agreement) as determined by the General Partner deliverable upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right be delivered to the address specified below, and if REIT Shares (as defined in the Agreement) are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the name(s) and at the address(es) specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such Common Units, free and clear of the rights and interests of any person or entity other than the Partnership or the General Partner; (b) has the full right, power and authority to cause the redemption of the Common Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve the Common Units for redemption.
 
Dated:               ,
 
Name of Limited Partner:
 
 
          
(Signature of Limited Partner or
Authorized Representative)
 
          
(Mailing Address)
 
          
(City) (State) (Zip Code)
 
Signature Guaranteed by:
 
 
          
 
If REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:
 
Name:
 
Please insert Social Security or Identifying Number:


B-1


 

EXHIBIT C-1
 
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE ENTITIES)
 
Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i) 50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “General Partner”) and Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) that no withholding is required with respect to the redemption by           (“Partner”) of its Common Units in the Partnership, the undersigned hereby certifies the following on behalf of Partner:
 
1. Partner is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate, as those terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder.
 
2. Partner is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).
 
3. The U.S. employer identification number of Partner is          .
 
4. The principal business address of Partner is:          ,           and Partner’s place of incorporation is          .
 
5. Partner agrees to inform the General Partner if it becomes a foreign person at any time during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.
 
6. Partner understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
 
PARTNER:          
 
 
 
By:   ­ ­
Name:  ­ ­
Title:  ­ ­
 
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document on behalf of Partner.
 
     
Date:
   
   
    Name:
Title:


C-1-1


 

EXHIBIT C-2
 
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE INDIVIDUALS)
 
Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i) 50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “General Partner”) and Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) that no withholding is required with respect to my redemption of my Common Units in the Partnership, I,          , hereby certify the following:
 
1. I am not a nonresident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
 
2. My U.S. taxpayer identification number (social security number) is          .
 
3. My home address is:          .
 
4. I agree to inform the General Partner promptly if I become a nonresident alien at any time during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.
 
5. I understand that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
 
          
Name:
 
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete.
 
     
Date:
   
   
    Name:
Title:


C-2-1


 

EXHIBIT D
 
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNER TO CONVERT
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
 
The undersigned holder of LTIP Units hereby irrevocably (i) elects to convert the number of LTIP Units in Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) set forth below into Common Units in accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended; and (ii) directs that any cash in lieu of Common Units that may be deliverable upon such conversion be delivered to the address specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such LTIP Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity other than the Partnership or the General Partner; (b) has the full right, power, and authority to cause the conversion of such LTIP Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the consent to or approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve such conversion.
 
Name of Holder: 
(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
 
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted: 
 
Date of this Notice: 
 
(Signature of Holder: Sign Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
 
(Street Address)
 
(City) (State) (Zip Code)
 
Signature Guaranteed by: 


D-1


 

EXHIBIT E
 
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNERSHIP TO FORCE CONVERSION OF
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
 
Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) hereby elects to cause the number of LTIP Units held by the holder of LTIP Units set forth below to be converted into Common Units in accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended, effective as of           (the “Conversion Date”).
 
Name of Holder: 
(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
 
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted: 
 
Date of this Notice: 


E-1

Exhibit 4.1
Specimen Stock Certificate
See Reverse for Important Notice on Transfer Restrictions and Other Information
     
NUMBER
XXX
  SHARES
XXX
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
(a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Maryland)
Total Authorized Issue:
1,000 Shares, Par Value $0.01 Per Share
of Common Stock
This is to certify that XXXXXXX is the owner of XXX fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-named Corporation transferable only on the books of the above-named Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by a duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.
This certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Charter and Bylaws of the above-named Corporation and any amendments thereto.
Witness, the seal of the above-named Corporation and the signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Dated:                      , 2010
             
 
  (SEAL)        
 
Secretary
     
 
President
   

Exhibit 10.1
Execution Version
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
     AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 5, 2010 by and between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (the “ LLC ”), and Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ OP ”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the parties hereto have determined that it is in their respective best interests, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, that (i) the LLC be merged with and into the OP, with the OP surviving, and (ii) all of the outstanding Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C limited liability company interests in the LLC (collectively, the “ Membership Interests ”) be converted into the right to receive the Aggregate Merger Consideration (as defined below) as set forth herein;
     WHEREAS, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are intended to coincide with and be a component part of the formation and underwritten initial public offering (the IPO ) of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the REIT ), the general partner of the OP;
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration and in consideration of the foregoing and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
THE MERGER
     1.1. The Merger . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in accordance with the provisions of the South Dakota Limited Liability Company Act (the “ SDLLCA ”) and the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the DRULPA ), the LLC shall be merged with and into the OP and the separate existence of the LLC shall thereupon cease (the “ Merger ”). The OP shall be the surviving entity in the Merger (sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Surviving Entity ”) and shall continue to be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and the separate existence of the Surviving Entity as a Delaware limited partnership, with all its rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises, shall continue unaffected by the Merger. The Merger shall have the effects specified in the SDLLCA and the DRULPA.
     1.2. The Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the Merger (the “ Closing ”) shall take place (a) at the offices of Hunton & Williams LLP,

 


 

Riverfront Plaza, East Tower, 951 East Byrd Street, Richmond, VA 23219, on the day upon which all of the conditions to the Merger shall have been satisfied or waived in writing, or (b) at such other time, date or place as the LLC and the OP may agree. The date on which the Closing occurs is hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”
     1.3. Effective Time . If all the conditions to the Merger set forth in Article 4 have been satisfied or waived in accordance herewith and this Agreement has not been terminated as provided in Article 5, upon the Closing, the parties hereto will cause (i) a certificate of merger substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ LLC Certificate of Merger ”) to be executed and filed with the Office of the Secretary of the State of South Dakota, as provided in the SDLLCA and (ii) a certificate of merger substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the OP Certificate of Merger ,” and together with the LLC Certificate of Merger, the Certificates of Merger ) to be executed and filed with the Office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware, as provided in the DRULPA. The Merger will become effective at the time and on the date specified in the Certificates of Merger, or, absent any such indication, upon acceptance of the filings thereof by the States (the “ Effective Time ”).
     1.4. Name and Location of Surviving Entity . The name of the Surviving Entity, “Summit Hotel OP, LP,” shall continue unchanged at the Effective Time. The address of the Surviving Entity will be: 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105.
     1.5. Certificate of Limited Partnership . The certificate of limited partnership of the OP shall be the certificate of limited partnership of the Surviving Entity until thereafter changed or amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable law.
     1.6. Partnership Agreement . The First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the OP (the OP Agreement ”) shall be the partnership agreement of the Surviving Entity until thereafter changed or amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable law.
     1.7. Effect on Membership Interests .
     (a) At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger, and without any further action on the part of any member of the LLC (each, a Member and collectively, the Members ):
          (i) all of the Membership Interests will be converted into a total of 9,993,992 units of limited partnership interest in the OP ( OP Units , and such aggregate number of OP Units, Aggregate Merger Consideration ) . The Aggregate Merger Consideration will be allocated among the Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C Membership Interests as set forth on Exhibit C hereto.
          (ii) Members holding Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C Membership Interests will be entitled to receive a number of OP Units equal to the product of (i) the aggregate number of OP Units allocable to the applicable class of Membership Interests as set forth on Exhibit C multiplied by (ii) the percentage represented by (A) the Member’s adjusted capital contribution to the LLC represented by interests of the class, as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the LLC (the Operating Agreement ”) and as

2


 

reflected in the books and records of the LLC, divided by (B) the aggregate adjusted capital contributions of all Members holding Membership Interests of the class represented by interests of the class, in each case, determined as of the close of the business day immediately prior to the Effective Time. Examples are described on Exhibit C attached hereto.
          (iii) No fractional OP Units will be issued pursuant hereto. Any fractional OP Unit will be rounded up or down to the nearest whole OP unit.
     (b) The rights of holders of the OP Units, as limited partners of the OP, as of the Closing, including rights with respect to redemption of OP Units, will be as set forth in the OP Agreement.
     (c) The name of each Member, and the number of OP Units issued to such Member, will be recorded in the books and records of the OP.
     (d) Each Membership Interest will no longer be outstanding and will be canceled and retired and will cease to exist.
     1.8. Rights Upon Exchange .
     (a) The Aggregate Merger Consideration will be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the Membership Interests.
     (b) At and after the Effective Time, there will be no transfers on the books and records of the LLC of Membership Interests which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.
ARTICLE 2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     2.1. Representations and Warranties of the LLC . The LLC hereby represents and warrants to the OP as follows:
     (a)  Organization and Good Standing . The LLC has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the SDLLCA with the requisite limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets, conduct the business in which it is engaged and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The LLC is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases assets, or conducts any business, so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the LLC (a Material Adverse Effect ).
     (b)  Authority . The LLC has the requisite limited liability company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Merger. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the LLC and the consummation by the LLC of the Merger have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of the LLC;

3


 

other than approval of an amendment to the LLC Agreement specifically relating to the Merger and approval of the Merger by the Members in accordance with the Operating Agreement and the SDLLCA. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the LLC and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the LLC enforceable against the LLC in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) equitable principles of general applicability relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.
     (c)  Capital Structure . All outstanding Membership Interests are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of the SDLLCA, the Operating Agreement or any contract, lease, license, indenture, note, bond or other agreement (a “ Contract ”) to which the LLC is a party. There are no options, warrants, calls, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, units, commitments, Contracts, subscriptions, arrangements or undertakings to which the LLC is a party (x) obligating the LLC to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional Membership Interests or other equity interests in, or any security convertible or exercisable for or exchangeable into any Membership Interests or other equity interest in, the LLC or (y) obligating the LLC to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, security, unit, commitment, Contract, subscription, arrangement or undertaking. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding contractual obligations of the LLC to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Membership Interest. There are no agreements among Members, voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which the LLC is a party or to which it is bound relating to the holding, voting or disposition of the Membership Interests.
     (d)  Litigation . There is no litigation or proceeding, either judicial or administrative, pending or, to the LLC’s knowledge, threatened, affecting its ability to consummate the Merger. There is no outstanding order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, government, governmental entity or authority or arbitration against or affecting the LLC, which in any such case would impair the LLC’s ability to enter into and perform all of its obligations under this Agreement.
     (e)  Title . Except as disclosed in the LLC’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the date hereof (the SEC Filings ), the LLC has fee simple title to all of its real property and good and valid title to all the personal property described in the SEC Filings.
     (f)  Financial Statements . The financial statements for the LLC contained in the SEC Filings (the Financial Statements ) present fairly the financial condition of the LLC at the dates indicated and the results of the LLC’s operations for the periods specified, and there have been no changes in the financial condition of the LLC since the date of the most recent Financial Statements that would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (g)  Debt . Except for the debt described in the Financial Statements, the LLC has no indebtedness except for indebtedness incurred by the LLC in the ordinary course of business. The LLC has received no written notice of any default under any such debt, nor to the best of the LLC’s knowledge has any default (or any event that, but for the passage of time or the giving of

4


 

notice, or both, would constitute a default) occurred under any such debt, which in either case has not been cured in full and which would have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (h)  No Insolvency Proceedings . No attachments, execution proceedings, assignments for the benefit of creditors, insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceedings are pending or, to the LLC’s knowledge, threatened against the LLC, nor are any such proceedings contemplated by the LLC.
     (i)  No Brokers . The LLC has not entered into, and covenants that it will not enter into, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or firm which will result in the obligation of the LLC to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage commission or similar payment in connection with the Merger.
     (j)  Partnership Status . The LLC represents and warrants that, since its formation, it has qualified to be taxed as a partnership, and not an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes.
     (k)  Tax Matters . The LLC has timely filed (taking into account all properly granted extensions) all material federal, state, and local tax returns required to be filed by it with respect to all taxes, and all such tax returns are true, correct and complete, except to the extent not being so would not have, alone or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The LLC has paid all taxes which are shown to have become due and payable by it pursuant to such tax returns and has paid all other taxes for which it has received a notice of assessment or demand for payment. There are no liens for taxes upon the assets or properties of the LLC other than liens for taxes not yet due and those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings. There are no outstanding agreements or waivers extending the statutory period of limitations applicable to the assessment of any tax for any currently open taxable period with respect to the LLC. There is no pending or proposed deficiency, examination, claim, litigation or other proceeding with respect to taxes of the LLC. The LLC has complied in all material respects with all laws relating to the withholding of taxes and has duly and timely withheld and collected all required amounts from distributions to its Members, from employee salaries, wages and compensation and from all other amounts paid, and has paid over such amounts to the appropriate taxing authority.
     2.2. Representations and Warranties of the OP . The OP hereby represents and warrants to the LLC as follows:
     (a)  Organization and Good Standing of the OP . The OP has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited partnership in good standing under the DRULPA with the requisite partnership power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets, conduct the business in which it is engaged and perform its obligations under this Agreement.
     (b)  Authority . The OP has the requisite limited partnership power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Merger. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the OP and the consummation by the OP of the Merger have been duly authorized by all necessary limited partnership action on the part of the OP. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the OP and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the OP enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (a) applicable

5


 

bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) equitable principles of general applicability relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.
     (c)  Issuance of OP Units . The OP Units when issued, will be duly and validly authorized and issued, free of any preemptive or similar rights, without any obligation to restore capital except as required by the DRULPA or as agreed between the OP and any limited partner in the OP.
     (d)  Litigation . There is no litigation or proceeding, either judicial or administrative, pending or, to the OP’s knowledge, threatened, affecting its ability to consummate the Merger. There is no outstanding order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, government, governmental entity or authority or arbitration against or affecting the OP, which in any such case would impair the OP’s ability to enter into and perform all of its obligations under this Agreement.
     (e)  No Insolvency Proceedings . No attachments, execution proceedings, assignments for the benefit of creditors, insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceedings are pending or, to the OP’s knowledge, threatened against the OP, nor are any such proceedings contemplated by the OP.
     (f)  No Brokers . The OP has not entered into and covenants that it will not enter into, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or firm which will result in the obligation of the OP to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage commission or similar payment in connection with the Merger.
     (g)  Disregarded Entity Status . The OP will be disregarded as an entity separate from the REIT for federal income tax purposes.
ARTICLE 3
COVENANTS
     3.1. Carrying on in the Ordinary Course of Business . From the date hereof to the Closing Date, each of the parties hereto shall conduct its business in the ordinary course in all material respects, except that each party may take such actions and execute such documents as may be required to effectuate the Merger and any related transactions.
     3.2. Further Assurances . Each of the parties shall execute and deliver to the other parties all such other and further instruments and documents and take or cause to be taken all such other and further actions as any of them may reasonably request in order to effect the Merger and any related transactions.
     3.3. Structure of Merger . For financial accounting, state law and all other purposes except federal income tax purposes, each of the parties will treat the Merger as (i) a contribution of all of the LLC’s assets to and assumption of all of the LLC’s liabilities by the OP in exchange

6


 

for the Aggregate Merger Consideration; (ii) distribution of the OP Units by the LLC to its Members in complete satisfaction of the obligations of the LLC to its Members; and (iii) continuation of the OP as the surviving entity and successor to the LLC’s hotel ownership business. For federal income tax purposes, each of the parties will treat (i) the Merger as a tax-deferred contribution of the assets of the OP to the LLC in exchange for OP Units under Section 721 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (ii) the OP as a continuation of the LLC following the Merger.
     3.4. Distributions to Class A and Class A-1 Members. On or prior to the Closing Date, the LLC will distribute to Members holding Class A and Class A-1 Membership Interests all accrued and unpaid Priority Returns, as defined in the LLC Agreement, with respect to such Membership Interests, through August 31, 2010. The LLC may also distribute to the Members holding Class A and Class A-1 Membership Interests, at or immediately prior to Closing, up to the amount of any then unpaid Priority Returns with respect to the Class A and Class A-1 Membership Interests, out of available cash, if any, in excess of the sum of the LLC’s (i) working capital requirements, (ii) reserve requirements and (iii) payments to lenders required in the ordinary course or in connection with extending maturity dates, whether in the form of fees or defeasement of principal, in each case as determined in the sole discretion of the board of managers of the LLC.
ARTICLE 4
CONDITIONS
     4.1. Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations to Effect the Merger. The obligations of the OP and the LLC to effect the Merger are subject to the fulfillment, simultaneously with or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions (unless such conditions are waived in writing by the OP and the LLC):
     (a)  IPO . The IPO of the REIT, on such terms as the REIT, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall have determined to be acceptable, shall have been completed.
     (b)  Registration Statement on Form S-4 . The registration statement on Form S-4 (the Form S-4 ) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC ) relating to the issuance of the OP Units shall have been declared effective by the SEC and shall not have been subjected to any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness.
     (c)  Registration Statement on Form S-11 . The registration statement on Form S-11 filed by the REIT with the SEC relating to the IPO shall have been declared effective by the SEC and shall not have been subjected to any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness.
     (d)  Amendment to Operating Agreement . The Amendment to the Operating Agreement described in the Form S-4 shall have been approved by the Company Manager, as defined in the Operating Agreement, and by holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Class A and Class A-1 Membership Interests, voting as a single group at a special meeting of Class A and Class A-1 Members held for such purpose.

7


 

     (e)  Member Approval of the Merger . The Merger, including this Agreement, shall have been approved by the Class C Member and the holders of a majority of the aggregate combined voting power of the Class A and Class A-1 Membership Interests, voting as a single group, at a special meeting of Class A, Class A-1 and Class C Members held for such purpose.
     (f)  Listing of REIT Shares . The shares of REIT Common Stock issuable in the IPO shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.
     4.2. Conditions to the OP’s Obligations to Effect the Merger . The obligation of the OP to effect the Merger is subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions (unless such conditions are waived in writing by the OP):
     (a)  Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by the LLC pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties were made as of the Closing Date.
     (b)  Performance . The LLC shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants that it is required to perform or comply with pursuant to this Agreement prior to the Closing.
     (c)  Legal Proceedings . No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree, or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or governmental entity that prohibits the consummation of the Merger, and no litigation or governmental proceeding seeking such an order shall be pending or threatened.
     (d)  Consents and Approvals . All required consents of governmental and private parties to effect the Merger, including, without limitation, required consents of any lenders and franchisors, shall have been obtained.
     (e)  Scottsdale Properties . The OP shall have entered into binding agreements to acquire all of the membership interests in Summit Group of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC (“ SGS ”) not currently owned by the LLC.
     (f)  Hotel Management Agreements . The hotel management agreements in effect between The Summit Group, Inc (“ SGI ”) and the LLC and between SGI and SGS shall have been assigned by SGI to an “eligible independent contractor” as defined by the Code, effective no later than the Effective Time.
     4.3. Conditions to the LLC’s Obligation to Effect the Merger . The obligation of the LLC to effect the Merger are subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions (unless such conditions are waived in writing by the LLC):
     (a)  Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by the OP pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing as though such representations and warranties were made at the Closing.

8


 

     (b)  Performance . The OP shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants that it is required to perform or comply with pursuant to this Agreement prior to the Closing.
     (c)  Legal Proceedings . No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree, or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or governmental entity that prohibits the consummation of the Merger, and no litigation or governmental proceeding seeking such an order shall be pending or threatened.
     (d)  Consents and Approvals . All required consents of governmental and private parties to effect the Merger, including, without limitation, required consents of any lenders and franchisors, shall have been obtained.
     (e)  OP Agreement . The OP Agreement shall have been amended and restated in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto effective as of the Closing Time.
ARTICLE 5
TERMINATION
     5.1. Termination and Abandonment by the OP . The OP shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and abandon the Merger at any time prior to the filing of the Certificates of Merger upon the determination by the REIT, in its sole and absolute discretion, not to proceed with the IPO.
     5.2. Termination and Abandonment by the LLC . The LLC shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and abandon the Merger at any time and for any reason on or after September 30, 2011, but prior to the filing of the Certificates of Merger.
     5.3. Effect of Termination and Abandonment . Upon the termination of this Agreement and abandonment of the Merger pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2 hereof, this Agreement shall become void and have no effect, and no party shall have any liability to the other in connection with the Merger, or as a result of the termination of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not relieve a party of any liability as a result of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 6
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     6.1. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Exhibits and any documents delivered by the parties in connection herewith constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings among the parties with respect thereto. No addition to or modification of any provision of this

9


 

Agreement shall be binding upon any party hereto unless made in writing and signed by all parties hereto.
     6.2. Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto.
     6.3. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
     6.4. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all of the parties hereto.
     6.5. Headings . Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only, and shall be given no substantive or interpretive effect whatsoever.
     6.6. Incorporation . All Exhibits attached hereto and referred to herein are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein.
     6.7. Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.
     6.8. Waiver of Conditions . The conditions to each of the parties’ obligations to consummate the Merger are for the sole benefit of such party and may be waived by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law.
     6.9. No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is not intended to confer upon any person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.
[ Signature page follows .]

10


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement and caused the same to be duly delivered on their behalf as of the day and year first written above.
                 
    SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP    
 
               
    By:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.,
a Maryland corporation,
its General Partner
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Daniel P. Hansen
 
Name: Daniel P. Hansen
   
 
          Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
               
    SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC    
 
               
             /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
             
 
      Name:   Kerry W. Boekelheide    
 
      Title:   Chief Executive Officer    
[ Signature page to Merger Agreement ]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
Articles of Merger
Pursuant to the provisions of SDCL 47-34A-905, the following Articles of Merger are executed for purposes of merging Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (“ SHP LLC ”), with and into Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Surviving Entity ”). SHP LLC and the Surviving Entity are sometimes referred to herein as the “ Constituent Parties ”)
      FIRST: The name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the Constituent Parties are as follows: (a) Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company and (b) Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
      SECOND: Summit Hotel Properties, LLC filed its Articles of Organization with the South Dakota Secretary of State’s office on January 12, 2004.
      THIRD: An Agreement and Plan of Merger has been duly approved by SHP LLC in accordance with the provisions of the South Dakota Limited Liability Company Act, SDCL 47-34A (the “ Act ”) and by the Surviving Entity in accordance with the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.
      FOURTH: The Surviving Entity’s name is Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and its principal place of business is 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, SD 57105.
      FIFTH: The effective date of the merger shall be the date of filing of these Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of South Dakota.
      SIXTH: The Surviving Entity filed its Certificate of Limited Partnership with the Delaware Secretary of State’s office on June 30, 2010, and it is submitting contemporaneously herewith an application for authority to operate as a foreign limited partnership.
      SEVENTH: In accordance with SDCL 47-34A-905(a)(8), the Surviving Entity hereby agrees that it may be served with process in this state and is subject to liability in any action or proceeding for the enforcement of any liability in any action or proceeding for the enforcement of any liability or obligation of SHP LLC, which was previously subject to suit in this state and which is a party to the merger, and for the enforcement, as provided in the Act, of the right of member of SHP LLC to receive payment for his interest against the Surviving Entity in accordance with the provisions of the Act.
      EIGHTH: In accordance with SDCL 47-34A-905(c), the Agreement and Plan of Merger shall be provided, on request and without cost, to any member of SHP LLC or any person holding an interest in the Surviving Entity.

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Constituent Parties have caused these Articles of Merger to be signed by their respective authorized officers on the                      day of                                           , 2010.
         
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Kerry Boekelheide
   
 
  Chief Executive Officer    
 
       
Summit Hotel OP, LP    
 
       
By:
  Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.    
 
  General Partner    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Daniel P. Hansen
   
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer    

 


 

EXHIBIT B
OP Certificate of Merger
          Pursuant to Section 17-211 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, the undersigned limited partnership executed the following Certificate of Merger:
          FIRST: The name and state of formation of each of the constituent entities of the merger is as follows:
          Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company; and
          Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
          SECOND: The Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 5, 2010, by and among Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company and Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, has been approved, adopted and executed by each of the constituent entities in accordance with Section 17-211 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.
          THIRD: The name of the surviving entity of the merger (the “Surviving Entity”) is Summit Hotel OP, LP.
          FOURTH: The merger is to become effective immediately upon filing this Certificate of Merger.
          FIFTH: A copy of the executed Agreement and Plan of Merger is on file at 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105, the place of business of the Surviving Entity.
          SIXTH: A copy of the executed Agreement and Plan of Merger will be furnished by the Surviving Entity, upon request and without cost, to any member or partner of either constituent entity.
[Signature page follows.]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Summit Hotel OP, LP has caused this Certificate of Merger to be executed in its corporate name by an authorized officer this ____ day of ___________, 2010.
             
    SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP    
 
           
    By:     Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.,
a Maryland corporation, its General Partner
   
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:        

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Aggregate Merger Consideration
Class A
                         
            Relative Percentage of Total        
            Adjusted Capital        
    Adjusted Capital     Contributions to the LLC        
    Contribution Represented by     Represented by Interests of     Number of OP Units to be  
    Interests of the Class     the Class     Received in the Merger  
Subtotal:
  $ 119,138,717       100 %     6,283,197  
 
                 
Example:
  $ 100,000       0.0008394 %     5,274  
 
                 
Class A-1
 
            Relative Percentage of Total        
            Adjusted Capital        
    Adjusted Capital     Contributions to the LLC        
    Contribution Represented by     Represented by Interests of     Number of OP Units to be  
    Interests of the Class     the Class     Received in the Merger  
Subtotal:
  $ 44,237,893       100 %     2,433,040  
 
                 
Example:
  $ 100,000       0.00226 %     5,500  
 
                 
Class B
            Relative Percentage of Total        
            Adjusted Capital        
    Adjusted Capital     Contributions to the LLC        
    Contribution Represented by     Represented by Interests of     Number of OP Units to be  
    Interests of the Class     the Class     Received in the Merger  
Subtotal:
  $ 6,687,944       100 %     352,712  
 
                 
Example:
  $ 100,000       0.01495 %     5,274  
 
                 
Class C
 
            Relative Percentage of Total        
            Adjusted Capital        
    Adjusted Capital     Contributions to the LLC        
    Contribution Represented by     Represented by Interests of     Number of OP Units to be  
    Interests of the Class     the Class     Received in the Merger  
Subtotal:
  $ 17,540,183       100 %     925,043  
 
                 
 
Total:
  $ 187,604,737       100 %     9,993,992  
 
                 

 


 

EXHIBIT D
Form of Amended and Restated OP Agreement
(see Annex C to proxy statement/prospectus)

 

Exhibit 10.2(a)
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC.,
a South Dakota corporation,
as the Contributor,
AND
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP,
a Delaware limited partnership,
as the Acquirer

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I THE CONTRIBUTION
    1  
1.1 Contribution of Contributed Assets
    1  
1.2 Consideration
    4  
1.3 Redemption Rights for Units
    4  
1.4 Tax Consequences to Contributor
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS
    4  
2.1 Representations by Acquirer
    4  
2.2 Representations by Contributor, Managing Member and Company
    5  
2.3 Satisfaction of Conditions
    14  
2.4 Access
    14  
2.5 Consent to Transfers
    14  
 
       
ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING
    14  
3.1 Conditions to Acquirer’s Obligations
    14  
3.2 Conditions to Contributor’s Obligations
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE IV CLOSING AND CLOSING DOCUMENTS
    16  
4.1 Closing
    16  
4.2 Contributor’s Deliveries
    17  
4.3 Acquirer’s Deliveries
    18  
4.4 Prorations.
    19  
4.5 Reserve Accounts
    19  
4.6 Minority Interests
    19  
4.7 Fees and Expenses; Closing Costs
    19  
4.8 Tax Clearance Certificates
    19  
 
       
ARTICLE V TERMINATION, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    20  
5.1 Termination
    20  
5.2 Remedies Upon Default of Acquirer
    20  
5.3 Remedies on Default of Contributor
    20  
 
       
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION
    21  
6.1 Contributor’s Indemnity
    21  
6.2 Acquirer’s Indemnity
    21  
6.3 Indemnification Procedure
    21  
6.4 Survival
    22  
 
       
ARTICLE VII RISK OF LOSS; EMINENT DOMAIN
    22  
7.1 Risk of Loss
    22  
7.2 Casualty
    22  
7.3 Eminent Domain
    22  
7.4 Survival
    22  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS
    23  

- i -


 

         
    Page
8.1 Notices
    23  
8.2 Entire Agreement; Modifications and Waivers; Cumulative Remedies
    23  
8.3 Exhibits
    24  
8.4 Successors and Assigns
    24  
8.5 Article Headings
    24  
8.6 Governing Law
    24  
8.7 Counterparts
    24  
8.8 Survival
    24  
8.9 Further Acts
    24  
8.10 Severability
    24  
8.11 Attorneys’ Fees
    24  
8.12 Confidentiality
    25  
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
A    Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement
       
B    Assignment of Contributed Assets
       
C    Assumed Loan
       

- ii -


 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
     THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the            day of                                           , 2010 by and between THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota corporation (the “Contributor”); and SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Acquirer”).
RECITALS
     A. Summit Group of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC (the “Company”) is the owner of fee simple title to the Courtyard by Marriott hotel and the SpringHill Suites by Marriott hotel, both located in Scottsdale, Arizona, including, without limitation, all land, buildings, improvements, fixtures and appurtenances related thereto (the “Real Property”) and all furniture, fixtures, equipment and all other personal property located thereon and more particularly described in Section 1.1 below (collectively, the “Personal Property”). The Real Property and Personal Property shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Property.”
     B. The Contributor is the record and beneficial owner of one hundred percent of the membership interests of Summit Hospitality of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC (the “Managing Member”). The Managing Member is the managing member and the record and beneficial owner of the Class B Membership Interest in the Company as described in the First Amended Operating Agreement of the Company dated July 29, 2003 (the “Operating Agreement”), together with all rights and privileges pertaining thereto, including all rights as managing member, all voting rights and all right, title and interest in and to all cash, distributions, income, profits, revenues, and proceeds payable to the Contributor on account of such Class B Membership Interest (the “Contributed Assets”).
     C. Immediately prior to Closing (as defined below), the Contributor will dissolve the Managing Member and cause all of the Managing Member’s assets, including without limitation, the Contributed Assets, to be distributed to the Contributor. The Contributor will then contribute the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer, and the Acquirer will acquire the Contributed Assets from the Contributor, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
THE CONTRIBUTION
     1.1 Contribution of Contributed Assets . The Contributor agrees to contribute and transfer the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer, and the Acquirer agrees to accept the transfer of the Contributed Assets pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Contributed Assets shall be transferred to the Acquirer free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, prior assignments or conveyances, conditions, restrictions, claims, and other

- 1 -


 

matters affecting title thereto. At the time of the transfer of the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer, the Company shall own or have rights to use all of the following in connection with the Real Property:
          (a) all furniture, furnishings, fixtures, vehicles, rugs, mats, carpeting, appliances, devices, engines, telephone and other communications equipment, televisions and other video equipment, plumbing fixtures and other equipment, and all other equipment and other personal property which are now, or may hereafter prior to the Closing be, placed in or on or attached to the Real Property and are used in connection with the operation of the Property (but not including items owned or leased by tenants or which are leased under the Equipment Leases by the Company) (the “FF&E”);
          (b) all right, title and interest in and to (to the extent transferable under applicable law) all licenses, permits and authorizations presently issued in connection with the operation of all or any part of the Property as it is presently being operated (the “Licenses and Permits”);
          (c) all right, title and interest in and to (to the extent assignable) all warranties, if any, issued by any manufacturer, contractor, subcontractor, supplier or workman in connection with the maintenance, repair, construction or installation of equipment or any component of the improvements included as part of the Property or FF&E;
          (d) all right, title and interest in and to (to the extent assignable) all Service Contracts;
          (e) all right, title and interest in and to all leases, subleases, licenses, contracts and other agreements, granting a real property interest to any other person for the use or occupancy of all or any part of the Property, other than the Bookings (the “Tenant Leases”) and all security and escrow deposits or other security held by or for the benefit of, or granted to, the Company in connection with, such Tenant Leases;
          (f) all right, title and interest in and to all leases and purchase money security agreements for any equipment, machinery, vehicles, furniture or other personal property located at the Real Property or used in the operation of the Real Property (the “Equipment Leases”), together with all deposits made thereunder;
          (g) all right, title and interest in and to all bookings and reservations for guest, conference, meeting and banquet rooms or other facilities at the Real Property for dates from and after the Closing (the “Bookings”), together with all deposits held by the Company with respect thereto;
          (h) all right, title and interest in and to any and all charges accrued to the open accounts of any guests or customers at the Real Property for the use or occupancy of any guest, conference, meeting or banquet rooms or other facilities at the Real Property, any restaurant, banquet services, or any other goods or services provided by or on behalf of the Company at the Real Property (the “Guest Ledger”), as set forth in Section 4.4(b)(i);

- 2 -


 

          (i) all items included within the definition of “Property and Equipment” under the latest edition of the Uniform System of Accounts for the Lodging Industry, as published by the Hotel Association of New York City, Inc. (the “Uniform System of Accounts”) and used in the operation of the Real Property, including, without limitation, linen, china, glassware, tableware, uniforms and similar items (“Property and Equipment”);
          (j) all “Inventories” as defined in the Uniform System of Accounts and used in the operation of the Real Property, such as provisions in storerooms, refrigerators, pantries, and kitchens, other merchandise intended for sale or resale, fuel, mechanical supplies, stationery, guest supplies, maintenance and housekeeping supplies and other expensed supplies and similar items and including all food and beverages which are located at the Real Property, or ordered for future use at the Real Property as of the Closing, but expressly excluding any alcoholic beverages, if any, to the extent the sale or transfer of the same is not permitted under applicable law (the “Inventories”);
          (k) all merchandise located at the Real Property and held for sale to guests and customers of the Real Property, or ordered for future sale at the Real Property, but not including any such merchandise owned by any tenant at the Real Property (“Retail Merchandise”);
          (l) all right, title and interest in and to (to the extent such are assignable) all names, tradenames, trademarks, service marks, logos, and other similar proprietary rights and all registrations or applications for registration of such rights used in the operation of the Real Property, to the extent not provided for in the Existing Franchise Agreements or the new franchise agreements to be executed with the TRS Lessee (the “Intangible Property”);
          (m) all right, title and interest in and to (to the extent not included above) the Real Property’ telephone numbers, printed marketing materials and any slides, proofs or drawings used to produce such materials, to the extent such slides, proofs or drawings are in the Contributor’s or the Company’s possession or control (“Miscellaneous Personal Property”); and
          (n) to the extent in the Contributor’s or the Company’s possession or control, all surveys, architectural, consulting and engineering blueprints, plans and specifications and reports, if any, related to the Real Property, all books and records, if any, related to the Real Property (collectively, “Books and Records”); provided, however, that the Contributor may retain a copy of all such books and records.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the property, assets, rights and interests set forth in this Section 1.1 shall not include any Retained Accounts Receivable as set forth in Section 4.4(b)(ii) nor any fixtures, personal property or equipment owned by (A) the lessor under any Equipment Leases, (B) the supplier or vendor under any other Service Contracts, (C) the tenant under any Tenant Lease, (D) any employees, or (E) any guests or customers of the Real Property; provided, however, that at Closing the Company and the Real Property will have the same rights to the use and benefit to any of the foregoing as the Company and the Real Property currently possess, unless otherwise terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

- 3 -


 

     1.2 Consideration . The total consideration (the “Consideration”) for which the Contributor agrees to contribute and assign the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer, and which the Acquirer agrees to pay or deliver to the Contributor, subject to the terms of this Agreement, shall be the issuance to the Contributor or its successor or designee of Seventy Four Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty Nine (74,829) units of limited partnership interests in the Acquirer (“Units”). The number of Units shall not be adjusted for prorations of income or expenses of the Real Property or of the Company nor for any other reason. On the Closing Date the Units shall be distributed to the Contributor. No fractional Units will be issued as Consideration hereunder and no cash will be paid to the Contributor. The Contributor acknowledges that any certificates evidencing the Units will bear appropriate legends indicating (i) that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and (ii) that the Acquirer’s Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement”) restricts the transfer of the Units. Upon receipt of the Units, the Contributor shall become a limited partner of the Acquirer and shall execute the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Contributor acknowledges and agrees that once Closing occurs, the Contributor shall no longer be a member of the Company, shall no longer be entitled to receive any distributions from the Company, and shall have no further right, title or interest in the Company or the Property.
     1.3 Redemption Rights for Units . Each Unit shall be redeemable at the option of the holder, in accordance with, but subject to the restrictions contained in, the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement; provided, however, that such redemption option may not be exercised until after the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Redemption Period”).
     1.4 Tax Consequences to Contributor . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, including without limitation the use of words and phrases such as “sell,” “sale,” purchase,” and “pay,” the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that it is their intent that the transaction contemplated hereby shall be treated for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 721 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as the contribution of the Contributed Assets by the Contributor to the Acquirer, in exchange for the Units, and not as a transaction in which the Contributor is acting other than in its capacity as a prospective partner in the Acquirer.
ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS
     2.1 Representations by Acquirer . The Acquirer hereby represents and warrants unto the Contributor that the following statements are true, correct, and complete as of the date of this Agreement and will be true, correct, and complete as of the Closing Date:
          (a) Organization and Power . The Acquirer is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has full right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement and to assume and perform all of its obligations under this Agreement; and, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Acquirer of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all requisite action of the Acquirer and require no further action or approval of the Acquirer’s partners or of any other

- 4 -


 

individuals or entities in order to constitute this Agreement as a binding and enforceable obligation of the Acquirer.
          (b) Noncontravention . Neither the entry into nor the performance of, or compliance with, this Agreement by the Acquirer has resulted, or will result, in any violation of, or default under, or result in the acceleration of, any obligation under any existing certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement, mortgage, indenture, lien agreement, note, contract, permit, judgment, decree, order, restrictive covenant, statute, rule, or regulation applicable to the Acquirer.
          (c) Litigation . There is no action, suit, or proceeding, pending or known to be threatened, against or affecting the Acquirer in any court or before any arbitrator or before any federal, state, municipal, or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality which (i) in any manner raises any question affecting the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, (ii) could materially and adversely affect the business, financial position, or results of operations of the Acquirer, or (iii) could materially and adversely affect the ability of the Acquirer to perform its obligations hereunder, or under any document to be delivered pursuant hereto.
          (d) Units Validly Issued . The Units, when issued, will have been duly and validly authorized and issued, free of any preemptive or similar rights, and will be fully paid without any obligation to restore capital except as required by the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “Limited Partnership Act”). The Contributor shall be admitted as a limited partner of the Acquirer as of the Closing Date and shall be entitled to all of the rights and protections of a limited partner under the Limited Partnership Act and the provisions of the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement, with the same rights, preferences, and privileges as all other limited partners on a pari passu basis.
          (e) Consents . Except as may otherwise be set forth in Article III hereof, each consent, approval, authorization, order, license, certificate, permit, registration, designation, or filing by or with any governmental agency or body necessary for the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby by the Acquirer has been obtained or will be obtained on or before the Closing Date.
          (f) Brokerage Commission . The Acquirer has not engaged the services of any real estate agent, broker, finder or any other person or entity for any brokerage or finder’s fee, commission or other amount with respect to the transactions described herein on account of any action by the Acquirer. The Acquirer shall be solely responsible for any and all commissions or fees owing to the Broker in connection with this transaction.
     2.2 Representations by Contributor, Managing Member and Company . The Contributor on its own behalf and on behalf of the Managing Member and the Company hereby makes the following representations and warranties, each and every one of which is true, correct, and complete as of the date of this Agreement, and will be true, correct, and complete as of the Closing Date:

- 5 -


 

          (a) Organization and Standing . Each of the Contributor and the Company has been duly formed and each is validly existing as a limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, in good standing in the state of its organization, with the requisite corporate or limited liability company, as applicable, power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets, conduct the business in which it is engaged and perform its obligations under this Agreement. Each of the Contributor and the Company is duly qualified to transact business and each is in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it owns or leases assets, or conducts any business, so as to require such qualification. The Contributor has provided the Acquirer with true and correct copies of the operating agreements or limited liability company, as applicable, for the Managing Member and the Company. All such agreements for the Managing Member and the Company, and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Contributor, are in full force and effect as of the date hereof, and have not been modified or amended and each of the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company has performed all of its obligations under its respective agreements.
          (b) Authority . The Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company have the requisite limited liability company or corporate, as applicable, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company and the consummation by the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company and the members and shareholders thereof. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company enforceable against the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) equitable principles of general applicability relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.
          (c) Noncontravention . Neither the entry into nor the performance of, or compliance with, this Agreement by the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company has resulted, or will result, in any violation of, or default under, or result in the acceleration of, any obligation under its respective limited liability company or limited partnership agreement, as applicable, or any material mortgage, indenture, lien agreement, note, contract, permit, judgment, decree, order, restrictive covenant, statute, rule, or regulation applicable to the Contributor, the Company or the Property, except for the requirement to obtain the Lender Consent.
          (d) Contributed Assets . Except for the Class A Membership Interest in the Company held by Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and the Class C Membership Interest in the Company held by Gary Tharaldson, the Contributed Assets constitute all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Company. Additionally, (i) the Managing Member is currently, and upon the dissolution of the Managing Member, the Contributor will be, the sole owner of the Contributed Assets, (ii) the Managing Member has, and upon the dissolution of the Managing Member, the Contributor will have, good title to the Contributed Assets, (iii) the Contributed Assets are free and clear of all Liens (as hereinafter defined), and (iv) neither the

- 6 -


 

Contributor nor the Managing Member has granted any other person or entity an option to purchase or a right of first refusal upon the Contributed Assets nor are there any agreements or understandings between the Contributor and any other person or entity with respect to the disposition of the Contributed Assets.
          (e) Securities Laws Matters .
               (i) The Contributor, for itself and each of its shareholders, acknowledges that (A) Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “REIT”), which is the general partner of the Acquirer, and the Acquirer intend the offer and issuance of any Units to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws by virtue of the status of the Contributor and each shareholder of the Contributor being an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (“Regulation D”) and acquiring the Units in a transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D, and (B) in issuing Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the REIT and the Acquirer are relying on the representations made by the Contributor and shareholder of the Contributor.
               (ii) In acquiring the Units and engaging in this transaction, neither the Contributor, the Company, nor any shareholder or member thereof is relying upon any representations made to it by the Acquirer, or any of its partners, officers, employees, or agents as to tax matters or otherwise that are not contained herein. The Contributor is aware of the risks involved in investing in the Units. The Contributor has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the Acquirer and the REIT or a person or persons authorized to act on their behalf, concerning the terms and conditions of this investment and the financial condition, affairs, and business of the Acquirer and the REIT. The Contributor confirms that all documents, records, and information pertaining to the Units that have been requested by the Contributor, including a complete copy of the form of the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement, has been made available or delivered to it prior to the date hereof. The Contributor represents and warrants that it has reviewed and approved the form of the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A .
               (iii) The Contributor, the Company, and each shareholder and member thereof understands that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities acts and are instead being offered and sold in reliance on an exemption from such registration requirements. The Units issuable to the Contributor are being acquired solely for the Contributor’s own account, for investment, and are not being acquired with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution, subdivision, or fractionalization thereof, in violation of such laws, and the Contributor does not have any present intention to enter into any contract, undertaking, agreement, or arrangement with respect to any such resale; [provided, however, that, following Closing, the Contributor may distribute the Units to its shareholders that (1) have represented and warranted to the Acquirer in writing that, as of the time of such distribution, such shareholder is an accredited investor as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D, and (2) have executed the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement as limited partners. The Contributor understands that any certificates evidencing the Units will contain appropriate legends reflecting the requirement that the Units not be resold by the Contributor without

- 7 -


 

registration under such laws or the availability of an exemption from such registration and that the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement will restrict transfer of the Units.]
               (iv) The Contributor and each shareholder of the Contributor is an accredited investor as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D.
          (f) Status as a United States Person . Each of the Contributor and the Company represents and warrants that it is not a foreign person within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Company’s U.S. taxpayer identification numbers that has previously been provided to the Acquirer is correct. The Company’s office addresses is the most recent address previously provided to the Acquirer.
          (g) Terms and Conditions of the Transaction . The Contributor and the Company have determined that the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on an overall basis, are fair and reasonable to the Contributor and the Company.
          (h) Litigation . There is no litigation or proceeding, either judicial or administrative, pending or, to the knowledge of the Contributor, the Managing Member, and the Company, threatened, affecting its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. There is no outstanding order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, government, governmental entity or authority or arbitration against or affecting any of the Contributor, the Managing Member, the Company or the Property, which in any such case would impair the Contributor’s or the Company’s ability to enter into and perform all of its obligations under this Agreement.
          (i) Liabilities . None of the Company nor the Contributor has any material liabilities other than those liabilities that are reflected on their respective consolidated balance sheets as of [_________, 2010], true and correct copies of which have been provided to the Acquirer.
          (j) No Insolvency Proceedings . No attachments, execution proceedings, assignments for the benefit of creditors, insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceedings are pending or, to the Contributor’s, the Managing Member’s and the Company’s knowledge, threatened against any of the Contributor, the Managing Member or the Company, nor are any such proceedings contemplated by any of the Contributor, the Managing Member or the Company.
          (k) No Brokers . Neither the Contributor, the Managing Member, nor the Company has entered into, and each covenants that it will not enter into, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or firm which will result in any obligation to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage commission or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
          (l) Real Property .
               (i)  Title to Real Property . The Company has good and marketable title to the Real Property, free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens and Liens that will be released at Closing. For purposes hereof, “Liens” shall mean all liens, charges, covenants, adverse claims, demands, encumbrances, security interests, commitments, pledges or any other

- 8 -


 

title defect or restriction of any kind; and “Permitted Liens” shall mean: (A) any exceptions, exclusions and other matters set forth in or disclosed by any title commitments or surveys obtained by Acquirer and not objected to by Acquirer or otherwise waived; (B) taxes, assessments and governmental charges with respect to the Real Property not yet due and payable; (C) applicable zoning Laws (as hereinafter defined); and (D) any documents evidencing and securing the Assumed Loans (as defined hereinafter).
               (ii)  Compliance With Laws . The Company possesses and/or on or prior to Closing will possess all such certificates, authorities or permits issued by the appropriate local, state or federal agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business conducted by it and to own and operate the Real Property, and the Company has not received any written notice of proceedings that have been or may be commenced relating to the revocation or modification or any such certificate, authority or permit. Neither the Contributor, the Managing Member nor the Company has received any written or other notice of any violation of any applicable federal, state, or local law, ordinance, rule or regulation (“Law”), including without limitation the Americans With Disabilities Act (“ADA”), or any restrictive covenants or other easements, encumbrances or agreements, relating to the Real Property, and the Company and the Real Property is in material compliance with all applicable Laws, including but not limited to the ADA, zoning, building and other land use Laws applicable to the ownership, development and operation of the Real Property.
               (iii)  Environmental Conditions . Neither the Contributor, the Managing Member, nor the Company has received any written notice of the presence or release of any substance that is regulated under any Environmental Laws as a pollutant, contaminant or toxic, radioactive or otherwise hazardous substance, including petroleum, its derivatives or by-products and other hydrocarbons (collectively and individually, “Hazardous Substances”) that would cause the Real Property or the Company to be in violation of any applicable Environmental Laws. Neither the Contributor, the Managing Member, nor the Company has any actual knowledge, nor have any of them received written notice that the Real Property is not in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws. To the knowledge of the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company, (i) there are no Hazardous Substances located at, on or under the Real Property (except for ordinary and customary chemicals and products used in the operating and cleaning of the Real Property, all in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws) and (ii) no Hazardous Substances have leaked, escaped or been discharged, emitted or otherwise released from the Real Property onto any adjoining properties. For the purposes of this Section, “Environmental Laws” means any and all federal, state and local statutes, laws, regulations and rules in effect on the date hereof relating to the protection of the environment or to the use, transportation and disposal of Hazardous Substances.
               (iv)  Condition of Real Property . The Real Property and all Personal Property associated therewith is in good condition and repair, subject to normal wear and tear, and the Company has repaired and maintained the Real Property and Personal Property in accordance with industry standards.
               (v)  Absence of Proceedings . There are no pending or, to the Contributor’s, the Managing Member’s and the Company’s knowledge, threatened condemnation or expropriation proceedings (or negotiations regarding transfers in lieu thereof),

- 9 -


 

lawsuits or administrative actions relating to the Real Property or any portion thereof, or other legal matters affecting materially and adversely the current use, occupancy or value of the Real Property.
               (vi)  Sale Contracts; Options; Rights of First Refusal . Neither the Contributor, the Managing Member, nor the Company has entered into any contract or agreement to sell or transfer the Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein, and there are no outstanding options or rights of first refusal or opportunities to purchase the Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein.
               (vii)  Brokerage Commissions . Neither the Contributor, the Managing Member, nor the Company owes, or will owe in the future as a result of this Agreement, any brokerage commissions or finder’s fees with respect to the Real Property.
               (viii)  Leases . Except for Bookings, neither the Contributor, the Managing Member, nor the Company has entered into any leases or occupancy agreements with respect to the Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein, and there are no outstanding leases, written or verbal, with respect to the Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein.
               (ix)  Construction Contracts; Mechanics’ Liens . At the Closing there will be no outstanding contracts made by any of the Contributor, the Managing Member or the Company for the construction or repair of any improvements relating to the Real Property which have not been fully paid for. Prior to Closing, all mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens, if any, arising from any labor or materials furnished to the Real Property prior to the Closing shall be discharged and released of record or bonded to the extent any such Lien is not insured over by the title company or bonded over pursuant to applicable Law.
               (x)  Franchise Agreement . True, correct and complete copies of the existing franchise license agreement with Marriott International, Inc. (the “Existing Franchise Agreement”) have been delivered or made available to the Acquirer and its agents and underwriters. The Existing Franchise Agreement is valid, binding and enforceable and presently in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor the other parties to the Existing Franchise Agreement is in default under the Existing Franchise Agreement, and no event has occurred which, but for the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under the Existing Franchise Agreement.
               (xi)  Liabilities; Indebtedness . Except for the Assumed Loan, the Company has not incurred any indebtedness related to the Property except in each instance for trade payables and other customary and ordinary expenses in the ordinary course of business that have been disclosed to the Acquirer.
          (m) Special Assessments . Neither the Contributor, the Managing Member nor the Company has received any notice, or has any knowledge, of any existing or pending special assessments affecting the Property by any governmental authority, water or sewer authority, drainage district or any other special taxing district or other entity, other than as disclosed herein

- 10 -


 

and has received no notice, and has no knowledge, of any assessments that may be levied after Closing by any government authority.
          (n) Insurance . The Contributor, the Managing Member, or the Company currently maintain or cause to be maintained all of the public liability, casualty and other insurance coverage with respect to the Property that is required under the terms of the [Loan Documents (as defined below)] the Existing Franchise Agreement, and the Existing Management Agreement (as defined below) and that is otherwise commercially reasonable. All such insurance coverage shall be maintained in full force and effect through the Closing and all premiums due and payable thereunder have been, and shall be, fully paid through Closing.
          (o) Personal Property . The Company has good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the Personal Property free and clear of all Liens. All Personal Property shall remain and not be removed prior to the Closing, except for equipment that becomes obsolete or unusable, which may be disposed of or replaced in the ordinary course of business.
          (p) Service Contracts . The only equipment leases, service contracts and other similar agreements relating to the operation of the Real Property, excluding the Existing Management Agreement and the Existing Franchise Agreement (the “Service Contracts”) that will be in effect on the Closing Date that are not terminable without cause or penalty within sixty (60) days are as set forth in Schedule 2.2.(p) . The Company has performed in all material respects all of its obligations under each Service Contract to which it is a party or is subject and no fact or circumstance has occurred, which by itself or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default by the Company under any such Service Contract. Further, to the Contributor’s and the Company’s knowledge, all other parties to such Service Contracts have performed all of their obligations thereunder in all material respects and are not in default thereunder. Any Service Contracts that the Acquirer does not wish to assume and are cancelable on not more than sixty (60) days notice shall be terminated by the Company effective as of the Closing Date. True, complete and accurate copies of such Service Contracts have been provided to the Acquirer.
          (q) Loan Documents . The loan documents described on Exhibit C (the “Loan Documents”) that relate to the mortgage loan and security interest that encumber the Real Property constitute all of the material loan documents and related instruments in effect for which the Company is bound or the Real Property encumbered and have not been modified except as set forth on Exhibit C . The Loan Documents are in full force and effect. Neither the Contributor, the Managing Member, nor the Company has received written notice of default under any of the Loan Documents and, to the Contributor’s, the Managing Member’s, and the Company’s knowledge, there is no state of facts that, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would give rise to a default in any material respect under any of the Loan Documents.
          (r) Tax Matters .
               (i) The Contributor, the Managing Member, and the Company, if applicable, have filed within the time periods (including any extensions of such time periods filed by the Contributor, the Managing Member or the Company) and in the manner prescribed

- 11 -


 

by law all federal, state, and local tax returns and reports, including but not limited to income, gross receipts, intangible, real property, excise, withholding, franchise, sales, use, employment, personal property, and other tax returns and reports, required to be filed by the Contributor, the Managing Member or the Company under the laws of the United States and of each state or other jurisdiction in which the Contributor, the Managing Member or the Company conduct business activities requiring the filing of tax returns or reports. All tax returns and reports filed by the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company are true and correct in all material respects. The Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company have paid in full all taxes of whatever kind or nature to be paid by them for the periods covered by such returns (unless an extension of such periods has been properly filed for such returns). Neither the Contributor, the Managing Member nor the Company have a tax deficiency or claim outstanding, assessed, threatened, or proposed against it. The charges, accruals, and reserves for unpaid taxes on the books and records of the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company as of the Closing Date are sufficient in all respects for the payment of all unpaid federal, state, and local taxes accrued for or applicable to all periods ended on or before the Closing Date. There are no tax liens, whether imposed by the United States, any state, local, or other taxing authority, outstanding against the Contributor, the Managing Member or the Company or any of their assets. The federal, state, and local tax returns of the Contributor, the Managing Member and the Company have not been audited, nor have the Contributor, the Managing Member or the Company received any notice of any federal, state, or local audit.
               (ii) The Contributor represents and warrants that it has obtained from its own tax counsel advice regarding the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the tax consequences of (i) the transfer of the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer and the receipt of Units as consideration therefor and (ii) the Contributor’s admission as a limited partner of the Acquirer. The Contributor further represents and warrants that it has not relied on the Acquirer or the Acquirer’s representatives or counsel for such tax advice.
          (s) No Consents . Each consent, approval, authorization, order, license, certificate, permit, registration, designation, or filing by or with any governmental agency or body necessary for the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby by the Contributor has been obtained or will be obtained on or before the Closing Date. The Contributor shall be responsible for obtaining, at the Contributor’s sole cost and expense, all such consents, including, without limitation, the Lender Consents and the Third Party Consents (all as hereinafter defined).
          (t) Operation of Contributed Assets . Between the date hereof and the Closing Date, the Contributor will cause the Managing Member and the Company to (i) operate the Real Property and their respective businesses only in the usual, regular, and ordinary manner consistent with such entity’s prior practice and (ii) maintain their books of account and records in the usual, regular, and ordinary manner, in accordance with sound accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the basis used in keeping its books in prior years. From the date hereof until the Closing Date, neither the Contributor, the Managing Member nor the Company shall take any action or fail to take any action the result of which would (A) have a material adverse effect on the Contributed Assets, the Property, the Company or the Acquirer’s ability to continue the operation thereof after the Closing Date in substantially the same manner as presently

- 12 -


 

conducted or (B) would cause any of the representations and warranties contained in this Section 2.2 to be untrue as of the Closing Date.
          (u) Affiliate Contracts . The Company has not entered into any lease or Service Contract with an Affiliate.
          (v) Anti-Terrorism Laws . None of the Contributor, the Managing Member, or the Company is in violation of any laws relating to terrorism, money laundering or the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 and Executive Order No. 13224 (Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) (the “Executive Order”) (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Laws”). None of the Contributor, the Managing Member, or the Company, is acting, directly or indirectly, on behalf of terrorists, terrorist organizations or narcotics traffickers, including those persons or entities that appear on the Annex to the Executive Order, or are included on any relevant lists maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of U.S. Department of Treasury, U.S. Department of State, or other U.S. government agencies, all as may be amended from time to time. None of the Contributor, the Managing Member, or the Company (A) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any person included in the lists set forth in the preceding sentences; (B) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order; or (C) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Laws. None of the Contributor, the Managing Member, or the Company, or any person controlling or controlled by the Contributor, the Managing Member, or the Company, is an individual or entity named on a Government List (as defined below), and the monies used in connection with this Agreement and amounts committed with respect thereto, were not and are not derived from any activities that contravene any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-bribery laws and regulations (including funds being derived from any person, entity, country or territory on a Government List or engaged in any unlawful activity defined under Title 18 of the United States Code, Section 1956(c)(7)). “Government List” shall mean any of (i) the two lists maintained by the United States Department of Commerce (Denied Persons and Entities), (ii) the list maintained by the United States Department of Treasury (Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons), and (iii) the two lists maintained by the United States Department of State (Terrorist Organizations and Debarred Parties).
          (w) Employees . None of the Company or the Managing Member (i) have any employees with respect to the ownership, operation or maintenance of the Property; (ii) is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other contract or agreement with any labor organization affecting the ownership, operation or maintenance of, or employees at, the Real Property; (iii) has entered into any agreements with any employees; or (iv) is aware of any labor organizing activities conducted within the last three (3) years at the Real Property or with respect to persons employed in the ownership, operation or maintenance of the Real Property. There are no labor disputes pending or, to the Contributor’s knowledge, threatened with respect to the operation or maintenance of the Real Property or any part thereof. All Employees are employed by [the Contributor].

- 13 -


 

     2.3 Satisfaction of Conditions . The Acquirer hereby covenants that the Acquirer shall: (i) use commercially reasonable efforts and diligence in order to satisfy all of the conditions set forth in subsections 3.1(d) and (h) and (ii) cooperate and assist in the Contributor’s efforts to satisfy the conditions set forth in subsection 3.1(e), (f) and (g) hereof. The Contributor hereby covenants that the Contributor shall: (A) use commercially reasonable efforts and diligence in order to satisfy all of the conditions set forth in subsections 3.1(e), (f), (g), (j) and (k) hereof, and (B) cooperate and assist in the Acquirer’s efforts to satisfy the conditions set forth in subsections 3.1(d) and (h) hereof; and the Acquirer shall not have any obligation to consummate the Closing hereunder unless and until such conditions have been satisfied or waived by the Acquirer in writing.
     2.4 Access . From the date first written above until Closing, the Acquirer and the Acquirer’s representatives shall, upon reasonable prior notice to the Contributor, have full and unfettered access to the Real Property during normal business hours to fully examine and inspect the Property. The Acquirer and/or the Acquirer’s representatives may make surveys, perform soil tests, environmental audits, engineering tests, and all other investigations and tests as the Acquirer, in its reasonable discretion, deems advisable (collectively, the “Inspections”). Notwithstanding the aforementioned, neither the Acquirer nor the Acquirer’s Representatives shall have the right to conduct borings or core samplings without the prior written consent of the Contributor. In connection with all such Inspections, the Acquirer and the Acquirer’s Representatives shall (i) perform the same in such a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with the Company’s hotel guests’ and visitors’ occupancy and use of the Property, (ii) comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and (iii) not allow any mechanics’, materialmens’ or laborers’ lien to be placed of record against the Real Property. The Acquirer agrees to be fully responsible for and repair any damage to the Property caused by such Inspections.
     2.5 Consent to Transfers . Pursuant to Article 4 of the Operating Agreement, the Contributor hereby consents to the “Disposition” (as defined in the Operating Agreement) of the Class A Membership Interest and the Class C Membership Interest in the Company to the Acquirer pursuant to separate agreements.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING
     3.1 Conditions to Acquirer’s Obligations . In addition to any other conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Acquirer’s obligation to consummate the Closing is subject to the timely satisfaction of each and every one of the conditions and requirements set forth in this Section 3.1 , all of which shall be conditions precedent to the Acquirer’s obligations under this Agreement.
          (a) Contributor’s Obligations . The Contributor shall have performed all obligations of the Contributor hereunder which are to be performed prior to Closing, and shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Acquirer, all of the documents and other information required of the Contributor pursuant to Section 4.2 .

- 14 -


 

          (b) Contributor’s Representations and Warranties . The Contributor’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.2 shall be true and correct in all material respects as if made again on the Closing Date.
          (c) No Injunction . On the Closing Date, there shall be no effective injunction, writ, preliminary restraining order or other order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining or prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
          (d) Completion of IPO . The initial public offering (hereinafter referred to as the “IPO”) of common stock of the REIT shall have been completed.
          (e) Lender Consent . All indebtedness or other Liens encumbering the Property shall be fully and finally released, except for the loan evidenced and secured by the Loan Documents (the “Assumed Loan”) on or before the Closing Date. The lender under the Assumed Loan shall have approved in writing the transactions contemplated hereby prior to the Closing Date (including, without limitation, the transfer of the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer, the removal of the Managing Member and appointment of the Acquirer as manager of the Company, the leasing of the Real Property to a taxable REIT subsidiary of the Acquirer (the “TRS Lessee”), the termination of the Existing Management Agreement and the Existing Franchise Agreement, and the execution by the TRS Lessee of a new franchise agreement and a new management agreement), and all consents required by the Loan Documents and by any and all no downgrade letters that may be required from applicable ratings agencies (the “Lender Consent”).
          (f) Third Party Consents . The Contributor shall have obtained all additional third party consents and approvals required of it in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on or before the Closing Date (the “Third Party Consents”).
          (g) Management and Service Contracts . The existing management agreement between the Contributor and the Company for the operation of the Real Property shall be terminated effective as of the Closing Date at the sole cost, liability and expense of the Contributor (the “Management Contract Termination”). The Contributor shall also have terminated the Service Contracts pursuant to Section 2.2(p) .
          (h) Title Policies . The title companies selected by the Acquirer shall be unconditionally obligated and prepared, subject only to payment of the applicable premium, to issue title policies and all reasonably requested endorsements thereto (or non-imputation, bring down, successor insured and other endorsements to the Company’s existing owners title policies), to the Acquirer and to any lenders under the Assumed Loans on the Closing Date, all such policies to be acceptable to the Acquirer in its reasonable discretion.
          (i) No Material Adverse Change . Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, there shall have been no event, change or development that is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, prospects, operations, operating results or earnings of the Company, the Contributed Assets or the Property (“Material Adverse Change”), and at Closing the Contributor shall execute and

- 15 -


 

deliver to the Acquirer a certificate certifying that no Material Adverse Change has occurred as of the Closing Date.
          (j) Franchise Approvals . Prior to the Closing Date, the Contributor shall have obtained the Franchisor’s consent, if required by the Existing Franchise Agreement, to (i) the Acquirer’s acquisition of the Contributed Assets, (ii) the lease of the Project from the Company to the TRS Lessee, and (iii) either assigning the Existing Franchise Agreement from the Company to the TRS Lessee or entering into a new franchise license agreement from the Franchisor to the TRS, together with a new comfort letter from the Franchisor addressed to the lender under the Assumed Loan, all in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Acquirer (in either event, the “Franchise Approvals”).
          (k) Tharaldson Contribution Agreement Closing . Each of the conditions precedent to the Acquirer’s obligations to close under the contribution agreement dated ________, 2010 between the Acquirer and Gary Tharaldson (the “Tharaldson Contribution Agreement”) shall have been satisfied or waived by the Acquirer, and the closing under the Tharaldson Contribution Agreement shall have occurred or shall occur simultaneously with the Closing hereunder.
          3.2 Conditions to Contributor’s Obligations . In addition to any other conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Contributor’s obligation to consummate the Closing is subject to the timely satisfaction of each and every one of the conditions and requirements set forth in this Section 3.2 , all of which shall be conditions precedent to the Contributor’s obligations under this Agreement.
                    (a) Acquirer’s Obligations . The Acquirer shall have performed all obligations of the Acquirer hereunder which are to be performed prior to Closing, and shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Contributor, all of the documents and other information required of the Acquirer pursuant to Section 4.3 .
                    (b) Acquirer’s Representations and Warranties . The Acquirer’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.1 shall be true and correct as if made again on the Closing Date.
                    (c) Completion of IPO . The IPO shall have been completed.
ARTICLE IV
CLOSING AND CLOSING DOCUMENTS
     4.1 Closing . The consummation and closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement shall take place at the offices of the Acquirer or such other place as is mutually agreeable to the parties, on or as soon as practicable following the date of the closing of the IPO, unless otherwise set by agreement of the parties (such date being referred to herein as the “Closing Date”).

- 16 -


 

     4.2 Contributor’s Deliveries . At the Closing, the Contributor shall deliver the following to the Acquirer in addition to all other items required to be delivered to the Acquirer by the Contributor:
          (a) Evidence of Dissolution of Managing Member . The Contributor shall deliver to the Acquirer evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Acquirer that the Managing Member has been dissolved and that the Contributed Assets have been distributed to the Contributor.
          (b) Assignment of Contributed Assets . The Contributor shall have executed and delivered an Assignment, in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, granting and conveying to the Acquirer good and indefeasible title to the Contributed Assets, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, prior assignments, conditions, restrictions, claims, and other matters affecting title thereto.
          (c) Execution of Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement . Signature page of the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement (which Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) duly executed by the Contributor, as a limited partner.
          (d) FIRPTA Certificate . An affidavit from the Contributor certifying pursuant to Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code that the Contributor is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, foreign estate or foreign person (as those terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code and the Income Tax Regulations promulgated thereunder).
          (e) Lender Consents . The Lender Consents.
          (f) New Management Agreement . The New Management Agreement.
          (g) Third Party Consents . The Third Party Consents.
          (h) Contract Terminations . The Management Contract Termination and terminations of any identified Service Contracts.
          (i) Closing Certificate . The Certificate required by Section 3.1(i) .
          (j) Title Company . Any documentation reasonably required by a title company to issue a policy or endorsement consistent with this Agreement, including, but not limited to customary owner’s, gap and non-imputation affidavits.
          (k) Franchise Approvals . The fully executed Franchise Approvals, and evidence of the termination of the Existing Franchise Agreement
          (l) Liens . All necessary mortgage releases, UCC terminations and other releases as may be required to evidence that satisfaction of any liens on any of the Contributor Assets or the Property other than the Assumed Loan.

- 17 -


 

          (m) Transfer Taxes . All necessary transfer tax affidavits, declarations or other forms as may be required from the Contributor, the Managing Member or the Company, if any, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          (n) Bill of Sale . A bill of sale duly executed by the Company transferring the FF&E, Property and Equipment, Inventories, Retail Merchandise, Miscellaneous Personal Property, and Intangible Property to the TRS Lessee;
          (o) Assignment and Assumption . An assignment and assumption of the Service Contracts, Equipment Leases and Bookings to the extent entered into by or benefiting the Company, to the TRS Lessee duly executed, together with copies, and if available, originals of all contracts and agreements assigned thereby;
          (p) Books and Records . All Books and Records, Licenses and Permits, and receipts relating to the ownership, operating and management of the Property;
          (q) Tax Clearance Certificate . The Tax Clearance Certificates, subject to the provisions hereof;
          (r) Authorization Documents . Evidence of organization, existence and authority of the Contributor to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder and the authority of any person executing documents on behalf of such entities reasonably satisfactory to the Acquirer and its title company;
          (s) Organizational Documents . The articles of organization, the operating agreement, and minute books (with all ownership records and other organizational information and documentation) with respect to the Company; and
          (t) Other Documents . Any other document or instrument reasonably requested by the Acquirer or required hereby. The Contributor shall deliver to the Acquirer at Closing any minute books or other books and records of the Company and all documentation, records, and materials related to the Property, including but not limited to deeds, certificates of title, title and other insurance policies, surveys, plats, reports, warranties and permits and other approvals, that are in the possession or control of the Contributor, the Managing Member or the Company.
     4.3 Acquirer’s Deliveries . At the Closing, the Acquirer shall deliver the following:
          (a) Certificates for Units . If certificates are issued, certificates representing Units duly issued by the Acquirer in the name the Contributor as of the Closing Date representing the Units to which the Contributor is entitled pursuant to Section 1.2 of this Agreement.
          (b) Executed Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement . The executed Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement, with the original duly executed signature of the REIT, as general partner, and original or photostatic copies of the signatures of all limited partners then available.

- 18 -


 

          (c) Title Company . Any documentation reasonably required by a title company to issue a policy or endorsement consistent with this Agreement.
          (d) Transfer Taxes . All necessary transfer tax affidavits, declarations or other forms as may be required from the Acquirer, if any, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          (e) Other Documents . Any other document or instrument reasonably requested by the Contributor or required hereby.
     4.4 Prorations . The Contributor acknowledges and agrees that no prorations or adjustments will be made in connection with Closing with respect to the Real Property.
     4.5 Reserve Accounts . Unless the parties otherwise agree, the Contributor and the other members of the Company shall be entitled to a return at the Closing of all amounts held on behalf of the Company in any reserve account associated with the Assumed Loan and that the Acquirer shall simultaneously at the Closing replenish all such amounts. On or before the Closing Date, the Contributor shall make all necessary arrangements, at the Contributor’s sole cost and expense, to effectuate the return to the Contributor and simultaneous replenishment by the Acquirer of such amounts.
     4.6 Minority Interests . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Contributor does not own all of the membership interests of the Company, and that the payoff of any indebtedness of the Company, and the return and replenishment of the reserve accounts as set forth above shall take the same into account.
     4.7 Fees and Expenses; Closing Costs . The Acquirer shall pay all fees, expenses and closing costs relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided however, that the Contributor shall pay its own attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses.
     4.8 Tax Clearance Certificates . If obtainable within the State in which the Real Property is located, the Contributor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver to the Acquirer on or prior to the Closing, municipal, state and county tax clearance certificates or letters demonstrating the payment of all tax liabilities with respect to the Property or the Company which, if unpaid, could impose successor or continuing liability on the Acquirer (or its wholly owned subsidiary) or the Company (“Tax Clearance Certificates”). To the extent the Contributor is unable to deliver such Tax Clearance Certificates on or prior to the Closing, the Contributor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such certificates as soon as practicable following the Closing. The Contributor shall be liable for the payment of all amounts which may be required to be paid to obtain all Tax Clearance Certificates. The Contributor shall indemnify, defend and hold the Acquirer harmless from and against (a) any and all amounts which may be required to be paid to obtain all Tax Clearance Certificates and (b) any claims or other liabilities arising out of the Contributor’s failure to obtain all such Tax Clearance Certificates, each to the extent due with respect to the operation of the Properties prior to the Closing. The provisions of this Section 4.8 shall survive the Closing. The Acquirer acknowledges and agrees that the delivery of the Tax Clearance Certificates by the Contributor pursuant to this Section or any matters disclosed therein shall not be a condition precedent to the

- 19 -


 

obligation of the Acquirer to consummate the transactions pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent such matters are raised as exceptions to the Acquirer’s title policies or endorsements, the Contributor shall deliver such affidavits or indemnities as reasonably required by the title company to omit such matters from the Acquirer’s title policy and/or endorsements.
ARTICLE V
TERMINATION, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
     5.1 Termination . In the event any of the conditions to Closing set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 , respectively, are not satisfied, such failure shall not be deemed a default hereof (except for the failure of such party’s representations and warranties to be true and correct, in which case such failure shall be deemed a default), but rather the party whose condition to Closing is not satisfied shall have the right to either (i) waive such condition and proceed to closing, or (ii) terminate this Agreement by providing the other party hereto with written notice of such election.
     5.2 Remedies Upon Default of Acquirer . If the Acquirer fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, or is in default hereunder, the Contributor may terminate this Agreement by notice to the Acquirer, and the Acquirer shall be obligated to pay all of the Contributor’s reasonable attorneys’ fees in an amount not to exceed $10,000.00. If the Contributor elects to terminate this Agreement, then this Agreement shall be terminated whereupon the parties hereto shall be relieved of all obligations hereunder, except for the those obligations that are specifically stated to survive herein. If the closing of the IPO occurs and all of the other conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 hereof have been satisfied, but the Acquirer fails to consummate the Closing contemplated hereunder with the Contributor, the Contributor shall have the right to seek specific performance of this Agreement. Except as set forth in this Section 5.2, the Contributor hereby expressly waives, relinquishes and releases any other right or remedy available to it at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the Acquirer’s default hereunder or the Acquirer’s failure or refusal to perform its obligations hereunder. This provision shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
     5.3 Remedies on Default of Contributor . If the Contributor fails to close the transaction contemplated by this Agreement for any reason other than the Acquirer’s default or the failure to occur of a condition precedent benefitting the Contributor, the Acquirer may, as its sole remedies, either (i) seek specific performance, or (ii) elect to terminate this Agreement and sue the Contributor for actual damages, provided that the Acquirer shall not be entitled to receive damages in an amount greater than $10,000.00, whereupon each of the parties shall be relieved of all further liability to the other hereunder, except for those obligations that are specifically stated to survive herein. The Acquirer agrees that the foregoing remedies shall be the sole and exclusive remedies available to the Acquirer in the event of a default by the Contributor and the Acquirer hereby waives any and all other rights, in equity or at law, which it might otherwise have against the Contributor (including, without limitation, the right to any consequential or other damages) in connection with any such default. This provision shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

- 20 -


 

ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
     6.1 Contributor’s Indemnity . The Contributor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Acquirer, the REIT, and their respective employees, directors, members, partners, affiliates and agents harmless of and from all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which the Acquirer or the REIT may suffer or incur by reason of (a) any breach of the representations or warranties contained in Section 2.2 of this Agreement, (b) any act or cause of action occurring or accruing prior to the Closing Date and arising from the ownership of the Contributed Assets prior to the Closing Date, and (c) the ownership or operation of the Property and relating to the period prior to the Closing Date, including, without limitation, actions or claims relating to damage to property or injury to or death of any person occurring or arising during the period prior to the Closing Date, or any claims for any debts or obligations occurring on or about or in connection with the Property or any portion thereof or with respect to the Property’s operations at any time prior to the Closing Date.
     6.2 Acquirer’s Indemnity . The Acquirer agrees to indemnify and hold the Contributor, and its employees, directors, members, partners, affiliates and agents harmless of and from all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which the Contributor may suffer or incur by reason of (a) any breach of its representations or warranties contained in Section 2.1 of this Agreement, (b) any act or cause of action occurring or accruing on or after the Closing Date and arising from the ownership of the Contributed Assets on or after to the Closing Date, and (c) the ownership or operation of the Property and relating to the period on or after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, actions or claims relating to damage to property or injury to or death of any person occurring or arising during the period on or after the Closing Date, or any claims for any debts or obligations occurring on or about or in connection with the Property or any portion thereof or with respect to the Property’s operations at any time on or after the Closing Date.
     6.3 Indemnification Procedure . All claims for indemnification pursuant to Sections 6.1 or 6.2 (“Claims”) shall be made in a reasonably detailed writing, which shall include, without limitation, the amount so demanded for such Claim (to the extent readily calculable), by the party seeking to be indemnified (the “Indemnified Party”) and sent to the addresses set forth in the notice provisions set forth herein (the “Indemnification Notice”). The making of a Claim pursuant to a properly delivered and reasonably detailed Indemnification Notice shall toll the running of the limitation period set forth above with respect to that specific Claim. The party from which indemnification is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) shall have ten (10) days after such Indemnification Notice is received to either (i) agree to the Indemnified Party’s demand, or (ii) refuse such demand for indemnification. Should the Indemnifying Party fail to respond to the Indemnified Party’s Indemnification Notice within such ten (10) day period, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have agreed to indemnify the Indemnified Party as requested in such Indemnification Notice. In the event that the Indemnifying Party refuses to indemnify the Indemnified Party pursuant to such Indemnification Notice, the Indemnified Party shall be free to pursue such Claim for indemnity pursuant to the terms of this Agreement with any court of competent jurisdiction.

- 21 -


 

     6.4 Survival . The terms of this Article VI shall survive the Closing.
ARTICLE VII
RISK OF LOSS; EMINENT DOMAIN
     7.1 Risk of Loss . The risk of loss of the Property shall remain with the Contributor and the Company until the Closing.
     7.2 Casualty . If, prior to the Closing, all or any portion of the Real Property is damaged by fire, vandalism, acts of God or other casualty or cause, the Contributor shall promptly give the Acquirer written notice of any such damage, together with the Contributor’s estimate of the cost and period of repair and restoration. In any such event, the Acquirer shall have the option of (x) taking the Real Property at the Closing, or (y) terminating this Agreement entirely or only as it applies to the portion of the Real Property so damaged (in which case the Consideration hereunder shall be adjusted accordingly), by delivering written notice of its decision to the Contributor within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Contributor’s written notice of any such damage. If pursuant to this Section 7.2 , the Acquirer elects to proceed to Closing, the Acquirer shall also be entitled to all insurance proceeds in connection with such casualty and the Contributor shall pay over and otherwise assign to the Acquirer all rights to receive the same, including, without limitation, the full amount of any applicable deductible owed by the Contributor. The Contributor agrees to permit the Acquirer to participate in any loss adjustment negotiations, legal actions and agreements with the insurance company, and to assign to the Acquirer at the Closing its rights to such insurance proceeds, and will not settle any insurance claims or legal actions relating thereto without the Acquirer’s prior written consent.
     7.3 Eminent Domain . If, prior to Closing, all or any “significant” (as hereinafter defined) portion of the Real Property is taken by eminent domain (or is the subject of a pending or contemplated taking which has not been consummated), the Contributor shall notify the Acquirer of such fact in writing and the Acquirer shall have the option to terminate this Agreement in its entirety, or only as it relates to the portion of the Real Property subject to such taking (in which case the Consideration hereunder shall be adjusted accordingly), upon written notice to the Contributor given not later than thirty (30) days after the Acquirer’s receipt of the Contributor’s written notice. If the Acquirer does not elect to so terminate this Agreement or if an “insignificant” portion (“insignificant” is herein deemed to be any taking which is not “significant”) of the Real Property is taken by eminent domain or condemnation, the Acquirer shall proceed to Closing as provided in this Agreement without adjustment to the Consideration but, at Closing, the Contributor shall assign and turn over all compensation and damages awarded or the right to receive same with respect to such taking, condemnation or eminent domain. The Contributor agrees to permit the Acquirer to participate in any negotiations with and legal actions against the condemning authority and will not settle any such dispute relating to such award without the Acquirer’s prior written consent. A “significant portion” shall mean any taking that adversely and materially interferes, individually or in the aggregate, with the marketability or value of Real Property or the Contributor’s, Company’s or any other party in possession’s occupancy and use thereof.
     7.4 Survival . The provisions of this Article VII shall survive the Closing.

- 22 -


 

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
     8.1 Notices . Any notice provided for by this Agreement and any other notice, demand, or communication required hereunder shall be in writing and either delivered in person (including by confirmed facsimile transmission) or sent by recognized overnight delivery service or by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested. All notices shall be addressed as follows:
Acquirer :
Summit Hotel OP, LP
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Chris Eng
Fax No.: (605) 362-9388
Contributor :
The Summit Group, Inc.
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Chris Eng
Fax No.: (605) 362-9388
Any address or name specified above may be changed by a notice given by the addressee to the other party. Any notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed given and effective as of the date of delivery in person or receipt set forth on the return receipt. The inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given, or rejection or other refusal to accept any notice, demand or other communication, shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice, demand or other communication as of the date of such attempt to deliver or rejection or refusal to accept.
     8.2 Entire Agreement; Modifications and Waivers; Cumulative Remedies . This Agreement supersedes any existing letter of intent between the parties, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto and may not be modified or amended except by instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, and no provisions or conditions may be waived other than by a writing signed by the party waiving such provisions or conditions. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy accruing to the Contributor or the Acquirer upon any breach under this Agreement shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver of any such breach theretofore or thereafter occurring. The waiver by the Contributor or the Acquirer of any breach of any term, covenant, or condition herein stated shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach, or of a subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition herein contained. All rights, powers, options, or remedies afforded to the Contributor or the Acquirer either hereunder or by law shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise of one right, power, option, or remedy shall not bar other rights, powers, options, or remedies allowed herein or by law, unless expressly provided to the contrary herein.

- 23 -


 

     8.3 Exhibits . All exhibits referred to in this Agreement and attached hereto are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference.
     8.4 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement may not be assigned by the Acquirer or the Contributor without the prior approval of the other party hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Contributor and the Acquirer, and their respective legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.
     8.5 Article Headings . Article headings and article and section numbers are inserted herein only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, or prescribe the scope or intent of this Agreement or any part hereof and shall not be considered in interpreting or construing this Agreement.
     8.6 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.
     8.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by any party hereto on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
     8.8 Survival . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, including the indemnifications provided hereunder, and all covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement which contemplate performance after the Closing Date (including, without limitation, those covenants and agreements contained in Section 2.4 and Article VI hereof) shall survive the Closing until the expiration of the Redemption Period.
     8.9 Further Acts . In addition to the acts, instruments and agreements recited herein and contemplated to be performed, executed and delivered by the Acquirer and the Contributor, the Acquirer and the Contributor shall perform, execute, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, and delivered at the Closing or after the Closing, any and all further acts, instruments, and agreements and provide such further assurances as the other parties may reasonably require to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder.
     8.10 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
     8.11 Attorneys’ Fees . Should a party employ an attorney or attorneys to enforce any of the provisions hereof or to protect its interest in any manner arising under this Agreement, or to recover damages for breach of this Agreement, any non-prevailing party in any action pursued in a court of competent jurisdiction (the finality of which is not legally contested) shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable costs, damages, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, expended or incurred in connection therewith.

- 24 -


 

     8.12 Confidentiality . The Contributor acknowledges that the matters relating to the REIT, the IPO, this Agreement, and the other documents, terms, conditions and information related thereto (collectively, the “Information”) are confidential in nature. Therefore, the Contributor covenants and agrees to keep the Information confidential and will not (except as required by applicable law, regulation or legal process including applicable securities laws), without the Acquirer’s prior written consent, disclose any Information in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that the Information may be revealed only to the Contributor’s key employees, legal counsel and financial advisors, each of whom shall be informed of the confidential nature of the Information and shall agree to act in accordance with the terms of this Section 8.12 . In the event that the Contributor or its key employees, legal counsel or financial advisors (collectively, the “Information Group”) are requested pursuant to, or required by, applicable law (other than in connection with the IPO), regulation or legal process to disclose any of the Information, the applicable member of the Information Group will notify the Acquirer promptly so that it may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or, in its sole discretion, waive compliance with the terms of this Section 8.12 . In the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained, or that the Acquirer waives compliance with the terms of this Section 8.12 , the applicable member of the Information Group may furnish only that portion of the Information which it is advised by counsel is legally required and will exercise all reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Information. The Contributor acknowledges that remedies at law may be inadequate to protect the Acquirer or the REIT against any actual or threatened breach of this Section 8.12 , and, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies otherwise available, the Contributor agrees to the granting of injunctive relief in favor of the REIT and/or the Acquirer without proof of actual damages. Notwithstanding any other express or implied agreement to the contrary, the parties agree and acknowledge that each of them and each of their employees, representatives, and other agents may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to any of them relating to such tax treatment and tax structure, except to the extent that confidentiality is reasonably necessary to comply with U.S. federal or state securities laws. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “tax treatment” and “tax structure” have the meanings specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(c).
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGES.]

- 25 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been entered into effective as of the ___ day of                      , 2010.
                 
    ACQUIRER :    
 
               
    SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP , a Delaware limited partnership    
 
               
    By:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., its    
        General Partner    
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
   
 
Daniel P. Hansen
   
 
      Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
               
    CONTRIBUTOR :    
 
               
    THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota corporation    
 
               
 
  By:            
 
  Name:            
             
 
  Title:            
             
 
               
    MANAGING MEMBER :    
 
               
    SUMMIT HOSPITALITY OF SCOTTSDALE, ARIZONA, LLC , a South Dakota limited liability company    
 
               
    By:   The Summit Group, Inc.    
    Its:   Manager and Sole Member    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:  
 
   
 
         
 
   

- 26 -


 

                     
    COMPANY :    
 
                   
    SUMMIT GROUP OF SCOTTSDALE, ARIZONA, LLC    
 
                   
    By:   Summit Hospitality of Scottsdale,    
        Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC    
    Its:   Managing Member    
 
                   
        By:   The Summit Group, Inc.    
        Its:   Manager and Sole Member    
 
                   
 
          By:        
 
          Name:  
 
   
 
          Title:  
 
   
 
             
 
   

- 27 -


 

EXHIBIT A
Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B
Assignment of Contributed Assets
Assignment Agreement
     THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota corporation (“Assignor”), for good and valuable consideration paid to the Assignor by Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Assignee”), pursuant to the Contribution Agreement dated as of                                           , 2010, by and between Assignor and Assignee (the “Agreement”) and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, does hereby sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Assignee, its successors and assigns, good and indefeasible title to the Contributed Assets, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, prior assignments, conditions, restrictions, claims, and other matters affecting title thereto.
     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment to be signed by a duly authorized officer this __ day of _____, 200__.
             
    THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota corporation    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:  
 
   
 
     
 
   

B-1


 

EXHIBIT C
Loan Documents for
Assumed Loan

C-1

Exhibit 10.2 (b)
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
GARY THARALDSON
as the Contributor,
AND
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP,
a Delaware limited partnership,
as the Acquirer

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I The Contribution
    1  
1.1 Contribution of Contributed Assets
    1  
1.2 Consideration
    1  
1.3 Redemption Rights for Units
    2  
1.4 Tax Consequences to Contributor
    2  
 
       
ARTICLE II Representations and Covenants
    2  
2.1 Representations by Acquirer
    2  
2.2 Representations by Contributor
    3  
2.3 Satisfaction of Conditions
    5  
2.4 Consent to Transfers
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE III Conditions Precedent to the Closing
    5  
3.1 Conditions to Acquirer’s Obligations
    5  
3.2 Conditions to Contributor’s Obligations
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE IV CLOSING AND CLOSING DOCUMENTS
    7  
4.1 Closing
    7  
4.2 Contributor’s Deliveries
    7  
4.3 Acquirer’s Deliveries
    8  
4.4 Prorations; Fees and Expenses; Closing Costs
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE V TERMINATION, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    8  
5.1 Termination
    8  
5.2 Remedies Upon Default of Acquirer
    9  
5.3 Remedies on Default of Contributor
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION
    9  
6.1 Contributor’s Indemnity
    9  
6.2 Acquirer’s Indemnity
    9  
6.3 Indemnification Procedure
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE VII Miscellaneous
    10  
7.1 Notices
    10  
7.2 Entire Agreement; Modifications and Waivers; Cumulative Remedies
    11  
7.3 Miscellaneous
    11  
7.4 Survival; Attorneys Fees
    11  
7.5 Confidentiality
    12  
EXHIBITS
     
A
  Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement
B
  Assignment of Contributed Assets
C
  Loan Documents for Assumed Loan

- i -


 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
     THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the ___ day of _____________, 2010 by and between GARY THARALDSON, individually (the “Contributor”); and SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Acquirer”).
RECITALS
     A. Summit Group of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC (the “Company”) is the owner of fee simple title to the Courtyard by Marriott hotel and the SpringHill Suites by Marriott hotel, both located in Scottsdale, Arizona, including, without limitation, all land, buildings, improvements, fixtures and appurtenances related thereto (the “Real Property”) and all furniture, fixtures, equipment and all other personal property located thereon (the “Personal Property”). The Real Property and Personal Property shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Property.”
     B. The Contributor is the record and beneficial owner of the Class C Membership Interest in the Company as described in the First Amended Operating Agreement of the Company dated July 29, 2003 (the “Operating Agreement”), together with all rights and privileges pertaining thereto, including all voting rights and all right, title and interest in and to all cash, distributions, income, profits, revenues, and proceeds payable to the Contributor on account of such Class C Membership Interest (the “Contributed Assets”). The Contributor desires to contribute the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer, and the Acquirer desires to acquire the Contributed Assets from the Contributor, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
THE CONTRIBUTION
     1.1 Contribution of Contributed Assets . The Contributor agrees to contribute and transfer the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer, and the Acquirer agrees to accept the transfer of the Contributed Assets pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Contributed Assets shall be transferred to the Acquirer free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, prior assignments or conveyances, conditions, restrictions, claims, and other matters affecting title thereto.
     1.2 Consideration . The total consideration (the “Consideration”) for which the Contributor agrees to contribute and assign the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer, and which the Acquirer agrees to pay or deliver to the Contributor, subject to the terms of this Agreement, shall be the issuance to the Contributor of Thirty One Thousand One Hundred Seventy Nine (31,179) units of limited partnership interests in the Acquirer (“Units”). The number of Units shall not be adjusted for prorations of income or expenses of the Real Property or of the Company nor for any other reason. On the Closing Date the Units shall be distributed to the Contributor. No fractional Units will be issued as Consideration hereunder and no cash will be

- 1 -


 

paid to the Contributor. The Contributor acknowledges that any certificates evidencing the Units will bear appropriate legends indicating (i) that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and (ii) that the Acquirer’s Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement”) restricts the transfer of the Units. Upon receipt of the Units, the Contributor or its designee, (provided the designee is an accredited investor) shall become a limited partner of the Acquirer and shall execute the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Contributor acknowledges and agrees that once Closing occurs, the Contributor shall no longer be a member of the Company, shall no longer be entitled to receive any distributions from the Company, and shall have no further right, title or interest in the Company or the Property.
     1.3 Redemption Rights for Units . Each Unit shall be redeemable at the option of the holder, in accordance with, but subject to the restrictions contained in, the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement; provided, however, that such redemption option may not be exercised until after the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Redemption Period”).
     1.4 Tax Consequences to Contributor . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, including without limitation the use of words and phrases such as “sell,” “sale,” purchase,” and “pay,” the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that it is their intent that the transaction contemplated hereby shall be treated for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 721 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as the contribution of the Contributed Assets by the Contributor to the Acquirer, in exchange for the Units, and not as a transaction in which the Contributor is acting other than in its capacity as a prospective partner in the Acquirer.
ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS
     2.1 Representations by Acquirer . The Acquirer hereby represents and warrants unto the Contributor that the following statements are true, correct, and complete as of the date of this Agreement and will be true, correct, and complete as of the Closing Date:
          (a) Organization and Power . The Acquirer is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has full right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement and to assume and perform all of its obligations under this Agreement; and, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Acquirer of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all requisite action of the Acquirer and require no further action or approval of the Acquirer’s partners or of any other individuals or entities in order to constitute this Agreement as a binding and enforceable obligation of the Acquirer.
          (b) Units Validly Issued . The Units, when issued, will have been duly and validly authorized and issued, free of any preemptive or similar rights, and will be fully paid without any obligation to restore capital except as required by the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “Limited Partnership Act”). The Contributor (or its designee) shall be admitted as a limited partner of the Acquirer as of the Closing Date and shall be entitled to all of the rights and protections of a limited partner under the Limited Partnership Act and the

- 2 -


 

provisions of the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement, with the same rights, preferences, and privileges as all other limited partners on a pari passu basis.
     2.2 Representations by Contributor . The Contributor hereby makes the following representations and warranties, each and every one of which is true, correct, and complete as of the date of this Agreement, and will be true, correct, and complete as of the Closing Date:
          (a) Authority . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Contributor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Contributor enforceable against the Contributor in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) equitable principles of general applicability relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.
          (b) Noncontravention . Neither the entry into nor the performance of, or compliance with, this Agreement by the Contributor has resulted, or will result, in any violation of, or default under, or result in the acceleration of, any obligation under any material mortgage, indenture, lien agreement, note, contract, permit, judgment, decree, order, restrictive covenant, statute, rule, or regulation applicable to any of the Contributor, the Company or the Property.
          (c) Contributed Assets . (i) The Contributor is the sole owner of the Contributed Assets, (ii) the Contributor has good title to the Contributed Assets, (iii) the Contributed Assets are free and clear of all Liens (as hereinafter defined), and (iv) the Contributor has not granted any other person or entity an option to purchase or a right of first refusal upon the Contributed Assets nor are there any agreements or understandings between Contributor and any other person or entity with respect to the disposition of the Contributed Assets. For purposes hereof, “Liens” shall mean all liens, charges, covenants, adverse claims, demands, encumbrances, security interests, commitments, pledges or any other title defect or restriction of any kind.
          (d) Securities Laws Matters .
               (i) The Contributor acknowledges that (A) Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “REIT”) and the Acquirer intend the offer and issuance of any Units to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws by virtue of the status of the Contributor being an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (“Regulation D”) and acquiring the Units in a transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D, and (B) in issuing Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the REIT and the Acquirer are relying on the representations made by the Contributor.
               (ii) In acquiring the Units and engaging in this transaction, the Contributor is not relying upon any representations made to it by the Acquirer, or any of its partners, officers, employees, or agents as to tax matters or otherwise that are not contained herein. The Contributor is aware of the risks involved in investing in the Units. The Contributor has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the Acquirer and the

- 3 -


 

REIT or a person or persons authorized to act on their behalf, concerning the terms and conditions of this investment and the financial condition, affairs, and business of the Acquirer and the REIT. The Contributor confirms that all documents, records, and information pertaining to the Units that have been requested by the Contributor, including a complete copy of the form of the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement, have been made available or delivered to them prior to the date hereof. The Contributor represents and warrants that the Contributor has reviewed and approved the form of the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A .
               (iii) The Contributor understands that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities acts and are instead being offered and sold in reliance on an exemption from such registration requirements. The Units issuable to the Contributor are being acquired solely for the Contributor’s own account, for investment, and are not being acquired with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution, subdivision, or fractionalization thereof, in violation of such laws, and the Contributor does not have any present intention to enter into any contract, undertaking, agreement, or arrangement with respect to any such resale.
               (iv) The Contributor is an accredited investor as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D.
          (e) Terms and Conditions of the Transaction . The Contributor has determined that the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on an overall basis, are fair and reasonable to the Contributor.
          (f) Litigation . There is no litigation or proceeding, either judicial or administrative, pending or, to the knowledge of the Contributor, threatened, affecting the Contributor’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. There is no outstanding order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, government, governmental entity or authority or arbitration against or affecting the Contributor which would impair the Contributor’s ability to enter into and perform all of the Contributor’s obligations under this Agreement. No attachments, execution proceedings, assignments for the benefit of creditors, insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceedings are pending or, to the Contributor’s knowledge, threatened against the Contributor, nor are any such proceedings contemplated by the Contributor.
          (g) No Brokers . The Contributor has not entered into, and covenants that the Contributor will not enter into, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or firm which will result in any obligation to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage commission or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
          (h) Tax Matters . The Contributor has no tax deficiency or claim outstanding, assessed, threatened, or proposed against the Contributor. There are no tax liens, whether imposed by the United States, any state, local, or other taxing authority, outstanding against the Contributor or any of the Contributor’s assets. The federal, state, and local tax returns of the Contributor have not been audited, nor has the Contributor received any notice of any federal, state, or local audit. The Contributor represents and warrants that the Contributor has obtained from its own counsel advice regarding the transaction contemplated by this Agreement,

- 4 -


 

including, without limitation, the tax consequences of (1) the transfer of the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer and the receipt of Units as consideration therefor and (2) the Contributor’s admission as a limited partner of the Acquirer. The Contributor further represents and warrants that the Contributor has not relied on the Acquirer or the Acquirer’s representatives or counsel for such tax advice.
          (i) No Consents . Except as may otherwise be set forth in Article III hereof, each consent, approval, authorization, order, license, certificate, permit, registration, designation, or filing by or with any governmental agency or body necessary for the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby by the Contributor has been obtained or will be obtained on or before the Closing Date.
          (j) True at Closing . From the date hereof until the Closing Date, the Contributor shall not take any action or fail to take any action the result of which would cause any of the representations and warranties contained in this Section 2.2 to be untrue as of the Closing Date.
     2.3 Satisfaction of Conditions . The Contributor hereby covenants to: (A) use commercially reasonable efforts and diligence in order to satisfy all of the conditions set forth in subsections 3.1(e) and (f) hereof, and (B) cooperate and assist in the Acquirer’s efforts to satisfy the conditions set forth in subsections 3.1(d) and (i) hereof; and the Acquirer shall not have any obligation to consummate the Closing hereunder unless and until such conditions have been satisfied or waived by the Acquirer in writing.
     2.4 Consent to Transfers . To the extent required by Article 4 of the Operating Agreement or applicable law, the Contributor hereby consents to the “Disposition” (as defined in the Operating Agreement) of the Class A Membership Interest and the Class B Membership Interest in the Company to the Acquirer pursuant to separate agreements.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING
     3.1 Conditions to Acquirer’s Obligations . In addition to any other conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Acquirer’s obligation to consummate the Closing is subject to the timely satisfaction of each and every one of the conditions and requirements set forth in this Section 3.1 , all of which shall be conditions precedent to the Acquirer’s obligations under this Agreement.
          (a) Contributor’s Obligations . The Contributor shall have performed all obligations of the Contributor hereunder which are to be performed prior to Closing, and shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Acquirer, all of the documents and other information required of the Contributor pursuant to Section 4.2 .
          (b) Contributor’s Representations and Warranties . The Contributor’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.2 shall be true and correct in all material respects as if made again on the Closing Date.

- 5 -


 

          (c) No Injunction . On the Closing Date, there shall be no effective injunction, writ, preliminary restraining order or other order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining or prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
          (d) Completion of IPO . The initial public offering (hereinafter referred to as the “IPO”) of the common stock of the REIT, which is the general partner of the Acquirer, shall have been completed.
          (e) Lender Consent . All indebtedness or other Liens encumbering the Property shall be fully and finally released, except for the loan evidenced and secured by the loan documents described on Exhibit C attached hereto (the “Assumed Loan”) on or before the Closing Date. The lender under the Assumed Loan shall have approved in writing the transactions contemplated hereby prior to the Closing Date (including, without limitation, the transfer of the Contributed Assets to the Acquirer, the removal of the Managing Member and appointment of the Acquirer as manager of the Company, the leasing of the Real Property to a taxable REIT subsidiary of the Acquirer (the “TRS Lessee”), the termination of the Existing Management Agreement and the Existing Franchise Agreement, and the execution by the TRS Lessee of a new franchise agreement and a new management agreement), and all consents required by the Loan Documents and by any and all no downgrade letters that may be required from applicable ratings agencies (the “Lender Consent”).
          (f) Third Party Consents . The Contributor shall have obtained all additional third party consents and approvals required of it in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on or before the Closing Date (the “Third Party Consents”).
          (g) Title Policies . The title companies selected by the Acquirer shall be unconditionally obligated and prepared, subject only to payment of the applicable premium, to issue title policies and all reasonably requested endorsements thereto (or non-imputation, bring down, successor insured and other endorsements to the Company’s existing owners title policies), to the Acquirer and to any lenders under the Assumed Loans on the Closing Date, all such policies to be acceptable to the Acquirer in its reasonable discretion.
          (h) No Material Adverse Change . Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, there shall have been no event, change or development that is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, prospects, operations, operating results or earnings of the Company, the Contributed Assets or the Property (“Material Adverse Change”), and at Closing the Contributor shall execute and deliver to the Acquirer a certificate certifying that no Material Adverse Change has occurred as of the Closing Date.
          (i) Summit Group Contribution Agreement Closing . Each of the conditions precedent to the Acquirer’s obligations to close under the contribution agreement dated ________, 2010 between the Acquirer and The Summit Group, Inc. (the “Summit Group Contribution Agreement”) shall have been satisfied or waived by the Acquirer, and the closing under the Summit Group Contribution Agreement shall have occurred or shall occur simultaneously with the Closing hereunder.

- 6 -


 

     3.2 Conditions to Contributor’s Obligations . In addition to any other conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Contributor’s obligation to consummate the Closing is subject to the timely satisfaction of each and every one of the conditions and requirements set forth in this Section 3.2 , all of which shall be conditions precedent to the Contributor’s obligations under this Agreement.
          (a) Acquirer’s Obligations . The Acquirer shall have performed all obligations of the Acquirer hereunder which are to be performed prior to Closing, and shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Contributor, all of the documents and other information required of the Acquirer pursuant to Section 4.3 .
          (b) Acquirer’s Representations and Warranties . The Acquirer’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.1 shall be true and correct as if made again on the Closing Date.
          (c) Completion of IPO . The IPO shall have been completed.
ARTICLE IV
CLOSING AND CLOSING DOCUMENTS
     4.1 Closing . The consummation and closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement shall take place at the offices of the Acquirer or such other place as is mutually agreeable to the parties, on or as soon as practicable following the date of the closing of the IPO, unless otherwise set by agreement of the parties (such date being referred to herein as the “Closing Date”).
     4.2 Contributor’s Deliveries . At the Closing, the Contributor shall deliver the following to the Acquirer in addition to all other items required to be delivered to the Acquirer by the Contributor:
          (a) Assignment of Contributed Assets . The Contributor shall have executed and delivered an Assignment, in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, granting and conveying to the Acquirer good and indefeasible title to the Contributed Assets, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, prior assignments, conditions, restrictions, claims, and other matters affecting title thereto.
          (b) Execution of Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement . Signature page of the Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement (which Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) duly executed by the Contributor, as a limited partner.
          (c) FIRPTA Certificate . An affidavit from the Contributor certifying pursuant to Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code that the Contributor is not a foreign person (as that term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code and the Income Tax Regulations promulgated thereunder).
          (d) Lender Consents . Any documents required by the lender to be signed by the Contributor in order to provide the Lender Consents.

- 7 -


 

          (e) Third Party Consents . The Third Party Consents, if any.
          (f) Closing Certificate . The Certificate required by Section 3.1(h) .
          (g) Title and Other Documents . Any documentation reasonably required by a title company to issue a policy or endorsement consistent with this Agreement, including, but not limited to customary owner’s, gap and non-imputation affidavits. Additionally, any necessary transfer tax affidavits, declarations or other forms as may be required, if any, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and any other document or instrument reasonably requested by the Acquirer or required hereby.
          (h) Liens . All necessary mortgage releases, UCC terminations and other releases as may be required to evidence that satisfaction of any liens on any of the Contributor Assets or the Property other than the Assumed Loan.
     4.3 Acquirer’s Deliveries . At the Closing, the Acquirer shall deliver the following:
          (a) Certificates for Units . If certificates are issued, certificates representing Units duly issued by the Acquirer in the name the Contributor as of the Closing Date representing the Units to which the Contributor is entitled pursuant to Section 1.2 of this Agreement.
          (b) Executed Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement . The executed Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement, with the original duly executed signature of the REIT, as general partner, and original or photostatic copies of the signatures of all limited partners then available.
          (c) Title and Other Documents . Any documentation reasonably required by a title company to issue a policy or endorsement consistent with this Agreement. Additionally, any necessary transfer tax affidavits, declarations or other forms as may be required, if any, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other document or instrument reasonably requested by the Contributor or required hereby.
     4.4 Prorations; Fees and Expenses; Closing Costs . The Contributor acknowledges and agrees that no prorations or adjustments will be made in connection with Closing with respect to the Real Property. The Acquirer shall pay all fees, expenses and closing costs relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided however, that the Contributor shall pay its own attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses.
ARTICLE V
TERMINATION, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
     5.1 Termination . In the event any of the conditions to Closing set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 , respectively, are not satisfied, such failure shall not be deemed a default hereof (except for the failure of such party’s representations and warranties to be true and correct, in which case such failure shall be deemed a default), but rather the party whose condition to Closing is not satisfied shall have the right to either (i) waive such condition and proceed to closing, or (ii) terminate this Agreement by providing the other party hereto with written notice of such election.

- 8 -


 

     5.2 Remedies Upon Default of Acquirer . If the Acquirer fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, or is in default hereunder, the Contributor may terminate this Agreement by notice to the Acquirer. If the Contributor elects to terminate this Agreement, then this Agreement shall be terminated whereupon the parties hereto shall be relieved of all obligations hereunder, except for the those obligations that are specifically stated to survive herein. If the closing of the IPO occurs and all of the other conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 hereof have been satisfied, but the Acquirer fails to consummate the Closing contemplated hereunder with the Contributor, the Contributor shall have the right to seek specific performance of this Agreement. Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, the Contributor hereby expressly waives, relinquishes and releases any other right or remedy available to it at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the Acquirer’s default hereunder or the Acquirer’s failure or refusal to perform its obligations hereunder. This provision shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
     5.3 Remedies on Default of Contributor . If the Contributor fails to close the transaction contemplated by this Agreement for any reason other than the Acquirer’s default or the failure to occur of a condition precedent benefitting the Contributor, the Acquirer may, as its sole remedies, either (i) seek specific performance, or (ii) elect to terminate this Agreement and sue the Contributor for actual damages, provided that the Acquirer shall not be entitled to receive damages in an amount greater than the monetary value of the Consideration, whereupon each of the parties shall be relieved of all further liability to the other hereunder, except for those obligations that are specifically stated to survive herein. The Acquirer agrees that the foregoing remedies shall be the sole and exclusive remedies available to the Acquirer in the event of a default by the Contributor and the Acquirer hereby waives any and all other rights, in equity or at law, which it might otherwise have against the Contributor (including, without limitation, the right to any consequential or other damages) in connection with any such default. This provision shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
     6.1 Contributor’s Indemnity . The Contributor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Acquirer, the REIT, and their respective employees, directors, members, partners, affiliates and agents harmless of and from all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which the Acquirer or the REIT may suffer or incur by reason of (a) any breach of the representations or warranties contained in Section 2.2 of this Agreement, and (b) any act or cause of action occurring or accruing prior to the Closing Date and arising from the ownership of the Contributed Assets prior to the Closing Date.
     6.2 Acquirer’s Indemnity . The Acquirer agrees to indemnify and hold the Contributor, and its employees, directors, members, partners, affiliates and agents harmless of and from all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which the Contributor may suffer or incur by reason of any breach of its representations or warranties contained in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.
     6.3 Indemnification Procedure . All claims for indemnification pursuant to Sections 6.1 or 6.2 (“Claims”) shall be made in a reasonably detailed writing, which shall include, without

- 9 -


 

limitation, the amount so demanded for such Claim (to the extent readily calculable), by the party seeking to be indemnified (the “Indemnified Party”) and sent to the addresses set forth in the notice provisions set forth herein (the “Indemnification Notice”). The making of a Claim pursuant to a properly delivered and reasonably detailed Indemnification Notice shall toll the running of the limitation period set forth above with respect to that specific Claim. The party from which indemnification is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) shall have ten (10) days after such Indemnification Notice is received to either (i) agree to the Indemnified Party’s demand, or (ii) refuse such demand for indemnification. Should the Indemnifying Party fail to respond to the Indemnified Party’s Indemnification Notice within such ten (10) day period, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have agreed to indemnify the Indemnified Party as requested in such Indemnification Notice. In the event that the Indemnifying Party refuses to indemnify the Indemnified Party pursuant to such Indemnification Notice, the Indemnified Party shall be free to pursue such Claim for indemnity pursuant to the terms of this Agreement with any court of competent jurisdiction. The terms of this Article VI shall survive the Closing.
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
     7.1 Notices . Any notice provided for by this Agreement and any other notice, demand, or communication required hereunder shall be in writing and either delivered in person (including by confirmed facsimile transmission) or sent by recognized overnight delivery service or by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested. All notices shall be addressed as follows:
Acquirer :
Summit Hotel OP, LP
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Chris Eng
Fax No.: (605) 362-9388
Contributor :
Mr. Gary Tharaldson
1201 Page Drive South
Fargo, ND 58103
Fax No.: (701) 235-1262
Any address or name specified above may be changed by a notice given by the addressee to the other party. Any notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed given and effective as of the date of delivery in person or receipt set forth on the return receipt. The inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given, or rejection or other refusal to accept any notice, demand or other communication, shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice, demand or other communication as of the date of such attempt to deliver or rejection or refusal to accept.

- 10 -


 

     7.2 Entire Agreement; Modifications and Waivers; Cumulative Remedies . This Agreement supersedes any existing agreement between the parties, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto and may not be modified or amended except by instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, and no provisions or conditions may be waived other than by a writing signed by the party waiving such provisions or conditions. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy accruing to the Contributor or the Acquirer upon any breach under this Agreement shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver of any such breach theretofore or thereafter occurring. The waiver by the Contributor or the Acquirer of any breach of any term, covenant, or condition herein stated shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach, or of a subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition herein contained. All rights, powers, options, or remedies afforded to the Contributor or the Acquirer either hereunder or by law shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise of one right, power, option, or remedy shall not bar other rights, powers, options, or remedies allowed herein or by law, unless expressly provided to the contrary herein.
     7.3 Miscellaneous . This Agreement may not be assigned by the Acquirer or the Contributor without the prior approval of the other party hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Contributor and the Acquirer, and their respective legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns. Article headings and article and section numbers are inserted herein only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, or prescribe the scope or intent of this Agreement or any part hereof and shall not be considered in interpreting or construing this Agreement. All exhibits referred to in this Agreement and attached hereto are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by any party hereto on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. In addition to the acts, instruments and agreements recited herein and contemplated to be performed, executed and delivered by the Acquirer and the Contributor, the Acquirer and the Contributor shall perform, execute, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, and delivered at the Closing or after the Closing, any and all further acts, instruments, and agreements and provide such further assurances as the other parties may reasonably require to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
     7.4 Survival; Attorneys Fees . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, including the indemnifications provided hereunder, and all covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement which contemplate performance after the Closing Date (including, without limitation, those covenants and agreements contained in Sections 7.5 and 4.4 hereof) shall survive the Closing until the expiration of the Redemption Period. Should a party employ an attorney or attorneys to enforce any of the provisions hereof or to protect its interest in any manner arising under this Agreement, or to recover damages for breach of this Agreement, any non-prevailing party in any action pursued in a court of competent jurisdiction (the finality of which is not legally contested) shall

- 11 -


 

pay to the prevailing party all reasonable costs, damages, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, expended or incurred in connection therewith.
     7.5 Confidentiality . The Contributor acknowledges that the matters relating to the REIT, the IPO, this Agreement, and the other documents, terms, conditions and information related thereto (collectively, the “Information”) are confidential in nature. Therefore, the Contributor covenants and agrees to keep the Information confidential and will not (except as required by applicable law, regulation or legal process including applicable securities laws), without the Acquirer’s prior written consent, disclose any Information in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that the Information may be revealed only to the Contributor’s key employees, legal counsel and financial advisors, each of whom shall be informed of the confidential nature of the Information and shall agree to act in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.5 . In the event that the Contributor or its key employees, legal counsel or financial advisors (collectively, the “Information Group”) are requested pursuant to, or required by, applicable law (other than in connection with the IPO), regulation or legal process to disclose any of the Information, the applicable member of the Information Group will notify the Acquirer promptly so that it may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or, in its sole discretion, waive compliance with the terms of this Section 7.5 . In the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained, or that the Acquirer waives compliance with the terms of this Section 7.5 , the applicable member of the Information Group may furnish only that portion of the Information which it is advised by counsel is legally required and will exercise all reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Information. The Contributor acknowledges that remedies at law may be inadequate to protect the Acquirer or the REIT against any actual or threatened breach of this Section 7.5 , and, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies otherwise available, the Contributor agrees to the granting of injunctive relief in favor of the REIT and/or the Acquirer without proof of actual damages. Notwithstanding any other express or implied agreement to the contrary, the parties agree and acknowledge that each of them and each of their employees, representatives, and other agents may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to any of them relating to such tax treatment and tax structure, except to the extent that confidentiality is reasonably necessary to comply with U.S. federal or state securities laws. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “tax treatment” and “tax structure” have the meanings specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(c).
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGES.]

- 12 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been entered into effective as of the ___ day of ________, 2010.
                 
    CONTRIBUTOR :    
 
               
         
    GARY THARALDSON    
 
               
    ACQUIRER :    
 
               
    SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP , a Delaware limited    
    partnership    
 
               
    By:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., its    
        General Partner    
 
               
 
      By:    
 
   
 
      Name:    
 
   
 
      Title:    
 
   

- 13 -


 

EXHIBIT A
Acquirer’s Partnership Agreement

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B
Assignment of Contributed Assets
Assignment Agreement
     GARY THARALDSON (“Assignor”), for good and valuable consideration paid to the Assignor by Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Assignee”), pursuant to the Contribution Agreement dated as of _______________, 2010, by and between Assignor and Assignee (the “Agreement”) and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, does hereby sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Assignee, its successors and assigns, good and indefeasible title to the Contributed Assets, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, prior assignments, conditions, restrictions, claims, and other matters affecting title thereto.
     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment to be signed by a duly authorized officer this __ day of _____, 200       .
         
 
  ASSIGNOR :    
 
       
 
 
 
GARY THARALDSON
   

B-1


 

EXHIBIT C
Loan Documents for
Assumed Loan

C-1

Exhibit 10.5
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Section   Page  
Article I DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
1.01. Affiliate
    1  
1.02. Agreement
    1  
1.03. Award
    1  
1.04. Board
    1  
1.05. Change in Control
    1  
1.06. Code
    2  
1.07. Committee
    2  
1.08. Common Stock
    3  
1.09. Company
    3  
1.10. Control Change Date
    3  
1.11. Corresponding SAR
    3  
1.12. Dividend Equivalent Right
    3  
1.13. Exchange Act
    4  
1.14. Fair Market Value
    4  
1.15. Incentive Award
    4  
1.16. Initial Value
    4  
1.17. LTIP Unit
    4  
1.18. Operating Partnership
    4  
1.19. Option
    5  
1.20. Other Equity-Based Award
    5  
1.21. Participant
    5  
1.22. Performance Units
    5  
1.23. Plan
    5  
1.24. REIT
    5  
1.25. SAR
    5  
1.26. Stock Award
    6  
1.27. Ten Percent Shareholder
    6  
 
       
Article II PURPOSES
    6  
 
       
Article III ADMINISTRATION
    6  
 
       
Article IV ELIGIBILITY
    7  
 
       
Article V COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
    7  
 
       
5.01. Common Stock Issued
    7  
5.02. Aggregate Limit
    8  
5.03. Reallocation of Shares
    8  
 
       
Article VI OPTIONS
    9  
 
       
6.01. Award
    9  
6.02. Option Price
    9  

-i-


 

         
Section   Page  
6.03. Maximum Option Period
    9  
6.04. Nontransferability
    9  
6.05. Transferable Options
    10  
6.06. Employee Status
    10  
6.07. Exercise
    10  
6.08. Payment
    10  
6.09. Shareholder Rights
    11  
6.10. Disposition of Shares
    11  
 
       
Article VII SARS
    11  
 
       
7.01. Award
    11  
7.02. Maximum SAR Period
    11  
7.03. Nontransferability
    11  
7.04. Transferable SARs
    12  
7.05. Exercise
    12  
7.06. Employee Status
    12  
7.07. Settlement
    13  
7.08. Shareholder Rights
    13  
 
       
Article VIII STOCK AWARDS
    13  
 
       
8.01. Award
    13  
8.02. Vesting
    13  
8.03. Employee Status
    13  
8.04. Shareholder Rights
    13  
 
       
Article IX PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS
    14  
 
       
9.01. Award
    14  
9.02. Earning the Award
    14  
9.03. Payment
    14  
9.04. Shareholder Rights
    14  
9.05. Nontransferability
    15  
9.06. Transferable Performance Units
    15  
9.07. Employee Status
    15  
 
       
Article X OTHER EQUITY—BASED AWARDS
    15  
 
       
10.01. Award
    15  
10.02. Terms and Conditions
    16  
10.03. Payment or Settlement
    16  
10.04. Employee Status
    16  
10.05. Shareholder Rights
    16  
 
       
Article XI INCENTIVE AWARDS
    16  
 
       
11.01. Award
    16  
11.02. Terms and Conditions
    17  
11.03. Nontransferability
    17  
11.04. Employee Status
    17  
11.05. Settlement
    17  

-ii-


 

         
Section   Page  
11.06. Shareholder Rights
    18  
 
       
Article XII ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK
    18  
 
       
Article XIII COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES
    19  
 
       
Article XIV GENERAL PROVISIONS
    19  
 
       
14.01. Effect on Employment and Service
    19  
14.02. Unfunded Plan
    19  
14.03. Rules of Construction
    19  
14.04. Withholding Taxes
    20  
14.05. REIT Status
    20  
 
       
Article XV CHANGE IN CONTROL
    20  
 
       
15.01. Impact of Change in Control.
    20  
15.02. Assumption Upon Change in Control.
    21  
15.03. Cash-Out Upon Change in Control.
    21  
15.04. Limitation of Benefits
    21  
 
       
Article XVI AMENDMENT
    23  
 
       
Article XVII DURATION OF PLAN
    24  
 
       
Article XVIII EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
    24  

-iii-


 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.01. Affiliate
     Affiliate means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (including, but not limited to, joint ventures, limited liability companies and partnerships). For this purpose, the term “control” shall mean ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares or interests in the entity, or the power to direct the management and policies of the entity, by contract or otherwise.
1.02. Agreement
     Agreement means a written agreement (including any amendment or supplement thereto) between the Company and a Participant specifying the terms and conditions of an Award granted to such Participant.
1.03. Award
     Award means any Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit award, Other Equity-Based Award or Incentive Award.
1.04. Board
     Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
1.05. Change in Control
     “Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company which will be deemed to have occurred after the date hereof if:
(1)   any “person” as such term is used in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof except that such term shall not include (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (D) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s common stock, or (E) any person or group as used in Rule 13d-1(b) under the Exchange Act, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of outstanding Company securities;

-1-


 

(2)   during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than (A) a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (1), (3), or (4) of this Section 1.05 or (B) a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
 
(3)   there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Company voting securities immediately before the merger or consolidation continue to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company or the surviving entity in the merger or consolidation or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
 
(4)   there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having a similar effect, including a liquidation) other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power and common stock of which is owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the Company immediately prior to such sale.
If a change in control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award that provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, no payment will be made under that award on account of a Change in Control unless the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above, as applicable, constitutes a “change in control event” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
1.06. Code
     Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any amendments thereto.
1.07. Committee
     Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more non-employee members of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule, an “outside director” for

-2-


 

purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code (if awards under the Plan are subject to the deduction limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code) and an “independent director” under the rules of any exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed, traded or quoted; provided , that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not the members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the foregoing requirements or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. If there is no Compensation Committee, then “Committee” means the Board; and provided, further that with respect to awards made to a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, “Committee” means the Board.
1.08. Common Stock
     Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.
1.09. Company
     Company means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
1.10. Control Change Date
     Control Change Date means the date on which a Change in Control occurs. If a Change in Control occurs on account of a series of transactions, the “Control Change Date” is the date of the last of such transactions.
1.11. Corresponding SAR
     Corresponding SAR means an SAR that is granted in relation to a particular Option and that can be exercised only upon the surrender to the Company, unexercised, of that portion of the Option to which the SAR relates.
1.12. Dividend Equivalent Right
     Dividend Equivalent Right means the right, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed by the Committee, of a Participant to receive (or have credited) cash, shares or other property in amounts equivalent to the cash, shares or other property dividends declared on shares of Common Stock with respect to specified Performance Units or units denominated in shares of Common Stock or other Company securities subject to an Other Equity-Based Award, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee may provide that such Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be distributed only when, and to the extent that, the underlying award is vested or earned and also may provide that Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock or otherwise reinvested.

-3-


 

1.13. Exchange Act
     Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
1.14. Fair Market Value
     Fair Market Value means, on any given date, the reported “closing” price of a share of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange for such date or, if there is no closing price for a share of Common Stock on the date in question, the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which a quotation exists. If, on any given date, the Common Stock is not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, then Fair Market Value shall be the “closing” price of a share of Common Stock on such other exchange on which the Common Stock is listed for trading for such date (or, if there is no closing price for a share of Common Stock on the date in question, the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists) or, if the Common Stock is not listed on any exchange, the amount determined by the Committee using any reasonable method in good faith and in accordance with the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.
1.15. Incentive Award
     Incentive Award means an award awarded under Article XI which, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed by the Committee, entitles the Participant to receive a payment from the Company or an Affiliate.
1.16. Initial Value
     Initial Value means, with respect to a Corresponding SAR, the option price per share of the related Option and, with respect to an SAR granted independently of an Option, the price per share of Common Stock as determined by the Committee on the date of grant; provided, however, that the price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Except as provided in Article XII, the Initial Value of an outstanding SAR may not be reduced (by amendment, cancellation and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of shareholders.
1.17. LTIP Unit
     LTIP Unit means an “LTIP Unit” as defined in the Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement. An LTIP Unit granted under this Plan represents the right to receive the benefits, payments or other rights in respect of an LTIP Unit set forth in that partnership agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Agreement and that partnership agreement.
1.18. Operating Partnership
     Operating Partnership means Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

-4-


 

1.19. Option
     Option means a share option that entitles the holder to purchase from the Company a stated number of Common Stock at the price set forth in an Agreement.
1.20. Other Equity-Based Award
     Other Equity-Based Award means any award other than an Option, SAR, a Performance Unit award or a Stock Award which, subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee, entitles a Participant to receive Common Stock or rights or units valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock (including securities convertible into Common Stock) or other equity interests including LTIP Units.
1.21. Participant
     Participant means an employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, a member of the Board, or an individual who provides bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate (including an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by virtue of employment with, or providing services to, the Operating Partnership), and who satisfies the requirements of Article IV and is selected by the Committee to receive an Award.
1.22. Performance Units
     Performance Units means an award, in the amount determined by the Committee, stated with reference to a specified number of shares of Common Stock, that in accordance with the terms of an Agreement entitles the holder to receive a payment for each specified unit equal to the value of the Performance Unit on the date of payment.
1.23. Plan
     Plan means this Summit Hotel Properties Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
1.24. REIT
REIT means a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
1.25. SAR
     SAR means a share appreciation right that in accordance with the terms of an Agreement entitles the holder to receive, with respect to each share of Common Stock encompassed by the exercise of the SAR, the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value at the time of exercise over the Initial Value. References to “SARs” include both Corresponding SARs and SARs granted independently of Options, unless the context requires otherwise.

-5-


 

1.26. Stock Award
     Stock Award means Common Stock awarded to a Participant under Article VIII.
1.27. Ten Percent Shareholder
     Ten Percent Shareholder means any individual owning more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” (as such terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) of the Company. An individual shall be considered to own any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for his or her brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors or lineal descendants and shall be considered to own proportionately any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for a corporation, partnership, estate or trust of which such individual is a shareholder, partner or beneficiary.
ARTICLE II
PURPOSES
     The Plan is intended to assist the Company and its Affiliates in recruiting and retaining employees, directors and other service providers with ability and initiative by enabling such persons or entities to participate in the future success of the Company and its Affiliates and to associate their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders. The Plan is intended to permit the grant of both Options qualifying under Section 422 of the Code (“incentive stock options”) and Options not so qualifying, and the grant of SARs, Stock Awards, Performance Units, Other Equity-Based Awards and Incentive Awards in accordance with the Plan and any procedures that may be established by the Committee. No Option that is intended to be an incentive stock option shall be invalid for failure to qualify as an incentive stock option (and shall be considered a nonstatutory option in the event, and to the extent, of such failure). The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have authority to grant SARs, Stock Awards, Performance Units, Options, Other Equity-Based Awards and Incentive Awards upon such terms (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan), as the Committee may consider appropriate. Such terms may include, but are not limited to, conditions (in addition to those contained in this Plan), on the exercisability of all or any part of an Option or SAR or on the transferability or forfeitability of an Award. Notwithstanding any such conditions, the Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the time at which any Option or SAR may be exercised, or the time at which a Stock Award or Other Equity-Based Award may become transferable or nonforfeitable or the time at which an Other Equity-Based Award, an award of Performance Units or an Incentive Award may be settled. In addition, the Committee

-6-


 

shall have complete authority to interpret all provisions of this Plan; to prescribe the form of Agreements; to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations pertaining to the administration of the Plan (including rules and regulations that require or allow Participants to defer the payment of benefits under the Plan); and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan (including without limitation, determinations of the individuals to receive awards under the Plan, the form, amount and timing of such awards, the terms and provisions of such awards and the Agreements) need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee selectively among individuals who receive, or are eligible to receive, awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated. The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. Any decision made, or action taken, by the Committee in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be final and conclusive. The members of the Committee shall not be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Agreement, Option, SAR, Stock Award, Other Equity-Based Award, Incentive Award or award of Performance Units. All expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.
ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY
     Any employee of the Company or an Affiliate (including a trade or business that becomes an Affiliate after the adoption of this Plan) and any member of the Board is eligible to participate in this Plan. In addition, any other individual who provides significant services to the Company or an Affiliate (including an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by virtue of employment with, or providing services to, the Operating Partnership), is eligible to participate in this Plan if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the participation of such individual is in the best interest of the Company.
ARTICLE V
COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
5.01. Common Stock Issued
     Upon the award of Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award, an Other Equity-Based Award or in settlement of an Incentive Award or an award of Performance Units, the Company may deliver to the Participant shares of Common Stock from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common Stock. Upon the exercise of any Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award denominated in Common Stock, the Company may deliver to the Participant (or the Participant’s broker if the Participant so directs), shares of Common Stock from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common Stock.

-7-


 

5.02. Aggregate Limit
     (a) The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan pursuant to the exercise of Options and SARs, the grant of Stock Awards or Other Equity-Based Awards and the settlement of Incentive Awards and Performance Units is equal to the lesser of (i) _____ shares or (ii) eight and one-half percent (8.5%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock sold in the Company’s initial public offering (including the number of shares sold on account of the underwriter’s exercise of their over-allotment option). Other Equity-Based Awards that are LTIP Units shall reduce the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan on a one-for-one basis, i.e. , each such unit shall be treated as an award of Common Stock.
     (b) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan in accordance with Section 5.02(a) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article XII.
     (c) All of the shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan may be issued in the form of incentive stock options or Corresponding SARs that are related to incentive stock options.
5.03. Reallocation of Shares
     If any award or grant under the Plan (including LTIP Units) expires, is forfeited or is terminated without having been exercised or is paid in cash without delivery of Common Stock, then any shares of Common Stock covered by such lapsed, cancelled, expired, unexercised or cash-settled portion of such award or grant and any forfeited, lapsed, cancelled or expired LTIP Units shall be available for the grant of other Options, SARs, Stock Awards, Other Equity-Based Awards and settlement of Performance Units and Incentive Awards under this Plan. Any shares of Common Stock tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any award shall reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan and shall not be available for future grants or awards. If shares of Common Stock are issued in settlement of an SAR, the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan shall be reduced by the number of shares of Common Stock for which the SAR was exercised rather than the number of shares of Common Stock issued in settlement of the SAR. To the extent permitted by applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed for trading, shares of Common Stock issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Company or any Affiliate shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

-8-


 

ARTICLE VI
OPTIONS
6.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Option is to be granted and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards.
6.02. Option Price
     The price per share of Common Stock purchased on the exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the price per share of Common Stock purchased on the exercise of any Option that is an incentive stock option granted to an individual who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date such option is granted, shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Except as provided in Article XII, the price per share of an outstanding Option may not be reduced (by amendment, cancellation and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of shareholders.
6.03. Maximum Option Period
     The maximum period in which an Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant except that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Option was granted. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to a Participant who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date of grant, such Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any Option may provide that it is exercisable for a period less than such maximum period.
6.04. Nontransferability
     Except as provided in Section 6.05, each Option granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and any Corresponding SAR that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Except as provided in Section 6.05, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom the Option is granted, the Option may be exercised only by the Participant. No right or interest of a Participant in any Option shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.

-9-


 

6.05. Transferable Options
     Section 6.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an Option that is not an incentive stock option may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of an Option transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the Option during the period that it was held by the Participant; provided, however, that such transferee may not transfer the Option except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and any Corresponding SAR that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
6.06. Employee Status
     For purposes of determining the applicability of Section 422 of the Code (relating to incentive stock options), or in the event that the terms of any Option provide that it may be exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
6.07. Exercise
     Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an Option may be exercised in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that incentive stock options (granted under the Plan and all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) may not be first exercisable in a calendar year for shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date an Option is granted) exceeding $100,000. An Option granted under this Plan may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the Option could be exercised. A partial exercise of an Option shall not affect the right to exercise the Option from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to the remaining shares subject to the Option. The exercise of an Option shall result in the termination of any Corresponding SAR to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.
6.08. Payment
     Subject to rules established by the Committee and unless otherwise provided in an Agreement, payment of all or part of the Option price may be made in cash, certified check, by tendering shares of Common Stock (or by attestation of ownership of Common Stock), by a

-10-


 

broker-assisted cashless exercise or in such other form or manner acceptable to the Committee. If shares of Common Stock are used to pay all or part of the Option price, the sum of the cash and cash equivalent and the date of exercise Fair Market Value of the shares surrendered must not be less than the Option price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised.
6.09. Shareholder Rights
     No Participant shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to an Option until the date of exercise of such Option.
6.10. Disposition of Shares
     A Participant shall notify the Company of any sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that was an incentive stock option if such sale or disposition occurs (i) within two years of the grant of an Option or (ii) within one year of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock to the Participant. Such notice shall be in writing and directed to the Secretary of the Company.
ARTICLE VII
SARS
7.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom SARs are to be granted and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards. No Participant may be granted Corresponding SARs (under the Plan and all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) that are related to incentive stock options which are first exercisable in any calendar year for shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the related Option is granted) that exceeds $100,000.
7.02. Maximum SAR Period
     The term of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, except that no SAR shall have a term of more than ten years from the date of grant. In the case of a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option granted to a Participant who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date of grant, such Corresponding SAR shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any SAR may provide that it has a term that is less than such maximum period.
7.03. Nontransferability
     Except as provided in Section 7.04, each SAR granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any

-11-


 

such transfer, a Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Except as provided in Section 7.04, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom the SAR is granted, the SAR may be exercised only by the Participant. No right or interest of a Participant in any SAR shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.
7.04. Transferable SARs
     Section 7.03 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an SAR, other than a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option, may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of an SAR transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the SAR during the period that it was held by the Participant; provided, however, that such transferee may not transfer the SAR except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of a Corresponding SAR (by the Participant or his transferee), the Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same person or person or entity or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may an SAR be transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
7.05. Exercise
     Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an SAR may be exercised in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option may be exercised only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and only when the Fair Market Value exceeds the option price of the related Option. An SAR granted under this Plan may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the SAR could be exercised. A partial exercise of an SAR shall not affect the right to exercise the SAR from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to the remaining shares subject to the SAR. The exercise of a Corresponding SAR shall result in the termination of the related Option to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
7.06. Employee Status
     If the terms of any SAR provide that it may be exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

-12-


 

7.07. Settlement
     At the Committee’s discretion, the amount payable as a result of the exercise of an SAR may be settled in cash, shares of Common Stock, or a combination of cash and Common Stock. No fractional share will be deliverable upon the exercise of an SAR but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof.
7.08. Shareholder Rights
     No Participant shall, as a result of receiving an SAR, have any rights as a shareholder of the Company or any Affiliate until the date that the SAR is exercised and then only to the extent that the SAR is settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock.
ARTICLE VIII
STOCK AWARDS
8.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom a Stock Award is to be made and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards.
8.02. Vesting
     The Committee, on the date of the award, may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in a Stock Award shall be forfeitable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such conditions as may be set forth in the Agreement. By way of example and not of limitation, the Committee may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in a Stock Award shall be forfeitable or otherwise restricted subject to the attainment of objectives stated with reference to the Company’s, an Affiliate’s or a business unit’s attainment of objectives stated with respect to performance criteria established by the Committee.
8.03. Employee Status
     In the event that the terms of any Stock Award provide that shares may become transferable and nonforfeitable thereunder only after completion of a specified period of employment or continuous service, the Committee may decide in each case to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
8.04. Shareholder Rights
     Unless otherwise specified in accordance with the applicable Agreement, while the shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Stock Award may be forfeited or are nontransferable,

-13-


 

a Participant will have all rights of a stockholder with respect to a Stock Award, including the right to receive dividends and vote the shares; provided, however, that during such period (i) a Participant may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of shares granted pursuant to a Stock Award, (ii) the Company shall retain custody of the certificates evidencing shares granted pursuant to a Stock Award, and (iii) the Participant will deliver to the Company a stock power, endorsed in blank, with respect to each Stock Award. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall not apply after the shares granted under the Stock Award are transferable and are no longer forfeitable.
ARTICLE IX
PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS
9.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an award of Performance Units is to be made and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards. The Committee also will specify whether Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Performance Units.
9.02. Earning the Award
     The Committee, on the date of the grant of an award, shall prescribe that the Performance Units will be earned, and the Participant will be entitled to receive payment pursuant to the award of Performance Units, only upon the satisfaction of performance objectives and such other criteria as may be prescribed by the Committee.
9.03. Payment
     In the discretion of the Committee, the amount payable when an award of Performance Units is earned may be settled in cash, by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof. A fractional share of Common Stock shall not be deliverable when an award of Performance Units is earned, but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof. The amount payable when an award of Performance Units is earned shall be paid in a lump sum.
9.04. Shareholder Rights
     A Participant, as a result of receiving an award of Performance Units, shall not have any rights as a shareholder until, and then only to the extent that, the award of Performance Units is earned and settled in Common Stock. After an award of Performance Units is earned and settled in shares of Common Stock, a Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder as described in Section 8.05.

-14-


 

9.05. Nontransferability
     Except as provided in Section 9.06, Performance Units granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a Participant in any Performance Units shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.
9.06. Transferable Performance Units
     Section 9.05 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an award of Performance Units may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of Performance Units transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the Performance Units during the period that they were held by the Participant; provided, however that such transferee may not transfer Performance Units except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a Performance Unit be transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
9.07. Employee Status
     In the event that the terms of any Performance Unit award provide that no payment will be made unless the Participant completes a stated period of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for government or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
ARTICLE X
OTHER EQUITY—BASED AWARDS
10.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Other Equity-Based Award is to be made and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock or other equity interests (including LTIP Units) covered by such awards; provided, however, that the grant of LTIP Units must satisfy the requirements of the partnership agreement of the Operating Partnership as in effect on the date of grant. The Committee also will specify whether Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Other Equity-Based Award.

-15-


 

10.02. Terms and Conditions
     The Committee, at the time an Other Equity-Based Award is made, shall specify the terms and conditions which govern the award. The terms and conditions of an Other Equity-Based Award may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in the Other Equity-Based Award shall be forfeitable, nontransferable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such other conditions as may be determined by the Committee, in its discretion and set forth in the Agreement. Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted to Participants, either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Plan, and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan.
10.03. Payment or Settlement
     Other Equity-Based Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock, shall be payable or settled in Common Stock, cash or a combination of Common Stock and cash, as determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that any shares of Common Stock that are issued on account of the conversion of LTIP Units into Common Stock shall not be issued under the Plan. Other Equity-Based Awards denominated as equity interests other than shares of Common Stock may be paid or settled in shares or units of such equity interests or cash or a combination of both as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
10.04. Employee Status
     If the terms of any Other Equity-Based Award provides that it may be earned or exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
10.05. Shareholder Rights
     A Participant, as a result of receiving an Other Equity-Based Award, shall not have any rights as a shareholder until, and then only to the extent that, the Other Equity-Based Award is earned and settled in shares of Common Stock.
ARTICLE XI
INCENTIVE AWARDS
11.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Incentive Award is to be made.

-16-


 

11.02. Terms and Conditions
     The Committee, at the time an Incentive Award is made, shall specify the terms and conditions that govern the award. Such terms and conditions may prescribe that the Incentive Award shall be earned only to the extent that the Participant, the Company or an Affiliate, during a performance period of at least one year, achieves objectives stated with reference to one or more performance measures or criteria prescribed by the Committee. A goal or objective may be expressed on an absolute basis or relative to the performance of one or more similarly situated companies or a published index. When establishing goals and objectives, the Committee may exclude any or all special, unusual, or extraordinary items as determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles including, without limitation, the charges or costs associated with restructurings of the Company, discontinued operations, other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of accounting changes. The Committee may also adjust the performance goals for any Incentive Award as it deems equitable in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles, or such other factors as the Committee may determine. Such terms and conditions also may include other limitations on the payment of Incentive Awards including, by way of example and not of limitation, requirements that the Participant complete a specified period of employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate or that the Company, an Affiliate, or the Participant attain stated objectives or goals (in addition to those prescribed in accordance with the preceding sentence) as a prerequisite to payment under an Incentive Award.
11.03. Nontransferability
     Incentive Awards granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a Participant in an Incentive Award shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.
11.04. Employee Status
     If the terms of an Incentive Award provide that a payment will be made thereunder only if the Participant completes a stated period of employment or continued service the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
11.05. Settlement
     An Incentive Award that is earned shall be settled with a single lump sum payment which may be in cash, Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock, as determined by the Committee.

-17-


 

11.06. Shareholder Rights
     No Participant shall, as a result of receiving an Incentive Award, have any rights as a shareholder of the Company or an Affiliate until the date that the Incentive Award is settled and then only to the extent that the Incentive Award is settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock.
ARTICLE XII
ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK
     The maximum number of shares of Common Stock as to which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Stock Awards, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted and the terms of outstanding Stock Awards, Options, SARs, Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards shall be adjusted as the Board determines is equitably required in the event that (i) the Company (a) effects one or more nonreciprocal transactions between the Company and its shareholders such as a stock dividend, extra-ordinary cash dividend, stock split-up, subdivision or consolidation of shares that affects the number or kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the Fair Market Value (or the value of other Company securities) and causes a change in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to outstanding awards or (b) engages in a transaction to which Section 424 of the Code applies or (ii) there occurs any other event which, in the judgment of the Board necessitates such action. Any determination made under this Article XII by the Board shall be nondiscretionary, final and conclusive.
     The issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the maximum number of shares as to which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Stock Awards, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted or the terms of outstanding Stock Awards, Options, SARs, Performance Shares or Other Equity-Based Awards.
     The Committee may make Stock Awards and may grant Options, SARs, Performance Units, Incentive Awards or Other Equity-Based Awards in substitution for performance shares, phantom shares, stock awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or similar awards held by an individual who becomes an employee of the Company or an Affiliate in connection with a transaction described in the first paragraph of this Article XII. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the terms of such substituted Stock Awards, SARs, Other Equity-Based Awards, Options, Incentive Awards or Performance Units shall be as the Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate.

-18-


 

ARTICLE XIII
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES
     No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no shares of Common Stock shall be issued, no certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan except in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations (including, without limitation, withholding tax requirements), any listing agreement to which the Company is a party, and the rules of all domestic stock exchanges on which the Company’s shares may be listed. The Company shall have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any certificate issued to evidence shares of Common Stock when a Stock Award is granted, a Performance Unit, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award is settled or for which an Option or SAR is exercised may bear such legends and statements as the Committee may deem advisable to assure compliance with federal and state laws and regulations. No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no Stock Award or Performance Unit shall be granted, no shares of Common Stock shall be issued, no certificate for shares of Common Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan until the Company has obtained such consent or approval as the Committee may deem advisable from regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters.
ARTICLE XIV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
14.01. Effect on Employment and Service
     Neither the adoption of this Plan, its operation, nor any documents describing or referring to this Plan (or any part thereof), shall confer upon any individual or entity any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate or in any way affect any right and power of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the employment or service of any individual or entity at any time with or without assigning a reason therefor.
14.02. Unfunded Plan
     This Plan, insofar as it provides for grants, shall be unfunded, and the Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by grants under this Plan. Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under this Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created pursuant to this Plan. No such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of the Company.
14.03. Rules of Construction
     Headings are given to the articles and sections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The reference to any statute, regulation, or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.

-19-


 

14.04. Withholding Taxes
     Each Participant shall be responsible for satisfying any income and employment tax withholding obligations attributable to participation in the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Agreement, any such withholding tax obligations may be satisfied in cash (including from any cash payable in settlement of an award of Performance Units, SARs, Incentive Awards or Other Equity-Based Award) or a cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee. Except to the extent prohibited by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j), any minimum statutory federal, state, district or city withholding tax obligations also may be satisfied (a) by surrendering to the Company shares of Common Stock previously acquired by the Participant; (b) by authorizing the Company to withhold or reduce the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of an Option or SAR, the settlement of a Performance Unit award, Incentive Award or an Other Equity-Based Award (if applicable) or the grant or vesting of a Stock Award; or (c) by any other method as may be approved by the Committee. If shares of Common Stock are used to pay all or part of such withholding tax obligation, the Fair Market Value of the shares surrendered, withheld or reduced shall be determined as of the day the tax liability arises and the number of shares of Common Stock which may be withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of shares which have a Fair Market Value on the day preceding the date of withholding equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.
14.05. REIT Status
     The Plan shall be interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the Company’s status as a REIT. No award shall be granted or awarded, and with respect to any award granted under the Plan, such award shall not vest, be exercisable or be settled (i) to the extent that the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement could cause the Participant or any other person to be in violation of the common stock ownership limit or aggregate stock ownership limit prescribed by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Charter, as amended from time to time) or (ii) if, in the discretion of the Committee, the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of the award could impair the Company’s status as a REIT.
ARTICLE XV
CHANGE IN CONTROL
15.01. Impact of Change in Control.
     Upon a Change in Control, the Committee is authorized to cause (i) outstanding Options and SARs to become fully exercisable, (ii) outstanding Stock Awards to become transferable and nonforfeitable and (iii) outstanding Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards to become earned and nonforfeitable in their entirety.

-20-


 

15.02. Assumption Upon Change in Control.
     In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need for a Participant’s consent, may provide that an outstanding Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award shall be assumed by, or a substitute award granted by, the surviving entity in the Change in Control. Such assumed or substituted award shall be of the same type of award as the original Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award being assumed or substituted. The assumed or substituted award shall have a value, as of the Control Change Date, that is substantially equal to the value of the original Award (or the difference between the Fair Market Value and the option price or Initial Value in the case of Options and SARs) as the Committee determines is equitably required and such other terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee.
15.03. Cash-Out Upon Change in Control.
     In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need of a Participant’s consent, may provide that each Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit, Incentive Award and Other Equity-Based Award shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment. The payment may be in cash, shares of Common Stock or other securities or consideration received by shareholders in the Change in Control transaction or, in the case of an Incentive Award, the entire amount that can be paid under the Award (and, if the amount payable in settlement of an Incentive Award is based on the value of Common Stock, that value shall be the price per share received by shareholders for each share of Common Stock in the Change in Control transaction). Except as provided in the preceding sentence with respect to Incentive Awards, the amount of the payment shall be an amount that is substantially equal to (i) the amount by which the price per share received by shareholders in the Change in Control exceeds the option price or Initial Value in the case of an Option and SAR, or (ii) the price per share received by shareholders for each share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award or (iii) the value of the other securities or property in which the Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based award is denominated. If the option price or Initial Value exceeds the price per share received by shareholders in the Change in Control transaction, the Option or SAR may be cancelled under this Section 15.03 without any payment to the Participant.
15.04. Limitation of Benefits
     The benefits that a Participant may be entitled to receive under this Plan and other benefits that a Participant is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Plan, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments (as hereinafter defined), that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 15.04, the Parachute Payments will be reduced pursuant to this Section 15.04 if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow a Participant to receive

-21-


 

a greater Net After Tax Amount (as hereinafter defined), than a Participant would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm (as hereinafter defined), will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to a Participant. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Participant’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Participant without subjecting the Participant to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Participant will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Participant with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Participant will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) in a manner that results in the best economic benefit to the Participant (or, to the extent economically equivalent, in a pro rata manner). The Accounting Firm will notify the Participant and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Participant and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 15.04, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Participant that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 15.04 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Participant under this Section 15.04 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Participant, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Participant must repay such amount to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Participant to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Participant is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Participant and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Participant promptly by the Company.

-22-


 

     For purposes of this Section 15.04, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Control Change Date. For purposes of this Section 15.04, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Participant on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 15.04, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 15.04, the limitations and provisions of this Section 15.04 shall not apply to any Participant who, pursuant to an agreement with the Company or the terms of another plan maintained by the Company, is entitled to indemnification for any liability that the Participant may incur under Code Section 4999. In addition, nothing in this Section 15.04 shall limit or otherwise supersede the provisions of any other agreement or plan which provides that a Participant cannot receive Payments in excess of the Capped Payments.
ARTICLE XVI
AMENDMENT
     The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment may adversely impair the rights of Participants with respect to outstanding awards. In addition, an amendment will be contingent on approval of the Company’s shareholders if such approval is required by law or the rules of any exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or if the amendment would materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, materially increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan (other than an adjustment pursuant to Article XII) or materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan.

-23-


 

ARTICLE XVII
DURATION OF PLAN
     No Stock Award, Performance Unit award, Option, SAR, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award may be granted under this Plan after the day before the tenth anniversary of the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board. Stock Awards, Performance Unit awards, Options, SARs, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards granted before such date shall remain valid in accordance with their terms.
ARTICLE XVIII
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
     Options, Stock Awards, Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted under this Plan on and after the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board, provided that no award shall be exercisable, vested or settled unless, within twelve months after the Board’s adoption of the Plan, the Plan is approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock entitled to vote and present or represented by properly executed and delivered proxies at a duly held shareholders’ meeting at which a quorum is present or by unanimous consent of the shareholders.

-24-

Exhibit 10.6
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
Stock Option Agreement
     THIS AGREEMENT dated as of the __ day of _______, 2010, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) and _____________ (the “Participant”), is made pursuant to and subject to the provisions of the Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which has been made available to the Participant. All terms used herein that are defined in the Plan have the same meaning given them in the Plan.
     1.  Grant of Option. Pursuant to the Plan, effective as of ________ __, 2010, (the “Date of Grant”), the Company granted to the Participant, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and subject further to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the right and Option to purchase from the Company _________ shares of Common Stock at the option price of ________ dollars ($____) per share, being not less than the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant. This Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.
     2.  Expiration Date. This Option shall expire at 11:59 p.m. on the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “Expiration Date”).
     3.  Exercisability. This Option shall become exercisable in accordance with the provisions of the following subparagraph 3(a), subject to acceleration of the exercisability of this Option under the following subparagraphs 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d).
          (a) Installments. This Option shall be exercisable with respect to the number of whole shares of Common Stock that most nearly equals, but does not exceed, one-fifth of the number of shares subject to this Option on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Date of Grant if the Participant remains in the continuous employ of the Company or an Affiliate from the Date of Grant until the applicable anniversary of the Date of Grant. This Option shall be exercisable with respect to the remaining shares of Common Stock subject to this Option on the fifth anniversary of the Date of Grant if the Participant remains in the continuous employ of the company or an Affiliate from the Date of Grant until the fifth anniversary of the Date of Grant.
          (b) Acceleration Upon Death. This Option, if not sooner exercisable, shall be exercisable with respect to all of the shares of Common Stock that remain subject to this Option on the date of the Participant’s death if the Participant remains in the continuous employ of the Company or an Affiliate from the Date of Grant until the date of the Participant’s death.
          (c) Acceleration Upon Disability. This Option, if not sooner exercisable, shall be exercisable with respect to all of the shares of Common Stock that remain subject to this

 


 

Option on the date that the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates ends on account of Disability if the Participant remains in the continuous employ of the Company or an Affiliate from the Date of Grant until the date the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates ends on account of Disability.
          (d) Acceleration For Certain Terminations. This Option, if not sooner exercisable, shall be exercisable with respect to all of the shares of Common Stock that remain subject to this Option on the date that the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates ends if (i) the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause or the Participant resigns with Good Reason, (ii) the Participant remains in the continuous employ of the Company or an Affiliate from the Date of Grant until the date of such termination without Cause or resignation with Good Reason and (iii) the Participant executes a waiver and release of claims, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, in favor of the Company and its Affiliates (the “Release”) and the Release becomes effective.
Once this Option has become exercisable in accordance with the preceding subparagraphs, it shall continue to be exercisable with respect to the shares of Common Stock that remain subject to this Option until the earlier of the Expiration Date or the termination of the right to exercise this Option pursuant to paragraph 4. A partial exercise of this Option shall not affect the Participant’s right to exercise this Option with respect to the shares of Common Stock that remain subject to this Option.
     4.  Right to Exercise Option. Once this Option has become exercisable in accordance with paragraph 3, it may be exercised, in whole or in part, during the Participant’s continued employment with the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however , that this Option may not be exercised after the Expiration Date. Except as provided in subparagraphs 4(a), 4(b) and 4(c), after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Affiliates, this Option may be exercised until the earlier of the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the cessation of such employment or the Expiration Date; provided, however , that this Option may not be exercised on or after the date that the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated with Cause.
          (a) Exercise Following Death. If the Participant dies during employment with the Company or an Affiliate, this Option may be exercised by the Participant’s estate, or the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under this Option pays by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In that event, the Participant’s estate or such persons may exercise this Option until the earliest of the first anniversary of the Participant’s death or the Expiration Date and the Participant’s estate or such persons may exercise this Option for all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock that the Participant was entitled to purchase under this Option on the date of the Participant’s death and any additional shares for which this Option becomes exercisable under subparagraph 3(b). If the Participant dies after ceasing to be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, this Option may be exercised by the Participant’s estate, or the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under this Option pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution for all or part of the shares of Common Stock that the Participant was entitled to purchase on the date of the Participant’s death and during the remainder the period that the Participant was entitled to exercise this Option on the date of the Participant’s death.

2


 

          (b) Exercise Following Disability. If the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates ends on account of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise this Option until the earlier of the first anniversary of the date that the Participant’s employment ends on account of Disability or the Expiration Date. The Participant may exercise this Option for all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock that the Participant was entitled to purchase on the date the Participant’s employment ends on account of Disability and any additional shares for which this Option becomes exercisable under subparagraph 3(c).
          (c)  Exercise After Termination Without Cause; Resignation with Good Reason. This subparagraph 4(c) applies if (i) the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated without Cause or on account of a resignation by the Participant with Good Reason and (ii) the Participant executes the Release and the Release becomes effective. If the requirements of the preceding sentence are satisfied, the Participant may exercise this Option until the Expiration Date. The Participant may exercise this Option for all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock that the Participant was entitled to purchase on the date that the Participant’s employment ends as described in the preceding sentences and any additional shares for which this Option becomes exercisable under subparagraph 3(d).
     5.  Method of Exercise and Payment for Shares. This Option shall be exercised by written notice delivered to the attention of the Company’s Secretary at the Company’s principal executive office. The exercise date shall be (i) the date of postmark if the notice is given by mail or (ii) the date of delivery if delivered in person. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment of the option price in full, in cash or cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee. All or part of the option price may be paid by the surrender (either by actual surrender or attestation of ownership) of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value which, together with any cash or cash equivalent paid by the Participant, is not less than the option price for the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is being exercised.
     6.  Transferability This Option may be transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the Participant’s lifetime, this Option may be transferred by the Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners in accordance with the Plan.
     7.  Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Cause, Disability and Good Reason are defined in this paragraph 7.
          (a) Cause. The term “Cause” means (i) the Participant’s failure to perform a material duty or the Participant’s material breach of an obligation set forth in a written agreement with the Company or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Participant’s breach of the Participant’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Participant’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Participant’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the

3


 

Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty days after such notice is received by the Participant.
          (b) Disability. The term “Disability” means that the Participant is “disabled” within the meaning of Code section 409A(a)(2)(C).
          (c) Good Reason. The term “Good Reason” means (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of a written agreement with the Participant or a direction from the Board that the Participant act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Participant’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates without the Participant’s consent or the Company preventing the Participant from fulfilling or exercising the Participant’s material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates without the Participant’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Participant’s annual base salary or annual bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Participant relocate the Participant’s employment more than fifty miles from the location of the Participant’s principal office on the Date of Grant, without the consent of the Participant [(other than a relocation to Sioux Falls, South Dakota)]. The Participant’s resignation shall not be deemed to be with Good Reason unless the Participant gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty days after the Participant knows of the event, action, etc. that the Participant asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Participant asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Participant, within thirty days after such notice and the Participant resigns effective not later than thirty days after the expiration of such cure period.
     8.  Fractional Shares. Fractional shares shall not be issuable under this Option and when any provision hereof may entitle the Participant to a fractional share, such fraction shall be disregarded.
     9.  Change in Capital Structure. The terms of this Option, including the price and the number and type of securities subject to this Option, shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Plan in the event that the Company effects one or more stock dividends, stock split-ups, subdivisions or consolidation of shares or other similar changes in capitalization as provided in the Plan.
     10.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of South Dakota, other than those provisions of South Dakota law that would require the application of the law of another State.
     11.  Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant shall govern.
     12.  Participant Bound by Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges that a copy of the Plan has been made available to the Participant and the Participant agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof.

4


 

     13.  No Right to Continued Employment. This Agreement and the grant of the Option do not confer upon the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment with the Company or an Affiliate and do not interfere with the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the Participant’s employment.
     14.  Binding Effect. Subject to the limitations stated above and in the Plan, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the legatees, distributees and personal representatives of the Participant and the successors of the Company.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be signed by a duly authorized officer and the Participant has affixed the Participant’s signature as of the date first written above.
                 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.       [NAME OF PARTICIPANT]    
 
               
By:
               
 
 
 
     
 
   

5

Exhibit 10.7
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of _______ ___, 2010, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and KERRY W. BOEKELHEIDE (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote a substantial portion of his business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Executive Chairman of the Board of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of the Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM . The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on _______ __, 201__ (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until _________ __, 201__, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES . The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 


 

          5. COMPENSATION .
               (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to Three Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($380,000), subject to any increases approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b)  Annual Bonus . In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year 2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus as provided in this Section 5(b).
                    (i) For performance in calendar year 2011, the Executive will be entitled to receive an Annual Bonus (which may be granted in the form of an Incentive Award under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan) equal to Three Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($380,000) if the 2011 hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for the 65 hotel properties identified in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-11 for the Company’s initial public offering (the “Initial Portfolio”) is at least Fifty-five Million Dollars ($55,000,000). For purposes of this Agreement, hotel-level EBITDA will be calculated by subtracting total hotel operating expenses of the hotels comprising the Initial Portfolio from total revenues of the Initial Portfolio hotels for the year ending December 31, 2011. If the Company sells one or more of the hotels in the Initial Portfolio during 2011, the Company will reduce the $55 million target number in a manner that the Committee determines is equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold hotel or hotels for all, or the remaining portion, of 2011, in assessing whether the target was met. If the 2011 Annual Bonus is earned, it shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15, 2012.
                    (ii) For performance in calendar year 2012 and subsequent years during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus of up to one hundred percent (100%) of Base Salary to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive shall not be entitled to any Annual Bonus for
performance in calendar year 2010.
          6. BENEFITS . The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a)  Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time

2


 

computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
               (b)  Employee Benefits . During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance, or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. If during the Term the Executive loses the “Exec-U-Care” supplemental health benefits provided by The Summit Group or The Summit Group fails to maintain the Exec-U-Care health plan for any reason, including due to the Company’s failure to reimburse The Summit Group for the costs thereof, the Company, if permitted by applicable law, shall establish a medical reimbursement plan that provides the Executive and the Executive’s family health benefits that are not less (but without regard to the possible taxation of benefits) than the benefits provided under such supplemental health plan on the Effective Date. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
               (c)  Equity Plan Participation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to purchase Three Hundred Seventy-Six Thousand (376,000) shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan).
          7. EXPENSES . The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8. TERMINATION .
               (a)  Grounds . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive’s employment as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the

3


 

terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.
               (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
               (c)  Date of Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury; in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          9. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.

4


 

               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 9 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of

5


 

Termination plus an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
          11. DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (c)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (d)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (e)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the

6


 

terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          12. CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that

7


 

amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 12 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          13. CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the

8


 

reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          14. TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          15. COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or

9


 

representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
               (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
               (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account

10


 

of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any

11


 

part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata [or, prescribe state for jurisdiction].
          16. NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
         
 
  To the Company:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
      Attn: Corporate Secretary
 
      2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
       
 
  To the Executive:   Kerry W. Boekelheide
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
          17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          18. ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.

12


 

          19. APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
          20. NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          21. ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          22. HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the ___ day of _______, 2010.
                 
    SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.    
 
               
 
  By:            
             
 
        Title:  
 
   
 
               
    KERRY W. BOEKELHEIDE    
 
               
             

13

Exhibit 10.8
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of _______ ___, 2010, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and DANIEL P. HANSEN (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM . The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on _______ __, 201__ (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until _________ __, 201__, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES . The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board.
          5. COMPENSATION .
               (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000), subject to any increases approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its

 


 

Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b)  Annual Bonus. In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year 2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus as provided in this Section 5(b).
                    (i) For performance in calendar year 2011, the Executive will be entitled to receive an Annual Bonus (which may be granted in the form of an Incentive Award under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan) equal to Three Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($380,000) if the 2011 hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for the 65 hotel properties identified in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-11 for the Company’s initial public offering (the “Initial Portfolio”) is at least Fifty-five Million Dollars ($55,000,000). For purposes of this Agreement, hotel-level EBITDA will be calculated by subtracting total hotel operating expenses of the hotels comprising the Initial Portfolio from total revenues of the Initial Portfolio hotels for the year ending December 31, 2011. If the Company sells one or more of the hotels in the Initial Portfolio during 2011, the Company will reduce the $55 million target number in a manner that the Committee determines is equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold hotel or hotels for all, or the remaining portion, of 2011, in assessing whether the target was met. If the 2011 Annual Bonus is earned, it shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15, 2012.
                    (ii) For performance in calendar year 2012 and subsequent years during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus of up to one hundred percent (100%) of Base Salary to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive shall not be entitled to any Annual Bonus for performance in calendar year 2010.
     6.  BENEFITS . The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a)  Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.

2


 

               (b)  Employee Benefits . During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance, or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. If during the Term the Executive loses the “Exec-U-Care” supplemental health benefits provided by The Summit Group or The Summit Group fails to maintain the Exec-U-Care health plan for any reason, including due to the Company’s failure to reimburse The Summit Group for the costs thereof, the Company, if permitted by applicable law, shall establish a medical reimbursement plan that provides the Executive and the Executive’s family health benefits that are not less (but without regard to the possible taxation of benefits) than the benefits provided under such supplemental health plan on the Effective Date. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
               (c)  Equity Plan Participation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to purchase Two Hundred Thirty-five Thousand (235,000) shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan).
          7. EXPENSES . The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8. TERMINATION .
               (a)  Grounds . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive’s employment as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.

3


 

               (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
               (c)  Date of Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          9. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.

4


 

               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 9 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of

5


 

Termination plus an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
          11. DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (c)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (d)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (e)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the

6


 

terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          12. CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that

7


 

amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 12 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          13. CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the

8


 

reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          14. TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          15. COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or

9


 

representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
               (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
               (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account

10


 

of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any

11


 

part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata [or, prescribe state for jurisdiction].
          16. NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
     
To the Company:
  Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
  Attn: Corporate Secretary
 
  2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
  Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
       
To the Executive:
  Daniel P. Hansen
 
  ____________________________
 
  ____________________________
 
  ____________________________
          17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          18. ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.

12


 

          19. APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
          20. NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          21. ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          22. HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the ___ day of _______, 2010.
             
    SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
     Title: 
 
   
 
           
    DANIEL P. HANSEN    
 
           
 
     
 
   

13

Exhibit 10.9
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of _______ ___, 2010, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and CRAIG J. ANISZEWSKI (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM . The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on _______ __, 201__ (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until _________ __, 201__, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES . The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.
          5. COMPENSATION .
               (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), subject to any increases approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its

 


 

Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b)  Annual Bonus. In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year 2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus as provided in this Section 5(b).
                    (i) For performance in calendar year 2011, the Executive will be entitled to receive an Annual Bonus (which may be granted in the form of an Incentive Award under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan) equal to Three Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($380,000) if the 2011 hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for the 65 hotel properties identified in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-11 for the Company’s initial public offering (the “Initial Portfolio”) is at least Fifty-five Million Dollars ($55,000,000). For purposes of this Agreement, hotel-level EBITDA will be calculated by subtracting total hotel operating expenses of the hotels comprising the Initial Portfolio from total revenues of the Initial Portfolio hotels for the year ending December 31, 2011. If the Company sells one or more of the hotels in the Initial Portfolio during 2011, the Company will reduce the $55 million target number in a manner that the Committee determines is equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold hotel or hotels for all, or the remaining portion, of 2011, in assessing whether the target was met. If the 2011 Annual Bonus is earned, it shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15, 2012.
                    (ii) For performance in calendar year 2012 and subsequent years during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus of up to seventy-five percent (75%) of Base Salary to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive shall not be entitled to any Annual Bonus for performance in calendar year 2010.
          6.  BENEFITS . The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a)  Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.

2


 

               (b)  Employee Benefits . During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. If during the Term the Executive loses the “Exec-U-Care” supplemental health benefits provided by The Summit Group or The Summit Group fails to maintain the Exec-U-Care health plan for any reason, including due to the Company’s failure to reimburse The Summit Group for the costs thereof, the Company, if permitted by applicable law, shall establish a medical reimbursement plan that provides the Executive and the Executive’s family health benefits that are not less (but without regard to the possible taxation of benefits) than the benefits provided under such supplemental health plan on the Effective Date. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
               (c)  Equity Plan Participation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to purchase Two Hundred Thirty-five Thousand (235,000) shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan).
          7.  EXPENSES . The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8.  TERMINATION .
               (a)  Grounds . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive’s employment as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.

3


 

               (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
               (c)  Date of Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          9.  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.

4


 

               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          10.  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 10 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) seventy-five percent (75%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect

5


 

on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is “one and one-half (1.5)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is “two (2.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this Section 10 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5 th ) business day after the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.
          11.  DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (c)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty

6


 

involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (d)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (e)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          12.  CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.

7


 

     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 12 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          13.  CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the

8


 

provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          14.  TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          15.  COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to

9


 

the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
               (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with

10


 

the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
               (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or

11


 

benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata [or, prescribe state for jurisdiction].
          16.  NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
         
To the Company:
  Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.    
 
  Attn: Corporate Secretary    
 
  2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6    
 
  Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105    
 
       
To the Executive:
  Craig J. Aniszewski    
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       

12


 

          17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          18. ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          19. APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
          20. NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          21. ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          22. HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the ___ day of _______, 2010.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
         Title:   
       
 
         
  CRAIG J. ANISZEWSKI
 
 
          
       
       
 

13

Exhibit 10.10
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of _______ ___, 2010, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and STUART J. BECKER (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
      WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company; and
      WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
     2.  EMPLOYMENT . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
     3.  TERM . The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on _______ __, 201__ (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until _________ __, 201__, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
     4.  SERVICES . The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.
     5.  COMPENSATION .
        (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), subject to any increases approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its

 


 

Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
        (b)  Annual Bonus . In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year 2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. The individual and corporate goals established by the Committee shall provide the Executive the opportunity to earn Annual Bonus payments of up to fifty percent (50%) of Base Salary to the extent such goals are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned under this Section 5(b) shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned. The Executive shall not be entitled to any Annual Bonus for performance in calendar year 2010.
     6.  BENEFITS . The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
        (a)  Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
        (b)  Employee Benefits . During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
        (c)  Equity Plan Participation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to purchase Forty-seven Thousand (47,000) shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan).
     7.  EXPENSES . The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily

2


 

incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
     8.  TERMINATION .
        (a)  Grounds . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive’s employment as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.
        (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
        (c)  Date of Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be

3


 

the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
     9.  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
        (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
        (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
     10.  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
        (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 10 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
        (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.

4


 

        (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) fifty percent (50%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
        (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
        (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is “one and one-half (1.5)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is “two (2.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this Section 10 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5 th ) business day after the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.

5


 

     11.  DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
        (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
        (b)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
        (c)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
        (d)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
        (e)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive, other than a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment to Sioux Falls, South Dakota. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the

6


 

reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
     12.  CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 12 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the

7


 

Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
     13.  CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the

8


 

Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
     14.  TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
     15.  COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
        (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale and mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
        (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such

9


 

securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
        (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
        (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
        (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the

10


 

Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
        (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
        (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
        (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
        (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the

11


 

geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata [or, prescribe state for jurisdiction].
     16.  NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
             
 
  To the Company:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
Attn: Corporate Secretary
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
   
 
           
 
  To the Executive:   Stuart J. Becker
   
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
     17.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
     18.  ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
     19.  APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
     20.  NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
     21.  ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or

12


 

obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
     22.  HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the ___ day of _______, 2010.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   
       
 
         
  STUART J. BECKER
 
 
         
       
       
 

13

Exhibit 10.11
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of _______ ___, 2010, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and RYAN A. BERTUCCI (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Vice President of Acquisitions of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of the Company’s Vice President of Acquisitions to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM . The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of one (1) year commencing on _______ __, 201__ (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until _________ __, 201__, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES . The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.
          5. COMPENSATION .
               (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($220,000), subject to any increases approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or

 


 

its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b)  Annual Bonus . In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year 2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. The individual and corporate goals established by the Committee shall provide the Executive the opportunity to earn Annual Bonus payments of up to fifty percent (50%) of Base Salary to the extent such goals are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned under this Section 5(b) shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned. The Executive shall not be entitled to any Annual Bonus for performance in calendar year 2010.
          6. BENEFITS . The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a)  Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
               (b)  Employee Benefits . During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
               (c)  Equity Plan Participation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to purchase Forty-seven Thousand (47,000) shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan).
          7. EXPENSES . The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily

2


 

incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8. TERMINATION .
               (a)  Grounds . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive’s employment as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.
               (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
               (c)  Date of Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be

3


 

the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          9. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 10 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.

4


 

               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) fifty percent (50%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is “one (1.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is “two (2.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this Section 10 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5 th ) business day after the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.

5


 

          11. DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (c)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (d)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (e)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable

6


 

satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          12. CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 12 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the

7


 

Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          13. CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the

8


 

Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          14. TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          15. COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale and mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such

9


 

securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
               (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
               (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the

10


 

Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the

11


 

geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata [or, prescribe state for jurisdiction].
          16. NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
             
 
  To the Company:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.    
 
      Attn: Corporate Secretary    
 
      2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6    
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105    
 
           
 
  To the Executive:   Ryan A. Bertucci    
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
   
          17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          18. ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          19. APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
          20. NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          21. ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or

12


 

obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          22. HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the ___ day of _______, 2010.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   
       
 
  RYAN A. BERTUCCI
 
 
        
       
       
 

13

Exhibit 10.12
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
           THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT, effective as of _______ ___, 2010, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and Christopher R. Eng (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of the Executive’s business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed; and
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to provide the Executive protection against certain terminations of employment on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. TERM . The Initial Term of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on _______ __, 201__ (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until _________ __, 201__, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          3. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 3 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of the Executive’s death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due the Executive under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under

 


 

the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          4. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 4 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 3 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in base salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) fifty percent (50%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in base salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for

2


 

the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is “one (1.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is “two (2.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 4 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 7, the cash benefits payable under this Section 4 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this Section 4 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5 th ) business day after the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.
          5. DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  Date of Termination means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date the Company gives the Executive written notice of termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least [one hundred fifty (150) days)] provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date the Executive gives the Company written notice of termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services required of the Executive’s position with the Company for a period

3


 

greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
               (c)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (d)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in a written agreement with the Company or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (e)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 5, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Company policy, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (f)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of employment on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of a written agreement with the Company or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising the Executive’s material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate the Executive’s employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the

4


 

consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          6. CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 6, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 6, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 6 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 6 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to

5


 

the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 6, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 6, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 6, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          7. CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 7, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred

6


 

compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          8. TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          9. COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 9 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 9.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate

7


 

in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
               (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for the Executive’s benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
               (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties

8


 

engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of this section 9 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.

9


 

               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata [or, prescribe state for jurisdiction].
          10. NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
               To the Company:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
Attn: Corporate Secretary
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
               To the Executive:   Christopher R. Eng
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
          11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          12. ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          13. APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
          14. NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company

10


 

may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          15. ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          16. HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the ___ day of _______, 2010.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Title: Executive Vice President and
          Chief Financial Officer
 
       
 
  [EXECUTIVE]
 
 
        
       
       
 

11

Exhibit 10.13
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
           THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT, effective as of                            , 2010, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and JoLynn M. Sorum (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H :
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of the Executive’s business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed; and
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to provide the Executive protection against certain terminations of employment on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1.  RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2.  TERM . The Initial Term of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on                            , 201__ (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until                            , 201__, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          3.  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 3 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of the Executive’s death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due the Executive under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under

 


 

the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          4.  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 4 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 3 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in base salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) fifty percent (50%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in base salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for

2


 

the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is “one (1.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is “two (2.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 4 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 7, the cash benefits payable under this Section 4 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this Section 4 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5 th ) business day after the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.
          5.  DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  Date of Termination means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date the Company gives the Executive written notice of termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least [one hundred fifty (150) days)] provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date the Executive gives the Company written notice of termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services required of the Executive’s position with the Company for a period

3


 

greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
               (c)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (d)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in a written agreement with the Company or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (e)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 5, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Company policy, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (f)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of employment on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of a written agreement with the Company or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising the Executive’s material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate the Executive’s employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the

4


 

consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          6.  CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 6, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 6, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 6 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 6 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to

5


 

the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 6, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 6, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 6, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          7.  CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 7, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred

6


 

compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          8.  TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          9.  COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 9 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 9.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate

7


 

in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
          (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for the Executive’s benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
          (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties

8


 

engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of this section 9 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.

9


 

               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata [or, prescribe state for jurisdiction].
          10.  NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
         
  To the Company:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
      Attn: Corporate Secretary
 
      2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
       
 
  To the Executive:   JoLynn M. Sorum
 
      2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
          11.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          12.  ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          13.  APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
          14.  NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company

10


 

may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          15.  ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          16.  HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the                      day of                      , 2010.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Title: Executive Vice President and
          Chief Financial Officer 
 
       
 
  [EXECUTIVE]
 
 
       

11

Exhibit 10.14
FORM OF
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the                      day of                      , 20____, by and between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and                                           (“Indemnitee”).
     WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as [a director] [and] [an officer] of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of his service; and
     WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to continue to serve as [a director] [and] [an officer] , the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and
     WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
     Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
     (a) “Affiliate” means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (including, but not limited to, joint ventures, limited liability companies and partnerships). For this purpose, the term “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting securities issued by such entity, or the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such entity, by contract or otherwise.
     (b) “Change in Control” has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
     (c) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person as a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (i) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is owned directly

 


 

or indirectly by the Company or (ii) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company.
     (d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.
     (e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
     (f) “Expenses” means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
     (g) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
     (h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.
     Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee will serve as [a director] [and] [an officer] of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This

-2-


 

Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.
     Section 3. General . The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by Section 2-418(g) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”).
     Section 4. Standard for Indemnification . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
     Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:
     (a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable to the Company;
     (b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; or
     (c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee, unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s charter or Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.
     Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company in the following circumstances:

-3-


 

     (a) if such court determines that Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or
     (b) if such court determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper. However, indemnification with respect to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or in which liability shall have been adjudged in the circumstances described in Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL shall be limited to Expenses.
     Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of an Indemnitee Who is Wholly or Partially Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of his Corporate Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
     Section 8. Advance of Expenses for Indemnitee . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by law and by this Agreement has been met and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof, to reimburse the portion of any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee relating to claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which it shall ultimately be established that the standard of conduct has not been met by Indemnitee and which have not been successfully resolved as described in Section 7 of this Agreement. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general

-4-


 

obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.
     Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses as a Witness or Other Participant . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other party, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be advanced all reasonable Expenses and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting any such advance or indemnification from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee.
     Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .
     (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in Indemnitee’s sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
     (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors or, if such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors consisting solely of one or more Disinterested Directors, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons

-5-


 

or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Directors or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
     (c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.
     Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
     (a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
     (b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.
     (c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.
     Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .
     (a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Sections 7 or 9 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the charter or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a

-6-


 

determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee entitlement to such indemnification or advance of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence a proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
     (b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
     (c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification.
     (d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 12, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.

-7-


 

     (e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period (i) commencing with either the tenth day after the date on which the Company was requested to advance Expenses in accordance with Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement or the 60 th day after the date on which the Company was requested to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 10(b) of this Agreement, as applicable, and (ii) ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.
     Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .
     (a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.
     (b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement.
     (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that Indemnitee may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled

-8-


 

to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.
     Section 14. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .
     (a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the charter or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
     (b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
     Section 15. Insurance . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status. Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in the previous sentence. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement

-9-


 

except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
     Section 16. Coordination of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
     Section 17. Reports to Stockholders . To the extent required by the MGCL, the Company shall report in writing to its stockholders the payment of any amounts for indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to, Indemnitee under this Agreement arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company with the notice of the meeting of stockholders of the Company next following the date of the payment of any such indemnification or advance of Expenses or prior to such meeting.
     Section 18. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .
     (a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).
     (b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.
     (c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a

-10-


 

substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
     (d) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
     Section 19. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
     Section 20. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
     Section 21. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
     Section 22. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any

-11-


 

other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
     Section 23. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, on the day of such delivery, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
          (a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.
          (b) If to the Company, to:
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
     Section 24. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.
     Section 25. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-12-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
             
    COMPANY:    
 
           
    SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        
 
           
    INDEMNITEE:    
 
           
         
 
  Name:        
    Address:    

-13-


 

EXHIBIT A
AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED
To: The Board of Directors of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
Re: Affirmation and Undertaking
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This Affirmation and Undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the                      day of                                           , 20____, by and between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).
     Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.
     I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good faith belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as [a director] [an officer] of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.
     In consideration of the advance of Expenses by the Company for reasonable attorneys’ fees and related Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this ___ day of                                           , 20____.
Name:                                          

 

EXHIBIT 10.15
LOAN AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
A SOUTH DAKOTA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
AND
ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY,
A CONNECTICUT CORPORATION,
DATED AS OF DECEMBER 23, 2005

 


 

LOAN AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of December ___, 2005 by and between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company, (“BORROWER”), and ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY, a Connecticut corporation (“LENDER”).
WINESSETH:
          WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Lender make that certain loan (the “LOAN”) to Borrower in the principal amount of $34,150,000.00, and
          WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make the Loan to Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions and requirements set forth in this Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION
     SECTION 1.01 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the indicated meanings as set forth below:
          “AFFILIATE” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity which is controlling of, controlled by or under common control with Borrower.
          “AGREEMENT” shall mean this Loan Agreement, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ASSIGNMENT OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT” shall mean the Assignment, Consent and Subordination Regarding Management Agreement executed this date by Borrower in favor of Lender, and any modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
          “ASSIGNMENTS OF RENTS AND LEASES” shall mean the Assignment of Rents and Leases executed this date by Borrower in favor of Lender.
          “BORROWER” shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include its successors and assigns.
          “BUSINESS DAY” shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banks in Atlanta, Georgia are customarily closed.
          “CODE” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
          “COLLATERAL” shall mean any and all of the property which is granted, pledged or assigned to Lender or in which Lender is otherwise granted a Lien to secure the obligations pursuant to any and all of the Security Documents.
          “DEFAULT” shall mean any condition or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
          “ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT’ shall mean collectively the Environmental Indemnification Agreements executed this date by Borrower in favor of Lender, and any extensions, renewals, modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
          “EVENT OF DEFAULT” shall have the meaning provided in ARTICLE VII HEREOF.
          “IMPROVEMENTS” shall mean all improvements constructed on the Land.
          “LAND” shall mean, collectively, all of the real property described and defined as “Land” in the Mortgage.
          “LEASES” shall have the meaning given such term in the Security Instruments.
          “LENDER” shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include such Persons’ successors and assigns.
          “LIEN” shall mean any mortgage, deed to secure debt, Mortgage, pledge, security interest, security deposit, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction).

2


 

          “LOAN” shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble to this Agreement.
          “LOAN DOCUMENTS” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Security Documents, and any other certificates or written undertakings of Borrower in favor of Lender delivered contemporaneously with the delivery of this Agreement, other than the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
          “MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT” shall mean a material adverse effect upon, or a material adverse change in, any of the (i) results of operations, properties, or financial condition of Borrower, (ii) validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, or (iii) ability of Borrower to perform its payment obligations or other Obligations under the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
          “MORTGAGE” shall mean collectively the Deeds of Trust, Security Agreements, Financing Statements, and Fixture Filings executed this date by Borrower for the benefit of Lender, to be recorded in the real estate records of the county where the Property is located, and any extensions, renewals, modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
          “NOTE” shall mean that certain Promissory Note executed by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender in the original principal amount of $34,150,000.00 as evidence of the Loan, and any extensions, renewals, modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
          “OBLIGATIONS” shall mean, collectively, all amounts now or hereafter owing to Lender by Borrower pursuant to the terms of or as a result of this Agreement, the Note, or any other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, including without limitation, the unpaid principal balance of the Loan and all interest, fees, expenses and other charges relating thereto or accruing thereon, as well as any and all other indebtedness, liabilities, covenants, duties and obligations of Borrower, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or liquidated or unliquidated, monetary or non-monetary, which may be now existing or may hereafter arise under or as a result of any of the Loan Documents, the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, and together with any and all renewals, extensions, or modifications of any of the foregoing.
          “PERSON” shall mean any individual, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, firm, corporation, association, joint venture, trust or other entity, or any government or political subdivision or agency, department or instrumentality thereof.
          “PROPERTY” shall mean, collectively, the property, including the Land and all improvements, fixtures and related personal property located thereon.
          “REQUIREMENTS” shall have the meaning given such term in SECTION 4.12 hereof.
          “SECURITY DOCUMENTS” shall mean, collectively, the Security Instruments, the Assignment of Management Agreement, and each other affidavit, certificate, security, mortgage, assignment, financing statements or other collateral document, whether now existing or hereafter executed and delivered in connection with, or securing any or all of, the Obligations.
          “SECURITY INSTRUMENTS” shall mean, collectively, the Mortgage, the Assignment of Rents and Leases, the UCC Financing Statements, and other security instruments executed this date by Borrower in favor of Lender, to be recorded in the real estate records of the county where the Property is located, and any extensions, renewals, modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
          “TAXES” shall mean any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other charges of whatever nature, now or hereafter imposed or levied by the United States of America, or any state or local government or by any department, agency or other political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and all

3


 

interest, penalties, additions to tax and similar liabilities with respect thereto other than taxes on the income of Lender.
     SECTION 1.02 OTHER DEFINITIONAL TERMS. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Any pronoun used herein shall be deemed to cover all genders and all singular terms used herein shall include the plural and vice versa. Unless otherwise expressly indicated herein, all references herein to a period of time which runs “from” or “through” a particular date shall be deemed to include such date, and all references herein to a period of time which runs “to” or “until” a particular date shall be deemed to exclude such date.
ARTICLE II
LOANS
     SECTION 2.01 DISBURSEMENT. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender agrees to advance to Borrower the Loan in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Note.
     SECTION 2.02 NOTE; REPAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST. Borrower’s obligations to pay to Lender the principal of and interest on the Loan shall be evidenced by the Note. The Loan shall bear interest at the rate or rates per annum specified in the Note and such interest shall be calculated and shall be paid and shall accrue in the manner specified in the Note.
ARTICLE III
GENERAL TERMS
     SECTION 3.01 FEES. In consideration of Lender’s entering into this Agreement and making the Loan hereunder, Borrower agrees to pay (from deposits previously delivered to Lender) to Lender, on the date of the funding of the Loan hereunder, a processing fee in the amount of $20,000.00, which processing fee shall be deemed fully earned upon Lender’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and the funding of the Loan.
     SECTION 3.02 PAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS AND COMPUTATIONS. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments by Borrower with respect to the Loan or any other Obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall be made without defense, set-off or counterclaim to Lender not later than 2:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the date when due and shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds. Any payment received by Lender on a non-Business Day or after 2:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on any Business Day shall be deemed received by Lender at the opening of its business on the next Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under the Note or any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the applicable rate during such extension. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a

4


 

year consisting of 360 days and with twelve thirty-day months, except that interest due and payable for less than a full month shall be calculated by multiplying the actual number of days elapsed in such period by a daily interest rate based on a 360-day year. The Loan may not be prepaid in whole or in part except as specifically provided in the Note.
     SECTION 3.03 COLLATERAL. The Obligations shall be secured pursuant to any or all Security Documents. Borrower also shall execute or deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) any and all financing statements and such other documents as Lender may reasonably request from time to time in order to perfect or maintain the perfection of Lender’s Liens under such Security Documents.
     SECTION 3.04 AGREEMENTS REGARDING INTEREST AND OTHER CHARGES. Borrower and Lender hereby agree that the only charges imposed or to be imposed by Lender upon Borrower for the use of money in connection with the Loan is and will be the interest required to be paid under the provisions of this Agreement as well as the related provisions of the Note. In no event shall the amount of interest due and payable under this Agreement, the Note or any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement exceed the maximum rate of interest allowed by applicable law. It is the express intent hereof that Borrower not pay and Lender not receive, directly or indirectly or in any manner, interest in excess of that which may be lawfully paid under applicable law. Any and all charges, fees, and other amounts payable hereunder not identified as “interest” are not intended, and shall not be deemed, to be interest. All interest, and all other charges, fees or other amounts deemed to be interest notwithstanding the preceding sentence, which are paid or agreed to be paid to Lender under this Agreement, the Note or any of the other Loan Documents shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, allocated and spread on a pro rata basis throughout the entire actual term of the Loan (including any extension or renewal period), or at Lender’s election and to the extent permitted by applicable law, credited as a payment of principal.
     SECTION 3.05 LETTER OF CREDIT. In the event Lender requires or agrees to accept a letter of credit with respect to the Loan, said letter of credit, and any extension, renewal, or replacement thereof, shall be an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank approved by Lender and in substance and form acceptable to Lender. Any such letter of credit shall not contain any conditions for its cashing beyond presentation by its authorized representative. Its term shall be for not less than three (3) months beyond the end of the time period, or any extension thereof, specified by Lender for satisfaction of such requirement.
     SECTION 3.06 PROHIBITION ON DRY CLEANERS. Borrower shall not, during the term of the Loan, conduct or permit any tenant to conduct any dry cleaning operations on or at the Property.
     SECTION 3.07 PROPERTY RELEASE PRIVILEGE. Provided no Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) exists, Borrower shall be allowed, subsequent to the Lockout Period (as that term is defined in the Note), to partially prepay the Loan, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender (“RELEASE REQUEST”), and to thereby obtain a partial release of the Mortgage of any parcel of Property securing the Loan (the “RELEASE PRIVILEGE”) subject to the following conditions:

5


 

(i)   The total principal amount of the Loan to be funded pursuant to this Agreement is hereby allocated by Lender to each Property comprising the security hereunder in the following initial amounts (“PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION”), resulting in the following percentages of the total Loan amount (“ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE”) for each parcel as follows:
                 
    PRINCIPAL     ALLOCATION  
PROPERTY   ALLOCATION     PERCENTAGE  
(1) Courtyard Marriott, 3076 Kirby Parkway
  $ 6,100,000       17.86 %
(2) Residence Inn, 9314 Poplar Pike
  $ 4,650,000       13.62 %
(3) Fairfield Inn, 9320 Poplar Pike
  $ 3,725,000       10.91 %
(4) Hampton Inn, 6201 Roger Avenue
  $ 8,925,000       26.13 %
(5) Holiday Inn Express, 2613 South Vista
  $ 2,750,000       8.05 %
(6) Hampton Inn, 6635 Gateway Blvd. West
  $ 8,000,000       23.43 %
 
           
TOTAL
  $ 34,150,000       100.00 %
 
           
    As monthly installments of principal and interest are made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Note and Loan Documents, the Principal Allocation for each Property shall be reduced by that Allocation Percentage of the amortized principal amount paid, but the Allocation Percentage for each Property shall remain constant until Borrower exercises its Release Privilege, at which time the Allocation Percentage for each Property shall be redetermined and reallocated among the remaining Property(ies) by Lender in its sole discretion.
 
(ii)   Promptly following Lender’s receipt of Borrower’s Release Request, Lender shall determine the release price (the “RELEASE PRICE”) payable for each parcel of Property, which shall be an amount equal one hundred twenty percent (120%) (“RELEASE FACTOR”) of the then remaining Principal Allocation for each such Property based upon the Allocation Percentage for such Property multiplied by the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan (“AMORTIZED PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION”). For example, if Borrower submitted a request for a release of Property (1) Courtyard Marriott, 3076 Kirby Parkway in accordance with the conditions herein set forth, the calculation would be as follows:
  (a)   Release Price            = 120% x Amortized Principal Allocation
and
  (b)   Amortized Principal
Allocation                = 17.86% x outstanding principal balance of Note
 
  (c)   Assuming a principal balance of $34,150,000, the Property (1) release price would be calculated as: 1.20 x 0.1786 x $34,150,000 = $7,319,028

6


 

(iii)   In addition to the Release Price, Borrower also shall pay to Lender, simultaneously with the Release Price, the “Prepayment Premium” (as that term is defined in the Note) on such Release Price calculated in accordance with the Note;
 
(iv)   Lender shall have the right to apply the Release Price to the Loan in such manner as Lender may determine in its sole discretion;
 
(v)   After the Lender has applied the Release Price to the Loan, Lender shall redetermine and reallocate the Allocation Percentages and redetermine the Principal Allocations for the remaining parcels of Property, in its sole discretion, and shall advise Borrower in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Release Request as to the amounts of the reallocated Allocation Percentages and Principal Allocations.
 
(vi)   Borrower shall pay all costs, fees and expenses associated with the Release Privilege, including without limitation, one hundred percent (100%) of all attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Lender in connection therewith, and all such sums shall be due and payable on the date of closing and delivery of the release documentation by Lender;
 
(vii)   Borrower shall provide Lender with an endorsement to its loan title policies (as to the Mortgage) with respect to the remaining parcels in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion insuring the Loan through the date and time of recording of the release and modification instrument, with no new exceptions since the date of this Agreement unless approved by Lender in writing. To the extent that a released Property adjoined a remaining parcel or shared common areas, parking, utilities or amenities or services with the a remaining parcel of Property, such endorsement will also (a) insure that the remaining Property has access to the same publicly dedicated streets as it did prior to the release and (b) amend the legal description to include only the remaining parcels.
     SECTION 3.08 SUBSTITUTION OF COLLATERAL. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to the contrary, Borrower may submit a written request (“SUBSTITUTION REQUEST”), upon at least ninety (90) days prior notice, that Lender permit a substitution (each a “SUBSTITUTION”) of a substitute property (each a “SUBSTITUTE PROPERTY”) (which previously has not been the subject of inclusion in the collateral for the Loan) for any individual Property on Schedule I (in such capacity a “REPLACED PROPERTY”) upon and subject to the following terms and conditions:
  (a)   Borrower must submit a Substitution Request, identifying the proposed Substitute Property and the proposed Replaced Property at least ninety (90) days prior to the proposed closing date for the Substitution. Lender shall evaluate the request for the proposed Substitution and the proposed Substitute Property pursuant to its then customary underwriting and pricing criteria. The amount of the “PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION” Lender would determine to allocate to the Substitute Property must be at least equal to the amount of the then remaining Principal Allocation for the proposed Replaced Property, and the loan-to-value ratio for the Lender’s proposed

7


 

      Principal Allocation for the Substitute Property, based upon a current MAI appraisal in accordance with SUBPARAGRAPH (H) below, must be at least equal to the then current loan-to-value ratio for the proposed Replaced Property. In its underwriting and pricing analysis, Lender may review items such as, but not limited to, location, occupancy, lease term, rollover, tenant exposure, tenant’s credit, average daily room rates and operating statements.
 
  (b)   The owner of the Substitute Property must be the Borrower (such that the Substitute Property is owned 100% by the same entity as owns all the collateral constituting the Property). No properties will be permitted other than limited service or full service hotels or motels operating under a hotel or motel franchise acceptable to Lender. The Substitute Property must be located in the continental United States.
 
  (c)   Lender in its sole discretion shall acknowledge within ten (10) business days of the Lender’s receipt of the Substitution Request whether the proposed Substitute Property appears to be acceptable to permit the Substitution. If in the Lender’s sole discretion it is determined that the proposed Substitute Property is equal to or greater in value and quality than the Property, then Lender, through its loan correspondent, GMAC Commercial Mortgage, will process the Borrower’s formal request for Substitution. The proposal will be reviewed by and presented to Lender’s and TNG Investment Management LLC’s investment review committees pursuant to each of their then current commercial mortgage loan policies, practices, standards and procedures. If the investment review committee approves the formal request for Substitution, the Substitution will be subject to the other conditions outlined in this SECTION 3.08.
 
  (d)   No more than one (1) Substitution Request shall be considered in any calendar year for the entire Loan.
 
  (e)   Borrower shall not be permitted to request and close more than a total of two (2) Substitutions during the Loan term.
 
  (f)   Borrower shall pay a processing fee to Lender equal to $25,000 at closing of each approved Substitution. A “SUBSTITUTION DEPOSIT’ of $5,000 shall be required with submission of a Substitution Request, which deposit shall be applied to the processing fee at closing of the Substitution. The deposit and processing fee contemplated by this subsection are in addition to attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in the documentation of such Substitution and in the review of due diligence.
 
  (g)   All improvements on the Substitute Property shall have been completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable governmental requirements. The Substitute Property must be lien free and all land, improvements and personal property must be paid for in full.

8


 

  (h)   The appraised fair market “As Is” value of the Substitute Property shall be equal to or greater than the greater of (x) the then appraised fair market value, or gross sales proceeds, as the case may be, of the Replaced Property, and (y) the original appraised value of the Replaced Property as set forth in the appraisal delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the loan on the Replaced Property. The fair market “As Is” value of the Replaced Property and Substitute Property shall be determined by a firm of appraisers selected by GMAC Commercial Mortgage and approved by the Lender, based on an MAI appraisal satisfactory to Lender, dated not more than ninety (90) days prior to the closing of the Substitution. All costs of such appraisals shall be paid by the Borrower on or prior to the closing of the Substitution. Lender shall have the right to readjust the Principal Allocations and Allocation Percentages for all properties constituting the Property (or such number remaining if the Release Privilege previously has been exercised). The Release Factor set forth in SECTION 3.07 SUBPARAGRAPH (I) above shall remain the same upon closing of the Substitution.
 
  (i)   The actual net operating income relating to the Substitute Property (based upon the trailing twelve (12) month financial results or such shorter period, as Lender deems appropriate, for a Substitute Property opened for less than one year) shall equal or exceed the actual net operating income relating (based upon the trailing twelve (12) month financial results or such shorter period, as Lender reasonably deems appropriate, for any Substitute Property opened for less than one year) to the Replaced Property.
 
  (j)   Lender’s outside counsel shall prepare and Borrower shall execute (1) amendments to the Note, the Mortgage, the Assignments of Rents and Leases, the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, this Agreement and tax and insurance escrows, and (2) all Loan Documents Lender shall deem appropriate, including, but not limited to, any new security instrument, assignment of rents and leases, environmental indemnities, etc. relating to the Substitute Property (all of which documentation shall be substantially in the form of the applicable documents executed in connection with the Loan with such changes thereto as Lender reasonably deems appropriate to reflect the terms and circumstances of the Substitution and Substitute Property) (collectively, the “SUBSTITUTE LOAN DOCUMENTS”). The Substitution Loan Documents shall be cross-defaulted and cross-collateralized with the existing Loan Documents for the Loan.
 
  (k)   Borrower shall be required to supply for Lender’s review and approval due diligence materials relating to the Substitute Property prior to closing of the Substitution including those items required for closing of this Loan, and such other materials as may then be customarily required as part of its then current commercial loan closing policies, procedures, standards and practices for properties of similar type and in similar locations as the Substitute Property, including, without limitation, a current as-built ALTA survey, proof of adequate insurance, title insurance in conformance with the requirements for the closing of this Loan, proof of compliance with governmental regulations, tenant estoppel certificates, subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements, franchise agreements and comfort letters. The Lender shall, at the Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, receive for its review and approval all additional due diligence materials in any way relating to the Substitute Property, including but not limited to, appraisal, hazardous substance report, seismic report and engineer report as required by Lender in its sole discretion. The items listed in this subsection are not exhaustive.

9


 

  (l)   The Substitute Loan Documents, financing statements, and other instruments required to perfect the liens in the Substitute Property and all collateral under such documents shall be recorded, registered and filed (as applicable) in such manner as may be required by law to create a valid, perfected lien and security interest with respect to the Substitute Property and the personal property related thereto. The liens created by the Substitute Loan Documents shall be first liens and security interests on the Substitute Property and the personal property related thereto, subject only to such exceptions as Lender shall approve in its sole discretion. At closing of the Substitution, the Borrower shall have good and marketable title to the Substitute Property and good and valid title to any personal property located thereon or used in connection therewith, in each case satisfactory to the Lender. The title policies to the remaining parcels of Property in the Loan must also be endorsed to bring forward the effective dates thereof through the dates and times of recording of the modification instruments and showing no new exceptions since the original Loan closing unless approved by Lender in writing and continuing all coverage provided in the original Loan title policy.
 
  (m)   Lender shall receive (1) a confirmation and reaffirmation of all Loan Documents by the Borrower for the other properties in the Loan, (2) a consent to such Substitution by any guarantors or indemnitors, if any, and (3) such other instruments and agreements and such certificates and opinions of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender in connection with such Substitution as it may reasonably request.
 
  (n)   Borrower shall be responsible for all documentary stamp and intangible taxes on the Substitution and the Mortgage encumbering the Substitute Property and all other parcels of Property in the Loan that shall arise in connection with such Substitution. Lender shall require payment of all such documentary stamp and intangibles taxes required by law and authorities having jurisdiction as a condition of closing the Substitution and the corresponding loan modifications to the Loan, regardless of whether the taxing authority imposes taxes duplicative of those incurred at the original closing of the Loan.
 
  (o)   No Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder or under any other Loan Documents for the Loan on the date of Substitution Request or at closing of the Substitution.
 
  (p)   Lender shall be satisfied that no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or prospects of any guarantor, Borrower (or controlling member of Borrower or general partner or limited partner of Borrower, as applicable) has occurred after closing of this Loan.
 
  (q)   The Borrower shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such Substitution and the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by Lender, its outside counsel and its loan correspondent and servicer in connection therewith. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall, in connection with, and as a condition to, each Substitution, pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Lender’s counsel, the reasonable fees and expenses of Lender’s engineers, appraisers, construction consultants, insurance consultants and other due diligence consultants and contractors, recording charges, title insurance charges, and documentary stamp and/or mortgage or similar taxes, transfer taxes.

10


 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender as follows:
     SECTION 4.01 ORGANIZATION; AUTHORIZATION; VALID AND BINDING OBLIGATIONS. Borrower is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of South Dakota. The Summit Group, Inc. is the Company Manager of Borrower and is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of South Dakota. Borrower is duly qualified and authorized to do business and is in good standing in all other states and jurisdictions where the ownership of property or the nature of the business transacted by it, makes such qualification necessary, including, without limitation, the state where the Property is located. Borrower has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, to perform its obligations under such Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement and to own its property and carry on its business. The Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other action on the part of Borrower and duly executed and delivered by authorized officers, partners or other representatives (as the case may be) of Borrower. Each of the Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement constitutes a valid obligation of Borrower, legally binding upon and enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.
     SECTION 4.02 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Borrower covenants and agrees that it will keep and maintain books and records of account, or cause books and records of account to be kept and maintained in the manner prescribed in PARAGRAPH 25 of the Mortgage.
     SECTION 4.03 ACTIONS PENDING. There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower, any properties, assets or rights of Borrower other than the Property, by or before any court, arbitrator or administrative or governmental body that would have a material adverse effect on Borrower if resulting in a decision not in favor of Borrower. There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against the Property, by or before any court, arbitrator or administrative or governmental body involving an amount in controversy exceeding $100,000.
     SECTION 4.04 TITLE TO LAND. The Land is free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except for the Loan Documents and except as specifically set forth in the mortgagee title policy(ies) delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, and except for unrecorded leases provided to Lender.
     SECTION 4.05 TAXES. Borrower has filed all federal, state and other income tax returns prior to the required filing date which, to the knowledge of Borrower, are required to be filed, and has paid all Taxes as shown on such returns and on all assessments received by it to the extent that such Taxes have become due, except such Taxes as are not due or which are being contested in good faith by Borrower by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with sound accounting practices consistently applied or by any tenant under any Leases, in which case such contest is being conducted as permitted pursuant to the applicable Lease(s).

11


 

     SECTION 4.06 CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement, nor fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, will conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in any violation of, or result in the creation of any Lien (other than any Lien arising under any Loan Document) upon the Property or any other properties or assets of Borrower, the charter or by-laws or other organizational documents of Borrower, any award of any arbitrator or any agreement, instrument, order, judgment, decree, statute, law, rule or regulation to which Borrower, the Property or any other properties or assets of Borrower is subject.
     SECTION 4.07 GOVERNMENTAL CONSENT. Except for any recording or filing which may be required by applicable law to perfect or maintain the perfection of Lender’s Liens in the Collateral, no consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required for the valid execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.
     SECTION 4.08 DISCLOSURE. To Borrower’s knowledge, neither this Agreement nor any other document, certificate or statement furnished to Lender by Borrower in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and therein not materially misleading.
     SECTION 4.09 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
     SECTION 4.10 IMPROVEMENTS. All certificates, permits and licenses required in connection with the ownership, operation and occupancy of the Property have been issued and are in full force and effect.
     SECTION 4.11 NO DEFAULT. The Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement have been complied with and are in full force and effect and no defaults or events of default exist thereunder; Borrower has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances, which with the giving of notice or passage of time (or both) would constitute a default or event of default thereunder, and all obligations and agreements required to be performed by Borrower thereunder have been performed.
     SECTION 4.12 COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, the Improvements have been constructed free from faults and defects, and in all material respects conform to and comply with all valid and applicable laws, ordinances, regulations and rules of all governmental entities having jurisdiction over, and all covenants, conditions, restrictions and reservations affecting the Land and the Improvements (the “REQUIREMENTS”). Borrower has no knowledge of any noncompliance (either substantial or unsubstantial) of the Improvements with any of the applicable Requirements.
     SECTION 4.13 CONDITION OF LAND AND IMPROVEMENTS. Neither the Land nor the Improvements have been injured or damaged by fire or other casualty which has not been restored.
     SECTION 4.14 PERSONALTY. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Leases, title to all goods, materials, supplies, equipment, machinery and other personal property and fixtures used in the operation or maintenance of the Property, is vested in Borrower free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and security interests, other than the lien and security interest of the Security Instruments, and Borrower has not executed any security agreement, purchase order or other contract or agreement under which any person or other entity is granted or reserves the right to retain title to, remove or repossess any of such goods, materials, supplies, equipment, machinery or other personal property or fixtures.

12


 

     SECTION 4.15 ZONING. Under the applicable zoning ordinance of each jurisdiction in which each parcel of Land is located, each parcel of Land is zoned in a zoning classification that permits the use of the Land and Improvements for all purposes as currently used, without any conditions other than with respect to which such conditions have been complied in full and without exception. Furthermore, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge but without any independent investigation by Borrower, in the event the Improvements were damaged or destroyed, the Improvements could be restored or reconstructed as they now exist without the requirement of any zoning variance or waiver.
     SECTION 4.16 RESTRICTIONS. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, the Land is not subject to: (i) any use or occupancy restrictions, except those imposed by applicable zoning laws and regulations, except any such restrictions described in the mortgagee title policy(ies) delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan and those restrictions set forth in the Security Instruments; (ii) special taxes or assessments; (iii) utility tap-in fees, except those generally applicable throughout the tax districts in which the Land is located; or (iv) charges or restrictions, whether existing of record or arising by operation of law, unrecorded agreement, the passage of time or otherwise, except any such charges or restrictions described in the mortgagee title policy(ies) delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan.
     SECTION 4.17 STATUS OF SERVICE CONTRACTS. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not in default under any development, management, service or other agreements and contracts relating to the operation or management of the Property in a manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; there is no material default on the part of any other party to any of such contracts, there is no material default of Borrower under any such contracts or the existence of any facts or circumstances, which with the giving of notice or passage of time (or both), would constitute a material default under any of such contracts, which defaults could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such contracts have not been modified or amended in any material respect since the date true and correct copies of the same were delivered to Lender by Borrower. Borrower has not done or omitted to do any act so as to be estopped from exercising any of its rights under any of such contracts, and there is no assignment of any of Borrower’s rights under any of such contracts to any person or entity, other than Lender.
     SECTION 4.18 STATUS OF LEASES. To its knowledge, Borrower is not in default under any of the Leases, and there is no default on the part of any other party to any Lease, which defaults could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Leases have been modified or amended in any material respect since the date true and correct copies of the same were delivered to Lender by Borrower. Borrower has not done or omitted to do any act so as to be estopped from exercising any of its rights under any of the Leases, and there is no assignment of any of Borrower’s right under any of such contracts to any person or entity other than Lender.
     SECTION 4.19 ENCROACHMENTS. Except as shown on those certain surveys previously delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, there are no encroachments on the Land; there are no strips or gores within or affecting the boundaries of the Land; and all Improvements are situated entirely within the boundaries of the Land and within any applicable building lines.
     SECTION 4.20 ACCESS. All streets and roads necessary for access to the Land have been completed, dedicated to public use and accepted for maintenance for all necessary governmental entities. Lender acknowledges that the access to the Property located in Fort Smith, Arkansas is on a private road, and that Borrower has an easement to use such access.

13


 

     SECTION 4.21 AVAILABILITY OF UTILITIES. Except as set forth in that certain Certificate of Borrower executed and delivered in connection herewith, all utility facilities and services necessary for the full use, occupancy and operation of the Improvements are available to the Land through public or private easements or rights-of-way at the boundaries of the Land, including, without limitation, water, storm and sanitary sewer, electricity and telephone.
     SECTION 4.22 BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS. All real estate and land brokerage commissions payable in connection with the acquisition of the Land, construction of the Improvements and the Loan, and all brokerage commissions or finders fees due and payable in connection with the current terms of any of the Leases, have been paid in full, or will be paid in full upon the execution of this Agreement.
     SECTION 4.23 COMPOSITION OF PROPERTY. Subject to the matters disclosed in the title policies delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, the Property includes all improvements and land, and other estates and rights (including, without limitation, any appurtenant easement rights and covenants and restrictions) which are necessary to allow for the continued use thereof as hotels/motels, or other uses presently in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and as may be required by any of the Requirements, or to satisfy all tenant requirements under the Leases.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
     For so long as this Agreement is in effect, and unless Lender expressly consents in writing to the contrary, Borrower covenants and agrees to comply with the following covenants:
     SECTION 5.01 OPERATING STATEMENTS AND RENT ROLL. Borrower shall deliver to Lender operating statements and rent rolls as required in PARAGRAPH 25 of the Mortgage.
     SECTION 5.02 BOOKS AND RECORDS. Borrower shall keep its books, records and accounts in accordance with accepted industry standards and as required hereunder and under the Loan Documents.
     SECTION 5.03 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE, PROPERTIES, LICENSES. ETC. Except to the extent otherwise permitted hereby, Borrower will do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect the corporate, partnership or other legal existence of Borrower and the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, copyrights, licenses, leases, permits, franchises and other rights, that continue to be useful in some material respect to the business of Borrower or to the operation of the Property, and at all times maintain, preserve and protect all licenses, leases, permits, franchises and other rights that continue to be useful in some related in some material respect to the business of Borrower or to the operation of the Property.
     SECTION 5.04 PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS. Borrower will pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged all Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its respective income and profits or upon any of its property, real, personal or mixed or upon any part thereof, before the same shall become in default as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise, which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon such properties or any part thereof. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Borrower shall not be required to pay or discharge any Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies and liens for labor, materials, supplies or otherwise so long as the Borrower shall in good faith contest the same or the validity thereof by appropriate legal proceedings which shall operate to prevent the collection of the levy, lien or imposition so

14


 

contested and the sale of the Premises, or any part thereof, to satisfy any obligation arising therefrom, provided that the Borrower shall give such security as may be demanded by the Lender to insure such payments and prevent any sale or forfeiture of the Premises by reason of such nonpayment, failure of performance or contest by Borrower. Any such contest shall be prosecuted with due diligence and the Borrower shall promptly after final determination thereof pay the amount of any levy, lien or imposition so determined, together with all interest and penalties, which may be payable in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, Borrower shall (and if Borrower shall fail so to do, Lender may but shall not be required to) pay any such levy, lien or imposition notwithstanding such contest if in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, the Premises shall be in jeopardy or in danger of being forfeited or foreclosed.
     SECTION 5.05 PARKING REQUIREMENTS. At all times during the terms of the Loan, there shall be sufficient parking spaces to satisfy requirements of all Leases, parking or cross-parking agreements, and applicable zoning requirements and other Requirements.
     SECTION 5.06 EXPENSES. Borrower shall pay all cost, fees, documentary stamp taxes, intangibles taxes and charges of closing of the Loan, including, without limitation, Lender’s attorneys’ fees, recording costs, environmental audit costs, survey and appraisal costs, title examination fees, and title insurance premiums.
     SECTION 5.07 INDEMNITY. Borrower covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold Lender harmless from and against any and all claims for brokerage fees or commissions with respect to the making or consummation of the Loan, and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, costs, expenses, losses, damages and liabilities of any kind, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, expenses, penalties and interest, which may be asserted against or incurred by Lender by reason of any matter relating directly to the Loan, and arising out of the ownership, condition, development, construction, sale, rental or financing of the Property or any part thereof, other than to the extent arising as a direct result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the payment and performance of all Obligations to Lender under the Loan Documents, and should Lender incur any liability for or in defense of any of the foregoing matters, the amount thereof (and all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender in connection therewith) shall be added to the principal amount of the Loan and shall bear interest at the Default Rate (as defined in the Note) to the extent permitted by applicable law. Furthermore, Borrower covenants that, upon notice from Lender that any action or proceeding has been brought against Lender by reason of any such matters, Borrower shall promptly resist or defend such action or proceeding in a manner satisfactory to Lender at Borrower’s expense.
     SECTION 5.08 FISCAL YEAR. Borrower shall not change its fiscal year except upon prior written notice to Lender.
     SECTION 5.09 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Borrower shall, from time to time, upon request by Lender, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lender a certificate of Borrower stating the amount of principal and interest then owing on the Obligations, whether or not any setoffs or defenses exist with respect to all or any part of the Obligations, and, if any such setoffs

15


 

or defenses exist, stating in detail the specific facts relating to each such setoff or defense. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective assignee of Lender.
     SECTION 5.10 REPLACEMENT OF NOTE. Upon receipt of notice from Lender of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the Note, Borrower shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a replacement note identical in form and substance to the Note and dated as of the date of the Note, except that such replacement note shall state on its face that it is a replacement and upon such execution and delivery all references in the Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, or in the loan documents and the environmental indemnification agreements for the Affiliate Loans, to such Note so replaced shall be deemed to refer to such replacement note.
     SECTION 5.11 NOTIFICATION OF NAME CHANGE; LOCATION. Borrower shall furnish Lender with notice of any change in Borrower’s name or address or principal place of business within fifteen (15) days of the effective date of such change, and Borrower shall promptly execute any financing statements or other instruments deemed necessary by Lender to prevent any filed financing statement from becoming misleading or losing its perfected status.
     SECTION 5.12 NO JOINT VENTURE. Neither the provisions of any of the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement nor the acts of the parties thereto shall be construed to create a partnership or joint venture between Borrower and Lender.
     SECTION 5.13 LOANS BV PARTNERS AND AFFILIATES. Borrower agrees that any loan or other advance heretofore or hereafter made to Borrower by a partner, member or any Affiliate shall be subordinate in all respects to the Loan, and Borrower agrees that, following any Event of Default, and until repayment of the Obligations, Borrower shall make no repayment to the partner, member or Affiliate of any such loan or advance.
ARTICLE VI
FURTHER DISBURSEMENTS
     SECTION 6.01 FURTHER DISBURSEMENTS. Borrower agrees that the Note has been fully disbursed by Lender, and that Lender shall have no further duty or obligation to make any additional advances or disbursements to Borrower under the Note.
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
     SECTION 7.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:
     (a) The occurrence of an Event of Default under the Security Instruments or any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement;
     (b) Should any Default occur in the performance or observance of any term, condition or provision contained in this Agreement which does not relate to the nonpayment of any monetary sum, and Default is not cured within thirty (30) days after the Lender gives Borrower written notice thereof or within such longer period of time, not exceeding an additional thirty (30) days, as may be reasonably necessary to cure such non-compliance if Borrower is diligently and with continuity of effort pursuing such cure and the failure is susceptible of cure within an additional period of thirty days; provided, however, no notice and cure rights shall be afforded to Borrower for a Default of Paragraphs 15(a), (b), (d), (e), (f), (g), or (h) of the Mortgage other than those notice and cure rights granted under such applicable provisions;
     (c) Should any representation or warranty made by Borrower herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement be false or misleading in any material respect on the date as of which made (or deemed made); and
     (d) Should Borrower be terminated, liquidated, dissolved or otherwise cease to exist.

16


 

     SECTION 7.02 REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender may, in its discretion, exercise one or more of the following remedies:
     (a) Accelerate the maturity of the Obligations and declare the entire unpaid principal balance of, and any unpaid interest then accrued on, the Note, together with any Prepayment Premium, without demand or notice of any kind to Borrower or any other Person, to be immediately due and payable.
     (b) Take all, any or any combination of the actions Lender may take under any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement upon the occurrence of a default or an event of default thereunder, notwithstanding the fact that the event that is an Event of Default hereunder may not constitute a default or an event of default under any such other Loan Document or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, including, without limitation acceleration of the Obligations evidenced by the Note and foreclosure and sale of the Land and the Improvements under the Security Instruments.
     (c) Perform, or cause to be performed, any obligation, covenant or agreement that Borrower has failed to perform or comply with, and in such event all costs and expenses incurred by Lender in performing any such obligation, covenant or agreement shall be added to the Obligations and shall be secured by the Security Instruments, and shall bear interest at the Default Rate (as defined in the Note) from the date paid or incurred by Lender, and the interest thereon shall also be added to and become a part of the Obligations and shall be secured by the Security Instruments.
     (d) Continue to act, with respect to Borrower and the Loan, as if no Event of Default had occurred, which continuance shall not be or be construed as a waiver of Lender’s rights; and assert the Event of Default and take any action provided for herein at any time after the occurrence and during the existence of the Event of Default.
     (e) Proceed as authorized by law to obtain payment of the Loan.
     (f) Take all, any, or any combination of the actions Lender may take under applicable law or equity subject to the limitations on liability of Borrower contained herein and in the Note and the Security Instruments. No failure or delay on the part of Lender to exercise any right or remedy hereunder or under the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any further right or remedy hereunder or under the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement. No exercise by Lender of any remedy under the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall operate as a limitation on any rights or remedies of Lender under this Agreement, except to the extent of moneys actually received by Lender under the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
     SECTION 7.03 COSTS AND EXPENSES. All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with any of the actions authorized in this Article, after an Event of Default, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, shall be and constitute a portion of the Loan, secured in the same manner and to the same extent as the Loan, even though such costs and expenses may cause the amount of the Loan to exceed the face amount of the Note. Whenever the terms of this Agreement require Borrower to pay attorneys’ fees of Lender, such obligation shall extend only to reasonable attorneys’ fees, without regard to statutory interpretations, actually incurred at normal hourly rates.
     SECTION 7.04 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The foregoing remedies are cumulative of, and in addition to, and not restrictive or in lieu of, the other remedies provided for herein and the remedies provided for or allowed by the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, or provided for or allowed by law, or in equity.

17


 

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
     SECTION 8.01 NOTICES.
     (a) All notices, demands, requests, and other communications desired or required to be given hereunder (“NOTICES”), shall be in writing and shall be given by: (i) hand delivery to the address for Notices; (ii) delivery by overnight courier service to the address for Notices; or (iii) sending the same by United States mail, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the address for Notices.
     (b) All Notices shall be deemed given and effective upon the earlier to occur of (i) the hand delivery of such Notice to the address for Notices; (ii) one business day after the deposit of such Notice with an overnight courier service by the time deadline for next day delivery addressed to the address for Notices; or (iii) three business days after depositing the Notice in the United States mail as set forth in (a)(iii) above. All Notices shall be addressed to the following addresses:
         
 
  Borrower:   Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
 
      c/o The Summit Group, Inc.
 
      2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
      Attention: Hulyn Farr
 
 
  With a copy to:   Hagen, Wilka & Archer, P.C.
 
      600 South Main Avenue, Suite 102
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57104
 
      Attention: Jennifer L. Larsen, Esq.
 
 
  Lender:   ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company
 
      c/o ING Investment Management LLC
 
      5780 Powers Ferry Road, NW, Suite 300
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30327-4349
 
      Attention: Mortgage Loan Servicing Department
 
 
  and to:   ING Investment Management at LLC
 
      5780 Powers Ferry Road, NW, Suite 300
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30327-4349
 
      Attention: Real Estate Law Department
 
 
  With a copy to:   Powell Goldstein LLP
 
      One Atlantic Center
 
      Fourteenth Floor
 
      1201 West Peachtree Street, NW
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3488
 
      Attention: John R. Parks, Esq.
or to such other persons or at such other place as any party hereto may by Notice designate as a place for service of Notice; provided, however, that the “copy to” Notice to be given as set forth above is a courtesy copy only; and a Notice given to such person is not sufficient to effect giving a Notice to the principal party, nor does a failure to give such a courtesy copy of a Notice constitute a failure to give Notice to the principal party.
     SECTION 8.02 NO WAIVER; REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. No failure or delay on the part of Lender in exercising any right or remedy hereunder and no course of dealing between Borrower and Lender shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the Note preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy hereunder. The rights and remedies herein expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which Lender would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on Borrower not required hereunder or under any other Loan Document in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of Lender to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

18


 

     SECTION 8.03 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; SALE OF INTEREST. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto; provided that Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender, other than to the extent expressly permitted by the Security Instruments. Lender may sell or assign all or any part of Lender’s rights, title or interests hereunder and under the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement without the prior written consent of Borrower; provided, however that any such assignment shall not increase any of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement. In that event, such successor or assignee shall be entitled to all of the rights of Lender under the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
     SECTION 8.04 MODIFICATION. This Agreement shall not be modified or amended in any respect except by a written agreement executed by the parties in the same manner as this Agreement is executed.
     SECTION 8.05 TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
     SECTION 8.06 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Tennessee, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
     SECTION 8.07 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
     SECTION 8.08 EFFECTIVENESS; SURVIVAL.
     (a) This Agreement shall become effective on the date on which all of the parties hereto shall have signed a copy hereof (whether the same or different copies) and Lender shall have received the same.
     (b) All representations and warranties made herein, in the certificates, reports, notices, and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, and such other agreements and documents, the making of the Loan hereunder and the execution and delivery of the Note, and shall terminate at such time as the Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full; provided, however, that the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof notwithstanding any payment and dissatisfaction of the Obligations.
     SECTION 8.09 SEVERABILITY. In case any provision in or Obligation under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
     SECTION 8.10 INDEPENDENCE OF COVENANTS. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the limitation of, another covenant, shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists. To the extent any of the terms of this Agreement conflicts with the terms of the other Loan Documents, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

19


 

     SECTION 8.11 HEADINGS DESCRIPTIVE. The headings of the several sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
     SECTION 8.12 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT. At such time as all Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full, this Agreement shall terminate; provided however, that any and all indemnity obligations of Borrower to Lender arising hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, which are expressly stated to survive satisfaction of the Obligations shall survive the termination of this Agreement or such other Loan Documents, and provided further that all indemnity obligations under the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall survive such payment and satisfaction of the Obligations as set forth in the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
     SECTION 8.13 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement constitute the entire agreement between Borrower and Lender with respect to the Loan, the other Obligations and the Collateral and, except as regards the side letter concerning insurance escrows, supersede all prior agreements, representations and understandings related to such subject matters.
     SECTION 8.14 JURY TRIAL WAIVER; CONSENT TO FORUM.
     (a) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS OR ANY MATTER ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.
     (b) BORROWER ALSO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS OR TO ENFORCE ANY JUDGMENT OBTAINED AGAINST BORROWER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, MAY BE BROUGHT BY LENDER IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE COUNTY OF THE STATE IN WHICH LENDER’S ADDRESS SHOWN ABOVE IS LOCATED, OR IN ANY ONE OR MORE OTHER STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN ANY COUNTY AND STATE IN WHICH ANY OF THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED. BORROWER IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE OBJECTION TO VENUE IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS.
     SECTION 8.15 EXCULPATION. The liability of Borrower to pay the Indebtedness (as defined in the Mortgage) or perform any obligation under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is limited to the extent set forth in the Note.
[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

20


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement to be duly executed and delivered on their behalf as of the date first above stated.
         
  BORROWER:

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South
Dakota limited liability company
 
 
  By:   The Summit Group, Inc., a South
Dakota corporation, Company Manager  
 
     
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
    Kerry W. Boekelheide, President   
       
[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

21


 

         
  LENDER:

ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY,
a Connecticut corporation
 
 
  By:   ING Investment Management, LLC,
as Authorized Agent  
 
     
  By:   /s/ Gregory R. Michaud    
    Name:   Gregory R. Michaud   
    Title:   Vice President   
[SIGNATURES CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE]

22


 

         
SCHEDULE I
[LIST OF PROPERTIES]
(1)   Courtyard by Marriott — 3076 Kirby Parkway, Memphis, Shelby County, Tennessee 38115
 
(2)   Residence Inn — 9314 Poplar Pike, Germantown, Shelby County, Tennessee 38138
 
(3)   Fairfield Inn — 9320 Poplar Pike, Germantown, Shelby County, Tennessee 38138
 
(4)   Hampton Inn — 6201-C Rogers Avenue, Fort Smith, Sebastian County, Arkansas 72903
 
(5)   Holiday Inn Express — 2613 South Vista Avenue, Boise, Ada County, Idaho 83705
 
(6)   Hampton Inn & Suites — 6635 Gateway Blvd. West, El Paso, El Paso County, Texas 79925

23

EXHIBIT 10.16
LOAN AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC,
A SOUTH DAKOTA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
AND
ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY,
A CONNECTICUT CORPORATION
DATED AS OF JUNE 15, 2006
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

 


 

LOAN AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of June 15, 2006 by and between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (“BORROWER”), and ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY, a Connecticut corporation (“LENDER”).
WINESSETH:
          WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Lender make that certain loan (the “LOAN”) to Borrower in the principal amount of $36,600,800.00, and
          WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make the Loan to Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions and requirements set forth in this Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION
     SECTION 1.01 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the indicated meanings as set forth below:
          “AFFILIATE” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity which is controlling of, controlled by or under common control with Borrower.
          “AGREEMENT” shall mean this Loan Agreement, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ASSIGNMENT OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT” shall mean the Assignment, Consent and Subordination Regarding Management Agreement executed this date by Borrower in favor of Lender, and any modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
          “ASSIGNMENTS OF RENTS AND LEASES” shall mean collectively the Assignments of Rents and Leases executed this date by Borrower in favor of Lender, to be recorded in the real estate records of the county where the Property is located, and any extensions, renewals, modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
          “BORROWER” shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include its successors and assigns.
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

 


 

          “BUSINESS DAY” shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banks in Atlanta, Georgia are customarily closed.
          “CODE” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
          “COLLATERAL” shall mean any and all of the property which is granted, pledged or assigned to Lender or in which Lender is otherwise granted a Lien to secure the obligations pursuant to any and all of the Security Documents.
          “DEFAULT” shall mean any condition or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
          “ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT” shall mean the Environmental Indemnification Agreement executed this date by Borrower in favor of Lender, and any extensions, renewals, modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
          “EVENT OF DEFAULT” shall have the meaning provided in ARTICLE VII hereof.
          “IMPROVEMENTS” shall mean all improvements constructed on the Land.
          “LAND” shall mean, collectively, all of the real property described and defined as “Land” in the Mortgage.
          “LEASES” shall have the meaning given such term in the Security Instruments.
          “LENDER” shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include such Persons’ successors and assigns.
          “LIEN” shall mean any mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, security deposit, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction).
          “LOAN” shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble to this Agreement.
          “LOAN DOCUMENTS” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Security Documents, and any other certificates or written undertakings of Borrower in favor of Lender delivered contemporaneously with the delivery of this Agreement, other than the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
          “MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT” shall mean a material adverse effect upon, or a material adverse change in, any of the (i) results of operations, properties, or financial condition
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

2


 

of Borrower, (ii) validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, or (iii) ability of Borrower to perform its payment obligations or other Obligations under the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
          “MORTGAGE” shall mean collectively the Deeds of Trusts [or Mortgages, if applicable], Security Agreements, Financing Statements, and Fixture Filings executed this date by Borrower for the benefit of Lender, to be recorded in the real estate records of the county where the Property is located, and any extensions, renewals, modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
          “NOTE” shall mean that certain Promissory Note executed by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender in the original principal amount of $36,600,800.00 as evidence of the Loan, and any extensions, renewals, modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
          “OBLIGATIONS” shall mean, collectively, all amounts now or hereafter owing to Lender by Borrower pursuant to the terms of or as a result of this Agreement, the Note, or any other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, including without limitation, the unpaid principal balance of the Loan and all interest, fees, expenses and other charges relating thereto or accruing thereon, as well as any and all other indebtedness, liabilities, covenants, duties and obligations of Borrower, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or liquidated or unliquidated, monetary or non-monetary, which may be now existing or may hereafter arise under or as a result of any of the Loan Documents, the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, and together with any and all renewals, extensions, or modifications of any of the foregoing.
          “PERSON” shall mean any individual, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, firm, corporation, association, joint venture, trust or other entity, or any government or political subdivision or agency, department or instrumentality thereof.
          “PROPERTY” shall mean, collectively, the property, including the Land and all improvements, fixtures and related personal property located thereon.
          “REQUIREMENTS” shall have the meaning given such term in SECTION 4.12 hereof.
          “SECURITY DOCUMENTS” shall mean, collectively, the Security Instruments, the Assignment of Management Agreement, and each other affidavit, certificate, security, mortgage, assignment, financing statements or other collateral document, whether now existing or hereafter executed and delivered in connection with, or securing any or all of, the Obligations.
          “SECURITY INSTRUMENTS” shall mean, collectively, the Mortgage, the Assignment of Rents and Leases, the UCC Financing Statements, and other security instruments executed this date by Borrower in favor of Lender, to be recorded in the real estate records of the county where the Property is located, and any extensions, renewals, modifications or replacements thereof or therefor.
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

3


 

          “TAXES” shall mean any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other charges of whatever nature, now or hereafter imposed or levied by the United States of America, or any state or local government or by any department, agency or other political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and all interest, penalties, additions to tax and similar liabilities with respect thereto other than taxes on the income of Lender.
     SECTION 1.02 OTHER DEFINITIONAL TERMS. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Any pronoun used herein shall be deemed to cover all genders and all singular terms used herein shall include the plural and vice versa. Unless otherwise expressly indicated herein, all references herein to a period of time which runs “from” or “through” a particular date shall be deemed to include such date, and all references herein to a period of time which runs “to” or “until” a particular date shall be deemed to exclude such date.
ARTICLE II
LOANS
     SECTION 2.01 DISBURSEMENT. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender agrees to advance to Borrower the Loan in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Note.
     SECTION 2.02 NOTE; REPAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST. Borrower’s obligations to pay to Lender the principal of and interest on the Loan shall be evidenced by the Note. The Loan shall bear interest at the rate or rates per annum specified in the Note and such interest shall be calculated and shall be paid and shall accrue in the manner specified in the Note.
ARTICLE III
GENERAL TERMS
     SECTION 3.01 FEES. In consideration of Lender’s entering into this Agreement and making the Loan hereunder, Borrower agrees to pay (from deposits previously delivered to Lender) to Lender, on the date of the funding of the Loan hereunder, a processing fee in the amount of $25,000.00, which processing fee shall be deemed fully earned upon Lender’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and the funding of the Loan.
     SECTION 3.02 PAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS AND COMPUTATIONS. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments by Borrower with respect to the Loan or any other Obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall be made without defense, set-off or counterclaim to Lender not later than 2:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the date when due and shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds. Any payment received by Lender on a non-Business Day or after 2:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on any
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

4


 

Business Day shall be deemed received by Lender at the opening of its business on the next Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under the Note or any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the applicable rate during such extension. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days and with twelve thirty-day months, except that interest due and payable for less than a full month shall be calculated by multiplying the actual number of days elapsed in such period by a daily interest rate based on a 360-day year. The Loan may not be prepaid in whole or in part except as specifically provided in the Note.
     SECTION 3.03 COLLATERAL. The Obligations shall be secured pursuant to any or all Security Documents. Borrower also shall execute or deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) any and all financing statements and such other documents as Lender may reasonably request from time to time in order to perfect or maintain the perfection of Lender’s Liens under such Security Documents.
     SECTION 3.04 AGREEMENTS REGARDING INTEREST AND OTHER CHARGES. Borrower and Lender hereby agree that the only charges imposed or to be imposed by Lender upon Borrower for the use of money in connection with the Loan is and will be the interest required to be paid under the provisions of this Agreement as well as the related provisions of the Note. In no event shall the amount of interest due and payable under this Agreement, the Note or any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement exceed the maximum rate of interest allowed by applicable law. It is the express intent hereof that Borrower not pay and Lender not receive, directly or indirectly or in any manner, interest in excess of that which may be lawfully paid under applicable law. Any and all charges, fees, and other amounts payable hereunder not identified as “interest” are not intended, and shall not be deemed, to be interest. All interest, and all other charges, fees or other amounts deemed to be interest notwithstanding the preceding sentence, which are paid or agreed to be paid to Lender under this Agreement, the Note or any of the other Loan Documents shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, allocated and spread on a pro rata basis throughout the entire actual term of the Loan (including any extension or renewal period), or at Lender’s election and to the extent permitted by applicable law, credited as a payment of principal.
     SECTION 3.05 LETTER OF CREDIT. In the event Lender requires or agrees to accept a letter of credit with respect to the Loan, said letter of credit, and any extension, renewal, or replacement thereof, shall be an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank approved by Lender and in substance and form acceptable to Lender. Any such letter of credit shall not contain any conditions for its cashing beyond presentation by its authorized representative. Its term shall be for not less than three (3) months beyond the end of the time period, or any extension thereof, specified by Lender for satisfaction of such requirement.
     SECTION 3.06 PROHIBITION ON DRY CLEANERS. Borrower shall not, during the term of the Loan, conduct or permit any tenant to conduct any dry cleaning operations on or at the Property.
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

5


 

     SECTION 3.07 PROPERTY RELEASE PRIVILEGE. Provided no Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) exists, Borrower shall be allowed, subsequent to the Lockout Period (as that term is defined in the Note), to partially prepay the Loan, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender (“RELEASE REQUEST”), and to thereby obtain a partial release of the Mortgage of any parcel of Property securing the Loan (the “RELEASE PRIVILEGE”) subject to the following conditions:
(i)   The total principal amount of the Loan to be funded pursuant to this Agreement is hereby allocated by Lender to each Property comprising the security hereunder in the following initial amounts (“PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION”), resulting in the following percentages of the total Loan amount (“ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE”) for each parcel as follows:
                         
    PRINCIPAL              
PROPERTY   ALLOCATION     ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE     RELEASE FACTOR  
(1) Fairfield Inn
  $ 2,637,900       7.21 %     110 %
2303 North Fourth
                       
(2) Comfort Inn
  $ 3,312,900       9.05 %     110 %
2120 Burnham Road
                       
(3) Hampton Inn
  $ 5,632,900       15.39 %     120 %
8219 West Jefferson Blvd.
                       
(4) Courtyard by Marriott
  $ 5,709,900       15.60 %     125 %
4559 North Reserve St.
                       
(5) Comfort Inn
  $ 2,345,900       6.41 %     110 %
4545 North Reserve St.
                       
(6) Hawthorn Suites
  $ 5,607,900       15.32 %     120 %
975 North Lakeview Pkwy.
                       
(7) Hampton Inn
  $ 5,862,900       16.02 %     125 %
9231 East Arapahoe Rd.
                       
(8) Comfort Suites
  $ 2,894,900       7.91 %     120 %
10680 South Automall Dr.
                       
(9) Fairfield Inn
  $ 2,595,600       7.09 %     125 %
2697 Lake Vista Drive
                       
 
                   
TOTAL
  $ 36,600,800       100.00 %        
 
                   
    As monthly installments of principal and interest are made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Note and Loan Documents, the Principal Allocation for each Property shall be reduced by that Allocation Percentage of the amortized principal amount paid, but the Allocation Percentage for each Property shall remain constant until Borrower exercises its Release Privilege, at which time the Allocation Percentage for each Property shall be redetermined and reallocated among the remaining Property(ies) by Lender in its sole discretion.
 
(ii)   Promptly following Lender’s receipt of Borrower’s Release Request, Lender shall determine the release price (the “RELEASE PRICE”) payable for each parcel of Property,
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

6


 

    which shall be an amount equal to the product of (x) the release factor for the parcel of Property to be released as set forth in the chart in SUBPARAGRAPH 3.07(I) hereinabove (“RELEASE FACTOR”) times (y) the Allocation Percentage for such parcel of Property to be released multiplied by the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan (“AMORTIZED PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION”). For example, if Borrower submitted a request for a release of Property (1) Fairfield Inn, 2303 North Fourth in accordance with the conditions herein set forth, the calculation would be as follows:
  (a)   Release Price                                         =           110%      x      Amortized Principal Allocation
 
                                                                  and
 
  (b)   Amortized Principal Allocation           =           7.21%      x      outstanding principal balance of Note
 
  (c)   Assuming a principal balance of $36,600,800, the Property (1) release price would be calculated as: 1.10 x 0.0721 x $36,600,800 = $2,902,809
(iii)   In addition to the Release Price, Borrower also shall pay to Lender, simultaneously with the Release Price, the “Prepayment Premium” (as that term is defined in the Note) on such Release Price calculated in accordance with the Note;
 
(iv)   Lender shall have the right to apply the Release Price to the Loan in such manner as Lender may determine in its sole discretion;
 
(v)   After the Lender has applied the Release Price to the Loan, Lender shall redetermine and reallocate the Allocation Percentages and redetermine the Principal Allocations for the remaining parcels of Property, in its sole discretion, and shall advise Borrower in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Release Request as to the amounts of the reallocated Allocation Percentages and Principal Allocations.
 
(vi)   Borrower shall pay all costs, fees and expenses associated with the Release Privilege, including without limitation, one hundred percent (100%) of all attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Lender in connection therewith, and all such sums shall be due and payable on the date of closing and delivery of the release documentation by Lender;
 
(vii)   Borrower shall provide Lender with an endorsement to its loan title policies (as to the Mortgage) with respect to the remaining parcels in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion insuring the Loan through the date and time of recording of the release and modification instrument, with no new exceptions since the date of this Agreement unless approved by Lender in writing. To the extent that a released Property adjoined a remaining parcel or shared common areas, parking, utilities or amenities or services with the a remaining parcel of Property, such endorsement will also (a) insure that the remaining Property has access to the same publicly dedicated streets as it did prior to the release and (b) amend the legal description to include only the remaining parcels;
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

7


 

(viii)   Borrower shall be limited in its ability to exercise the Release Privilege herein as follows:
  (a)   Borrower shall not be permitted to release any parcel of the Property from the Collateral for the Loan at such time as the original Principal Allocation set forth in the chart in SUBPARAGRAPH 3.07(i) of all Property released on or prior to the date of such release would exceed $18,300,400 (“FINAL RELEASE LIMITATION”);
 
  (b)   Borrower shall not be permitted to release any parcel of the Property from the Collateral for the Loan at such time as the original Principal Allocation set forth in the chart in SUBPARAGRAPH 3.07(i) of all Property released on or prior to the date of such release would exceed $10,934,000 (“INTERIM RELEASE LIMITATION”) unless (x) Borrower has previously released or is at such time obtaining the release of at least one parcel of Property identified in the chart set forth in SUBPARAGRAPH 3.07(i) at (1), (2) or (5) (“110% FACTOR PROPERTIES”), and (y) for each release to be closed between the point of the Interim Release Limitation and the Final Release Limitation, at least two of the three 110% Factor Properties previously must have been or will be released in connection with the current exercise of the Release Privilege.
     SECTION 3.08 SUBSTITUTION OF COLLATERAL. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to the contrary, Borrower may submit a written request (“SUBSTITUTION REQUEST”), upon at least ninety (90) days prior notice, that Lender permit a substitution (each a “SUBSTITUTION”) of a substitute property (each a “SUBSTITUTE PROPERTY”) (which previously has not been the subject of inclusion in the collateral for the Loan) for any individual Property on the list in the chart in SUBPARAGRAPH 3.07(i) herein (in such capacity a “REPLACED PROPERTY”) upon and subject to the following terms and conditions:
  (a)   Borrower must submit a Substitution Request, identifying the proposed Substitute Property and the proposed Replaced Property at least ninety (90) days prior to the proposed closing date for the Substitution. Lender shall evaluate the request for the proposed Substitution and the proposed Substitute Property pursuant to its then customary underwriting and pricing criteria. The amount of the “PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION” Lender would determine to allocate to the Substitute Property must be at least equal to the amount of the then remaining Principal Allocation for the proposed Replaced Property, and the loan-to-value ratio for the Lender’s proposed Principal Allocation for the Substitute Property, based upon a current MAI appraisal in accordance with SUBPARAGRAPH (h) below, must be at least equal to the then current loan-to-value ratio for the proposed Replaced Property. In its underwriting and pricing analysis, Lender may review items such as, but not limited to, location, occupancy, lease term, rollover, tenant exposure, tenant’s credit, average daily room rates and operating statements.
 
  (b)   The owner of the Substitute Property must be the Borrower (such that the Substitute Property is owned 100% by the same entity as owns all the collateral
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

8


 

      constituting the Property). No properties will be permitted other than limited service or full service hotels or motels operating under a hotel or motel franchise acceptable to Lender. The Substitute Property must be located in the continental United States.
 
  (c)   Lender in its sole discretion shall acknowledge within ten (10) business days of the Lender’s receipt of the Substitution Request whether the proposed Substitute Property appears to be acceptable to permit the Substitution. If in the Lender’s sole discretion it is determined that the proposed Substitute Property is equal to or greater in value and quality than the Property, then Lender, through its loan correspondent, GMAC Commercial Mortgage, will process the Borrower’s formal request for Substitution. The proposal will be reviewed by and presented to Lender’s and ING Investment Management LLC’s investment review committees pursuant to each of their then current commercial mortgage loan policies, practices, standards and procedures. If the investment review committee approves the formal request for Substitution, the Substitution will be subject to the other conditions outlined in this SECTION 3.08.
 
  (d)   No more than one (1) Substitution Request shall be considered in any calendar year for the entire Loan.
 
  (e)   Borrower shall not be permitted to request and close more than a total of three (3) Substitutions during the Loan term.
 
  (f)   Borrower shall pay a processing fee to Lender equal to $25,000 at closing of each approved Substitution. A “SUBSTITUTION DEPOSIT” of $5,000 shall be required with submission of a Substitution Request, which deposit shall be applied to the processing fee at closing of the Substitution. The deposit and processing fee contemplated by this subsection are in addition to attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in the documentation of such Substitution and in the review of due diligence.
 
  (g)   All improvements on the Substitute Property shall have been completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable governmental requirements. The Substitute Property must be lien free and all land, improvements and personal property must be paid for in full.
 
  (h)   The appraised fair market “As Is” value of the Substitute Property shall be equal to or greater than the greater of (x) the then appraised fair market value, or gross sales proceeds, as the case may be, of the Replaced Property, and (y) the original appraised value of the Replaced Property as set forth in the appraisal delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the loan on the Replaced Property. The fair market “As Is” value of the Replaced Property and Substitute Property shall be determined by a firm of appraisers selected by GMAC Commercial Mortgage and approved by the Lender, based on an MAI appraisal satisfactory to Lender,
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

9


 

      dated not more than ninety (90) days prior to the closing of the Substitution. All costs of such appraisals shall be paid by the Borrower on or prior to the closing of the Substitution. Lender shall have the right to readjust the Principal Allocations and Allocation Percentages for all properties constituting the Property (or such number remaining if the Release Privilege previously has been exercised).
 
  (i)   The actual net operating income relating to the Substitute Property (based upon the trailing twelve (12) month financial results or such shorter period, as Lender deems appropriate, for a Substitute Property opened for less than one year) shall equal or exceed the actual net operating income relating (based upon the trailing twelve (12) month financial results or such shorter period, as Lender reasonably deems appropriate, for any Substitute Property opened for less than one year) to the Replaced Property.
 
  (j)   Lender’s outside counsel shall prepare and Borrower shall execute (1) amendments to the Note, the Mortgage, the Assignments of Rents and Leases, the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, this Agreement and tax and insurance escrows, and (2) all Loan Documents Lender shall deem appropriate, including, but not limited to, any new security instrument, assignment of rents and leases, environmental indemnities, etc. relating to the Substitute Property (all of which documentation shall be substantially in the form of the applicable documents executed in connection with the Loan with such changes thereto as Lender reasonably deems appropriate to reflect the terms and circumstances of the Substitution and Substitute Property) (collectively, the “SUBSTITUTE LOAN DOCUMENTS”). The Substitution Loan Documents shall be cross-defaulted and cross-collateralized with the existing Loan Documents for the Loan.
 
  (k)   Borrower shall be required to supply for Lender’s review and approval due diligence materials relating to the Substitute Property prior to closing of the Substitution including those items required for closing of this Loan, and such other materials as may then be customarily required as part of its then current commercial loan closing policies, procedures, standards and practices for properties of similar type and in similar locations as the Substitute Property, including, without limitation, a current as-built ALTA survey, proof of adequate insurance, title insurance in conformance with the requirements for the closing of this Loan, proof of compliance with governmental regulations, tenant estoppel certificates, subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements, franchise agreements and comfort letters. The Lender shall, at the Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, receive for its review and approval all additional due diligence materials in any way relating to the Substitute Property, including but not limited to, appraisal, hazardous substance report, seismic report and engineer report as required by Lender in its sole discretion. The items listed in this subsection are not exhaustive.
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

10


 

  (l)   The Substitute Loan Documents, financing statements, and other instruments required to perfect the liens in the Substitute Property and all collateral under such documents shall be recorded, registered and filed (as applicable) in such manner as may be required by law to create a valid, perfected lien and security interest with respect to the Substitute Property and the personal property related thereto. The liens created by the Substitute Loan Documents shall be first liens and security interests on the Substitute Property and the personal property related thereto, subject only to such exceptions as Lender shall approve in its sole discretion. At closing of the Substitution, the Borrower shall have good and marketable title to the Substitute Property and good and valid title to any personal property located thereon or used in connection therewith, in each case satisfactory to the Lender. The title policies to the remaining parcels of Property in the Loan must also be endorsed to bring forward the effective dates thereof through the dates and times of recording of the modification instruments and showing no new exceptions since the original Loan closing unless approved by Lender in writing and continuing all coverage provided in the original Loan title policies.
 
  (m)   Lender shall receive (1) a confirmation and reaffirmation of all Loan Documents by the Borrower for the other properties in the Loan, (2) a consent to such Substitution by any guarantors or indemnitors, if any, and (3) such other instruments and agreements and such certificates and opinions of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender in connection with such Substitution as it may reasonably request.
 
  (n)   Borrower shall be responsible for all documentary stamp and intangible taxes on the Substitution and the Mortgage encumbering the Substitute Property and all other parcels of Property in the Loan that shall arise in connection with such Substitution. Lender shall require payment of all such documentary stamp and intangibles taxes required by law and authorities having jurisdiction as a condition of closing the Substitution and the corresponding loan modifications to the Loan, regardless of whether the taxing authority imposes taxes duplicative of those incurred at the original closing of the Loan.
 
  (o)   No Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder or under any other Loan Documents for the Loan on the date of Substitution Request or at closing of the Substitution.
 
  (p)   Lender shall be satisfied that no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or prospects of any guarantor, Borrower (or controlling member of Borrower or general partner or limited partner of Borrower, as applicable) has occurred after closing of this Loan.
 
  (q)   The Borrower shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such Substitution and the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by Lender, its outside counsel and its loan correspondent
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

11


 

      and servicer in connection therewith. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall, in connection with, and as a condition to, each Substitution, pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Lender’s counsel, the reasonable fees and expenses of Lender’s engineers, appraisers, construction consultants, insurance consultants and other due diligence consultants and contractors, recording charges, title insurance charges, and documentary stamp and/or mortgage or similar taxes, transfer taxes.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender as follows:
     SECTION 4.01 ORGANIZATION; AUTHORIZATION; VALID AND BINDING OBLIGATIONS. Borrower is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of South Dakota. The Summit Group, Inc. is the Company Manager of Borrower and is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of South Dakota. Borrower is duly qualified and authorized to do business and is in good standing in all other states and jurisdictions where the ownership of property or the nature of the business transacted by it, makes such qualification necessary, including, without limitation, the state where the Property is located. Borrower has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, to perform its obligations under such Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement and to own its property and carry on its business. The Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other action on the part of Borrower and duly executed and delivered by authorized officers, partners or other representatives (as the case may be) of Borrower. Each of the Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement constitutes a valid obligation of Borrower, legally binding upon and enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.
     SECTION 4.02 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Borrower covenants and agrees that it will keep and maintain books and records of account, or cause books and records of account to be kept and maintained in the manner prescribed in PARAGRAPH 25 of the Mortgage.
     SECTION 4.03 ACTIONS PENDING. There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower, any properties, assets or rights of Borrower other than the Property, by or before any court, arbitrator or administrative or governmental body that would have a material adverse effect on Borrower if resulting in a decision not in favor of Borrower. There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against the Property, by or before any court, arbitrator or administrative or governmental body involving an amount in controversy exceeding $100,000.
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

12


 

     SECTION 4.04 TITLE TO LAND. The Land is free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except for the Loan Documents and except as specifically set forth in the mortgagee title policy(ies) delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, and except for unrecorded leases provided to Lender.
     SECTION 4.05 TAXES. Borrower has filed all federal, state and other income tax returns prior to the required filing date which, to the knowledge of Borrower, are required to be filed, and has paid all Taxes as shown on such returns and on all assessments received by it to the extent that such Taxes have become due, except such Taxes as are not due or which are being contested in good faith by Borrower by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with sound accounting practices consistently applied or by any tenant under any Leases, in which case such contest is being conducted as permitted pursuant to the applicable Lease(s).
     SECTION 4.06 CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement, nor fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, will conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in any violation of, or result in the creation of any Lien (other than any Lien arising under any Loan Document) upon the Property or any other properties or assets of Borrower, the charter or by-laws or other organizational documents of Borrower, any award of any arbitrator or any agreement, instrument, order, judgment, decree, statute, law, rule or regulation to which Borrower, the Property or any other properties or assets of Borrower is subject.
     SECTION 4.07 GOVERNMENTAL CONSENT. Except for any recording or filing which may be required by applicable law to perfect or maintain the perfection of Lender’s Liens in the Collateral, no consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required for the valid execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.
     SECTION 4.08 DISCLOSURE. To Borrower’s knowledge, neither this Agreement nor any other document, certificate or statement furnished to Lender by Borrower in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and therein not materially misleading.
     SECTION 4.09 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
     SECTION 4.10 IMPROVEMENTS. All certificates, permits and licenses required in connection with the ownership, operation and occupancy of the Property have been issued and are in full force and effect.
     SECTION 4.11 NO DEFAULT. The Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement have been complied with and are in full force and effect and no
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

13


 

defaults or events of default exist thereunder; Borrower has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances, which with the giving of notice or passage of time (or both) would constitute a default or event of default thereunder, and all obligations and agreements required to be performed by Borrower thereunder have been performed.
     SECTION 4.12 COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, the Improvements have been constructed free from faults and defects, and in all material respects conform to and comply with all valid and applicable laws, ordinances, regulations and rules of all governmental entities having jurisdiction over, and all covenants, conditions, restrictions and reservations affecting the Land and the Improvements (the “REQUIREMENTS”). Borrower has no knowledge of any noncompliance (either substantial or unsubstantial) of the Improvements with any of the applicable Requirements.
     SECTION 4.13 CONDITION OF LAND AND IMPROVEMENTS. Neither the Land nor the Improvements have been injured or damaged by fire or other casualty which has not been restored.
     SECTION 4.14 PERSONALTY. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Leases, title to all goods, materials, supplies, equipment, machinery and other personal property and fixtures used in the operation or maintenance of the Property, is vested in Borrower free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and security interests, other than the lien and security interest of the Security Instruments, and Borrower has not executed any security agreement, purchase order or other contract or agreement under which any person or other entity is granted or reserves the right to retain title to, remove or repossess any of such goods, materials, supplies, equipment, machinery or other personal property or fixtures.
     SECTION 4.15 ZONING. Under the applicable zoning ordinance of each jurisdiction in which each parcel of Land is located, each parcel of Land is zoned in a zoning classification that permits the use of the Land and Improvements for all purposes as currently used, without any conditions other than with respect to which such conditions have been complied in full and without exception. Furthermore, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge but without any independent investigation by Borrower, in the event the Improvements were damaged or destroyed, the Improvements could be restored or reconstructed as they now exist without the requirement of any zoning variance or waiver.
     SECTION 4.16 RESTRICTIONS. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, the Land is not subject to: (i) any use or occupancy restrictions, except those imposed by applicable zoning laws and regulations, except any such restrictions described in the mortgagee title policy(ies) delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan and those restrictions set forth in the Security Instruments; (ii) special taxes or assessments; (iii) utility tap-in fees, except those generally applicable throughout the tax districts in which the Land is located; or (iv) charges or restrictions, whether existing of record or arising by operation of law, unrecorded agreement, the passage of time or otherwise, except any such charges or restrictions described in the mortgagee title policy(ies) delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan.
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

14


 

     SECTION 4.17 STATUS OF SERVICE CONTRACTS. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not in default under any development, management, service or other agreements and contracts relating to the operation or management of the Property in a manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; there is no material default on the part of any other party to any of such contracts, there is no material default of Borrower under any such contracts or the existence of any facts or circumstances, which with the giving of notice or passage of time (or both), would constitute a material default under any of such contracts, which defaults could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such contracts have not been modified or amended in any material respect since the date true and correct copies of the same were delivered to Lender by Borrower. Borrower has not done or omitted to do any act so as to be estopped from exercising any of its rights under any of such contracts, and there is no assignment of any of Borrower’s rights under any of such contracts to any person or entity, other than Lender.
     SECTION 4.18 STATUS OF LEASES. To its knowledge, Borrower is not in default under any of the Leases, and there is no default on the part of any other party to any Lease, which defaults could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Leases have been modified or amended in any material respect since the date true and correct copies of the same were delivered to Lender by Borrower. Borrower has not done or omitted to do any act so as to be estopped from exercising any of its rights under any of the Leases, and there is no assignment of any of Borrower’s right under any of such contracts to any person or entity other than Lender.
     SECTION 4.19 ENCROACHMENTS. Except as shown on those certain surveys previously delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, there are no encroachments on the Land; there are no strips or gores within or affecting the boundaries of the Land; and all Improvements are situated entirely within the boundaries of the Land and within any applicable building lines.
     SECTION 4.20 ACCESS. All streets and roads necessary for access to the Land have been completed, dedicated to public use and accepted for maintenance for all necessary governmental entities.
     SECTION 4.21 AVAILABILITY OF UTILITIES. Except as set forth in that certain Certificate of Borrower executed and delivered in connection herewith, all utility facilities and services necessary for the full use, occupancy and operation of the Improvements are available to the Land through public or private easements or rights-of-way at the boundaries of the Land, including, without limitation, water, storm and sanitary sewer, electricity and telephone.
     SECTION 4.22 BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS. All real estate and land brokerage commissions payable in connection with the acquisition of the Land, construction of the Improvements and the Loan, and all brokerage commissions or finders fees due and payable in connection with the current terms of any of the Leases, have been paid in full, or will be paid in full upon the execution of this Agreement.
     SECTION 4.23 COMPOSITION OF PROPERTY. Subject to the matters disclosed in the title policies delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, the Property includes all improvements
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

15


 

and land, and other estates and rights (including, without limitation, any appurtenant easement rights and covenants and restrictions) which are necessary to allow for the continued use thereof as hotels/motels, or other uses presently in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and as may be required by any of the Requirements, or to satisfy all tenant requirements under the Leases.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
          For so long as this Agreement is in effect, and unless Lender expressly consents in writing to the contrary, Borrower covenants and agrees to comply with the following covenants:
     SECTION 5.01 OPERATING STATEMENTS AND RENT ROLL. Borrower shall deliver to Lender operating statements and rent rolls as required in PARAGRAPH 25 of the Mortgage.
     SECTION 5.02 BOOKS AND RECORDS. Borrower shall keep its books, records and accounts in accordance with accepted industry standards and as required hereunder and under the Loan Documents.
     SECTION 5.03 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE, PROPERTIES, LICENSES, ETC. Except to the extent otherwise permitted hereby, Borrower will do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect the corporate, partnership or other legal existence of Borrower and the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, copyrights, licenses, leases, permits, franchises and other rights, that continue to be useful in some material respect to the business of Borrower or to the operation of the Property, and at all times maintain, preserve and protect all licenses, leases, permits, franchises and other rights that continue to be useful in some related in some material respect to the business of Borrower or to the operation of the Property.
     SECTION 5.04 PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS. Borrower will pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged all Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its respective income and profits or upon any of its property, real, personal or mixed or upon any part thereof, before the same shall become in default as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise, which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon such properties or any part thereof. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Borrower shall not be required to pay or discharge any Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies and liens for labor, materials, supplies or otherwise so long as the Borrower shall in good faith contest the same or the validity thereof by appropriate legal proceedings which shall operate to prevent the collection of the levy, lien or imposition so contested and the sale of the Premises, or any part thereof, to satisfy any obligation arising therefrom, provided that the Borrower shall give such security as may be demanded by the Lender to insure such payments and prevent any sale or forfeiture of the Premises by reason of such nonpayment, failure of performance or contest by Borrower. Any such contest shall be prosecuted with due diligence and the Borrower shall promptly after final determination thereof
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

16


 

pay the amount of any levy, lien or imposition so determined, together with all interest and penalties, which may be payable in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, Borrower shall (and if Borrower shall fail so to do, Lender may but shall not be required to) pay any such levy, lien or imposition notwithstanding such contest if in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, the Premises shall be in jeopardy or in danger of being forfeited or foreclosed.
     SECTION 5.05 PARKING REQUIREMENTS. At all times during the terms of the Loan, there shall be sufficient parking spaces to satisfy requirements of all Leases, parking or cross-parking agreements, and applicable zoning requirements and other Requirements.
     SECTION 5.06 EXPENSES. Borrower shall pay all cost, fees, documentary stamp taxes, intangibles taxes and charges of closing of the Loan, including, without limitation, Lender’s attorneys’ fees, recording costs, environmental audit costs, survey and appraisal costs, title examination fees, and title insurance premiums.
     SECTION 5.07 INDEMNITY. Borrower covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold Lender harmless from and against any and all claims for brokerage fees or commissions with respect to the making or consummation of the Loan, and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, costs, expenses, losses, damages and liabilities of any kind, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, expenses, penalties and interest, which may be asserted against or incurred by Lender by reason of any matter relating directly to the Loan, and arising out of the ownership, condition, development, construction, sale, rental or financing of the Property or any part thereof, other than to the extent arising as a direct result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the payment and performance of all Obligations to Lender under the Loan Documents, and should Lender incur any liability for or in defense of any of the foregoing matters, the amount thereof (and all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender in connection therewith) shall be added to the principal amount of the Loan and shall bear interest at the Default Rate (as defined in the Note) to the extent permitted by applicable law. Furthermore, Borrower covenants that, upon notice from Lender that any action or proceeding has been brought against Lender by reason of any such matters, Borrower shall promptly resist or defend such action or proceeding in a manner satisfactory to Lender at Borrower’s expense.
     SECTION 5.08 FISCAL YEAR. Borrower shall not change its fiscal year except upon prior written notice to Lender.
     SECTION 5.09 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Borrower shall, from time to time, upon request by Lender, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lender a certificate of Borrower stating the amount of principal and interest then owing on the Obligations, whether or not any setoffs or defenses exist with respect to all or any part of the Obligations, and, if any such setoffs or defenses exist, stating in detail the specific facts relating to each such setoff or defense. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective assignee of Lender.
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

17


 

     SECTION 5.10 REPLACEMENT OF NOTE. Upon receipt of notice from Lender of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the Note, Borrower shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a replacement note identical in form and substance to the Note and dated as of the date of the Note, except that such replacement note shall state on its face that it is a replacement and upon such execution and delivery all references in the Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement to such Note so replaced shall be deemed to refer to such replacement note.
     SECTION 5.11 NOTIFICATION OF NAME CHANGE; LOCATION. Borrower shall furnish Lender with notice of any change in Borrower’s name or address or principal place of business within fifteen (15) days of the effective date of such change, and Borrower shall promptly execute any financing statements or other instruments deemed necessary by Lender to prevent any filed financing statement from becoming misleading or losing its perfected status.
     SECTION 5.12 NO JOINT VENTURE. Neither the provisions of any of the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement nor the acts of the parties thereto shall be construed to create a partnership or joint venture between Borrower and Lender.
     SECTION 5.13 LOANS BY PARTNERS AND AFFILIATES. Borrower agrees that any loan or other advance heretofore or hereafter made to Borrower by a partner, member or any Affiliate shall be subordinate in all respects to the Loan, and Borrower agrees that, following any Event of Default, and until repayment of the Obligations, Borrower shall make no repayment to the partner, member or Affiliate of any such loan or advance.
ARTICLE VI
FURTHER DISBURSEMENTS
     SECTION 6.01 FURTHER DISBURSEMENTS. Borrower agrees that the Note has been fully disbursed by Lender, and that Lender shall have no further duty or obligation to make any additional advances or disbursements to Borrower under the Note.
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
     SECTION 7.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:
     (a) The occurrence of an Event of Default under the Security Instruments or any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement;
     (b) Should any Default occur in the performance or observance of any term, condition or provision contained in this Agreement which does not relate to the nonpayment of
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

18


 

any monetary sum, and Default is not cured within thirty (30) days after the Lender gives Borrower written notice thereof or within such longer period of time, not exceeding an additional thirty (30) days, as may be reasonably necessary to cure such non-compliance if Borrower is diligently and with continuity of effort pursuing such cure and the failure is susceptible of cure within an additional period of thirty days; provided, however, no notice and cure rights shall be afforded to Borrower for a Default of Paragraphs 15(a), (b), (d), (e), (f), (g), or (h) of the Mortgage other than those notice and cure rights granted under such applicable provisions;
     (c) Should any representation or warranty made by Borrower herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement be false or misleading in any material respect on the date as of which made (or deemed made); and
     (d) Should Borrower be terminated, liquidated, dissolved or otherwise cease to exist.
     SECTION 7.02 REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender may, in its discretion, exercise one or more of the following remedies:
     (a) Accelerate the maturity of the Obligations and declare the entire unpaid principal balance of, and any unpaid interest then accrued on, the Note, together with any Prepayment Premium, without demand or notice of any kind to Borrower or any other Person, to be immediately due and payable.
     (b) Take all, any or any combination of the actions Lender may take under any of the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement upon the occurrence of a default or an event of default thereunder, notwithstanding the fact that the event that is an Event of Default hereunder may not constitute a default or an event of default under any such other Loan Document or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, including, without limitation acceleration of the Obligations evidenced by the Note and foreclosure and sale of the Land and the Improvements under the Security Instruments.
     (c) Perform, or cause to be performed, any obligation, covenant or agreement that Borrower has failed to perform or comply with, and in such event all costs and expenses incurred by Lender in performing any such obligation, covenant or agreement shall be added to the Obligations and shall be secured by the Security Instruments, and shall bear interest at the Default Rate (as defined in the Note) from the date paid or incurred by Lender, and the interest thereon shall also be added to and become a part of the Obligations and shall be secured by the Security Instruments.
     (d) Continue to act, with respect to Borrower and the Loan, as if no Event of Default had occurred, which continuance shall not be or be construed as a waiver of Lender’s rights; and assert the Event of Default and take any action provided for herein at any time after the occurrence and during the existence of the Event of Default.
     (e) Proceed as authorized by law to obtain payment of the Loan.
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

19


 

     (f) Take all, any, or any combination of the actions Lender may take under applicable law or equity subject to the limitations on liability of Borrower contained herein and in the Note and the Security Instruments. No failure or delay on the part of Lender to exercise any right or remedy hereunder or under the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any further right or remedy hereunder or under the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement. No exercise by Lender of any remedy under the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall operate as a limitation on any rights or remedies of Lender under this Agreement, except to the extent of moneys actually received by Lender under the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
     SECTION 7.03 COSTS AND EXPENSES. All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with any of the actions authorized in this Article, after an Event of Default, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, shall be and constitute a portion of the Loan, secured in the same manner and to the same extent as the Loan, even though such costs and expenses may cause the amount of the Loan to exceed the face amount of the Note. Whenever the terms of this Agreement require Borrower to pay attorneys’ fees of Lender, such obligation shall extend only to reasonable attorneys’ fees, without regard to statutory interpretations, actually incurred at normal hourly rates.
     SECTION 7.04 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The foregoing remedies are cumulative of, and in addition to, and not restrictive or in lieu of, the other remedies provided for herein and the remedies provided for or allowed by the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, or provided for or allowed by law, or in equity.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
     SECTION 8.01 NOTICES.
     (a) All notices, demands, requests, and other communications desired or required to be given hereunder (“NOTICES”), shall be in writing and shall be given by: (i) hand delivery to the address for Notices; (ii) delivery by overnight courier service to the address for Notices; or (iii) sending the same by United States mail, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the address for Notices.
     (b) All Notices shall be deemed given and effective upon the earlier to occur of (i) the hand delivery of such Notice to the address for Notices; (ii) one business day after the deposit of such Notice with an overnight courier service by the time deadline for next day delivery addressed to the address for Notices; or (iii) three business days after depositing the Notice in the United States mail as set forth in (a)(iii) above. All Notices shall be addressed to the following addresses:
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

20


 

         
 
  Borrower:   Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
 
      c/o The Summit Group, Inc.
 
      2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
      Attention: Hulyn Farr
 
       
 
  With a copy to:   Hagen, Wilka & Archer, P.C.
 
      600 South Main Avenue, Suite 102
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57104
 
      Attention: Jennifer L. Larsen, Esq.
 
       
 
  Lender:   ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company
 
      c/o ING Investment Management LLC
 
      5780 Powers Ferry Road, NW, Suite 300
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30327-4349
 
      Attention: Mortgage Loan Servicing Department
 
       
 
  and to:   ING Investment Management at LLC
 
      5780 Powers Ferry Road, NW, Suite 300
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30327-4349
 
      Attention: Real Estate Law Department
 
       
 
  With a copy to:   Powell Goldstein LLP
 
      One Atlantic Center
 
      Fourteenth Floor
 
      1201 West Peachtree Street, NW
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3488
 
      Attention: John R. Parks, Esq.
or to such other persons or at such other place as any party hereto may by Notice designate as a place for service of Notice; provided, however, that the “copy to” Notice to be given as set forth above is a courtesy copy only; and a Notice given to such person is not sufficient to effect giving a Notice to the principal party, nor does a failure to give such a courtesy copy of a Notice constitute a failure to give Notice to the principal party.
     SECTION 8.02 NO WAIVER; REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. No failure or delay on the part of Lender in exercising any right or remedy hereunder and no course of dealing between Borrower and Lender shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the Note preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy hereunder. The rights and remedies herein expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which Lender would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on Borrower not required hereunder or under any other Loan Document in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

21


 

similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of Lender to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.
     SECTION 8.03 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; SALE OF INTEREST. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto; provided that Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender, other than to the extent expressly permitted by the Security Instruments. Lender may sell or assign all or any part of Lender’s rights, title or interests hereunder and under the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement without the prior written consent of Borrower; provided, however that any such assignment shall not increase any of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement. In that event, such successor or assignee shall be entitled to all of the rights of Lender under the Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
     SECTION 8.04 MODIFICATION. This Agreement shall not be modified or amended in any respect except by a written agreement executed by the parties in the same manner as this Agreement is executed.
     SECTION 8.05 TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
     SECTION 8.06 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
     SECTION 8.07 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
     SECTION 8.08 EFFECTIVENESS; SURVIVAL.
     (a) This Agreement shall become effective on the date on which all of the parties hereto shall have signed a copy hereof (whether the same or different copies) and Lender shall have received the same.
     (b) All representations and warranties made herein, in the certificates, reports, notices, and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, and such other agreements and documents, the making of the Loan hereunder and the execution and delivery of the Note, and shall terminate at such time as the Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full; provided, however, that the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof notwithstanding any payment and dissatisfaction of the Obligations.
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

22


 

     SECTION 8.09 SEVERABILITY. In case any provision in or Obligation under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
     SECTION 8.10 INDEPENDENCE OF COVENANTS. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the limitation of, another covenant, shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists. To the extent any of the terms of this Agreement conflicts with the terms of the other Loan Documents, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
     SECTION 8.11 HEADINGS DESCRIPTIVE. The headings of the several sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
     SECTION 8.12 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT. At such time as all Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full, this Agreement shall terminate; provided however, that any and all indemnity obligations of Borrower to Lender arising hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, which are expressly stated to survive satisfaction of the Obligations shall survive the termination of this Agreement or such other Loan Documents, and provided further that all indemnity obligations under the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall survive such payment and satisfaction of the Obligations as set forth in the Environmental Indemnification Agreement.
     SECTION 8.13 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement constitute the entire agreement between Borrower and Lender with respect to the Loan, the other Obligations and the Collateral and, except as regards the side letter concerning insurance escrows, supersede all prior agreements, representations and understandings related to such subject matters.
     SECTION 8.14 JURY TRIAL WAIVER; CONSENT TO FORUM.
     (a) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS OR ANY MATTER ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.
     (b) BORROWER ALSO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

23


 

DOCUMENTS OR THE ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS OR TO ENFORCE ANY JUDGMENT OBTAINED AGAINST BORROWER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, MAY BE BROUGHT BY LENDER IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE COUNTY OF THE STATE IN WHICH LENDER’S ADDRESS SHOWN ABOVE IS LOCATED, OR IN ANY ONE OR MORE OTHER STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN ANY COUNTY AND STATE IN WHICH ANY OF THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED. BORROWER IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE OBJECTION TO VENUE IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS.
     SECTION 8.15 EXCULPATION. The liability of Borrower to pay the Indebtedness (as defined in the Mortgage) or perform any obligation under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is limited to the extent set forth in the Note.
[SIGNATURES BEGIN ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

24


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement to be duly executed and delivered on their behalf as of the date first above stated.
         
  BORROWER:

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC,
a South Dakota limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
    Kerry W. Boekelheide,   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

25


 

         
  LENDER:

ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY
COMPANY, a Connecticut corporation
 
 
  By:   ING Investment Management, LLC, as
Authorized Agent  
 
 
     
  By:   /s/ Daniel J. Foley    
    Name:   Daniel J. Foley   
    Title:   Sr. Vice President   
 
[LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924
[SIGNATURES CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE]

26

Exhibit 10.17
FIRST MODIFICATION OF LOAN AGREEMENT
      THIS FIRST MODIFICATION OF LOAN AGREEMENT is made and entered into on April 24, 2007 by and between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC , a South Dakota limited liability company ( “Borrower” ) , and ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY , a Connecticut corporation ( “Lender” ) .
WITNESSETH:
      WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender entered into that certain Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2006 (the “Loan Agreement” );
      WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender desire to amend the Loan Agreement as hereinafter set forth;
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained and TEN AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower and Lender, intending to be legally bound, agree that the Loan Agreement is modified as follows:
1.   The Loan Agreement is hereby modified to delete the chart appearing in Section 3. 07(i) in its entirety and insert in its place the following:
                                 
            PRINCIPAL     ALLOCATION     RELEASE  
        PROPERTY   ALLOCATION     PERCENTAGE     FACTOR  
  (1 )  
Fairfield Inn
  $ 2,637,900       7.21 %     110 %
       
1680 Fenton Business
Park Court
                       
       
 
                       
  (2 )  
Comfort Inn
  $ 3,312,900       9.05 %     110 %
       
2120 Burnham Road
                       
       
 
                       
  (3 )  
Hampton Inn
  $ 5,632,900       15.39 %     120 %
       
8219 West Jefferson Blvd.
                       
       
 
                       
  (4 )  
Courtyard by Marriott
  $ 5,709,900       15.60 %     125 %
       
4559 North Reserve St.
                       
       
 
                       
  (5 )  
Comfort Inn
  $ 2,345,900       6.41 %     110 %
       
4545 North Reserve St.
                       
       
 
                       
  (6 )  
Hawthorn Suites
  $ 5,607,900       15.32 %     120 %
       
975 North Lakeview Pkwy.
                       
       
 
                       
  (7 )  
Hampton Inn
  $ 5,862,900       16.02 %     125 %
       
9231 East Arapahoe Rd.
                       
       
 
                       
  (8 )  
Comfort Suites
  $ 2,894,900       7.91 %     120 %
       
10680 South Automall Dr.
                       
       
 
                       
  (9 )  
Fairfield Inn
  $ 2,595,600       7.09 %     125 %
       
2697 Lake Vista Drive
                       
       
 
                       
TOTAL  
 
  $ 36,600,800       100.00 %        
[FIRST MODIFICATION OF LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

 


 

2.   The Loan Agreement is hereby further modified by deleting the address “2303 North Fourth” appearing in Section 3.07(ii) and replacing it with the address “1680 Fenton Business Park Court”.
 
3.   Borrower acknowledges that Lender has permitted one Substitution (as that term is defined in the Loan Agreement) on even date herewith. Accordingly Section 3. 08(e) of the Loan Agreement is hereby modified such that from and after the date hereof Borrower shall not be permitted to request and close more than a total of two (2) additional Substitutions during the Loan term.
 
4.   Except as expressly modified hereby, the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, Borrower and Lender hereby ratifying and affirming the same.
[SIGNATURES BEGIN ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
[FIRST MODIFICATION OF LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

- 2 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Modification to be executed as of the day and year first above-written.
         
  BORROWER:

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
, a South
Dakota limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher D. Bills    
    Christopher D. Bills,   
    Chief Financial Officer   
 
[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
[FIRST MODIFICATION OF LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

- 3 -


 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE]
         
  LENDER:

ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY
COMPANY
, a Georgia corporation
 
 
  By:   ING Investment Management LLC,
as Authorized Agent  
 
 
     
  By:   /s/ Gregory R. Michaud    
    Name:   Gregory R. Michaud   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[FIRST MODIFICATION OF LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

- 4 -

Exhibit 10.18
MODIFICATION OF PROMISSORY NOTE AND LOAN AGREEMENT
THIS MODIFICATION OF PROMISSORY NOTE AND LOAN AGREEMENT is made and entered into on November
28, 2007 by and between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC , a South Dakota limited liability company
( “Borrower” ) , and ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY , a Connecticut corporation ( “Lender” ) .
WITNESSETH:
           WHEREAS, Lender made a loan (the “ Loan ”) to Borrower evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated June 15, 2006 made by Borrower to the order of Lender in the original principal amount of $36,600,800.00 (the “ Note ”); and
           WHEREAS, to further evidence the Loan Borrower and Lender entered into that certain Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2006, as modified by First Modification of Loan Agreement dated April 24, 2007 (collectively, the “Loan Agreement” );
           WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender desire to amend the Note and the Loan Agreement as hereinafter set forth;
           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained and TEN AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower and Lender, intending to be legally bound, agree that the Note and the Loan Agreement are modified as follows:
     1. The Note is hereby modified as follows. Notwithstanding anything in the Note to the contrary, from and after the date hereof the Note shall be repaid by Borrower to Lender as follows:
          (a) On December 1, 2007, a payment of $262,912.81 shall be due and payable, which shall be applied first to accrued and unpaid interest and the remainder to the outstanding principal amount of the Note; and
          (b) Thereafter, payments of principal and interest shall be made in successive monthly installments commencing on January 1, 2008, and continuing on the first day of each and every calendar month thereafter up to and including July 1, 2012, all but the final installment thereof to be in the amount of Two Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Twenty-Eight and 52/100 Dollars ($243,328.52), and the final installment payable on July 1, 2012, to be in the full amount of outstanding principal of this Note, interest and all other sums remaining unpaid hereunder and under the Mortgage (as in the Note).
     2. The Loan Agreement is hereby modified to delete the chart appearing in Section 3. 07(i) in its entirety and insert in its place the following:
[MODIFICATION OF PROMISSORY NOTE
AND LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

 


 

                             
        PRINCIPAL     ALLOCATION     RELEASE  
    PROPERTY   ALLOCATION     PERCENTAGE     FACTOR  
(1)  
Comfort Inn
  $ 3,170,287.75       9.7544673746941500 %     110 %
   
2120 Burnham Road
Fort Smith, Arkansas
                       
   
 
                       
(2)  
Hampton Inn
  $ 5,390,417.41       16.5854505946194000 %     120 %
   
8219 West Jefferson Blvd.
Fort Wayne, Indiana
                       
   
 
                       
(3)  
Courtyard by Marriott
  $ 5,464,102.75       16.8121685721773000 %     125 %
   
4559 North Reserve St.
Missoula, Montana
                       
   
 
                       
(4)  
Comfort Inn
  $ 2,244,914.73       6.9072429032856400 %     110 %
   
4545 North Reserve St.
Missoula, Montana
                       
   
 
                       
(5)  
Hawthorn Suites
  $ 5,366,493.60       16.5118408616461000 %     120 %
   
975 North Lakeview Pkwy.
Vernon Hills, Illinois
                       
   
 
                       
(6)  
Hampton Inn
  $ 5,610,516.47       17.2626601379741000 %     125 %
   
9231 East Arapahoe Rd.
Greenwood Village, Colorado
                       
   
 
                       
(7)  
Comfort Suites
  $ 2,770,281.62       8.5237126393800300 %     120 %
   
10680 South Automall Dr.
Sandy, Utah
                       
   
 
                       
(8)  
Fairfield Inn
  $ 2,483,865.76       7.6424569162232900 %     125 %
   
2697 Lake Vista Drive
Lewisville, Texas
                       
   
 
                       
TOTAL PRINCIPAL OUTSTANDING   $ 32,500,880.10       100.000 %        
3.   Except as expressly modified hereby, the Note and Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, Borrower and Lender hereby ratifying and affirming the same.
[SIGNATURES BEGIN ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
[MODIFICATION OF PROMISSORY NOTE
AND LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Modification to be executed as of the day and year first above-written.
         
  BORROWER:

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
,
a South Dakota limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher D. Bills    
    Christopher D. Bills,    
    Chief Financial Officer   
 
[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
[MODIFICATION OF PROMISSORY NOTE
AND LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

3


 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE]
         
  LENDER:  
     
  ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY ,
a Georgia corporation
 
 
  By:   ING Investment Management LLC, as Authorized Agent    
 
     
  By:   /s/ Daniel M. Siegenthaler    
    Name:   Daniel M. Siegenthaler   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[MODIFICATION OF PROMISSORY NOTE
AND LOAN AGREEMENT]
ING No. 27924

4

Exhibit 10.19
LOAN AGREEMENT
     THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of April 30, 2007 (the “Closing Date”), by and between GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Lender”), and SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (“Borrower”).
AGREEMENT:
     In consideration of the mutual covenants and provisions of this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement:
     “ ADA ” means the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as such act may be amended from time to time.
     “ Affiliate ” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by any other Person. For purposes of this definition, “controls”, “under common control with” and “controlled by” mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or otherwise.
     “ Amended and Restated Note ” means the amended and restated note to be executed by Borrower in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B. The Amended and Restated Note shall amend and restate the Note in its entirety and shall be executed by Borrower as of the date of the Final Disbursement.
     “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” means all applicable laws, regulations and government guidance on the prevention and detection of money laundering, including 18 U.S.C. § § 1956 and 1957, and the BSA.
     “ Applicable Regulations ” means all applicable statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, licenses, permits, orders and approvals of each Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, including, without limitation, all health, building, fire, safety and other codes, ordinances and requirements, all applicable standards of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and the ADA and all policies or rules of common law, in each case, as amended, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial order, consent, decree or judgment applicable to any of the Borrower Parties.
     “ Architect’s Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Borrower’s Architect ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Borrower Parties ” means, collectively, Borrower and any guarantors of the Loan (including, in each case, any predecessors-in-interest).
     “ BSA” means the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. § § 5311 et. seq.), and its implementing regulations, Title 31 Part 103 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations.
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

1


 

     “ Budget ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Business Day ” means any day on which Lender is open for business other than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday, ending at 5:00 P.M. Phoenix, Arizona time.
     “ Change of Control ” means a change in control of any of the Borrower Parties, including, without limitation, a change in control resulting from direct or indirect transfers of voting stock or partnership, membership or other ownership interests, whether in one or a series of transactions. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, and a Change of Control will occur if any of the following occur: (a) any merger or consolidation by any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, with or into any other entity; or (b) if any “Person” as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and as used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, who, subsequent to the Closing, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), of securities of any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of Borrower’s then outstanding securities (other than indirectly as a result of the redemption by any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, of its securities).
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be deemed a Change of Control, so long as The Summit Group, Inc. remains the Company Manager of the Borrower and retains at least 45% of the Sharing Ratios and Kerry W. Boekelheide retains voting control of The Summit Group, Inc.: (i) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of Class A Membership Interests or Class A-1 Membership Interests in Borrower; (ii) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of Class B Membership Interests in Borrower; (iii) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of Class C Membership Interests in Borrower; or (iv) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of ownership interests in The Summit Group, Inc. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of ownership or beneficial interests in The Summit Group, Inc. to a trust for the benefit of family members for estate or tax planning purposes shall not be a Change of Control so long as Kerry W. Boekelheide retains voting control of The Summit Group, Inc. and exercises control, directly or indirectly, over the operations and business of The Summit Group, Inc. Initially capitalized terms used in this paragraph which are not defined herein shall have the definitions as set forth in the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for Summit Hotel Properties, LLC dated July 25, 2005.
     “ Closing ” means the disbursement of the Loan Amount by Title Company as contemplated by this Agreement.
     “ Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. Sec. 101 et seq ., as amended.
     “ Completion Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Contract Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
      “Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.J.
      “Default Rate” has the meaning set forth in the Note.
     “ Development Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Disbursement Agreement ” means the Disbursement Agreement dated as of the date hereof executed by Borrower and Lender.
     “ Disbursements ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Entity ” means any entity that is not a natural person.
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

2


 

     “ Environmental Indemnity Agreement ” means the environmental indemnity agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement executed by Borrower for the benefit of the Indemnified Parties and such other parties as are identified in such agreement with respect to the Premises, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.
     “ Fee ” means an underwriting, site assessment, valuation, construction, processing and commitment fee equal to 0.75% of the Loan Amount.
     “ Final Disbursement ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Final Disbursement Date ” means the date of the Final Disbursement.
     “ Franchise Agreement ” means the franchise, license or area development agreements with Franchisor for the conduct of business at the Premises as a Permitted Concept, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto.
     “ Franchisor ” means Marriott International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.
     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
     “ General Contract ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ General Contractor ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any governmental authority, agency, department, commission, bureau, board, instrumentality, court or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction or supervisory or regulatory authority over the Premises or any of the Borrower Parties.
     “ Improvements ” means the improvements to be constructed upon the Land as contemplated by the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Indemnified Parties ” means Lender, the trustees under the Mortgage, if applicable, and any person or entity who is or will have been involved in the origination of the Loan, any person or entity who is or will have been involved in the servicing of the Loan, any person or entity in whose name the encumbrance created by the Mortgage is or will have been recorded, persons and entities who may hold or acquire or will have held a full or partial interest in the Loan (including, but not limited to, investors or prospective investors in any Securitization, Participation or Transfer, as well as custodians, trustees and other fiduciaries who hold or have held a full or partial interest in the Loan for the benefits of third parties), as well as the respective directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees, lenders, agents, servants, representatives, contractors, subcontractors, affiliates, subsidiaries, participants, successors and assigns of any and all of the foregoing (including, but not limited to, any other person or entity who holds or acquires or will have held a participation or other full or partial interest in the Loan or the Premises, whether during the term of the Loan or as a part of or following a foreclosure of the Loan and including, but not limited to, any successors by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or a substantial portion of Lender’s assets and business).
     “ Indemnity Agreements ” means all indemnity agreements executed for the benefit of any of the Borrower Parties or any prior owner, lessee or occupant of the Premises in connection with Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, the right to receive payments under such indemnity agreements.
     “ Initial Equity Contribution” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

3


 

     “ Initial Loan Amount ” means that portion of the Loan to be advanced to Borrower at the Closing.
     “ Land ” means the parcels of real estate legally described on Exhibit A attached hereto, and all rights, privileges and appurtenances associated therewith.
     “ Lender Entities ” means, collectively, Lender (including any predecessor-in-interest to Lender) and any Affiliate of Lender (including any Affiliate of any predecessor-in-interest to Lender).
     “ Loan ” means the loan for the Premises described in Section 2.
     “ Loan Amount ” means $9,500,000.00.
     “ Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Disbursement Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the UCC-1 Financing Statements, the Authorization Regarding Information form previously delivered on behalf of the Borrower Parties to Lender and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith or contemplated thereby, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Loan Pool ” means: (a) in the context of a Securitization, any pool or group of loans that are a part of such Securitization; (b) in the context of a Transfer, all loans which are sold, transferred or assigned to the same transferee; and (c) in the context of a Participation, all loans as to which participating interests are granted to the same participant.
     “ Management Agreement ” means that certain Management Agreement dated February 11, 2004 entered into between Borrower and Manager, as amended by that First Amendment to Management Agreement dated April 24, 2006, which Management Agreement relates to the Premises in addition to other hotel properties.
     “ Manager ” means The Summit Group, Inc.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the Premises, including, without limitation, the operation of the Premises as a Permitted Concept, or (b) Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.
     “ Mortgage ” means the deed of trust, deed to secure debt or mortgage dated as of the date of this Agreement executed by Borrower for the benefit of Lender with respect to the Premises, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Note ” means the promissory note dated as of the date of this Agreement executed by Borrower in favor of Lender evidencing the Loan, as such Note shall be amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Note and as the Note may be otherwise amended, restated or substituted from time to time. All references in the Loan Documents to the Note which are applicable to the period of time from and after the execution and delivery of the Amended and Restated Note shall mean the Amended and Restated Note.
     “ Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
     “ OFAC Laws and Regulations ” means Executive Order 13224 issued by the President of the United States of America, the Terrorism Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 595 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), the Terrorism List Governments Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 596 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), the Foreign Terrorist Organizations Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 597 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), and the Cuban Assets Control Regulations (Title 31 Part 515 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), and all other present and future federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, policies, lists (including, without limitation, the Specially Designated
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

4


 

Nationals and Blocked Persons List) and any other requirements of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, the United States Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control) addressing, relating to, or attempting to eliminate, terrorist acts and acts of war, each as hereafter supplemented, amended or modified from time to time, and the present and future rules, regulations and guidance documents promulgated under any of the foregoing, or under similar laws, ordinances, regulations, policies or requirements of other states or localities.
     “ Other Agreements ” means, collectively, all agreements and instruments between, among or by (a) any of the Borrower Parties or any Affiliate of any of the Borrower Parties (including any Affiliate of any predecessor-in-interest to any of the Borrower Parties), and, or for the benefit of, (b) any of the Lender Entities, including, without limitation, promissory notes and guaranties; provided, however, the term “Other Agreements” shall not include the agreements and instruments defined as the Loan Documents.
     “ Participation ” means one or more grants by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities to a third party of a participating interest in notes evidencing obligations to repay secured or unsecured loans owned by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto.
     “ Permitted Concept ” means a hotel and SpringHill Suites.
     “ Permitted Exceptions ” means those recorded easements, restrictions, liens and encumbrances set forth as exceptions in the title insurance policy issued by Title Company to Lender and approved by Lender in its sole discretion in connection with the closing of the Loan.
     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or any other form of entity.
     “ Personal Property ” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
     “ Premises ” means, collectively, the Land and the Improvements (as such terms are defined in the Mortgage).
     “ Restoration ” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
     “ Schedule of Values ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Securitization ” means one or more sales, dispositions, transfers or assignments by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities to a special purpose corporation, trust or other entity identified by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities of notes evidencing obligations to repay secured or unsecured loans owned by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities (and, to the extent applicable, the subsequent sale, transfer or assignment of such notes to another special purpose corporation, trust or other entity identified by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities), and the issuance of bonds, certificates, notes or other instruments evidencing interests in pools of such loans, whether in connection with a permanent asset securitization or a sale of loans in anticipation of a permanent asset securitization. Each Securitization shall be undertaken in accordance with all requirements which may be imposed by the investors or the rating agencies involved in each such sale, disposition, transfer or assignment or which may be imposed by applicable securities, tax or other laws or regulations.
     “ Site and Utility Plans ” means the site and utility plans prepared by Borrower’s Architect which shall be drawn to the same scale as the ALTA survey described in Section 4.B and depict the Improvements (including all utilities) as they are to be constructed pursuant to the Contract Documents and all other items that would be depicted in the “As Built Survey” of the Premises to be delivered to Lender pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Title Company ” means Lawyers Title Insurance Corporation.
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

5


 

     “ Transfer ” means one or more sales, transfers or assignments by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities to a third party of notes evidencing obligations to repay secured or unsecured loans owned by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto.
     “ UCC-1 Financing Statements ” means such UCC-1 Financing Statements as Lender shall file with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     “ UCC” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
     “ U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity ” is an Entity whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on an automated quotation system in the U.S. or a wholly-owned subsidiary of such an Entity.
     2.  Transaction. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Loan Documents, Lender shall make the Loan. The Loan will be evidenced by the Note and secured by the Mortgage. Borrower shall construct the Improvements on the Land in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Disbursement Agreement and Lender shall make Disbursements pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Disbursement Agreement to fund the costs of such construction. The funding of the Initial Loan Amount shall occur simultaneously with the Closing. Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal amount of the Loan together with interest thereon in the manner and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Note and the other Loan Documents. At the time of the Final Disbursement, the Note shall be amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Note. The Amended and Restated Note will mature on the first day of the month immediately following the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Final Disbursement Date occurs. The Loan made pursuant to this Agreement, the construction by Borrower of the Improvements pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement and the granting of the security interest in the Premises pursuant to the Mortgage are not severable and shall be considered a single integrated transaction.
     3.  Escrow Agent; Closing Costs. Borrower and Lender hereby employ Title Company to act as escrow agent in connection with the transactions described in this Agreement. Borrower and Lender will deliver to Title Company all documents, pay to Title Company all sums and do or cause to be done all other things necessary or required by this Agreement, in the reasonable judgment of Title Company, to enable Title Company to comply herewith and to enable any title insurance policy provided for herein to be issued. Title Company shall not cause the transaction to close unless and until it has received written instructions from Lender and Borrower to do so. Title Company is authorized to pay, from any funds held by it for Lender’s or Borrower’s respective credit all amounts necessary to procure the delivery of such documents and to pay, on behalf of Lender and Borrower, all charges and obligations payable by them, respectively. Borrower will pay all charges payable by it to Title Company. Title Company is authorized, in the event any conflicting demand is made upon it concerning these instructions or the escrow, at its election, to hold any documents or funds deposited hereunder until an action shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction to determine the rights of Borrower and Lender or to interplead such documents or funds in an action brought in any such court. Deposit by Title Company of such documents and funds, after deducting therefrom its charges and its expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with any such court action, shall relieve Title Company of all further liability and responsibility for such documents and funds. Title Company’s receipt of this Agreement and opening of an escrow pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Title Company’s agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement pertaining to Title Company. Disbursement of any funds shall be made by check, certified check or wire transfer, as directed by Borrower and Lender. Title Company shall be under no obligation to disburse any funds represented by check or draft, and no check or draft shall be payment to Title Company in compliance with any of the requirements hereof, until it is advised by the bank in which such check or draft is deposited that such check or draft has been honored. Title Company is authorized to act upon any statement furnished by the holder or payee, or a collection agent for the holder or payee, of any lien on or charge or
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

6


 

assessment in connection with the Premises, concerning the amount of such charge or assessment or the amount secured by such lien, without liability or responsibility for the accuracy of such statement. The employment of Title Company as escrow agent shall not affect any rights of subrogation under the terms of any title insurance policy issued pursuant to the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not limit or affect Title Company’s liability or obligations under the Disbursement Agreement.
     4.  Closing Conditions. The obligation of Lender to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment or waiver of each of the following conditions:
     A.  Title Insurance Commitments. Lender shall have received for the Premises a preliminary title report and irrevocable commitment to insure title in the amount of the Loan, by means of a mortgagee’s, ALTA extended coverage policy of title insurance (or its equivalent, in the event such form is not issued in the jurisdiction where the Premises is located) issued by Title Company showing Borrower vested with good and marketable fee title in the real property comprising such Premises, committing to insure Lender’s first priority lien upon and security interest in such real property subject only to Permitted Exceptions, and containing such endorsements as Lender may reasonably require.
     B.  Survey. Lender shall have received (1) a current ALTA survey of the Premises or its equivalent, the form and substance of which shall be satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion and (2) the Site and Utility Plans. Lender shall have obtained a flood certificate indicating that the location of the Premises is not within the 100-year flood plain or identified as a special flood hazard area as defined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, or if the Premises is in such a flood plain or special flood hazard area, Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence of flood insurance maintained on the Premises in an amount and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Lender.
     C.  Environmental. Lender shall have completed such environmental due diligence of the Premises as it deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, and Lender shall have approved the environmental condition of the Premises in its sole discretion.
     D.  Compliance With Representations, Warranties and Covenants. All of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 shall be true, correct and complete as of the Closing Date, and Borrower shall be in compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 6 as of the Closing Date. No event shall have occurred or condition shall exist or information shall have been disclosed by Borrower or discovered by Lender which has had or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Premises, any of the Borrower Parties or Lender’s willingness to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, as determined by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion.
     E.  Proof of Insurance. Borrower shall have delivered to Lender certificates of insurance and copies of insurance policies showing that all insurance required by the Loan Documents and providing coverage and limits satisfactory to Lender are in full force and effect.
     F.  Legal Opinions. Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such legal opinions as Lender may reasonably require all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.
     G.  Fee and Closing Costs. Borrower shall have paid the Fee to Lender and shall have paid all costs of the transactions described in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the cost of title insurance premiums and all endorsements required by Lender, survey charges, UCC and litigation search charges, the attorneys’ fees of Borrower, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of Lender, the cost of the environmental due diligence undertaken pursuant to Section 4.C, Lender’s site inspection costs and fees, stamp taxes, mortgage taxes, transfer fees, escrow, filing and recording fees and UCC filing and recording fees (including preparation, filing and recording fees for UCC continuation statements). Borrower shall have also paid all real and personal property and other applicable taxes and assessments and other charges relating to the Premises which are due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date as well as taxes and assessments due and payable subsequent to the Closing Date but which Title
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

7


 

Company requires to be paid at Closing as a condition to the issuance of the title insurance policy described in Section 4.A.
     H.  Franchise Agreement. Lender shall have received a certificate (the “Franchisor Certificate”) from Franchisor in form and substance acceptable to Lender which provides that the Premises has been approved by Franchisor. If the Franchise Agreement has been entered into prior to the Closing, the Franchisor Certificate shall also provide that the Franchise Agreement is valid, binding and in full force and effect, with a term (inclusive of existing renewal options) which will expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Note, and no events have occurred which could constitute a default under the Loan Documents, and, to the extent Franchisor has a right of first refusal in the Franchise Agreement that extends to the sale, transfer or conveyance of the Premises, Franchisor waives all such rights of first refusal set forth in the Franchise Agreement as to Lender and its successors and assigns.
     I.  Development Documents; Borrower’s Architect Certification . (1) Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall have approved the Contract Documents, the Budget, the Schedule of Values, the Architect’s Agreement, the General Contract, the Borrower’s Architect and the General Contractor; Borrower shall have caused the General Contractor to deliver a list to Lender and Title Company, certified by the General Contractor, of (a) all materialmen, laborers, subcontractors, suppliers and any other parties (collectively, the “Vendors”) who may claim statutory or common law liens as a result of furnishing material or labor to the Premises or any portion thereof or interest therein, (b) the work or materials the Vendors will perform or supply, and (c) the cost of such work or materials; and Borrower shall have executed or delivered, as applicable, all Development Documents, including, without limitation, a consent of the General Contractor to the collateral assignment of the General Contract (the “Consent of General Contractor”), all in form and substance acceptable to Lender.
     (2) Borrower’s Architect shall have delivered to Lender a certification in form and substance satisfactory to Lender certifying that the plans and specifications for the Improvements are in compliance with all applicable building and zoning codes, ordinances and requirements.
     J.  Management Agreement . The Management Agreement shall be in full force and effect. Lender shall have approved the Management Agreement in its sole discretion and Manager and Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such subordination agreements, collateral assignments of management agreement and consents to collateral assignment of management agreement as Lender may require in its sole discretion.
     K.  Closing Documents. At or prior to the Closing Date, Lender or the Borrower Parties, as may be appropriate, shall have executed and delivered or shall have caused to be executed and delivered to Lender, or as Lender may otherwise direct, the Loan Documents and such other documents, payments (including, without limitation, the Initial Equity Contribution), instruments and certificates, as Lender may require in form acceptable to Lender.
     Upon fulfillment or waiver of all of the above conditions, Lender shall deposit funds necessary to close this transaction with the Title Company and this transaction shall close in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     5.  Representations and Warranties of Borrower. The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Section are being made by Borrower as of the Closing Date to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated herein and shall survive the Closing. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows:
     A.  Financial Information. (1) Borrower has delivered to Lender certain financial statements and other information concerning the Borrower Parties in connection with the transaction described in this Agreement (collectively, the “Financial Information”). The Financial Information is true, correct and complete in all material respects; there have been no amendments to the Financial Information since the
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

8


 

date such Financial Information was prepared or delivered to Lender. Borrower understands that Lender is relying upon the Financial Information and Borrower represents that such reliance is reasonable. All annual financial statements included in the Financial Information were prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present as of the date of such financial statements the financial condition of each individual or entity to which they pertain. No change has occurred with respect to the financial condition of any of the Borrower Parties or the Premises as reflected in the Financial Information, which has not been disclosed in writing to Lender or has had, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     (2) Borrower has delivered to Lender the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents have been approved by the Borrower Parties and the General Contractor and will enable the Improvements to be constructed for the use of the Premises as a Permitted Concept.
     B.  Organization and Authority. Each of the Borrower Parties (other than individuals), as applicable, is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation or formation. Borrower is qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to do business in each state where the Premises is located, and each of the Borrower Parties is qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to do business in any other jurisdiction where the failure to be qualified would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All necessary action has been taken to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower Parties of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The person(s) who have executed this Agreement on behalf of Borrower are duly authorized so to do. Borrower is not a “foreign corporation”, “foreign partnership”, “foreign trust”, “foreign estate” or “foreign person” (as those terms are defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended). Borrower’s U.S. Federal Tax Identification number, Organization Identification number and principal place of business are correctly set forth on the signature page of this Agreement. None of the Borrower Parties, and no individual or entity owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties, is an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations; provided, however, the representation contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     C.  Enforceability of Documents. Upon execution by the Borrower Parties, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower Parties, respectively, enforceable against the Borrower Parties in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity.
     D.  Litigation. There are no suits, actions, proceedings or investigations pending, or to the best of its knowledge, threatened against or involving the Borrower Parties or the Premises before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, except for such suits, actions, proceedings or investigations which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     E.  Absence of Breaches or Defaults. The Borrower Parties are not, and the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will not result, in any breach or default under any other document, instrument or agreement to which any of the Borrower Parties is a party or by which any of the Borrower Parties, the Premises or any of the property of any of the Borrower Parties is subject or bound, except for such breaches or defaults which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect. The authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will not violate any applicable law, statute, regulation, rule, ordinance, code, rule or order. The Premises is not subject to any right of first refusal, right of first offer or option to purchase or lease granted to a third party.
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

9


 

     F.  Utilities. All utility services and easements necessary for the construction of the Improvements and the operation thereof as a Permitted Concept are available at the boundaries of the Land, including water supply, storm and sanitary sewer facilities, gas, electric and telephone facilities.
     G.  Zoning; Compliance With Laws. The Premises is in compliance with all applicable zoning requirements, and the use of the Premises as a Permitted Concept does not constitute a nonconforming use under applicable zoning requirements. The Borrower Parties and the Premises are in compliance with all Applicable Regulations except for such noncompliance which has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     H.  Area Development; Wetlands. No condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting the Premises have been commenced or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, are contemplated. Neither the Premises, nor to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, the real property bordering the Premises, are designated by any Governmental Authority as a wetlands.
     I.  Licenses and Permits; Access. All required licenses and permits, both governmental and private, to begin construction of the Improvements are in full force and effect, except for such licenses and permits the failure of which to obtain has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect. Adequate rights of access to public roads and ways are available to the Premises for unrestricted ingress and egress and otherwise to permit utilization of the Premises for their intended purposes, and all such public roads and ways have been completed and dedicated to public use.
     J.  Environmental. The representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 2 of the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, together with the corresponding definitions, are incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if stated in full in this Agreement.
     K.  Title to Premises; First Priority Lien. Fee title to the real property comprising the Premises is vested in Borrower, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges and security interests of any nature whatsoever, except the Permitted Exceptions. Borrower is owner of all Personal Property, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges and security interests of any nature whatsoever, and no Affiliate of Borrower owns any of the Personal Property. Upon Closing, Lender shall have a first priority lien upon and security interest in the Premises pursuant to the Mortgage and the UCC-1 Financing Statements.
     L.  No Mechanics’ Liens. There are no delinquent accounts payable or mechanics’ liens in favor of any materialman, laborer, or any other person or entity in connection with labor or materials furnished to or performed on any portion of the Premises; and no work has been performed or is in progress nor have materials been supplied to the Premises or agreements entered into for work to be performed or materials to be supplied to the Premises prior to the date hereof, which will be delinquent on or before the Closing Date.
     M.  Franchisor Provisions. The Premises have been approved by Franchisor and Franchisor has either entered into a franchise, license or area development agreement with Borrower with respect to the Premises or has agreed to enter into such agreement with Borrower upon the completion of the construction of the Improvements. If such franchise, license or area development agreement has been entered into prior to the date of this Agreement: (1) Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Franchise Agreement; (2) the Franchise Agreement is the only agreement in effect with Franchisor with respect to the Premises; (3) the Franchise Agreement is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties to the Franchise Agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity; (4) none of the Borrower Parties has assigned, transferred, mortgaged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered the Franchise Agreement or any rights thereunder or any interest
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

10


 

therein, and none of the Borrower Parties has received any notice that Franchisor has made any assignment, pledge or hypothecation of all or any part of its rights or interest in the Franchise Agreement; (5) no notice of default from Franchisor has been received under the Franchise Agreement which has not been cured and no notice of default to Franchisor has been given under the Franchise Agreement which has not been cured; (6) no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under the Franchise Agreement; and (7) the Franchise Agreement has a term (inclusive of existing renewal options) which will expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Amended and Restated Note.
     N.  Money Laundering . (1) Borrower has taken all reasonable measures, in accordance with all applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws, with respect to each holder of a direct or indirect interest in the Borrower Parties, to assure that funds invested by such holders in the Borrower Parties are derived from legal sources; provided, however, none of the foregoing shall apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     (2) To Borrower’s knowledge after making due inquiry, neither any of the Borrower Parties nor any holder of a direct or indirect interest in the Borrower Parties (a) is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, any violation of any Anti-Money Laundering Laws, or drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicated crimes or a violation of the BSA, (b) has been assessed civil penalties under these or related laws, or (c) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under these or related laws; provided, however, none of the foregoing shall apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     (3) Borrower has taken reasonable steps, consistent with industry practice for comparable organizations and in any event as required by law, to ensure that the Borrower Parties are and shall be in compliance with all (a) Anti-Money Laundering Laws and (b) OFAC Laws and Regulations.
     O.  Management Agreement . Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Management Agreement. The Management Agreement is the only agreement in effect with Manager with respect to the Premises. The Management Agreement is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties to the Management Agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity. As it relates to the Premises, Borrower has not assigned, transferred, mortgaged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered the Management Agreement or any rights thereunder or any interest therein, and Borrower has not received any notice that Manager has made any assignment, pledge or hypothecation of all or any part of its rights or interest in the Management Agreement. No notice of default from Manager has been received under the Management Agreement that has not been cured and no notice of default to Manager has been given under the Management Agreement which has not been cured. No event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under the Management Agreement.
     6.  Covenants. Borrower covenants to Lender from and after the Closing Date and until all of the Obligations are satisfied in full, as follows:
     A.  Payment of the Note. Borrower shall punctually pay, or cause to be paid, the principal, interest and all other sums to become due in respect of the Note and the other Loan Documents in accordance with the Note and the other Loan Documents. Borrower shall authorize Lender to establish arrangements whereby all scheduled payments made in respect of the Obligations are transferred by Automated Clearing House Debit initiated by Lender directly from an account at a U.S. bank in the name of Borrower to such account as Lender may designate or as Lender may otherwise designate.
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

11


 

     B.  Title. Borrower shall maintain good and marketable fee simple title to the real property comprising the Premises, and title to the Personal Property and the remainder of the Premises, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges and other exceptions to title, except the Permitted Exceptions or except as permitted by the Loan Documents. Lender shall have valid first liens upon and security interests in the Premises, including the Personal Property, pursuant to the Mortgage and the UCC-1 Financing Statements.
     C.  Organization and Status of Borrower; Preservation of Existence. Each of the Borrower Parties (other than individuals), as applicable, shall be validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation or formation. Borrower shall be qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company to do business in each state where the Premises is located, and each of the Borrower Parties shall be qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company in any other jurisdiction where the failure to be qualified would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall preserve its current form of organization and shall not change its legal name, its state of formation, nor, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, merge with or into, or consolidate with, any other entity without providing, in each case, Lender with 30 days’ prior written notice and obtaining Lender’s prior written consent (to the extent such consent is required under Section 7 of this Agreement). In addition, Borrower shall require, and shall take reasonable measures to comply with the requirement, that no individual or entity owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties is an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations; provided, however, the covenant contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     D.  Licenses and Permits. From and after the Completion Date, all required licenses and permits, both governmental and private, to use and operate the Premises as a Permitted Concept shall be maintained in full force and effect.
     E.  Compliance With Laws Generally. The use and occupation of the Premises, and the condition thereof, including, without limitation, any Restoration, shall comply with all Applicable Regulations now or hereafter in effect, including, without limitation, the OFAC Laws and Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering Laws. In addition, the Borrower Parties shall comply with all Applicable Regulations now or hereafter in effect. Without limiting the generality of the other provisions of this Section, Borrower shall comply with the ADA, and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as it affects the Premises.
     F.  Compliance With Environmental Provisions. The covenants, obligations and agreements of Borrower set forth in Sections 3 through 7 of the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, together with the corresponding definitions, are incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if stated in full in this Agreement.
     G.  Financial Statements. From and after the Completion Date, within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter and within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Lender (1) complete financial statements of the Borrower Parties including a balance sheet, profit and loss statement, statement of cash flows and all other related schedules for the fiscal period then ended; (2) income statements for the business at the Premises; (3) standard hotel data of rooms sold and rooms available, as well as gross revenue breakdown of room revenue from other revenue, so that occupancy ADR and RevPar Statistics can be calculated; and (4) such other financial information as Lender may reasonably request in order to establish compliance with the financial covenants in the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, Section 6.J of this Agreement. All such annual financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP from period to period, and shall be certified to be accurate and complete by Borrower (or the Treasurer or other appropriate officer of Borrower). In the event the property and business at the Premises is ordinarily consolidated with other business for
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

12


 

financial statement purposes, such financial statements shall be prepared on a consolidated basis showing separately the sales, profits and losses, assets and liabilities pertaining to the Premises with the basis for allocation of overhead of other charges being clearly set forth. The financial statements delivered to Lender need not be audited, but Borrower shall deliver to Lender copies of any audited financial statements of Borrower which may be prepared, as soon as they are available. Borrower shall also cause to be delivered to Lender copies of any financial statements required to be delivered to Borrower by any tenants of the Premises.
     H.  Lost Note. Borrower shall, if the Note is mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen (a “Lost Note”), promptly deliver to Lender, upon receipt from Lender of an affidavit and indemnity in a form reasonably acceptable to Lender and Borrower stipulating that the Note has been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen, in substitution therefor, a new promissory note containing the same terms and conditions as the Lost Note with a notation thereon of the unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest. Borrower shall provide fifteen (15) days’ prior notice to Lender before making any payments to third parties in connection with the Lost Note.
     I.  Inspections. Borrower shall, during normal business hours (or at any time in the event of an emergency) and at reasonable intervals, (1) provide Lender and Lender’s officers, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys, accountants, architects, and engineers with access to the Premises, all drawings, plans, and specifications for the Premises in possession of any of the Borrower Parties, all engineering reports relating to the Premises in the possession of any of the Borrower Parties, the files, correspondence and documents relating to the Premises, and the financial books and records, including lists of delinquencies, relating to the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Premises (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing information stored in any computer files), (2) allow such persons to make such inspections, tests, copies, and verifications as Lender considers necessary, and (3) if Borrower is in breach of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio requirement set forth in the following subsection J, pay expenses reasonably incurred by Lender from time to time in conducting such inspections, tests, copies and verifications upon demand (such amounts to bear interest at the Default Rate if not paid upon demand until paid).
     J.  Debt Service Coverage Ratio . From and after the Completion Date, Borrower shall maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1 before distribution payouts and 1.0:1 after distribution payouts, as determined as of Borrower’s fiscal year end. For purposes of this Section, the term “Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean with respect to the twelve month period of time immediately preceding the date of determination, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP, of (1) earnings before Interest Expense, income taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, plus or minus other non-recurring renovation/remodel expenses funded with the proceeds of a loan or other non-operating sources to (2) principal and interest payments on the aggregate first mortgage term debt.
     For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
     “ Depreciation and Amortization ” shall mean the depreciation and amortization accruing during any period of determination with respect to Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Interest Expense ” shall mean for any period of determination, the sum of all interest accrued or which should be accrued in respect of all Debt of Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     K.  Affiliate Transactions. Unless otherwise approved by Lender, all transactions between Borrower and any of its Affiliates shall be on terms substantially as advantageous to Borrower as those which could be obtained by Borrower in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate of Borrower.
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

13


 

     L.  Compliance Certificates . Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, Borrower shall deliver a compliance certificate to Lender in a form to be provided by Lender in order to establish that Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all of its obligations, duties and covenants under the Loan Documents.
     M.  Franchise Agreement. From and after the Completion Date, the Franchise Agreement shall be maintained in full force and effect. No event shall occur nor shall any condition exist which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under the Franchise Agreement. Borrower shall give prompt notice to Lender of any claim of default by or to the franchisee under the Franchise Agreement and shall provide Lender with a copy of any default notice given or received by the franchisee under the Franchise Agreement and any information submitted or referenced in support of such claim of default. Borrower shall also give prompt notice to Lender of any extensions or renewals of the Franchise Agreement and the expiration or termination of the Franchise Agreement.
     N.  Use of Disbursements . Borrower will use the Disbursements solely to construct the Improvements, and it will not require and will not avail itself of any other extension of credit for such purpose without Lender’s prior written consent.
     O.  Contract Documents . Following approval by Lender, the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, the location of the Improvements depicted on the Site and Utility Plans, will not be changed or altered in any respect without Lender’s prior written consent except as allowed in the Disbursement Agreement.
     P.  OFAC Laws and Regulations . Borrower shall immediately notify Lender in writing if any individual or entity owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties or any director, officer, member, manager or partner of any of such holders is an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations, or is under investigation by any governmental entity for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or any violation of Anti-Money Laundering Laws, has been assessed civil penalties under these or related laws, or has had funds seized or forfeited in an action under these or related laws; provided, however, the covenant contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     Q.  Management Agreement. The Management Agreement shall be maintained in full force and effect. No event shall occur nor shall any condition exist which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under the Management Agreement. Borrower shall give prompt notice to Lender of any claim of default by or to the Manager under the Management Agreement and shall provide Lender with a copy of any default notice given or received by the Manager under the Management Agreement and any information submitted or referenced in support of such claim of default. Borrower shall also give prompt notice to Lender of the expiration or termination of the Management Agreement.
     7.  Prohibition on Change of Control and Pledge. A. Without limiting the terms and conditions of Section 3.09 of the Mortgage, Borrower agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until all of the Obligations are satisfied in full, without the prior written consent of Lender: (1) no Change of Control shall occur; and (2) no interest in any of the Borrower Parties shall be pledged, encumbered, hypothecated or assigned as collateral for any obligation of any of the Borrower Parties (each, a “Pledge”). In addition, no interest in any of the Borrower Parties, or in any individual or person owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties, shall be transferred, assigned or conveyed to any individual or person whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or who is in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations, and any such transfer, assignment or conveyance shall not be effective until the transferee has provided written certification to Borrower and Lender that (x) the transferee or any person who owns directly or
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

14


 

indirectly any interest in transferee, is not an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of the OFAC Laws and Regulations, and (y) the transferee has taken reasonable measures to assure than any individual or entity who owns directly or indirectly any interest in transferee, is not an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of the OFAC Laws and Regulations; provided, however, the covenant contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     B. Lender’s consent to a Change of Control or Pledge shall be subject to the satisfaction of such conditions as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, (1) the execution and delivery of such modifications to the terms of the Loan Documents as Lender shall request, (2) the proposed Change of Control or Pledge having been approved by each of the rating agencies which have issued ratings in connection with any Securitization of the Loan as well as any other rating agency selected by Lender, and (3) the proposed transferee having agreed to comply with all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents (including any modifications requested by Lender pursuant to clause (1) above). In addition, any such consent shall be conditioned upon payment by Borrower to Lender of (a) a fee equal to one percent (1%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Note and (b) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such consent, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. Lender shall not be required to demonstrate any actual impairment of its security or any increased risk of default hereunder in order to declare the Obligations immediately due and payable upon a Change of Control or Pledge in violation of this Section. The provisions of this Section shall apply to every Change of Control or Pledge regardless of whether voluntary or not, or whether or not Lender has consented to any previous Change of Control or Pledge.
     8.  Transaction Characterization. A. It is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are a contract to extend a financial accommodation (as such term is used in the Code) for the benefit of Borrower and that the Loan Documents evidence one unitary, unseverable transaction pertaining to the Premises.
     B. It is the intent of the parties hereto that the business relationship created by the Loan Documents is solely that of creditor and debtor and has been entered into by both parties in reliance upon the economic and legal bargains contained in the Loan Documents. None of the agreements contained in the Loan Documents is intended, nor shall the same be deemed or construed, to create a partnership (either de jure or de facto) between Borrower and Lender, to make them joint venturers, to make Borrower an agent, legal representative, partner, subsidiary or employee of Lender, nor to make Lender in any way responsible for the debts, obligations or losses of Borrower.
     9.  Default and Remedies. A. Each of the following shall be deemed an event of default by Borrower (each, an “Event of Default”):
     (1) If any representation or warranty of any of the Borrower Parties set forth in any of the Loan Documents is false in any material respect when made, or if any of the Borrower Parties renders any statement or account which is false in any material respect.
     (2) If any principal, interest or other monetary sum due under the Note, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document is not paid within five days after the date when due; provided, however, notwithstanding the occurrence of such an Event of Default, Lender shall not be entitled to exercise its rights and remedies set forth below unless and until Lender shall have given Borrower written notice thereof and a period of five days from the delivery of such notice shall have elapsed without such Event of Default being cured.
     (3) If Borrower fails to observe or perform any of the other covenants, conditions, or obligations of this Agreement; provided, however, if any such failure does not involve the payment of any
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

15


 

monetary sum, is not willful or intentional, does not place any rights or interest in collateral of Lender in immediate jeopardy, and is within the reasonable power of Borrower to promptly cure after receipt of notice thereof, all as determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion, then such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, unless and until Lender shall have given Borrower notice thereof and a period of 30 days shall have elapsed, during which period Borrower may correct or cure such failure, upon failure of which an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder without further notice or demand of any kind being required. If such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, as determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion, and Borrower is diligently pursuing a cure of such failure, then Borrower shall have a reasonable period to cure such failure beyond such 30-day period, which shall not exceed 90 days after receiving notice of the failure from Lender. If Borrower shall fail to correct or cure such failure within such 90-day period, an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder without further notice or demand of any kind being required.
     (4) If any of the Borrower Parties becomes insolvent within the meaning of the Code, files or notifies Lender that it intends to file a petition under the Code, initiates a proceeding under any similar law or statute relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or adjustment of debts (collectively, an “Action”), becomes the subject of either a petition under the Code or an Action, or is not generally paying its debts as the same become due. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the filing of an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding against any of the Borrower Parties shall not be an Event of Default herein provided that such case or proceeding is dismissed with prejudice within 60 days of the filing thereof.
     (5) If there is an “Event of Default” or a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under any of the Other Agreements, or any other Loan Document.
     (6) If a final, nonappealable judgment is rendered by a court against any of the Borrower Parties which (a) has a Material Adverse Effect on the operation of the Premises as a Permitted Concept, or (b) is in an amount greater than $100,000.00 and not covered by insurance, and, in either case, is not discharged or provision made for such discharge within 60 days from the date of entry of such judgment.
     (7) If there is a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under the Franchise Agreement, or if the Franchise Agreement terminates or expires prior to the payment in full of the Note in accordance with its terms and a substitute agreement for the terminated or expired agreement is not entered into with Franchisor prior to such expiration or termination, which substitute agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and shall expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Note.
     (8) If there is a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under the Management Agreement, or if the Management Agreement terminates or expires prior to the payment in full of the Note in accordance with its terms and a substitute agreement for the terminated or expired agreement is not entered into with Manager prior to such expiration or termination, which substitute agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and shall expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Note.
     B. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the limitations set forth in subsection A, Lender may declare all or any part of the obligations of Borrower under the Note, this Agreement and any other Loan Document to be due and payable, and the same shall thereupon become due and payable without any presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and Borrower hereby waives notice of intent to accelerate the obligations secured by the Mortgage and notice of acceleration. Thereafter, Lender may exercise, at its option, concurrently, successively or in any combination, all remedies available at law or in equity, including without limitation any one or more of the remedies available under the Note, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document. Neither the acceptance of this Agreement nor its enforcement shall prejudice
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

16


 

or in any manner affect Lender’s right to realize upon or enforce any other security now or hereafter held by Lender, it being agreed that Lender shall be entitled to enforce this Agreement and any other security now or hereafter held by Lender in such order and manner as it may in its absolute discretion determine. No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Lender is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. Every power or remedy given by any of the Loan Documents to Lender, or to which Lender may be otherwise entitled, may be exercised, concurrently or independently, from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by Lender.
     10.  Indemnity; Release. A. Initially capitalized terms in this Section that are not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Environmental Indemnity Agreement. Borrower shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, indemnify, release and hold harmless each of the Indemnified Parties for, from and against any and all claims, suits, liabilities (including, without limitation, strict liabilities), actions, proceedings, obligations, debts, damages, losses, costs, expenses, diminutions in value, fines, penalties, charges, fees, expenses, judgments, awards, amounts paid in settlement and damages of whatever kind or nature (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, court costs and other costs of defense) (collectively, “Losses”) (excluding Losses suffered by an Indemnified Party directly arising out of such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that the term “gross negligence” shall not include gross negligence imputed as a matter of law to any of the Indemnified Parties solely by reason of Borrower’s interest in the Premises or Borrower’s failure to act in respect of matters which are or were the obligation of Borrower under the Loan Documents and the Development Documents), and costs of Remediation (whether or not performed voluntarily), engineers’ fees, environmental consultants’ fees, and costs of investigation (including but not limited to sampling, testing, and analysis of soil, water, air, building materials and other materials and substances whether solid, liquid or gas) imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Parties, and directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way relating to any one or more of the following: (1) any presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, above, or under the Premises introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower; (2) any past, present or Threatened Release in, on, above, under or from the Premises regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower; (3) any activity by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises in connection with any actual, proposed or threatened use, treatment, storage, holding, existence, disposition or other Release, generation, production, manufacturing, processing, refining, control, management, abatement, removal, handling, transfer or transportation to or from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials at any time located in, under, on or above the Premises; (4) any activity by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises in connection with any actual or proposed Remediation of any Hazardous Materials at any time located in, under, on or above the Premises, whether or not such Remediation is voluntary or pursuant to court or administrative order, including but not limited to any removal, remedial or corrective action; (5) any past, present or threatened non-compliance or violations of any Environmental Laws (or permits issued pursuant to any Environmental Law) in connection with the Premises or operations thereon, regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower, including but not limited to any failure by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises to comply with any order of any Governmental Authority in connection with any Environmental Laws; (6) the imposition, recording or filing or the threatened imposition, recording or filing of any Environmental Lien encumbering the Premises regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower; (7) any administrative processes or proceedings or judicial proceedings in any way connected with any matter addressed in this Agreement; (8) any past, present or threatened injury to, destruction of or loss of natural resources in any way connected with the Premises regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower, including but not limited to costs to investigate and assess such injury, destruction or loss; (9) any acts of Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises in arranging for disposal or treatment, or arranging with a transporter for transport for disposal or treatment, of Hazardous Materials
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

17


 

owned or possessed by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user, at any facility or incineration vessel owned or operated by another person or entity and containing such or similar Hazardous Materials; (10) any acts of Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises, in accepting any Hazardous Materials for transport to disposal or treatment facilities, incineration vessels or sites selected by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises, from which there is a Release, or a Threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials which causes the incurrence of costs for Remediation; (11) any personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage arising under any statutory or common law or tort law theory regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower, including but not limited to damages assessed for the maintenance of a private or public nuisance or for the conducting of an abnormally dangerous activity on or near the Premises; (12) any disclosures of information, financial or otherwise, (x) made by (i) Lender or Lender’s employees, officers, agents and designees to Franchisor or any third party as contemplated by Section 11.R of this Agreement, or (ii) any employee, officer, agent or representative of Franchisor to Lender or any other Indemnified Party, or (y) obtained from any credit reporting agency with respect to Borrower, any guarantor of the Loan, any Affiliate of Borrower, any of the other Borrower Parties or any operator or lessee of the Premises; or (13) any misrepresentation or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty by Borrower or material breach or failure to perform by Borrower of any covenants or other obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, Borrower shall not be liable for the acts of tenants or other users occurring after the Borrower no longer owns the Premises.
     B. Excluding losses suffered by Lender directly arising out of Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that the term “gross negligence” shall not include gross negligence imputed as a matter of law to Lender solely by reason of Borrower’s interest in the Premises or Borrower’s failure to act in respect of matters which are or were the obligation of Borrower under the Loan Documents, Borrower fully and completely releases, waives and covenants not to assert any claims, liabilities, actions, defenses, challenges, contests or other opposition against Lender, however characterized, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, now existing or arising in the future, relating to this Agreement and any Hazardous Materials, Releases or Remediation on, at or affecting the Premises.
     11.  Miscellaneous Provisions.
     A.  Notices. All notices, consents, approvals or other instruments required or permitted to be given by either party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be in writing and given by (i) hand delivery, (ii) facsimile, (iii) express overnight delivery service or (iv) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been delivered upon (a) receipt, if hand delivered, (b) transmission, if delivered by facsimile, (c) the next Business Day, if delivered by express overnight delivery service, or (d) the third Business Day following the day of deposit of such notice with the United States Postal Service, if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notices shall be provided to the parties and addresses (or facsimile numbers, as applicable) specified below. If to Borrower: Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, 2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105, Attention: Hulyn Farr, Telephone: (605) 361-9566, Telecopy: (605) 362-9388; and if to Lender: General Electric Capital Corporation, 8377 East Hartford Drive, Suite 200 Scottsdale, Arizona 85255, Attention: Collateral Management, Telephone: 480-585-4500, Telecopy: 480-585-2225.
     B.  Real Estate Commission. Lender and Borrower represent and warrant to each other that they have dealt with no real estate or mortgage broker, agent, finder or other intermediary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Lender and Borrower shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from and against any costs, claims or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of the breach of their respective representations and warranties contained within this Section.
     C.  Waiver and Amendment; Document Review. (1) No provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed waived or amended except by a written instrument
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

18


 

unambiguously setting forth the matter waived or amended and signed by the party against which enforcement of such waiver or amendment is sought. Waiver of any matter shall not be deemed a waiver of the same or any other matter on any future occasion.
     (2) In the event Borrower makes any request upon Lender requiring Lender or Lender’s attorneys to review or prepare (or cause to be reviewed or prepared) any documents, plans, specifications or other submissions in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, then Borrower shall (a) reimburse Lender promptly upon Lender’s demand for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such review or preparation, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and (b) pay Lender a reasonable processing and review fee.
     D.  Captions. Captions are used throughout this Agreement and the other Loan Documents for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in any manner in the construction or interpretation hereof.
     E.  Lender’s Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, it is specifically understood and agreed, such agreement being a primary consideration for the execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Lender, that (1) there shall be absolutely no personal liability on the part of any shareholder, director, officer or employee of Lender, with respect to any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (2) Borrower waives all claims, demands and causes of action against Lender’s officers, directors, employees and agents in the event of any breach by Lender of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to be performed by Lender and (3) Borrower shall look solely to the assets of Lender for the satisfaction of each and every remedy of Borrower in the event of any breach by Lender of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to be performed by Lender, such exculpation of liability to be absolute and without any exception whatsoever.
     F.  Severability. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed severable. If any part of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remainder shall remain in full force and effect, and such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be reformed by such court so as to give maximum legal effect to the intention of the parties as expressed therein.
     G.  Construction Generally. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been entered into by parties who are experienced in sophisticated and complex matters similar to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and are entered into by both parties in reliance upon the economic and legal bargains contained therein and shall be interpreted and construed in a fair and impartial manner without regard to such factors as the party which prepared the instrument, the relative bargaining powers of the parties or the domicile of any party. Borrower and Lender were each represented by legal counsel competent in advising them of their obligations and liabilities hereunder.
     H.  Further Assurances. Borrower will, at its sole cost and expense, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further acts, documents, conveyances, notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, assignments, security agreements, financing statements and assurances as Lender shall from time to time reasonably require or deem advisable to carry into effect the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to perfect any lien or security interest granted in any of the Loan Documents and for the better assuring and confirming of all of Lender’s rights, powers and remedies under the Loan Documents.
     I.  Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any judicial or other adversarial proceeding between the parties concerning this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

19


 

recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
     J.  Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any other certificates, instruments or agreements to be delivered in connection therewith, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no other representations, warranties or agreements, written or oral, between Borrower and Lender with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the contrary, with respect to the Premises, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Borrower and Lender, any bid proposals or loan commitments with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control notwithstanding that such terms and conditions may be inconsistent with or vary from those set forth in such bid proposals or loan commitments.
     K.  Forum Selection; Jurisdiction; Venue; Choice of Law. Borrower acknowledges that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents were substantially negotiated in the State of Arizona, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents were executed by Lender in the State of Arizona and delivered by Borrower in the State of Arizona, all payments under the Note will be delivered in the State of Arizona and there are substantial contacts between the parties and the transactions contemplated herein and the State of Arizona. For purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the parties hereto hereby expressly submit to the jurisdiction of all federal and state courts located in the State of Arizona and Borrower consents that it may be served with any process or paper by registered mail or by personal service within or without the State of Arizona in accordance with applicable law. Furthermore, Borrower waives and agrees not to assert in any such action, suit or proceeding that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts, that the action, suit or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that venue of the action, suit or proceeding is improper. It is the intent of the parties hereto that all provisions of this Agreement and the Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Arizona, without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of law. To the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction finds Arizona law inapplicable with respect to any provisions of this Agreement or the Note, then, as to those provisions only, the laws of the state where the Premises is located shall be deemed to apply. Nothing in this Section shall limit or restrict the right of Lender to commence any proceeding in the federal or state courts located in the state in which the Premises is located to the extent Lender deems such proceeding necessary or advisable to exercise remedies available under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
     L.  Counterparts. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
     M.  Assignments by Lender; Binding Effect. Lender may assign in whole or in part its rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, in connection with any Transfer, Participation or Securitization. Upon any unconditional assignment of Lender’s entire right and interest, including all Lender’s duties and obligations, hereunder, Lender shall automatically be relieved, from and after the date of such assignment, of liability for the performance of any obligation of Lender contained herein. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including, without limitation, any United States trustee, any debtor in possession or any trustee appointed from a private panel.
     N.  Survival. Except for the conditions of Closing set forth in Section 4, which shall be satisfied or waived as of the Closing Date, all representations, warranties, agreements, obligations and indemnities of Borrower and Lender set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall survive the Closing.
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

20


 

     O.  Waiver of Jury Trial and Punitive, Consequential, Special and Indirect Damages. BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL ISSUES PRESENTED IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR ITS SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR RELATED HERETO. THIS WAIVER BY THE PARTIES HERETO OF ANY RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ASPECT OF THEIR BARGAIN. FURTHERMORE, BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO SEEK PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL AND INDIRECT DAMAGES FROM THE OTHER AND ANY OF THE OTHER’S AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANY OF THEIR SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL ISSUES PRESENTED IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER OR ANY OF THE OTHER’S AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANY OF THEIR SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR RELATED HERETO. THE WAIVER BY BORROWER AND LENDER OF ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO SEEK PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL AND INDIRECT DAMAGES HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES HERETO AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ASPECT OF THEIR BARGAIN.
     P.  Transfers, Participations and Securitizations. (1) A material inducement to Lender’s willingness to complete the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents is Borrower’s agreement that Lender may, at any time, complete a Transfer, Participation or Securitization with respect to the Note, Mortgage or any of the other Loan Documents or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto.
     (2) Borrower agrees to cooperate in good faith with Lender in connection with any such Transfer, Participation or Securitization of the Note, Mortgage or any of the other Loan Documents, or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto, including, without limitation (a) providing such documents, financial and other data, and other information and materials (the “Disclosures”) which would typically be required with respect to the Borrower Parties and the Manager by a purchaser, transferee, assignee, servicer, participant, investor or rating agency involved with respect to such Transfer, Participation or Securitization, as applicable; provided, however, the Borrower Parties, and the Manager shall not be required to make Disclosures of any confidential information or any information which has not previously been made public unless required by applicable federal or state securities laws; and (b) amending the terms of the transactions evidenced by the Loan Documents to the extent necessary so as to satisfy the requirements of purchasers, transferees, assignees, servicers, participants, investors or selected rating agencies involved in any such Transfer, Participation or Securitization, so long as such amendments would not have a Material Adverse Effect upon the Borrower Parties or the transactions contemplated hereunder. Lender shall be responsible for preparing at its expense any documents evidencing the amendments referred to in the preceding subitem (b).
     (3) Borrower consents to Lender providing the Disclosures, as well as any other information which Lender may now have or hereafter acquire with respect to the Premises or Manager or the financial condition of the Borrower Parties to each purchaser, transferee, assignee, servicer, participant, investor or rating agency involved with respect to each Transfer, Participation or Securitization, as applicable. Lender and Borrower (and their respective Affiliates) shall each pay their own attorneys’ fees and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their respective obligations under this Section.
     (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents: (a) an Event of Default or a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan or
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

21


 

sale/leaseback transaction which has not been the subject of a Securitization, Participation or Transfer shall not constitute an Event of Default or a breach or default, as applicable, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan which has been the subject of a Securitization, Participation or Transfer; (b) an Event of Default or a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan which is included in any Loan Pool shall not constitute an Event of Default or a breach or default, as applicable, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan which is included in any other Loan Pool; (c) the Loan Documents and Other Agreement corresponding to the loans in any Loan Pool shall not secure the obligations of any of the Borrower Parties contained in any Loan Document or Other Agreement which does not correspond to a loan in such Loan Pool; and (d) the Loan Documents and Other Agreement which do not correspond to a loan in any Loan Pool shall not secure the obligations of any of the Borrower Parties contained in any Loan Document or Other Agreement which does correspond to a loan in such Loan Pool.
     Q.  Estoppel Certificate. At any time, and from time to time, each party agrees, promptly and in no event later than fifteen (15) days after a request from the other party, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other party a certificate in the form supplied by the other party, certifying: (a) to its knowledge, whether there are then any existing defaults by it or the other party in the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and, if there are any such defaults, specifying the nature and extent thereof; (b) that no notice of default has been given or received by it under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents which has not been cured, except as to defaults specified in the certificate; (c) the capacity of the person executing such certificate, and that such person is duly authorized to execute the same on behalf of it; and (d) any other information reasonably requested by the other party in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
     R. Borrower authorizes its banks, creditors, suppliers, customers, and Franchisor to disclose and release to Lender and its representatives any and all information they may request from time to time regarding (a) any depository, loan or other credit account of Borrower; (b) the status of the Franchise Agreement; (c) the affairs and financial condition of Borrower, any other Borrower Party, or any operator or lessee of the Premises; and (d) the business operations at the Premises, including unit level and entity level operating results. Borrower also authorizes Lender and its representatives to obtain personal and business credit reports and asset reports with respect to Borrower and the other Borrower Parties and to answer questions about its credit experience with Borrower and the other Borrower Parties. All of the information which Lender or its representatives obtain from time to time in accordance with this Section, together with any and all other information which Lender or its representatives now possess or in the future may acquire with respect to Borrower, any of the other Borrower Parties, the Collateral, or the business operations at the Premises, is referred to collectively as the “ Borrower Information .” Borrower authorizes Lender to disclose the Borrower Information to (i) Lender’s Affiliates and professional advisors and consultants; (ii) Franchisor, upon written request by Franchisor; and (iii) any proposed transferee, purchaser, assignee, servicer, participant, investor, or ratings agency, with respect to any proposed Lender Transfer or sale of any of the Collateral. Borrower also authorizes to distribute to, or publish for the use by, any third-parties for statistical analysis purposes the unit-level or corporate level operating results for the Premises and Borrower prepared by Lender from financial statements obtained from Borrower; provided, however , that such results shall not be identified as relating to Borrower or any of the other Borrower Parties.
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

22


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Lender have entered into this Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    LENDER:
 
           
    GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,
    a Delaware corporation
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Kelly A. Hallford
 
   
 
      Printed Name: Kelly A. Hallford    
 
      Its: Authorized Signatory    
 
           
    BORROWER:
 
           
    SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC,
    a South Dakota limited liability company
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide
 
   
 
      Printed Name: Kerry W. Boekelheide    
 
      Its: Chief Executive Officer    
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

23


 

             
STATE OF ARIZONA
    )      
 
    )     SS.
COUNTY OF MARICOPA
    )      
     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on April 27, 2007 by Kelly A. Hallford, Authorized Signatory of General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, on behalf of the corporation.
     
/s/ Debbie L. Mitchell
 
   
Notary Public
   
My Commission Expires:
11/4/2007
             
STATE OF SOUTH DAKOTA
    )      
 
    )     SS.
COUNTY OF MINNEHAHA
    )      
     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on April 25, 2007 by Kerry W. Boekelheide, CEO of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company, on behalf of the limited liability company.
     
/s/ Jennifer L. Larsen
 
   
Notary Public
   
My Commission Expires:
8/20/10
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

24


 

EXHIBIT A
DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES
Lot 1, Block 1, Denver International Business Center Filing No. 6, according to the recorded plat thereof, City and County of Denver, State of Colorado.
GECC Contract No. 31919
GECC Property No. 8004-6599
Denver, Colorado

25

Exhibit 10.20
LOAN AGREEMENT
     THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of August 15, 2007 (the “Closing Date”), by and between GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Lender”), and SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (“Borrower”).
AGREEMENT:
     In consideration of the mutual covenants and provisions of this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement:
     “ ADA ” means the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as such act may be amended from time to time.
     “ Affiliate ” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by any other Person. For purposes of this definition, “controls”, “under common control with” and “controlled by” mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or otherwise.
     “ Amended and Restated Note ” means the amended and restated note to be executed by Borrower in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B. The Amended and Restated Note shall amend and restate the Note in its entirety and shall be executed by Borrower as of the date of the Final Disbursement.
     “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” means all applicable laws, regulations and government guidance on the prevention and detection of money laundering, including 18 U.S.C. § § 1956 and 1957, and the BSA.
     “ Applicable Regulations ” means all applicable statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, licenses, permits, orders and approvals of each Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, including, without limitation, all health, building, fire, safety and other codes, ordinances and requirements, all applicable standards of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and the ADA and all policies or rules of common law, in each case, as amended, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial order, consent, decree or judgment applicable to any of the Borrower Parties.
     “ Architect’s Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Borrower’s Architect ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Borrower Parties ” means, collectively, Borrower and any guarantors of the Loan (including, in each case, any predecessors-in-interest).
     “ BSA” means the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. § § 5311 et. seq.), and its implementing regulations, Title 31 Part 103 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

1


 

     “ Budget ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Business Day ” means any day on which Lender is open for business other than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday, ending at 5:00 P.M. Phoenix, Arizona time.
     “ Change of Control ” means a change in control of any of the Borrower Parties, including, without limitation, a change in control resulting from direct or indirect transfers of voting stock or partnership, membership or other ownership interests, whether in one or a series of transactions. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, and a Change of Control will occur if any of the following occur: (a) any merger or consolidation by any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, with or into any other entity; or (b) if any “Person” as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and as used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, who, subsequent to the Closing, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), of securities of any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of Borrower’s then outstanding securities (other than indirectly as a result of the redemption by any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, of its securities).
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be deemed a Change of Control, so long as The Summit Group, Inc. remains the Company Manager of the Borrower and retains at least 45% of the Sharing Ratios and Kerry W. Boekelheide retains voting control of The Summit Group, Inc.: (i) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of Class A Membership Interests or Class A-1 Membership Interests in Borrower; (ii) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of Class B Membership Interests in Borrower; (iii) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of Class C Membership Interests in Borrower; or (iv) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of ownership interests in The Summit Group, Inc. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of ownership or beneficial interests in The Summit Group, Inc. to a trust for the benefit of family members for estate or tax planning purposes shall not be a Change of Control so long as Kerry W. Boekelheide retains voting control of The Summit Group, Inc. and exercises control, directly or indirectly, over the operations and business of The Summit Group, Inc. Initially capitalized terms used in this paragraph which are not defined herein shall have the definitions as set forth in the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for Summit Hotel Properties, LLC dated July 25, 2005.
     “ Closing ” means the disbursement of the Loan Amount by Title Company as contemplated by this Agreement.
     “ Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. Sec. 101 et seq ., as amended.
     “ Completion Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Contract Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
      “Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.J.
      “Default Rate” has the meaning set forth in the Note.
     “ Development Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Disbursement Agreement ” means the Disbursement Agreement dated as of the date hereof executed by Borrower and Lender.
     “ Disbursements ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

2


 

     “ Entity ” means any entity that is not a natural person.
     “ Environmental Indemnity Agreement ” means the environmental indemnity agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement executed by Borrower for the benefit of the Indemnified Parties and such other parties as are identified in such agreement with respect to the Premises, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.
     “ Fee ” means an underwriting, site assessment, valuation, construction, processing and commitment fee equal to 0.65% of the Loan Amount.
     “ Final Disbursement ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Final Disbursement Date ” means the date of the Final Disbursement.
     “ Franchise Agreement ” means the franchise, license or area development agreements with Franchisor for the conduct of business at the Premises as a Permitted Concept, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto.
     “ Franchisor ” means Choice Hotels International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors,.
     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
     “ General Contract ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ General Contractor ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any governmental authority, agency, department, commission, bureau, board, instrumentality, court or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction or supervisory or regulatory authority over the Premises or any of the Borrower Parties.
     “ Improvements ” means the improvements to be constructed upon the Land as contemplated by the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Indemnified Parties ” means Lender, the trustees under the Mortgage, if applicable, and any person or entity who is or will have been involved in the origination of the Loan, any person or entity who is or will have been involved in the servicing of the Loan, any person or entity in whose name the encumbrance created by the Mortgage is or will have been recorded, persons and entities who may hold or acquire or will have held a full or partial interest in the Loan (including, but not limited to, investors or prospective investors in any Securitization, Participation or Transfer, as well as custodians, trustees and other fiduciaries who hold or have held a full or partial interest in the Loan for the benefits of third parties), as well as the respective directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees, lenders, agents, servants, representatives, contractors, subcontractors, affiliates, subsidiaries, participants, successors and assigns of any and all of the foregoing (including, but not limited to, any other person or entity who holds or acquires or will have held a participation or other full or partial interest in the Loan or the Premises, whether during the term of the Loan or as a part of or following a foreclosure of the Loan and including, but not limited to, any successors by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or a substantial portion of Lender’s assets and business).
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

3


 

     “ Indemnity Agreements ” means all indemnity agreements executed for the benefit of any of the Borrower Parties or any prior owner, lessee or occupant of the Premises in connection with Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, the right to receive payments under such indemnity agreements.
      “Initial Equity Contribution” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Initial Loan Amount ” means that portion of the Loan to be advanced to Borrower at the Closing.
     “ Land ” means the parcels of real estate legally described on Exhibit A attached hereto, and all rights, privileges and appurtenances associated therewith.
     “ Lender Entities ” means, collectively, Lender (including any predecessor-in-interest to Lender) and any Affiliate of Lender (including any Affiliate of any predecessor-in-interest to Lender).
     “ Loan ” means the loan for the Premises described in Section 2.
     “ Loan Amount ” means $11,300,000.00.
     “ Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Disbursement Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the UCC-1 Financing Statements, the Authorization Regarding Information form previously delivered on behalf of the Borrower Parties to Lender and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith or contemplated thereby, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Loan Pool ” means: (a) in the context of a Securitization, any pool or group of loans that are a part of such Securitization; (b) in the context of a Transfer, all loans which are sold, transferred or assigned to the same transferee; and (c) in the context of a Participation, all loans as to which participating interests are granted to the same participant.
     “ Management Agreement ” means that certain Management Agreement dated February 11, 2004 entered into between Borrower and Manager, as amended by that First Amendment to Management Agreement dated April 24, 2006, which Management Agreement relates to the Premises in addition to other hotel properties.
     “ Manager ” means The Summit Group, Inc.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the Premises, including, without limitation, the operation of the Premises as a Permitted Concept, or (b) Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.
     “ Mortgage ” means the deed of trust, deed to secure debt or mortgage dated as of the date of this Agreement executed by Borrower for the benefit of Lender with respect to the Premises, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Note ” means the promissory note dated as of the date of this Agreement executed by Borrower in favor of Lender evidencing the Loan, as such Note shall be amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Note and as the Note may be otherwise amended, restated or substituted from time to time. All references in the Loan Documents to the Note which are applicable to the period of time from and after the execution and delivery of the Amended and Restated Note shall mean the Amended and Restated Note.
     “ Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

4


 

     “ OFAC Laws and Regulations ” means Executive Order 13224 issued by the President of the United States of America, the Terrorism Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 595 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), the Terrorism List Governments Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 596 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), the Foreign Terrorist Organizations Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 597 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), and the Cuban Assets Control Regulations (Title 31 Part 515 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), and all other present and future federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, policies, lists (including, without limitation, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List) and any other requirements of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, the United States Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control) addressing, relating to, or attempting to eliminate, terrorist acts and acts of war, each as hereafter supplemented, amended or modified from time to time, and the present and future rules, regulations and guidance documents promulgated under any of the foregoing, or under similar laws, ordinances, regulations, policies or requirements of other states or localities.
     “ Other Agreements ” means, collectively, all agreements and instruments between, among or by (a) any of the Borrower Parties or any Affiliate of any of the Borrower Parties (including any Affiliate of any predecessor-in-interest to any of the Borrower Parties), and, or for the benefit of, (b) any of the Lender Entities, including, without limitation, promissory notes and guaranties; provided, however, the term “Other Agreements” shall not include the agreements and instruments defined as the Loan Documents.
     “ Participation ” means one or more grants by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities to a third party of a participating interest in notes evidencing obligations to repay secured or unsecured loans owned by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto.
     “ Permitted Concept ” means a hotel and Cambria Suites.
     “ Permitted Exceptions ” means those recorded easements, restrictions, liens and encumbrances set forth as exceptions in the title insurance policy issued by Title Company to Lender and approved by Lender in its sole discretion in connection with the closing of the Loan.
     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or any other form of entity.
     “ Personal Property ” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
     “ Premises ” means, collectively, the Land and the Improvements (as such terms are defined in the Mortgage).
     “ Restoration ” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
     “ Schedule of Values ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Securitization ” means one or more sales, dispositions, transfers or assignments by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities to a special purpose corporation, trust or other entity identified by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities of notes evidencing obligations to repay secured or unsecured loans owned by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities (and, to the extent applicable, the subsequent sale, transfer or assignment of such notes to another special purpose corporation, trust or other entity identified by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities), and the issuance of bonds, certificates, notes or other instruments evidencing interests in pools of such loans, whether in connection with a permanent asset securitization or a sale of loans in anticipation of a permanent asset securitization. Each Securitization shall be undertaken in accordance with all requirements which may be imposed by the investors or the rating agencies involved in each such sale, disposition, transfer or assignment or which may be imposed by applicable securities, tax or other laws or regulations.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

5


 

     “ Site and Utility Plans ” means the site and utility plans prepared by Borrower’s Architect which shall be drawn to the same scale as the ALTA survey described in Section 4.B and depict the Improvements (including all utilities) as they are to be constructed pursuant to the Contract Documents and all other items that would be depicted in the “As Built Survey” of the Premises to be delivered to Lender pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Title Company ” means Lawyers Title Insurance Corporation.
     “ Transfer ” means one or more sales, transfers or assignments by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities to a third party of notes evidencing obligations to repay secured or unsecured loans owned by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto.
     “ UCC-1 Financing Statements ” means such UCC-1 Financing Statements as Lender shall file with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
      “UCC” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
     “ U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity ” is an Entity whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on an automated quotation system in the U.S. or a wholly-owned subsidiary of such an Entity.
     2.  Transaction. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Loan Documents, Lender shall make the Loan. The Loan will be evidenced by the Note and secured by the Mortgage. Borrower shall construct the Improvements on the Land in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Disbursement Agreement and Lender shall make Disbursements pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Disbursement Agreement to fund the costs of such construction. The funding of the Initial Loan Amount shall occur simultaneously with the Closing. Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal amount of the Loan together with interest thereon in the manner and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Note and the other Loan Documents. At the time of the Final Disbursement, the Note shall be amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Note. The Amended and Restated Note will mature on the first day of the month immediately following the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Final Disbursement Date occurs. The Loan made pursuant to this Agreement, the construction by Borrower of the Improvements pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement and the granting of the security interest in the Premises pursuant to the Mortgage are not severable and shall be considered a single integrated transaction.
     3.  Escrow Agent; Closing Costs. Borrower and Lender hereby employ Title Company to act as escrow agent in connection with the transactions described in this Agreement. Borrower and Lender will deliver to Title Company all documents, pay to Title Company all sums and do or cause to be done all other things necessary or required by this Agreement, in the reasonable judgment of Title Company, to enable Title Company to comply herewith and to enable any title insurance policy provided for herein to be issued. Title Company shall not cause the transaction to close unless and until it has received written instructions from Lender and Borrower to do so. Title Company is authorized to pay, from any funds held by it for Lender’s or Borrower’s respective credit all amounts necessary to procure the delivery of such documents and to pay, on behalf of Lender and Borrower, all charges and obligations payable by them, respectively. Borrower will pay all charges payable by it to Title Company. Title Company is authorized, in the event any conflicting demand is made upon it concerning these instructions or the escrow, at its election, to hold any documents or funds deposited hereunder until an action shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction to determine the rights of Borrower and Lender or to interplead such documents or funds in an action brought in any such court. Deposit by Title Company of such documents and funds, after deducting therefrom its charges and its expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with any such court action, shall relieve Title Company of all further liability and responsibility for such documents and funds. Title Company’s receipt of this Agreement and opening of
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

6


 

an escrow pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Title Company’s agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement pertaining to Title Company. Disbursement of any funds shall be made by check, certified check or wire transfer, as directed by Borrower and Lender. Title Company shall be under no obligation to disburse any funds represented by check or draft, and no check or draft shall be payment to Title Company in compliance with any of the requirements hereof, until it is advised by the bank in which such check or draft is deposited that such check or draft has been honored. Title Company is authorized to act upon any statement furnished by the holder or payee, or a collection agent for the holder or payee, of any lien on or charge or assessment in connection with the Premises, concerning the amount of such charge or assessment or the amount secured by such lien, without liability or responsibility for the accuracy of such statement. The employment of Title Company as escrow agent shall not affect any rights of subrogation under the terms of any title insurance policy issued pursuant to the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not limit or affect Title Company’s liability or obligations under the Disbursement Agreement.
     4.  Closing Conditions. The obligation of Lender to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment or waiver of each of the following conditions:
     A.  Title Insurance Commitments. Lender shall have received for the Premises a preliminary title report and irrevocable commitment to insure title in the amount of the Loan, by means of a mortgagee’s, ALTA extended coverage policy of title insurance (or its equivalent, in the event such form is not issued in the jurisdiction where the Premises is located) issued by Title Company showing Borrower vested with good and marketable fee title in the real property comprising such Premises, committing to insure Lender’s first priority lien upon and security interest in such real property subject only to Permitted Exceptions, and containing such endorsements as Lender may reasonably require.
     B.  Survey. Lender shall have received (1) a current ALTA survey of the Premises or its equivalent, the form and substance of which shall be satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion and (2) the Site and Utility Plans. Lender shall have obtained a flood certificate indicating that the location of the Premises is not within the 100-year flood plain or identified as a special flood hazard area as defined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, or if the Premises is in such a flood plain or special flood hazard area, Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence of flood insurance maintained on the Premises in an amount and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Lender.
     C.  Environmental. Lender shall have completed such environmental due diligence of the Premises as it deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, and Lender shall have approved the environmental condition of the Premises in its sole discretion.
     D.  Compliance With Representations, Warranties and Covenants. All of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 shall be true, correct and complete as of the Closing Date, and Borrower shall be in compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 6 as of the Closing Date. No event shall have occurred or condition shall exist or information shall have been disclosed by Borrower or discovered by Lender which has had or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Premises, any of the Borrower Parties or Lender’s willingness to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, as determined by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion.
     E.  Proof of Insurance. Borrower shall have delivered to Lender certificates of insurance and copies of insurance policies showing that all insurance required by the Loan Documents and providing coverage and limits satisfactory to Lender are in full force and effect.
     F.  Legal Opinions. Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such legal opinions as Lender may reasonably require all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

7


 

     G.  Fee and Closing Costs. Borrower shall have paid the Fee to Lender and shall have paid all costs of the transactions described in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the cost of title insurance premiums and all endorsements required by Lender, survey charges, UCC and litigation search charges, the attorneys’ fees of Borrower, reasonable attorneys’ fees (not to exceed $7,500.00) and expenses of Lender, the cost of the environmental due diligence undertaken pursuant to Section 4.C, Lender’s site inspection costs and fees, stamp taxes, mortgage taxes, transfer fees, escrow, filing and recording fees and UCC filing and recording fees (including preparation, filing and recording fees for UCC continuation statements). Borrower shall have also paid all real and personal property and other applicable taxes and assessments and other charges relating to the Premises which are due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date as well as taxes and assessments due and payable subsequent to the Closing Date but which Title Company requires to be paid at Closing as a condition to the issuance of the title insurance policy described in Section 4.A.
     H.  Franchise Agreement. Lender shall have received a certificate (the “Franchisor Certificate”) from Franchisor in form and substance acceptable to Lender which provides that the Premises has been approved by Franchisor. If the Franchise Agreement has been entered into prior to the Closing, the Franchisor Certificate shall also provide that the Franchise Agreement is valid, binding and in full force and effect, with a term (inclusive of existing renewal options) which will expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Note, and no events have occurred which could constitute a default under the Loan Documents, and, to the extent Franchisor has a right of first refusal in the Franchise Agreement that extends to the sale, transfer or conveyance of the Premises, Franchisor waives all such rights of first refusal set forth in the Franchise Agreement as to Lender and its successors and assigns.
     I.  Development Documents; Borrower’s Architect Certification . (1) Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall have approved the Contract Documents, the Budget, the Schedule of Values, the Architect’s Agreement, if Borrower is a party to the Architect’s Agreement, the General Contract, the Borrower’s Architect and the General Contractor; Borrower shall have caused the General Contractor to deliver a list to Lender and Title Company, certified by the General Contractor, of (a) all materialmen, laborers, subcontractors, suppliers and any other parties (collectively, the “Vendors”) who may claim statutory or common law liens as a result of furnishing material or labor to the Premises or any portion thereof or interest therein, (b) the work or materials the Vendors will perform or supply, and (c) the cost of such work or materials; and Borrower shall have executed or delivered, as applicable, all Development Documents, including, without limitation, a consent of the General Contractor to the collateral assignment of the General Contract (the “Consent of General Contractor”), all in form and substance acceptable to Lender.
     (2) Borrower shall have delivered to Lender evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender that the plans and specifications for the Improvements are in compliance with all applicable building and zoning codes, ordinances and requirements.
     J.  Management Agreement . The Management Agreement shall be in full force and effect. Lender shall have approved the Management Agreement in its sole discretion and Manager and Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such subordination agreements, collateral assignments of management agreement and consents to collateral assignment of management agreement as Lender may require in its sole discretion.
     K.  Closing Documents. At or prior to the Closing Date, Lender or the Borrower Parties, as may be appropriate, shall have executed and delivered or shall have caused to be executed and delivered to Lender, or as Lender may otherwise direct, the Loan Documents and such other documents, payments (including, without limitation, the Initial Equity Contribution), instruments and certificates, as Lender may require in form acceptable to Lender.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

8


 

     Upon fulfillment or waiver of all of the above conditions, Lender shall deposit funds necessary to close this transaction with the Title Company and this transaction shall close in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     5.  Representations and Warranties of Borrower. The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Section are being made by Borrower as of the Closing Date to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated herein and shall survive the Closing. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows:
     A.  Financial Information. (1) Borrower has delivered to Lender certain financial statements and other information concerning the Borrower Parties in connection with the transaction described in this Agreement (collectively, the “Financial Information”). The Financial Information is true, correct and complete in all material respects; there have been no amendments to the Financial Information since the date such Financial Information was prepared or delivered to Lender. Borrower understands that Lender is relying upon the Financial Information and Borrower represents that such reliance is reasonable. All annual financial statements included in the Financial Information were prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present as of the date of such financial statements the financial condition of each individual or entity to which they pertain. No change has occurred with respect to the financial condition of any of the Borrower Parties or the Premises as reflected in the Financial Information, which has not been disclosed in writing to Lender or has had, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     (2) Borrower has delivered to Lender the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents have been approved by the Borrower Parties and the General Contractor and will enable the Improvements to be constructed for the use of the Premises as a Permitted Concept.
     B.  Organization and Authority. Each of the Borrower Parties (other than individuals), as applicable, is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation or formation. Borrower is qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to do business in each state where the Premises is located, and each of the Borrower Parties is qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to do business in any other jurisdiction where the failure to be qualified would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All necessary action has been taken to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower Parties of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The person(s) who have executed this Agreement on behalf of Borrower are duly authorized so to do. Borrower is not a “foreign corporation”, “foreign partnership”, “foreign trust”, “foreign estate” or “foreign person” (as those terms are defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended). Borrower’s U.S. Federal Tax Identification number, Organization Identification number and principal place of business are correctly set forth on the signature page of this Agreement. None of the Borrower Parties, and no individual or entity owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties, is an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations; provided, however, the representation contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     C.  Enforceability of Documents. Upon execution by the Borrower Parties, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower Parties, respectively, enforceable against the Borrower Parties in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity.
     D.  Litigation. There are no suits, actions, proceedings or investigations pending, or to the best of its knowledge, threatened against or involving the Borrower Parties or the Premises before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, except for such suits, actions, proceedings or investigations which,
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

9


 

individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     E.  Absence of Breaches or Defaults. The Borrower Parties are not, and the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will not result, in any breach or default under any other document, instrument or agreement to which any of the Borrower Parties is a party or by which any of the Borrower Parties, the Premises or any of the property of any of the Borrower Parties is subject or bound, except for such breaches or defaults which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect. The authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will not violate any applicable law, statute, regulation, rule, ordinance, code, rule or order. The Premises is not subject to any right of first refusal, right of first offer or option to purchase or lease granted to a third party.
     F.  Utilities. All utility services and easements necessary for the construction of the Improvements and the operation thereof as a Permitted Concept are available at the boundaries of the Land, including water supply, storm and sanitary sewer facilities, gas, electric and telephone facilities.
     G.  Zoning; Compliance With Laws. The Premises is in compliance with all applicable zoning requirements, and the use of the Premises as a Permitted Concept does not constitute a nonconforming use under applicable zoning requirements. The Borrower Parties and the Premises are in compliance with all Applicable Regulations except for such noncompliance which has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     H.  Area Development; Wetlands. No condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting the Premises have been commenced or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, are contemplated. Neither the Premises, nor to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, the real property bordering the Premises, are designated by any Governmental Authority as a wetlands.
     I.  Licenses and Permits; Access. All required licenses and permits, both governmental and private, to begin construction of the Improvements are in full force and effect, except for such licenses and permits the failure of which to obtain has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect. Adequate rights of access to public roads and ways are available to the Premises for unrestricted ingress and egress and otherwise to permit utilization of the Premises for their intended purposes, and all such public roads and ways have been completed and dedicated to public use.
     J.  Environmental. The representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 2 of the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, together with the corresponding definitions, are incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if stated in full in this Agreement.
     K.  Title to Premises; First Priority Lien. Fee title to the real property comprising the Premises is vested in Borrower, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges and security interests of any nature whatsoever, except the Permitted Exceptions. Borrower is owner of all Personal Property, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges and security interests of any nature whatsoever, and no Affiliate of Borrower owns any of the Personal Property. Upon Closing, Lender shall have a first priority lien upon and security interest in the Premises pursuant to the Mortgage and the UCC-1 Financing Statements.
     L.  No Mechanics’ Liens. Except as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto, there are no delinquent accounts payable or mechanics’ liens in favor of any materialman, laborer, or any other person or entity in connection with labor or materials furnished to or performed on any portion of the Premises; and no work has been performed or is in progress nor have materials been supplied to the Premises or
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

10


 

agreements entered into for work to be performed or materials to be supplied to the Premises prior to the date hereof, which will be delinquent on or before the Closing Date.
     M.  Franchisor Provisions. The Premises have been approved by Franchisor and Franchisor has either entered into a franchise, license or area development agreement with Borrower with respect to the Premises or has agreed to enter into such agreement with Borrower upon the completion of the construction of the Improvements. If such franchise, license or area development agreement has been entered into prior to the date of this Agreement: (1) Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Franchise Agreement; (2) the Franchise Agreement is the only agreement in effect with Franchisor with respect to the Premises; (3) the Franchise Agreement is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties to the Franchise Agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity; (4) none of the Borrower Parties has assigned, transferred, mortgaged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered the Franchise Agreement or any rights thereunder or any interest therein, and none of the Borrower Parties has received any notice that Franchisor has made any assignment, pledge or hypothecation of all or any part of its rights or interest in the Franchise Agreement; (5) no notice of default from Franchisor has been received under the Franchise Agreement which has not been cured and no notice of default to Franchisor has been given under the Franchise Agreement which has not been cured; (6) no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under the Franchise Agreement; and (7) the Franchise Agreement has a term (inclusive of existing renewal options) which will expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Amended and Restated Note.
     N.  Money Laundering . (1) Borrower has taken all reasonable measures, in accordance with all applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws, with respect to each holder of a direct or indirect interest in the Borrower Parties, to assure that funds invested by such holders in the Borrower Parties are derived from legal sources; provided, however, none of the foregoing shall apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     (2) To Borrower’s knowledge after making due inquiry, neither any of the Borrower Parties nor any holder of a direct or indirect interest in the Borrower Parties (a) is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, any violation of any Anti-Money Laundering Laws, or drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicated crimes or a violation of the BSA, (b) has been assessed civil penalties under these or related laws, or (c) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under these or related laws; provided, however, none of the foregoing shall apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     (3) Borrower has taken reasonable steps, consistent with industry practice for comparable organizations and in any event as required by law, to ensure that the Borrower Parties are and shall be in compliance with all (a) Anti-Money Laundering Laws and (b) OFAC Laws and Regulations.
     O.  Management Agreement . Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Management Agreement. The Management Agreement is the only agreement in effect with Manager with respect to the Premises. The Management Agreement is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties to the Management Agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity. As it relates to the Premises, Borrower has not assigned, transferred, mortgaged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered the Management Agreement or any rights thereunder or any interest therein, and Borrower has not received any notice that Manager has made any assignment, pledge or hypothecation of all or any part of its rights or interest in the
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

11


 

Management Agreement. No notice of default from Manager has been received under the Management Agreement that has not been cured and no notice of default to Manager has been given under the Management Agreement which has not been cured. No event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under the Management Agreement.
     6.  Covenants. Borrower covenants to Lender from and after the Closing Date and until all of the Obligations are satisfied in full, as follows:
     A.  Payment of the Note. Borrower shall punctually pay, or cause to be paid, the principal, interest and all other sums to become due in respect of the Note and the other Loan Documents in accordance with the Note and the other Loan Documents. Borrower shall authorize Lender to establish arrangements whereby all scheduled payments made in respect of the Obligations are transferred by Automated Clearing House Debit initiated by Lender directly from an account at a U.S. bank in the name of Borrower to such account as Lender may designate or as Lender may otherwise designate.
     B.  Title. Borrower shall maintain good and marketable fee simple title to the real property comprising the Premises, and title to the Personal Property and the remainder of the Premises, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges and other exceptions to title, except the Permitted Exceptions or except as permitted by the Loan Documents. Lender shall have valid first liens upon and security interests in the Premises, including the Personal Property, pursuant to the Mortgage and the UCC-1 Financing Statements.
     C.  Organization and Status of Borrower; Preservation of Existence. Each of the Borrower Parties (other than individuals), as applicable, shall be validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation or formation. Borrower shall be qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company to do business in each state where the Premises is located, and each of the Borrower Parties shall be qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company in any other jurisdiction where the failure to be qualified would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall preserve its current form of organization and shall not change its legal name, its state of formation, nor, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, merge with or into, or consolidate with, any other entity without providing, in each case, Lender with 30 days’ prior written notice and obtaining Lender’s prior written consent (to the extent such consent is required under Section 7 of this Agreement). In addition, Borrower shall require, and shall take reasonable measures to comply with the requirement, that no individual or entity owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties is an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations; provided, however, the covenant contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     D.  Licenses and Permits. From and after the Completion Date, all required licenses and permits, both governmental and private, to use and operate the Premises as a Permitted Concept shall be maintained in full force and effect.
     E.  Compliance With Laws Generally. The use and occupation of the Premises, and the condition thereof, including, without limitation, any Restoration, shall comply with all Applicable Regulations now or hereafter in effect, including, without limitation, the OFAC Laws and Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering Laws. In addition, the Borrower Parties shall comply with all Applicable Regulations now or hereafter in effect. Without limiting the generality of the other provisions of this Section, Borrower shall comply with the ADA, and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as it affects the Premises.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

12


 

     F.  Compliance With Environmental Provisions. The covenants, obligations and agreements of Borrower set forth in Sections 3 through 7 of the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, together with the corresponding definitions, are incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if stated in full in this Agreement.
     G.  Financial Statements. From and after the Completion Date, within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter and within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Lender (1) complete financial statements of the Borrower Parties including a balance sheet, profit and loss statement, statement of cash flows and all other related schedules for the fiscal period then ended; (2) income statements for the business at the Premises; (3) standard hotel data of rooms sold and rooms available, as well as gross revenue breakdown of room revenue from other revenue, so that occupancy ADR and RevPar Statistics can be calculated; and (4) such other financial information as Lender may reasonably request in order to establish compliance with the financial covenants in the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, Section 6.J of this Agreement. All such annual financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP from period to period, and shall be certified to be accurate and complete by Borrower (or the Treasurer or other appropriate officer of Borrower). In the event the property and business at the Premises is ordinarily consolidated with other business for financial statement purposes, such financial statements shall be prepared on a consolidated basis showing separately the sales, profits and losses, assets and liabilities pertaining to the Premises with the basis for allocation of overhead of other charges being clearly set forth. The financial statements delivered to Lender need not be audited, but Borrower shall deliver to Lender copies of any audited financial statements of Borrower which may be prepared, as soon as they are available. Borrower shall also cause to be delivered to Lender copies of any financial statements required to be delivered to Borrower by any tenants of the Premises.
     H.  Lost Note. Borrower shall, if the Note is mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen (a “Lost Note”), promptly deliver to Lender, upon receipt from Lender of an affidavit and indemnity in a form reasonably acceptable to Lender and Borrower stipulating that the Note has been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen, in substitution therefor, a new promissory note containing the same terms and conditions as the Lost Note with a notation thereon of the unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest. Borrower shall provide fifteen (15) days’ prior notice to Lender before making any payments to third parties in connection with the Lost Note.
     I.  Inspections. Borrower shall, during normal business hours (or at any time in the event of an emergency) and at reasonable intervals, (1) provide Lender and Lender’s officers, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys, accountants, architects, and engineers with access to the Premises, all drawings, plans, and specifications for the Premises in possession of any of the Borrower Parties, all engineering reports relating to the Premises in the possession of any of the Borrower Parties, the files, correspondence and documents relating to the Premises, and the financial books and records, including lists of delinquencies, relating to the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Premises (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing information stored in any computer files), (2) allow such persons to make such inspections, tests, copies, and verifications as Lender considers necessary, and (3) if Borrower is in breach of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio requirement set forth in the following subsection J, pay expenses reasonably incurred by Lender from time to time in conducting such inspections, tests, copies and verifications upon demand (such amounts to bear interest at the Default Rate if not paid upon demand until paid).
     J.  Debt Service Coverage Ratio . From and after the Completion Date, Borrower shall maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1 before distribution payouts and 1.0:1 after distribution payouts, as determined as of Borrower’s fiscal year end. For purposes of this Section, the term “Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean with respect to the twelve month period of time immediately preceding the date of determination, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP, of (1) earnings before Interest Expense, income taxes,
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

13


 

Depreciation and Amortization, plus or minus other non-recurring renovation/remodel expenses funded with the proceeds of a loan or other non-operating sources to (2) principal and interest payments on the aggregate first mortgage term debt.
     For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
     “ Depreciation and Amortization ” shall mean the depreciation and amortization accruing during any period of determination with respect to Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Interest Expense ” shall mean for any period of determination, the sum of all interest accrued or which should be accrued in respect of all Debt of Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     K.  Affiliate Transactions. Unless otherwise approved by Lender, all transactions between Borrower and any of its Affiliates shall be on terms substantially as advantageous to Borrower as those which could be obtained by Borrower in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate of Borrower.
     L.  Compliance Certificates . Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, Borrower shall deliver a compliance certificate to Lender in a form to be provided by Lender in order to establish that Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all of its obligations, duties and covenants under the Loan Documents.
     M.  Franchise Agreement. From and after the Completion Date, the Franchise Agreement shall be maintained in full force and effect. No event shall occur nor shall any condition exist which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under the Franchise Agreement. Borrower shall give prompt notice to Lender of any claim of default by or to the franchisee under the Franchise Agreement and shall provide Lender with a copy of any default notice given or received by the franchisee under the Franchise Agreement and any information submitted or referenced in support of such claim of default. Borrower shall also give prompt notice to Lender of any extensions or renewals of the Franchise Agreement and the expiration or termination of the Franchise Agreement.
     N.  Use of Disbursements . Borrower will use the Disbursements solely to construct the Improvements, and it will not require and will not avail itself of any other extension of credit for such purpose without Lender’s prior written consent.
     O.  Contract Documents . Following approval by Lender, the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, the location of the Improvements depicted on the Site and Utility Plans, will not be changed or altered in any respect without Lender’s prior written consent except as allowed in the Disbursement Agreement.
     P.  OFAC Laws and Regulations . Borrower shall immediately notify Lender in writing if any individual or entity owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties or any director, officer, member, manager or partner of any of such holders is an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations, or is under investigation by any governmental entity for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or any violation of Anti-Money Laundering Laws, has been assessed civil penalties under these or related laws, or has had funds seized or forfeited in an action under these or related laws; provided, however, the covenant contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

14


 

     Q.  Management Agreement. The Management Agreement shall be maintained in full force and effect. No event shall occur nor shall any condition exist which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under the Management Agreement. Borrower shall give prompt notice to Lender of any claim of default by or to the Manager under the Management Agreement and shall provide Lender with a copy of any default notice given or received by the Manager under the Management Agreement and any information submitted or referenced in support of such claim of default. Borrower shall also give prompt notice to Lender of the expiration or termination of the Management Agreement.
     7.  Prohibition on Change of Control and Pledge. A. Without limiting the terms and conditions of Section 3.09 of the Mortgage, Borrower agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until all of the Obligations are satisfied in full, without the prior written consent of Lender: (1) no Change of Control shall occur; and (2) no interest in any of the Borrower Parties shall be pledged, encumbered, hypothecated or assigned as collateral for any obligation of any of the Borrower Parties (each, a “Pledge”). In addition, no interest in any of the Borrower Parties, or in any individual or person owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties, shall be transferred, assigned or conveyed to any individual or person whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or who is in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations, and any such transfer, assignment or conveyance shall not be effective until the transferee has provided written certification to Borrower and Lender that (x) the transferee or any person who owns directly or indirectly any interest in transferee, is not an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of the OFAC Laws and Regulations, and (y) the transferee has taken reasonable measures to assure than any individual or entity who owns directly or indirectly any interest in transferee, is not an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of the OFAC Laws and Regulations; provided, however, the covenant contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     B. Lender’s consent to a Change of Control or Pledge shall be subject to the satisfaction of such conditions as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, (1) the execution and delivery of such modifications to the terms of the Loan Documents as Lender shall request, (2) the proposed Change of Control or Pledge having been approved by each of the rating agencies which have issued ratings in connection with any Securitization of the Loan as well as any other rating agency selected by Lender, and (3) the proposed transferee having agreed to comply with all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents (including any modifications requested by Lender pursuant to clause (1) above). In addition, any such consent shall be conditioned upon payment by Borrower to Lender of (a) a fee equal to one percent (1%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Note and (b) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such consent, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. Lender shall not be required to demonstrate any actual impairment of its security or any increased risk of default hereunder in order to declare the Obligations immediately due and payable upon a Change of Control or Pledge in violation of this Section. The provisions of this Section shall apply to every Change of Control or Pledge regardless of whether voluntary or not, or whether or not Lender has consented to any previous Change of Control or Pledge.
     8.  Transaction Characterization. A. It is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are a contract to extend a financial accommodation (as such term is used in the Code) for the benefit of Borrower and that the Loan Documents evidence one unitary, unseverable transaction pertaining to the Premises.
     B. It is the intent of the parties hereto that the business relationship created by the Loan Documents is solely that of creditor and debtor and has been entered into by both parties in reliance upon the economic and legal bargains contained in the Loan Documents. None of the agreements contained
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

15


 

in the Loan Documents is intended, nor shall the same be deemed or construed, to create a partnership (either de jure or de facto) between Borrower and Lender, to make them joint venturers, to make Borrower an agent, legal representative, partner, subsidiary or employee of Lender, nor to make Lender in any way responsible for the debts, obligations or losses of Borrower.
     9.  Default and Remedies. A. Each of the following shall be deemed an event of default by Borrower (each, an “Event of Default”):
     (1) If any representation or warranty of any of the Borrower Parties set forth in any of the Loan Documents is false in any material respect when made, or if any of the Borrower Parties renders any statement or account which is false in any material respect.
     (2) If any principal, interest or other monetary sum due under the Note, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document is not paid within five days after the date when due; provided, however, notwithstanding the occurrence of such an Event of Default, Lender shall not be entitled to exercise its rights and remedies set forth below unless and until Lender shall have given Borrower written notice thereof and a period of five days from the delivery of such notice shall have elapsed without such Event of Default being cured.
     (3) If Borrower fails to observe or perform any of the other covenants, conditions, or obligations of this Agreement; provided, however, if any such failure does not involve the payment of any monetary sum, is not willful or intentional, does not place any rights or interest in collateral of Lender in immediate jeopardy, and is within the reasonable power of Borrower to promptly cure after receipt of notice thereof, all as determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion, then such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, unless and until Lender shall have given Borrower notice thereof and a period of 30 days shall have elapsed, during which period Borrower may correct or cure such failure, upon failure of which an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder without further notice or demand of any kind being required. If such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, as determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion, and Borrower is diligently pursuing a cure of such failure, then Borrower shall have a reasonable period to cure such failure beyond such 30-day period, which shall not exceed 90 days after receiving notice of the failure from Lender. If Borrower shall fail to correct or cure such failure within such 90-day period, an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder without further notice or demand of any kind being required.
     (4) If any of the Borrower Parties becomes insolvent within the meaning of the Code, files or notifies Lender that it intends to file a petition under the Code, initiates a proceeding under any similar law or statute relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or adjustment of debts (collectively, an “Action”), becomes the subject of either a petition under the Code or an Action, or is not generally paying its debts as the same become due. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the filing of an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding against any of the Borrower Parties shall not be an Event of Default herein provided that such case or proceeding is dismissed with prejudice within 60 days of the filing thereof.
     (5) If there is an “Event of Default” or a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under any of the Other Agreements, or any other Loan Document.
     (6) If a final, nonappealable judgment is rendered by a court against any of the Borrower Parties which (a) has a Material Adverse Effect on the operation of the Premises as a Permitted Concept, or (b) is in an amount greater than $100,000.00 and not covered by insurance, and, in either case, is not discharged or provision made for such discharge within 60 days from the date of entry of such judgment.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

16


 

     (7) If there is a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under the Franchise Agreement, or if the Franchise Agreement terminates or expires prior to the payment in full of the Note in accordance with its terms and a substitute agreement for the terminated or expired agreement is not entered into with Franchisor prior to such expiration or termination, which substitute agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and shall expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Note.
     (8) If there is a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under the Management Agreement, or if the Management Agreement terminates or expires prior to the payment in full of the Note in accordance with its terms and a substitute agreement for the terminated or expired agreement is not entered into with Manager prior to such expiration or termination, which substitute agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and shall expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Note.
     B. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the limitations set forth in subsection A, Lender may declare all or any part of the obligations of Borrower under the Note, this Agreement and any other Loan Document to be due and payable, and the same shall thereupon become due and payable without any presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and Borrower hereby waives notice of intent to accelerate the obligations secured by the Mortgage and notice of acceleration. Thereafter, Lender may exercise, at its option, concurrently, successively or in any combination, all remedies available at law or in equity, including without limitation any one or more of the remedies available under the Note, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document. Neither the acceptance of this Agreement nor its enforcement shall prejudice or in any manner affect Lender’s right to realize upon or enforce any other security now or hereafter held by Lender, it being agreed that Lender shall be entitled to enforce this Agreement and any other security now or hereafter held by Lender in such order and manner as it may in its absolute discretion determine. No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Lender is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. Every power or remedy given by any of the Loan Documents to Lender, or to which Lender may be otherwise entitled, may be exercised, concurrently or independently, from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by Lender.
     10.  Indemnity; Release. A. Initially capitalized terms in this Section that are not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Environmental Indemnity Agreement. Borrower shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, indemnify, release and hold harmless each of the Indemnified Parties for, from and against any and all claims, suits, liabilities (including, without limitation, strict liabilities), actions, proceedings, obligations, debts, damages, losses, costs, expenses, diminutions in value, fines, penalties, charges, fees, expenses, judgments, awards, amounts paid in settlement and damages of whatever kind or nature (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, court costs and other costs of defense) (collectively, “Losses”) (excluding Losses suffered by an Indemnified Party directly arising out of such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that the term “gross negligence” shall not include gross negligence imputed as a matter of law to any of the Indemnified Parties solely by reason of Borrower’s interest in the Premises or Borrower’s failure to act in respect of matters which are or were the obligation of Borrower under the Loan Documents and the Development Documents), and costs of Remediation (whether or not performed voluntarily), engineers’ fees, environmental consultants’ fees, and costs of investigation (including but not limited to sampling, testing, and analysis of soil, water, air, building materials and other materials and substances whether solid, liquid or gas) imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Parties, and directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way relating to any one or more of the following: (1) any presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, above, or under the Premises introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower; (2) any past, present or Threatened Release in, on, above, under or from the Premises regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower; (3) any activity
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

17


 

by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises in connection with any actual, proposed or threatened use, treatment, storage, holding, existence, disposition or other Release, generation, production, manufacturing, processing, refining, control, management, abatement, removal, handling, transfer or transportation to or from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials at any time located in, under, on or above the Premises; (4) any activity by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises in connection with any actual or proposed Remediation of any Hazardous Materials at any time located in, under, on or above the Premises, whether or not such Remediation is voluntary or pursuant to court or administrative order, including but not limited to any removal, remedial or corrective action; (5) any past, present or threatened non-compliance or violations of any Environmental Laws (or permits issued pursuant to any Environmental Law) in connection with the Premises or operations thereon, regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower, including but not limited to any failure by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises to comply with any order of any Governmental Authority in connection with any Environmental Laws; (6) the imposition, recording or filing or the threatened imposition, recording or filing of any Environmental Lien encumbering the Premises regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower; (7) any administrative processes or proceedings or judicial proceedings in any way connected with any matter addressed in this Agreement; (8) any past, present or threatened injury to, destruction of or loss of natural resources in any way connected with the Premises regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower, including but not limited to costs to investigate and assess such injury, destruction or loss; (9) any acts of Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises in arranging for disposal or treatment, or arranging with a transporter for transport for disposal or treatment, of Hazardous Materials owned or possessed by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user, at any facility or incineration vessel owned or operated by another person or entity and containing such or similar Hazardous Materials; (10) any acts of Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises, in accepting any Hazardous Materials for transport to disposal or treatment facilities, incineration vessels or sites selected by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises, from which there is a Release, or a Threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials which causes the incurrence of costs for Remediation; (11) any personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage arising under any statutory or common law or tort law theory regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower, including but not limited to damages assessed for the maintenance of a private or public nuisance or for the conducting of an abnormally dangerous activity on or near the Premises; (12) any disclosures of information, financial or otherwise, (x) made by (i) Lender or Lender’s employees, officers, agents and designees to Franchisor or any third party as contemplated by Section 11.R of this Agreement, or (ii) any employee, officer, agent or representative of Franchisor to Lender or any other Indemnified Party, or (y) obtained from any credit reporting agency with respect to Borrower, any guarantor of the Loan, any Affiliate of Borrower, any of the other Borrower Parties or any operator or lessee of the Premises; or (13) any misrepresentation or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty by Borrower or material breach or failure to perform by Borrower of any covenants or other obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, Borrower shall not be liable for the acts of tenants or other users occurring after the Borrower no longer owns the Premises.
     B. Excluding losses suffered by Lender directly arising out of Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that the term “gross negligence” shall not include gross negligence imputed as a matter of law to Lender solely by reason of Borrower’s interest in the Premises or Borrower’s failure to act in respect of matters which are or were the obligation of Borrower under the Loan Documents, Borrower fully and completely releases, waives and covenants not to assert any claims, liabilities, actions, defenses, challenges, contests or other opposition against Lender, however characterized, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, now existing or arising in the future, relating to this Agreement and any Hazardous Materials, Releases or Remediation on, at or affecting the Premises.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

18


 

     11.  Miscellaneous Provisions.
     A.  Notices. All notices, consents, approvals or other instruments required or permitted to be given by either party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be in writing and given by (i) hand delivery, (ii) facsimile, (iii) express overnight delivery service or (iv) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been delivered upon (a) receipt, if hand delivered, (b) transmission, if delivered by facsimile, (c) the next Business Day, if delivered by express overnight delivery service, or (d) the third Business Day following the day of deposit of such notice with the United States Postal Service, if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notices shall be provided to the parties and addresses (or facsimile numbers, as applicable) specified below. If to Borrower: Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, 2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105, Attention: Hulyn Farr, Telephone: (605) 361-9566, Telecopy: (605) 362-9388; and if to Lender: General Electric Capital Corporation, 8377 East Hartford Drive, Suite 200 Scottsdale, Arizona 85255, Attention: Collateral Management, Telephone: 480-585-4500, Telecopy: 480-585-2225.
     B.  Real Estate Commission. Lender and Borrower represent and warrant to each other that they have dealt with no real estate or mortgage broker, agent, finder or other intermediary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Lender and Borrower shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from and against any costs, claims or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of the breach of their respective representations and warranties contained within this Section.
     C.  Waiver and Amendment; Document Review. (1) No provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed waived or amended except by a written instrument unambiguously setting forth the matter waived or amended and signed by the party against which enforcement of such waiver or amendment is sought. Waiver of any matter shall not be deemed a waiver of the same or any other matter on any future occasion.
     (2) In the event Borrower makes any request upon Lender requiring Lender or Lender’s attorneys to review or prepare (or cause to be reviewed or prepared) any documents, plans, specifications or other submissions in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, then Borrower shall (a) reimburse Lender promptly upon Lender’s demand for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such review or preparation, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and (b) pay Lender a reasonable processing and review fee.
     D.  Captions. Captions are used throughout this Agreement and the other Loan Documents for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in any manner in the construction or interpretation hereof.
     E.  Lender’s Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, it is specifically understood and agreed, such agreement being a primary consideration for the execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Lender, that (1) there shall be absolutely no personal liability on the part of any shareholder, director, officer or employee of Lender, with respect to any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (2) Borrower waives all claims, demands and causes of action against Lender’s officers, directors, employees and agents in the event of any breach by Lender of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to be performed by Lender and (3) Borrower shall look solely to the assets of Lender for the satisfaction of each and every remedy of Borrower in the event of any breach by Lender of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to be performed by Lender, such exculpation of liability to be absolute and without any exception whatsoever.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

19


 

     F.  Severability. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed severable. If any part of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remainder shall remain in full force and effect, and such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be reformed by such court so as to give maximum legal effect to the intention of the parties as expressed therein.
     G.  Construction Generally. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been entered into by parties who are experienced in sophisticated and complex matters similar to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and are entered into by both parties in reliance upon the economic and legal bargains contained therein and shall be interpreted and construed in a fair and impartial manner without regard to such factors as the party which prepared the instrument, the relative bargaining powers of the parties or the domicile of any party. Borrower and Lender were each represented by legal counsel competent in advising them of their obligations and liabilities hereunder.
     H.  Further Assurances. Borrower will, at its sole cost and expense, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further acts, documents, conveyances, notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, assignments, security agreements, financing statements and assurances as Lender shall from time to time reasonably require or deem advisable to carry into effect the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to perfect any lien or security interest granted in any of the Loan Documents and for the better assuring and confirming of all of Lender’s rights, powers and remedies under the Loan Documents.
     I.  Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any judicial or other adversarial proceeding between the parties concerning this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
     J.  Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any other certificates, instruments or agreements to be delivered in connection therewith, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no other representations, warranties or agreements, written or oral, between Borrower and Lender with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the contrary, with respect to the Premises, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Borrower and Lender, any bid proposals or loan commitments with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control notwithstanding that such terms and conditions may be inconsistent with or vary from those set forth in such bid proposals or loan commitments.
     K.  Forum Selection; Jurisdiction; Venue; Choice of Law. Borrower acknowledges that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents were substantially negotiated in the State of Arizona, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents were executed by Lender in the State of Arizona and delivered by Borrower in the State of Arizona, all payments under the Note will be delivered in the State of Arizona and there are substantial contacts between the parties and the transactions contemplated herein and the State of Arizona. For purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the parties hereto hereby expressly submit to the jurisdiction of all federal and state courts located in the State of Arizona and Borrower consents that it may be served with any process or paper by registered mail or by personal service within or without the State of Arizona in accordance with applicable law. Furthermore, Borrower waives and agrees not to assert in any such action, suit or proceeding that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts, that the action, suit or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that venue of the action, suit or proceeding is improper. It is the intent of the parties hereto that all provisions of this Agreement and the Note shall be
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

20


 

governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Arizona, without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of law. To the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction finds Arizona law inapplicable with respect to any provisions of this Agreement or the Note, then, as to those provisions only, the laws of the state where the Premises is located shall be deemed to apply. Nothing in this Section shall limit or restrict the right of Lender to commence any proceeding in the federal or state courts located in the state in which the Premises is located to the extent Lender deems such proceeding necessary or advisable to exercise remedies available under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
     L.  Counterparts. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
     M.  Assignments by Lender; Binding Effect. Lender may assign in whole or in part its rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, in connection with any Transfer, Participation or Securitization. Upon any unconditional assignment of Lender’s entire right and interest, including all Lender’s duties and obligations, hereunder, Lender shall automatically be relieved, from and after the date of such assignment, of liability for the performance of any obligation of Lender contained herein. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including, without limitation, any United States trustee, any debtor in possession or any trustee appointed from a private panel.
     N.  Survival. Except for the conditions of Closing set forth in Section 4, which shall be satisfied or waived as of the Closing Date, all representations, warranties, agreements, obligations and indemnities of Borrower and Lender set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall survive the Closing.
     O.  Waiver of Jury Trial and Punitive, Consequential, Special and Indirect Damages. BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL ISSUES PRESENTED IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR ITS SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR RELATED HERETO. THIS WAIVER BY THE PARTIES HERETO OF ANY RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ASPECT OF THEIR BARGAIN. FURTHERMORE, BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO SEEK PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL AND INDIRECT DAMAGES FROM THE OTHER AND ANY OF THE OTHER’S AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANY OF THEIR SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL ISSUES PRESENTED IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER OR ANY OF THE OTHER’S AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANY OF THEIR SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR RELATED HERETO. THE WAIVER BY BORROWER AND LENDER OF ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO SEEK PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL AND INDIRECT DAMAGES HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES HERETO AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ASPECT OF THEIR BARGAIN.
     P.  Transfers, Participations and Securitizations. (1) A material inducement to Lender’s willingness to complete the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents is Borrower’s agreement that Lender may, at any time, complete a Transfer, Participation or Securitization with respect to the Note, Mortgage or any of the other Loan Documents or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

21


 

     (2) Borrower agrees to cooperate in good faith with Lender in connection with any such Transfer, Participation or Securitization of the Note, Mortgage or any of the other Loan Documents, or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto, including, without limitation (a) providing such documents, financial and other data, and other information and materials (the “Disclosures”) which would typically be required with respect to the Borrower Parties and the Manager by a purchaser, transferee, assignee, servicer, participant, investor or rating agency involved with respect to such Transfer, Participation or Securitization, as applicable; provided, however, the Borrower Parties, and the Manager shall not be required to make Disclosures of any confidential information or any information which has not previously been made public unless required by applicable federal or state securities laws; and (b) amending the terms of the transactions evidenced by the Loan Documents to the extent necessary so as to satisfy the requirements of purchasers, transferees, assignees, servicers, participants, investors or selected rating agencies involved in any such Transfer, Participation or Securitization, so long as such amendments would not have a Material Adverse Effect upon the Borrower Parties or the transactions contemplated hereunder. Lender shall be responsible for preparing at its expense any documents evidencing the amendments referred to in the preceding subitem (b).
     (3) Borrower consents to Lender providing the Disclosures, as well as any other information which Lender may now have or hereafter acquire with respect to the Premises or Manager or the financial condition of the Borrower Parties to each purchaser, transferee, assignee, servicer, participant, investor or rating agency involved with respect to each Transfer, Participation or Securitization, as applicable. Lender and Borrower (and their respective Affiliates) shall each pay their own attorneys’ fees and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their respective obligations under this Section.
     (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents: (a) an Event of Default or a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan or sale/leaseback transaction which has not been the subject of a Securitization, Participation or Transfer shall not constitute an Event of Default or a breach or default, as applicable, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan which has been the subject of a Securitization, Participation or Transfer; (b) an Event of Default or a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan which is included in any Loan Pool shall not constitute an Event of Default or a breach or default, as applicable, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan which is included in any other Loan Pool; (c) the Loan Documents and Other Agreement corresponding to the loans in any Loan Pool shall not secure the obligations of any of the Borrower Parties contained in any Loan Document or Other Agreement which does not correspond to a loan in such Loan Pool; and (d) the Loan Documents and Other Agreement which do not correspond to a loan in any Loan Pool shall not secure the obligations of any of the Borrower Parties contained in any Loan Document or Other Agreement which does correspond to a loan in such Loan Pool.
     Q.  Estoppel Certificate. At any time, and from time to time, each party agrees, promptly and in no event later than fifteen (15) days after a request from the other party, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other party a certificate in the form supplied by the other party, certifying: (a) to its knowledge, whether there are then any existing defaults by it or the other party in the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and, if there are any such defaults, specifying the nature and extent thereof; (b) that no notice of default has been given or received by it under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents which has not been cured, except as to defaults specified in the certificate; (c) the capacity of the person executing such certificate, and that such person is duly authorized to execute the same on behalf of it; and (d) any other information reasonably requested by the other party in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

22


 

     R. Borrower authorizes its banks, creditors, suppliers, customers, and Franchisor to disclose and release to Lender and its representatives any and all information they may request from time to time regarding (a) any depository, loan or other credit account of Borrower; (b) the status of the Franchise Agreement; (c) the affairs and financial condition of Borrower, any other Borrower Party, or any operator or lessee of the Premises; and (d) the business operations at the Premises, including unit level and entity level operating results. Borrower also authorizes Lender and its representatives to obtain personal and business credit reports and asset reports with respect to Borrower and the other Borrower Parties and to answer questions about its credit experience with Borrower and the other Borrower Parties. All of the information which Lender or its representatives obtain from time to time in accordance with this Section, together with any and all other information which Lender or its representatives now possess or in the future may acquire with respect to Borrower, any of the other Borrower Parties, the Collateral, or the business operations at the Premises, is referred to collectively as the “ Borrower Information .” Borrower authorizes Lender to disclose the Borrower Information to (i) Lender’s Affiliates and professional advisors and consultants; (ii) Franchisor, upon written request by Franchisor; and (iii) any proposed transferee, purchaser, assignee, servicer, participant, investor, or ratings agency, with respect to any proposed Lender Transfer or sale of any of the Collateral. Borrower also authorizes to distribute to, or publish for the use by, any third-parties for statistical analysis purposes the unit-level or corporate level operating results for the Premises and Borrower prepared by Lender from financial statements obtained from Borrower; provided, however , that such results shall not be identified as relating to Borrower or any of the other Borrower Parties.
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

23


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Lender have entered into this Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
LENDER:

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By   /s/ Kelly A. Hallford    
    Name:   Printed Kelly A. Hallford   
    Its: Authorized Signatory   
 
         
  BORROWER:

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC,
a South Dakota limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher D. Bills    
    Name:   Printed Christopher D. Bills   
    Its: Chief Financial Officer   
 
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

24


 

         
STATE OF ARIZONA
  )    
 
  )   SS.
COUNTY OF
  )    
 
 
   
     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on                                            , 2007 by                                             ,                                             of General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, on behalf of the corporation.
         
  Notary Public
 
 
My Commission Expires:
         
 
   
 
STATE OF ARIZONA
  )    
 
  )   SS.
COUNTY OF MARICOPA
  )    
     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on August 13, 2007 by Christopher D. Bills, Chief Financial Officer of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company, on behalf of the limited liability company.
         
     
  /s/ Jennifer L. Curry    
  Notary Public   
     
 
My Commission Expires:
3/24/2011
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

25


 

EXHIBIT A
DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES
A certain tract of land situated in the Parish of East Baton Rouge, State of Louisiana, designated according to a map by Baton Rouge Land Surveying, Inc., dated December 11, 2000 entitled “Map Showing Survey and Resubdivision of Tract E-1-A, a portion of the Former Aldrich Estate into Tract E-1-A-1 & E-1-A-2 located in Section 94, Township 7 South, Range 1 East, GLD, East Baton Rouge Parish, Louisiana for Parkland Investments, Inc.” as Tract E-1-A-1, recorded as Original 722, Bundle 11183 in the official records of the Clerk and Recorder of East Baton Rouge Parish, LA.
Tax ID #018-2116-4
GECC Contract No. 32775
GECC Property No. 8004-8031
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

26


 

EXHIBIT B
Form of Amended and Restated Note
[attached]

 


 

Exhibit C
(Disclosures per Section 5L)
None

 

EXHIBIT 10.21
LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “ Modification ”) is entered into as of December                                           , 2008, by and between GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ( Lender ), whose address is 8377 East Hartford Drive, Suite 200, Scottsdale, Arizona 85255-5401, and SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (“ Borrower ”) , whose address 2701 S. Minnesota Ave., Ste. 6, Sioux Falls, SD 57105.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
     A. Pursuant to the loan documents described on Exhibit A (as previously amended and modified, the “ Loan Agreement ”) between Lender and Borrower, Lender has extended loans to Borrower (collectively, the “ Loan ”) . The Loan is evidenced by one or more promissory notes (collectively, the “ Note ”). The Loan Agreement, the Note and the other documents and instruments currently evidencing and securing the Loan are referred to collectively as the “ Current Loan Documents. ” The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, are referred to as the “ Loan Documents ” and references in the Current Loan Documents and this Modification to the “Loan Documents,” or any of them, shall be deemed to be a reference to such Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification.
     B. Borrower has requested that Lender modify the Loan and the Current Loan Documents as provided in this Modification, and Lender is willing to so modify the Loan and the Current Loan Documents, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Modification. This modification is necessary and subject to the following:
  1.   Summit did not meet the completion deadline set forth in Section 2 of the Disbursement Agreement dated August 15, 2007.
 
  2.   Summit did not meet the completion deadline set forth in the Disbursement Agreement due to water sprinkler damage which occurred on the Premises.
 
  3.   The expected completion date of the Premises is now December 18, 2008.
 
  4.   Final draws under the Disbursement Agreement will occur on or before February 27, 2009.
 
  5.   Summit will convert to permanent financing in accordance with the Amended and Restated Promissory Note no later than February 27, 2009.
     C. Capitalized terms used in this Modification and not otherwise defined in this Modification shall have the meanings given to those terms in the Loan Agreement.
AGREEMENT:
     For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower, Guarantors and Lender agree as follows:
     1.  Accuracy of Preliminary Statement; Effective Date . Borrower acknowledges the accuracy of the Preliminary Statement and the parties agree that the Preliminary Statement is a part of this Modification. Borrower also acknowledges and agrees that the information set forth on Exhibit A is complete and correct. The modifications of the Loan Documents and the obligations of Lender pursuant to this Modification will be effective on the date that Lender determines that the conditions precedent set forth in this Modification have been satisfied in full (such date, the “ Effective Date ”).
     
GEFF smartDocs Form 6001
  Contract No: 32775
10/20/08
  Asset No: 8004-8031
phx/463004.3
  Baton Rouge, Louisiana

 


 

     2. Modification of Current Loan Documents.
  (a)   DISBURSEMENT AGREEMENT
  i.   The terms of the Disbursement Agreement contained in Section 1 entitled Certain Defined Terms is hereby modified as follows:
  (1)   Completion Date ” means the date of the opening of the Premises as a Cambria Suites hotel. Such date shall be no later than December 18, 2008.
  ii.   The terms of the Disbursement Agreement contained in Sub-Sections (a) of Section 2 entitled Construction of Improvements is hereby modified as follows:
  (1)   Borrower shall (i) construct the Improvements or cause the Improvements to be constructed in good and workmanlike manner and substantially in accordance with the Contract Documents, (ii) commence construction no later than the thirtieth day after the date of this Agreement and (iii) once construction of the Improvements has commenced, pursue such construction diligently to completion and complete such construction no later than December 18, 2008.
  (b)   INTERIM PROMISSORY NOTE
  i.   The terms of the Interim Promissory Note shall be modified as follows:
  (1)   Maturity Date ” means February 27, 2009; provided, however, the Maturity Date may be extended, at the sole discretion of the Lender, as applicable, in the Amended and Restated Note (as defined in the Interim Promissory Note) to be the first day of the month immediately following the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Final Disbursement occurs.
     3.  Borrower Representations, Warranties and Covenants . As additional consideration to and inducement for Lender to enter into this Modification, Borrower represents and warrants to and covenants with Lender as follows:
     (a)  Representations and Warranties . Each and all representations and warranties of Borrower in the Current Loan Documents are and will continue to be accurate, complete and correct. The representations and warranties in this Modification are true, complete and correct as of the date set forth above, will continue to be true, complete and correct as of the consummation of the modifications contemplated by this Modification, and will survive such consummation.
     (b)  No Defaults . Borrower is not in default under any of the Loan Documents, nor has any event or circumstance occurred that is continuing that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a default or an event of default by Borrower under any of the Loan Documents.
     (c)  No Material Changes . There has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower, Guarantors or any other person whose financial statement has been delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan from the most recent financial statement received by Lender from Borrower, Guarantors or such other persons.
     (d)  No Conflicts; No Consents Required . Neither execution nor delivery of this Modification nor fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms or conditions of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument to which
     
GEFF smartDocs Form 6001
  Contract No: 32775
10/20/08
  Asset No: 8004-8031
phx/463004.3
  Baton Rouge, Louisiana

2


 

Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound. No consents, approvals or authorizations are required for the execution and delivery of this Modification by Borrower or for Borrower’s compliance with its terms and provisions.
     (e)  Claims and Defenses . Borrower has no claims, counterclaims, defenses, or set-offs with respect to the Loan or the Loan Documents. Lender and its predecessors in interest have performed all of their obligations under the Loan Documents, and Borrower has no defenses, offsets, counterclaims, claims or demands of any nature which can be asserted against Lender or its predecessors in interest for damages or to reduce or eliminate all or any part of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents.
     (f)  Validity . This Modification and the other Loan Documents are and will continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms.
     (g)  Valid Existence, Execution and Delivery, and Due Authorization . Borrower validly exists under the laws of the State of its formation or organization and has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Modification and to perform the Loan Documents. The execution and delivery of this Modification and the performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all requisite action by or on behalf of Borrower. This Modification has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of Borrower.
     (h)  Ratification of Current Loan Documents and Collateral . The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, are ratified and affirmed by Borrower and shall remain in full force and effect. Except to the extent, if any, specifically provided for in this Modification: (i) the liens of Lender on and security interests in any and all real or personal property (tangible or intangible) granted as security for the Loan shall continue in full force and effect and none of such property is or shall be released from such liens and security interests; and (ii) this Modification shall not constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies of Lender in respect of the Loan Documents.
     4.  Release . Borrower fully, finally and forever releases and discharges Lender and each Lender Party from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, debts, demands, liabilities, obligations and suits, of whatever kind or nature, in law or equity, that Borrower has or in the future may have, whether known or unknown (i) in respect of the Loan, this Modification, the other Loan Documents or the actions or omissions of Lender in respect of the Loan or the Loan Documents and (ii) arising from events occurring prior to the date of this Modification. BORROWER EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY PROVISION OF STATUTORY OR DECISIONAL LAW TO THE EFFECT THAT A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN SUCH PARTY’S FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF KNOWN BY SUCH PARTY, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED SUCH PARTY’S SETTLEMENT WITH THE RELEASED PARTIES, INCLUDING PROVISIONS SIMILAR TO SECTION 1542 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, WHICH PROVIDES: “A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”
     5.  Fees and Costs . Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Modification, Borrower will pay the following amounts to Lender, in addition to any other amounts required to be paid to Lender pursuant to this Modification: all out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender or any of its affiliates in connection with this Modification, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.
     6.  Conditions Precedent . The obligations of Lender to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Modification are subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, each in the sole and absolute discretion of Lender:
     (a)  Borrower Performance . Borrower has duly executed and delivered this Modification and Borrower has paid all fees and other amounts and performed all obligations required under this
     
GEFF smartDocs Form 6001
  Contract No: 32775
10/20/08
  Asset No: 8004-8031
phx/463004.3
  Baton Rouge, Louisiana

3


 

Modification to be paid and performed contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Modification.
     (b)  Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Modification and any other document or instrument expressly contemplated by this Modification shall be true and correct in all material respects.
     (c)  Existence and Authority . If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence that Borrower is in good standing under the laws of their state of formation and in each state in which any collateral for the Loan is located and that the person or persons executing this Modification on behalf of Borrower is duly authorized to do so.
     (d)  No Default . No event or circumstance shall have occurred that is continuing, that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a default or an event of default under any of the Loan Documents.
     (e)  Lien Priority . Lender shall have received such UCC search results, title reports and title insurance endorsements as Lender shall reasonably require evidencing the continuing first priority of all of Lender’s liens in the collateral described in the Loan Documents.
     (f)  Insurance . Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence satisfactory to Lender that all insurance required by the Loan Documents is in full force and effect.
     7.  Entire Agreement; Change; Discharge; Termination or Waiver . The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, contain the entire understanding and agreement of Borrower and Lender in respect of the Loan and supersede all prior representations, warranties, agreements and understandings. No provision of the Loan Documents may be changed, discharged, supplemented, terminated or waived except in a writing signed by Lender and Borrower.
     8.  No Limitations . The description of the Loan Documents contained in this Modification is for informational and convenience purposes only and shall not be deemed to limit, imply or modify the terms or otherwise affect the Loan Documents.
     9.  Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence in this Modification.
     10.  Binding Effect . The Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Borrower and Lender and their respective successors and assigns.
     11.  Further Assurances . Borrower shall execute, acknowledge (as appropriate) and deliver to Lender such additional agreements, documents and instruments as reasonably required by Lender to carry out the intent of this Modification.
     12.  Counterpart Execution . This Modification may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. Signature pages may be detached from the counterparts and attached to a single copy of this Modification to physically form one document.
     13.  Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages . In no event shall any Lender Party be liable to Borrower or any of its respective affiliates (collectively the “ Credit Parties ” and individually a “ Credit Party ”) on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings). BORROWER AND EACH OTHER CREDIT PARTY HEREBY WAIVE, RELEASE AND AGREE NOT TO SUE UPON (AND BORROWER SHALL CAUSE EACH OF THE OTHER CREDIT PARTIES TO SO WAIVE, RELEASE, AND AGREE NOT TO SUE UPON) ANY SUCH CLAIM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.
     
GEFF smartDocs Form 6001
  Contract No: 32775
10/20/08
  Asset No: 8004-8031
phx/463004.3
  Baton Rouge, Louisiana

4


 

     14.  Jurisdiction and Service of Process .
     (a)  Submission to Jurisdiction . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to any Loan Document shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Arizona located in Maricopa County or of the United States for the District of Arizona, and Borrower and each other Credit Party accept for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts; provided, however, that nothing in this Modification shall limit or restrict the right of Lender to commence any proceeding in the federal or state courts located in the state in which property securing the Loan is located to the extent Lender deems such proceeding necessary or advisable to exercise remedies available under any Loan Document. Lender, Borrower and each other Credit Party hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such jurisdictions.
     (b)  Service of Process . Borrower and each other Credit Party hereby irrevocably waive personal service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and other documents and other service of process of any kind and consents to such service in any suit, action or proceeding brought in the United States of America with respect to or otherwise arising out of or in connection with any Loan Document by any means permitted by applicable law, including by the mailing thereof (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) to the address of Borrower specified on the signature page hereto (and shall be effective when such mailing shall be effective, as provided therein). Borrower and each other Credit Party agree that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing contained in this subsection shall affect the right of Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.
     (c)  Non-Exclusive Jurisdiction . Nothing contained in this Section shall affect the right of Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Requirements of Law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any Borrower Party in any other jurisdiction.
     15.  Disclosure Authorization . Borrower authorizes its respective banks, creditors (including trade creditors), vendors, suppliers, customers, and each franchisor to disclose and release to Lender any and all information any of them may request from time to time regarding (a) any depository, loan or other credit account of Borrower; (b) the status of each franchise agreement; (c) the affairs and financial condition of Borrower; and (d) Borrower’s respective business operations. Borrower expressly authorizes Lender to perform background, credit, judgment, lien and other checks, searches, inspections and investigations and to obtain personal and business credit reports and asset reports with respect to Borrower and to answer questions about their respective credit experience with Borrower. The information obtained by the Lender pursuant to this paragraph, together with all other information which any of the Lender now possess or in the future may acquire with respect to Borrower, the Collateral, or the business operations of Borrower, is referred to as the “ Borrower Information .”
     16.  Permitted Disclosures . Borrower authorizes Lender to disclose Borrower Information as follows: (a) to each franchisor or licensor of Borrower, upon written request by such franchisor or licensor; (b) to any proposed transferee, purchaser, assignee, servicer, participant, lender, investor, ratings agency, or other Person with respect to any proposed sale, assignment, or other transfer by Lender of any of its rights in the Loan Documents, including servicing rights, or sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral; (c) to any of the other Lender Parties or any insurance or title company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, including any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of, in connection with, or relating to, this Modification and the other Loan Documents, the Loan, or any other transaction contemplated hereby, including in connection with the exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies; (d) to the extent such information is or becomes available to a Lender Party from sources not known by such Lender Party to be subject to disclosure restrictions; (e) to the extent disclosure is required by applicable law or other legal process or is requested or demanded by any governmental authority; and (f) as may otherwise be authorized in writing by Borrower. Borrower agrees that the disclosures permitted by this Section and any other disclosures of Borrower Information authorized pursuant to any of the Loan Documents may be made even though any such disclosure may involve the transmission or other communication of
     
GEFF smartDocs Form 6001
  Contract No: 32775
10/20/08
  Asset No: 8004-8031
phx/463004.3
  Baton Rouge, Louisiana

5


 

Borrower Information from the nation of residence or domicile of such Borrower or a Lender Party to another country or jurisdiction, and Borrower waives the provisions of any data privacy law, rule, or regulation of any applicable governmental authority that would otherwise apply to the disclosures authorized in this Section.
     (a)  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . LENDER, BORROWER AND EACH OTHER CREDIT PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO, THIS MODIFICATION, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY OTHER TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. THIS WAIVER APPLIES TO ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.
     17.  Governing Law . The laws of the State of Arizona (without giving effect to its conflicts of laws principles) shall govern all matters arising out of, in connection with or relating to this Modification and the other Loan Documents, including its validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement; provided, however, that with respect to any married individual signing this Modification who is not a resident of the State of Arizona, this Section shall not be a contractual choice of the community property laws of the State of Arizona.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
     
GEFF smartDocs Form 6001
  Contract No: 32775
10/20/08
  Asset No: 8004-8031
phx/463004.3
  Baton Rouge, Louisiana

6


 

EXHIBIT A
THE LENDER AND THE LOAN
                                         
                                    Current  
                                    Balance of  
                            Current     Accrued  
                    Date of     Principal     Interest and  
                    Interim     Balance, as     Fees, as of  
        Contract         Promissory     of November     November  
        #     Lender   Note     24, 2008     24, 2008  
Loan     32775    
GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
CORPORATION
    8-15-2007     $ 9,485,350.64     $ 30,832.93  
     
GEFF smartDocs Form 6001
  Contract No: 32775
10/20/08
  Asset No: 8004-8031
phx/463004.3
  Baton Rouge, Louisiana

 


 

     Executed and effective as of the date first set forth above.
         
  LENDER:

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its Authorized Signatory   
 
  BORROWER:

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC

a South Dakota limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dan Hansen    
    Name:   DAN HANSEN   
    Title:   CFO   
 
     
GEFF smartDocs Form 6001
  Contract No: 32775
10/20/08
  Asset No: 8004-8031
phx/463004.3
  Baton Rouge, Louisiana

7

Exhibit 10.22
LOAN AGREEMENT
     THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of February 29, 2008 (the “ Closing Date ”), by and between GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Lender ”), and SUMMIT HOSPITALITY V, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (“ Borrower ”).
AGREEMENT:
     In consideration of the mutual covenants and provisions of this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement:
     “ ADA ” means the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as such act may be amended from time to time.
     “ Affiliate ” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by any other Person. For purposes of this definition, “controls”, “under common control with” and “controlled by” mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or otherwise.
     “ Amended and Restated Note ” means the amended and restated note to be executed by Borrower in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B . The Amended and Restated Note shall amend and restate the Note in its entirety and shall be executed by Borrower as of the date of the Final Disbursement.
     “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” means all applicable laws, regulations and government guidance on the prevention and detection of money laundering, including 18 U.S.C. § § 1956 and 1957, and the BSA.
     “ Applicable Regulations ” means all applicable statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, licenses, permits, orders and approvals of each Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, including, without limitation, all health, building, fire, safety and other codes, ordinances and requirements, all applicable standards of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and the ADA and all policies or rules of common law, in each case, as amended, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial order, consent, decree or judgment applicable to any of the Borrower Parties.
     “ Architect’s Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Borrower’s Architect ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Borrower Parties ” means, collectively, Borrower and any guarantors of the Loan (including, in each case, any predecessors-in-interest).
     “ BSA” means the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. § § 5311 et. seq.), and its implementing regulations, Title 31 Part 103 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations.
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

1


 

     “ Budget ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Business Day ” means any day on which Lender is open for business other than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday, ending at 5:00 P.M. Phoenix, Arizona time.
     “ Change of Control ” means a change in control of any of the Borrower Parties, including, without limitation, a change in control resulting from direct or indirect transfers of voting stock or partnership, membership or other ownership interests, whether in one or a series of transactions. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, and a Change of Control will occur if any of the following occur: (a) any merger or consolidation by any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, with or into any other entity; or (b) if any “Person” as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and as used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, who, subsequent to the Closing, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), of securities of any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of Borrower’s then outstanding securities (other than indirectly as a result of the redemption by any of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, of its securities).
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be deemed a Change of Control, so long as The Summit Group, Inc. remains the Company Manager of the Guarantor and retains at least 45% of the Sharing Ratios and Kerry W. Boekelheide retains voting control of The Summit Group, Inc.: (i) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of Class A Membership Interests or Class A-1 Membership Interests in Guarantor; (ii) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of Class B Membership Interests in Guarantor; (iii) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of Class C Membership Interests in Guarantor; or (iv) a transfer of an aggregate of 49% or less of ownership interests in The Summit Group, Inc. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of ownership or beneficial interests in The Summit Group, Inc. to a trust for the benefit of family members for estate or tax planning purposes shall not be a Change of Control so long as Kerry W. Boekelheide retains voting control of The Summit Group, Inc. and exercises control, directly or indirectly, over the operations and business of The Summit Group, Inc. Initially capitalized terms used in this paragraph which are not defined herein shall have the definitions as set forth in the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for Summit Hotel Properties, LLC dated July 25, 2005.
     “ Closing ” means the disbursement of the Loan Amount by Title Company as contemplated by this Agreement.
     “ Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. Sec. 101 et seq ., as amended.
     “ Completion Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Contract Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
      “Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.J.
      “Default Rate” has the meaning set forth in the Note.
     “ Development Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Disbursement Agreement ” means the Disbursement Agreement dated as of the date hereof executed by Borrower, Lender and Title Company.
     “ Disbursements ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

2


 

     “ Entity ” means any entity that is not a natural person.
     “ Environmental Indemnity Agreement ” means the environmental indemnity agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement executed by Borrower for the benefit of the Indemnified Parties and such other parties as are identified in such agreement with respect to the Premises, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.
     “ Fee ” means an underwriting, site assessment, valuation, construction, processing and commitment fee equal to 0.65% of the Loan Amount.
     “ Final Disbursement ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Final Disbursement Date ” means the date of the Final Disbursement.
     “ Franchise Agreement ” means the franchise, license or area development agreements with Franchisor for the conduct of business at the Premises as a Permitted Concept, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto.
     “ Franchisor ” means Choice Hotels International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors,.
     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
     “ General Contract ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ General Contractor ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any governmental authority, agency, department, commission, bureau, board, instrumentality, court or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction or supervisory or regulatory authority over the Premises or any of the Borrower Parties.
     “ Guarantor ” means Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company.
     “ Improvements ” means the improvements to be constructed upon the Land as contemplated by the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Indemnified Parties ” means Lender, the trustees under the Mortgage, if applicable, and any person or entity who is or will have been involved in the origination of the Loan, any person or entity who is or will have been involved in the servicing of the Loan, any person or entity in whose name the encumbrance created by the Mortgage is or will have been recorded, persons and entities who may hold or acquire or will have held a full or partial interest in the Loan (including, but not limited to, investors or prospective investors in any Securitization, Participation or Transfer, as well as custodians, trustees and other fiduciaries who hold or have held a full or partial interest in the Loan for the benefits of third parties), as well as the respective directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees, lenders, agents, servants, representatives, contractors, subcontractors, affiliates, subsidiaries, participants, successors and assigns of any and all of the foregoing (including, but not limited to, any other person or entity who holds or acquires or will have held a participation or other full or partial interest in the Loan or the Premises, whether during the term of the Loan or as a part of or following a foreclosure of the Loan and including, but not limited to, any successors by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or a substantial portion of Lender’s assets and business).
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

3


 

     “ Indemnity Agreements ” means all indemnity agreements executed for the benefit of any of the Borrower Parties or any prior owner, lessee or occupant of the Premises in connection with Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, the right to receive payments under such indemnity agreements.
     “ Initial Equity Contribution” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Initial Loan Amount ” means that portion of the Loan to be advanced to Borrower at the Closing.
     “ Land ” means the parcels of real estate legally described on Exhibit A attached hereto, and all rights, privileges and appurtenances associated therewith.
     “ Lender Entities ” means, collectively, Lender (including any predecessor-in-interest to Lender) and any Affiliate of Lender (including any Affiliate of any predecessor-in-interest to Lender).
     “ Loan ” means the loan for the Premises described in Section 2 .
     “ Loan Amount ” means $11,400,000.00.
     “ Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Disbursement Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the UCC-1 Financing Statements, the Authorization Regarding Information form previously delivered on behalf of the Borrower Parties to Lender and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith or contemplated thereby, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Loan Pool ” means: (a) in the context of a Securitization, any pool or group of loans that are a part of such Securitization; (b) in the context of a Transfer, all loans which are sold, transferred or assigned to the same transferee; and (c) in the context of a Participation, all loans as to which participating interests are granted to the same participant.
     “ Management Agreement ” means that certain Management Agreement dated April 12, 2007 entered into between Borrower and Manager, which Management Agreement relates to the Premises in addition to other hotel properties.
     “ Manager ” means The Summit Group, Inc., a South Dakota corporation.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the Premises, including, without limitation, the operation of the Premises as a Permitted Concept, or (b) Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.
     “ Mortgage ” means the deed of trust, deed to secure debt or mortgage dated as of the date of this Agreement executed by Borrower for the benefit of Lender with respect to the Premises, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Note ” means the promissory note dated as of the date of this Agreement executed by Borrower in favor of Lender evidencing the Loan, as such Note shall be amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Note and as the Note may be otherwise amended, restated or substituted from time to time . All references in the Loan Documents to the Note which are applicable to the period of time from and after the execution and delivery of the Amended and Restated Note shall mean the Amended and Restated Note.
     “ Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

4


 

     “ OFAC Laws and Regulations ” means Executive Order 13224 issued by the President of the United States of America, the Terrorism Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 595 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), the Terrorism List Governments Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 596 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), the Foreign Terrorist Organizations Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 597 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), and the Cuban Assets Control Regulations (Title 31 Part 515 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), and all other present and future federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, policies, lists (including, without limitation, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List) and any other requirements of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, the United States Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control) addressing, relating to, or attempting to eliminate, terrorist acts and acts of war, each as hereafter supplemented, amended or modified from time to time, and the present and future rules, regulations and guidance documents promulgated under any of the foregoing, or under similar laws, ordinances, regulations, policies or requirements of other states or localities.
     “ Other Agreements ” means, collectively, all agreements and instruments between, among or by (a) any of the Borrower Parties or any Affiliate of any of the Borrower Parties (including any Affiliate of any predecessor-in-interest to any of the Borrower Parties), and, or for the benefit of, (b) any of the Lender Entities, including, without limitation, promissory notes and guaranties; provided, however, the term “Other Agreements” shall not include the agreements and instruments defined as the Loan Documents.
     “ Participation ” means one or more grants by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities to a third party of a participating interest in notes evidencing obligations to repay secured or unsecured loans owned by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto.
     “ Permitted Concept ” means a Cambria Suites hotel.
     “ Permitted Exceptions ” means those recorded easements, restrictions, liens and encumbrances set forth as exceptions in the title insurance policy issued by Title Company to Lender and approved by Lender in its sole discretion in connection with the closing of the Loan.
     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or any other form of entity.
     “ Personal Property ” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
     “ Premises ” means, collectively, the Land and the Improvements (as such terms are defined in the Mortgage).
     “ Restoration ” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
     “ Schedule of Values ” has the meaning set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Securitization ” means one or more sales, dispositions, transfers or assignments by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities to a special purpose corporation, trust or other entity identified by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities of notes evidencing obligations to repay secured or unsecured loans owned by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities (and, to the extent applicable, the subsequent sale, transfer or assignment of such notes to another special purpose corporation, trust or other entity identified by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities), and the issuance of bonds, certificates, notes or other instruments evidencing interests in pools of such loans, whether in connection with a permanent asset securitization or a sale of loans in anticipation of a permanent asset securitization. Each Securitization shall be undertaken in accordance with all requirements which may be imposed by the investors or the rating agencies involved in each such sale, disposition, transfer or assignment or which may be imposed by applicable securities, tax or other laws or regulations.
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

5


 

     “ Site and Utility Plans ” means the site and utility plans prepared by Borrower’s Architect which shall be drawn to the same scale as the ALTA survey described in Section 4.B and depict the Improvements (including all utilities) as they are to be constructed pursuant to the Contract Documents and all other items that would be depicted in the “As Built Survey” of the Premises to be delivered to Lender pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement.
     “ Title Company ” means Lawyers Title Insurance Corporation.
     “ Transfer ” means one or more sales, transfers or assignments by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities to a third party of notes evidencing obligations to repay secured or unsecured loans owned by Lender or any of the other Lender Entities or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto.
     “ UCC-1 Financing Statements ” means such UCC-1 Financing Statements as Lender shall file with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
      “UCC” has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.
     “ U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity ” is an Entity whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on an automated quotation system in the U.S. or a wholly-owned subsidiary of such an Entity.
     2.  Transaction. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Loan Documents, Lender shall make the Loan. The Loan will be evidenced by the Note and secured by the Mortgage. Borrower shall construct the Improvements on the Land in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Disbursement Agreement and Lender shall make Disbursements pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Disbursement Agreement to fund the costs of such construction. The funding of the Initial Loan Amount shall occur simultaneously with the Closing. Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal amount of the Loan together with interest thereon in the manner and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Note and the other Loan Documents. At the time of the Final Disbursement, the Note shall be amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Note. The Amended and Restated Note will mature on the first day of the month immediately following the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Final Disbursement Date occurs. The Loan made pursuant to this Agreement, the construction by Borrower of the Improvements pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement and the granting of the security interest in the Premises pursuant to the Mortgage are not severable and shall be considered a single integrated transaction.
     3.  Escrow Agent; Closing Costs. Borrower and Lender hereby employ Title Company to act as escrow agent in connection with the transactions described in this Agreement. Borrower and Lender will deliver to Title Company all documents, pay to Title Company all sums and do or cause to be done all other things necessary or required by this Agreement, in the reasonable judgment of Title Company, to enable Title Company to comply herewith and to enable any title insurance policy provided for herein to be issued. Title Company shall not cause the transaction to close unless and until it has received written instructions from Lender and Borrower to do so. Title Company is authorized to pay, from any funds held by it for Lender’s or Borrower’s respective credit all amounts necessary to procure the delivery of such documents and to pay, on behalf of Lender and Borrower, all charges and obligations payable by them, respectively. Borrower will pay all charges payable by it to Title Company. Title Company is authorized, in the event any conflicting demand is made upon it concerning these instructions or the escrow, at its election, to hold any documents or funds deposited hereunder until an action shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction to determine the rights of Borrower and Lender or to interplead such documents or funds in an action brought in any such court. Deposit by Title Company of such documents and funds, after deducting therefrom its charges and its expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with any such court action, shall relieve Title Company of all further liability and responsibility for such documents and funds. Title Company’s receipt of this Agreement and opening of an escrow pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Title
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

6


 

Company’s agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement pertaining to Title Company. Disbursement of any funds shall be made by check, certified check or wire transfer, as directed by Borrower and Lender. Title Company shall be under no obligation to disburse any funds represented by check or draft, and no check or draft shall be payment to Title Company in compliance with any of the requirements hereof, until it is advised by the bank in which such check or draft is deposited that such check or draft has been honored. Title Company is authorized to act upon any statement furnished by the holder or payee, or a collection agent for the holder or payee, of any lien on or charge or assessment in connection with the Premises, concerning the amount of such charge or assessment or the amount secured by such lien, without liability or responsibility for the accuracy of such statement. The employment of Title Company as escrow agent shall not affect any rights of subrogation under the terms of any title insurance policy issued pursuant to the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not limit or affect Title Company’s liability or obligations under the Disbursement Agreement.
     4.  Closing Conditions. The obligation of Lender to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment or waiver of each of the following conditions:
     A.  Title Insurance Commitments. Lender shall have received for the Premises a preliminary title report and irrevocable commitment to insure title in the amount of the Loan, by means of a mortgagee’s, ALTA extended coverage policy of title insurance (or its equivalent, in the event such form is not issued in the jurisdiction where the Premises is located) issued by Title Company showing Borrower vested with good and marketable fee title in the real property comprising such Premises, committing to insure Lender’s first priority lien upon and security interest in such real property subject only to Permitted Exceptions, and containing such endorsements as Lender may reasonably require.
     B.  Survey. Lender shall have received (1) a current ALTA survey of the Premises or its equivalent, the form and substance of which shall be satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion and (2) the Site and Utility Plans. Lender shall have obtained a flood certificate indicating that the location of the Premises is not within the 100-year flood plain or identified as a special flood hazard area as defined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, or if the Premises is in such a flood plain or special flood hazard area, Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence of flood insurance maintained on the Premises in an amount and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Lender.
     C.  Environmental. Lender shall have completed such environmental due diligence of the Premises as it deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, and Lender shall have approved the environmental condition of the Premises in its sole discretion.
     D.  Compliance With Representations, Warranties and Covenants. All of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 shall be true, correct and complete as of the Closing Date, and Borrower shall be in compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 6 as of the Closing Date. No event shall have occurred or condition shall exist or information shall have been disclosed by Borrower or discovered by Lender which has had or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Premises, any of the Borrower Parties or Lender’s willingness to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, as determined by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion.
     E.  Proof of Insurance. Borrower shall have delivered to Lender certificates of insurance and copies of insurance policies showing that all insurance required by the Loan Documents and providing coverage and limits satisfactory to Lender are in full force and effect.
     F.  Legal Opinions. Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such legal opinions as Lender may reasonably require all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.
     G.  Fee and Closing Costs. Borrower shall have paid the Fee to Lender and shall have paid all costs of the transactions described in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the cost of title
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

7


 

insurance premiums and all endorsements required by Lender, survey charges, UCC and litigation search charges, the attorneys’ fees of Borrower, reasonable attorneys’ fees (not to exceed $7,500.00) and expenses of Lender, the cost of the environmental due diligence undertaken pursuant to Section 4.C , Lender’s site inspection costs and fees, stamp taxes, mortgage taxes, transfer fees, escrow, filing and recording fees and UCC filing and recording fees (including preparation, filing and recording fees for UCC continuation statements). Borrower shall have also paid all real and personal property and other applicable taxes and assessments and other charges relating to the Premises which are due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date as well as taxes and assessments due and payable subsequent to the Closing Date but which Title Company requires to be paid at Closing as a condition to the issuance of the title insurance policy described in Section 4.A .
     H.  Franchise Agreement. Lender shall have received a certificate (the “ Franchisor Certificate ”) from Franchisor in form and substance acceptable to Lender which provides that the Premises has been approved by Franchisor. If the Franchise Agreement has been entered into prior to the Closing, the Franchisor Certificate shall also provide that the Franchise Agreement is valid, binding and in full force and effect, with a term (inclusive of existing renewal options) which will expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Note, and no events have occurred which could constitute a default under the Loan Documents, and, to the extent Franchisor has a right of first refusal in the Franchise Agreement that extends to the sale, transfer or conveyance of the Premises, Franchisor waives all such rights of first refusal set forth in the Franchise Agreement as to Lender and its successors and assigns.
     I.  Development Documents; Borrower’s Architect Certification . (1) Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall have approved the Contract Documents, the Budget, the Schedule of Values, the Architect’s Agreement, if Borrower is a party to the Architect’s Agreement, the General Contract, the Borrower’s Architect and the General Contractor; Borrower shall have caused the General Contractor to deliver a list to Lender and Title Company, certified by the General Contractor, of (a) all materialmen, laborers, subcontractors, suppliers and any other parties (collectively, the “Vendors”) who may claim statutory or common law liens as a result of furnishing material or labor to the Premises or any portion thereof or interest therein, (b) the work or materials the Vendors will perform or supply, and (c) the cost of such work or materials; and Borrower shall have executed or delivered, as applicable, all Development Documents, including, without limitation, a consent of the General Contractor to the collateral assignment of the General Contract (the “ Consent of General Contractor ”), all in form and substance acceptable to Lender.
     (2) Borrower shall have delivered to Lender evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender that the plans and specifications for the Improvements are in compliance with all applicable building and zoning codes, ordinances and requirements.
     J.  Management Agreement . The Management Agreement shall be in full force and effect. Lender shall have approved the Management Agreement in its sole discretion and Manager and Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such subordination agreements, collateral assignments of management agreement and consents to collateral assignment of management agreement as Lender may require in its sole discretion.
     K.  Closing Documents. At or prior to the Closing Date, Lender or the Borrower Parties, as may be appropriate, shall have executed and delivered or shall have caused to be executed and delivered to Lender, or as Lender may otherwise direct, the Loan Documents and such other documents, payments (including, without limitation, the Initial Equity Contribution), instruments and certificates, as Lender may require in form acceptable to Lender.
     L.  Letter of Credit . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender an irrevocable letter of credit (“ Letter of Credit ”), in the amount of $2,000,000, in a form and from a lending institution acceptable to Lender. The issuing bank must be rated a minimum of “AA” by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s. Borrower expressly acknowledges and agrees that any downgrade of the issuing bank and/or any failure to
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

8


 

maintain the Letter of Credit will constitute an Event of Default. Provided that at any time following the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, Borrower shall have the option to pay, in one or more installments (including regular monthly installments of principal and interest), the principal balance of the Loan down by an amount of $1,455,000, at which time the requirement of the Letter of Credit will be reduced by $1,000,000. Following the principal reduction of $1,455,000, if Borrower elects to make additional principal payments through regular monthly installments of principal and interest or otherwise, the Letter of Credit will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis. Furthermore, any requirement for the Letter of Credit will be terminated upon the Premises achieving a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of 1:1.40 on a rolling 12-month basis.
     Upon fulfillment or waiver of all of the above conditions, Lender shall deposit funds necessary to close this transaction with the Title Company and this transaction shall close in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     5.  Representations and Warranties of Borrower. The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Section are being made by Borrower as of the Closing Date to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated herein and shall survive the Closing. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows:
     A.  Financial Information. (1) Borrower has delivered to Lender certain financial statements and other information concerning the Borrower Parties in connection with the transaction described in this Agreement (collectively, the “ Financial Information ”). The Financial Information is true, correct and complete in all material respects; there have been no amendments to the Financial Information since the date such Financial Information was prepared or delivered to Lender. Borrower understands that Lender is relying upon the Financial Information and Borrower represents that such reliance is reasonable. All annual financial statements included in the Financial Information were prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present as of the date of such financial statements the financial condition of each individual or entity to which they pertain. No change has occurred with respect to the financial condition of any of the Borrower Parties or the Premises as reflected in the Financial Information, which has not been disclosed in writing to Lender or has had, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     (2) Borrower has delivered to Lender the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents have been approved by the Borrower Parties and the General Contractor and will enable the Improvements to be constructed for the use of the Premises as a Permitted Concept.
     B.  Organization and Authority. Each of the Borrower Parties (other than individuals), as applicable, is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation or formation. Borrower is qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to do business in each state where the Premises is located, and each of the Borrower Parties is qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to do business in any other jurisdiction where the failure to be qualified would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All necessary action has been taken to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower Parties of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The person(s) who have executed this Agreement on behalf of Borrower are duly authorized so to do. Borrower is not a “foreign corporation”, “foreign partnership”, “foreign trust”, “foreign estate” or “foreign person” (as those terms are defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended). Borrower’s U.S. Federal Tax Identification number, Organization Identification number and principal place of business are correctly set forth on the signature page of this Agreement. None of the Borrower Parties, and no individual or entity owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties, is an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations; provided, however, the representation contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

9


 

     C.  Enforceability of Documents. Upon execution by the Borrower Parties, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower Parties, respectively, enforceable against the Borrower Parties in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity.
     D.  Litigation. There are no suits, actions, proceedings or investigations pending, or to the best of its knowledge, threatened against or involving the Borrower Parties or the Premises before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, except for such suits, actions, proceedings or investigations which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     E.  Absence of Breaches or Defaults. The Borrower Parties are not, and the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will not result, in any breach or default under any other document, instrument or agreement to which any of the Borrower Parties is a party or by which any of the Borrower Parties, the Premises or any of the property of any of the Borrower Parties is subject or bound, except for such breaches or defaults which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect. The authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will not violate any applicable law, statute, regulation, rule, ordinance, code, rule or order. The Premises is not subject to any right of first refusal, right of first offer or option to purchase or lease granted to a third party.
     F.  Utilities. All utility services and easements necessary for the construction of the Improvements and the operation thereof as a Permitted Concept are available at the boundaries of the Land, including water supply, storm and sanitary sewer facilities, gas, electric and telephone facilities.
     G.  Zoning; Compliance With Laws. The Premises is in compliance with all applicable zoning requirements, and the use of the Premises as a Permitted Concept does not constitute a nonconforming use under applicable zoning requirements. The Borrower Parties and the Premises are in compliance with all Applicable Regulations except for such noncompliance which has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     H.  Area Development; Wetlands. No condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting the Premises have been commenced or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, are contemplated. Neither the Premises, nor to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, the real property bordering the Premises, are designated by any Governmental Authority as a wetlands.
     I.  Licenses and Permits; Access. All required licenses and permits, both governmental and private, to begin construction of the Improvements are in full force and effect, except for such licenses and permits the failure of which to obtain has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect. Adequate rights of access to public roads and ways are available to the Premises for unrestricted ingress and egress and otherwise to permit utilization of the Premises for their intended purposes, and all such public roads and ways have been completed and dedicated to public use.
     J.  Environmental. The representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 2 of the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, together with the corresponding definitions, are incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if stated in full in this Agreement.
     K.  Title to Premises; First Priority Lien. Fee title to the real property comprising the Premises is vested in Borrower, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges and security interests of any nature whatsoever, except the Permitted Exceptions. Borrower is owner of all Personal Property, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges and security interests of any nature whatsoever, and
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

10


 

no Affiliate of Borrower owns any of the Personal Property. Upon Closing, Lender shall have a first priority lien upon and security interest in the Premises pursuant to the Mortgage and the UCC-1 Financing Statements.
     L.  No Mechanics’ Liens. Except as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto, there are no delinquent accounts payable or mechanics’ liens in favor of any materialman, laborer, or any other person or entity in connection with labor or materials furnished to or performed on any portion of the Premises; and no work has been performed or is in progress nor have materials been supplied to the Premises or agreements entered into for work to be performed or materials to be supplied to the Premises prior to the date hereof, which will be delinquent on or before the Closing Date.
     M.  Franchisor Provisions. The Premises have been approved by Franchisor and Franchisor has either entered into a franchise, license or area development agreement with Borrower with respect to the Premises or has agreed to enter into such agreement with Borrower upon the completion of the construction of the Improvements. If such franchise, license or area development agreement has been entered into prior to the date of this Agreement: (1) Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Franchise Agreement; (2) the Franchise Agreement is the only agreement in effect with Franchisor with respect to the Premises; (3) the Franchise Agreement is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties to the Franchise Agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity; (4) none of the Borrower Parties has assigned, transferred, mortgaged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered the Franchise Agreement or any rights thereunder or any interest therein, and none of the Borrower Parties has received any notice that Franchisor has made any assignment, pledge or hypothecation of all or any part of its rights or interest in the Franchise Agreement; (5) no notice of default from Franchisor has been received under the Franchise Agreement which has not been cured and no notice of default to Franchisor has been given under the Franchise Agreement which has not been cured; (6) no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under the Franchise Agreement; and (7) the Franchise Agreement has a term (inclusive of existing renewal options) which will expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Amended and Restated Note.
     N.  Money Laundering . (1) Borrower has taken all reasonable measures, in accordance with all applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws, with respect to each holder of a direct or indirect interest in the Borrower Parties, to assure that funds invested by such holders in the Borrower Parties are derived from legal sources; provided, however, none of the foregoing shall apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     (2) To Borrower’s knowledge after making due inquiry, neither any of the Borrower Parties nor any holder of a direct or indirect interest in the Borrower Parties (a) is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, any violation of any Anti-Money Laundering Laws, or drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicated crimes or a violation of the BSA, (b) has been assessed civil penalties under these or related laws, or (c) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under these or related laws; provided, however, none of the foregoing shall apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     (3) Borrower has taken reasonable steps, consistent with industry practice for comparable organizations and in any event as required by law, to ensure that the Borrower Parties are and shall be in compliance with all (a) Anti-Money Laundering Laws and (b) OFAC Laws and Regulations.
     O.  Management Agreement . Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Management Agreement. The Management Agreement is the only agreement in effect with Manager with respect to the Premises. The Management Agreement is in full force and effect and
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

11


 

constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties to the Management Agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity. As it relates to the Premises, Borrower has not assigned, transferred, mortgaged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered the Management Agreement or any rights thereunder or any interest therein, and Borrower has not received any notice that Manager has made any assignment, pledge or hypothecation of all or any part of its rights or interest in the Management Agreement. No notice of default from Manager has been received under the Management Agreement that has not been cured and no notice of default to Manager has been given under the Management Agreement which has not been cured. No event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under the Management Agreement.
     6.  Covenants. Borrower covenants to Lender from and after the Closing Date and until all of the Obligations are satisfied in full, as follows:
     A.  Payment of the Note. Borrower shall punctually pay, or cause to be paid, the principal, interest and all other sums to become due in respect of the Note and the other Loan Documents in accordance with the Note and the other Loan Documents. Borrower shall authorize Lender to establish arrangements whereby all scheduled payments made in respect of the Obligations are transferred by Automated Clearing House Debit initiated by Lender directly from an account at a U.S. bank in the name of Borrower to such account as Lender may designate or as Lender may otherwise designate.
     B.  Title. Borrower shall maintain good and marketable fee simple title to the real property comprising the Premises, and title to the Personal Property and the remainder of the Premises, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges and other exceptions to title, except the Permitted Exceptions or except as permitted by the Loan Documents. Lender shall have valid first liens upon and security interests in the Premises, including the Personal Property, pursuant to the Mortgage and the UCC-1 Financing Statements.
     C.  Organization and Status of Borrower; Preservation of Existence. Each of the Borrower Parties (other than individuals), as applicable, shall be validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation or formation. Borrower shall be qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company to do business in each state where the Premises is located, and each of the Borrower Parties shall be qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company in any other jurisdiction where the failure to be qualified would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall preserve its current form of organization and shall not change its legal name, its state of formation, nor, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, merge with or into, or consolidate with, any other entity without providing, in each case, Lender with 30 days’ prior written notice and obtaining Lender’s prior written consent (to the extent such consent is required under Section 7 of this Agreement). In addition, Borrower shall require, and shall take reasonable measures to comply with the requirement, that no individual or entity owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties is an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations; provided, however, the covenant contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     D.  Licenses and Permits. From and after the Completion Date, all required licenses and permits, both governmental and private, to use and operate the Premises as a Permitted Concept shall be maintained in full force and effect.
     E.  Compliance With Laws Generally. The use and occupation of the Premises, and the condition thereof, including, without limitation, any Restoration, shall comply with all Applicable
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

12


 

Regulations now or hereafter in effect, including, without limitation, the OFAC Laws and Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering Laws. In addition, the Borrower Parties shall comply with all Applicable Regulations now or hereafter in effect. Without limiting the generality of the other provisions of this Section, Borrower shall comply with the ADA, and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as it affects the Premises.
     F.  Compliance With Environmental Provisions. The covenants, obligations and agreements of Borrower set forth in Sections 3 through 7 of the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, together with the corresponding definitions, are incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if stated in full in this Agreement.
     G.  Financial Statements. From and after the Completion Date, within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter and within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Lender (1) complete financial statements of the Borrower Parties including a balance sheet, profit and loss statement, statement of cash flows and all other related schedules for the fiscal period then ended; (2) income statements for the business at the Premises; (3) standard hotel data of rooms sold and rooms available, as well as gross revenue breakdown of room revenue from other revenue, so that occupancy ADR and RevPar Statistics can be calculated; and (4) such other financial information as Lender may reasonably request in order to establish compliance with the financial covenants in the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, Section 6.J of this Agreement. All such annual financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP from period to period, and shall be certified to be accurate and complete by Borrower (or the Treasurer or other appropriate officer of Borrower). In the event the property and business at the Premises is ordinarily consolidated with other business for financial statement purposes, such financial statements shall be prepared on a consolidated basis showing separately the sales, profits and losses, assets and liabilities pertaining to the Premises with the basis for allocation of overhead of other charges being clearly set forth. The financial statements delivered to Lender need not be audited, but Borrower shall deliver to Lender copies of any audited financial statements of Borrower which may be prepared, as soon as they are available. Borrower shall also cause to be delivered to Lender copies of any financial statements required to be delivered to Borrower by any tenants of the Premises.
     H.  Lost Note. Borrower shall, if the Note is mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen (a “Lost Note”), promptly deliver to Lender, upon receipt from Lender of an affidavit and indemnity in a form reasonably acceptable to Lender and Borrower stipulating that the Note has been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen, in substitution therefor, a new promissory note containing the same terms and conditions as the Lost Note with a notation thereon of the unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest. Borrower shall provide fifteen (15) days’ prior notice to Lender before making any payments to third parties in connection with the Lost Note.
     I.  Inspections. Borrower shall, during normal business hours (or at any time in the event of an emergency) and at reasonable intervals, (1) provide Lender and Lender’s officers, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys, accountants, architects, and engineers with access to the Premises, all drawings, plans, and specifications for the Premises in possession of any of the Borrower Parties, all engineering reports relating to the Premises in the possession of any of the Borrower Parties, the files, correspondence and documents relating to the Premises, and the financial books and records, including lists of delinquencies, relating to the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Premises (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing information stored in any computer files), (2) allow such persons to make such inspections, tests, copies, and verifications as Lender considers necessary, and (3) if Borrower is in breach of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio requirement set forth in the following subsection J, pay expenses reasonably incurred by Lender from time to time in conducting such inspections, tests, copies and verifications upon demand (such amounts to bear interest at the Default Rate if not paid upon demand until paid).
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

13


 

     J.  Debt Service Coverage Ratio . From and after the Completion Date, Guarantor shall maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1 before distribution payouts and 1.0:1 after distribution payouts, as determined as of Guarantor’s fiscal year end. For purposes of this Section, the term “Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean with respect to the twelve month period of time immediately preceding the date of determination, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP, of (1) earnings before Interest Expense, income taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, plus or minus other non-recurring renovation/remodel expenses funded with the proceeds of a loan or other non-operating sources to (2) principal and interest payments on the aggregate first mortgage term debt.
     For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
     “ Depreciation and Amortization ” shall mean the depreciation and amortization accruing during any period of determination with respect to Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Interest Expense ” shall mean for any period of determination, the sum of all interest accrued or which should be accrued in respect of all Debt of Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     K.  Affiliate Transactions. Unless otherwise approved by Lender, all transactions between Borrower and any of its Affiliates shall be on terms substantially as advantageous to Borrower as those which could be obtained by Borrower in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate of Borrower.
     L.  Compliance Certificates . Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, Borrower shall deliver a compliance certificate to Lender in a form to be provided by Lender in order to establish that Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all of its obligations, duties and covenants under the Loan Documents.
     M.  Franchise Agreement. From and after the Completion Date, the Franchise Agreement shall be maintained in full force and effect. No event shall occur nor shall any condition exist which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under the Franchise Agreement. Borrower shall give prompt notice to Lender of any claim of default by or to the franchisee under the Franchise Agreement and shall provide Lender with a copy of any default notice given or received by the franchisee under the Franchise Agreement and any information submitted or referenced in support of such claim of default. Borrower shall also give prompt notice to Lender of any extensions or renewals of the Franchise Agreement and the expiration or termination of the Franchise Agreement.
     N.  Use of Disbursements . Borrower will use the Disbursements solely to construct the Improvements, and it will not require and will not avail itself of any other extension of credit for such purpose without Lender’s prior written consent; provided that , Borrower may use those certain credit facilities obtained by Borrower from either First National Bank of Omaha or Fortress Credit Corp., for the foregoing purposes without Lender’s prior written consent.
     O.  Contract Documents . Following approval by Lender, the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, the location of the Improvements depicted on the Site and Utility Plans, will not be changed or altered in any respect without Lender’s prior written consent except as allowed in the Disbursement Agreement.
     P.  OFAC Laws and Regulations . Borrower shall immediately notify Lender in writing if any individual or entity owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties or any director, officer, member, manager or partner of any of such holders is an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

14


 

violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations, or is under investigation by any governmental entity for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or any violation of Anti-Money Laundering Laws, has been assessed civil penalties under these or related laws, or has had funds seized or forfeited in an action under these or related laws; provided, however, the covenant contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     Q.  Management Agreement. The Management Agreement shall be maintained in full force and effect. No event shall occur nor shall any condition exist which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under the Management Agreement. Borrower shall give prompt notice to Lender of any claim of default by or to the Manager under the Management Agreement and shall provide Lender with a copy of any default notice given or received by the Manager under the Management Agreement and any information submitted or referenced in support of such claim of default. Borrower shall also give prompt notice to Lender of the expiration or termination of the Management Agreement.
     7.  Prohibition on Change of Control and Pledge. A. Without limiting the terms and conditions of Section 3.09 of the Mortgage, Borrower agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until all of the Obligations are satisfied in full, without the prior written consent of Lender: (1) no Change of Control shall occur; and (2) no interest in any of the Borrower Parties shall be pledged, encumbered, hypothecated or assigned as collateral for any obligation of any of the Borrower Parties (each, a “Pledge”). In addition, no interest in any of the Borrower Parties, or in any individual or person owning directly or indirectly any interest in any of the Borrower Parties, shall be transferred, assigned or conveyed to any individual or person whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or who is in violation of any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations, and any such transfer, assignment or conveyance shall not be effective until the transferee has provided written certification to Borrower and Lender that (x) the transferee or any person who owns directly or indirectly any interest in transferee, is not an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of the OFAC Laws and Regulations, and (y) the transferee has taken reasonable measures to assure than any individual or entity who owns directly or indirectly any interest in transferee, is not an individual or entity whose property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the OFAC Laws and Regulations or is otherwise in violation of the OFAC Laws and Regulations; provided, however, the covenant contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Person to the extent that such Person’s interest is in or through a U.S. Publicly-Traded Entity.
     B. Lender’s consent to a Change of Control or Pledge shall be subject to the satisfaction of such conditions as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, (1) the execution and delivery of such modifications to the terms of the Loan Documents as Lender shall request, (2) the proposed Change of Control or Pledge having been approved by each of the rating agencies which have issued ratings in connection with any Securitization of the Loan as well as any other rating agency selected by Lender, and (3) the proposed transferee having agreed to comply with all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents (including any modifications requested by Lender pursuant to clause (1) above). In addition, any such consent shall be conditioned upon payment by Borrower to Lender of (a) a fee equal to one percent (1%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Note and (b) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such consent, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. Lender shall not be required to demonstrate any actual impairment of its security or any increased risk of default hereunder in order to declare the Obligations immediately due and payable upon a Change of Control or Pledge in violation of this Section. The provisions of this Section shall apply to every Change of Control or Pledge regardless of whether voluntary or not, or whether or not Lender has consented to any previous Change of Control or Pledge.
     8.  Transaction Characterization. A. It is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are a contract to extend a financial accommodation (as such
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

15


 

term is used in the Code) for the benefit of Borrower and that the Loan Documents evidence one unitary, unseverable transaction pertaining to the Premises.
     B. It is the intent of the parties hereto that the business relationship created by the Loan Documents is solely that of creditor and debtor and has been entered into by both parties in reliance upon the economic and legal bargains contained in the Loan Documents. None of the agreements contained in the Loan Documents is intended, nor shall the same be deemed or construed, to create a partnership (either de jure or de facto) between Borrower and Lender, to make them joint venturers, to make Borrower an agent, legal representative, partner, subsidiary or employee of Lender, nor to make Lender in any way responsible for the debts, obligations or losses of Borrower.
     9.  Default and Remedies. A. Each of the following shall be deemed an event of default by Borrower (each, an “ Event of Default ”):
     (1) If any representation or warranty of any of the Borrower Parties set forth in any of the Loan Documents is false in any material respect when made, or if any of the Borrower Parties renders any statement or account which is false in any material respect.
     (2) If any principal, interest or other monetary sum due under the Note, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document is not paid within five days after the date when due; provided, however, notwithstanding the occurrence of such an Event of Default, Lender shall not be entitled to exercise its rights and remedies set forth below unless and until Lender shall have given Borrower written notice thereof and a period of five days from the delivery of such notice shall have elapsed without such Event of Default being cured.
     (3) If Borrower fails to observe or perform any of the other covenants, conditions, or obligations of this Agreement; provided, however, if any such failure does not involve the payment of any monetary sum, is not willful or intentional, does not place any rights or interest in collateral of Lender in immediate jeopardy, and is within the reasonable power of Borrower to promptly cure after receipt of notice thereof, all as determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion, then such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, unless and until Lender shall have given Borrower notice thereof and a period of 30 days shall have elapsed, during which period Borrower may correct or cure such failure, upon failure of which an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder without further notice or demand of any kind being required. If such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, as determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion, and Borrower is diligently pursuing a cure of such failure, then Borrower shall have a reasonable period to cure such failure beyond such 30-day period, which shall not exceed 90 days after receiving notice of the failure from Lender. If Borrower shall fail to correct or cure such failure within such 90-day period, an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder without further notice or demand of any kind being required.
     (4) If any of the Borrower Parties becomes insolvent within the meaning of the Code, files or notifies Lender that it intends to file a petition under the Code, initiates a proceeding under any similar law or statute relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or adjustment of debts (collectively, an “Action”), becomes the subject of either a petition under the Code or an Action, or is not generally paying its debts as the same become due. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the filing of an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding against any of the Borrower Parties shall not be an Event of Default herein provided that such case or proceeding is dismissed with prejudice within 60 days of the filing thereof.
     (5) If there is an “Event of Default” or a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under any of the Other Agreements, or any other Loan Document.
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

16


 

     (6) If a final, nonappealable judgment is rendered by a court against any of the Borrower Parties which (a) has a Material Adverse Effect on the operation of the Premises as a Permitted Concept, or (b) is in an amount greater than $100,000.00 and not covered by insurance, and, in either case, is not discharged or provision made for such discharge within 60 days from the date of entry of such judgment.
     (7) If there is a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under the Franchise Agreement, or if the Franchise Agreement terminates or expires prior to the payment in full of the Note in accordance with its terms and a substitute agreement for the terminated or expired agreement is not entered into with Franchisor prior to such expiration or termination, which substitute agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and shall expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Note.
     (8) If there is a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under the Management Agreement, or if the Management Agreement terminates or expires prior to the payment in full of the Note in accordance with its terms and a substitute agreement for the terminated or expired agreement is not entered into with Manager prior to such expiration or termination, which substitute agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and shall expire after the scheduled maturity date of the Note.
     B. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the limitations set forth in subsection A, Lender may declare all or any part of the obligations of Borrower under the Note, this Agreement and any other Loan Document to be due and payable, and the same shall thereupon become due and payable without any presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and Borrower hereby waives notice of intent to accelerate the obligations secured by the Mortgage and notice of acceleration. Thereafter, Lender may exercise, at its option, concurrently, successively or in any combination, all remedies available at law or in equity, including without limitation any one or more of the remedies available under the Note, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document. Neither the acceptance of this Agreement nor its enforcement shall prejudice or in any manner affect Lender’s right to realize upon or enforce any other security now or hereafter held by Lender, it being agreed that Lender shall be entitled to enforce this Agreement and any other security now or hereafter held by Lender in such order and manner as it may in its absolute discretion determine. No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Lender is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. Every power or remedy given by any of the Loan Documents to Lender, or to which Lender may be otherwise entitled, may be exercised, concurrently or independently, from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by Lender.
     10.  Indemnity; Release. A. Initially capitalized terms in this Section that are not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Environmental Indemnity Agreement. Borrower shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, indemnify, release and hold harmless each of the Indemnified Parties for, from and against any and all claims, suits, liabilities (including, without limitation, strict liabilities), actions, proceedings, obligations, debts, damages, losses, costs, expenses, diminutions in value, fines, penalties, charges, fees, expenses, judgments, awards, amounts paid in settlement and damages of whatever kind or nature (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, court costs and other costs of defense) (collectively, “Losses”) (excluding Losses suffered by an Indemnified Party directly arising out of such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that the term “gross negligence” shall not include gross negligence imputed as a matter of law to any of the Indemnified Parties solely by reason of Borrower’s interest in the Premises or Borrower’s failure to act in respect of matters which are or were the obligation of Borrower under the Loan Documents and the Development Documents), and costs of Remediation (whether or not performed voluntarily), engineers’ fees, environmental consultants’ fees, and costs of investigation (including but not limited to sampling, testing, and analysis of soil, water, air, building materials and other materials and substances whether solid, liquid or gas) imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Parties, and directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way relating to any one or more
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

17


 

of the following: (1) any presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, above, or under the Premises introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower; (2) any past, present or Threatened Release in, on, above, under or from the Premises regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower; (3) any activity by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises in connection with any actual, proposed or threatened use, treatment, storage, holding, existence, disposition or other Release, generation, production, manufacturing, processing, refining, control, management, abatement, removal, handling, transfer or transportation to or from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials at any time located in, under, on or above the Premises; (4) any activity by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises in connection with any actual or proposed Remediation of any Hazardous Materials at any time located in, under, on or above the Premises, whether or not such Remediation is voluntary or pursuant to court or administrative order, including but not limited to any removal, remedial or corrective action; (5) any past, present or threatened non-compliance or violations of any Environmental Laws (or permits issued pursuant to any Environmental Law) in connection with the Premises or operations thereon, regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower, including but not limited to any failure by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises to comply with any order of any Governmental Authority in connection with any Environmental Laws; (6) the imposition, recording or filing or the threatened imposition, recording or filing of any Environmental Lien encumbering the Premises regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower; (7) any administrative processes or proceedings or judicial proceedings in any way connected with any matter addressed in this Agreement; (8) any past, present or threatened injury to, destruction of or loss of natural resources in any way connected with the Premises regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower, including but not limited to costs to investigate and assess such injury, destruction or loss; (9) any acts of Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises in arranging for disposal or treatment, or arranging with a transporter for transport for disposal or treatment, of Hazardous Materials owned or possessed by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user, at any facility or incineration vessel owned or operated by another person or entity and containing such or similar Hazardous Materials; (10) any acts of Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises, in accepting any Hazardous Materials for transport to disposal or treatment facilities, incineration vessels or sites selected by Borrower, any person or entity affiliated with Borrower or any tenant or other user of the Premises, from which there is a Release, or a Threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials which causes the incurrence of costs for Remediation; (11) any personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage arising under any statutory or common law or tort law theory regarding Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises prior to or during the ownership of the Premises by Borrower, including but not limited to damages assessed for the maintenance of a private or public nuisance or for the conducting of an abnormally dangerous activity on or near the Premises; (12) any disclosures of information, financial or otherwise, (x) made by (i) Lender or Lender’s employees, officers, agents and designees to Franchisor or any third party as contemplated by Section 11.R of this Agreement, or (ii) any employee, officer, agent or representative of Franchisor to Lender or any other Indemnified Party, or (y) obtained from any credit reporting agency with respect to Borrower, any guarantor of the Loan, any Affiliate of Borrower, any of the other Borrower Parties or any operator or lessee of the Premises; or (13) any misrepresentation or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty by Borrower or material breach or failure to perform by Borrower of any covenants or other obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, Borrower shall not be liable for the acts of tenants or other users occurring after the Borrower no longer owns the Premises.
     B. Excluding losses suffered by Lender directly arising out of Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that the term “gross negligence” shall not include gross negligence imputed as a matter of law to Lender solely by reason of Borrower’s interest in the Premises or Borrower’s failure to act in respect of matters which are or were the obligation of Borrower under the Loan Documents, Borrower fully and completely releases, waives and covenants not to assert any claims,
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

18


 

liabilities, actions, defenses, challenges, contests or other opposition against Lender, however characterized, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, now existing or arising in the future, relating to this Agreement and any Hazardous Materials, Releases or Remediation on, at or affecting the Premises.
     11.  Miscellaneous Provisions.
     A.  Notices. All notices, consents, approvals or other instruments required or permitted to be given by either party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be in writing and given by (i) hand delivery, (ii) facsimile, (iii) express overnight delivery service or (iv) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been delivered upon (a) receipt, if hand delivered, (b) transmission, if delivered by facsimile, (c) the next Business Day, if delivered by express overnight delivery service, or (d) the third Business Day following the day of deposit of such notice with the United States Postal Service, if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notices shall be provided to the parties and addresses (or facsimile numbers, as applicable) specified below. If to Borrower: Summit Hospitality V, LLC, 2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105, Attention: Hulyn Farr, Telephone: (605) 361-9566, Telecopy: (605) 362-9388; and if to Lender: General Electric Capital Corporation, 8377 East Hartford Drive, Suite 200 Scottsdale, Arizona 85255, Attention: Collateral Management, Telephone: 480-585-4500, Telecopy: 480-585-2225.
     B.  Real Estate Commission. Lender and Borrower represent and warrant to each other that they have dealt with no real estate or mortgage broker, agent, finder or other intermediary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Lender and Borrower shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from and against any costs, claims or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of the breach of their respective representations and warranties contained within this Section.
     C.  Waiver and Amendment; Document Review. (1) No provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed waived or amended except by a written instrument unambiguously setting forth the matter waived or amended and signed by the party against which enforcement of such waiver or amendment is sought. Waiver of any matter shall not be deemed a waiver of the same or any other matter on any future occasion.
     (2) In the event Borrower makes any request upon Lender requiring Lender or Lender’s attorneys to review or prepare (or cause to be reviewed or prepared) any documents, plans, specifications or other submissions in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, then Borrower shall (a) reimburse Lender promptly upon Lender’s demand for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such review or preparation, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and (b) pay Lender a reasonable processing and review fee.
     D.  Captions. Captions are used throughout this Agreement and the other Loan Documents for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in any manner in the construction or interpretation hereof.
     E.  Lender’s Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, it is specifically understood and agreed, such agreement being a primary consideration for the execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Lender, that (1) there shall be absolutely no personal liability on the part of any shareholder, director, officer or employee of Lender, with respect to any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (2) Borrower waives all claims, demands and causes of action against Lender’s officers, directors, employees and agents in the event of any breach by Lender of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to be performed by Lender and (3) Borrower shall look solely to the assets of Lender for the satisfaction of each and every remedy of Borrower in the event of any breach by Lender of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

19


 

other Loan Documents to be performed by Lender, such exculpation of liability to be absolute and without any exception whatsoever.
     F.  Severability. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed severable. If any part of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remainder shall remain in full force and effect, and such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be reformed by such court so as to give maximum legal effect to the intention of the parties as expressed therein.
     G.  Construction Generally. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been entered into by parties who are experienced in sophisticated and complex matters similar to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and are entered into by both parties in reliance upon the economic and legal bargains contained therein and shall be interpreted and construed in a fair and impartial manner without regard to such factors as the party which prepared the instrument, the relative bargaining powers of the parties or the domicile of any party. Borrower and Lender were each represented by legal counsel competent in advising them of their obligations and liabilities hereunder.
     H.  Further Assurances. Borrower will, at its sole cost and expense, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further acts, documents, conveyances, notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, assignments, security agreements, financing statements and assurances as Lender shall from time to time reasonably require or deem advisable to carry into effect the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to perfect any lien or security interest granted in any of the Loan Documents and for the better assuring and confirming of all of Lender’s rights, powers and remedies under the Loan Documents.
     I.  Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any judicial or other adversarial proceeding between the parties concerning this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
     J.  Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any other certificates, instruments or agreements to be delivered in connection therewith, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no other representations, warranties or agreements, written or oral, between Borrower and Lender with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the contrary, with respect to the Premises, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Borrower and Lender, any bid proposals or loan commitments with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control notwithstanding that such terms and conditions may be inconsistent with or vary from those set forth in such bid proposals or loan commitments.
     K.  Forum Selection; Jurisdiction; Venue; Choice of Law. Borrower acknowledges that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents were substantially negotiated in the State of Arizona, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents were executed by Lender in the State of Arizona and delivered by Borrower in the State of Arizona, all payments under the Note will be delivered in the State of Arizona and there are substantial contacts between the parties and the transactions contemplated herein and the State of Arizona. For purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the parties hereto hereby expressly submit to the jurisdiction of all federal and state courts located in the State of Arizona and Borrower consents that it may be served with any process or paper by registered mail or by personal service within or without the State of Arizona in accordance with applicable law. Furthermore, Borrower waives and agrees not to assert in any such action, suit or proceeding that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts, that the action,
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

20


 

suit or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that venue of the action, suit or proceeding is improper. It is the intent of the parties hereto that all provisions of this Agreement and the Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Arizona, without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of law. To the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction finds Arizona law inapplicable with respect to any provisions of this Agreement or the Note, then, as to those provisions only, the laws of the state where the Premises is located shall be deemed to apply. Nothing in this Section shall limit or restrict the right of Lender to commence any proceeding in the federal or state courts located in the state in which the Premises is located to the extent Lender deems such proceeding necessary or advisable to exercise remedies available under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
     L.  Counterparts. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
     M.  Assignments by Lender; Binding Effect. Lender may assign in whole or in part its rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, in connection with any Transfer, Participation or Securitization. Upon any unconditional assignment of Lender’s entire right and interest, including all Lender’s duties and obligations, hereunder, Lender shall automatically be relieved, from and after the date of such assignment, of liability for the performance of any obligation of Lender contained herein. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including, without limitation, any United States trustee, any debtor in possession or any trustee appointed from a private panel.
     N.  Survival. Except for the conditions of Closing set forth in Section 4 , which shall be satisfied or waived as of the Closing Date, all representations, warranties, agreements, obligations and indemnities of Borrower and Lender set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall survive the Closing.
     O.  Waiver of Jury Trial and Punitive, Consequential, Special and Indirect Damages. BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL ISSUES PRESENTED IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR ITS SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR RELATED HERETO. THIS WAIVER BY THE PARTIES HERETO OF ANY RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ASPECT OF THEIR BARGAIN. FURTHERMORE, BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO SEEK PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL AND INDIRECT DAMAGES FROM THE OTHER AND ANY OF THE OTHER’S AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANY OF THEIR SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL ISSUES PRESENTED IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER OR ANY OF THE OTHER’S AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANY OF THEIR SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR RELATED HERETO. THE WAIVER BY BORROWER AND LENDER OF ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO SEEK PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL AND INDIRECT DAMAGES HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES HERETO AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ASPECT OF THEIR BARGAIN.
     P.  Transfers, Participations and Securitizations. (1) A material inducement to Lender’s willingness to complete the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents is Borrower’s agreement that Lender may, at any time, complete a Transfer, Participation or Securitization with respect to the Note, Mortgage or any of the other Loan Documents or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto.
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

21


 

     (2) Borrower agrees to cooperate in good faith with Lender in connection with any such Transfer, Participation or Securitization of the Note, Mortgage or any of the other Loan Documents, or any or all servicing rights with respect thereto, including, without limitation (a) providing such documents, financial and other data, and other information and materials (the “Disclosures”) which would typically be required with respect to the Borrower Parties and the Manager by a purchaser, transferee, assignee, servicer, participant, investor or rating agency involved with respect to such Transfer, Participation or Securitization, as applicable; provided, however, the Borrower Parties, and the Manager shall not be required to make Disclosures of any confidential information or any information which has not previously been made public unless required by applicable federal or state securities laws; and (b) amending the terms of the transactions evidenced by the Loan Documents to the extent necessary so as to satisfy the requirements of purchasers, transferees, assignees, servicers, participants, investors or selected rating agencies involved in any such Transfer, Participation or Securitization, so long as such amendments would not have a Material Adverse Effect upon the Borrower Parties or the transactions contemplated hereunder. Lender shall be responsible for preparing at its expense any documents evidencing the amendments referred to in the preceding subitem (b).
     (3) Borrower consents to Lender providing the Disclosures, as well as any other information which Lender may now have or hereafter acquire with respect to the Premises or Manager or the financial condition of the Borrower Parties to each purchaser, transferee, assignee, servicer, participant, investor or rating agency involved with respect to each Transfer, Participation or Securitization, as applicable. Lender and Borrower (and their respective Affiliates) shall each pay their own attorneys’ fees and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their respective obligations under this Section.
     (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents: (a) an Event of Default or a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan or sale/leaseback transaction which has not been the subject of a Securitization, Participation or Transfer shall not constitute an Event of Default or a breach or default, as applicable, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan which has been the subject of a Securitization, Participation or Transfer; (b) an Event of Default or a breach or default, after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan which is included in any Loan Pool shall not constitute an Event of Default or a breach or default, as applicable, under any Loan Document or Other Agreement which relates to a loan which is included in any other Loan Pool; (c) the Loan Documents and Other Agreement corresponding to the loans in any Loan Pool shall not secure the obligations of any of the Borrower Parties contained in any Loan Document or Other Agreement which does not correspond to a loan in such Loan Pool; and (d) the Loan Documents and Other Agreement which do not correspond to a loan in any Loan Pool shall not secure the obligations of any of the Borrower Parties contained in any Loan Document or Other Agreement which does correspond to a loan in such Loan Pool.
     Q.  Estoppel Certificate. At any time, and from time to time, each party agrees, promptly and in no event later than fifteen (15) days after a request from the other party, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other party a certificate in the form supplied by the other party, certifying: (a) to its knowledge, whether there are then any existing defaults by it or the other party in the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and, if there are any such defaults, specifying the nature and extent thereof; (b) that no notice of default has been given or received by it under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents which has not been cured, except as to defaults specified in the certificate; (c) the capacity of the person executing such certificate, and that such person is duly authorized to execute the same on behalf of it; and (d) any other information reasonably requested by the other party in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

22


 

     R. Borrower authorizes its banks, creditors, suppliers, customers, and Franchisor to disclose and release to Lender and its representatives any and all information they may request from time to time regarding (a) any depository, loan or other credit account of Borrower; (b) the status of the Franchise Agreement; (c) the affairs and financial condition of Borrower, any other Borrower Party, or any operator or lessee of the Premises; and (d) the business operations at the Premises, including unit level and entity level operating results. Borrower also authorizes Lender and its representatives to obtain personal and business credit reports and asset reports with respect to Borrower and the other Borrower Parties and to answer questions about its credit experience with Borrower and the other Borrower Parties. All of the information which Lender or its representatives obtain from time to time in accordance with this Section, together with any and all other information which Lender or its representatives now possess or in the future may acquire with respect to Borrower, any of the other Borrower Parties, the Collateral, or the business operations at the Premises, is referred to collectively as the “ Borrower Information .” Borrower authorizes Lender to disclose the Borrower Information to (i) Lender’s Affiliates and professional advisors and consultants; (ii) Franchisor, upon written request by Franchisor; and (iii) any proposed transferee, purchaser, assignee, servicer, participant, investor, or ratings agency, with respect to any proposed Lender Transfer or sale of any of the Collateral. Borrower also authorizes to distribute to, or publish for the use by, any third-parties for statistical analysis purposes the unit-level or corporate level operating results for the Premises and Borrower prepared by Lender from financial statements obtained from Borrower; provided, however , that such results shall not be identified as relating to Borrower or any of the other Borrower Parties.
[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

23


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Lender have entered into this Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
 
  LENDER:    
 
           
    GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION ,
a Delaware corporation
 
           
 
  By        
 
           
 
    Printed Name:    
 
    Its:     
         
 
  BORROWER:    
 
       
 
  SUMMIT HOSPITALITY V, LLC,
a South Dakota limited liability company
   
         
 
  BY: SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South    
 
  Dakota limited liability company, its Sole Member    
         
     
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
  Printed Name:   Kerry W. Boekelheide   
  Its: Chief Executive Officer   
 
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

24


 

             
STATE OF
ARIZONA 
    )
     
 
    )   SS.  
COUNTY OF
MARICOPA
    )      
     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on                                           , 2008 by                      ,             of General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, on behalf of the corporation.
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
             
STATE OF ARIZONA 
    )
     
 
    )   SS.  
COUNTY OF MARICOPA
    )      
     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on February 26, 2008 by Kerry W. Boekelheide, the Chief Executive Officer of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company, the Sole Member of Summit Hospitality V, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (the “ Company ”), on behalf of the Company.
/s/ Jennifer L. Curry
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
3/24/2011
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No.            
San Antonio, TX

25


 

EXHIBIT A
DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES
(To be attached)
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

26


 

EXHIBIT B
Form of Amended and Restated Note
[attached]
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

 


 

Exhibit C
(Disclosures per Section 5L)
None
GECC Contract No. 14336001
GECC Property No. 54335
San Antonio, TX

 

Exhibit 10.23
CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT
(Arizona — Income Property)
By and Between
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC,
as Borrower
and
COMPASS BANK,
as Bank

 


 

CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT
(Arizona — Income Property)
     This Construction Loan Agreement (“Agreement”) is dated for reference purposes as of September 17, 2008, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (the “Borrower”), and COMPASS BANK, an Alabama banking corporation (the “Bank”).
Factual Background
     A. Bank has agreed to make a construction loan to Borrower in the maximum principal amount (the “Maximum Loan Amount”) of Nineteen Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($19,250,000.00) (the “Loan”). Borrower will use the Loan to construct a 164-room Courtyard Marriott Hotel and related improvements (the “Improvements”) on real property (the “Land”) owned by Borrower and located in Coconino County, Arizona, as described in Exhibit A. Borrower will also use the Loan to pay other costs and expenses related to the acquisition and development of the Land. Borrower intends to complete construction of the Improvements on or before November 17, 2009 (the “Completion Date”).
     B. The Improvements are described in plans and specifications (the “Plans and Specifications”) which were prepared by Mind’s Eye Architecture, Inc.. The Improvements will be constructed by Wespac Construction, Inc. (“Contractor”). Exhibit C more fully describes the Improvements and Plans and Specifications.
     C. Borrower is executing a promissory note (the “Note”) payable to Bank evidencing the Loan. The Note is to be secured by a Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (the “Deed of Trust”) covering the Land and Improvements and certain other property. In this Agreement, the “Property” refers to all or any part of the property affected by the Deed of Trust, or any interest in all or any part of it, as the context may require.
     D. Borrower is also executing an Environmental Indemnity Agreement (the “Borrower’s Indemnity”) in connection with the Loan. In Borrower’s Indemnity, Borrower agrees to indemnify Bank and certain other Indemnified Parties (as identified in that indemnity) against liability arising from certain environmental, construction and other risks which may result from Bank making the Loan to Borrower. Notwithstanding any provision of any Loan Document, Borrower’s obligations under Borrower’s Indemnity are not secured by the Deed of Trust.
     E. This Agreement, the Note and the Deed of Trust, together with all of their exhibits, and all other documents which evidence, guaranty, secure or otherwise pertain to the Loan, collectively constitute the “Loan Documents.” The Loan Documents include the documents marked on the attached Exhibit D.

 


 

     Therefore, Bank and Borrower agree as follows:
Agreement
1. Disbursement .
     1.1 Cost Breakdown .
          (a) Bank shall make disbursements of the Loan based on a detailed breakdown in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (“cost breakdown”) of construction, financing and other development costs. The initial cost breakdown, prepared by Borrower and approved by Bank, is attached as Exhibit B.
          (b) Borrower shall submit to Bank an updated cost breakdown on a monthly basis during the term of the Loan. Bank shall have the right to review and approve any revised cost breakdown, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The most recently approved cost breakdown supercedes all previously approved cost breakdowns, Bank shall make disbursements of the Loan based on the most recently approved cost breakdown.
          (c) If Borrower shall request, except for line items in the cost breakdown relating to interest reserve, Bank shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to the reallocation of undisbursed sums in any line item to other line items in the budget provided all of the following terms and conditions are satisfied:
          (i) Borrower notifies Bank of the amount of the requested reallocation;
          (ii) Such request shall be made no more frequently than once per month;
          (iii) No Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
          (iv) On an aggregate basis, all undisbursed funds in the cost breakdown category for hard costs or soft costs must be sufficient to fully pay all amounts allocated to such category, as determined by Bank in its reasonable discretion.
     1.2 Loan in Balance; Borrower’s Funds Account .
          (a) As a material condition of the Loan and as a condition precedent to Bank’s duty to disburse proceeds of the Loan, Borrower shall pay all project costs in excess of the Maximum Loan Amount. Bank shall be obligated to disburse proceeds of the Loan only when the Loan is “in balance.” Bank shall be obligated to disburse proceeds of the Loan only at such times as Borrower has invested sufficient funds into the payment of project costs so that, in Bank’s reasonable judgment, the undisbursed portion of the Loan shall be sufficient to complete the Improvements and pay all project costs (including interest reserve). The determination as to whether or not the Loan is “in balance” may be made by Bank at any time, including with each request for a disbursement of the Loan. Project cost categories listed as contingencies on the cost breakdown shall be deemed to be a project cost for purposes of loan balancing, provided

2


 

such contingency items may be reduced based on completion of construction, as determined by Bank. Pursuant to the terms hereof, Borrower shall have the right to reallocate budget line items. Borrower shall, within fifteen (15) days after written notice from Bank that the Loan is not “in balance,” at Borrower’s option, either deposit with Bank in an interest bearing account being maintained at Bank in the name of Borrower (the “Borrower’s Funds Account”), the amount necessary to put the Loan “in balance,” or pay all project costs until such time as the Loan is “in balance.”
          (b) Borrower and Bank hereby acknowledge and agree that, in determining whether the Loan is “in balance,” Bank shall look at project totals with respect to hard costs and soft costs and not on an individual line item basis under any hard costs or soft costs category.
          (c) At any time, Bank may evaluate the sufficiency of undisbursed Loan funds allocated for payment of interest (“Interest Reserve”), exercising its reasonable judgment in light of cost overruns or change orders. Based on Bank’s evaluation of this data, the Loan may be “out of balance.” If this happens, Bank may exercise its rights under clause (a) above, or if it so chooses, Bank may make written demand on Borrower to pay all future interest out of Borrower’s own funds until the Interest Reserve is sufficient in Bank’s reasonable judgment to cover any and all such amounts which might become due during the remaining term of the Loan.
     1.3 Disbursement Conditions, Amounts and Procedures .
          The Disbursement Schedule attached as Exhibit E sets forth disbursement conditions, amounts and procedures applicable to the Loan. Bank shall disburse the Loan as described in Exhibit E and elsewhere in this Agreement.
     1.4 Loan Fee .
     Together with the execution hereof, Borrower shall pay to the Bank on behalf of the Bank a loan fee in immediately available funds in the amount of One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00).
     1.5 Loan Phases .
     The Loan shall consist of three phases, the “Construction Period”, the “Stabilization Period” and the “Permanent Period”. The “Construction Period” shall consist of the construction period for construction and completion of the Improvements, which shall commence on the date of the first construction advance under this Agreement, not to exceed sixty (60) days after the closing date of the Loan, and continue for a period of twelve (12) months. The “Stabilization Period” shall commence on the end of the Construction Period and continue for a period of eighteen (18) months. The “Permanent Period” shall commence on the end of the Stabilization Period and extend for seven (7) years from that date.
2. Covenants of the Borrower .
     Borrower promises to keep each of the covenants set forth below, unless Bank has waived compliance in writing.

3


 

     2.1 Commencement and Completion of Improvements .
          (a) Borrower shall commence construction on or before November 17, 2008, and, thereafter, diligently continue construction to completion.
          (b) By the Completion Date, Borrower shall have completed construction of all buildings and common areas which are part of the Improvements, which shall consist of the structural components, operating systems and all other elements of such buildings, subject to any Force Majeure Event which shall extend the Completion Date for the same period of time as any Force Majeure Event (subject to any time limitations in the definition of “Force Majeure Event”). The Improvements shall be deemed complete for all purposes of this Agreement when they have been substantially completed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, as evidenced by the written certification of the inspecting architect in a form reasonably satisfactory to Bank, and Bank has received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that:
          (i) The completed Improvements have been inspected and finally approved by the appropriate governmental authorities;
          (ii) All costs and liens relating to the completed Improvements have been paid or discharged.
     2.2 Requirements .
          Borrower shall construct the Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with sound building practices as well as the Plans and Specifications. Borrower shall comply with all existing and future laws, regulations, orders, building codes, restrictions and requirements of, and all agreements with and commitments to, all governmental, judicial or legal authorities having jurisdiction over the Property, including those pertaining to the construction, sale or leasing of the Improvements, and with all recorded covenants and restrictions affecting the Property (all collectively, the “Requirements”).
     2.3 Changes .
          (a) Borrower agrees to provide Bank with copies of all change orders, together with all additional documents that Bank may reasonably require. These documents may include the following: (i) Plans and Specifications indicating the change; (ii) a written description of the change and related working drawings; and (iii) a written estimate of the cost of the change.
          (b) Borrower shall obtain Bank’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, of any change in the Plans and Specifications which:
          (i) adversely affects the value of Bank’s security; or
          (ii) regardless of cost, is a material change in structure or design; or
          (iii) would delay completion of the Improvements beyond the Completion Date.

4


 

          (c) Borrower shall also obtain Bank’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, of any change in the Plans and Specifications, the general contract or any subcontract (whether positive or negative) which exceeds One Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($100,000.00) in amount. Also, the prior written approval of Bank shall be obtained for any change in any work or materials which, when added to all prior changes not previously approved by Bank, exceeds Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($250,000.00) in aggregate amount (whether positive or negative).
          (d) In addition, Borrower shall obtain Bank’s prior written approval of all material changes in the scope or general conditions of the Construction Contract (as such term is defined in Exhibit C), or any other contracts for the construction of the Improvements. Finally, Borrower shall obtain from the appropriate governmental entity all approvals of any material changes in plans, specifications, work, materials or contracts that are required by any of the Requirements.
     2.4 Construction Information and Verification .
          (a) Bank shall have the right to request additional information from Borrower from time to time during the term of the Loan. Bank may request the following information, if Bank, through any inspecting architect or construction administrator, reasonably determines that there has been a material and adverse change in the construction of the Improvements. In such case, and within fifteen (15) days after receiving written notice from Bank, Borrower shall deliver to Bank all of the following information and documents that Bank may reasonably request:
          (i) A current, complete and correct list showing the name, address and telephone number of each contractor, subcontractor and material supplier engaged in connection with the construction of the Improvements, and the total dollar amount of each contract and subcontract (including any changes) together with the amounts paid through the date of the list;
          (ii) True and correct copies of the most current versions of all executed contracts and subcontracts identified in the list described in clause (i) above, including any changes;
          (iii) A current construction progress schedule showing the progress of construction and the projected sequencing and completion times for uncompleted work, all as of the date of the schedule; and
          (iv) Any update to any item described above, which Borrower may have previously delivered to Bank.
          (b) Upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, or if Bank, through any inspecting architect or construction administrator, reasonably determines that there has been a material and adverse change in the construction of the Improvements and provides prior written notice to Borrower, Borrower expressly authorizes Bank to contact the Architect, Contractor or any contractor, subcontractor, material supplier, surety or any governmental authority or agency to verify any information disclosed in accordance with this Section.

5


 

          (c) If based on the reports of the inspecting architect and based on any construction progress schedule or other materials submitted by Borrower, Bank, in its reasonable judgment, determines that the Improvements will not be completed by the Completion Date, subject to a Force Majeure Event (subject to any time limitations in the definition of “Force Majeure Event”), Bank may request Borrower in writing to reschedule the work of construction to permit timely completion. Within fifteen (15) days after receiving such a request from Bank, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a revised construction progress schedule showing completion of the Improvements by the Completion Date, subject to a Force Majeure Event (subject to any time limitations in the definition of “Force Majeure Event”).
     2.5 Permits, Licenses and Approvals .
          Borrower shall properly obtain, comply with and keep in effect all permits, licenses and approvals which are required to be obtained from governmental bodies in order to construct, occupy and lease the Land and Improvements. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall promptly deliver copies of all such permits, licenses and approvals to Bank.
     2.6 Purchase of Materials; Conditional Sales Contracts .
          Borrower shall not purchase or contract for any materials, equipment, furnishings, fixtures or articles of personal property to be placed or installed on the Land or in any Improvements under any security agreement or other agreement where the seller reserves or purports to reserve title or the right of removal or repossession, or the right to consider them personal property after their incorporation in the work of construction, unless Bank in each instance has authorized Borrower to do so in writing.
     2.7 Site Visits; Right to Stop Work .
          (a) Bank shall have the right at any reasonable time to enter and visit the Property for the purposes of performing an appraisal, observing the work of construction and examining all materials, plans, specifications, working drawings and other matters relating to the construction. For purposes of these site visits, Borrower shall at all times maintain a full set of working drawings at the construction site or at Borrower’s office. Bank shall also have the right to examine, copy and review the books, records, accounting data and other documents of Borrower and its contractors in Borrower’s possession which relate to the Property or construction of the Improvements, and in connection therewith, Bank may conduct lien waiver audits. In each instance, Bank shall give Borrower at least one (1) business days’ prior written notice before entering the Property. Bank shall make best faith efforts to avoid interfering with Borrower’s use of the Property when exercising any of the rights granted in this Section.
          (b) If Bank, through any inspecting architect or construction administrator, in its reasonable judgment, determines that any work or materials fail to conform to the Requirements, Bank may withhold disbursements relating to any such non-conformity until the matter is corrected. If this occurs, Borrower shall promptly correct the work to Bank’s reasonable satisfaction. No such action by Bank shall affect Borrower’s obligation to complete the Improvements on or before the Completion Date.

6


 

          (c) Bank is under no duty to visit the construction site, or to observe construction or to examine any books or records. Any site visit, observation or examination by Bank shall be solely for the purpose of protecting Bank’s rights and interests. No site visit, observation or examination by Bank shall impose any liability on Bank or result in a waiver of any default of Borrower, provided, however, Bank shall be responsible and liable for its own actions during any site visit. In no event shall any site visit, observation or examination by Bank be a representation that there has been or shall be compliance with the Plans and Specifications, that the construction is free from defective materials or workmanship, or that the construction complies with the Requirements or any other applicable governmental law. Neither Borrower nor any other party is entitled to rely on any site visit, observation or examination by Bank. Bank owes no duty of care to protect Borrower or any other party against, or to inform Borrower or any other party of, any negligent or defective design or construction of the Improvements, or any other adverse condition affecting the Property.
     2.8 Protection Against Lien Claims .
          Borrower shall promptly pay or otherwise discharge all claims and liens for labor done and materials and services furnished in connection with the construction of the Improvements. Borrower shall have the right to contest in good faith any claim or lien, provided that it does so diligently and without prejudice to Bank or delay in completing the Improvements. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall promptly provide a bond, cash deposit or other security which Bank in the exercise of its reasonable judgment determines to be satisfactory.
     2.9 Signs and Publicity .
          At Bank’s request, and at Bank’s cost and expense, and subject to Borrower’s review and approval, Borrower shall post signs on the Property for the purpose of identifying Bank as the construction lender, subject to compliance with all applicable laws and restrictions. Borrower shall not post such signs that identify Bank as the construction lender, except with Bank’s prior written consent in each instance.
     2.10 Insurance .
     (a) Policies of insurance evidencing bodily injury, death or property damage liability coverages in amounts not less than $1,000,000.00 (combined single limit), and an excess/umbrella liability coverage in an amount not less than $5,000,000.00 shall be in effect with respect to Borrower. Such policies must be written on an occurrence basis so as to provide blanket contractual liability, broad form property damage coverage, and coverage for products and completed operations.
     (b) “Special Cause of Loss” insurance on the Improvements in an amount not less than the full insurable value on a replacement cost basis of the insured Improvements. During the construction period, such policy shall be written in the so-called “Builder’s Risk Completed Value Non-Reporting Form” (or “Reporting Form” if the Improvements are a single family residential development) with no coinsurance requirement and shall contain a provision granting the insured permission to complete.

7


 

     (c) If applicable, evidence of worker’s compensation insurance coverage reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
     (d) If the Land, or any part thereof, lies within a “special flood hazard area” as designated on maps prepared by the Department of Housing and Urban Development, a National Flood Insurance Association standard flood insurance policy, plus insurance from a private insurance carrier if necessary, for the duration of the Loan in the amount of the full insurable value of the Improvements.
     (e) Such other insurance as Bank may reasonably require, which may include, without limitation, rent abatement and/or business loss.
All insurance policies shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of “A” VII or better by A.M. Best Co., in Best’s Rating Guide, (ii) name Bank as an additional insured on all liability insurance and as mortgagee and loss payee on all casualty insurance, (iii) provide that Bank is to receive thirty (30) days written notice prior to non-renewal or cancellation, (iv) be evidenced by a certificate of insurance to be held by Bank, and (v) be in form and amounts reasonably acceptable to Bank.
     2.11 Income from Property .
          Borrower shall first apply all income from leases, and all other income derived from the Property, to pay costs and expenses associated with the ownership, maintenance, development, operation and marketing of the Land and Improvements, including all amounts then required to be paid under the Loan Documents, before using or applying such income for any other purpose or using any interest reserve.
     2.12 Payment of Expenses .
          Borrower shall pay Bank’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the making, disbursement and administration of the Loan, as well as any revisions, extensions, renewals or “workouts” of the Loan, and in the exercise of any of Bank’s rights or remedies under this Agreement, except to the extent prohibited by law. Such costs and expenses for making the Loan include charges for title insurance (including endorsements), filing, recording and escrow charges, fees for appraisal, architectural and engineering review, construction services and environmental services, legal fees and expenses of Bank’s counsel and any other reasonable fees and costs for services, provided Bank may not charge Borrower for any in-house or internal reviews or functions. Borrower acknowledges that amounts payable under this Section are not included in any loan or commitment fees for the Loan. All such sums incurred by Bank and not immediately reimbursed by Borrower shall be considered an additional loan to Borrower secured by the Deed of Trust and shall bear interest at the Default Rate provided in the Note from the date of Bank’s demand for payment. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Borrower and Bank hereby acknowledge and agree that, prior to closing the Loan, Bank shall have provided Borrower a detailed settlement statement or a list of closing costs that will be paid by Borrower closing up the loan pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.12. As a condition precedent to closing the Loan, the parties must

8


 

mutually agree on the amount and items set forth on any such settlement statement or closing list.
     2.13 Financial and Other Information of Borrower .
          Borrower shall keep true and correct financial books and records, using generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), or such other accounting principles as Bank in its reasonable judgment may find acceptable from time to time. Borrower shall provide to Bank the following:
          (a) Annual Borrower . Commencing December 31, 2008, as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred (120) days of the end of each fiscal year of Borrower during the term of the Loan, Borrower shall furnish to Bank Borrower’s consolidated audited annual financial statements including balance sheet, income statement, cash flow and schedule of contingent liabilities, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank respecting the condition of Borrower.
          (b) Quarterly Borrower . Commencing September 30, 2008, as soon as available, and, in any event, within forty-five (45) days of the end of each fiscal quarter, during the term of the Loan, Borrower shall cause to be furnished to Bank quarterly internally prepared on a tax basis financial statements including balance sheet and income statement for such fiscal quarter, prepared by Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to Bank respecting the condition of the Project.
          (c) Annual Project . Commencing December 31, 2009, as soon as available, and, in any event, within one hundred (120) days of the end of each fiscal year, during the term of the Loan, Borrower shall cause to be furnished to Bank internally prepared on a tax basis annual financial statements including balance sheet and income statement, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank respecting the condition of the Project.
          (d) Quarterly Project . Commencing March 31, 2010, as soon as available, and, in any event, within forty-five (45) days of the end of each fiscal quarter, during the term of the Loan, Borrower shall cause to be furnished to Bank quarterly internally prepared on a tax basis financial statements including balance sheet and income statement for such fiscal quarter, prepared by Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to Bank respecting the condition of the Project.
          (e) Compliance Certificate . With each such set of financial statements, a certificate executed by the manager of Borrower (a) stating that such statements are true and correct in all material respects, and (b) a statement that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and the action that Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
     2.15 Notices .
          Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing of:

9


 

          (a) Any litigation affecting Borrower or any manager of Borrower where the amount claimed is Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($250,000.00) or more;
          (b) Any written communication that Borrower may receive from any governmental, judicial or legal authority, giving notice of any claim or assertion that the Land or any Improvements fail in any respect to comply with any of the Requirements or any other applicable governmental law;
          (c) Any material and adverse change in the physical condition of the Property (including any damage suffered as a result of earthquakes or floods) or Borrower’s financial condition or operations;
          (d) Any material default by the Contractor or any subcontractor, material supplier or surety, or any known material adverse change in the financial condition or operations of any of them; and
          (e) Any material default of Borrower under any other material agreement, contract or order.
     2.16 Intentionally Deleted .
     2.17 Performance of Acts .
          Upon request by Bank, Borrower shall perform all acts which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to perfect any lien or security interest provided for in the Loan Documents or to carry out the intent of the Loan Documents.
     2.18 Negative Covenants .
          Without Bank’s prior written consent, Borrower shall not:
          (a) engage in any business activities substantially different from Borrower’s present business; or
          (b) liquidate or dissolve Borrower’s business.
     2.19 Transfer of Assets to a Trust .
          Borrower shall not transfer any of its properties or assets to a trust unless (a) the trust agreement governing the trust to which the assets are to be transferred has been reviewed by the Bank and the Bank determines in its sole discretion that such transfer will not be adverse to the Bank’s interest and (b) the trustee of such trust issues a guaranty of payment in favor of Bank for the Loan and all of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents in such form as is acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion.

10


 

     2.20 Appraisals .
          (a) If required by law, or if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to order appraisals of the project from time to time from an appraiser selected by Bank, which appraisal shall comply with all federal and state standards for appraisals and otherwise shall be satisfactory to Bank in all material respects. Borrower agrees to pay the reasonable cost and expense for all appraisals ordered by Bank pursuant to this paragraph.
          (b) In addition to the rights under subparagraph (a) above, Bank shall have the right to order appraisals of the project, but no more often than once per twelve (12) calendar months, commencing after the first anniversary date of the Loan, from an appraiser selected by Bank, which appraisal shall comply with all federal and state standards for appraisals and otherwise shall be satisfactory to Bank in all material respects. Borrower agrees to pay the reasonable cost and expense for all appraisals ordered by Bank pursuant to this paragraph.
     2.21 Hedge Agreement .
          All obligations of Borrower to Bank under the Loan Documents will include all obligations incurred by the Borrower under any agreement between Borrower and Bank or any affiliate of Bank, including, but not limited to, an ISDA Master Agreement, whether now existing or hereafter executed, which provides for an interest rate, currency, equity, credit or commodity swap, cap, floor or collar, spot or foreign currency exchange transaction, cross currency rate swap, currency option, any combination or option with respect to any of the foregoing or similar transactions, for the purpose of hedging the Borrower’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates, currency, stock, portfolio or loan valuations or commodity prices (each, a “ Hedge Agreement ”).
3. Intentionally Deleted .
4. Representations and Warranties .
          Borrower promises that each representation and warranty set forth below is true, accurate and correct as of the date of this Agreement. Each Draw Request, as defined in Section 3.1 of Exhibit E, shall be deemed to be a reaffirmation of each and every representation and warranty made by Borrower in this Agreement.
     4.1 Authority .
          Borrower has complied with any and all laws and regulations concerning its organization, existence and the transaction of its business. Borrower has the right and power to own the Property and to develop the Land and Improvements as contemplated in the Loan Documents.
     4.2 Compliance .
          Borrower is familiar and has substantially complied with all of the Requirements. Borrower has properly obtained, or will obtain, all permits, licenses and approvals necessary to construct or lease the Improvements in accordance with all Requirements, including those

11


 

pertaining to zoning, and Borrower has delivered, or will deliver, true and correct copies of them to Bank, upon Bank’s request.
     4.3 Enforceability .
          Borrower is authorized to execute, deliver and perform under the Loan Documents. The Loan Documents are valid and binding obligations of Borrower.
     4.4 No Violation .
          Borrower is not in material violation of any law, regulation or ordinance, or any order of any court or governmental entity. No provision or obligation of Borrower contained in any of the Loan Documents materially violates any of the Requirements, any other applicable law, regulation or ordinance, or any order or ruling of any court or governmental entity. No such provision or obligation conflicts with, or constitutes a material breach or material default under, any agreement binding or regulating the Property.
     4.5 No Claims .
          To Borrower’s actual knowledge, there are no claims, actions, proceedings or investigations pending against Borrower or affecting the Property except for those previously disclosed by Borrower to Bank in writing. To Borrower’s actual knowledge, there has been no threat of any such claim, action, proceeding or investigation, except for those previously disclosed by Borrower to Bank in writing.
     4.6 Financial Information .
          All financial information which has been and will be delivered to Bank, including all information relating to the financial condition of Borrower or the manager of Borrower or the Property, fairly and accurately represents the financial condition being reported on. All such information was prepared in accordance with GAAP, unless otherwise noted. There has been no material adverse change in any financial condition reported to Bank.
     4.7 Accuracy .
          To Borrower’s actual knowledge, all reports, documents, instruments, information and forms of evidence which have been delivered to Bank concerning the Loan or required by the Loan Documents are accurate, correct and sufficiently complete to give Bank true and accurate knowledge of their subject matter. To Borrower’s actual knowledge, none of them contains any material misrepresentation or material omission.
     4.8 Loan in Balance; Adequacy of Loan .
          The Loan is “in balance” and the undisbursed Loan funds, together with any sums provided or to be provided by Borrower as shown in the cost breakdown, are sufficient to construct the Improvements through completion and to accomplish the purposes contemplated by the Loan Documents.

12


 

     4.9 Taxes .
          Borrower has filed all required state, federal and local income tax returns and has paid all taxes which are due and payable. Borrower knows of no basis for any additional assessment of taxes.
     4.10 Utilities .
          All utility services, including gas, water, sewage, electrical and telephone, which are necessary to construct and occupy the Improvements are available at or within the boundaries of the Land. In the alternative, Borrower has taken all steps necessary to assure that all utility services will be available upon completion of the Improvements. Borrower will provide will serve letters to Bank upon obtaining the necessary approvals for such utilities.
     4.11 Borrower Not a “Foreign Person” .
          Borrower is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445(f)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     4.12 Intentionally Deleted .
     4.13 Maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio . Borrower agrees that (i) during the Construction Period and the Stabilization Period, the maximum loan-to-value ratio shall not exceed 70% of the prospective market value of the Property based on an MAI appraisal, and (ii) during the Permanent Period, the maximum loan-to-value ratio shall not exceed 65% of the “as-stabilized” appraised value of the Property. If Bank at any time determines that such ratios have been exceeded, Bank may make written demand on Borrower to repay principal of the Loan in an amount sufficient, in Bank’s reasonable judgment, to cause the maximum loan-to-value ratios to be met. Borrower shall make any such payment of principal within thirty (30) days after Bank’s demand.
     4.14 Maximum Loan-to-Cost Ratio . Borrower agrees that (i) during the Construction Period and the Stabilization Period, the maximum loan-to-cost ratio shall not exceed 70% of the total Property costs, and (ii) during the Permanent Period, the maximum loan-to-cost ratio shall not exceed 65% of the total Property costs. If Bank at any time determines that such ratios have been exceeded, Bank may make written demand on Borrower to repay principal of the Loan in an amount sufficient, in Bank’s reasonable judgment, to cause the maximum loan-to-cost ratios to be met. Borrower shall make any such payment of principal within thirty (30) days after Bank’s demand.
     4.15 Debt Service Coverage Ratio . As tested on an annual basis, Borrower covenants to comply and maintain at all times during the term of the Loan, a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of no less than 1.50 to 1.0. As used herein, (a) “Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall be calculated consistent with the principles used in the preparation of the internally prepared tax-basis financial statements, as earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-recurring renovation/remodel expenses funded with the proceeds of a Loan or other

13


 

loans of the Borrower or other non-operating sources, divided by principal and interest payments on the aggregate first mortgage term debt scheduled and paid during the trailing four (4) quarters.
5. Conditions Precedent to Closing .
     The following shall be conditions precedent to Bank’s obligations to close the Loan herein contemplated. Upon closing of the Loan, the conditions set forth herein shall be deemed satisfied, unless otherwise agreed to by Bank and Borrower.
     5.1 Financial Statements of Borrower and Other Financial Information .
          Borrower shall deliver to Bank all financial statements and other financial information currently required under the Loan Documents, including but not limited to Section 2.13 (the “Financial Information”), certified as being true, correct and complete in all material respects by the Company Manager of Borrower.
     5.2 Organizational Documents .
          Borrower shall provide, at Borrower’s cost and expense, all organization documents requested by Bank in its reasonable discretion.
     5.3 Title Insurance Commitment; Survey .
          Borrower has delivered to Bank a commitment to issue an ALTA extended coverage lender’s policy of title insurance (the “Title Policy”) underwritten by an insurer approved by Bank, in its reasonable discretion (the “Title Company”), in the amount of the Loan and insuring the lien of the Deed of Trust to be a first priority lien on the Property, subject only to such exceptions and conditions to title as Bank has approved in its reasonable discretion. Borrower has delivered to Bank an ALTA Survey of the Land, certified to Bank, which survey shall be satisfactory to Bank in all material respects.
     5.4 Insurance .
          Borrower shall provide evidence that there is in effect the insurance coverages set forth in Section 2.10.
     5.5 Taxes .
          Borrower has provided to Bank evidence that all taxes and assessments levied against or affecting the Property have been paid current; or in the event Borrower has commenced a legal or administrative challenge to any such tax or assessment, evidence that such liability has been bonded over, or that funds for the payment thereof (in the amount of the original assessment) have been escrowed with an independent third party with provisions for the payment thereof reasonably satisfactory to Bank. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall also provide a sales tax clearance letter from the appropriate taxing authority.

14


 

     5.6 Appraisal .
          Bank shall have received, reviewed and approved, in Bank’s reasonable discretion, an appraisal of the Property in form and content acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion showing that the maximum loan-to-value ratio, using a prospective market value, does not exceed 70%, and the maximum loan-to-cost ratio does not exceed 70%.
     5.7 Environmental Site Assessment .
          Bank shall have received, reviewed and approved, in Bank’s discretion, a Phase I Environmental Site Assessment in form and content acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion. In addition, Bank shall have received a reliance letter from the environmental engineer, which shall be satisfactory to Bank.
     5.8 Construction Analysis .
          Bank shall have performed and approved, in its reasonable discretion, a construction analysis as to the Property.
     5.9 General Information .
          If requested by Bank, Borrower shall provide Bank with legible copies of all ongoing construction agreements to which Borrower is a party to for any and all construction on the Property, (and all permits therefor, if any) for the Property.
     5.10 Loan Documents .
          Borrower shall have executed or obtained the execution of, and delivered to Bank, all applicable documents and instruments in form and content required by Bank and its counsel, including, without limitation, the Loan Documents listed on Exhibit D, and any and all other such documentation reasonably required by Bank.
     5.11 Opinion Letters .
          If required by Bank, Borrower has delivered to Bank a favorable opinion from Borrower’s independent counsel, opining to such matters as Bank may require, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank in its reasonable discretion.
     5.12 Fees .
          Borrower has paid to Bank, in immediately available funds, all fees and costs called for under this Agreement.
     5.13 Debt Service Coverage Ratio .
          Borrower shall provide evidence that the Property is in compliance with Section 4.15.

15


 

     5.14 Miscellaneous .
          Borrower has delivered to Bank any other item reasonably deemed necessary to Bank, and has fulfilled any other condition reasonably required by Bank.
6. Default and Remedies .
     6.1 Events of Default .
          Borrower will be in default under this Agreement upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (“Events of Default”):
          (a) Borrower fails to make any payment of principal or deposit of funds demanded by Bank under this Agreement or any Loan Document within ten (10) days after written notice from Bank; or
          (b) Borrower fails to comply with any other covenant contained in this Agreement or any Loan Document which calls for the payment of money, and does not cure that failure within ten (10) days after written notice from Bank; or
          (c) Borrower becomes insolvent or the subject of any bankruptcy or other voluntary or involuntary proceeding, in or out of court, for the adjustment of debtor-creditor relationships; provided, however, with respect to any involuntary proceeding, Borrower shall have sixty (60) days to have such proceeding dismissed before constituting an Insolvency Proceeding or an Event of Default hereunder (“Insolvency Proceeding”); or
          (d) Borrower dissolves, terminates or liquidates, or any of these events happens to any managing member if Borrower is a limited liability company or to its Company Manager; or
          (e) Borrower’s Company Manager ceases for any reason to act in that capacity; or
          (f) An Accelerating Transfer (as defined in the Deed of Trust) occurs; or
          (g) Any representation or warranty made or given in any of the Loan Documents proves to be false or misleading in any material respect; or
          (h) Construction of the Improvements is abandoned for a period of fifteen (15) consecutive days, or construction of the Improvements is not completed within fifteen (15) days after the Completion Date, subject to any Force Majeure Event subject to any time limitations in the definition of “Force Majeure Event”; or
          (i) Any governmental, judicial or legal authority having jurisdiction over the Property orders or requires that construction of the Improvements be stopped in whole or in part, or any required approval, license or permit is withdrawn or suspended, and the order, requirement, withdrawal or suspension remains in effect either (i) for a period of fifteen (15)

16


 

consecutive days (“Initial Cure Period”), or (ii) for a total period of thirty (30) days, so long as Borrower begins within the Initial Cure Period and diligently continues to take steps to remove the effect of the order, requirement, withdrawal or suspension, and Bank, exercising reasonable judgment, determines that Borrower is reasonably likely to prevail; or
          (j) Borrower is in default under Construction Contract, any other contract for the construction of the Improvements, either (i) for an Initial Cure Period of ten (10) consecutive days, or (ii) for a total period of thirty (30) days, so long as Borrower begins within the Initial Cure Period and diligently continues to cure the default, and Bank, exercising reasonable judgment, determines that the cure cannot reasonably be completed at or before expiration of the Initial Cure Period; or
          (k) Borrower fails to comply with any provision contained in this Agreement other than those provisions elsewhere referred to in this Section, and does not cure that failure either (i) within an Initial Cure Period of thirty (30) consecutive days after written notice from Bank, or (ii) within sixty (60) days after such written notice, so long as Borrower begins within the Initial Cure Period and diligently continues to cure the failure, and Bank, exercising reasonable judgment, determines that the cure cannot reasonably be completed at or before expiration of the Initial Cure Period; or
          (l) Under any of the Loan Documents, an Event of Default (as defined in that document) occurs; or
          (m) The Bank fails to have an enforceable first lien on or security interest in any property given as security for the Loan (except as otherwise agreed by the Bank in writing); or
          (n) A lawsuit or suits are filed against Borrower, or a judgment or judgments are entered against Borrower, or any government authority takes action that materially adversely affects the construction of the Improvements, Borrower’s intended use of the Property or Borrower’s ability to repay the Loan; or
          (o) There is a material and adverse change in Borrower’s or Indemnitor’s financial condition, or an event or condition that materially impairs the construction of the Improvements, Borrower’s intended use of the Property or Borrower’s or Indemnitor’s ability to repay the Loan.
          (p) Borrower agrees that the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Hedge Agreement shall constitute an Event of Default under the Note, and Bank shall thereafter have all rights and remedies following the occurrence of an Event of Default under both the Note and the Hedge Agreement.
          (q) Any failure, breach or default by Borrower under the Other Loans, it being the intention and agreement of Bank and Borrower to cross-default the Loan and the Other Loans with one another. As used in this paragraph, “ Other Loans ” shall mean any existing or future loans by Bank to Borrower or related entities.

17


 

     6.2 Remedies .
          (a) If an Event of Default occurs under this Agreement, Bank may exercise any right or remedy which they have under any of the Loan Documents, or which is otherwise available at law or in equity or by statute, and all of Bank’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative. If any Event of Default occurs, Bank’s obligation to lend under the Loan Documents shall automatically terminate, and Bank in its sole discretion may withhold any one or more disbursements. No disbursement of Loan funds by Bank shall cure any default of Borrower, unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing in each instance.
          (b) If Borrower becomes the subject of any Insolvency Proceeding, all of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents shall automatically become immediately due and payable upon the filing of the petition commencing such proceeding, all without notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor, or other notices or demands of any kind or character. Upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, all of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents may become immediately due and payable without notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor, or other notices or demands of any kind or character, all at Bank’s option, exercisable in its sole discretion. If such acceleration occurs, Bank may apply the undisbursed Loan funds, and any sums in the Account, the Borrower’s Funds Account to the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents, in any order and proportions that Bank in its sole discretion may choose.
          (c) Also upon any Event of Default, Bank shall have the right in its sole discretion to enter and take possession of the Property, whether in person, by Bank or by court-appointed receiver, and to take any and all actions which Bank in its sole discretion may consider necessary to complete construction of the Improvements, including making changes in plans, specifications, work or materials and entering into, modifying or terminating any contractual arrangements, all subject to Bank’s right at any time to discontinue any work without liability. If Bank chooses to complete the Improvements, it shall not assume any liability to Borrower or any other person for completing the Improvements, or for the manner or quality of construction of the Improvements, and Borrower expressly waives any such liability. If Bank exercises any of the rights or remedies provided in this clause (c), that exercise shall not make Bank, or cause Bank to be deemed to be, a partner or joint venturer of Borrower. Bank in its sole discretion may choose to complete construction in its own name. All sums which are expended by Bank in completing construction shall be considered to have been disbursed to Borrower and shall be secured by the Deed of Trust and any other collateral held by Bank in connection with the Loan; any sums of principal shall be considered to be an additional loan to Borrower bearing interest at the Default Rate, as defined in the Note, and shall be secured by the Deed of Trust and any other collateral held by Bank in connection with the Loan. For these purposes Bank, in its sole discretion, may reallocate any line item or cost category of the cost breakdown.
7. Jury Waiver .
     THE UNDERSIGNED AND BANK HEREBY VOLUNTARILY, KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT,

18


 

TORT OR OTHERWISE) BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED AND BANK ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT OR ANY RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN BANK AND BORROWER. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO BANK TO PROVIDE THE FINANCING DESCRIBED HEREIN OR IN THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.
8. Miscellaneous Provisions .
     8.1 No Waiver; Consents .
          Each waiver by Bank must be in writing, and no waiver shall be construed as a continuing waiver. No waiver shall be implied from Bank’s delay in exercising or failure to exercise any right or remedy against Borrower or any security. Consent by Bank to any act or omission by Borrower shall not be construed as a consent to any other or subsequent act or omission or as a waiver of the requirement for Bank’s consent to be obtained in any future or other instance. All rights and remedies of Bank are cumulative.
     8.2 Purpose and Effect of Bank Approval .
          Bank’s approval of any matter in connection with the Loan shall be for the sole purpose of protecting Bank’s security and rights. No such approval shall result in a waiver of any default of Borrower. In no event shall Bank’s approval be a representation of any kind with regard to the matter being approved.
     8.3 No Commitment to Increase Loan .
          From time to time, Bank may approve changes to the Plans and Specifications at Borrower’s request, and may also require Borrower to make corrections to the work of construction (as may be reasonably required to bring the construction into conformance with the Plans and Specifications), all on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Borrower acknowledges that no such action or other action by Bank shall in any manner commit or obligate Bank to increase the amount of the Loan.
     8.4 No Third Parties Benefited .
          This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and benefit of Bank and Borrower and their permitted successors and assigns. No trust fund is created by this Agreement and no other persons or entities shall have any right of action under this Agreement or any right to the Loan funds.
     8.5 Joint and Several Liability .
          If more than one person or entity is signing this Agreement as Borrower, their obligations under this Agreement shall be joint and several.

19


 

     8.6 Notices .
          All notices given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, overnight receipted courier (such as Federal Express), or by registered or certified United States mail, postage prepaid, sent to the party at its address appearing below its signature. Notices shall be effective upon receipt or when proper delivery is refused. Addresses for notice may be changed by either party by notice to the other party in accordance with this Section. Service of any notice on any one Borrower shall be effective service on Borrower for all purposes.
     8.7 Authority to File Notices .
          Borrower irrevocably appoints Bank as its attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to file for record, at Borrower’s cost and expense and in Borrower’s name, any notices of completion, notices of cessation of labor, or any other notices that Bank in its reasonable discretion may consider necessary or desirable to protect its security, if Borrower fails to do so. The appointment granted in this Section shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest.
     8.8 Actions .
          Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to commence, appear in, and defend any action or proceeding which would affect its security or its rights, duties or liabilities relating to the Loan, the Property, or any of the Loan Documents. Borrower shall pay promptly on demand all of Bank’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses, and legal fees and expenses of Bank’s counsel incurred in those actions or proceedings.
     8.9 Attorneys’ Fees .
          If any lawsuit or arbitration is commenced which arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or the Loan, including any alleged tort action, regardless of which party commences the action, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from each other party such sums as the court (but not the jury) or arbitrator may adjudge to be reasonable attorneys’ fees in the action, arbitration, or proceeding, in addition to costs and expenses otherwise allowed by law. Any such attorneys’ fees incurred by either party in enforcing a judgment in its favor under this Agreement shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment, and such attorneys fees obligation is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Agreement and to survive and not be merged into any such judgment. In all other situations, including any matter arising out of or relating to any Insolvency Proceeding, Borrower agrees to pay all of Bank’s costs and expenses, including reasonably attorneys’ fees, which may be incurred in enforcing or protecting Bank’s rights or interests. From the time(s) incurred and after thirty (30) days’ written notice by Bank until paid in full to Bank, all such sums shall bear interest at the Default Rate.
     8.10 Governing Law and Jurisdiction .
          This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Arizona. Borrower and Bank hereby submit to

20


 

jurisdiction and venue in Maricopa County, Arizona, and agrees that any and all litigation or arbitration proceedings shall be maintained in Maricopa County, Arizona. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower hereby waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise in such suit, action, or proceeding, any claim that Borrower is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Arizona, Maricopa County and the United State District Court for the State of Arizona, that such suit, action, or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or that the venue of such suit, action, or proceeding is improper.
     8.11 Heirs, Successors and Assigns .
          The terms of this Agreement shall bind and benefit the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any Loan funds, or assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations, without the prior written consent of Bank in each instance. Bank may not assign (unless Bank remains as the agent for the Loan), but shall have the right, from time to time, to grant one or more participations in the Loan without the Borrower’s consent or approval, so long as Bank is the sole servicing and sole administrative agent for the Loan and Borrower shall have no obligation to deal with any other third party.
     8.12 Relationships With Other Bank Customers .
          From time to time, Bank may have business relationships with Borrower’s customers, suppliers, contractors, members, tenants, partners, shareholders, officers or directors, or with businesses offering products or services similar to those of Borrower, or with persons seeking to invest in, borrow from or lend to Borrower. Borrower agrees that Bank may extend credit to such parties and may take any action it may deem necessary to collect the credit, regardless of the effect that such extension or collection of credit may have on Borrower’s financial condition or operations. Borrower further agrees that in no event shall Bank be obligated to disclose to Borrower any information concerning any other Bank customer.
     8.13 Improvement District .
          Borrower shall not consent to, vote in favor of, or directly or indirectly advocate or assist in the incorporation of any part of the Property into any improvement or community facilities district, special assessment district or other district without Bank’s prior written consent in each instance.
     8.14 Restriction on Personal Property .
          Borrower shall not sell, convey, or otherwise transfer or dispose of its interest in any personal property in which Bank has a security interest, or contract to do any of the foregoing, without the prior written consent of Bank in each instance, unless Borrower replaces such property with like kind property.

21


 

     8.15 Force Majeure .
          If the work of construction is affected and delayed by matters beyond Borrower’s control, including, without limitation, by fire, earthquake or other acts of God, strike, lockout, acts of public enemy, riot, insurrection, or governmental regulation of the sale or transportation of materials, supplies or labor (“Force Majeure Event”), Borrower must notify Bank in writing within five (5) calendar days after the event occurs which causes the delay. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall extend the Completion Date by a period of time equal to the period of the delay, but not more than a total of thirty (30) days.
     8.16 Severability .
          The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall in no way affect any other provision. If any court of competent jurisdiction determines any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that portion shall be deemed severed from the rest, which shall remain in full force and effect as though the invalid, illegal or unenforceable portion had never been a part of the Loan Documents.
     8.17 Interpretation .
          Whenever the context requires, all words used in the singular will be construed to have been used in the plural, and vice versa, and each gender will include any other gender. The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and do not define or limit any terms or provisions. The word “include(s)” means “include(s), without limitation,” and the word “including” means “including, but not limited to.” No listing of specific instances, items or matters in any way limits the scope or generality of any language of this Agreement.
     8.18 Amendments .
          This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the parties.
     8.19 Counterparts .
          This Agreement and any attached consents or exhibits requiring signatures may be executed in counterparts, and all counterparts shall constitute but one and the same document.
     8.20 Language of Agreement .
          The language of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any party.
     8.21 Exchange of Information .
          The Borrower agrees that the Bank may exchange or disclose financial information about the Borrower or the Property with or to any Compass Bank affiliates or other related entities.

22


 

     8.22 Survival .
          The representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements set forth herein shall survive the date of this Agreement.
     8.23 Further Performance .
          Borrower, whenever and as often as they shall be requested by Bank, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered such further instruments and documents and to do any and all things as may be requested in order to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
     8.24 Time is of the Essence .
          Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each and every term thereof.
     8.25 Recitals; Exhibits .
          The Recitals to this Agreement set forth above are true, complete, accurate and correct and such recitals are hereby incorporated by reference. The exhibits to this Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
     8.26 Integration and Relation to Loan Commitment .
          The Loan Documents (a) integrate all the terms and conditions mentioned in or incidental to this Agreement, (b) supersede all oral negotiations and prior writings with respect to their subject matter, including Bank’s loan commitment to Borrower, and (c) are intended by the parties as the final expression of the agreement with respect to the terms and conditions set forth in those documents and as the complete and exclusive statement of the terms agreed to by the parties. No representation, understanding, promise or condition shall be enforceable against any party unless it is contained in the Loan Documents. If there is any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement and those of any other agreement or instrument, including any other Loan Document, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
     8.27 USA PATRIOT ACT NOTIFICATION . The following notification is provided to Borrower pursuant to Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 31 U.S.C. Section 5318:
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account, including any deposit account, treasury management account, loan, other extension of credit, or other financial services product. What this means for Borrower: When Borrower opens an account, if Borrower is an individual, Bank will ask for Borrower’s name, taxpayer identification number, residential

23


 

address, date of birth, and other information that will allow Bank to identify Borrower and, if Borrower is not an individual, Bank will ask for Borrower’s name, taxpayer identification number, business address, and other information that will allow Bank to identify Borrower. Bank may also ask, if Borrower is an individual, to see Borrower’s driver’s license or other identifying documents and, if Borrower is not an individual, to see Borrower’s legal organizational documents or other identifying documents.
     8.28 Government Regulation .
          Borrower shall not (a) be or become subject at any time to any law, regulation, or list of any government agency (including, without limitation, the U.S. Office of Foreign Asset Control list) that prohibits or limits Bank from making any advance or extension of credit to Borrower or from otherwise conducting business with Borrower, or (b) fail to provide documentary and other evidence of Borrower’s identity as may be requested by Bank at any time to enable Bank to verify Borrower’s identity or to comply with any applicable law or regulation, including, without limitation, Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 31 U.S.C. Section 5318.
     
Exhibits
Exhibit A —  
Legal Description
Exhibit B —  
Cost Breakdown
Exhibit C —  
Description of Improvements, Contracts, and Plans and Specifications
Exhibit D —  
Loan Documents
Exhibit E —  
Disbursement Schedule
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

24


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Bank have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South
Dakota limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
    Name:   Kerry W. Boekelheide   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
  Address:

2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite #6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
Attn: Hulyn Farr

With a copy to:

Hagen, Wilka & Archer, LLP
600 S. Main Street, Suite 102
P.O. Box 964
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57104-0964
Attn: Jennifer Larsen
 
 
     
     
     

 


 

         
         
  COMPASS BANK, an Alabama banking corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Address:

2850 East Camelback Road, Suite 140
Phoenix, Arizona 85016

With a copy to:

Snell & Wilmer l.l.p.
One Arizona Center
400 East Van Buren
Phoenix, Arizona 85004-2202
Attention: Craig K. Williams, Esq.
 
 
     
     
     

 


 

         
EXHIBIT A

 


 

EXHIBIT B COST BREAKDOWN
                         
    Total     Borrower     Compass  
Item   Budget     Funds     Loan  
Land
  $ 3,500,000     $ 3,500,000     $ 0  
Construction Costs
  $ 11,412,682     $ 118,800     $ 11,293,882  
Add-on Site/Construction Costs
  $ 2,980,000     $ 2,454,585     $ 525,415  
Architect & Engineering
  $ 900,000     $ 718,739     $ 181,261  
Franchise Fee
  $ 70,000     $ 70,000     $ 0  
Permits & Fees
  $ 550,000     $ 97,370     $ 452,630  
Professional Dev./Loan Fees
  $ 710,000     $ 371,417     $ 338,583  
Signage
  $ 150,000     $     $ 150,000  
Phone & Audio Equipment
  $ 110,000     $     $ 110,000  
PMS/POS
  $ 91,000     $     $ 91,000  
Internet High Speed
  $ 40,000     $     $ 40,000  
Interest Reserve
  $ 1,900,000     $ 849,479     $ 1,050,521  
Fixtures, Furniture & Equipment
  $ 2,900,000     $ 1,436     $ 2,898,564  
Start-Up/Organization Costs
  $ 900,000     $ 38,594     $ 861,406  
Contingency
  $ 1,187,718     $     $ 1,187,718  
 
                  $ 0  
TOTAL PROJECT COSTS
  $ 27,401,400     $ 8,220,420     $ 19,180,980  

 


 

EXHIBIT C
DESCRIPTION OF IMPROVEMENTS,
CONTRACTS, AND PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
(Arizona-Income Property)
     1.  Improvements
          When completed, the Improvements will consist of a 164-room Courtyard Marriott Hotel located at 2650-2800 S. Beulah Boulevard, Flagstaff, Arizona, together with all fixtures, common areas, parking and appurtenances now or later to be located on the Land.
     2.  Reserved
     3.  Construction Contractor
          Borrower has engaged Wespac Construction, Inc., to act as the Contractor for the construction of the Improvements. The Contractor’s license number is                                                                . The contract between Borrower and the Contractor governing this engagement (the “Construction Contract”) is entitled AIA (TBD) and dated                                                                 . Borrower shall require the Contractor to perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Construction Contract.
     4.  Plans and Specifications
          The Plans and Specifications described below were prepared by the Architect for the use of Borrower and the Contractor in constructing the Improvements.
     
Job No.
  Preparer

 


 

EXHIBIT D
LOAN DOCUMENTS
(Arizona-Income Property)
     For purposes of this Agreement, the “Loan Documents” are defined to include all documents marked below, together with the exhibits to each of them, as one or more of them may be extended, modified or renewed from time to time with the prior written consent of Bank in each instance. The Loan Documents will also include any document to be executed in the future with Bank’s consent that identifies itself in writing as a Loan Document in connection with the Loan.
     1.  Credit and Security Documents
           þ This Agreement.
           þ The Note dated September 17, 2008.
           þ The Deed of Trust dated September 17, 2008.
           þ State of South Dakota Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement Form UCC-1.
           þ Assignment of Contracts, Plans and Specifications executed by Borrower as of September 17, 2008, and its Consents thereto.
           þ Environmental Indemnity Agreement dated September 17, 2008.
     2.  Evidence of Authority
           þ Certificate authorizing Borrower to:
                þ Borrow;
executed by all of it members, authorizing the Sole Member to execute all Loan Documents on behalf of Borrower.
           þ LLC Resolution to:
                þ Borrow on behalf of Borrower;

 


 

EXHIBIT E
DISBURSEMENT SCHEDULE
(Arizona-Income Property)
I. Conditions to Disbursement
     Before Bank becomes obligated to make any disbursement under this Agreement, all conditions to the disbursement shall have been satisfied at Borrower’s sole cost and expense in a manner acceptable to Bank in the exercise of its reasonable judgment.
     No waiver of any condition to disbursement shall be effective unless it is expressly made by Bank in writing. If Bank makes a disbursement before fulfillment of one or more required conditions, that disbursement alone shall not be a waiver of such conditions, and Bank reserves the right to require their fulfillment before making any subsequent disbursements. If all conditions are not satisfied, Bank, acting in its reasonable judgment, may disburse as to certain items or categories of costs and not others.
     1.1 Loan Closing and First Disbursement
          The Bank is not required to make the first disbursement until all conditions to close the Loan are satisfied, including, without limitation, Section 5 of this Agreement. In addition, those conditions include the following:
          (a) Bank shall have received a Draw Request, as defined and described in Section 3.1 of this Exhibit E .
          (b) The Deed of Trust shall have been duly recorded in a first priority lien position.
          (c) The initial cost breakdown attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B shall have been approved by Bank, which item has been delivered to Bank and approved by Bank.
          (d) The Plans and Specifications shall have been approved by Bank.
          (e) Bank shall have received a soils report (“Soils Report”) that was prepared within three (3) years prior to the Loan closing by a qualified registered soils engineer satisfactory to Bank (the “Soils Engineer”) which item has been delivered to Bank and approved by Bank.
          (f) Bank shall have received, reviewed and approved, in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion, an appraisal of the Property in form and content acceptable to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion showing that the maximum loan-to-value and maximum loan-to-cost limitations set forth in this Agreement will be met.
          (g) Bank shall have received, reviewed and approved, in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion, a Phase I Environmental Site Assessment in form and content acceptable to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion.

 


 

1.2 Subsequent Disbursements
          After having made the first disbursement, Bank shall not be required to make any further disbursements if:
          (a) Bank fails to receive a Draw Request or Bank in its reasonable judgment considers any Draw Request to be incomplete, based on Bank’s observations while visiting the construction site; or
          (b) The Improvements are materially damaged and not repaired, unless Bank receives funds from Borrower or insurance proceeds sufficient to pay for all repairs in a timely manner; or
          (c) The Property or any interest in it is affected by eminent domain or condemnation proceedings; or
          (d) For any reason the title insurer fails or refuses at Bank’s request to issue a disbursement endorsement or its equivalent, that Bank in its reasonable judgment may require; or
          (e) A stop notice or notice of claim of lien is recorded against the Land the Improvements, unless such lien is discharged either by the claimant upon payment by Borrower or by Borrower recording a surety bond in accordance with applicable Arizona law, or providing other surety reasonably acceptable to Bank; or
          (f) The Loan is “out of balance” according to Section 1.2 of this Agreement, and Borrower fails to comply with any demand by Bank to deposit funds; or
          (g) Under any of the Loan Documents, an Event of Default (as defined in that document) has occurred and is continuing.
II. Disbursement Amounts
     Set forth in the Loan Amount column of the cost breakdown is a “Loan Disbursement Budget” broken down by line items. From each line item, Bank shall disburse Loan funds in a total amount not to exceed the Loan Disbursement Budget for that line item, taking into account all prior disbursements, any applicable retention requirements, and any reallocation of funds to which Bank has consented. Any and all sums on deposit in the Borrower’s Funds Account (“Borrower’s Funds”) shall be disbursed as described below.
     2.1 Disbursements of Soft Costs (Financing Related Costs)
          Bank shall make one or more disbursements from each of these line items, without retentions.

2


 

     2.2 Disbursements of Certain Hard Costs Requiring Retention (Development and Construction Costs)
          (a) From each of these line items , Bank shall make periodic disbursements as construction progresses. Each disbursement shall be equal to ninety percent (90%) of the amount applied for in the applicable Draw Request. Until the conditions set forth in clause (b) below have been satisfied, Bank shall retain the remaining undisbursed portions of all three line items, which shall equal ten percent (10%) of the aggregate dollar amount to be disbursed by Bank from those line items, whether consisting of Loan funds, Borrower’s Funds or a combination of both; provided, however, upon Borrower’s request, Bank may release retention on a trade by trade basis, upon final completion of such work, so long as (i) no Event of Default exists under the Loan Documents, (ii) the Loan is “in balance” as determined by Bank, (iii) Bank has confirmed final completion of all such work and received such invoices and lien waivers for such work as Bank may require, and (iv) Borrower is otherwise in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the disbursement terms and conditions set forth in this exhibit.
          (b) Bank shall disburse that aggregate retention upon satisfaction of the following conditions:
          (i) The Improvements shall have been completed in accordance with Section 2.1 of this Agreement.
          (ii) Bank shall have received evidence that a valid Notice of Completion has been recorded.
          (iii) Bank shall have received a Draw Request for such retention, which shall include written certification by the Contractor that the completed Improvements (excluding any tenant improvements) conform to the Plans and Specifications.
          (iv) Borrower shall have provided endorsements to Bank’s title insurance policy insuring lien-free completion of such Improvements as well as first-lien priority of the disbursement.
          (v) No event may have occurred and be continuing if it is defined as an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents, or if the event with notice or the passage of time would be such an Event of Default.
          (vi) If required by Bank, which requirement, if any, may be postponed until after disbursement of retainage, Borrower has provided to Bank an “as-built” ALTA Survey of the Property.
          (vii) If required by Bank, Borrower shall have provided to Bank executed AIA Form G706 (Contractor’s Affidavit of Payments of Debts), and AIA Form G706A (Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens).

3


 

          (viii) If required by Bank, Borrower shall have provided to Bank executed AIA Form G704 or other document satisfactory to Bank by the inspecting Contractor and Borrower.
     2.3 Disbursement of Interest Reserve
               Subject to Section 1.1(c) of the Agreement, any funds in the Interest Reserve shall be disbursed from time to time to pay interest as and when it may become due on the Loan. All disbursements from the Interest Reserve shall be made first from any Borrower’s Funds which may be allocated to that line item.
III. Disbursement Procedures
          The disbursement procedures described below shall apply to the Loan funds and also to any Borrower’s Funds which may be on deposit in the Borrower’s Funds Account.
     3.1 Draw Requests
          (a) For each disbursement, Borrower shall submit to Bank a written request signed by Borrower and the Contractor, together with such documentation and information as Bank may reasonably require (collectively, a “Draw Request”). For disbursements concerning line items other than Construction Costs, Borrower shall submit a written request signed by the Borrower. Each Draw Request shall be acceptable in form and substance to Bank in the exercise of its reasonable judgment, and shall include such items of information and documentation, including invoices, canceled checks, lien waivers and other evidence as Bank may require to show that Borrower is in compliance with the Loan Documents. If Bank so requires, any given Draw Request shall also include written certification by the Architect and the Contractor that the Improvements as constructed to date conform to the Plans and Specifications.
          (b) In each Draw Request, Borrower shall request disbursement for one or more specified line items of the cost breakdown. Borrower may submit a Draw Request projected to month end to Bank on or about the twenty-fifth (25th) day of each month, unless Bank agrees to make disbursements more frequently than once a month and agrees to complete its review of such Draw Request, and make payment on approved Draw Requests, within seven (7) business days, subject to Force Majeure Events. Borrower shall use all Loan funds strictly for the purposes for which they were disbursed by Bank.
          (c) Unless Borrower has notified Bank in writing to the contrary, each Draw Request shall constitute Borrower’s representation and warranty to Bank that (i) the Loan is “in balance,” (ii) all prior disbursements, as well as that currently being requested, were and will be used in strict compliance with the costs breakdown, and (iii) no Event of Default has occurred.
     3.2 Debit of Loan at Closing
          As of the day the Loan closes, Bank is authorized to make payments on Borrower’s behalf by debiting the Loan funds and disbursing such amounts to itself, as disclosed to Borrower at closing.

4


 

     3.3 Account
          Unless Bank and Borrower have otherwise agreed in writing, Bank if it so chooses may make disbursements into Borrower’s checking account No.                                                                (the “Account”), maintained at Bank. The Account shall be non-interest-bearing.
     3.4 Disbursements to Other Parties
          Unless Bank and Borrower have otherwise agreed in writing, upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, Bank, if it so chooses, may make disbursements directly to the Contractor, subcontractors, laborers or material suppliers.
     3.5 Payments
          Acting in its reasonable judgment, Bank may use Loan funds to pay Loan funds owing to Bank, interest on the Loan, reasonable legal fees and expenses of Bank’s attorneys which are payable by Borrower, and such other sums as may be owing from time to time by Borrower to Bank with respect to the Loan, in accordance with this Agreement, provided Bank may not charge Borrower for any in-house or internal reviews or functions.
     3.6 Interest on Disbursements
          Interest on each disbursement, whether initiated by Borrower or Bank, shall be payable from the time Bank debits the Loan funds in the amount of the disbursement.
     3.7 Authorized Signers
          Borrower authorizes either JoLynn Sorum or Hulyn Farr to sign all Draw Requests and other documents in connection with the administration of the Loan.

5

Exhibit 21.1
List of Subsidiaries of Summit Hotel OP, LP
     
Name   State of Incorporation or Organization
     
1. Summit Hotel OP, LP
2. Summit Hotel TRS, Inc.
  Delaware
Maryland

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.:
We consent to the use of our report dated August 6, 2010, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. as of July 12, 2010, and our report dated September 21, 2010, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Omaha, Nebraska
September 21, 2010

Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
We consent to the inclusion of our report dated March 31, 2010 (dated September 21, 2010 with respect to Note 21) related to the consolidated balance sheets of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2009 in the Amendment 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
We consent to the inclusion of our report dated March 31, 2010 related to the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC in the Amendment 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
/s/ Eide Bailly LLP
Greenwood Village, Colorado
September 21, 201

Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
We consent to the inclusion of our report dated March 21, 2008 related to the consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2007 in the Amendment 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
/s/ Gordon, Hughes & Banks, LLP
Greenwood Village, Colorado
September 21, 2010

Exhibit 99.1
CONSENT OF PERSON TO BE NAMED DIRECTOR
     As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), as a person who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and to the inclusion of his or her biographical information in the Registration Statement.
         
     
  /s/ Bjorn R. L. Hanson    
  Signature   
 
  Bjorn R. L. Hanson  
  Printed Name    
     
  August 17, 2010    
  Date   
     
     
 

Exhibit 99.2
CONSENT OF PERSON TO BE NAMED DIRECTOR
     As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), as a person who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and to the inclusion of his or her biographical information in the Registration Statement.
         
     
  /s/ David S. Kay    
  Signature   
 
  David S. Kay  
  Printed Name    
     
  September 2, 2010    
  Date   
     
     
 

Exhibit 99.3
CONSENT OF PERSON TO BE NAMED DIRECTOR
     As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), as a person who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and to the inclusion of his or her biographical information in the Registration Statement.
         
     
  /s/ Thomas W. Storey    
  Signature   
 
  Thomas W. Storey  
  Printed Name    
     
  September 3, 2010    
  Date   
     
     
 

Exhibit 99.4
CONSENT OF PERSON TO BE NAMED DIRECTOR
     As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), as a person who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and to the inclusion of his or her biographical information in the Registration Statement.
         
     
  /s/ Wayne W. Wielgus    
  Signature   
 
  Wayne W. Wielgus  
  Printed Name    
     
  September 2, 2010    
  Date